Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 18, 2017

Registration No. 333–205546

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 9

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

Albertsons Companies, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   5411   47-4376911

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

 

 

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, ID 83706

208-395-6200

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Robert A. Gordon, Esq.

Executive Vice President and General Counsel

Albertsons Companies, Inc.

250 Parkcenter Blvd.

Boise, ID 83706

(208) 395-6200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Stuart D. Freedman, Esq.

Michael E. Gilligan, Esq.

Antonio L. Diaz-Albertini, Esq.

Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, NY 10022

Phone: (212) 756-2000

Fax: (212) 593-5955

 

William M. Hartnett, Esq.

Jonathan A. Schaffzin, Esq.

William J. Miller, Esq.

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street

New York, NY 10005

Phone: (212) 701-3000

Fax: (212) 378-2500

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effectiveness of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  

 

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where such offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion. Dated January 18, 2017

             Shares

 

LOGO

Albertsons Companies, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

This is an initial public offering of our common stock. The selling stockholders named in this prospectus are selling             shares of our common stock. All of the shares of common stock are being sold by the selling stockholders. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders.

We expect the initial public offering price to be between $         and $         per share. Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. We have been approved to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “ABS.”

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 22 of this prospectus to read the factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

 

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

 

     Per Share      Total  

Public offering price and proceeds to the selling stockholders

   $                    $                

Underwriting discount and commissions(1)

   $         $     

 

(1) See “Underwriting” for a description of compensation payable to the underwriters. The company has agreed to pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, transfer taxes and transaction fees, if any, applicable to the sale of the common stock offered hereby and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the selling stockholders incurred in connection with the sale.

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional              shares of common stock from the selling stockholders, at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders in this offering, including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional common stock.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of our common stock to investors against payment on or about                     , 2017 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   BofA Merrill Lynch   Citigroup     Morgan Stanley   

 

Deutsche Bank Securities   Credit Suisse   Barclays

 

Lazard   Guggenheim Securities   Jefferies   RBC Capital Markets   Wells Fargo Securities
BMO Capital Markets   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey
Telsey Advisory Group   Academy Securities   Ramirez & Co., Inc.   Blaylock Beal Van, LLC

 

 

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2017.


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus

 

     Page  

Prospectus Summary

     1   

Risk Factors

     22   

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

     48   

Use of Proceeds

     50   

Dividend Policy

     51   

IPO-Related Transactions and Organizational Structure

     52   

Capitalization

     54   

Dilution

     56   

Selected Historical Financial Information of AB Acquisition

     57   

Supplemental Selected Historical Financial Information of Safeway

     58   

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information

     59   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of AB Acquisition

     66   

Business

     98   

Management

     118   

Executive Compensation

     129   

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

     153   

Principal and Selling Stockholders

     161   

Description of Capital Stock

     164   

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

     170   

Description of Indebtedness

     173   

Certain U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders

     182   

Underwriting

     185   

Legal Matters

     192   

Experts

     192   

Where You Can Find More Information

     192   

Index To Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

 

Until                     , 2017 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell, or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in this initial public offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

Unless indicated otherwise, the information included in this prospectus assumes that (i) the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering are sold at $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and (ii) all shares offered by the selling stockholders in this offering are sold (other than pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described herein).

 

 

We and the selling stockholders have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The selling stockholders and the underwriters are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock.

 

i


Table of Contents

EXPLANATORY NOTE

Albertsons Companies, Inc., the registrant whose name appears on the cover of this registration statement, is a Delaware corporation. Shares of common stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc. are being offered by the prospectus that forms a part of this registration statement. AB Acquisition LLC (“AB Acquisition”) is a Delaware limited liability company. Albertsons Companies, Inc. was formed solely for the purpose of reorganizing the organizational structure of AB Acquisition and its direct and indirect consolidated subsidiaries in order for the registrant to be a corporation rather than a limited liability company. In connection with, and prior to and/or concurrently with the closing of, this offering, each member of AB Acquisition will directly or indirectly contribute all of its equity interests in AB Acquisition to Albertsons Companies, Inc. in exchange for shares of common stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc. As a result, AB Acquisition and its direct and indirect consolidated subsidiaries will become wholly-owned subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, Inc. See “IPO-Related Transactions and Organizational Structure” for additional information.

As used in this prospectus, unless the context otherwise requires, references to (i) the terms “company,” “AB Acquisition,” “Albertsons Companies, Inc.,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to AB Acquisition and its consolidated subsidiaries for periods prior to the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions (as defined herein), and, for periods as of and following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, to Albertsons Companies, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, (ii) the term “ACL” refers to Albertsons Companies, LLC, and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries, (iii) the term “Albertsons” refers to Albertson’s LLC, and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries, (iv) the term “NAI” refers to New Albertson’s, Inc., and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries, (v) the term “United” refers to United Supermarkets, LLC, (vi) the term “Safeway” refers to Safeway Inc. and, where appropriate, its subsidiaries, and (vii) references to our “Sponsors” or the “Cerberus-led Consortium” refer to, collectively, Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”), Kimco Realty Corporation (“Kimco Realty”), Klaff Realty, LP (“Klaff Realty”), Lubert-Adler Partners, L.P. (“Lubert-Adler”), Schottenstein Stores Corporation (“Schottenstein Stores”) and their respective controlled affiliates and investment funds. For the convenience of the reader, except as the context otherwise requires, all information included in this prospectus is presented giving effect to the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Prior to or concurrently with this offering, we will effect the IPO-Related Transactions described under “IPO-Related Transactions and Organizational Structure.” The consolidated financial statements and consolidated financial data included in the prospectus are those of AB Acquisition and its consolidated subsidiaries and do not give effect to the IPO-Related Transactions. Other than the audited balance sheet, dated as of February 27, 2016, and the unaudited balance sheet, dated as of December 3, 2016, the historical financial information of Albertsons Companies, Inc. has not been included in this prospectus as it is a newly incorporated entity, has had no business transactions or activities to date and had no assets or liabilities during the periods presented in this prospectus.

We acquired Safeway on January 30, 2015 and United on December 29, 2013. Accordingly, this prospectus also includes the following historical financial statements:

 

    audited balance sheets of Safeway as of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 and audited consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Safeway for the 53 weeks ended January 3, 2015 and the 52 weeks ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012; and

 

ii


Table of Contents
    audited balance sheets of United as of December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013 and statements of comprehensive income, members’ equity and cash flows of United for the 48 weeks ended December 28, 2013.

We use a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the last Saturday in February each year. Prior to fiscal year 2014, we used a 52 or 53 week fiscal year ending on the closest Thursday before the last Saturday in February each year. For ease of reference, unless the context otherwise indicates, we identify our fiscal years in this prospectus by reference to the calendar year of the first day of such fiscal year. For example, “fiscal 2014” refers to our fiscal year ended February 28, 2015 and “fiscal 2015” refers to our fiscal year ended February 27, 2016. Our first quarter consists of 16 weeks, and our second, third and fourth quarters generally consist of 12 weeks. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2015, the fourth quarter included 13 weeks, and the fiscal year included 53 weeks. The fiscal years ended February 27, 2016, February 20, 2014, February 21, 2013 and February 23, 2012 included 52 weeks. Safeway’s last three fiscal years prior to the Safeway acquisition consisted of the 53-week period ended January 3, 2015, the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 and the 52-week period ended December 29, 2012.

Total shares outstanding as of the completion of this offering, as reflected in this prospectus, does not reflect a net decrease in 411,487 Phantom Units (as defined herein) as a result of recent issuances, cancellations, and vesting activity.

IDENTICAL STORE SALES

As used in this prospectus, the term “identical store sales” is defined as stores operating during the same period in both the current year and the prior year, comparing sales on a daily basis. Fuel sales are excluded from identical store sales, and internet sales are included in identical store sales of the store from which the products are sourced. Fiscal 2016 year to date is compared to the same period in fiscal 2015. Fiscal 2015 is compared with the 52-week period ending February 28, 2015. Fiscal 2014 is compared with the 53-week period ending February 27, 2014. On an actual basis, acquired stores become identical on the one-year anniversary date of their acquisition. Stores that are open during remodeling are included in identical store sales. The stores divested in order to secure Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) clearance of the Safeway acquisition are excluded from the identical store sales calculation beginning on December 19, 2014, the announcement date of the divestitures. Also included in this prospectus, where noted, are supplemental identical store sales measures for AB Acquisition, which includes acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, irrespective of their acquisition dates. Neither actual nor supplemental identical store sale measures in this prospectus include stores acquired in the recent A&P Transaction or the Haggen Transaction (each as defined herein).

PRO FORMA INFORMATION

This prospectus contains unaudited pro forma financial information prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of continuing operations for fiscal 2015 gives pro forma effect to:

 

    the effects of FTC-mandated divestitures related to our January 2015 acquisition of Safeway;

 

    the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions (as defined herein); and

 

    the IPO-Related Transactions (assuming the common stock in this offering is offered at $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus),

in each case as if such transactions had been consummated on March 1, 2015, the first day of fiscal 2015. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of continuing operations for the first

 

iii


Table of Contents

three quarters of fiscal 2016 gives pro forma effect to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions and the IPO-Related Transactions as if such transactions had occurred on March 1, 2015, the first day of fiscal 2015. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 3, 2016 gives pro forma effect to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions and the IPO-Related Transactions as if such transactions had occurred on December 3, 2016. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.”

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

This prospectus includes our trademarks and service marks, including ALBERTSONS ® , SAFEWAY ® , ACME ® , AMIGOS ® , CARRS ® , HAGGEN ® , JEWEL-OSCO ® , MARKET STREET ® , PAVILIONS ® , RANDALLS ® , SAV-ON ® , SHAW’S ® , STAR MARKET ® , TOM THUMB ® , UNITED EXPRESS ® , UNITED SUPERMARKETS ® , VONS ® , EATING RIGHT ® , LUCERNE ® , O ORGANICS ® , OPEN NATURE ® , MyMixx ® and just for U ® , which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws and are the property of our company and its subsidiaries. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols. We do not intend our use or display of other parties’ trademarks, trade names or service marks to imply, and such use or display should not be construed to imply, a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other parties.

MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

This prospectus includes market and industry data and outlook, which are based on publicly available information, reports from government agencies, reports by market research firms and/or our own estimates based on our management’s knowledge of and experience in the markets and businesses in which we operate. We believe this information to be reasonable based on the information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. However, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. Historical information regarding supermarket and grocery industry revenues, including online grocery revenues, was obtained from IBISWorld. Forecasts regarding Food-at-Home inflation were obtained from the U.S. Department of Agriculture (“USDA”). Information with respect to our market share was obtained from Nielsen ACView All Outlets Combined (Food, Mass and Dollar but excluding Drug) for the first three quarters of 2016. This information may prove to be inaccurate because of the method by which we obtained some of the data for our estimates or because this information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to limits on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties inherent in a survey of market size. In addition, market conditions, customer preferences and the competitive landscape can and do change significantly. As a result, you should be aware that the market and industry data included in this prospectus and our estimates and beliefs based on such data may not be reliable. We do not make any representations as to the accuracy of such industry and market data.

In addition, the market value reported in the appraisals of the properties described herein are an estimate of value, as of the date stated in each appraisal. The appraisals were subject to the following assumption: The estimate of market value as is, is based on the assumption that the existing occupant/user remains in occupancy in the foreseeable future, commensurate with the typical tenure of a user of this type, and is paying market rent as of the effective date of appraisal. Changes since the appraisal date in external and market factors or in the property itself can significantly affect the conclusions. As an opinion, the reported values are not necessarily a measure of current market value and may not reflect the amount which would be received if the property were sold today. While we and the

 

iv


Table of Contents

underwriters are not aware of any misstatements regarding any appraisals, market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and is subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the sections entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” in this prospectus.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

We define EBITDA as generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) earnings (net income (loss)) before interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization. We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings (net income (loss)) before interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization, further adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing performance. We define Adjusted Net Income as GAAP net income (loss) adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance. See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Other Data” for further discussion and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income.

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income (collectively, the “Non-GAAP Measures”) are performance measures that provide supplemental information we believe is useful to analysts and investors to evaluate our ongoing results of operations, when considered alongside other GAAP measures such as net income, operating income and gross profit. These Non-GAAP Measures exclude the financial impact of items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing operating performance, and thereby facilitate review of our operating performance on a period-to-period basis. Other companies may have different capital structures or different lease terms, and comparability to our results of operations may be impacted by the effects of acquisition accounting on our depreciation and amortization. As a result of the effects of these factors and factors specific to other companies, we believe EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income provide helpful information to analysts and investors to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance to that of other companies. We also use Adjusted EBITDA, as further adjusted for additional items defined in our debt instruments, for board of director and bank compliance reporting. Our presentation of Non-GAAP Measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items.

Non-GAAP Measures have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our operating results or cash flows as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

 

    Non-GAAP Measures do not reflect the anticipated synergies associated with the Safeway acquisition;

 

    Non-GAAP Measures do not reflect certain one-time or non-recurring cash costs to achieve the anticipated synergies associated with the Safeway acquisition;

 

    Non-GAAP Measures do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

    EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA do not reflect the significant interest expense or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt;

 

    Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated or amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA and, with respect to acquired intangible assets, Adjusted Net Income, do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements;

 

    Non-GAAP Measures are adjusted for certain non-recurring and non-cash income or expense items that are reflected in our statements of operations;

 

v


Table of Contents
    Non-GAAP Measures do not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; and

 

    Other companies in our industry may calculate these measures differently than we do, limiting their usefulness as comparative measures.

Because of these limitations, Non-GAAP Measures should not be considered as measures of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Non-GAAP Measures only for supplemental purposes. Please see our consolidated financial statements contained in this prospectus.

Pro Forma Adjusted EBITDA and Pro Forma Adjusted Net Income, as presented in this prospectus, are also supplemental measures of our performance that are not required by or presented in accordance with GAAP. See “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Historical and Pro Forma Financial and Other Data” for additional information.

 

vi


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights the information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of the information that may be important to you or that you should consider before buying shares of our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully. The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In particular, you should read the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of AB Acquisition” included elsewhere in this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes.

OUR COMPANY

We are one of the largest food and drug retailers in the United States, with both strong local presence and national scale. As of December 3, 2016, we operated 2,327 stores across 35 states and the District of Columbia under 19 well-known banners, including Albertsons , Safeway , Vons , Jewel - Osco , Shaw’s , Acme , Tom Thumb , Randalls , United Supermarkets , Pavilions , Star Market , Carrs and Haggen . We operate in 122 Metropolitan Statistical Areas in the United States (“MSAs”) and are ranked #1 or #2 by market share in 66% of them. We provide our customers with a service-oriented shopping experience, including convenient and value-added services through 1,790 pharmacies, 1,193 in-store branded coffee shops and 384 adjacent fuel centers. We have approximately 276,000 talented and dedicated employees serving on average 35 million customers each week.

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on driving sales. We believe that our management team, with decades of collective experience in the food and drug retail industry, has developed a proven and successful operating playbook that differentiates us from our competitors.

We implement our playbook through a decentralized management structure. We believe this approach allows our division and district-level leadership teams to create a superior customer experience and deliver outstanding operating performance. These leadership teams are empowered and incentivized to make decisions on product assortment, placement, pricing, promotional plans and capital spending in the local communities and neighborhoods they serve. Our store directors are responsible for implementing our operating playbook on a daily basis and ensuring that our employees remain focused on delivering outstanding service to our customers.

We believe that the execution of our operating playbook, among other factors, including improved economic conditions and consumer confidence, has enabled us to grow sales, profitability and free cash flow across our business. During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, our identical store sales grew at 4.6%, 4.8% and 0.5%, respectively. At Safeway, our identical store sales during fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016 grew at 3.0%, 5.0% and 0.9%, respectively. Given the deflationary trends in certain commodities, such as meat, eggs and dairy, identical store sales for the third quarter of fiscal 2016 decreased. However, despite such deflationary trends, we have achieved identical store sales growth on an overall basis and have been able to maintain or increase our share in the food retail channel during the first three quarters of fiscal 2016. While we anticipate deflationary trends in certain commodities to continue through the end of fiscal 2016 and into fiscal 2017, we plan to maintain our price competitiveness in order to drive customer traffic. We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our

 



 

1


Table of Contents

identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets from our acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores. The rates of identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 have been adjusted for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores. Without adjusting for this impact, identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 would have been 4.7% and 4.6%, respectively.

We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million related to the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018. We expect to deliver annual run-rate synergies related to the acquisition of Safeway of approximately $630 million by the end of fiscal 2016.

For fiscal 2015, we generated net sales of $58.7 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $2.7 billion and free cash flow, which we define as Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures, of $1.7 billion. For the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, we generated net sales of $45.9 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $2.1 billion and free cash flow of $1.1 billion. In addition to realizing increased sales, profitability and free cash flow through the implementation of our operating playbook, we expect synergies from the Safeway acquisition to enhance our profitability and free cash flow over the next few years.

OUR INTEGRATION HISTORY

Over the past ten years, we have completed a series of acquisitions, beginning with our purchase of Albertson’s LLC in 2006 (the “Legacy Albertsons Stores”). This was followed in March 2013 by our acquisition of NAI from SUPERVALU INC. (“SuperValu”), which included the Albertsons stores that we did not already own (the “SVU Albertsons Stores”) and stores operating under the Acme , Jewel - Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market banners (the “NAI Stores”). In December 2013, we acquired United, a regional grocery chain in North and West Texas. In January 2015, we acquired Safeway in a transaction that significantly increased our scale and geographic reach. We also completed the acquisition of 73 stores from The Great Atlantic & Pacific Tea Company, Inc. (“A&P”) for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, 15 of which operate under the Haggen banner. We continually review acquisition opportunities that we believe are synergistic with our existing store network and we intend to continue to participate in the ongoing consolidation of the food retail industry. Any future acquisitions may be material.

OUR OPERATING PLAYBOOK

Our management team has developed and implemented a proven and successful operating playbook to drive sales growth, profitability and free cash flow. Our playbook covers every major facet of store-level operations and is executed by local leadership under the supervision of our executive management team. Our playbook is based on the following key concepts:

 

    Operate Our Stores to the Highest Standards.     We ensure that our stores are always “full, fresh, friendly and clean.” Our efforts are driven through our rigorous G.O.L.D. (Grand Opening Look Daily) program that is focused on delivering fresh offerings, well-stocked shelves, and clean and brightly lit departments.

 



 

2


Table of Contents
    Deliver Superior Customer Service .    We focus on providing superior customer service. We consistently invest in store labor and training, and our simple and well-understood sales- and EBITDA-based bonus structure ensures that our employees are properly incentivized. We measure customer satisfaction scores weekly and hold management accountable for continuous improvement. Our focus on customer service is reflected in our improving customer satisfaction scores and identical store sales growth.

 

    Provide a Compelling Product Offering .    We focus on providing the highest quality fresh, natural and organic assortments to meet the demands of our customers, including through our private label brands, which we refer to as our own brands, such as Open Nature and O Organics . Our own brands products achieved over $10 billion in sales in fiscal 2015, and our company’s portfolio of USDA-certified organic products is one of the largest and fastest growing in the industry. In addition, we offer high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products, including fresh fruit and vegetables cut in-store, cookies and fried chicken prepared using our proprietary recipes, in-store roasted turkey and freshly-baked bread. Our decentralized operating structure enables our divisions to offer products that are responsive to local tastes and preferences.

 

    Offer an Attractive Value Proposition to Our Customers .    We maintain price competitiveness through systematic, selective and thoughtful price investment to drive customer traffic and basket size. We also use our loyalty programs, including just for U , MyMixx and our fuel-based rewards programs, as well as our strong own brand assortment, to improve customer perception of our value proposition.

 

    Drive Innovation Across our Network of Stores .    We focus on innovation to enhance our customers’ in-store experience, generate customer loyalty and drive traffic and sales growth. We ensure that our stores benefit from modern décor, fixtures and store layout. We systematically monitor emerging trends in food and source new and innovative products to offer in our stores. In addition, we are focused on continuing to deliver personalized and promotional offers to further develop our relationship with our customers. Our focus on personalization includes the expansion of our “click-and-pick” home delivery services in which items selected online by our customers are picked from our store shelves by our associates and delivered by our associates right to our customers’ kitchen counters.

 

    Make Disciplined Capital Investments .    We believe that our store base is modern and in excellent condition. We apply a disciplined approach to our capital investments, undertaking a rigorous cost-benefit analysis and targeting an attractive return on investment. Our capital budgets are subject to approval at the corporate level, but we empower our division leadership to prudently allocate capital to projects that will generate the highest return.

 



 

3


Table of Contents

IDENTICAL STORES SALES

We believe that the execution of our operating playbook has been an important factor in the identical store sales growth across our company. The charts below illustrate historical identical store sales growth across AB Acquisition (on a supplemental basis including the acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores) and separately for the Safeway stores:

 

LOGO

 

(1) Calculated irrespective of date of acquisition.
(2) After adjusting for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores.
(3) We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets from our acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores.
(4) Identical store sales for fiscal year to date 2016 are calculated as of the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2016.

 



 

4


Table of Contents

The following illustrative map represents our regional banners and combined store network as of December 3, 2016. We also operate 28 strategically located distribution centers and 18 manufacturing facilities. Approximately 46% of our operating stores are owned or ground-leased. Together, our owned and ground-leased properties have a value of approximately $12.1 billion.

LOGO

OUR COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and contribute to our ongoing success:

Powerful Combination of Strong Local Presence and National Scale .    We operate a portfolio of well-known banners with both strong local presence and national scale. We have leading positions in many of the largest and fastest-growing MSAs in the United States. Given the long operating history of our banners, many of our stores form an important part of the local communities and neighborhoods in which they operate and occupy “First-and-Main” locations. We believe that our combination of local presence and national scale provides us with competitive advantages in brand recognition, customer loyalty and purchasing, marketing and advertising and distribution efficiencies.

Best-in-Class Management Team with a Proven Track Record .    We have assembled a best-in-class management team with decades of operating experience in the food and drug retail industry. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Bob Miller, has over 50 years of food and drug retail experience, including serving as Chairman and CEO of Fred Meyer and Rite Aid and Vice Chairman of Kroger. We have created an Office of the CEO to set long-term strategy and annual objectives for our 14 divisions. The Office of the CEO is comprised of Bob Miller, Wayne Denningham (Chief Operating Officer), Justin Dye (Chief Administrative Officer) and Shane Sampson (Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer), each of whom brings significant leadership and operational experience with long tenures at our company and within the industry. Our Executive and Senior Vice Presidents and our division, district and store-level leadership teams are also critical to the success of our business.

 



 

5


Table of Contents

Our ten Executive Vice Presidents, 18 Senior Vice Presidents and 14 division Presidents have an average of almost 20, 22 and 30 years of service, respectively, with our company.

Proven Operating Playbook .     We believe that the execution of our operating playbook has been an important factor in the identical store sales growth across our company. During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, our identical store sales grew at 4.6%, 4.8% and 0.5%, respectively. At Safeway, our identical store sales during fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016 grew at 3.0%, 5.0% and 0.9%, respectively. Given the deflationary trends in certain commodities, identical store sales for the third quarter of fiscal 2016 decreased. However, despite such deflationary trends, we have achieved identical store sales growth on an overall basis and have been able to maintain or increase our share in the food retail channel during the first three quarters of fiscal 2016. While we anticipate deflationary trends in certain commodities to continue through the end of fiscal 2016 and into fiscal 2017, we plan to maintain our price competitiveness in order to drive customer traffic. We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets from our acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores. The rates of identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 have been adjusted for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores. Without adjusting for this impact, identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 would have been 4.7% and 4.6%, respectively.

Strong Free Cash Flow Generation .    Our strong operating results, in combination with our disciplined approach to capital allocation, have resulted in the generation of strong free cash flow. We generated free cash flow of approximately $1.7 billion and $1.1 billion in fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, respectively. Our ability to grow free cash flow will be enhanced by the synergies we expect to achieve from our acquisition of Safeway. We expect to deliver approximately $800 million of annual synergies by the end of fiscal 2018, and expect to achieve approximately $630 million of synergies related to the Safeway acquisition on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2016.

Significant Acquisition and Integration Expertise .    Growth through acquisition is an important component of our strategy, both to enhance our competitiveness in existing markets (as with recent acquisitions for our Jewel-Osco banner) and to expand our footprint into new markets (as with the United acquisition). We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, including 15 stores that operate under the Haggen banner. We continually review acquisition opportunities that we believe are synergistic with our existing store network. We have developed a proprietary and repeatable blueprint for integration, including a clearly defined plan for the first 100 days. We believe that our ability to integrate acquisitions is significantly enhanced by our decentralized approach, which allows us to leverage the expertise of incumbent local management teams. We have also developed significant expertise in synergy planning and delivery. We believe that the acquisition and integration experience of our management team, together with the considerable transactional expertise of our equity sponsors, positions us well for future acquisitions as the food and drug retail industry continues to consolidate.

 



 

6


Table of Contents

OUR STRATEGY

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on sales growth. We believe there are significant opportunities to grow sales and enhance profitability and free cash flow through execution of the following strategies:

Continue to Drive Identical Store Sales Growth .    Consistent with our operating playbook, we plan to deliver identical store sales growth by implementing the following initiatives:

 

    Enhancing and Upgrading Our Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings and Signature Products .    We continue to enhance and upgrade our fresh, natural and organic offerings across our meat, produce, service deli and bakery departments to meet the changing tastes and preferences of our customers. We also believe that continued innovation and expansion of our high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products will contribute to stronger sales growth.

 

    Expanding Our Own Brand Offerings .    We continue to drive sales growth and profitability by extending our own brand offerings across our banners, including high-quality and recognizable brands such as O Organics, Open Nature , Eating Right and Lucerne . Our own brands products achieved over $10 billion in sales in fiscal 2015.

 

    Leveraging Our Effective and Scalable Loyalty Programs .    We believe we can grow basket size and improve the shopping experience for our customers by expanding our just for U , MyMixx and fuel-based loyalty programs. In addition, we believe we can further enhance our merchandising and marketing programs by utilizing our customer analytics capabilities, including advanced digital marketing and mobile applications. We expanded our home delivery offering to 10 new markets in fiscal 2016, and expect to serve eight of the ten most populous MSAs in fiscal 2017.

 

    Capitalizing on Demand for Health and Wellness Services .    We intend to leverage our portfolio of 1,790 pharmacies and our growing network of wellness clinics to capitalize on increasing customer demand for health and wellness services. Pharmacy customers are among our most loyal, and their average weekly spend is over 2.5x that of our non-pharmacy customers. We plan to continue to grow our pharmacy script counts through new patient prescription transfer programs and initiatives such as clinic, hospital and preferred network partnerships, which we believe will expand our access to patients. We believe that these efforts will drive sales growth and generate customer loyalty.

 

    Continuously Evaluating and Upgrading Our Store Portfolio .    We plan to pursue a disciplined but committed capital allocation strategy to upgrade, remodel and relocate stores to attract customers to our stores and to increase store volumes. We opened seven and eight new stores in fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, respectively, and expect to have opened a total of 16 new stores and completed approximately 200 upgrade and remodel projects by the end of fiscal 2016. We believe that our store base is in excellent condition, and we have developed a remodel strategy that is both cost-efficient and effective.

 

    Driving Innovation .    We intend to drive traffic and sales growth through constant innovation. We will remain focused on identifying emerging trends in food and sourcing new and innovative products. We will also seek to build new, and enhance existing, customer relationships through our digital capabilities.

 

    Sharing Best Practices Across Divisions .    Our division leaders collaborate to ensure the rapid sharing of best practices. Recent examples include the expansion of our O Organics offering across banners, the accelerated roll-out of signature products such as Albertsons’ fresh fruit and vegetables cut in-store and a broader assortment and new fixtures for our wine and floral shops, implementing Safeway’s successful strategy across many of our banners.

 



 

7


Table of Contents

We believe the combination of these actions and initiatives, together with the attractive industry trends described in more detail under “Business—Our Industry,” will continue to drive identical store sales growth.

Enhance Our Operating Margin .    Our focus on identical store sales growth provides an opportunity to enhance our operating margin by leveraging our fixed costs. We plan to realize further margin benefit through added scale from partnering with vendors and by achieving efficiencies in manufacturing and distribution. In addition, we maintain a disciplined approach to expense management and budgeting.

Implement Our Synergy Realization Plan .    We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million from the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $840 million (net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds). Our detailed synergy plan was developed on a bottom-up, function-by-function basis by combined Albertsons and Safeway teams. The plan includes capturing opportunities from corporate and division cost savings, simplifying business processes and rationalizing headcount. Over time, Safeway’s information technology systems will support all of our stores, distribution centers and systems, including financial reporting and payroll processing, as we wind down our transition services agreement for our Albertsons , Acme , Jewel-Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market banners with SuperValu on a store-by-store basis. We have extended the expansive and high-quality own brand program developed at Safeway across all of our banners. We believe our increased scale will help us to optimize and improve our vendor relationships. We also plan to achieve marketing and advertising savings from lower print, production and broadcast rates in overlapping regions and reduced agency spend. Finally, we intend to consolidate managed care provider reimbursement programs, increase vaccine penetration and leverage our combined scale. During fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, we achieved synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $250 million and $435 million, respectively, and we expect to achieve synergies of approximately $575 million in fiscal 2016, or approximately $630 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2016, principally from savings related to corporate and division overhead, our own brands, vendor funds and marketing and advertising cost reductions. Approximately 80% of our $800 million annual synergy target is independent of sales growth, which we believe significantly reduces the risk of achieving our target.

Selectively Grow Our Store Base Organically and Through Acquisition .    We intend to continue to grow our store base organically through disciplined but committed investment in new stores. We opened seven and eight new stores in fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, respectively, and expect to have opened a total of 16 new stores and completed approximately 200 upgrade and remodel projects by the end of fiscal 2016. We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, of which 15 operate under the Haggen banner. We evaluate acquisition opportunities on an ongoing basis as we seek to strengthen our competitive position in existing markets or expand our footprint into new markets. We believe our healthy balance sheet and decentralized structure provide us with strategic flexibility and a strong platform to make acquisitions. We believe our successful track record of integration and synergy delivery provides us with an opportunity to further enhance sales growth, leverage our cost structure and increase profitability and free cash flow through selected acquisitions. Consistent with this strategy, we regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us, and we are currently participating in processes regarding several potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us. Certain of our acquisitions may involve the issuance of shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and none are currently probable, but any pending transaction could be entered into as soon as shortly after the closing of this offering.

 



 

8


Table of Contents

OUR INDUSTRY

We operate in the $593 billion U.S. food and drug retail industry, a highly fragmented sector with a large number of companies competing locally and a limited number of companies with a national footprint. From 2011 through 2015, food and drug retail industry revenues increased at an average annual rate of 1.0%, driven in part by improving macroeconomic factors, including gross domestic product, household disposable income, consumer confidence and employment. Several food items and categories, including meat, eggs and dairy, experienced price deflation in 2016 and price deflation is expected to continue in several food categories into 2017. On an annual basis, Food-at-Home inflation is forecasted to be between 1.00% and 2.00% in 2017. In addition to macroeconomic factors, the following trends, in particular, are expected to drive sales across the industry:

 

    Customer Focus on Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings .    Evolving customer tastes and preferences have caused food retailers to improve the breadth and quality of their fresh, natural, and organic offerings. This, in turn, has resulted in the increasing convergence of product selections between conventional and alternative format food retailers.

 

    Converging Approach to Health and Wellness .    Customers increasingly view their food shopping experience as part of a broader approach to health and wellness. As a result, food retailers are seeking to drive sales growth and customer loyalty by incorporating pharmacy and wellness clinic offerings in their stores.

 

    Increased Customer Acceptance of Own Brand Offerings .    Increased customer acceptance has driven growth in demand for own brand offerings, including the introduction of premium store brands. In general, own brand offerings have a higher gross margin than similarly positioned products of national brands.

 

    Loyalty Programs and Personalization .    To remain competitive and generate customer loyalty, food retailers are increasing their focus on loyalty programs that target the delivery of personalized offers to their customers. Food retailers are also expected to seek to strengthen customer loyalty by introducing mobile applications that allow customers to make purchases, access loyalty card data and check prices while in-store.

 

    Convenience as a Differentiator .    Industry participants are addressing customers’ desire for convenience through in-store amenities, and services including store-within-store sites such as coffee bars, banks and ATMs. Customer convenience is important for traditional grocers that must differentiate themselves from other mass retailers, club stores and other food retailers. The increasing penetration of e-commerce competition has prompted food retailers to develop or outsource online and mobile applications for home delivery, pickup and digital shopping solutions with customer convenience in mind. It has also resulted in the emergence of a number of online-only food and drug offerings.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR BUSINESS AND THIS OFFERING

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors” following this prospectus summary before making an investment decision. These risks include, among others, the following:

 

    Various operating factors and general economic conditions affecting the food retail industry may adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

    Competition in our industry is intense, and our failure to compete successfully may adversely affect our profitability and results of operations.

 



 

9


Table of Contents
    Increased commodity prices may adversely impact our profitability.

 

    Integrating acquisitions may be time-consuming and create costs that could reduce our net income and cash flows.

 

    We may be adversely affected by risks related to our dependence on information technology (“IT”) systems. Any future intrusion into these IT systems, even if we are compliant with industry security standards, could materially adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and operating results.

 

    We may not be able to achieve the full amount of synergies that are anticipated, or achieve the synergies on the schedule anticipated, from the Safeway acquisition.

 

    Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our indebtedness.

 

    Our debt instruments limit our flexibility in operating our business.

 

    There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. If our stock price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

 



 

10


Table of Contents

OUR CORPORATE STRUCTURE

Our business is currently conducted through our operating subsidiaries, which are wholly-owned by AB Acquisition. The equity interests of AB Acquisition immediately prior to the IPO-Related Transactions were owned (directly and indirectly) by entities affiliated with our Sponsors and certain current and former members of our management, whom we refer to as our “Existing Owners,” as well as our independent directors. Albertsons Companies, Inc. is a Delaware corporation.

In order to effectuate this offering, we expect to effect the following series of transactions prior to and/or concurrently with the closing of this offering that will result in the reorganization of our business so that it is owned by Albertsons Companies, Inc. Specifically, (i) our Existing Owners, other than KRS AB Acquisition and KRS ABS, LLC (collectively, “Kimco”) and Albertsons Management Holdco, LLC (“Management Holdco”), will contribute all of their direct and indirect equity interests in AB Acquisition to Albertsons Investor Holdings LLC (“Albertsons Investor”), including their interests in NAI Group Holdings Inc. (“NAI Group Holdings”) and Safeway Group Holdings Inc. (“Safeway Group Holdings”), (ii) Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco will contribute all of their equity interests in AB Acquisition to Albertsons Companies, Inc. in exchange for common stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc., and our independent directors will receive grants of restricted and unrestricted common stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc. in substitution for their interests in AB Acquisition, (iii) NAI Group Holdings, Safeway Group Holdings and other special purpose corporations owned by certain of the Sponsors through which they invested in AB Acquisition will be merged with and into Albertsons Companies, Inc., with Albertsons Companies, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation in the mergers and (iv) certain stores owned by Albertson’s LLC will be contributed to a newly formed subsidiary, Albertson’s Stores Sub LLC, which subsidiary will be distributed to its ultimate owner AB Acquisition, AB Acquisition will transfer all of its equity interests in ACL to Albertsons Companies, Inc. and ACL will be merged with and into Albertsons Companies, Inc. with Albertsons Companies, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation in the merger. As a result of the foregoing transactions, an aggregate of             ,              ,             and              shares of our common stock will be owned by Albertsons Investor, Kimco, Management Holdco and our independent directors, respectively (assuming the common stock in this offering is offered at $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

 



 

11


Table of Contents

The chart below summarizes our corporate structure after giving effect to the IPO-Related Transactions (assuming the common stock in this offering is offered at $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), but before giving effect to dilution from outstanding restricted stock units or the exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and excluding the shares of restricted and unrestricted stock held by our independent directors:

 

LOGO

For a further discussion of the IPO-Related Transactions, see “IPO-Related Transactions and Organizational Structure.”

 



 

12


Table of Contents

PRE-IPO REFINANCING TRANSACTIONS

On May 31, 2016, ACL, Albertsons, Safeway and NAI completed the sale of $1,250.0 million of principal amount of the 2024 Notes (as defined herein). The net proceeds received from the issuance of the 2024 Notes were used to (i) pay the redemption price and accrued and unpaid interest in connection with the Redemption (as defined below), (ii) repay approximately $520 million of term loans then outstanding under the then existing B-3 term loan tranche under the Term Loan Agreement (as defined herein) and (iii) pay fees and expenses related to the Redemption and the issuance of the 2024 Notes.

On June 24, 2016, ACL and Safeway fully redeemed $609.6 million of principal amount of 7.750% senior secured notes due 2022 that were issued under the indenture dated October 23, 2014 (the “Secured Notes” and such redemption, the “Redemption”). Upon consummation of the Redemption, in accordance with the Safeway Indenture (as defined herein), the collateral securing the Safeway Notes (as defined herein) and the guaranties of the Safeway Notes by ACL and its subsidiaries, as applicable, were released.

On August 9, 2016, ACL, Albertsons, Safeway and NAI completed the sale of $1,250.0 million of principal amount of the 2025 Notes (as defined herein). The net proceeds received from the issuance of the 2025 Notes were used to (i) repay approximately $470 million outstanding under our ABL Facility, (ii) repay approximately $500 million of term loans then outstanding under the B-6 term loan tranche under the Term Loan Agreement and (iii) pay fees and expenses related to the issuance of the 2025 Notes. The remaining net proceeds have been or will be used for general corporate purposes.

On December 23, 2016, Albertsons amended the Term Loan Agreement to establish three new term loan tranches and amend certain provisions of the Term Loan Agreement. The new tranches consisted of $3,271.8 million of new term B-4 loans, $1,142.1 million of new term B-5 loans and $1,600.0 million of new term B-6 loans (collectively, the “New Term Loans”). The New Term Loans were used to repay the term loans under the Term Loan Agreement that were outstanding as of December 23, 2016.

We refer to the above transactions as the “Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions.” For more information on our existing indebtedness, see “Description of Indebtedness.”

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Albertsons Companies, Inc. is a Delaware corporation that was incorporated on June 23, 2015 to undertake this offering. Our principal executive offices are located at 250 Parkcenter Blvd., Boise, ID 83706. Our telephone number is (208) 395-6200 and our internet address is www.albertsons.com. Our website and the information contained thereon are not part of this prospectus and should not be relied upon by prospective investors in connection with any decision to purchase our common shares.

OUR EQUITY SPONSORS

We believe that one of our strengths is our relationship with our Sponsors. We believe we will benefit from our Sponsors’ experience in the retail industry, their expertise in mergers and acquisitions and real estate, and their support on various near-term and long-term strategic initiatives.

 



 

13


Table of Contents

Cerberus .    Established in 1992, Cerberus and its affiliated group of funds and companies comprise one of the world’s leading private investment firms with over $30 billion of capital under management in four primary strategies: control and non-control private equity investments, distressed securities and assets, commercial mid-market lending, and real estate-related investments. In addition to its New York headquarters, Cerberus has offices throughout the United States, Europe and Asia.

Kimco Realty .    Kimco Realty is a real estate investment trust headquartered in New Hyde Park, New York that owns and operates North America’s largest publicly traded portfolio of neighborhood and community shopping centers. As of September 30, 2016, Kimco Realty owned interests in 534 shopping centers comprising 86 million square feet of leasable space across 35 states and Puerto Rico. Publicly traded on the NYSE since 1991, and included in the S&P 500 Index, Kimco Realty has specialized in shopping center acquisitions, development and management for more than 50 years.

Klaff Realty .    Klaff Realty is a privately-owned real estate investment company based in Chicago, Illinois that engages in the acquisition, redevelopment and management of commercial real estate throughout the United States and Latin America, with a primary focus on retail and office. Klaff Realty has established a leadership position in the acquisition of distressed retail space. To date, Klaff Realty affiliates have acquired properties and invested in operating entities that control in excess of 200 million square feet with a value in excess of $17 billion.

Lubert-Adler .    Lubert-Adler was co-founded in 1997 by Ira Lubert and Dean Adler, who collectively have over 60 years of experience in underwriting, acquiring, repositioning, refinancing and disposing of real estate assets. Lubert-Adler has more than 20 investment professionals and has invested $7.5 billion of equity into assets valued at over $17 billion.

Schottenstein Stores .    Schottenstein Stores, together with its affiliate Schottenstein Property Group, is a privately-owned operator, acquirer and redeveloper of high quality power/big box, community and neighborhood shopping centers located throughout the United States predominantly anchored by national retailers.

Our Sponsors will indirectly control us through their respective ownership of Albertsons Investor and Kimco and will continue to be able to control the election of our directors, determine our corporate and management policies and determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. Following the completion of the IPO-Related Transactions, our Sponsors will indirectly own approximately      % of our common stock (assuming the common stock in this offering is offered at $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), or     % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. As a result, we expect to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE on which we have been approved to list our shares and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. As a result, our stockholders will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements. Following the completion of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, we will be required to appoint to our board of directors individuals designated by Albertsons Investor. Furthermore, if we cease to be a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE, but Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco collectively own at least 35% of our then-outstanding common stock, Albertsons Investor shall have the right to designate a number of members of our board of directors equal to one director fewer than 50% of our board of directors and Albertsons Investor shall cause its directors appointed to our board of directors to vote in favor of maintaining a 13-person board. In connection with this offering, Albertsons Companies, Inc. will enter into a stockholders agreement with Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), and if a permitted transferee or assignee of such party that succeeds to such party’s rights

 



 

14


Table of Contents

under the Stockholders’ Agreement (each transferee or assignee, a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”) has beneficial ownership of less than 35% but at least 20% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate a number of members of our board of directors equal to the greater of (a) three or (b) 25% of the size of our board of directors (rounded up to the next whole number). If a Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 20% but at least 15% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate a number of directors equal to the greater of (a) two or (b) 15% of the size of our board of directors (rounded up to the next whole number). If a Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 15% but at least 10% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate one director to our board of directors.

The limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition provides for the Cerberus-led Consortium to receive annual management fees of $13.75 million from our company over a 48-month period beginning on January 30, 2015, the date of the consummation of the Safeway acquisition. We paid the Cerberus-led Consortium management fees totaling $15 million for fiscal 2014, $6 million of which was paid under the previous limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition and $9 million of which was paid upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition. We have paid management fees to the Cerberus-led Consortium totaling $13.75 million for fiscal 2015 and $13.75 million for fiscal 2016. In exchange for the management fees, the Cerberus-led Consortium has provided strategic advice to management, including with respect to acquisitions and financings. As of December 3, 2016, management fees over the remainder of the 48-month period total $27.5 million. Consistent with the terms of the limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition, the remaining management fees will be paid in full upon the closing of this offering. We do not expect to pay any further management fees to the Cerberus-led Consortium following the completion of this offering.

The interests of our Sponsors may not coincide with the interests of other holders of our common stock. Additionally, our Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Our Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as the Cerberus-led Consortium continues to own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock through Albertsons Investor and Kimco, the Cerberus-led Consortium will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant transactions.

See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Owning Our Common Stock.”

 



 

15


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock outstanding

409,832,959 shares.

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

             shares.

 

Option to purchase additional shares

The selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to              additional shares of our common stock at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount and commissions.

 

Use of proceeds

We will not receive any net proceeds from the sale of common shares by the selling stockholders, including from any exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders.

 

  See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Dividend policy

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. The declaration and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant.

 

  See “Dividend Policy.”

 

NYSE trading symbol

“ABS.”

 

Risk factors

For a discussion of risks relating to our company, our business and an investment in our common stock, see “Risk Factors” and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

 

Directed Share Program

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale within the United States to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares, it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus excludes up to              shares of our common stock that may be sold by the selling stockholders if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholders.

 



 

16


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following tables summarize our consolidated historical and pro forma financial and other data and should be read together with “Selected Historical Financial Information of AB Acquisition,” “Supplemental Selected Historical Financial Information of Safeway,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of AB Acquisition,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary balance sheet data as of December 3, 2016 and the consolidated statement of operations data for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 and the 40 weeks ended December 5, 2015 from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary balance sheet data as of February 27, 2016 and the consolidated statement of operations data for fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

Our consolidated financial statements for the period from February 22, 2013 to March 20, 2013 reflect only the historical results of the Legacy Albertsons Stores prior to the 2013 acquisition of NAI. Commencing on March 21, 2013, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of NAI. In December 2013, we acquired United. Commencing on December 29, 2013, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of United. In addition, on January 30, 2015, we acquired Safeway. Commencing on January 31, 2015, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Safeway.

 



 

17


Table of Contents

The Safeway acquisition (including the related FTC-mandated divestitures) had a material impact on our results of operations. Accordingly, we have included in this prospectus pro forma financial information which gives effect to the FTC-mandated divestitures, the IPO-Related Transactions and the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions for fiscal 2015 and the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 as more fully described in the notes below. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” for additional information.

 

    40 Weeks Ended
December 3, 2016
    40 Weeks Ended
December 5, 2015
    Fiscal 2015     Fiscal
2014(8)
    Fiscal
2013(3)
 

(in millions of dollars, except per share
amounts, identical store sales and store
count)

 

Pro
Forma(2)(7)

   

Actual

   

Actual

    Pro
Forma(2)(7)
    Actual     Actual(1)     Actual  

Results of Operations:

           

Sales and other revenue

  $ 45,862      $ 45,862      $ 44,909      $ 58,290      $ 58,734      $ 27,199      $ 20,055   

Gross profit

  $ 12,707      $ 12,707      $ 12,216      $ 15,928      $ 16,062      $ 7,503      $ 5,399   

Selling & administrative expenses

    12,239        12,252        11,939        15,549        15,660        8,152        5,874   

Bargain purchase gain

                                              (2,005
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    468        455        277        379        402        (649     1,530   

Interest expense, net

    681        896        718        871        951        633        390   

Other (income) expense

    (23     (23     3        (7     (7     96          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (190     (418     (444     (485     (542     (1,378     1,140   

Income tax benefit

    (74     (10     (48     (188     (40     (153     (573
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax

    (116     (408     (396     (297     (502     (1,225     1,713   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                                              20   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (116   $ (408   $ (396   $ (297   $ (502   $ (1,225   $ 1,733   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per Share Data:

             

Net loss per share—basic and diluted(4)

  $ (0.28       $ (0.73      

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic and diluted (in millions)(4)

    410            410         

Other Financial Data:

             

Adjusted EBITDA(5)

  $ 2,130      $ 2,130      $ 1,986      $ 2,658      $ 2,681      $ 1,099      $ 586   

Adjusted Net Income(5)

    264        193        252        388        365        58        174   

Adjusted Net Income per share—basic and diluted(5)

  $ 0.64          $ 0.95         

Capital expenditures

    1,052        1,052        720        960        960        337        128   

Free cash flow(6)

    1,078        1,078        1,266        1,698        1,721        762        458   

Other Operating Data:

             

Identical store sales

    0.5     0.5     4.5     4.6     4.4     7.2     1.6

Store count (at end of fiscal period)

    2,327        2,327        2,267        2,271        2,271        2,382        1,075   

Gross square footage (at end of fiscal period) (in millions)

    116        116        113        113        113        118        56   

Fuel sales

  $ 2,077      $ 2,077      $ 2,423      $ 2,953      $ 2,955      $ 387      $ 47   

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):

             

Cash and equivalents

  $ 772      $ 806      $ 728        $ 580      $ 1,126      $ 307   

Total assets

    23,418        23,452        24,355          23,770        25,678        9,281   

Total members’ equity

    1,202        1,208        1,858          1,613        2,169        1,760   

Total debt

    12,265        12,265        12,379          12,226        12,569        3,694   

 

Supplemental Identical Store Sales

  Fiscal 2016   Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  
 

Q3’16

 

Q2’16

 

Q1’16

 

Q4’15

 

Q3’15

  Q2’15     Q1’15     Q4’14     Q3’14     Q2’14     Q1’14     Q4’13     Q3’13     Q2’13     Q1’13  

AB Acquisition(a)(b)

  (2.1)%   0.1%   2.9%   4.7%   5.1%     4.5%        4.3%        4.1%        4.8%        5.4%        4.8%        3.5%        3.0%        1.1%        (0.1)%   

Safeway(c)

  (2.2)%   0.1%   3.9%   5.8%   5.6%     4.9%        3.8%        3.5%        3.2%        3.1%        2.2%        1.1%        1.8%        1.8%        1.1%   

 

(a) Includes acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, irrespective of date of acquisition.
(b) After adjusting for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores, identical store sales growth for AB Acquisition during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 and the second quarter of fiscal 2015 would have been 4.6% and 5.2%, respectively, and, excluding the Safeway stores, would have been 6.7% and 5.7%, respectively.
(c) Includes Safeway’s Eastern Division, now owned by NAI.

 



 

18


Table of Contents

 

(1) For the period from February 21, 2014 to January 30, 2015, our consolidated financial statements include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Albertsons, NAI and United. Commencing on January 31, 2015, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Safeway.

 

(2) The pro forma information for fiscal 2015 gives effect to the FTC-mandated divestitures as if they had been consummated on the first day of fiscal 2015. Additionally, the pro forma information for fiscal 2015 and the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 reflects the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions and the IPO-Related Transactions, as if these events had occurred on the first day of fiscal 2015. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” for a presentation of such pro forma financial data for fiscal 2015 and the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016.

 

(3) The results of operations for the period from February 22, 2013 through March 20, 2013 reflect the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Legacy Albertsons Stores acquired on June 2, 2006. Commencing on March 21, 2013, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the SVU Albertsons Stores and the NAI Stores. Commencing on December 29, 2013, our consolidated financial statements also include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of United.

 

(4) Gives effect to the items described in note 2 above as if they had occurred on the first day of fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, as applicable. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” for a presentation of such pro forma financial data.

 

(5) Adjusted EBITDA is a Non-GAAP Measure defined as earnings (net income (loss)) before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, further adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance. Adjusted Net Income is a Non-GAAP Measure defined as (net income (loss)) adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance. Pro forma amounts give effect to the items described in note 2 above, as applicable, as if they had occurred on the first day of our fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2016, as applicable.

 



 

19


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are Non-GAAP Measures that provide supplemental information we believe is useful to analysts and investors to evaluate our ongoing results of operations, when considered alongside other GAAP measures such as net income, operating income and gross profit. These Non-GAAP Measures exclude the financial impact of items management does not consider in assessing our ongoing operating performance, and thereby facilitate review of our operating performance on a period-to-period basis. Other companies may have different capital structures or different lease terms, and comparability to our results of operations may be impacted by the effects of acquisition accounting on our depreciation and amortization. As a result of the effects of these factors and factors specific to other companies, we believe Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income provide helpful information to analysts and investors to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance to that of other companies. Set forth below is a reconciliation of Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA to net income:

 

    40 Weeks Ended
December 3, 2016
    40 Weeks Ended
December 5, 2015
    Fiscal 2015     Fiscal
2014(8)
       
    Pro
Forma
    Actual     Actual     Pro
Forma
    Actual     Actual     Fiscal
2013(3)
 

Net loss (income)

  $ (116   $ (408   $ (396   $ (297   $ (502   $ (1,225   $ 1,733   

Adjustments:

             

Bargain purchase gain

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $ (2,005

(Gain) loss on interest rate and commodity swaps, net

    (11     (11     6        16        16        98          

Store transition and related costs(a)

    20        20                                    167   

Acquisition and integration costs(b)

    166        166        271        342        342        352        174   

Termination of long-term incentive plan

                                       78          

Non-cash equity-based compensation expense

    34        34        81        98        98        344        6   

Net (gain) loss on property dispositions, asset impairments and lease exit costs

    (39     (39     55        103        103        228        (2

LIFO expense

    9        9        12        30        30        43        12   

Amortization and write-off of debt discount, deferred financing costs and loss on extinguishment of debt

    45        221        53        82        82        72        75   

Non-cash pension and post-retirement expense (income), net(c)

    82        82        9        7        7        (3     (8

Amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions

    309        309        283        377        377        149        116   

Other(d)

    4        17        61        63        63        (14     12   

Tax impact of adjustments to Adjusted Net Income(e)

    (239     (207     (183     (433     (251     (64     (106
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted Net Income

  $ 264      $ 193      $ 252      $ 388      $ 365      $ 58      $ 174   

Adjustments:

             

Tax impact of adjustments to Adjusted Net Income(e)

    239        207        183        433        251        64        106   

Income tax benefit

    (74     (10     (48     (188     (40     (153     (573

Amortization and write-off of original issue discount, deferred financing costs and loss on extinguishment of debt

    (45     (221     (53     (82     (82     (72     (75

Interest expense – continued operations

    681        896        718        871        951        633        390   

Interest expense – discontinued operations

                                              4   

Amortization of intangible assets resulting from acquisitions

    (309     (309     (283     (377     (377     (149     (116

Depreciation and amortization .

    1,374        1,374        1,217        1,613        1,613        718        676   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ 2,130      $ 2,130      $ 1,986      $ 2,658      $ 2,681      $ 1,099      $ 586   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  (a) Includes costs related to the transition of stores acquired in the NAI acquisition by improving store conditions and enhancing product offerings.
  (b) Includes costs related to the Safeway acquisition (including the charge associated with the settlement of appraisal rights litigation), the A&P Transaction, the Haggen Transaction, the NAI acquisition and the United acquisition.
  (c) Excludes the company’s cash contribution of $260 million to the Employee Retirement Plan of Safeway Inc. and its domestic subsidiaries (the “Safeway ERP”) under a settlement with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (the “PBGC”) in connection with the closing of the Safeway acquisition.

 

 



 

20


Table of Contents
  (d) Primarily includes non-cash lease adjustments related to deferred rents and deferred gains on lease expenses related to closed stores and discontinued operations and costs related to facility closures and the transition to a decentralized operating model.
  (e) The tax impact was determined based on the taxable status of the subsidiary to which each of the above adjustments relates.

 

(6) We define “free cash flow” as Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of AB Acquisition,” included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a reconciliation of cash flow from operating activities to free cash flow.

 

(7) The pro forma balance sheet data as of December 3, 2016 gives effect to pro forma adjustments to reflect the IPO-Related Transactions and the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions as if these events had occurred on December 3, 2016. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” for a presentation of such unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet data.

 

(8) The fiscal year ended February 28, 2015 included 53 weeks.

 



 

21


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following information, together with other information in this prospectus, before buying shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks or uncertainties actually occur, our business, financial condition, prospects, results of operations and cash flow could be materially adversely affected. Additional risks or uncertainties not currently known to us, or that we deem immaterial, may also impair our business operations. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below will not occur. In that case, the market price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or a part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Various operating factors and general economic conditions affecting the food retail industry may affect our business and may adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our operations and financial performance are affected by economic conditions such as macroeconomic conditions, credit market conditions and the level of consumer confidence. While the combination of improved economic conditions, the trend towards lower unemployment, higher wages and lower gasoline prices have contributed to improved consumer confidence, there is continued uncertainty about the strength of the economic recovery. If the economy does not continue to improve or if it weakens, or if gasoline prices rebound, consumers may reduce spending, trade down to a less expensive mix of products or increasingly rely on food discounters, all of which could impact our sales. In addition, consumers’ perception or uncertainty related to the economic recovery and future fuel prices could also dampen overall consumer confidence and reduce demand for our product offerings. Both inflation and deflation affect our business. Food deflation could reduce sales growth and earnings, while food inflation could reduce gross profit margins. Several food items and categories, such as meat, eggs and dairy, experienced price deflation in 2016 and price deflation is expected to continue in several food categories into 2017. We are unable to predict if the economy will continue to improve, the rate at which the economy may improve, the direction of gasoline prices or when the deflationary trends we are currently experiencing will abate. If the economy does not continue to improve or if it weakens or fuel prices increase, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

Competition in our industry is intense, and our failure to compete successfully may adversely affect our profitability and operating results.

The food and drug retail industry is large and dynamic, characterized by intense competition among a collection of local, regional and national participants. We face strong competition from other food and/or drug retailers, supercenters, club stores, discount stores, online providers, specialty and niche supermarkets, drug stores, general merchandisers, wholesale stores, convenience stores and restaurants. Shifts in the competitive landscape, consumer preference or market share may have an adverse effect on our profitability and results of operations.

As a result of consumers’ growing desire to shop online, we also face increasing competition from both our existing competitors who have incorporated the internet as a direct-to-consumer channel and internet-only providers that sell grocery products. Although we have a growing internet presence and offer our customers the ability to shop online for both home delivery and in-store pick-up, there is no assurance that these online initiatives will be successful. In addition, these initiatives may have an adverse impact on our profitability as a result of lower gross profits or greater operating costs to compete.

Our ability to attract customers is dependent, in large part, upon a combination of channel preference, location, store conditions, quality, price, service and selection. In each of these areas,

 

22


Table of Contents

traditional and non-traditional competitors compete with us and may successfully attract our customers to their stores by matching or exceeding what we offer. In recent years, many of our competitors have added locations and adopted a multi-channel approach to marketing and advertising. Our responses to competitive pressures, such as additional promotions, increased advertising, additional capital investment and the development of our internet offerings, could adversely affect our profitability and cash flow. We cannot guarantee that our competitive response will succeed in increasing or maintaining our share of retail food sales.

An increasingly competitive industry and deflation in the prices of certain foods have made it difficult for food retailers to achieve positive identical store sales growth on a consistent basis. We and our competitors have attempted to maintain or grow our and their respective share of retail food sales through capital and price investment, increased promotional activity and new store growth, creating a more difficult environment to consistently increase year-over-year sales. Several of our primary competitors are larger than we are or have greater financial resources available to them and, therefore, may be able to devote greater resources to invest in price, promotional activity and new or remodeled stores in order to grow their share of retail food sales. Price investment by our competitors has also, from time to time, adversely affected our operating margins. In recent years, we have invested in price in order to remain competitive and generate sales growth; however, there can be no assurance this strategy will be successful.

Because we face intense competition, we need to anticipate and respond to changing consumer preferences and demands more effectively than our competitors. We devote significant resources to differentiating our banners in the local markets where we operate and invest in loyalty programs to drive traffic. Our local merchandising teams spend considerable time working with store directors to make sure we are satisfying consumer preferences. In addition, we strive to achieve and maintain favorable recognition of our own brands and offerings, and market these offerings to consumers and maintain and enhance a perception of value for consumers. While we seek to continuously respond to changing consumer preferences, there is no assurances that our responses will be successful.

Our continued success is dependent upon our ability to control operating expenses, including managing health care and pension costs stipulated by our collective bargaining agreements to effectively compete in the food retail industry. Several of our primary competitors are larger than we are, or are not subject to collective bargaining agreements, allowing them to more effectively leverage their fixed costs or more easily reduce operating expenses. Finally, we need to source, market and merchandise efficiently. Changes in our product mix also may negatively affect our profitability. Failure to accomplish our objectives could impair our ability to compete successfully and adversely affect our profitability.

Profit margins in the food retail industry are low. In order to increase or maintain our profit margins, we develop operating strategies to increase revenues, increase gross margins and reduce costs, such as new marketing programs, new advertising campaigns, productivity improvements, shrink reduction initiatives, distribution center efficiencies, manufacturing efficiencies, energy efficiency programs and other similar strategies. Our failure to achieve forecasted revenue growth, gross margin improvement or cost reductions could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and operating results.

Increased commodity prices may adversely impact our profitability.

Many of our own and sourced products include ingredients such as wheat, corn, oils, milk, sugar, proteins, cocoa and other commodities. Commodity prices worldwide have been volatile. Any increase in commodity prices may cause an increase in our input costs or the prices our vendors seek from us. Although we typically are able to pass on modest commodity price increases or mitigate vendor efforts to increase our costs, we may be unable to continue to do so, either in whole or in part, if commodity

 

23


Table of Contents

prices increase materially. If we are forced to increase prices, our customers may reduce their purchases at our stores or trade down to less profitable products. Both may adversely impact our profitability as a result of reduced revenue or reduced margins.

Fuel prices and availability may adversely affect our results of operations.

We currently operate 384 fuel centers that are adjacent to many of our store locations. As a result, we sell a significant amount of gasoline. Increased regulation or significant increases in wholesale fuel costs could result in lower gross profit on fuel sales, and demand could be affected by retail price increases as well as by concerns about the effect of emissions on the environment. We are unable to predict future regulations, environmental effects, political unrest, acts of terrorism and other matters that may affect the cost and availability of fuel, and how our customers will react, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our stores rely heavily on sales of perishable products, and product supply disruptions may have an adverse effect on our profitability and operating results.

Reflecting consumer preferences, we have a significant focus on perishable products. Sales of perishable products accounted for approximately 40.3% of our total sales in fiscal 2015. We rely on various suppliers and vendors to provide and deliver our perishable product inventory on a continuous basis. We could suffer significant perishable product inventory losses and significant lost revenue in the event of the loss of a major supplier or vendor, disruption of our distribution network, extended power outages, natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences.

Severe weather and natural disasters may adversely affect our business.

Severe weather conditions such as hurricanes, earthquakes, floods, extended winter storms, heat waves or tornadoes, as well as other natural disasters, in areas in which we have stores or distribution centers or from which we source or obtain products may cause physical damage to our properties, closure of one or more of our stores, manufacturing facilities or distribution centers, lack of an adequate work force in a market, temporary disruption in the manufacture of products, temporary disruption in the supply of products, disruption in the transport of goods, delays in the delivery of goods to our distribution centers or stores, a reduction in customer traffic and a reduction in the availability of products in our stores. In addition, adverse climate conditions and adverse weather patterns, such as drought or flood, that impact growing conditions and the quantity and quality of crops yielded by food producers may adversely affect the availability or cost of certain products within the grocery supply chain. Any of these factors may disrupt our business and adversely affect our business.

Threats or potential threats to security of food and drug safety, the occurrence of a widespread health epidemic or regulatory concerns in our supply chain may adversely affect our business.

Acts or threats, whether perceived or real, of war or terror or other criminal activity directed at the food or drug store industry or the transportation industry, whether or not directly involving our stores, could increase our operating costs and operations, or impact general consumer behavior and consumer spending. Other events that give rise to actual or potential food contamination, drug contamination or food-borne illnesses, or a widespread regional, national or global health epidemic, such as pandemic flu, could have an adverse effect on our operating results or disrupt production and delivery of our products, our ability to appropriately staff our stores and potentially cause customers to avoid public gathering places or otherwise change their shopping behaviors.

We source our products from vendors and suppliers and related networks across the globe who may be subject to regulatory actions or face criticism due to actual or perceived social injustices,

 

24


Table of Contents

including human trafficking, child labor or environmental, health and safety violations. A disruption in our supply chain due to any regulatory action or social injustice could have an adverse impact on our supply chain and ultimately our business, including potential harm to our reputation.

We could be affected if consumers lose confidence in the food supply chain or the quality and safety of our products.

We could be adversely affected if consumers lose confidence in the safety and quality of certain food products. Adverse publicity about these types of concerns, whether valid or not, may discourage consumers from buying our products or cause production and delivery disruptions. The real or perceived sale of contaminated food products by us could result in product liability claims, a loss of consumer confidence and product recalls, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Certain risks are inherent in providing pharmacy services, and our insurance may not be adequate to cover any claims against us.

We currently operate 1,790 pharmacies, and, as a result, we are exposed to risks inherent in the packaging, dispensing, distribution, and disposal of pharmaceuticals and other healthcare products, such as risks of liability for products which cause harm to consumers, as well as increased regulatory risks and related costs. Although we maintain insurance, we cannot guarantee that the coverage limits under our insurance programs will be adequate to protect us against future claims, or that we will be able to maintain this insurance on acceptable terms in the future, or at all. Our results of operations, financial condition or cash flows may be materially adversely affected if in the future our insurance coverage proves to be inadequate or unavailable, or there is an increase in the liability for which we self-insure, or we suffer harm to our reputation as a result of an error or omission.

We are subject to numerous federal and state regulations. Each of our in-store pharmacies must be licensed by the state government. The licensing requirements vary from state to state. An additional registration certificate must be granted by the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”), and, in some states, a separate controlled substance license must be obtained to dispense controlled substances. In addition, pharmacies selling controlled substances are required to maintain extensive records and often report information to state and federal agencies. If we fail to comply with existing or future laws and regulations, we could suffer substantial civil or criminal penalties, including the loss of our licenses to operate pharmacies and our ability to participate in federal and state healthcare programs. As a consequence of the severe penalties we could face, we must devote significant operational and managerial resources to complying with these laws and regulations.

In 2014, Safeway received two subpoenas from the DEA concerning its record keeping, reporting and related practices associated with the loss or theft of controlled substances. On June 7, 2016, we received a third subpoena requesting information concerning potential diversion of controlled substances by a former employee. We are cooperating with the DEA on these matters and have met with the DEA on several occasions. We anticipate that there will be monetary fines assessed, and that the DEA may seek administrative penalties. We have established an estimated liability for these matters, which is based on information currently available to us and may change as new information becomes available. Application of federal and state laws and regulations could subject our current practices to allegations of impropriety or illegality, or could require us to make significant changes to our operations. In addition, we cannot predict the impact of future legislation and regulatory changes on our pharmacy business or assure that we will be able to obtain or maintain the regulatory approvals required to operate our business.

 

25


Table of Contents

Integrating acquisitions may be time-consuming and create costs that could reduce our net income and cash flows.

Part of our strategy includes pursuing acquisitions that we believe will be accretive to our business. If we consummate an acquisition, the process of integrating the acquired business may be complex and time consuming, may be disruptive to the business and may cause an interruption of, or a distraction of management’s attention from, the business as a result of a number of obstacles, including, but not limited to:

 

    a failure of our due diligence process to identify significant risks or issues;

 

    the loss of customers of the acquired company or our company;

 

    negative impact on the brands or banners of the acquired company or our company;

 

    a failure to maintain or improve the quality of customer service;

 

    difficulties assimilating the operations and personnel of the acquired company;

 

    our inability to retain key personnel of the acquired company;

 

    the incurrence of unexpected expenses and working capital requirements;

 

    our inability to achieve the financial and strategic goals, including synergies, for the combined businesses; and

 

    difficulty in maintaining internal controls, procedures and policies.

Any of the foregoing obstacles, or a combination of them, could decrease gross profit margins or increase selling, general and administrative expenses in absolute terms and/or as a percentage of net sales, which could in turn negatively impact our net income and cash flows.

We may not be able to consummate acquisitions in the future on terms acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, future acquisitions are accompanied by the risk that the obligations and liabilities of an acquired company may not be adequately reflected in the historical financial statements of that company and the risk that those historical financial statements may be based on assumptions which are incorrect or inconsistent with our assumptions or approach to accounting policies. Any of these material obligations, liabilities or incorrect or inconsistent assumptions could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

A significant majority of our employees are unionized, and our relationship with unions, including labor disputes or work stoppages, could have an adverse impact on our operations and financial results.

As of February 27, 2016, approximately 164,000 of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2015, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 12,000 employees were renegotiated. During fiscal 2016, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 87,000 employees are scheduled to expire. In future negotiations with labor unions, we expect that health care, pension costs and/or contributions and wage costs, among other issues, will be important topics for negotiation. If, upon the expiration of such collective bargaining agreements, we are unable to negotiate acceptable contracts with labor unions, it could result in strikes by the affected workers and thereby significantly disrupt our operations. As part of our collective bargaining agreements, we may need to fund additional pension contributions, which would negatively impact our free cash flow. Further, if we are unable to control health care and pension costs provided for in the collective bargaining agreements, we may experience increased operating costs and an adverse impact on our financial results.

Increased pension expenses, contributions and surcharges may have an adverse impact on our financial results.

In connection with the Safeway acquisition, we assumed Safeway’s defined benefit retirement plans for substantially all Safeway employees not participating in multiemployer pension plans. We

 

26


Table of Contents

also assumed defined benefit retirement plans in connection with our acquisitions of United, NAI and Collington (as defined herein). The funded status of these plans (the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation) is a significant factor in determining annual pension expense and cash contributions to fund the plans. In recent years, cash contributions have declined due to improved market conditions and the impact of the pension funding stabilization legislation, which increased the discount rate used to determine pension funding. However, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, under a settlement agreement with the PBGC in connection with the closing of the Safeway acquisition, Safeway contributed $260 million to its largest pension plan. As a result, we do not expect to make additional contributions to this plan until 2018.

If financial markets do not improve or if financial markets decline, increased pension expense and cash contributions may have an adverse impact on our financial results. Under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), the PBGC has the authority to petition a court to terminate an underfunded pension plan under limited circumstances. In the event that our defined benefit pension plans are terminated for any reason, we could be liable to the PBGC for the entire amount of the underfunding, as calculated by the PBGC based on its own assumptions (which likely would result in a larger obligation than that based on the actuarial assumptions used to fund such plans). Under ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the liability under these defined benefit plans is joint and several with all members of the control group, such that each member of the control group would be liable for the defined benefit plans of each other member of the control group.

In addition, we participate in various multiemployer pension plans for substantially all employees represented by unions that require us to make contributions to these plans in amounts established under collective bargaining agreements. Under the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (the “PPA”), contributions in addition to those made pursuant to a collective bargaining agreement may be required in limited circumstances in the form of a surcharge that is equal to 5% of the contributions due in the first year and 10% each year thereafter until the applicable bargaining agreement expires.

Pension expenses for multiemployer pension plans are recognized by us as contributions are made. Benefits generally are based on a fixed amount for each year of service. Our contributions to multiemployer plans were $74.2 million, $113.4 million and $379.8 million during fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively. In fiscal 2016, we expect to contribute approximately $400 million to multiemployer pension plans, subject to collective bargaining conditions.

Based on an assessment of the most recent information available, the company believes that most of the multiemployer plans to which it contributes are underfunded. The company is only one of a number of employers contributing to these plans, and the underfunding is not a direct obligation or liability of the company. However, the company has attempted, as of February 27, 2016, to estimate its share of the underfunding of multiemployer plans to which the company contributes, based on the ratio of its contributions to the total of all contributions to these plans in a year. As of February 27, 2016, our estimate of the company’s share of the underfunding of multiemployer plans to which it contributes was $3.2 billion. The company’s share of underfunding described above is an estimate and could change based on the results of collective bargaining efforts, investment returns on the assets held in the plans, actions taken by trustees who manage the plans’ benefit payments, interest rates, if the employers currently contributing to these plans cease participation, and requirements under the PPA, the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 and applicable provisions of the Code.

Additionally, underfunding of the multiemployer plans means that, in the event we were to exit certain markets or otherwise cease making contributions to these plans, we could trigger a substantial withdrawal liability. Any accrual for withdrawal liability will be recorded when a withdrawal is probable and can be reasonably estimated, in accordance with GAAP. All trades or businesses in the employer’s control group are jointly and severally liable for the employer’s withdrawal liability.

 

27


Table of Contents

As a part of the Safeway acquisition, we assumed withdrawal liabilities related to Safeway’s previous closure of its Dominick’s division. The respective pension plans have asserted that we may become obligated to pay an estimated maximum withdrawal liability of approximately $510 million if one of the pension plans, the UFCW & Employers Midwest Pension Fund (the “UFCW Midwest Plan”), were to experience a mass withdrawal. A mass withdrawal would require monthly installment payments to be made by us in perpetuity. Our installment payments would be limited to 20 years if we are not part of, or the UFCW Midwest Plan does not experience, a mass withdrawal. Upon the Safeway acquisition, we recorded a $221.8 million multiemployer pension withdrawal liability related to Safeway’s withdrawal from these plans, a difference of $288.2 million from the maximum withdrawal liability. Our current estimate of the withdrawal liability is based on the fact that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan has not occurred and our management’s belief that a mass withdrawal liability is remote. We are also disputing in arbitration certain factors used to determine the allocation of the unfunded vested benefits and therefore the annual pension payment installments due to the UFCW Midwest Plan. Our estimated liability reflects our best estimate of the probable outcome of this arbitration. Based on the current facts and circumstances, we believe it is reasonably possible that the estimated liability could change from the amount currently recorded as a result of the arbitration, but because our management believes that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan is remote, it believes the payment of the maximum liability of approximately $510 million is also remote. The amount of the withdrawal liability recorded as of February 27, 2016 with respect to the Dominick’s division was $202.7 million, primarily reflecting minimum required payments made subsequent to the date of consummation of the Safeway acquisition.

On July 19, 2015, A&P filed a Chapter 11 petition in the United States Bankruptcy Court. Our company and A&P participate in four of the same multiemployer pension plans. The bankruptcy of A&P has adversely affected the funding of these pension plans. Our subsidiary, Acme Markets, Inc. (“Acme Markets”), purchased 73 A&P stores. We purchased some but not all of the A&P stores that have contribution obligations to the four plans. Some of the A&P stores that we purchased contribute to five plans to which we do not contribute. We estimate that our share of the unfunded actuarial accrued liability in the four plans to which we and A&P have contributed increased by approximately $58 million for the stores we have acquired, and that the share of the unfunded actuarial accrued liability in the additional five plans attributable to the stores we have acquired is approximately $28 million. A&P and Acme Markets represent the substantial majority of all contributions to one of these plans (although there are approximately eight other contributing employers) and that plan’s unfunded actuarial accrued liability is currently estimated as $316.5 million based on that plan’s latest disclosure as of December 31, 2015. It is likely the A&P stores we did not purchase have withdrawn from the four plans in which we participate because no entity purchased them or the stores were sold to a buyer who is not obligated to contribute to the plans; therefore, our contingent liability for the underfunding of these plans likely increased further because liability for the plans’ underfunding shifted to the remaining employers in each of the plans.

See Note 14—Employee Benefit Plans and Collective Bargaining Agreements in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for more information relating to our participation in these multiemployer pension plans.

Unfavorable changes in government regulation may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our stores are subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations and administrative practices. We must comply with numerous provisions regulating health and sanitation standards, food labeling, energy, environmental, equal employment opportunity, minimum wages and licensing for the sale of food, drugs and alcoholic beverages. We cannot predict either the nature of future laws, regulations, interpretations or applications, or the effect either additional government laws,

 

28


Table of Contents

regulations or administrative procedures, when and if promulgated, or disparate federal, state, local and foreign regulatory schemes would have on our future business. In addition, regulatory changes could require the reformulation of certain products to meet new standards, the recall or discontinuance of certain products not able to be reformulated, additional record keeping, expanded documentation of the properties of certain products, expanded or different labeling and/or scientific substantiation. Any or all of such requirements could have an adverse effect on our business.

The minimum wage continues to increase and is subject to factors outside of our control. Changes to wage regulations could have an impact on our future results of operations.

A considerable number of our employees are paid at rates related to the federal minimum wage. Additionally, many of our stores are located in states, including California, where the minimum wage is greater than the federal minimum wage and where a considerable number of employees receive compensation equal to the state’s minimum wage. For example, as of December 3, 2016, we employed approximately 70,000 associates in California, where the current minimum wage was recently increased to $10.50 per hour effective January 1, 2017, and will gradually increase to $15.00 per hour by January 1, 2022. In Maryland, where we employed approximately 9,000 associates as of December 3, 2016, the minimum wage was recently increased to $8.75 per hour, and will gradually increase to $10.10 per hour by July 1, 2018. Moreover, municipalities may set minimum wages above the applicable state standards. For example, the minimum wage in Seattle, Washington, where we employed approximately 2,000 associates as of December 3, 2016, was recently increased to $15.00 per hour effective January 1, 2017 for employers with more than 500 employees nationwide. In Chicago, Illinois, where we employed approximately 5,800 associates as of December 3, 2016, the minimum wage was recently increased to $10.50 per hour, and will gradually increase to $13.00 per hour by July 1, 2019. Any further increases in the federal minimum wage or the enactment of additional state or local minimum wage increases could increase our labor costs, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The food retail industry is labor intensive. Our ability to meet our labor needs, while controlling wage and labor-related costs, is subject to numerous external factors, including the availability of qualified persons in the workforce in the local markets in which we are located, unemployment levels within those markets, prevailing wage rates, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs and changes in employment and labor laws. Such laws related to employee hours, wages, job classification and benefits could significantly increase operating costs. In the event of increasing wage rates, if we fail to increase our wages competitively, the quality of our workforce could decline, causing our customer service to suffer, while increasing wages for our employees could cause our profit margins to decrease. If we are unable to hire and retain employees capable of meeting our business needs and expectations, our business and brand image may be impaired. Any failure to meet our staffing needs or any material increase in turnover rates of our employees may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our historical financial statements may not be indicative of future performance.

In light of our acquisitions of NAI in March 2013, United in December 2013, and Safeway in January 2015, our operating results for periods prior to fiscal 2015 only reflect the impact of those acquisitions from those respective dates, and therefore comparisons with prior periods are difficult. As a result, our limited historical financial performance as owners of NAI, United and Safeway may make it difficult for stockholders to evaluate our business and results of operations to date and to assess our future prospects and viability. Furthermore, given the nature of the assets acquired, our recent operating history has resulted in revenue and profitability growth rates that may not be indicative of our future results of operations.

 

29


Table of Contents

In addition, Safeway completed the distribution of its remaining shares of Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. (“Blackhawk”) in April 2014, the sale of the net assets of Canada Safeway Limited in November 2013 and closed or sold its Dominick’s stores in the fourth quarter of 2013. In addition, Property Development Centers, LLC (“PDC”) was sold in December 2014, and Safeway’s 49% interest (the “Casa Ley Interest”) in Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V. (“Casa Ley”), a Mexico-based food and general merchandise retailer, is expected to be divested, with the net proceeds being paid to Safeway’s former stockholders.

As a result of the foregoing transactions and the implementation of new business initiatives and strategies, our historical results of operations are not necessarily indicative of our ongoing operations and the operating results to be expected in the future.

Our unaudited pro forma financial information may not be representative of our future results.

The pro forma financial information included in this prospectus does not purport to be indicative of the financial information that will result from our future operations. In addition, the pro forma financial information presented in this prospectus is based in part on certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. We cannot assure you that our assumptions will prove to be accurate over time. Accordingly, the pro forma financial information included in this prospectus does not purport to be indicative of what our results of operations and financial condition will be in the future.

Unfavorable changes in, failure to comply with or increased costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations could adversely affect us. The storage and sale of petroleum products could cause disruptions and expose us to potentially significant liabilities.

Our operations, including our 384 fuel centers, are subject to various laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment, including those governing the storage, management, disposal and cleanup of hazardous materials. Some environmental laws, such as the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act and similar state statutes, impose strict, and under certain circumstances joint and several, liability for costs to remediate a contaminated site, and also impose liability for damages to natural resources.

Federal regulations under the Clean Air Act require phase out of the production of ozone-depleting refrigerants that include hydrochlorofluorocarbons, the most common of which is R-22. By 2020, production of new R-22 refrigerant gas will be completely phased out; however, recovered and recycled/reclaimed R-22 will be available for servicing systems after 2020. The company is reducing its R-22 footprint while continuing to repair leaks, thus extending the useful lifespan of existing equipment. For fiscal 2016, $5 million has been budgeted for system retrofits, and we have budgeted approximately $5 million in subsequent years. Leak repairs are part of the ongoing refrigeration maintenance budget. We may be required to spend additional capital above and beyond what is currently budgeted for system retrofits and leak repairs which could have a significant impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Third-party claims in connection with releases of or exposure to hazardous materials relating to our current or former properties or third-party waste disposal sites can also arise. In addition, the presence of contamination at any of our properties could impair our ability to sell or lease the contaminated properties or to borrow money using any of these properties as collateral. The costs and liabilities associated with any such contamination could be substantial, and could have a material adverse effect on our business. Under current environmental laws, we may be held responsible for the remediation of environmental conditions regardless of whether we lease, sublease or own the stores or other facilities and regardless of whether such environmental conditions were created by us or a prior owner or tenant. In addition, the increased focus on climate change, waste management and other environmental issues may result in new environmental laws or regulations that negatively affect us directly or indirectly through increased costs on our suppliers. There can be no assurance that environmental contamination relating to prior, existing or future sites or other environmental changes will not adversely affect us through, for example, business interruption, cost of remediation or adverse publicity.

 

30


Table of Contents

We are subject to, and may in the future be subject to, legal or other proceedings that could have a material adverse effect on us.

From time to time, we are a party to legal proceedings, including matters involving personnel and employment issues, personal injury, antitrust claims, intellectual property claims and other proceedings arising in or outside of the ordinary course of business. In addition, there are an increasing number of cases being filed against companies generally, which contain class-action allegations under federal and state wage and hour laws. We estimate our exposure to these legal proceedings and establish reserves for the estimated liabilities. Assessing and predicting the outcome of these matters involves substantial uncertainties. Although not currently anticipated by management, unexpected outcomes in these legal proceedings or changes in management’s forecast assumptions or predictions, could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

We may be adversely affected by risks related to our dependence on IT systems. Any future changes to or intrusion into these IT systems, even if we are compliant with industry security standards, could materially adversely affect our reputation, financial condition and operating results.

We have complex IT systems that are important to the success of our business operations and marketing initiatives. If we were to experience failures, breakdowns, substandard performance or other adverse events affecting these systems, or difficulties accessing the proprietary business data stored in these systems, or in maintaining, expanding or upgrading existing systems or implementing new systems, we could incur significant losses due to disruptions in our systems and business.

Our ability to effectively manage the day-to-day business of approximately 750 Albertsons and NAI stores depends significantly on IT services and systems provided by SuperValu pursuant to two transition services agreements (the “SVU TSAs”). Prior to Albertsons’ and NAI’s transition onto Safeway’s IT systems, the failure of SuperValu’s systems to operate effectively or to integrate with other systems, or unauthorized access into SuperValu’s systems, could cause us to incur significant losses due to disruptions in our systems and business.

We receive and store personal information in connection with our marketing and human resources organizations. The protection of our customer and employee data is critically important to us. Despite our considerable efforts to secure our respective computer networks, security could be compromised, confidential information could be misappropriated or system disruptions could occur, as has occurred with a number of other retailers. If we (or through SuperValu) experience a data security breach, we could be exposed to government enforcement actions, possible assessments from the card brands if credit card data was involved and potential litigation. In addition, our customers could lose confidence in our ability to protect their personal information, which could cause them to stop shopping at our stores altogether. The loss of confidence from a data security breach involving our employees could hurt our reputation and cause employee recruiting and retention challenges.

Improper activities by third parties, exploitation of encryption technology, new data-hacking tools and discoveries and other events or developments may result in future intrusions into or compromise of our networks, payment card terminals or other payment systems. In particular, the techniques used by criminals to obtain unauthorized access to sensitive data change frequently and often cannot be recognized until launched against a target; accordingly, we may not be able to anticipate these frequently changing techniques or implement adequate preventive measures for all of them. Any unauthorized access into our customers’ sensitive information, or data belonging to us or our suppliers, even if we are compliant with industry security standards, could put us at a competitive disadvantage, result in deterioration of our customers’ confidence in us, and subject us to potential litigation, liability, fines and penalties and consent decrees, resulting in a possible material adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

31


Table of Contents

As merchants who accept debit and credit cards for payment, we are subject to the Payment Card Industry (“PCI”) Data Security Standard (“PCI DSS”) issued by the PCI Council. PCI DSS contains compliance guidelines and standards with regard to our security surrounding the physical administrative and technical storage, processing and transmission of individual cardholder data. By accepting debit cards for payment, we are also subject to compliance with American National Standards Institute (“ANSI”) data encryption standards and payment network security operating guidelines. In addition, we are required to comply with PCI DSS version 3.1 for our 2016 assessment, and are replacing or enhancing our in-store systems to comply with these standards. Failure to be PCI compliant or to meet other payment card standards may result in the imposition of financial penalties or the allocation by the card brands of the costs of fraudulent charges to us. Despite our efforts to comply with these or other payment card standards and other information security measures, we cannot be certain that all of our (or through SuperValu) IT systems will be able to prevent, contain or detect all cyber-attacks or intrusions from known malware or malware that may be developed in the future. To the extent that any disruption results in the loss, damage or misappropriation of information, we may be adversely affected by claims from customers, financial institutions, regulatory authorities, payment card associations and others. In addition, the cost of complying with stricter privacy and information security laws and standards, including PCI DSS version 3.1 and ANSI data encryption standards, could be significant.

Furthermore, on October 1, 2015, the payment card industry began to shift liability for certain transactions to retailers who are not able to accept Europay, Mastercard, and Visa (“EMV”) chip card transactions (the “EMV Liability Shift”). We are currently in the process of implementing EMV chip card technology in our stores. Before the implementation of EMV chip card technology is completed by our company, we may be liable for costs incurred by payment card issuing banks and other third parties or subject to fines and higher transaction fees, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or cash flows.

Termination of the SuperValu transition services agreement or the failure of SuperValu to perform its obligations thereunder could adversely affect our business, financial results and financial condition.

Our ability to effectively monitor and control the operations of Albertsons and NAI depends to a large extent on the proper functioning of our IT and business support systems. In connection with our acquisition of NAI, Albertsons and NAI each entered into a comprehensive transition services agreement with SuperValu. Pursuant to the SVU TSAs, Albertsons and NAI each pay fees to SuperValu for certain services, including back office, administrative, IT, procurement, insurance and accounting services. The SVU TSAs limit the liability of SuperValu to instances in which SuperValu has committed gross negligence in regard to the provision of services or has breached its obligations under the SVU TSAs. The SVU TSAs terminated and replaced a transition services agreement providing for substantially similar services, which we had previously entered into with SuperValu in connection with our June 2006 acquisition of the Legacy Albertsons Stores. We plan to complete the transition of our Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers and systems onto Safeway’s IT systems by mid-2018, but may suffer disruptions as part of that process. In addition, we are dependent upon SuperValu to continue to provide these services to Albertsons and NAI until we transition Albertsons and NAI onto Safeway’s IT system and otherwise replace SuperValu as a service provider to Albertsons and NAI. In addition, we may depend on SuperValu to manage IT services and systems for additional stores we acquire, including the A&P stores we have acquired, until we are able to transition such stores onto Safeway’s IT system. The failure by SuperValu to perform its obligations under the SVU TSAs prior to Albertsons’ and NAI’s transition onto Safeway’s IT systems and to other service providers (external or internal) could adversely affect our business, financial results, prospects and results of operations.

Furthermore, SuperValu manages and operates NAI’s distribution center located in the Lancaster, Pennsylvania area. Under the Lancaster Agreement (as defined herein), SuperValu supplies NAI’s Acme and Shaw’s stores from the distribution center under a shared costs arrangement.

 

32


Table of Contents

The failure by SuperValu to perform its obligations under the Lancaster Agreement could adversely affect our business, financial results and financial condition.

Our third-party IT services provider discovered unauthorized computer intrusions in 2014. These intrusions could adversely affect our brands and could discourage customers from shopping in our Albertsons and NAI stores.

Our third-party IT services provider for Albertsons and NAI, SuperValu, informed us in the summer of 2014 that it discovered unlawful intrusions to approximately 800 Shaw’s , Star Market , Acme , Jewel - Osco and Albertsons banner stores in an attempt to obtain payment card data. We have contacted the appropriate law enforcement authorities regarding these incidents and have coordinated with our merchant bank and payment processors to address the situation. We maintain insurance to address potential liabilities for cyber risks and, in the case of Albertsons and NAI, are self-insured for cyber risks for periods prior to August 11, 2014. We have also notified our various insurance carriers of these incidents and are providing further updates to the carriers as the investigation continues.

We believe the intrusions may have been an attempt to collect payment card data. The unlawful intrusions have given rise to putative class action litigation complaints against SuperValu and our company on behalf of customers. The class action complaints were dismissed without prejudice on January 7, 2016. The plaintiffs filed a motion to alter or amend the court’s judgment, which was denied on April 20, 2016. The court also denied leave to amend the complaint. On October 6, 2015, we received a letter from the Office of Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania stating that the Illinois and Pennsylvania Attorneys General Offices are leading a multi-state group that includes the Attorneys General for 14 other states requesting specified information concerning the two data breach incidents. We have provided the requested information. In addition, the payment networks required that forensic investigations be conducted of the intrusions. The forensic firm retained by us to conduct an investigation has issued separate reports for each intrusion (copies of which have been provided to the payment card networks). In both reports, the forensic firm found that not all of the PCI DSS standards had been met at the time of the intrusions and that some of this non-compliance may have contributed to or caused at least some portion of the compromise that occurred during the intrusions. On December 5, 2016, we were notified that MasterCard had asserted a final assessment for incremental counterfeit fraud losses and non-ordinary course expenses (such as card reissuance costs). We paid the MasterCard assessment in the amount of $6 million on December 9, 2016; however, we dispute the MasterCard assessment and are considering options to further challenge the assessment. We believe it is probable that the other payment card networks will make similar claims against us. If other payment card networks assert claims against us, we currently intend to dispute those claims and assert available defenses. At the present time, we believe that it is probable that we will incur a loss in connection with the claims or potential claims from the payment card networks. We have recorded an estimated liability for probable losses that we expect to incur in connection with the claims or potential claims to be made by the payment card networks. The estimated liability is based on information currently available to us and may change as new information becomes available or if other payment card networks assert their claims against us. We will continue to evaluate information as it becomes available and will record an estimate of additional loss, if any, when it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Currently, the potential range of any loss above our currently recorded amount cannot be reasonably estimated given no claims have been asserted to date by the payment card networks other than MasterCard and because significant factual and legal issues remain unresolved. On October 20, 2015, we agreed with one of our third-party payment administrators to provide a $15 million letter of credit to cover any claims from the payment networks and to maintain a minimum level of card processing until the potential claims from the payment networks are resolved.

There can be no assurance that we will not suffer a similar criminal attack in the future or that unauthorized parties will not gain access to personal information of our customers. While we have recently implemented additional security software and hardware designed to provide additional

 

33


Table of Contents

protections against unauthorized intrusions, there can be no assurance that unauthorized individuals will not discover a means to circumvent our security. Computer intrusions could adversely affect our brands, have caused us to incur legal and other fees, may cause us to incur additional expenses for additional security measures and could discourage customers from shopping in our stores.

We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance to address potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability, property risk (including earthquake and flood coverage), director and officers’ liability, employment practices liability, pharmacy liability and employee health care benefits.

We use a combination of insurance and self-insurance to address potential liabilities for workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability, property risk (including earthquake and flood coverage), director and officers’ liability, employment practices liability, pharmacy liability and employee health care benefits and cyber and terrorism risks. We estimate the liabilities associated with the risks retained by us, in part, by considering historical claims experience, demographic and severity factors and other actuarial assumptions which, by their nature, are subject to a high degree of variability. Among the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting future inflation rates, discount rates, litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes and claim settlement patterns.

The majority of our workers’ compensation liability is from claims occurring in California. California workers’ compensation has received intense scrutiny from the state’s politicians, insurers, employers and providers, as well as the public in general.

Our long-lived assets, primarily stores, are subject to periodic testing for impairment.

Our long-lived assets, primarily stores, are subject to periodic testing for impairment. We have incurred significant impairment charges to earnings in the past. Long-lived asset impairment charges were $40.2 million, $266.9 million and $2.0 million in fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively. Failure to achieve sufficient levels of cash flow at reporting units could result in impairment charges on long-lived assets.

Our operations are dependent upon the availability of a significant amount of energy and fuel to manufacture, store, transport and sell products.

Our operations are dependent upon the availability of a significant amount of energy and fuel to manufacture, store, transport and sell products. Energy and fuel costs are influenced by international, political and economic circumstances and have experienced volatility over time. To reduce the impact of volatile energy costs, we have entered into contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas at fixed prices to satisfy a portion of our energy needs. We also manage our exposure to changes in energy prices utilized in the shipping process through the use of short-term diesel fuel derivative contracts. Volatility in fuel and energy costs that exceeds offsetting contractual arrangements could adversely affect our results of operations.

We may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties.

We may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties. If any of these third parties fail to perform their obligations under the leases, we could be responsible for the lease obligation.

For example, in connection with FTC-mandated divestitures, we assigned leases with respect to 93 store properties to Haggen. On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. In November 2015, we participated in Haggen’s bankruptcy auction for its non-core stores, and after additional negotiations with Haggen and having received FTC and state attorneys general clearance

 

34


Table of Contents

and Bankruptcy Court approval, we acquired 35 stores for approximately $33 million, including 19 assigned store leases. We previously assigned 42 leases to Haggen that were acquired by other retailers or by landlords in the auction, and three others were modified during the bankruptcy process, eliminating our contingent lease liability. Haggen conducted a subsequent sale process with respect to its 33 core stores, which resulted in the sale to us of 29 stores (including eight leases previously assigned by us to Haggen) for an aggregate purchase price of $113.8 million, including the cost of acquired inventory, subject to adjustment. Haggen rejected, in its bankruptcy case, 11 leases for which we have contingent lease liability, one of which has now expired. As a result of the rejections, we recorded a loss of $32.2 million for this contingent liability, of which $30.6 million was recorded during fiscal 2015 and $1.6 million was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2016.

With respect to other leases we have assigned to third parties (including the leases Haggen had acquired from us but assigned to other retailers in its bankruptcy), because of the wide dispersion among third parties and the variety of remedies available, we believe that if an assignee became insolvent it would not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. No liability has been recorded for assigned leases in our consolidated balance sheet related to these contingent obligations.

We may be unable to attract and retain key personnel, which could adversely impact our ability to successfully execute our business strategy.

The continued successful implementation of our business strategy depends in large part upon the ability and experience of members of our senior management. In addition, our performance is dependent on our ability to identify, hire, train, motivate and retain qualified management, technical, sales and marketing and retail personnel. We cannot assure you that we will be able to retain such personnel on acceptable terms or at all. If we lose the services of members of our senior management or are unable to continue to attract and retain the necessary personnel, we may not be able to successfully execute our business strategy, which could have an adverse effect on our business.

Risks Related to the Safeway, A&P and Haggen Acquisitions and Integration

We may not be able to successfully integrate and combine Safeway with Albertsons and NAI, which could cause our business to suffer.

We may not be able to successfully integrate and combine the operations, management, personnel and technology of Safeway with the operations of Albertsons and NAI. If the integration is not managed successfully by our management, we may experience interruptions in our business activities, a deterioration in our employee and customer relationships, increased costs of integration and harm to our reputation with consumers, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. We may also experience difficulties in combining corporate cultures, maintaining employee morale and retaining key employees. In addition, the integration of our businesses will impose substantial demands on our management. There is no assurance that the benefits of consolidation will be achieved as a result of the Safeway acquisition or that our businesses will be successfully integrated in a timely manner.

We may not be able to achieve the full amount of synergies that are anticipated, or achieve the synergies on the schedule anticipated, from the Safeway acquisition.

Although we currently expect to achieve annual synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $800 million by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $1.3 billion, or approximately $840 million, net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds,

 

35


Table of Contents

inclusion of the projected synergies in this prospectus should not be viewed as a representation that we in fact will achieve this annual synergy target by the end of fiscal 2018, or at all. Although we currently expect to achieve synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $575 million during fiscal 2016, or approximately $630 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2016, the inclusion of these expected synergy targets in this prospectus should not be viewed as a representation that we will in fact achieve these synergies by the end of fiscal 2016, or at all. To the extent we fail to achieve these synergies, our results of operations may be impacted, and any such impact may be material.

We have identified various synergies including corporate and division overhead savings, our own brands, vendor funds, the conversion of Albertsons and NAI onto Safeway’s IT systems, marketing and advertising cost reduction and operational efficiencies within our back office, distribution and manufacturing organizations. Actual synergies, the expenses and cash required to realize the synergies and the sources of the synergies could differ materially from these estimates, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve the full amount of synergies on the schedule anticipated, or at all, or that these synergy programs will not have other adverse effects on our business. In light of these significant uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on our estimated synergies.

We have incurred, and will continue to incur, significant integration costs in connection with Safeway.

We expect that we will continue to incur a number of costs associated with integrating the operations of Safeway, including associated one-time costs of approximately $1.3 billion, or approximately $840 million, net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds, to achieve expected synergies. The substantial majority of these costs will be non-recurring expenses resulting from the Safeway acquisition and will consist of our transition of Albertsons and NAI to Safeway’s IT systems, consolidation costs and employment-related costs. Achieved synergies required approximately $175 million and $200 million of one-time integration-related capital expenditures in fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, respectively, and anticipated synergies are expected to require approximately $100 million of one-time integration-related capital expenditures during the remainder of fiscal 2016. Additional unanticipated costs may be incurred in the integration of Safeway’s business and proceeds from the sale of surplus assets may be lower than anticipated. Although we expect that the elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of the businesses, may offset incremental transaction and merger-related costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the near term, or at all.

New business initiatives and strategies may be less successful than anticipated and could adversely affect our business.

The introduction, implementation, success and timing of new business initiatives and strategies, including, but not limited to, initiatives to increase revenue or reduce costs, may be less successful or may be different than anticipated, which could adversely affect our business.

We will be required to make payments under the contingent value rights within agreed periods even if the sale of the Casa Ley Interest is not completed within those periods.

If the Casa Ley Interest is not sold prior to January 30, 2018, we are obligated to make a cash payment to the holders of contingent value rights (the “Casa Ley CVRs”) in an amount equal to the fair market value of the unsold Casa Ley Interest, minus certain fees, expenses and assumed taxes that would have been deducted from the proceeds of a sale of the Casa Ley Interest. The sale process for the Casa Ley Interest will be conducted by a committee, or person controlled by a committee, as representative of the former Safeway stockholders, and we cannot control such sales process. If we are required to make a payment under the contingent value rights agreement with respect to the Casa Ley CVRs, our liquidity may be adversely affected.

 

36


Table of Contents

We have not provided any detailed financial information with respect to A&P or Haggen or any pro forma information reflecting the A&P Transaction or the Haggen Transaction in this prospectus.

Pursuant to applicable Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules, this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference any detailed financial information with respect to the assets acquired pursuant to the A&P Transaction or the Haggen Transaction for periods prior to the transactions. In addition, in accordance with applicable SEC rules, we are not required to provide and have not provided any pro forma information giving effect to these transactions. A&P’s and Haggen’s financial condition and results of operations for periods prior to their entry into bankruptcy are of limited utility in assessing the potential impact of the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction on our financial condition because we have purchased or are purchasing only certain assets and assuming certain liabilities of A&P and Haggen.

We will incur significant acquisition-related costs in connection with the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction.

We expect to incur a number of costs associated with integrating the operations of the acquired A&P and Haggen stores. The amount of one-time opening and transition costs required to improve store conditions and reposition the 137 stores we acquired from A&P and Haggen is greater on a per store basis than our previous acquisitions. Although we expect that the elimination of duplicative costs, as well as the realization of other efficiencies related to the integration of the acquired A&P and Haggen stores, may offset these costs over time, this net benefit may not be achieved in the near term, or at all.

We may not be able to achieve the full amount of synergies that are anticipated or achieve the synergies on the schedule anticipated from the A&P Transaction.

Although we currently expect to achieve annual synergies from the A&P Transaction of approximately $49 million by the end of fiscal 2019, inclusion of the projected synergies in this prospectus should not be viewed as a representation that we in fact will achieve this annual synergy target by the end of fiscal 2019, or at all. To the extent we fail to achieve these synergies, our results of operations may be impacted, and any such impact may be material.

We have identified various synergies including sourcing, distribution and IT. Actual synergies, the expenses and cash required to realize the synergies and the sources of the synergies could differ materially from our estimates, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve the full amount of synergies on the schedule anticipated, or at all. In light of these significant uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on our estimated synergies from the A&P Transaction.

Risks Relating to Our Indebtedness

Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations under our indebtedness.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of December 3, 2016, we had $11.7 billion of debt outstanding, and we would have been able to borrow an additional $3.2 billion under our revolving credit facilities.

Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences to you. For example, it could:

 

    adversely affect the market price of our common stock;

 

37


Table of Contents
    increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

 

    require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions;

 

    limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;

 

    place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

 

    limit our ability to borrow additional funds.

In addition, we cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our debt or that we will be able to refinance our debt on commercially reasonable terms. If we were unable to make payments or refinance our debt or obtain new financing under these circumstances, we would have to consider other options, such as:

 

    sales of assets;

 

    sales of equity; or

 

    negotiations with our lenders to restructure the applicable debt.

Our debt instruments may restrict, or market or business conditions may limit, our ability to use some of our options.

Despite our significant indebtedness levels, we may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of the credit agreements that govern the ABL Facility and the Term Loan Facilities (each as defined herein and, collectively, the “Senior Secured Credit Facilities”) and the indentures that govern the NAI Notes (as defined herein), the Safeway Notes and the ACL Notes (as defined herein) permit us to incur significant additional indebtedness, subject to certain limitations. If new indebtedness is added to our and our subsidiaries’ current debt levels, the related risks that we and they now face would intensify. See “Description of Indebtedness.”

Our debt instruments limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our debt instruments contain various covenants that limit our and our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to engage in specified types of transactions, including, among other things:

 

    incur additional indebtedness or provide guarantees in respect of obligations of other persons, or issue disqualified or preferred stock;

 

    pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments;

 

    prepay, redeem or repurchase debt;

 

    make loans, investments and capital expenditures;

 

    sell or otherwise dispose of certain assets;

 

    incur liens;

 

    engage in sale and leaseback transactions;

 

    restrict dividends, loans or asset transfers from our subsidiaries;

 

38


Table of Contents
    consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;

 

    enter into a new or different line of business; and

 

    enter into certain transactions with our affiliates.

A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under our debt instruments. In addition, any debt agreements we enter into in the future may further limit our ability to enter into certain types of transactions. In addition, the restrictive covenants in the revolving portion of our Senior Secured Credit Facilities require us, in certain circumstances, to maintain a specific fixed charge coverage ratio. Our ability to meet that financial ratio can be affected by events beyond our control, and we cannot assure you that we will meet it. A breach of this covenant could result in a default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. Moreover, the occurrence of a default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities could result in an event of default under our other indebtedness. Upon the occurrence of an event of default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, the lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities to be immediately due and payable and terminate all commitments to extend further credit. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms, or terms that are acceptable to us. See “Description of Indebtedness.”

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to finance the change of control offer required by the indentures governing the 2017 Safeway Notes, the 2019 Safeway Notes, the 2020 Safeway Notes, the 2021 Safeway Notes (each as defined herein) and the ACL Notes (collectively, the “CoC Notes”).

Upon the occurrence of certain kinds of change of control events, we will be required to offer to repurchase outstanding CoC Notes at 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of repurchase. However, it is possible that we will not have sufficient funds at the time of the change of control to make the required repurchase of the CoC Notes or that restrictions in our debt instruments will not allow such repurchases. Our failure to purchase the tendered notes would constitute an event of default under the indentures governing the CoC Notes which, in turn, would constitute a default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In addition, the occurrence of a change of control would also constitute a default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. A default under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities would result in a default under our indentures if the lenders accelerate the debt under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

Moreover, our debt instruments restrict, and any future indebtedness we incur may restrict, our ability to repurchase the notes, including following a change of control event. As a result, following a change of control event, we may not be able to repurchase the CoC Notes unless we first repay all indebtedness outstanding under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities and any of our other indebtedness that contains similar provisions, or obtain a waiver from the holders of such indebtedness to permit us to repurchase the CoC Notes. We may be unable to repay all of that indebtedness or obtain a waiver of that type. Any requirement to offer to repurchase the outstanding CoC Notes may therefore require us to refinance our other outstanding debt, which we may not be able to do on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. These repurchase requirements may also delay or make it more difficult for others to obtain control of us.

Substantially all of our assets are pledged as collateral under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

As of December 3, 2016, our total indebtedness was approximately $11.7 billion, including $6.0 billion outstanding under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities. In addition, as of December 3, 2016, we had $622.9 million of outstanding standby letters of credit under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities.

 

39


Table of Contents

Substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets are pledged as collateral for this indebtedness. As of December 3, 2016, our revolving credit facilities would have permitted additional borrowings of up to a maximum of $3.2 billion under the borrowing bases as of that date. If we are unable to repay all secured borrowings under our Senior Secured Credit Facilities when due, whether at maturity or if declared due and payable following a default, the administrative agents or the lenders, as applicable, would have the right to proceed against the collateral pledged to secure the indebtedness and may sell the assets pledged as collateral in order to repay those borrowings, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Increases in interest rates and/or a downgrade of our credit ratings could negatively affect our financing costs and our ability to access capital.

We have exposure to future interest rates based on the variable rate debt under our credit facilities and to the extent we raise additional debt in the capital markets to meet maturing debt obligations, to fund our capital expenditures and working capital needs and to finance future acquisitions. Daily working capital requirements are typically financed with operational cash flow and through the use of various committed lines of credit. The interest rate on these borrowing arrangements is generally determined from the inter-bank offering rate at the borrowing date plus a pre-set margin. Although we employ risk management techniques to hedge against interest rate volatility, significant and sustained increases in market interest rates could materially increase our financing costs and negatively impact our reported results.

We rely on access to bank and capital markets as sources of liquidity for cash requirements not satisfied by cash flows from operations. A downgrade in our credit ratings from the internationally recognized credit rating agencies could negatively affect our ability to access the bank and capital markets, especially in a time of uncertainty in either of those markets. A rating downgrade could also impact our ability to grow our business by substantially increasing the cost of, or limiting access to, capital.

Risks Related to This Offering and Owning Our Common Stock

There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity. If the stock price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the NYSE or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling shares of our common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for the shares will be determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. The market price of our common stock may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

 

    the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering, or changes in financial estimates by analysts;

 

    changes in, or investors’ perception of, the food and drug retail industry;

 

    the activities of competitors;

 

40


Table of Contents
    future issuances and sales of our common stock, including in connection with acquisitions;

 

    our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in our industry;

 

    the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

 

    regulatory or legal developments in the United States;

 

    litigation involving us, our industry, or both;

 

    general economic conditions; and

 

    other factors described elsewhere in these “Risk Factors.”

As a result of these factors, you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial offering price. In addition, the stock market often experiences extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of a particular company. These broad market fluctuations and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

The Cerberus-led Consortium controls us and may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders in the future.

After the completion of this offering, and assuming an offering of              shares by the selling stockholders at an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the Cerberus-led Consortium will indirectly control approximately     % of our common stock (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). As a result, the Cerberus-led Consortium will continue to be able to control the election of our directors, determine our corporate and management policies and determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. Eight of our 12 directors are either employees of, or advisors to, members of the Cerberus-led Consortium, as described under “Management.” The Cerberus-led Consortium, through Albertsons Investor and Kimco, will also have sufficient voting power to amend our organizational documents. The interests of the Cerberus-led Consortium may not coincide with the interests of other holders of our common stock. Additionally, Cerberus and the members of the Cerberus-led Consortium are in the business of making investments in companies and may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. Cerberus and the members of the Cerberus-led Consortium may also pursue, for its own members’ accounts, acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as the Cerberus-led Consortium continues to own a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock through Albertsons Investor and Kimco, the Cerberus-led Consortium will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly traded company.

After the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 and the rules and regulations of the stock market on which our common stock is traded. Being subject to these rules and regulations will result in additional legal, accounting and financial compliance costs, will make some activities more difficult, time-consuming and costly and may also place significant strain on management, systems and resources.

 

41


Table of Contents

These laws and regulations also could make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

Upon completion of this offering, Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco, as a group, will control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

    the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

    the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors nor will our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

We are currently not required to meet the standards required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”), and failure to meet and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As a privately held company, we are not currently required to document or test our compliance with internal controls over financial reporting on a periodic basis in accordance with Section 404. We are in the process of addressing our internal control procedures to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, which requires an annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If we are not able to implement the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or with adequate compliance, our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. If we are unable to maintain adequate internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis, may suffer adverse regulatory consequences or violations of applicable stock exchange listing rules and may breach the covenants under our credit facilities. We will be unable to issue securities in the public markets through the use of a shelf registration statement if we

 

42


Table of Contents

are not in compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 404. There could also be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in us and the reliability of our financial statements.

In addition, we may incur additional costs in order to improve our internal control over financial reporting and comply with Section 404, including increased auditing and legal fees and costs associated with hiring additional accounting and administrative staff.

Provisions in our charter documents, certain agreements governing our indebtedness, the Stockholders’ Agreement and Delaware law could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and, upon the completion of the IPO-Related Transactions, our bylaws, may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control that some stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares of our common stock. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, possibly depressing the market price of our common stock.

In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt by our stockholders to replace members of our management team. Examples of such provisions are as follows:

 

    from and after such date that Albertsons Investor, Kimco, Management Holdco and their respective Affiliates (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act), or any person who is an express assignee or designee of Albertsons Investor, Kimco or Management Holdco’s respective rights under our certificate of incorporation (and such assignee’s or designee’s Affiliates) (of these entities, the entity that is the beneficial owner of the largest number of shares is referred to as the “Designated Controlling Stockholder”) ceases to own, in the aggregate, at least 50% of the then-outstanding shares of our common stock (the “50% Trigger Date”), the authorized number of our directors may be increased or decreased only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the then-outstanding shares of our common stock or by resolution of our board of directors;

 

    prior to the 50% Trigger Date, only our board of directors and the Designated Controlling Stockholder are expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws and, from and after the 50% Trigger Date, our stockholders may only amend our bylaws with the approval of at least two-thirds of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote;

 

    from and after the 50% Trigger Date, the manner in which stockholders can remove directors from the board will be limited;

 

    from and after the 50% Trigger Date, stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and actions by our stockholders by written consent will be prohibited;

 

    from and after such date that Albertsons Investor, Kimco, Management Holdco and their respective Affiliates (or any person who is an express assignee or designee of Albertsons Investor, Kimco or Management Holdco’s respective rights under our certificate of incorporation (and such assignee’s or designee’s Affiliates)) ceases to own, in the aggregate, at least 35% of the then-outstanding shares of our common stock (the “35% Trigger Date”), advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings and nominations to our board of directors will be established;

 

43


Table of Contents
    limits on who may call stockholder meetings;

 

    requirements on any stockholder (or group of stockholders acting in concert), other than, prior to the 35% Trigger Date, the Designated Controlling Stockholder, who seeks to transact business at a meeting or nominate directors for election to submit a list of derivative interests in any of our company’s securities, including any short interests and synthetic equity interests held by such proposing stockholder;

 

    requirements on any stockholder (or group of stockholders acting in concert) who seeks to nominate directors for election to submit a list of “related party transactions” with the proposed nominee(s) (as if such nominating person were a registrant pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K, and the proposed nominee was an executive officer or director of the “registrant”); and

 

    our board of directors is authorized to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a “poison pill” that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquiror, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors.

Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue up to 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, the terms of which may be determined by our board of directors at the time of issuance or fixed by resolution without further action by the stockholders. These terms may include voting rights, preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion rights, redemption rights, and sinking fund provisions. The issuance of preferred stock could diminish the rights of holders of our common stock, and therefore could reduce the value of our common stock. In addition, specific rights granted to holders of preferred stock could be used to restrict our ability to merge with, or sell assets to, a third party. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock could delay, discourage, prevent, or make it more difficult or costly to acquire or effect a change in control, thereby preserving the current stockholders’ control.

In addition, under the credit agreements governing our Senior Secured Credit Facilities, a change in control may lead the lenders to exercise remedies such as acceleration of the loan, termination of their obligations to fund additional advances and collection against the collateral securing such loans. Also, under the indentures governing the CoC Notes, a change of control may require us to offer to repurchase all of the CoC Notes for cash at a premium to the principal amount of the CoC Notes.

Furthermore, in connection with this offering, Albertsons Companies, Inc. will enter into the Stockholders’ Agreement with Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco. Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, we will be required to appoint to our Board of Directors individuals designated by Albertsons Investor upon the closing of the IPO-Related Transactions. Pursuant to a limited liability company agreement entered into by the Cerberus-led Consortium, other than Kimco, and certain other individuals who agreed to co-invest with them through Albertsons Investor (the “Albertsons Investor LLC Agreement”), such appointees shall be selected by Albertsons Investor’s board of managers so long as Albertsons Companies, Inc. is a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Albertsons Investor Limited Liability Company Agreement.”

The Stockholders’ Agreement will provide that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, from the date on which (a) Albertsons Companies, Inc. is no longer a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE but prior to the 35% Trigger Date, Albertsons Investor will have the right to designate a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements (as defined herein) equal to one director fewer than 50% of our board of directors at any time and shall cause its directors appointed to our board of directors to vote in favor of maintaining a 13-person board of directors unless the management board

 

44


Table of Contents

of Albertsons Investor otherwise agrees by the affirmative vote of 80% of the management board of Albertsons Investor; (b) a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 20% but less than 35% of our outstanding common stock, the Holder will have the right to designate a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to the greater of three or 25% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number); (c) a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 15% but less than 20% of our outstanding common stock, the Holder will have the right to designate the greater of two or 15% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number); and (d) a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 10% but less than 15% of our outstanding common stock, it will have the right to designate one individual who satisfies the Director Requirements. The ability of Albertsons Investor or a Holder to appoint one or more directors could make an acquisition of us more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (b) any action asserting a claim for breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (c) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have received notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds more favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find this choice of forum provision inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If a substantial number of shares becomes available for sale and are sold in a short period of time, the market price of our common stock could decline.

If our Existing Owners sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decrease. The perception in the public market that our Existing Owners might sell shares of common stock could also create a perceived overhang and depress our market price. Upon completion of this offering, we will have 409,832,959 shares of common stock outstanding of which              shares will be held by our Existing Owners (assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders). Prior to this offering, we, our independent directors and our Existing Owners will have agreed with the underwriters to a “lock-up” period, meaning that such parties may not, subject to certain exceptions, sell any of their existing shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of representatives of the underwriters for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Pursuant to this agreement, among other exceptions, we may enter into an agreement providing for the issuance of our common stock in connection with the acquisition, merger or joint venture with another publicly traded entity during the 180-day restricted period after the date of this prospectus. In addition, all of our Existing Owners and independent directors will be subject to the holding period

 

45


Table of Contents

requirement of Rule 144 (“Rule 144”) under the Securities Act, as described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” When the lock-up agreements expire, these shares will become eligible for sale, in some cases subject to the requirements of Rule 144.

In addition, the Cerberus-led Consortium, through Albertsons Investor, will have substantial demand and incidental registration rights, as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement.” The market price for shares of our common stock may drop when the restrictions on resale by our Existing Owners and independent directors lapse. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock issued pursuant to our 2015 Equity and Incentive Award Plan (the “2015 Incentive Plan”) and our Restricted Stock Unit Plan (the “Restricted Stock Unit Plan”). Any such Form S-8 registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing. Accordingly, shares registered under such registration statements will be available for sale in the open market. We expect that the initial registration statement on Form S-8 will cover     % of the shares of our common stock that will be available as of the consummation of this offering. A decline in the market price of our common stock might impede our ability to raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other equity securities.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they issue unfavorable commentary or downgrade our common shares, the market price of our common stock could decline.

The trading market for our common shares likely will be influenced by the research and reports that equity and debt research analysts publish about the industry, us and our business. The market price of our common stock could decline if one or more securities analysts downgrade our shares or if those analysts issue a sell recommendation or other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who elect to cover us downgrade our shares, the market price of our common stock would likely decline.

Because we do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future, and our stockholders will not be guaranteed, or have contractual or other rights, to receive dividends. Our board of directors may, in its discretion, modify or repeal our dividend policy. The declaration and payment of dividends depends on various factors, including: our net income, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors.

In addition, we are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries to make dividend payments. Our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends is restricted by agreements governing their debt instruments, and may be restricted by agreements governing any of our subsidiaries’ future indebtedness. Furthermore, our subsidiaries are permitted under the terms of their debt agreements to incur additional indebtedness that may severely restrict or prohibit the payment of dividends. See “Description of Indebtedness.”

Under the DGCL, our board of directors may not authorize payment of a dividend unless it is either paid out of our surplus, as calculated in accordance with the DGCL, or if we do not have a surplus, it is paid out of our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year.

 

46


Table of Contents

You may be diluted by the future issuance of additional common stock in connection with our equity incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise.

After this offering, we will have              shares of common stock authorized but unissued under our certificate of incorporation. We will be authorized to issue these shares of common stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to common stock for consideration and on terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. We have reserved up to     % of the shares of our common stock that will be available as of the consummation of this offering for issuance under existing restricted stock unit awards (following the conversion of our outstanding Phantom Unit awards granted under our Phantom Unit Plan (as defined herein)) and for future awards that may be issued under our 2015 Incentive Plan. See “Executive Compensation—Incentive Plans” and “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Incentive Plans.” Any common stock that we issue, including under our 2015 Incentive Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering.

In the future, we may also issue our securities, including shares of our common stock, in connection with investments or acquisitions. We regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us, and we are currently participating in processes regarding several potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and none are currently probable, but any pending transaction could be entered into as soon as shortly after the closing of this offering. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of common stock. Any issuance of additional securities in connection with investments or acquisitions may result in additional dilution to you.

 

47


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future operating results and financial position, business strategy, and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In many cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

    the competitive nature of the industry in which we conduct our business;

 

    general business and economic conditions, including the rate of inflation or deflation, consumer spending levels, population, employment and job growth and/or losses in our markets;

 

    failure to successfully integrate Safeway or achieve anticipated synergies from the acquisition and integration of Safeway;

 

    failure to successfully integrate the acquired A&P and Haggen stores or to achieve anticipated synergies from the integration of the acquired stores;

 

    failure to successfully integrate future acquisitions or to achieve anticipated synergies from the integration of future acquisitions;

 

    pricing pressures and competitive factors, which could include pricing strategies, store openings, remodels or acquisitions by our competitors;

 

    our ability to increase identical store sales, expand our own brands, maintain or improve operating margins, revenue and revenue growth rate, control or reduce costs, improve buying practices and control shrink;

 

    labor costs, including benefit plan costs and severance payments, or labor disputes that may arise from time to time and work stoppages that could occur in areas where certain collective bargaining agreements have expired or are on indefinite extensions or are scheduled to expire in the near future;

 

    disruptions in our manufacturing facilities’ or distribution centers’ operations, disruption of significant supplier relationships, or disruptions to our produce or product supply chains;

 

    results of any ongoing litigation in which we are involved or any litigation in which we may become involved;

 

    data security, or the failure of our (or through SuperValu) IT systems;

 

    increased costs as the result of being a public company;

 

    the effects of government regulation;

 

    our ability to raise additional capital to finance the growth of our business, including to fund acquisitions;

 

    our ability to service our debt obligations, and restrictions in our debt agreements;

 

    financing sources;

 

    dividends; and

 

    plans for future growth and other business development activities.

 

48


Table of Contents

We caution you that the foregoing list may not contain all of the forward-looking statements made in this prospectus.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. We cannot assure you that the results, events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results, events or circumstances could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.

 

49


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The selling stockholders are selling all of the shares of common stock in this offering, and we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares.

 

50


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. We are not required to pay dividends, and our stockholders will not be guaranteed, or have contractual or other rights to receive, dividends. The declaration and payment of any future dividends will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other things, our earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to the payment of dividends, and other considerations that our board of directors deems relevant. Our board of directors may decide, in its discretion, at any time, to modify or repeal the dividend policy or discontinue entirely the payment of dividends.

The ability of our board of directors to declare a dividend is also subject to limits imposed by Delaware corporate law. Under Delaware law, our board of directors and the boards of directors of our corporate subsidiaries incorporated in Delaware may declare dividends only to the extent of our “surplus,” which is defined as total assets at fair market value minus total liabilities, minus statutory capital, or if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to This Offering and Owning Our Common Stock—Because we do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.”

We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries to make dividend payments. Following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, Albertsons Companies, Inc. will be subject to restrictions under agreements governing its debt instruments and it and its subsidiaries will be subject to general restrictions imposed on dividend payments under the laws of their jurisdictions of incorporation or organization. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness—Our debt instruments limit our flexibility in operating our business.”

 

51


Table of Contents

IPO-RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURE

Our business is currently conducted through our operating subsidiaries, which are wholly-owned by AB Acquisition. The equity interests of AB Acquisition immediately prior to the IPO-Related Transactions were owned (directly and indirectly) by our Existing Owners and our independent directors.

Albertsons Companies, Inc. is a Delaware corporation, formed for the purpose of effecting the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering, and has engaged in no business or activities other than in connection with the IPO-Related Transactions.

In order to effectuate this offering, we expect to effect the following series of transactions prior to and/or concurrently with the closing of this offering, which will result in a reorganization of our business so that it is owned by Albertsons Companies, Inc. (together with this offering, the “IPO-Related Transactions”):

 

    our Existing Owners, other than Kimco and Management Holdco, will contribute all of their direct and indirect equity interests in AB Acquisition to Albertsons Investor, including their interests in NAI Group Holdings and Safeway Group Holdings;

 

    Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco will contribute all of their equity interests in AB Acquisition to Albertsons Companies, Inc. in exchange for common stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc. and our independent directors will receive shares of restricted and unrestricted common stock in Albertsons Companies, Inc. in substitution for their interests in AB Acquisition;

 

    NAI Group Holdings, Safeway Group Holdings and other special purpose corporations owned by certain of the Sponsors through which they invested in AB Acquisition will be merged with and into Albertsons Companies, Inc., with Albertsons Companies, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation in the mergers; and

 

    Certain stores owned by Albertson’s LLC will be contributed to a newly formed subsidiary, Albertson’s Stores Sub LLC, which subsidiary will be distributed to its ultimate owner AB Acquisition, AB Acquisition will transfer all of its equity interests in ACL to Albertsons Companies, Inc. and ACL will be merged with and into Albertsons Companies, Inc. with Albertsons Companies, Inc. remaining as the surviving corporation in the mergers.

As a result of the IPO-Related Transactions, (i) Albertsons Companies, Inc., the issuer of common stock in this offering, will be a holding company with no material assets other than its ownership of AB Acquisition and its subsidiaries, (ii) an aggregate of             ,              ,              and              shares of our common stock will be owned by Albertsons Investor, Kimco, Management Holdco and our independent directors, respectively, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders and that the common stock in this offering is offered at $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and such parties will enter the Stockholders’ Agreement with Albertsons Companies, Inc., (iii) our Existing Owners, other than Kimco and Management Holdco, will become holders of equity interests in our controlling stockholder, Albertsons Investor and (iv) the capital stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc. will consist of (y) common stock, entitled to one vote per share on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and (z) undesignated and unissued preferred stock. See the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information. Investors in this offering will only receive, and this prospectus only describes the offering of, shares of common stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc.

 

52


Table of Contents

The following charts summarize our ownership structure (i) prior to the IPO-Related Transactions and (ii) after giving effect to the IPO-Related Transactions (assuming the common stock in this offering is offered at $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before giving effect to dilution from outstanding restricted stock units and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders) and excluding the shares of restricted and unrestricted common stock held by our independent directors.

Ownership Structure Prior to the IPO-Related Transactions

 

 

LOGO

Ownership Structure After Giving Effect to the IPO-Related Transactions

 

LOGO

 

53


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 3, 2016:

 

    on an actual basis; and

 

    on a pro forma basis to reflect the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions and the IPO-Related Transactions (assuming the common stock in this offering is offered at $        per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

The information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with “Selected Historical Financial Information of AB Acquisition” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of AB Acquisition” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     As of December 3, 2016  
     Actual     Pro Forma  
     (dollars in millions)  

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 806.1      $        
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Debt, including current maturities, net of discounts and deferred financing costs(2)

    

ABS/Safeway ABL Facility(3)

   $      $   

ABS/Safeway Term Loan Facilities

     5,833.2        5,833.2   

ACL Notes - 2024 Notes

     1,235.3        1,235.3   

ACL Notes - 2025 Notes

     1,236.8       
1,236.8
  

Safeway Notes(4)

     1,369.1        1,369.1   

NAI Notes(5)

     1,545.7        1,545.7   

Capital Leases

     982.2        982.2   

Other notes payable, unsecured(6)

     39.8        39.8   

Other debt(7)

     22.6        22.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Debt

   $ 12,264.7      $ 12,264.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common Stock, $0.01 par value; no shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 409,832,959 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis

         

Additional paid-in capital

    

Members’ investment

     1,980.3     

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     (122.3  

Retained earnings/(accumulated deficit)

     (649.9  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ / stockholders’ equity

   $ 1,208.1      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 13,472.8      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The company has agreed to pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, transfer taxes and transaction fees, if any, applicable to the sale of the common stock offered hereby and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the selling stockholders incurred in connection with the sale.
(2) Debt discounts and deferred financing costs totaled $318.6 million and $136.0 million, respectively, on an actual and pro forma basis as of December 3, 2016.
(3)

As of December 3, 2016, on an actual basis, the ABL Facility provided for a $4,000.0 million revolving credit facility. As of December 3, 2016, on an actual basis, the aggregate borrowing base on the credit facility was approximately $3,804.6 million, which was reduced by (i) $622.9

 

54


Table of Contents
  million of outstanding standby letters of credit and (ii) $3.6 million of interest, resulting in a net borrowing base availability of approximately $3,178.1 million. See “Description of Indebtedness—ABL Facility.”
(4) Consists of the 2017 Safeway Notes, 2019 Safeway Notes, 2020 Safeway Notes, 2021 Safeway Notes, 2027 Safeway Notes and 2031 Safeway Notes (each as defined herein).
(5) Consists of the NAI Medium-Term Notes, 2026 NAI Notes, 2029 NAI Notes, 2030 NAI Notes and 2031 NAI Notes (each as defined herein).
(6) Consists of unsecured build-to-suit PDC-related obligations and the ASC Notes (as defined herein).
(7) Consists of mortgage notes payable.

 

55


Table of Contents

DILUTION

All shares of our common stock being sold in the offering were issued and outstanding prior to this offering. As a result, this offering will not have a dilutive effect on our stockholders. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of our common stock is substantially in excess of the tangible book value attributable to the existing equity holders. Our tangible book value represents the amount of total tangible assets less total liabilities, and our tangible book value per share represents tangible book value divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. As of December 3, 2016, our tangible book value per share of our common stock, after giving effect to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions and the IPO-Related Transactions, was $    .

The following table summarizes, after giving effect to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions and the IPO-Related Transactions, the number of shares of common stock purchased, the total consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the selling stockholders and by investors participating in this offering, based upon the initial public offering price of $    per share.

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average Price
Per Share
 
     Number      Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

                   $                      $            

Purchasers of common stock in this offering

                   $                      $            
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Total

     409,832,959         100.0   $                      100.0   $                
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

The table above does not give effect to our reservation of up to     % of the shares of our common stock that will be available as of the consummation of this offering for issuance under existing restricted stock unit awards (following the conversion of our outstanding Phantom Unit awards granted under our Phantom Unit Plan) and for future awards that may be issued under our 2015 Incentive Plan. Any common stock that we issue, including under our 2015 Incentive Plan or other equity incentive plans that we may adopt in the future, would further dilute the percentage ownership held by the investors who purchase common stock in this offering.

 

56


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF AB ACQUISITION

The information below should be read along with “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of AB Acquisition,” “Business” and the historical financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results set forth below are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.

The selected consolidated financial information set forth below is derived from AB Acquisition’s annual consolidated financial statements for the periods indicated below, including the consolidated balance sheets at February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income and cash flows for the 53-week period ended February 28, 2015 and each of the 52-week periods ended February 27, 2016 and February 20, 2014 and notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The data for the first three quarters of fiscal 2016 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2015 is derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and which, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the results of the applicable interim periods.

 

    First Three Quarters                                

(in millions)

  Fiscal
2016
    Fiscal
2015
    Fiscal
2015
    Fiscal
2014(1)
    Fiscal
2013(2)
    Fiscal
2012
    Fiscal
2011
 

Results of Operations

             

Net sales and other revenue

  $ 45,861.6      $ 44,908.5      $ 58,734.0      $ 27,198.6      $ 20,054.7      $ 3,712.0      $ 3,746.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

  $ 12,706.7      $ 12,215.7      $ 16,061.7      $ 7,502.8      $ 5,399.0      $ 937.7      $ 890.1   

Selling and administrative expenses

    12,252.2        11,939.2        15,660.0        8,152.2        5,874.1        899.0        860.2   

Bargain purchase gain

                                (2,005.7              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

    454.5        276.5        401.7        (649.4     1,530.6        38.7        29.9   

Interest expense, net

    895.7        718.2        950.5        633.2        390.1        7.2        7.3   

Other (income) expense

    (22.9     2.6        (7.0     96.0                        
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

    (418.3     (444.3     (541.8     (1,378.6     1,140.5        31.5        22.6   

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (10.4     (48.4     (39.6     (153.4     (572.6     1.7        1.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax

    (407.9     (395.9     (502.2     (1,225.2     1,713.1        29.8        21.1   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                                19.5        49.2        51.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

  $ (407.9   $ (395.9   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2   $ 1,732.6      $ 79.0      $ 72.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data (at end of period)

             

Cash and equivalents

  $ 806.1      $ 727.8      $ 579.7      $ 1,125.8      $ 307.0      $ 37.0      $ 61.3   

Total assets

    23,451.5        24,354.8        23,770.0        25,678.3        9,281.0        586.1        612.5   

Total members’ equity (deficit)

    1,208.1        1,857.5        1,613.2        2,168.5        1,759.6        (247.2     (276.1

Total debt, including capital leases

    12,264.7        12,378.6        12,226.3        12,569.0        3,694.2        120.2        136.7   

 

(1) Includes results from four weeks for the stores purchased in the Safeway acquisition on January 30, 2015.
(2) Includes results from 48 weeks for the stores purchased in the NAI acquisition on March 21, 2013 and eight weeks for the stores purchased in the United acquisition on December 29, 2013.

 

57


Table of Contents

SUPPLEMENTAL SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF SAFEWAY

You should read the information set forth below along with “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and Safeway’s historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The supplemental selected historical financial information of Safeway set forth below has been derived from Safeway’s historical consolidated financial statements. Safeway’s historical consolidated financial statements as of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 and for the fiscal years ended January 3, 2015, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 have been included in this prospectus.

 

(in millions)

   Fiscal
2014
    Fiscal
2013
    Fiscal
2012
    Fiscal
2011
 

Results of Operations

        

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 36,330.2      $ 35,064.9      $ 35,161.5      $ 34,655.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 9,682.0      $ 9,231.5      $ 9,229.1      $ 9,277.7   

Operating & administrative expense

     (9,147.5     (8,680.0     (8,593.7     (8,628.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     534.5        551.5        635.4        648.9   

Interest expense

     (198.9     (273.0     (300.6     (268.1

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (84.4     (10.1              

Loss on foreign currency translation

     (131.2     (57.4              

Other income, net

     45.0        40.6        27.4        17.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     165.0        251.6        362.2        398.0   

Income taxes

     (61.8     (34.5     (113.0     (68.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     103.2        217.1        249.2        329.5   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax(1)

     9.3        3,305.1        348.9        188.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     112.5        3,522.2        598.1        518.2   

Noncontrolling interests

     0.9        (14.7     (1.6     (1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 113.4      $ 3,507.5      $ 596.5      $ 516.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note B to Safeway’s historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

58


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information presents AB Acquisition’s unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 3, 2016 and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of continuing operations for the 52 weeks ended February 27, 2016 (“fiscal 2015”) and the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 based upon the consolidated historical financial statements of AB Acquisition, after giving effect to the following transactions (collectively the “Transactions”):

 

    the divestiture of certain stores required by the FTC that was a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition;

 

    the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions; and

 

    the IPO-Related Transactions (assuming the common stock in this offering is offered at $         per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus).

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet gives effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on December 3, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of continuing operations for fiscal 2015 and the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 gives effect to the Transactions as if they had been consummated on March 1, 2015, the first day of fiscal 2015.

AB Acquisition’s historical financial and operating data for fiscal 2015 and the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 is derived from its audited consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2015 and the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016, respectively.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, using the assumptions set forth in the notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information includes adjustments that give effect to events that are directly attributable to the transactions described above, are factually supportable and, with respect to our statement of operations, are expected to have a continuing impact.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is provided for informational purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have occurred if the Transactions had been completed as of the dates set forth above, nor is it indicative of the future results of the company.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of AB Acquisition.

 

59


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS

52 WEEKS ENDED FEBRUARY 27, 2016

(in millions except share and per share amounts)

 

     AB
Acquisition
LLC
    Pro Forma
Adjustments for
Safeway
Acquisition(2)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
for Pre-IPO
Refinancing
Transactions(3)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments for
IPO-Related
Transactions(4)
    AB Acquisition
LLC Pro Forma
 
     52 Weeks
Ended
February 27,
2016
                      52 Weeks
Ended
February 27,
2016
 

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 58,734.0      $ (444.5 ) 2(a)     $     —      $     —      $ 58,289.5   

Cost of sales

     42,672.3        (310.5 ) 2(a)                     42,361.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,061.7        (134.0                   15,927.7   

Selling and administrative expenses

     15,660.0        (110.9 ) 2(a)                     15,549.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     401.7        (23.1                   378.6   

Interest expense, net

     950.5               (79.1 ) 3(a)              871.4   

Other income

     (7.0                          (7.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

     (541.8     (23.1     79.1               (485.8

Income tax (benefit) expense

     (39.6     (3.2     19.1 3(c)       (164.5 ) 4(b)       (188.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

   $ (502.2   $ (19.9   $ 60.0      $ 164.5      $ (297.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma loss per share, continuing operations Basic and diluted

           $ (0.73 ) 4(d)  

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding Basic and diluted

             409,832,959 4(d)  

 

60


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED

STATEMENT OF CONTINUING OPERATIONS

40 WEEKS ENDED DECEMBER 3, 2016

(in millions except share and per share amounts)

 

    AB
Acquisition
LLC
    Pro Forma
Adjustments for
Pre-IPO Refinancing
Transactions(3)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments for
IPO-Related
Transactions(4)
    AB Acquisition
LLC Pro Forma
 
    40 Weeks
Ended
December 3,
2016
                40 Weeks
Ended
December 3,
2016
 

Net sales and other revenue

  $ 45,861.6      $     —      $     —      $ 45,861.6   

Cost of sales

    33,154.9                      33,154.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    12,706.7                      12,706.7   

Selling and administrative expenses

    12,252.2               (13.7 ) 4(a)       12,238.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

    454.5               13.7        468.2   

Interest expense, net

    895.7        (214.6 ) 3(b)              681.1   

Other income

    (22.9                   (22.9
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

    (418.3     214.6        13.7        (190.0

Income tax (benefit) expense

    (10.4     27.2 3 (c)       (92.4 ) 4(b)       (73.6
        2.0 4 (c)    
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss (income) from continuing operations

  $ (407.9   $ 187.4      $ 104.1      $ (116.4
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma loss per share, continuing operations Basic and diluted

        $ (0.28 ) 4(d)  

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding Basic and diluted

          409,832,959 4(d)  

 

61


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF DECEMBER 3, 2016

(in millions)

 

     AB Acquisition
LLC
     Pro Forma
Adjustments for
Pre-IPO
Refinancing
Transactions(3)
    Pro Forma
Adjustments for
IPO-Related
Transactions(4)
    AB
Acquisition 
LLC
Pro Forma
 

Assets

         

Current assets

         

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 806.1       $ (34.0 ) 3(d)     $      4(f)     $ 772.1   

Receivables, net

     614.4                       614.4   

Inventories, net

     4,666.4                       4,666.4   

Other current assets

     391.3                       391.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     6,478.2         (34.0            6,444.2   

Property and equipment, net

     11,451.5                       11,451.5   

Intangible assets, net

     3,579.2                       3,579.2   

Goodwill

     1,152.3                       1,152.3   

Other assets

     790.3                       790.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 23,451.5       $ (34.0   $      $ 23,417.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Members’/Stockholders’ Equity

         

Current liabilities

              

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities

   $ 3,870.4       $ (27.4 ) 3(d)     $      $ 3,843.0   

Current maturities of long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations

     303.2                       303.2   

Other current liabilities

     1,157.3                       1,157.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     5,330.9         (27.4            5,303.5   

Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations

     11,961.5                       11,961.5   

Deferred income taxes

     1,403.2                       1,403.2   

Other long-term liabilities

     3,547.8                       3,547.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     22,243.4         (27.4            22,216.0   

Commitments and contingencies

         

Members’ equity

     1,208.1         (6.6 ) 3(d)       (1,201.5 ) 4(e)         

Stockholders’ equity

                    1,201.5 4(e)       1,201.5   
               4(f)         
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL MEMBERS’ / STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     1,208.1         (6.6            1,201.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’/ STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

   $ 23,451.5       $ (34.0   $      $ 23,417.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

62


Table of Contents

1. Basis of Presentation

The historical financial information of AB Acquisition was derived from the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The historical financial information has been adjusted to give pro forma effect to events that are (i) directly attributable to the transactions being reflected, (ii) factually supportable, and (iii) with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of continuing operations, expected to have a continuing impact on the consolidated results.

2. Pro Forma for the Safeway Acquisition

The Safeway acquisition was accounted for in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 805, Business Combinations , with AB Acquisition considered the acquirer of Safeway for accounting purposes. The Safeway acquisition closed on January 30, 2015, and, therefore, the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed are already reflected in AB Acquisition’s historical condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 3, 2016. Safeway is also included in the historical operating results for the 52 weeks ended February 27, 2016 and the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of continuing operations for the 52 weeks ended February 27, 2016 reflects the adjustments as if the FTC divestiture occurred on March 1, 2015, the first day of fiscal 2015.

The pro forma adjustments in fiscal 2015 related to the FTC-mandated divestitures in connection with the Safeway acquisition consist of the following:

 

  (a) FTC divestiture

In connection with the Safeway acquisition, ACL (as successor to Albertson’s Holdings LLC), together with Safeway, announced that they entered into agreements to sell 111 Albertsons and 57 Safeway stores across eight states to four separate buyers. Divestiture of these stores was required by the FTC as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition. The divestitures were completed by the end of AB Acquisition’s fiscal 2015 first quarter ended June 20, 2015. The pro forma adjustments reflect:

Fiscal 2015:

 

  (i) a reduction in net sales and other revenue of $444.5 million and the related reductions in cost of sales of $310.5 million; and

 

  (ii) a decrease in selling and administrative expenses of $110.9 million.

3. Pro Forma Adjustments for Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions

On May 31, 2016, ACL, Albertsons, Safeway and NAI completed the sale of the 2024 Notes. The net proceeds received from the issuance of the 2024 Notes were used to (i) pay the redemption price and accrued and unpaid interest in connection with the Redemption, (ii) repay approximately $520 million of term loans then outstanding under the then-existing B-3 term loan tranche under the Term Loan Agreement and (iii) pay fees and expenses related to the Redemption and the issuance of the 2024 Notes.

On June 22, 2016, Albertsons amended the Term Loan Agreement pursuant to which three term loan tranches were established and certain provisions of the Term Loan Agreement were amended. The tranches consisted of $3,280.0 million of a term B-4 loan, $1,145.0 million of a term B-5 loan and $2,100.0 million of a term B-6 loan. The proceeds from the borrowings of these loans, together with $300.0 million of borrowings under the ABL Facility, were used to repay the term loans that were outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement as of June 22, 2016 and to pay related interest and fees.

On June 24, 2016, ACL and Safeway consummated the Redemption and, in accordance with the Safeway Indenture, the collateral securing the Safeway Notes and the guaranties of the Safeway Notes by ACL and its subsidiaries, as applicable, were released.

 

63


Table of Contents

On August 9, 2016, ACL, Albertsons, Safeway and NAI completed the sale of $1,250.0 million of principal amount of the 2025 Notes. The net proceeds received from the issuance of the 2025 Notes were used to (i) repay approximately $470 million outstanding under our ABL Facility, (ii) repay approximately $500 million of term loans then outstanding under the then-existing B-6 term loan tranche under the Term Loan Agreement and (iii) pay fees and expenses related to the issuance of the 2025 Notes. The remaining net proceeds have been or will be used for general corporate purposes.

On December 23, 2016, Albertsons amended the Term Loan Agreement to establish three new term loan tranches and amend certain provisions of the Term Loan Agreement. The new tranches consisted of $3,271.8 million of new term B-4 loans, $1,142.1 million of new term B-5 loans and $1,600.0 million of new term B-6 loans. The New Term Loans were used to repay the term loans under the Term Loan Agreement that were outstanding as of December 23, 2016. We refer to the above transactions collectively as the “December 2016 Refinancing Transaction”.

For more information on our existing indebtedness, see “Description of Indebtedness.”

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Continuing Operations

 

  (a) The net pro forma adjustment to interest expense related to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions for fiscal 2015 is driven by a 60 basis point reduction in average interest rates as a result of the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, partially offset by higher average borrowings.

 

  (b) The net pro forma adjustment to interest expense related to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 reflects the $111.7 million loss on extinguishment of the Secured Notes, $64.6 million of expenses, consisting of $27.6 million in payments related to our debt modification and $37.0 million of write-off of deferred financing costs and original issue discount in connection with the repayment of certain of the term loans under the Term Loan Agreement and the issuance of the 2025 Notes, and a $38.3 million reduction in interest expense due to a 60 basis point reduction in average interest rates as a result of the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, partially offset by higher average borrowings.

 

  (c) The net pro forma adjustment to income tax (benefit) expense reflects the tax effect of the pro forma adjustment to interest expense related to the debt that is attributable to Safeway by applying a blended federal and state statutory tax rate of 39.6%.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

  (d) The pro forma adjustment represents the cash used to pay accrued interest of $27.4 million and fees of $6.6 million related to the December 2016 Refinancing Transaction.

 

4. Pro Forma Adjustments for IPO-Related Transactions

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Continuing Operations

 

  (a) The pro forma adjustment to selling and administrative expenses represents the elimination of costs related to this offering already recorded as expense in the historical operating results for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016.

 

  (b)

As part of the IPO-Related Transactions, all of our operating subsidiaries will become subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and as a result all of our operations will be taxable as part of a consolidated group for federal income tax purposes. The pro forma adjustment to income tax (benefit) expense is derived by applying

 

64


Table of Contents
  a combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 38.7% to the pro forma pre-tax earnings of the company, which assumes that all of the AB Acquisition entities are taxable as a group for federal and state income tax purposes. The pro forma adjustment is effective March 1, 2015 for the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of continuing operations for fiscal 2015 and the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016.

 

  (c) The pro forma adjustment to income tax (benefit) expense represents the tax impact of the elimination of expenses related to this offering in 4(a) above.

 

  (d) Pro forma net loss per weighted average basic and diluted share outstanding gives effect to the exchange of all our outstanding units into shares of our common stock as part of the IPO-Related Transactions, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus).

 

       No adjustment has been made to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of continuing operations or the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet to reflect the $27.5 million in management fees to be paid in full upon the closing of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—AB Acquisition LLC Agreement Management Fees.”

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

 

  (e) As part of the IPO-Related Transactions, all of our operating subsidiaries will become subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation. The pro forma adjustments to members’ equity and stockholders’ equity represent the creation of share capital, paid in capital and retained earnings upon the corporate reorganization and the elimination of the historical membership equity. Upon the corporate reorganization, the outstanding units will be exchanged into 409,832,959 shares of common stock.

 

  (f) The pro forma adjustments to cash and cash equivalents and stockholders’ equity represent the expense related to the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions related to this offering that the company has agreed to pay.

 

65


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF AB ACQUISITION

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Financial Information of AB Acquisition,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve numerous risks and uncertainties, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Our last three fiscal years consisted of the 52-week period ended February 27, 2016, the 53-week period ended February 28, 2015 and the 52-week period ended February 20, 2014. Our fiscal 2014 results include four weeks of Safeway’s financial results from January 31, 2015 through February 28, 2015. Comparability is affected by income and expense items that vary significantly between and among the periods, including as a result of our acquisition of Safeway during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the acquisition of NAI in fiscal 2013 and an extra week in fiscal 2014.

Business Overview

We are one of the largest food and drug retailers in the United States, with both strong local presence and national scale. Over the past four years, we have completed a series of acquisitions that has significantly increased our portfolio of stores. We operated 2,327, 2,271, 2,382, 1,075 and 192 stores as of December 3, 2016, February 27, 2016, February 28, 2015, February 20, 2014 and February 21, 2013, respectively. In addition, as of December 3, 2016, we operated 384 adjacent fuel centers, 28 dedicated distribution centers and 18 manufacturing facilities. Our operations are predominantly located in the Western, Southern, Midwest, Northeast, and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States under the banners Albertsons , Safeway , Jewel-Osco , Vons , Shaw’s , Star Market , Acme , Tom Thumb , Pavilions , Carrs , Randalls , United Supermarkets , Market Street , Amigos , United Express , Haggen and Sav - On and are reported in a single reportable segment.

Our operations and financial performance are affected by U.S. economic conditions such as macroeconomic conditions, credit market conditions and the level of consumer confidence. While the combination of improved economic conditions, the trend towards lower unemployment, higher wages and lower gasoline prices have contributed to improved consumer confidence, there is continued uncertainty about the strength of the economic recovery. If the current economic situation does not continue to improve or if it weakens, or if gasoline prices rebound, consumers may reduce spending, trade down to a less expensive mix of products or increasingly rely on food discounters, all of which could impact our sales growth. In addition, consumers’ perception or uncertainty related to the economic recovery and future fuel prices could also dampen overall consumer confidence and reduce demand for our product offerings. Both inflation and deflation affect our business. Food deflation could reduce sales growth and earnings, while food inflation could reduce earnings. Several food items and categories, such as meat, eggs and dairy, experienced price deflation in 2016 and price deflation is expected to continue in several food categories into 2017. We are unable to predict if the economy will continue to improve, the rate at which the economy may improve, the direction of gasoline prices or when the deflationary trends we are currently experiencing will abate. If the economy does not continue to improve or if it weakens or fuel prices increase, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.

We currently expect to achieve approximately $800 million of annual synergies by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $1.3 billion, or approximately $840 million,

 

66


Table of Contents

net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds. Inclusion of the projected synergies in this prospectus should not be viewed as a representation that we in fact will achieve this annual synergy target by the end of fiscal 2018, or at all. In addition, although we achieved synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $250 million during fiscal 2015 and approximately $435 million during the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, and we currently expect to achieve synergies of approximately $575 million during fiscal 2016, or approximately $630 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2016, the inclusion of these expected synergy targets in this prospectus should not be viewed as a representation that we will in fact achieve these synergies by the end of fiscal 2016, or at all. To the extent we fail to achieve these synergies, our results of operations may be impacted, and any such impact may be material.

We have identified various synergies including corporate and division overhead savings, our own brands, vendor funds, the conversion of Albertsons and NAI onto Safeway’s IT systems, marketing and advertising cost reduction and operational efficiencies within our back office, distribution and manufacturing organizations. Actual synergies, the expenses and cash required to realize the synergies and the sources of the synergies could differ materially from these estimates, and we cannot assure you that we will achieve the full amount of synergies on the schedule anticipated, or at all, or that these synergy programs will not have other adverse effects on our business. In light of these significant uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on our estimated synergies.

Total debt, including both the current and long-term portions of capital lease obligations, decreased by $342.7 million to $12.2 billion as of the end of fiscal 2015 as compared to $12.6 billion at the end of fiscal 2014. The decrease in fiscal 2015 was primarily due to payments on long-term borrowings of $903.4 million, partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $453.5 million, the proceeds of which were used primarily to fund the A&P Transaction. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences for you. For example it could: adversely affect the market price of our common stock; increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions; require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes, including acquisitions; limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and limit our ability to borrow additional funds. See “—Debt Management.” For fiscal 2015, our interest expense was approximately $950.5 million. We have exposure to future interest rates based on the variable rate debt under our credit facilities and to the extent we raise additional debt in the capital markets to meet maturing debt obligations, to fund our capital expenditures and working capital needs and to finance future acquisitions. Daily working capital requirements are typically financed with cash flow from operations and through the use of various committed lines of credit. The interest rate on these borrowing arrangements is generally determined from the London Inter-Bank Offering Rate (“LIBOR”) at the borrowing date plus a pre-set margin. We manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swaps. Although we employ risk management techniques to hedge against interest rate volatility, significant and sustained increases in market interest rates could materially increase our financing costs and negatively impact our reported results. The interest rates we pay on borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are dependent on LIBOR. We believe a 100 basis point increase on our variable interest rates would not have a material impact on our interest expense. We rely on access to bank and capital markets as sources of liquidity for cash requirements not satisfied by cash flows from operations. A downgrade in our credit ratings from the internationally recognized credit rating agencies could negatively affect our ability to access the bank and capital markets, especially in a time of uncertainty in either of those markets. A rating downgrade could also impact our ability to grow our business by substantially increasing the cost of, or limiting access to, capital.

 

67


Table of Contents

In the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, we spent approximately $850 million for capital expenditures, and we expect to spend approximately $1,100 million in total for capital expenditures by the end of fiscal 2016, or approximately 1.9% of our fiscal 2015 sales, including approximately 200 upgrade and remodel projects, 16 new stores and integration-related capital expenditures in connection with the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction and excluding approximately $200 million and $300 million of Safeway integration-related capital expenditures that we spent in the first three quarters of fiscal 2016 and that we expect to spend in fiscal 2016, respectively. For additional information on our capital expenditures, see the table under the caption “Projected Fiscal 2016 Capital Expenditures” contained in “Liquidity and Financial Resources.”

Reflecting consumer preferences, we have a significant focus on perishable products. Sales of perishable products accounted for approximately 40.3% of our total sales in fiscal 2015 and 40.1% in the first three quarters of fiscal 2016. We could suffer significant perishable product inventory losses and significant lost revenue in the event of the loss of a major supplier or vendor, disruption of our distribution network, extended power outages, natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences. See “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Our stores rely heavily on sales of perishable products, and product supply disruptions may have an adverse effect on our profitability and operating results.”

We employed a diverse workforce of approximately 276,000, 274,000, 265,000 and 123,000 associates as of December 3, 2016, February 27, 2016, February 28, 2015 and February 20, 2014, respectively. As of February 27, 2016, approximately 164,000 of our employees were covered by collective bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2016, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 87,000 employees are scheduled to expire. If, upon the expiration of such collective bargaining agreements, we are unable to negotiate acceptable contracts with labor unions, it could increase our operating costs and disrupt our operations.

A considerable number of our employees are paid at rates related to the federal minimum wage. Additionally, many of our stores are located in states, including California, where the minimum wage is greater than the federal minimum wage and where a considerable number of employees receive compensation equal to the state’s minimum wage. For example, as of December 3, 2016, we employed approximately 70,000 associates in California, where the current minimum wage was recently increased to $10.50 per hour effective January 1, 2017 and will gradually increase to $15.00 per hour by January 1, 2022. In Maryland, where we employed approximately 9,000 associates as of December 3, 2016, the minimum wage was recently increased to $8.75 per hour, and will gradually increase to $10.10 per hour by July 1, 2018. Moreover, municipalities may set minimum wages above the applicable state standards. For example, the minimum wage in Seattle, Washington, where we employed approximately 2,000 associates as of December 3, 2016, was recently increased to $15.00 per hour effective January 1, 2017 for employers with more than 500 employees nationwide. In Chicago, Illinois, where we employed approximately 5,800 associates as of December 3, 2016, the minimum wage was recently increased to $10.50 per hour, and will gradually increase to $13.00 per hour by July 1, 2019. Any further increases in the federal minimum wage or the enactment of additional state or local minimum wage increases could increase our labor costs, which may adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We participate in various multiemployer pension plans for substantially all employees represented by unions that require us to make contributions to these plans in amounts established under collective bargaining agreements. In fiscal 2015, we contributed $379.8 million to multiemployer pension plans, and in fiscal 2016, we expect to contribute approximately $400 million to multiemployer pension plans, subject to collective bargaining conditions. Based on an assessment of the most recent information available, the company believes that most of the multiemployer plans to which it contributes are underfunded. As of February 27, 2016, our estimate of the company’s share of the underfunding of multiemployer plans to which it contributes was approximately $3.2 billion. The company’s share of underfunding described above is an estimate and could change based on the results of collective bargaining efforts, investment returns on the assets held in the plans, actions taken by trustees who manage the plans’ benefit

 

68


Table of Contents

payments, interest rates, if the employers currently contributing to these plans cease participation, and requirements under the PPA, the Multiemployer Pension Reform Act of 2014 and applicable provisions of the Code. Additionally, underfunding of the multiemployer plans means that, in the event we were to exit certain markets or otherwise cease making contributions to these plans, we could trigger a substantial withdrawal liability. See “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Increased pension expenses, contributions and surcharges may have an adverse impact on our financial results.”

Acquisitions

Haggen Transaction

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Safeway, the company announced that it had entered into agreements to sell 168 stores as required by the FTC as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition. The company sold 146 of these stores to Haggen. On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. After receiving FTC and state attorneys general clearance, and Bankruptcy Court approval, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, the company re-acquired 35 stores from Haggen for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $33 million.

Haggen also secured Bankruptcy Court approval for bidding procedures for the sale of 29 additional stores. On March 25, 2016, we entered into a purchase agreement to acquire the 29 additional stores, which included 15 stores originally sold to Haggen as part of the FTC divestitures, and certain trade names and other intellectual property, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $114 million. We completed the acquisition of these 29 stores on June 23, 2016. We refer to this acquisition, together with the fiscal 2015 acquisition of 35 stores from Haggen, in this prospectus as the “Haggen Transaction.”

A&P Transaction

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, our indirect wholly owned subsidiary, Acme Markets, completed its acquisition of 73 stores from A&P. The purchase price for the 73 stores, including the cost of acquired inventory, was $292.7 million. The acquired stores, which are principally located in the northern New York City suburbs, northern New Jersey and the greater Philadelphia area, are complementary to Acme Markets’ existing store and distribution base and were re-bannered as Acme stores. During the third quarter of fiscal 2015, NAI entered into an amendment to its pre-existing term loan agreement and borrowed an additional $300 million thereunder, the proceeds of which were used to fund the balance of the purchase price. We refer to this acquisition as the “A&P Transaction.”

Safeway Acquisition

On January 30, 2015, the company completed its acquisition of Safeway by acquiring all of the outstanding shares of Safeway for cash consideration of $34.92 per share or $8,263.5 million and issuing contingent value rights with an estimated fair value of $1.03 and $0.05 per share relating to Safeway’s 49% interest in Casa Ley and deferred consideration related to Safeway’s previous sale of the PDC assets, respectively, for an aggregate fair value of $270.9 million. At the time of the Safeway acquisition, Safeway operated 1,325 retail food stores under the banners Safeway , Vons , Tom Thumb , Pavilions , Randalls and Carrs located principally in California, Hawaii, Oregon, Washington, Alaska, Colorado, Arizona, Texas, and the Mid-Atlantic region. In addition, at the time of the Safeway acquisition, Safeway had 353 fuel centers, 15 distribution centers and 19 manufacturing facilities.

United Acquisition

On December 29, 2013, we acquired United Supermarkets for $362.1 million in cash, expanding our presence in North and West Texas, in a transaction that offered significant synergies and added a

 

69


Table of Contents

differentiated upscale store format, “Market Street,” to the Albertsons portfolio. At the time of the United acquisition, United operated 51 traditional, specialty and Hispanic retail food stores under its United Supermarkets , Market Street and Amigos banners, seven convenience stores and 26 fuel centers under its United Express banner and three distribution centers. United is located in 30 markets across North and West Texas.

NAI Acquisition

On March 21, 2013, the company acquired all of the issued and outstanding shares of NAI from SuperValu pursuant to a stock purchase agreement for a total purchase consideration of $253.6 million, including $69.9 million of working capital adjustments, and assumed debt and capital lease obligations with a carrying value prior to the acquisition date of $3.2 billion. The purchase consideration was primarily cash and a short-term payable that was fully paid as of February 20, 2014. At the time of the NAI acquisition, NAI operated 871 retail food stores under its Jewel-Osco , Acme , Shaw’s , Star Market and Albertsons banners, primarily located in the Northeast, Midwest, Mid-Atlantic and Western regions of the United States. In addition, we acquired NAI’s 10 distribution centers.

The following table shows stores operated, acquired, opened, divested and closed during the periods presented:

 

     First Three
Quarters of
Fiscal 2016
  Fiscal
2015
    Fiscal
2014(2)
    Fiscal
2013(3)
 

Stores, beginning of period

     2,271        2,382        1,075        192   

Acquired(1)

     75        74        1,330        926   

Divested

            (153     (15       

Opened

     8        7        4        2   

Closed

     (27     (39     (12     (45
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stores, end of period

     2,327        2,271        2,382        1,075   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Excludes acquired stores not yet re-opened as of the end of each respective period.
(2) Primarily includes the 1,325 stores acquired through the Safeway acquisition on January 30, 2015.
(3) Stores acquired during this period include 871 stores acquired through the NAI acquisition on March 21, 2013, four stores acquired from Vons REIT, Inc. on October 10, 2013, and 51 stores acquired through the United acquisition on December 29, 2013.

Our Strategy

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on sales growth. We believe there are significant opportunities to grow sales and enhance profitability and free cash flow, through execution of the following strategies:

Continue to Drive Identical Store Sales Growth .    Consistent with our operating playbook, we plan to deliver identical store sales growth by implementing the following initiatives:

 

    Enhancing and Upgrading Our Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings and Signature Products .    We continue to enhance and upgrade our fresh, natural and organic offerings across our meat, produce, service deli and bakery departments to meet the changing tastes and preferences of our customers. We also believe that continued innovation and expansion of our high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products will contribute to stronger sales growth.

 

70


Table of Contents
    Expanding Our Own Brand Offerings .    We continue to drive sales growth and profitability by extending our own brand offerings across our banners, including high-quality and recognizable brands such as O Organics, Open Nature , Eating Right and Lucerne . Our own brands products achieved over $10 billion in sales in fiscal 2015.

 

    Leveraging Our Effective and Scalable Loyalty Programs .    We believe we can grow basket size and improve the shopping experience for our customers by expanding our just for U , MyMixx and fuel-based loyalty programs. In addition, we believe we can further enhance our merchandising and marketing programs by utilizing our customer analytics capabilities, including advanced digital marketing and mobile applications. We expanded our home delivery offering to 10 new markets in fiscal 2016, and expect to serve eight of the ten most populous MSAs in fiscal 2017.

 

    Capitalizing on Demand for Health and Wellness Services .    We intend to leverage our portfolio of 1,790 pharmacies and our growing network of wellness clinics to capitalize on increasing customer demand for health and wellness services. Pharmacy customers are among our most loyal, and their average weekly spend is over 2.5x that of our non-pharmacy customers. We plan to continue to grow our pharmacy script counts through new patient prescription transfer programs and initiatives such as clinic, hospital and preferred network partnerships, which we believe will expand our access to patients. We believe that these efforts will drive sales growth and generate customer loyalty.

 

    Continuously Evaluating and Upgrading Our Store Portfolio .    We plan to pursue a disciplined but committed capital allocation strategy to upgrade, remodel and relocate stores to attract customers to our stores and to increase store volumes. We opened seven and eight new stores in fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, respectively, and expect to have opened a total of 16 new stores and completed approximately 200 upgrade and remodel projects by the end of fiscal 2016. We believe that our store base is in excellent condition, and we have developed a remodel strategy that is both cost-efficient and effective.

 

    Driving Innovation .    We intend to drive traffic and sales growth through constant innovation. We will remain focused on identifying emerging trends in food and sourcing new and innovative products. We will also seek to build new, and enhance existing, customer relationships through our digital capabilities.

 

    Sharing Best Practices Across Divisions .    Our division leaders collaborate closely to ensure the rapid sharing of best practices. Recent examples include the expansion of our O Organics offering across banners, the accelerated roll-out of signature products such as Albertsons’ fresh fruit and vegetables cut in-store and a broader assortment and new fixtures for our wine and floral shops, implementing Safeway’s successful strategy across many of our banners.

We believe the combination of these actions and initiatives, together with the attractive industry trends described in more detail under “Business—Our Industry,” will continue to drive identical store sales growth. Our identical store sales during fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016 grew at 4.6%, 4.8% and 0.5%, respectively. Given the deflationary trends in certain commodities, identical store sales for the third quarter of fiscal 2016 decreased. However, despite such deflationary trends, we have achieved identical store sales growth on an overall basis and have been able to maintain or increase our share in the food retail channel during the first three quarters of fiscal 2016. While we anticipate deflationary trends in certain commodities to continue through the end of fiscal 2016 and into fiscal 2017, we plan to maintain our price competitiveness in order to drive customer traffic. We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefitted from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets from our acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores.

 

71


Table of Contents

Enhance Our Operating Margin .    Our focus on identical store sales growth provides an opportunity to enhance our operating margin by leveraging our fixed costs. We plan to realize further margin benefit through added scale from partnering with vendors and by achieving efficiencies in manufacturing and distribution. In addition, we maintain a disciplined approach to expense management and budgeting.

Implement Our Synergy Realization Plan .    We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million from the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $1.3 billion, or approximately $840 million (net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds). During fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, we achieved synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $250 million and $435 million, respectively. Achieved synergies required approximately $175 million and $200 million of one-time integration-related capital expenditures in fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, respectively, and anticipated synergies will require approximately $100 million in additional capital expenditures during the remainder of fiscal 2016. Our detailed synergy plan was developed on a bottom-up, function-by-function basis by combined Albertsons and Safeway teams. The plan includes capturing opportunities from corporate and division cost savings, simplifying business processes and rationalizing headcount. Over time, Safeway’s information technology systems will support all of our stores, distribution centers and systems, including financial reporting and payroll processing, as we wind down our transition services agreement for our Albertsons , Acme , Jewel-Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market banners with SuperValu on a store-by-store basis. We have extended the expansive and high-quality own brand program developed at Safeway across all of our banners. We believe our increased scale will optimize and improve our vendor relationships. We also plan to achieve marketing and advertising savings from lower print, production and broadcast rates in overlapping regions and reduced agency spend. Finally, we intend to consolidate managed care provider reimbursement programs, increase vaccine penetration and leverage our combined scale. We expect to achieve synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $575 million in fiscal 2016, or approximately $630 million on an annual run rate basis by the end of fiscal 2016, principally from savings related to corporate and division overhead, our own brands, vendor funds and marketing and advertising cost reductions. Approximately 80% of our $800 million annual synergy target is independent of sales growth, which we believe significantly reduces the risk of achieving our target.

Selectively Grow Our Store Base Organically and Through Acquisition .    We intend to continue to grow our store base organically through disciplined but committed investment in new stores. We opened seven and eight new stores in fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, respectively, and expect to have opened a total of 16 new stores and completed approximately 200 upgrade and remodel projects by the end of fiscal 2016. We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, of which 15 operate under the Haggen banner. We evaluate acquisition opportunities on an ongoing basis as we seek to strengthen our competitive position in existing markets or expand our footprint into new markets. We believe our healthy balance sheet and decentralized structure provide us with strategic flexibility and a strong platform to make acquisitions. We believe our successful track record of integration and synergy delivery provides us with an opportunity to further enhance sales growth, leverage our cost structure and increase profitability and free cash flow through selected acquisitions. Consistent with this strategy, we regularly evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us, and we are currently participating in processes regarding several potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us. Certain of our acquisitions may involve the issuance of shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and none are currently probable, but any pending transaction could be entered into as soon as shortly after closing this offering.

 

72


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following discussion sets forth certain information and comparisons regarding the components of our consolidated statements of operations for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016, the 40 weeks ended December 5, 2015, fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014, and fiscal 2013.

Comparison of 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 to 40 weeks ended December 5, 2015:

The following table and related discussion set forth certain information and comparisons regarding the components of our condensed consolidated statements of operations for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 and the 40 weeks ended December 5, 2015. As of December 3, 2016 and December 5, 2015, we operated 2,327 and 2,267 stores, respectively.

 

     40 weeks ended  
     (Dollars in millions)  
     December 3, 2016     % of Sales     December 5, 2015     % of Sales  

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 45,861.6        100.0   $ 44,908.5        100.0

Cost of sales

     33,154.9        72.3     32,692.8        72.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     12,706.7        27.7     12,215.7        27.2

Selling and administrative expenses

     12,252.2        26.7     11,939.2        26.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     454.5        1.0     276.5        0.6

Interest expense, net

     895.7        2.0     718.2        1.6

Other (income) expense

     (22.9         2.6       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (418.3     (1.0 )%      (444.3     (1.0 )% 

Income tax benefit

     (10.4         (48.4     (0.1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (407.9     (1.0 )%    $ (395.9     (0.9 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Identical Store Sales, Excluding Fuel

Identical store sales are defined as stores operating during the same period in both the current year and the prior year, comparing sales on a daily basis, excluding fuel. Acquired stores become identical on the one-year anniversary date of the acquisition. Identical store sales for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 are based on the same 40 weeks ended December 5, 2015 in the current quarter and prior quarter. The stores sold during the first quarter of fiscal 2015 as part of the FTC divestiture process are excluded from identical store sales for all periods presented below. Identical store sales increases for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 and 40 weeks ended December 5, 2015, respectively, were:

 

     40 weeks ended  
     December 3,
2016
    December 5,
2015
 

Identical store sales, excluding fuel (1)

     0.5     4.5

 

(1) The acquired Safeway stores became identical on January 30, 2016 and the acquired A&P stores became identical on November 17, 2016. The Haggen stores are not considered identical for any periods presented above.

Our identical store sales increase for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016 was driven by a an increase of 1.4% in average ticket size offset by a 0.9% decrease in customer traffic. During the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016, our identical store sales were negatively impacted by food price deflation in certain categories, including meat, eggs and dairy, together with competitive pressure to maintain

 

73


Table of Contents

competitive pricing in response. We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets from the acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores.

Net Sales and Other Revenue

Net sales and other revenue increased 2.1% to $45.9 billion for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016 from $44.9 billion for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015. The increase in sales was driven by increases of $1,612.1 million from the acquired A&P and Haggen stores and $209.0 million from our 0.5% growth in identical store sales, partially offset by a decline of $444.5 million in sales related to stores sold as part of the FTC divestiture process and $346.2 million in lower fuel sales driven by lower average retail pump prices.

Gross Profit

Gross profit represents the portion of sales and other revenue remaining after deducting the cost of goods sold during the period, including purchase and distribution costs. These costs include inbound freight charges, purchasing and receiving costs, warehouse inspection costs, warehousing costs and other costs associated with our distribution network. Advertising, promotional expenses and vendor allowances are also components of cost of goods sold.

For the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016, the gross profit margin increased to 27.7% compared to 27.2% for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015. Excluding the impact of fuel, the gross profit margin increased 40 basis points. The increase is primarily attributable to synergies achieved as part of the Safeway integration related to the deployment of our own brand products across our Albertsons and NAI stores and improved vendor pricing. These improvements were partially offset by increases in shrink expense as a percentage of sales.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of store level costs, including wages, employee benefits, rent, depreciation and utilities, in addition to certain back-office expenses related to our corporate and division offices.

For the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016, selling and administrative expenses increased to 26.7% of sales, compared to 26.6% of sales for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015. Excluding the impact of fuel, selling and administrative expenses as a percent of sales decreased 10 basis points during the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016 compared to the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015. The decrease in selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales, excluding fuel, was primarily attributable to net gains on property dispositions, a decrease in acquisition and integration costs and lower equity-based compensation expense, partially offset by increased pension and employee wage and benefit costs in addition to higher depreciation and amortization expense during the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016 compared to the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015. The decrease in equity-based compensation expense during the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016 compared to the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015 is the result of a $37.6 million charge during the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015 related to the modification of an equity award. The increase in pension and employee benefit costs is primarily driven by the $78.9 million charge to net pension expense related to the acquisition of Collington Services, LLC (“Collington”) from C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc. during the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense is primarily driven by an increase in property, equipment and intangibles balances primarily related to the A&P and Haggen acquisitions.

 

74


Table of Contents

Interest Expense, Net

For the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016, Interest expense, net was $895.7 million compared to $718.2 million for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015. The increase in interest expense, net is primarily due to the $111.7 million charge consisting of the payment of an $87.7 million make-whole premium and the write-off of $24.0 million of deferred financing costs and original issue discount relating to the Redemption of the Secured Notes and $64.6 million of expenses incurred in connection with the June 22, 2016 term loan refinancing and related repayment, consisting of $27.6 million in payments related to our debt modification and the write-off of $37.0 million of deferred financing costs and original issue discount.

Other (Income) Expense

For the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016, other income was $22.9 million compared to other expense of $2.6 million for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015. Other (income) expense during fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015 is primarily driven by changes in the fair value of Casa Ley CVRs and equity in the earnings of Casa Ley.

Income Taxes

Income tax benefit was $10.4 million and $48.4 million, representing effective tax rates of 2.5% and 10.9%, in the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016 and the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015, respectively. The decrease in income tax benefit for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016 as compared to the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015 reflects a change in the mix of our income (loss) between companies within our affiliated group. We are organized as a partnership, which generally is not subject to entity level tax, and conduct our operations primarily through limited liability companies and Subchapter C corporations. We provide for federal and state income taxes on our Subchapter C corporations, which are subject to entity level tax, and state income taxes on our limited liability companies, where applicable. As such, our effective tax rate can fluctuate from period to period depending on the mix of pre-tax income or loss between our limited liability companies and Subchapter C corporations.

 

75


Table of Contents

Comparison of Fiscal Year 2015 to Fiscal Year 2014

 

     52 weeks ended
February 27, 2016
    53 weeks ended
February 28, 2015
    52 weeks ended
February 20, 2014
 
     (Dollars
in millions)
    % of Sales     (Dollars
in millions)
    % of Sales     (Dollars
in millions)
    % of Sales  

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 58,734.0        $ 27,198.6        $ 20,054.7     

Cost of sales

     42,672.3        72.7     19,695.8        72.4     14,655.7        73.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,061.7        27.3        7,502.8        27.6        5,399.0        26.9   

Selling and administrative expenses

     15,660.0        26.7        8,152.2        30.0        5,874.1        29.3   

Bargain purchase gain

                                 (2,005.7     (10.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     401.7        0.6        (649.4     (2.4     1,530.6        7.6   

Interest expense, net

     950.5        1.6        633.2        2.3        390.1        1.9   

Other (income) expense

     (7.0            96.0        0.4                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

     (541.8     (1.0     (1,378.6     (5.1     1,140.5        5.7   

Income tax benefit

     (39.6            (153.4     (0.6     (572.6     (2.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

   $ (502.2     (1.0 )%    $ (1,225.2     (4.5 )%    $ 1,713.1        8.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Identical Store Sales, Excluding Fuel

Identical store sales, on an actual basis, is defined as stores operating during the same period in both the current year and the prior year, comparing sales on a daily basis. Fuel sales are excluded from identical store sales. Acquired stores become identical on the one-year anniversary date of their acquisition. Stores that are open during remodeling are included in identical store sales. Identical store sales results, on an actual basis, for the past three fiscal years were as follows:

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Identical store sales, excluding fuel(1)

     4.4     7.2     1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
(1) The SVU Albertsons Stores and the acquired NAI Stores became identical on March 21, 2014, and the acquired United stores became identical on December 29, 2014. The Safeway stores became identical on January 30, 2016. The stores acquired as part of the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction are not considered identical stores for any periods presented above.

The increase in our fiscal 2015 identical store sales was driven by increases of 2.6% in customer traffic and 1.8% in average ticket size. After adjusting for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions within NAI during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores, our estimated identical store sales growth for fiscal 2015 would have been 4.8%. We believe the increase in identical store sales was driven by, among other factors, the deployment of the Safeway own brands into our Albertsons and NAI stores and strong increases in growth in our perishable departments.

Operating Results Overview

Loss from continuing operations was $502.2 million in fiscal 2015 and $1,225.2 million in fiscal 2014, an improvement of $723.0 million. This improvement was primarily attributable to an increase in operating income of $1,051.1 million and an increase in other income of $103.0 million partially offset by an increase in interest expense of $317.3 million and a lower income tax benefit of $113.8 million in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014, as previously described. The improvements in operating income are primarily attributable to the acquired Safeway stores and improved Albertsons and NAI Store

 

76


Table of Contents

operations. In addition, equity-based compensation cost, loss on property dispositions, asset impairments and lease exit costs and the termination of the long-term incentive plans in fiscal 2014 drove reductions in selling and administrative expenses of $246.3 million, $124.4 million and $78.0 million, respectively, in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014.

Loss from continuing operations was $1,225.2 million in fiscal 2014, and income from continuing operations was $1,713.1 million in fiscal 2013, a decrease of $2,938.3 million. The decrease from fiscal 2013 was primarily attributable to the favorable impact of a bargain purchase gain of $2,005.7 million recognized in fiscal 2013 resulting from the NAI acquisition, the net decrease in fiscal 2014 in our income tax benefit over fiscal 2013 of $419.2 million and increased interest expense in fiscal 2014 of $243.1 million over fiscal 2013. Fiscal 2014 also included the impact of charges relating to equity-based compensation of $344.1 million, an increase in the net loss on property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs of $230.1 million principally as a result of FTC-mandated divestitures in connection with the Safeway acquisition, a net loss on interest rate and commodity hedges of $98.2 million, a net increase from fiscal 2013 in acquisition and integration related costs of $178.5 million and a $78.0 million charge associated with the termination of the company’s long-term incentive plans.

Net Sales and Other Revenue

Net sales and other revenue increased $31,535.4 million, or 115.9%, from $27,198.6 million in fiscal 2014 to $58,734.0 million in fiscal 2015. The components of the change in net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2015 were as follows (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015  

Net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2014

   $ 27,198.6   

Additional sales due to Safeway acquisition

     32,484.2   

Identical store sales increase of 4.4%

     1,049.3   

Additional sales due to A&P Transaction

     436.3   

Decline in sales from FTC-mandated divestitures of Albertsons stores

     (1,771.3

53rd-week impact

     (443.5

Other(1)

     (219.6
  

 

 

 

Net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2015

   $ 58,734.0   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily relates to changes in non-identical store sales and other revenue.

The primary increase in sales and other revenue was driven by the stores acquired in the Safeway acquisition for the 48 week period ended January 30, 2016 that were not considered identical on an actual basis. Identical store sales of 4.4% also drove an increase of $1,049.3 million, due to a 2.6% increase in customer traffic and a 1.8% increase in average ticket size during fiscal 2015, as our stores continued to benefit from the implementation of our operating playbook, including the expansion of our own brands and continued enhancement of fresh, natural and organic offerings.

 

77


Table of Contents

Net sales and other revenue increased $7,143.9 million, or 35.6%, from $20,054.7 million in fiscal 2013 to $27,198.6 million in fiscal 2014. The components of the change in net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2014 were as follows (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2014  

Net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2013

   $ 20,054.7   

Additional sales due to Safeway acquisition

     2,696.0   

Additional sales due to United acquisition

     1,439.9   

Identical store sales increase of 7.2%

     1,410.7   

Additional sales due to NAI acquisition

     1,357.0   

53rd-week impact

     443.5   

Other(1)

     (203.2
  

 

 

 

Net sales and other revenue for fiscal 2014

   $ 27,198.6   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily relates to changes in non-identical store sales and other revenue.

Identical store sales of 7.2% increased $1,410.7 million, primarily due to a 6.5% increase in customer traffic during fiscal 2014, as the stores we acquired in the NAI acquisition benefited from the implementation of our operating playbook including improving store layout and conditions, enhanced fresh, natural and organic offerings, improved levels of customer service and selected investment in price.

Gross Profit

Gross profit represents the portion of sales and other revenue remaining after deducting the cost of goods sold during the period, including purchase and distribution costs. These costs include inbound freight charges, purchasing and receiving costs, warehouse inspection costs, warehousing costs and other costs associated with our distribution network. Advertising and promotional expenses are also a component of cost of goods sold. Vendor allowances are classified as a reduction of cost of goods sold.

Our gross profit margin decreased 30 basis points to 27.3% in fiscal 2015 compared to 27.6% in fiscal 2014. The decrease was primarily the result of the increase in low-margin fuel sales from the acquired Safeway fuel centers in fiscal 2015 in addition to increased shrink expense as we increased in-stock positions at acquired Safeway and A&P stores. These decreases were partially offset by improved product mix in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 which includes the higher overall margins in certain acquired Safeway stores across several of our divisions and lower LIFO expense as a percent of sales in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014.

 

Fiscal 2015 vs. Fiscal 2014

   Basis point
increase

(decrease)
 

Improved product mix

     33   

Lower LIFO expense

     11   

Impact of fuel

     (57

Higher shrink expense

     (15

Other

     (2
  

 

 

 

Total

     (30
  

 

 

 

Our gross profit margin increased 70 basis points to 27.6% in fiscal 2014 from 26.9% in fiscal 2013, primarily driven by improvements in shrink and improved leverage of fixed warehouse cost over a larger store base. During fiscal 2013, we increased in-stock positions in fresh product to fully stock the stores we acquired from SuperValu to improve customer perception of the acquired stores in advance of increased customer traffic, resulting in higher shrink levels throughout fiscal 2013, especially in the first and second quarters of fiscal 2013.

 

78


Table of Contents

During fiscal 2014, customer traffic to our acquired stores increased resulting in reduced shrink levels as a result of increased turnover of products.

 

Fiscal 2014 vs. Fiscal 2013

   Basis point
increase
(decrease)
 

Improvements in shrink

     46   

Warehouse cost

     33   

Lower advertising expense

     8   

Increased LIFO expense

     (10

Other

     (7
  

 

 

 

Total

     70   
  

 

 

 

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of store level costs, including wages, employee benefits, rent, depreciation and utilities, in addition to certain back-office expenses related to our corporate and division offices.

Selling and administrative expenses decreased 330 basis points to 26.7% of net sales and other revenue in fiscal 2015 from 30.0% in fiscal 2014.

 

Fiscal 2015 vs. Fiscal 2014

   Basis point
increase

(decrease)
 

Equity-based compensation

     (111

Acquisition and integration costs, including the charge to terminate the long-term incentive plans

     (100

Impact of fuel

     (78

Property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs

     (66

Legal and professional fees

     (23

Depreciation and amortization

     14   

Debit and credit card fees

     14   

Other

     20   
  

 

 

 

Total

     (330
  

 

 

 

Fiscal 2014 results included only four weeks of Safeway results. The company incurred significant equity-based compensation and acquisition and integration costs in fiscal 2014, improving the basis point comparison between fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014. The increase in low-margin fuel sales from the acquired Safeway fuel centers also reduced the selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of sales in fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014. In addition, the FTC-mandated divestitures in fiscal 2014 resulted in increased impairment charges. These reductions in selling and administrative expense margin in fiscal 2015 were partially offset by higher depreciation and amortization expense as a result of the application of acquisition accounting and increased debit and credit card fees as a result of chargebacks from EMV chip card transactions following the EMV Liability Shift.

 

79


Table of Contents

Selling and administrative expenses increased 70 basis points to 30.0% of net sales and other revenue in fiscal 2014 from 29.3% in fiscal 2013:

 

Fiscal 2014 vs. Fiscal 2013

   Basis point
increase
(decrease)
 

Equity-based compensation

     123   

Acquisition and integration costs, including the charge to terminate the long-term incentive plans

     89   

Property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs

     78   

Employee-related costs

     (88

Depreciation and amortization

     (68

Rent and occupancy

     (29

Legal and professional fees

     (18

Other

     (17
  

 

 

 

Total

     70   
  

 

 

 

The Safeway acquisition resulted in additional equity-based compensation and increased acquisition and integration costs. In addition, the FTC-mandated divestitures resulted in increased impairment charges. These increases were offset by reductions in selling and administrative expense as a percentage of sales that were largely driven by increased sales from acquired stores and strong identical store sales.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense was $950.5 million in fiscal 2015, $633.2 million in fiscal 2014 and $390.1 million in fiscal 2013. Interest expense in fiscal 2015 increased, reflecting the full fiscal year impact of increased borrowings to finance the Safeway acquisition.

The following details our components of interest expense for the respective fiscal years (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2013  

ABL facility, senior secured notes, term loans, notes and debentures

   $ 777.0      $ 454.1       $ 246.0   

Capital lease obligations

     97.0        77.5         63.3   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                    49.1   

Amortization and write off of deferred financing costs

     69.3        65.3         25.1   

Amortization and write off of debt discount

     12.9        6.8         1.3   

Other interest (income) expense

     (5.7     29.5         5.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense, net

   $ 950.5      $ 633.2       $ 390.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

At February 27, 2016, the company had total debt, including capital lease obligations, outstanding of $12.2 billion. The weighted average interest rate during the year was 7.4%, including amortization of debt discounts and deferred financing costs. The weighted average interest rate during 2014 and 2013 was 7.3% and 8.4%, respectively.

Other (Income) Expense

For fiscal 2015, other income, net was $7.0 million in income, primarily driven by equity in the earnings of our unconsolidated affiliate, Casa Ley. For fiscal 2014, Other expense, net was $96.0 million, driven by the loss on our deal-contingent interest rate swap. In April 2014, we entered into a deal-contingent interest rate swap to hedge against adverse fluctuations in the interest rate on

 

80


Table of Contents

anticipated variable rate debt planned to be incurred to finance the Safeway acquisition. Prior to the Safeway acquisition, the swap was treated as an economic hedge with changes in fair value recorded through earnings. Upon closing of the Safeway acquisition, the interest rate swap was designated as a cash flow hedge, with any subsequent changes in fair value being recorded through accumulated other comprehensive income. We did not have other income or expense in fiscal 2013.

Income Taxes

Income tax was a benefit of $39.6 million in fiscal 2015, $153.4 million in fiscal 2014 and $572.6 million in fiscal 2013. A substantial portion of the businesses and assets were held and operated by limited liability companies during these periods, which generally are not subject to entity-level federal or state income taxation. The decrease in the tax benefit is primarily the result of lower pre-tax loss in fiscal 2015 as compared to fiscal 2014. The income tax benefit of $39.6 million in fiscal 2015 is primarily driven by tax benefit from operating results of Safeway and NAI, both of which are subject to federal and state income taxes, reduced by a valuation allowance established against current losses of NAI. The income tax benefit of $153.4 million in fiscal 2014 is primarily driven by the tax benefits from the operating results of Safeway and NAI, reduced by nondeductible acquisition-related transaction costs and equity-based compensation. The income tax benefit of $572.6 million in fiscal 2013 is the result of the bargain purchase gain related to the NAI acquisition not being subject to income taxes; the effects of the accounting for income taxes related to the intercompany sale of the Albertsons banners from NAI to Albertson’s LLC immediately after the NAI acquisition; and the operating loss of NAI.

As part of the IPO-Related Transactions, all of our operating subsidiaries will become subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and, as a result, all of our operations will be taxable as part of a consolidated group for federal and state income tax purposes. The consolidation of our operations will result in higher income taxes and an increase in income taxes paid. Pro forma income for fiscal 2015 reflects a combined federal and state statutory tax rate of 38.7%. See Note 4(a) to the “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.”

Adjusted EBITDA

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP operating financial measure that we define as earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, as further adjusted to eliminate the effects of items management does not consider in assessing ongoing performance. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides a meaningful representation of operating performance because it excludes the impact of items that could be considered “non-core” in nature. We use Adjusted EBITDA to measure overall performance and assess performance against peers. Adjusted EBITDA also provides useful information for our investors, securities analysts and other interested parties. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of performance under GAAP and should not be considered as a substitute for net earnings, cash flows from operating activities and other income or cash flow statement data. Our definition of Adjusted EBITDA may not be identical to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

For the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016, Adjusted EBITDA was $2,130.0 million, or 4.6% of sales, an increase of 7.2% compared to $1,986.4 million, or 4.4% of sales, for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016 reflects improved operating performance in addition to synergies achieved as part of the Safeway integration.

 

81


Table of Contents

The following is a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA (in millions):

 

     40 weeks ended  
     December 3, 2016     December 5, 2015  

Net loss

   $ (407.9   $ (395.9

Depreciation and amortization

     1,374.0        1,217.2   

Interest expense, net

     895.7        718.2   

Income tax benefit

     (10.4     (48.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

     1,851.4        1,491.1   

(Gain) loss on interest rate and commodity hedges, net

     (11.2     6.1   

Acquisition and integration costs (1)

     165.7        270.8   

Equity-based compensation expense

     34.2        81.5   

Net (gain) loss on property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs

     (38.8     54.5   

LIFO expense

     8.5        11.5   

Pension and post-retirement expense, net of cash contributions (2)

     81.8        8.6   

Facility closures and related transition costs (3)

     20.3        21.7   

Other (4)

     18.1        40.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 2,130.0      $ 1,986.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily includes costs related to acquisitions, integration of acquired businesses, and expenses related to management fees paid in connection with acquisitions and financing activities.
(2) The 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 includes a $78.9 million charge to pension expense, net related to the settlement of a pre-existing contractual relationship and assumption of the pension plan related to the Collington acquisition.
(3) Includes costs related to facility closures and the transition to our decentralized operating model.
(4) Primarily includes lease adjustments related to deferred rents and deferred gains on leases. Also includes amortization of unfavorable leases on acquired Safeway surplus properties, estimated losses related to the security breach, charges related to changes in the fair value of our Casa Ley CVRs, earnings from Casa Ley, foreign currency translation gains and costs related to this offering.

The following is a reconciliation of cash flow from operating activities to free cash flow (in millions):

 

     40 weeks ended  
     December 3, 2016     December 5, 2015  

Cash flow provided by operating activities

   $ 1,109.3      $ 557.3   

Income tax benefit

     (10.4     (48.4

Deferred income taxes

     198.2        221.1   

Interest expense, net

     895.7        718.2   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

     (53.3     274.2   

Amortization and write-off of deferred financing costs

     (62.0     (42.8

Loss on debt extinguishment

     (111.7       

Acquisition and integration costs

     165.7        270.8   

Other adjustments

     (1.5     36.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

     2,130.0        1,986.4   

Less: capital expenditures

     (1,052.3     (720.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Free cash flow

   $ 1,077.7      $ 1,266.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

82


Table of Contents

Liquidity and Financial Resources

Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $1,109.3 million for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016 compared to $557.3 million for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015. The increase in cash flow from operations for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016 compared to the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015 was due primarily to an increase in operating income of $178.0 million, a Safeway acquisition appraisal settlement payment of $133.7 million in the first quarter of fiscal 2015 and changes in working capital primarily related to inventory and accounts payable.

Net cash provided by operating activities was $901.6 million during fiscal 2015 compared to net cash used in operating activities of $165.1 million during fiscal 2014 and net cash provided by operating activities of $49.5 million in fiscal 2013. The $1,066.7 million increase in net cash flow from operating activities during fiscal 2015 compared to fiscal 2014 was primarily related to additional contributions from the acquired Safeway stores and improvement in operations of our Albertsons and NAI stores, partially offset by an increase of $382.9 million in interest paid due to borrowings used to fund the Safeway acquisition and the $260.0 million contribution to the Safeway ERP in fiscal 2014.

Net cash flow used in operating activities increased by $214.6 million in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013. The increase was due to (i) our higher cash contributions to our pension and post-retirement benefits plans in fiscal 2014, primarily as a result of a $260.0 million contribution to the Safeway ERP under a settlement with the PBGC related to the Safeway acquisition, (ii) an increase in interest payments of $298.4 million due to the increased borrowings for acquisitions and (iii) an increase in payments for acquisition and integration costs related to the Safeway acquisition, offset by cash inflows related to improved operations and the additional Safeway operations. As a result of the $260.0 million cash contribution to the Safeway ERP, we do not expect to make additional contributions to the Safeway ERP until 2018.

Net Cash Used In Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $740.2 million for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016 compared to $600.4 million for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015.

For the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016, payments for property and equipment, including lease buyouts, of $1,052.3 million, which includes $200.0 million of Safeway integration-related capital expenditures, and payments for business acquisitions, consisting primarily of 29 stores from Haggen, of $188.6 million were partially offset by proceeds from the sale of assets of $435.9 million. Asset sale proceeds include the sale and subsequent 36-month leaseback of two distribution centers in Southern California and the sale of a portfolio of surplus properties.

For the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015, payment of merger consideration of $677.3 million related to the Safeway acquisition appraisal settlement and payments for property and equipment, including lease buyouts of $720.4 million, were partly offset by proceeds from the sale of assets and divestitures of $512.4 million and a decrease in restricted cash of $256.5 million.

Net cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2015 was $811.8 million primarily due to the merger consideration paid in connection with the Safeway acquisition appraisal settlement, purchase consideration paid for the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction and cash paid for capital expenditures, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of our FTC-mandated divestitures in connection with the Safeway acquisition and a decrease in restricted cash due to the elimination of certain collateral requirements.

Net cash used in investing activities was $5,945.0 million in fiscal 2014, consisting primarily of cash paid for the Safeway acquisition, net of cash acquired, of $5,673.4 million and cash paid for property additions of $336.5 million.

 

83


Table of Contents

Net cash used in investing activities was $781.5 million in fiscal 2013, consisting primarily of cash paid for the acquisition of NAI and United, net of cash acquired, of $463.9 million, cash paid for property additions of $128.4 million and changes in restricted cash of $246.0 million related to collateralized surety bonds and letters of credit obtained during fiscal 2013.

In fiscal 2016, the company expects to spend approximately $1,400 million in capital expenditures, including approximately $300 million of Safeway-related integration-related capital expenditures, as well as integration-related capital expenditures in connection with the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction, as follows (in millions):

 

Projected Fiscal 2016 Capital Expenditures

  

Integration capital

   $ 300.0   

New stores and remodels

     500.0   

Maintenance

     250.0   

Supply chain

     100.0   

IT

     150.0   

Real estate and expansion capital

     100.0   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,400.0   
  

 

 

 

Net Cash (Used In) Provided By Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $142.7 million for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016 consisting primarily of payments on long-term debt of $2,831.8 million, payment of a make-whole premium of $87.7 million and payments of capital lease obligations of $95.2 million, offset by proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $2,977.9 million.

The $2,831.8 million in payments on long-term borrowings consisted primarily of $1,354.2 million of principal payments on the Term Loan Facilities, $609.6 million of principal payments related to the Redemption of the Secured Notes, and $786.0 million of payments under our ABL Facility. These payments were made primarily in connection with the refinancing and repayment of certain term loans outstanding as of June 22, 2016 under the Term Loan Agreement and the issuance of the ACL Notes. Additionally, we repaid the $80.0 million outstanding principal amount of Safeway’s 3.40% senior notes upon their maturity in December 2016.

The proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $2,977.9 million during the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2016 consisted of $1,250.0 million of the 2024 Notes, $1,250.0 million of the 2025 Notes and $475.0 million in borrowings from the ABL Facility.

Net cash used in financing activities was $354.9 million for the first 40 weeks of fiscal 2015 and consisted primarily of net payments on debt and capital leases.

On June 22, 2016, the company amended the Term Loan Agreement pursuant to which three term loan tranches were established and certain provisions of such agreements were amended. The tranches consisted of $3,280.0 million of a 2016-1 term B-4 loan, $1,145.0 million of a 2016-1 term B-5 loan and $2,100.0 million of a term B-6 loan. The proceeds from the borrowings of these loans, together with $300.0 million of borrowings under the ABL Facility, were used to repay the term loans that were outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement as of June 22, 2016 and to pay related interest and fees. The 2016-1 term B-4 loan would have matured on August 25, 2021, and had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.5%. The 2016-1 term B-5 loan would have matured on December 21, 2022, and had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.75%. The term B-6 loan would have matured on June 22, 2023, and had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0%

 

84


Table of Contents

floor, plus 3.75%. On August 9, 2016, the company, using the net proceeds received from the issuance of the 2025 Notes, repaid approximately $470.0 million then outstanding under its ABL Facility and repaid approximately $500.0 million of the term B-6 loan. See “Description of Indebtedness.”

On December 23, 2016, subsequent to the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2016, the company amended the Term Loan Agreement pursuant to which three new term loan tranches were established and certain provisions of such agreement were amended. The new tranches consisted of $3,271.8 million of a new 2016-2 term B-4 loan, $1,142.1 million of a new 2016-2 term B-5 loan and $1,600.0 million of a new 2016-1 term B-6 loan. The proceeds from the issuance of the New Term Loans were used to repay the term loans that were outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement and to pay related interest and fees. The new 2016-2 term B-4 loan matures on August 25, 2021, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 0.75% floor, plus 3.0%. The new 2016-2 term B-5 loan matures on December 21, 2022, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 0.75% floor, plus 3.25%. The new 2016-1 term B-6 loan matures on June 22, 2023, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 0.75% floor, plus 3.25%. Contemporaneously with the refinancing, the company amended each of its existing interest rate swaps to reduce the floor on LIBOR from 100 basis points to 75 basis points. As a result, the company dedesignated its original cash flow hedges and redesignated the amended swaps prospectively. Losses deferred into other comprehensive income as of the dedesignation date which are associated with the original cash flow hedges will be amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the hedges.

Net cash used in financing activities was $635.9 million in fiscal 2015 due primarily to payments on our ABL and term loan borrowings from the proceeds of FTC-mandated divestitures, partially offset by $300.0 million in borrowings under NAI’s pre-existing term loan facility to fund the A&P Transaction. Net cash provided by financing activities was $6,928.9 million in fiscal 2014 and $1,002.0 million in fiscal 2013. Net cash provided by financing activities increased in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, primarily as a result of proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt and equity contributions used to finance the Safeway acquisition.

Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt were $453.5 million in fiscal 2015, $8,097.0 million in fiscal 2014 and $2,485.0 million in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2015, cash payments on long-term borrowings were $903.4 million, cash payments for debt financing costs were $41.5 million and cash payments for obligations under capital leases were $120.0 million. In fiscal 2014, cash payments on long-term borrowings were $2,123.6 million, including $864.6 million of assumed debt that was immediately paid following the Safeway acquisition, cash payments for debt financing costs were $229.1 million and cash payments on obligations under capital leases were $64.1 million. In fiscal 2013, cash payments for long-term borrowings were $923.3 million, cash payments for debt financing costs were $121.0 million and cash payments for obligations under capital leases were $24.5 million. In addition, we repurchased $619.9 million of debt under tender offers in fiscal 2013.

Proceeds from equity contributions were $21.6 million in fiscal 2015, $1,283.2 million in fiscal 2014 and $250.0 million in fiscal 2013. In addition, we made no distributions to our equityholders in fiscal 2015, distributions of $34.5 million in fiscal 2014 and no distributions in fiscal 2013.

Debt Management

Total debt, including both the current and long-term portions of capital lease obligations, decreased by $342.7 million to $12.2 billion as of the end of fiscal 2015 compared to $12.6 billion as of the end of fiscal 2014. The decrease in fiscal 2015 was primarily due to payments on long-term borrowings of $903.4 million, partially offset by proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $453.5 million, which were primarily comprised of additional borrowings used to fund the A&P Transaction.

 

85


Table of Contents

Outstanding debt, including current maturities and net of debt discounts and deferred financing costs, principally consisted of (in millions):

 

     February 27, 2016  

Term loans

   $ 7,136.6   

Notes and debentures

     3,564.5   

Capital leases

     1,042.2   

ABL borrowings

     311.0   

Other notes payable and mortgages

     172.0   
  

 

 

 

Total debt, including capital leases

   $ 12,226.3   
  

 

 

 

Total debt, including both the current and long-term portions of capital lease obligations, increased by $8.9 billion to $12.6 billion as of the end of fiscal 2014 compared to $3.7 billion as of the end of fiscal 2013. The increase in fiscal 2014 was primarily the result of the financing for the Safeway acquisition and the assumption of Safeway debt. In anticipation of the closing of the Safeway acquisition, we secured term-loan financing of $5.7 billion with interest rates ranging from 4.75% to 5.5% and completed the sale of $1,145.0 million of 7.750% second lien notes, of which $535.4 million was subsequently redeemed on February 9, 2015. We assumed notes and debentures with a fair value of $2.5 billion from Safeway and subsequently redeemed $864.6 million of the Safeway debt pursuant to change of control tender offers. We also increased the borrowings under our asset-based revolving credit agreements by approximately $800 million.

We have consummated certain refinancing transactions in the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016. See “Summary—Recent Developments—Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions” and “Description of Indebtedness” for more information.

See Note 8—Long-Term Debt in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information related to our outstanding debt.

Liquidity and Factors Affecting Liquidity

We estimate our liquidity needs over the next fiscal year to be in the range of $4.0 billion to $4.5 billion, which includes anticipated requirements for working capital, capital expenditures, interest payments and scheduled principal payments of debt, operating leases, capital leases and our TSA agreements with SuperValu. Based on current operating trends, we believe that cash flows from operating activities and other sources of liquidity, including borrowings under our asset-based revolving credit facilities, will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs for the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future. We believe we have adequate cash flow to continue to maintain our current debt ratings and to respond effectively to competitive conditions. In addition, we may enter into refinancing transactions from time to time. There can be no assurance, however, that our business will continue to generate cash flow at or above current levels or that we will maintain our ability to borrow under our revolving credit facilities. See “—Contractual Obligations” for a more detailed description of our commitments as of the end of fiscal 2015.

As of December 3, 2016, we had no borrowings outstanding under our ABL Facility and total availability of approximately $3.2 billion (net of letter of credit usage). As of February 27, 2016, we had approximately $311.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our ABL Facility and total availability of approximately $2.8 billion (net of letter of credit usage). As of February 28, 2015, we had approximately $980.0 million of borrowings outstanding under our asset-based revolving credit facilities and total availability of approximately $1.8 billion (net of letter of credit usage).

 

86


Table of Contents

The ABL Facility contains no financial maintenance covenants unless and until (a) excess availability is less than (i) 10% of the lesser of the aggregate commitments and the then-current borrowing base at any time or (ii) $250 million at any time or (b) an event of default is continuing. If any such event occurs, we must maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0:1.0 from the date such triggering event occurs until such event of default is cured or waived and/or the 30th day that all such triggers under clause (a) no longer exist.

During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016, there were no financial maintenance covenants in effect under our asset-based revolving credit facilities because the conditions listed above (and similar conditions in our refinanced asset-based revolving credit facilities) had not been met.

Contractual Obligations

The table below presents our significant contractual obligations as of February 27, 2016 (in millions) (1) :

 

     Payments Due Per Year(s)  
     Total      2016      2017-2018      2019-2020      Thereafter  

Long-term debt(2)

   $ 11,703.9       $ 214.3       $ 531.5       $ 2,817.5       $ 8,140.6   

Interest on long-term debt(3)

     5,100.5         681.8         1,323.1         1,084.1         2,011.5   

Operating leases(4)

     5,602.8         740.1         1,301.3         984.8         2,576.6   

Capital leases(4)

     1,695.5         209.3         379.6         306.8         799.8   

Other long-term liabilities(5)

     1,320.8         308.7         383.0         188.5         440.6   

SVU TSA(6)

     253.2         164.6         88.6                   

Purchase obligations(7)

     627.6         421.2         161.5         31.2         13.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 26,304.3       $ 2,740.0       $ 4,168.6       $ 5,412.9       $ 13,982.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The contractual obligations table excludes funding of pension and other postretirement benefit obligations, which totaled approximately $7.4 million in fiscal 2015 and is expected to total approximately $10.4 million in fiscal 2016. This table excludes contributions under various multi-employer pension plans, which totaled $379.8 million in fiscal 2015 and are expected to total approximately $400 million in fiscal 2016.
(2) Long-term debt amounts include asset-backed loans and exclude any original issue discount and deferred financing costs. See Note 8—Long-Term Debt in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information.
(3) Amounts include contractual interest payments using the interest rate as of February 27, 2016 applicable to our variable interest term debt instruments and stated fixed rates for all other debt instruments, excluding interest rate swaps. See Note 8—Long-Term Debt in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information.
(4) Represents the minimum rents payable under operating and capital leases, excluding common area maintenance, insurance or tax payments, for which the company is also obligated.
(5) Consists of self-insurance liabilities which have not been reduced by insurance-related receivables. Excludes the $202.7 million of assumed withdrawal liabilities related to Safeway’s previous closure of its Dominick’s division and excludes the unfunded pension and postretirement benefit obligation of $731.0 million. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits ($435.3 million as of February 27, 2016) has been excluded from the contractual obligations table because a reasonably reliable estimate of the timing of future tax settlements cannot be determined. Excludes Casa Ley CVR liability of $269.9 million because the timing of future settlement is uncertain. Also excludes certain deferred liabilities that will not be settled in cash and other lease-related liabilities already reflected as operating lease commitments.

 

87


Table of Contents
(6) Represents minimum contractual commitments expected to be paid under the SVU TSAs and the wind-down agreement, executed on April 16, 2015. See Note 15—Related Parties in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information.
(7) Purchase obligations include various obligations that have annual purchase commitments. As of February 27, 2016, future purchase obligations primarily relate to fixed asset, marketing and information technology commitments, including fixed price contracts. In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the company enters into supply contracts to purchase product for resale to consumers which are typically of a short-term nature with limited or no purchase commitments. The company also enters into supply contracts which typically include either volume commitments or fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other customary contractual considerations. The supply contracts that are cancelable have not been included above.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Guarantees

The company is party to a variety of contractual agreements pursuant to which it may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters. These contracts primarily relate to the company’s commercial contracts, operating leases and other real estate contracts, trademarks, intellectual property, financial agreements and various other agreements. Under these agreements, the company may provide certain routine indemnifications relating to representations and warranties (for example, ownership of assets, environmental or tax indemnifications) or personal injury matters. The terms of these indemnifications range in duration and may not be explicitly defined. The company believes that if it were to incur a loss in any of these matters, the loss would not have a material effect on the company’s financial statements.

We are liable for certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties. If any of these third parties fail to perform their obligations under the leases, we could be responsible for the lease obligation, including the 11 store leases that Haggen rejected in its bankruptcy case. As a result, we have recorded a loss of $30.6 million during fiscal 2015 for this estimated liability. See Note 16—Commitments and contingencies and off balance sheet arrangements in the consolidated financial statements of AB Acquisition for additional information. Because of the wide dispersion among third parties and the variety of remedies available, we believe that if an assignee became insolvent it would not have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—We may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties.”

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into various supply contracts to purchase products for resale and purchase and service contracts for fixed asset and information technology commitments. These contracts typically include volume commitments or fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other standard contractual considerations.

Letters of Credit

We had letters of credit of $622.9 million outstanding as of December 3, 2016. The letters of credit are maintained primarily to support our performance, payment, deposit or surety obligations. We pay bank fees ranging from 1.25% to 1.75% plus a fronting fee of 0.125% on the face amount of the letters of credit.

 

88


Table of Contents

New Accounting Policies Not Yet Adopted

See Note 1—Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for new accounting pronouncements which have not yet been adopted.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

We have chosen accounting policies that we believe are appropriate to report accurately and fairly our operating results and financial position, and we apply those accounting policies in a fair and consistent manner. See Note 1—Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a discussion of our significant accounting policies.

Management believes the following critical accounting policies reflect its more subjective or complex judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Vendor Allowances

Consistent with standard practices in the retail industry, we receive allowances from many of the vendors whose products we buy for resale in our stores. These vendor allowances are provided to increase the sell-through of the related products. We receive vendor allowances for a variety of merchandising activities: placement of the vendors’ products in our advertising; display of the vendors’ products in prominent locations in our stores; supporting the introduction of new products into our retail stores and distribution systems; exclusivity rights in certain categories; and compensation for temporary price reductions offered to customers on products held for sale at retail stores. We also receive vendor allowances for buying activities such as volume commitment rebates, credits for purchasing products in advance of their need and cash discounts for the early payment of merchandise purchases. The majority of the vendor allowance contracts have terms of less than one year.

We recognize vendor allowances for merchandising activities as a reduction of cost of sales when the related products are sold. Vendor allowances that have been earned because of completing the required performance under the terms of the underlying agreements but for which the product has not yet been sold are recognized as reductions of inventory. The amount and timing of recognition of vendor allowances as well as the amount of vendor allowances to be recognized as a reduction of ending inventory require management judgment and estimates. We determine these amounts based on estimates of current year purchase volume using forecast and historical data and a review of average inventory turnover data. These judgments and estimates affect our reported gross profit, operating earnings (loss) and inventory amounts. Our historical estimates have been reliable in the past, and we believe the methodology will continue to be reliable in the future. Based on previous experience, we do not expect significant changes in the level of vendor support.

Self-Insurance Liabilities

We are primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, healthcare and general and automobile liability. The self-insurance liability is undiscounted and determined actuarially, based on claims filed

 

89


Table of Contents

and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. We have established stop-loss amounts that limit our further exposure after a claim reaches the designated stop-loss threshold. In determining our self-insurance liabilities, we perform a continuing review of our overall position and reserving techniques. Since recorded amounts are based on estimates, the ultimate cost of all incurred claims and related expenses may be more or less than the recorded liabilities.

Any actuarial projection of self-insured losses is subject to a high degree of variability. Litigation trends, legal interpretations, benefit level changes, claim settlement patterns and similar factors influenced historical development trends that were used to determine the current year expense and, therefore, contributed to the variability in the annual expense. However, these factors are not direct inputs into the actuarial projection, and thus their individual impact cannot be quantified.

Long-Lived Asset Impairment

We regularly review our individual stores’ operating performance, together with current market conditions, for indications of impairment. When events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an individual store’s assets may not be recoverable, its future undiscounted cash flows are compared to the carrying value. If the carrying value of store assets to be held and used is greater than the future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized to record the assets at fair value. For property and equipment held for sale, we recognize impairment charges for the excess of the carrying value plus estimated costs of disposal over the fair value. Fair values are based on discounted cash flows or current market rates. These estimates of fair value can be significantly impacted by factors such as changes in the current economic environment and real estate market conditions. Long-lived asset impairment charges were $40.2 million, $266.9 million and $2.0 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

On December 19, 2014, in connection with the Safeway acquisition, we, together with Safeway, announced that we had entered into agreements to sell 111 Albertsons and 57 Safeway stores across eight states to four separate buyers. The divestiture of these stores was required by the FTC as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition and was contingent on the closing of the Safeway acquisition. The impairment charge in fiscal 2014 was primarily related to the divestiture of the Albertsons stores.

Business Combination Measurements

In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we estimate the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities as of the acquisition date of business combinations. These fair value adjustments are input into the calculation of goodwill related to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition.

The fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are determined using market, income and cost approaches from the perspective of a market participant. The fair value measurements can be based on significant inputs that are not readily observable in the market. The market approach indicates value for a subject asset based on available market pricing for comparable assets. The market approaches used includes prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving comparable assets, as well as pricing guides and other sources. The income approach indicates value for a subject asset based on the present value of cash flows projected to be generated by the asset. Projected cash flows are discounted at a required market rate of return that reflects the relative risk of achieving the cash flows and the time value of money. The cost approach, which estimates value by determining the current cost of replacing an asset with another of equivalent economic utility, was used, as appropriate, for certain assets for which the market and income approaches could not be applied due to the nature of the asset. The cost to replace a given asset reflects the estimated reproduction or replacement cost for the asset, adjusted for obsolescence, whether physical, functional or economic.

 

90


Table of Contents

Goodwill

As of February 27, 2016, our goodwill totaled $1.1 billion, of which $942.4 million was recorded as part of our acquisition of Safeway. We review goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of each year, and also upon the occurrence of triggering events. We perform reviews of each of our reporting units that have goodwill balances. We review goodwill for impairment by initially assessing qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill, as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the two-step test is performed to identify potential goodwill impairment. If it is determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it is unnecessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. We may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. We recognize goodwill impairment for any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value. The impairment review requires the use of management judgment and financial estimates. Application of alternative estimates and assumptions, such as reviewing goodwill for impairment at a different level, could produce significantly different results. The cash flow projections embedded in our goodwill impairment reviews can be affected by several factors such as inflation, business valuations in the market, the economy and market competition.

The annual evaluation of goodwill performed for our reporting units during the fourth quarters of fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013 did not result in impairment. Based on current and future expected cash flows, we believe goodwill impairments are not reasonably likely.

Equity-Based Compensation

We periodically grant membership interests to employees and non-employees in exchange for services. The membership interests we grant to employees are not traditional stock options or stock awards, but are equity interests in a privately held company that participate in earnings, subject to certain distribution thresholds. We account for these as equity-based awards in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for equity awards issued to employees and non-employees, respectively. To value these awards, the company has determined that an option pricing model is the most appropriate method to measure the fair value of these awards.

In March 2013, we granted 103 Class C Units (2,641,428 Class C Units following a 25,598 for 1 split in January 2015) (the “Class C Units”) to certain key executives under the company’s Class C Incentive Unit Plan (the “Class C Plan”). Class C Units were accounted for as equity awards to employees in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”). The fair value of these grants was based on the grant date fair value, which was based on the enterprise valuation at the date of grant and the residual cash flows distributed to Class C Unit holders after hurdles are met as defined in the limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition. The fair value of the Class C Units was calculated using an assumed and expected term of three years and no forfeiture rate given the low likelihood that the recipients’ would discontinue working for the company.

The Class C Units granted were valued at $7.70 per unit with a $20.3 million aggregate fair value. Factors contributing to the March 2013 fair value included the acquisition of NAI, which significantly expanded the company’s operations, but whose store performance and expected synergies had not yet been proven.

 

91


Table of Contents

In January 2015, we granted the following equity awards to employees and non-employees:

 

    3.3 million Series 1 Incentive Units (as defined herein) to a member of management under the Incentive Unit Plan (as defined herein). 50% of the Series 1 Incentive Units have a service vesting period of four years from the date awarded and vest 25% on each of the subsequent four anniversaries of such date. The remaining 50% have performance-based vesting terms, which vest 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year for each of the following four fiscal years, subject to specific performance targets. The units accelerate upon a qualifying change of control.

 

    3.3 million fully vested, non-forfeitable Investor Incentive Units in exchange for services. The units convert into an equal number of ABS Units, NAI Units and Safeway Units based on the fair value of the Investor Incentive Units on the conversion date after five years or upon a qualifying change of control.

 

    11.6 million fully vested, non-forfeitable Investor Incentive Units to five institutional investors. The units granted and issued to our institutional investors were treated as non-employee compensation for merger consulting services and direct equity issuance costs related to the Safeway acquisition. The units vest immediately and convert into an equal number of ABS Units, NAI Units and Safeway Units based on the fair market value of the Investor Incentive Units on the conversion date after five years or upon a qualifying change of control.

In fiscal 2015, we issued the following equity awards to employees and non-employees:

 

    11.7 million Phantom Units to employees and independent directors of the company. Each Phantom Unit provides the participant with a contractual right to receive upon vesting one Series 2 Incentive Unit. Generally, 50% of the Phantom Units are Time-Based Units (as defined herein) that will vest in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, commencing with the last day of the fiscal year in which the units are granted, subject to continued service through each vesting date. The remaining 50% of the Phantom Units are Performance-Based Units (as defined herein) that will vest in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, commencing with the last day of the fiscal year in which the units are granted, subject to continued service through each vesting date, and will also be subject to the achievement of annual performance targets established for each such fiscal year. If the performance target for a fiscal year is not met, but is met in a subsequent fiscal year on a cumulative basis along with the applicable performance target for such subsequent fiscal year, the Performance-Based Units that did not vest with respect to the missed year will vest in such subsequent fiscal year. Upon the consummation of an initial public offering, the unvested Phantom Units that are Performance-Based Units (other than those with respect to a missed year) will convert into Phantom Units that are solely Time-Based Units. Following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, all unvested Phantom Units will accelerate and become vested in the event of the termination of the participant’s employment due to death or disability or by the company without cause.

For the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016, we issued the following equity awards to employees and non-employees:

 

   

3.1 million Phantom Units to employees and independent directors of the company, consisting of 1.7 million new awards and 1.4 million previously issued performance-based awards that were deemed to be reissued in October 2016 as time-based awards upon approval by our board of directors of a resolution to waive the performance condition related to fiscal 2016. Each Phantom Unit provides the participant with a contractual right to receive upon vesting one Series 2 Incentive Unit. Generally, 50% of the Phantom Units are Time-Based Units that will vest in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, commencing with the last day of the fiscal year in which the units are granted, subject to continued service through each vesting date. The remaining 50% of the Phantom Units are

 

92


Table of Contents
 

Performance-Based Units that will vest in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, commencing with the last day of the fiscal year in which the units are granted, subject to continued service through each vesting date, and will also be subject to the achievement of annual performance targets established for each such fiscal year. If the performance target for a fiscal year is not met, but is met in a subsequent fiscal year on a cumulative basis along with the applicable performance target for such subsequent fiscal year, the Performance-Based Units that did not vest with respect to the missed year will vest in such subsequent fiscal year. Upon the consummation of an initial public offering, the unvested Phantom Units that are Performance-Based Units (other than those with respect to a missed year) will convert into Phantom Units that are solely Time-Based Units. Following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, all unvested Phantom Units will accelerate and become vested in the event of the termination of the participant’s employment due to death or disability or by the company without cause.

 

    23,392 Phantom Units to independent directors that will vest 100% on the last day of fiscal 2016 subject to the applicable independent director’s continued service through such date.

As of the date of this Prospectus, 6,712,070 Phantom Units are reserved for future issuance.

We determine fair value of unvested and issued awards on the grant date using an option pricing model, adjusted for a lack of marketability and using an expected term or time to liquidity based on judgments made by management. We also consider forfeitures for equity-based grants which are not expected to vest. Expected volatility is calculated based upon historical volatility data from a group of comparable companies over a time frame consistent with the expected life of the awards. The expected risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve rates in effect at the time of the grant using the term most consistent with the expected life of the award. Dividend yield was estimated at zero as we do not anticipate making regular future distributions to stockholders. Changes in these inputs and assumptions can materially affect the measurement of the estimated fair value of our equity-based compensation expense.

We are required to estimate the enterprise value underlying our equity-based awards when performing fair value calculations. Due to the prior absence of a market for our equity interests, enterprise value is determined by management with the assistance of valuation specialists. The most recent valuation was performed as of January 2015 and uses a “Market Approach” and “Income Approach” weighted at 50% each. The Market Approach uses the Guideline Public Company Method, which focuses on comparing the subject entity to selected reasonably similar (or guideline) publicly traded companies. Under this method, valuation multiples are: (i) derived from the operating data of selected guideline companies; (ii) evaluated and adjusted based on the strengths and weaknesses of the subject entity relative to the selected guideline companies; and (iii) applied to the operating data of the subject entity to arrive at an indication of value. The Income Approach utilized the Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”) Method. The DCF Method measures the value of the enterprise by estimating the present worth of the net economic benefit (cash receipts less cash outlays) to be received over the life of the company. The steps followed in applying this approach include estimating the expected after-tax cash flows attributable to the company over its life and discounts the cash flows using a rate of return that accounts for both the time value of money and investment risk factors. Management utilized future projections discounted using a present value factor ranging from 9% to 10% and a long-term terminal growth rate of 2.4%. Grants subsequent to our initial public offering will be based on the trading value of our common stock.

The Series 1 Incentive Units and Investor Incentive Units granted in January 2015 were valued at $22.11 per unit with a $403.7 million aggregate fair value. Factors contributing to the January 2015 fair value included the significant improvement of the stores acquired as part of the NAI acquisition in 2013 and realization of operational synergies, the acquisition of United and the acquisition of Safeway, as well as market valuations of comparable publicly traded grocers, and general capital market conditions in the U.S.

 

93


Table of Contents

The Phantom Units issued in fiscal 2015 were valued at a weighted average of $21.75 per unit with a $254.8 million aggregate fair value. The Phantom Units issued in the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 were valued at a weighted average of $16.82 per unit with a $52.9 million aggregate fair value.

The following assumptions were used for the equity awards issued and granted:

 

     40 weeks ended      Fiscal 2015  
     December 3, 2016      February 27, 2016  

Dividend yield

     —%         —%   

Expected volatility

     55.2%         41.7%   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.67%         0.61%   

Time to liquidity

     1.5 years         1.9 years   

Discount for lack of marketability

     19.2%         16.0%   

Employee Benefit Plans and Collective Bargaining Agreements

Substantially all of our employees are covered by various contributory and non-contributory pension, profit sharing or 401(k) plans, in addition to a dedicated defined benefit plan for Safeway, a plan for NAI and a plan for United employees. Certain employees participate in a long-term retention incentive bonus plan. We also provide certain health and welfare benefits, including short-term and long-term disability benefits to inactive disabled employees prior to retirement. Most union employees participate in multiemployer retirement plans under collective bargaining agreements, unless the collective bargaining agreement provides for participation in plans sponsored by us.

We recognize a liability for the under-funded status of the defined benefit plans as a component of pension and post-retirement benefit obligations. Actuarial gains or losses and prior service costs or credits are recorded within other comprehensive (loss) income. The determination of our obligation and related expense for our sponsored pensions and other post-retirement benefits is dependent, in part, on management’s selection of certain actuarial assumptions in calculating these amounts. These assumptions include, among other things, the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets.

The objective of our discount rate assumptions was intended to reflect the rates at which the pension benefits could be effectively settled. In making this determination, we take into account the timing and amount of benefits that would be available under the plans. As of February 27, 2016, we changed the method used to estimate the service and interest rate components of net periodic benefit cost for our defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans. Historically, the service and interest rate components were estimated using a single weighted average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the benefit obligation at the beginning of the period. We have elected to use a full yield curve approach in the estimation of service and interest cost components of net pension and other post-retirement benefit plan expense by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the projected benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. We utilized weighted discount rates of 3.92% and 3.75% for our pension plan expenses for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2014, respectively. To determine the expected rate of return on pension plan assets held by us for fiscal 2014, we considered current and forecasted plan asset allocations as well as historical and forecasted rates of return on various asset categories. Our weighted assumed pension plan investment rate of return was 6.96% for fiscal 2015 and 6.97% for fiscal 2014. See Note 14—Employee Benefit Plans and Collective Bargaining Agreements in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for more information on the asset allocations of pension plan assets.

 

94


Table of Contents

Sensitivity to changes in the major assumptions used in the calculation of our pension and other post-retirement plan liabilities is illustrated below (dollars in millions).

 

     Percentage
Point Change
    Projected Benefit Obligation
Decrease /(Increase)
   Expense
Decrease / (Increase)
 

Discount rate

     +/- 1.00   $293.2 / $(369.1)    $ 27.6 / $   0.5   

Expected return on assets

     +/- 1.00   — / —    $ 20.5 / $(20.5)   

In fiscal 2015, we contributed $7.4 million to our pension and post-retirement plans. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, we contributed $260.0 million to the Safeway ERP under a settlement with the PBGC in connection with the Safeway acquisition closing. We expect to contribute approximately $11.8 million to our pension and post-retirement plans in fiscal 2016.

Multiemployer Pension Plans

We contribute to various multiemployer pension plans. These multiemployer plans generally provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Plan trustees typically are responsible for determining the level of benefits to be provided to participants as well as the investment of the assets and plan administration. Expense is recognized in connection with these plans as contributions are funded. We made contributions to these plans of $379.8 million, $113.4 million and $74.2 million in fiscal 2015, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, respectively. During 2016, we expect to contribute approximately $400 million to multiemployer pension plans, subject to collective bargaining conditions.

Additionally, in conjunction with the Safeway acquisition, we assumed withdrawal liabilities of $221.8 million related to Safeway’s previous closure of its Dominick’s division. The respective pension plans have asserted that we may become obligated to pay an estimated maximum withdrawal liability of approximately $510 million if one of the pension plans, the UFCW Midwest Plan, were to experience a mass withdrawal. A mass withdrawal would require monthly installment payments to be made by us in perpetuity. Our annual installment payments would be limited to 20 years if we are not part of, or the UFCW Midwest Plan does not experience, a mass withdrawal. Our estimate of the withdrawal liability is based on the fact that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan has not occurred and our belief that a mass withdrawal liability is remote. We are also disputing in arbitration certain factors used to determine the allocation of the unfunded vested benefits and therefore the annual pension payment installments due to the UFCW Midwest Plan. Our estimated liability reflects our best estimate of the probable outcome of this arbitration. Based on the current facts and circumstances, we believe it is reasonably possible that the estimated liability could change from the amount currently recorded as a result of the arbitration, but because we believe that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan is remote, we believe the payment of the maximum liability of approximately $510 million is also remote. The amount of the withdrawal liability as of February 27, 2016 with respect to the Dominick’s division was $202.7 million, which primarily reflects minimum required payments made subsequent to the date of the Safeway acquisition.

See Note 14—Employee Benefit Plans and Collective Bargaining Agreements in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for more information relating to our participation in these multiemployer pension plans.

Income Taxes and Uncertain Tax Positions

We review the tax positions taken or expected to be taken on tax returns to determine whether and to what extent a benefit can be recognized in our consolidated financial statements. See Note 13—

 

95


Table of Contents

Income Taxes in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for the amount of unrecognized tax benefits and other disclosures related to uncertain tax positions. Various taxing authorities periodically examine our income tax returns. These examinations include questions regarding our tax filing positions, including the timing and amount of deductions and the allocation of income to various tax jurisdictions. In evaluating these various tax filing positions, including state and local taxes, we assess our income tax positions and record tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we have recorded the largest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in our financial statements. A number of years may elapse before an uncertain tax position is examined and fully resolved. As of February 27, 2016, we are no longer subject to federal income tax examinations for fiscal years prior to 2007 and in most states are no longer subject to state income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2007. Tax years 2007 through 2015 remain under examination. The assessment of our tax position relies on the judgment of management to estimate the exposures associated with our various filing positions.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are exposed to market risk from a variety of sources, including changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and commodity prices. We have from time to time selectively used derivative financial instruments to reduce these market risks. We do not utilize financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes, nor do we utilize leveraged financial instruments. Our market risk exposures related to interest rates, foreign currency and commodity prices are discussed below and have not materially changed from the prior fiscal year. We use derivative financial instruments to reduce these market risks related to interest rates.

Interest Rate Risk and Long-Term Debt

We are exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. We manage our exposure to interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swaps (“Cash Flow Hedges”). Our risk management objective and strategy is to utilize these interest rate swaps to protect the company against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing its exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of its outstanding debt. We believe that we are meeting our objectives of hedging our risks in changes in cash flows that are attributable to changes in the LIBOR rate, which is the designated benchmark interest rate being hedged (the “hedged risk”), on an amount of the company’s debt principal equal to the then-outstanding swap notional amount.

Additionally, we had a Deal-Contingent Swap that was entered into on April 16, 2014 in order to reduce our exposure to anticipated variable rate debt issuances in connection with the Safeway acquisition. In accordance with the swap agreement, we receive a floating rate of interest and pay a fixed rate of interest over the life of the contract.

Interest rate volatility could also materially affect the interest rate we pay on future borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities. The interest rate we pay on future borrowings under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities are dependent on LIBOR. We believe a 100 basis point increase or decrease on our variable interest rates would not be significant.

See Note 7—Derivative Financial Instruments in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for additional information.

 

96


Table of Contents

The table below provides information about our interest rate derivatives classified as Cash Flow Hedges, deal-contingent swaps and underlying debt portfolio as of February 27, 2016 (dollars in millions).

 

    Pay Fixed/Receive Variable  
    Fiscal
2016
    Fiscal
2017
    Fiscal
2018
    Fiscal
2019
    Fiscal
2020
    Thereafter  

Cash Flow Hedges and Deal-Contingent Swap

           

Average notional amount outstanding

  $ 4,628      $ 3,807      $ 2,925      $ 1,921      $ 1,364      $ 1,060   

Average pay rate

    7.08     7.06     7.03     7.27     7.26     7.27

Average receive rate

    5.5     5.5     5.2     5.7     5.92     6.15

 

    Fiscal
2016
    Fiscal
2017
    Fiscal
2018
    Fiscal
2019
    Fiscal
2020
    Thereafter     Total     Fair
Value
 

Long-Term Debt

               

Principal payments

  $ 214.3      $ 315.3      $ 216.2      $ 2,313.4      $ 504.1      $ 8,140.6      $ 11,703.9      $ 11,036.2   

Weighted average interest rate(1)

    4.63     5.86     5.36     5.35     2.91     6.31     5.91  

 

(1) Excludes effect of interest rate swaps. Also excludes deferred financing costs and debt discounts.

Commodity Price Risk

We have entered into fixed price contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas for a portion of our energy needs. We expect to take delivery of these commitments in the normal course of business, and, as a result, these commitments qualify as normal purchases. We do not believe that these energy and commodity swaps would cause a material change to the financial position of the company.

 

97


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Our Company

We are one of the largest food and drug retailers in the United States, with both strong local presence and national scale. As of December 3, 2016, we operated 2,327 stores across 35 states and the District of Columbia under 19 well-known banners, including Albertsons , Safeway , Vons , Jewel - Osco , Shaw’s , Acme , Tom Thumb , Randalls , United Supermarkets , Pavilions , Star Market , Carrs and Haggen . We operate in 122 MSAs and are ranked #1 or #2 by market share in 66% of them. We provide our customers with a service-oriented shopping experience, including convenient and value-added services through 1,790 pharmacies, 1,193 in-store branded coffee shops and 384 adjacent fuel centers. We have approximately 276,000 talented and dedicated employees serving on average 35 million customers each week.

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on driving sales. We believe that our management team, with decades of collective experience in the food and drug retail industry, has developed a proven and successful operating playbook that differentiates us from our competitors.

We implement our playbook through a decentralized management structure. We believe this approach allows our division and district-level leadership teams to create a superior customer experience and deliver outstanding operating performance. These leadership teams are empowered and incentivized to make decisions on product assortment, placement, pricing, promotional plans and capital spending in the local communities and neighborhoods they serve. Our store directors are responsible for implementing our operating playbook on a daily basis and ensuring that our employees remain focused on delivering outstanding service to our customers.

We believe that the execution of our operating playbook, among other factors, including improved economic conditions and consumer confidence, has enabled us to grow sales, profitability and free cash flow across our business. During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, our identical store sales grew at 4.6%, 4.8% and 0.5%, respectively. At Safeway, our identical store sales during fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016 grew at 3.0%, 5.0% and 0.9%, respectively. Given the deflationary trends in certain commodities, such as meat, eggs and dairy, identical store sales for the third quarter of fiscal 2016 decreased. However, despite such deflationary trends, we have achieved identical store sales growth on an overall basis and have been able to maintain or increase our share in the food retail channel during the first three quarters of fiscal 2016. While we anticipate deflationary trends in certain commodities to continue through the end of fiscal 2016 and into fiscal 2017, we plan to maintain our price competitiveness in order to drive customer traffic. We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets from our acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores. The rates of identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 have been adjusted for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores. Without adjusting for this impact, identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 would have been 4.7% and 4.6%, respectively.

 

98


Table of Contents

We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million related to the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018. We expect to deliver annual run-rate synergies related to the acquisition of Safeway of approximately $630 million by the end of fiscal 2016.

For fiscal 2015, we generated net sales of $58.7 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $2.7 billion and free cash flow, which we define as Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures, of $1.7 billion. For the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, we generated net sales of $45.9 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $2.1 billion and free cash flow of $1.1 billion. In addition to realizing increased sales, profitability and free cash flow through the implementation of our operating playbook, we expect synergies from the Safeway acquisition to enhance our profitability and free cash flow over the next few years.

Our Integration History and Banners

Over the past ten years, we have completed a series of acquisitions, beginning with our purchase of Albertson’s LLC in 2006. This was followed in March 2013 by our acquisition of NAI from SuperValu, which included the Albertsons stores that we did not already own and stores operating under the Acme , Jewel - Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market banners. In December 2013, we acquired United, a regional grocery chain in North and West Texas. In January 2015, we acquired Safeway in a transaction that significantly increased our scale and geographic reach. We also completed the acquisition of 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, 15 of which operate under the Haggen banner. We continually review acquisition opportunities that we believe are synergistic with our existing store network and we intend to continue to participate in the ongoing consolidation of the food retail industry. Any future acquisitions may be material.

 

99


Table of Contents

The following illustrative map represents our regional banners and combined store network as of December 3, 2016. We also operate 28 strategically located distribution centers and 18 manufacturing facilities. Approximately 46% of our stores are owned or ground-leased. Together, our owned and ground-leased properties have a value of approximately $12.1 billion (see “—Properties”). Our principal banners are described in more detail below.

 

LOGO

Albertsons

Under the Albertsons banner, which dates back to 1939, we operate 482 stores in 15 states across the Western and Southern United States. In addition to our broad grocery offering, approximately 394 Albertsons stores include in-store pharmacies (offering prescriptions, immunizations, online prescription refills and prescription savings plans), and we operate five fuel centers adjacent to our Albertsons stores. The operating performance of the Albertsons stores that we acquired in 2013 has significantly improved since acquisition.

Safeway

We operate 1,265 Safeway stores in 19 states across the Western, Southern and Mid-Atlantic regions of the United States, as well as the District of Columbia. We operate these stores under the Safeway banner, which dates back to 1926, as well as the Vons, Pavilions , Randalls , Tom Thumb , Carrs and Haggen banners. Our Safeway stores also provide convenience to our customers through a network of 996 in-store pharmacies and 342 adjacent fuel centers.

The Safeway acquisition has better positioned us for long-term growth by providing us with a broader assortment of products, a more efficient supply chain, enhanced fresh and perishable offerings and a high-quality and expansive portfolio of own brand products. These improvements enable us to respond to changing customer tastes and preferences and compete more effectively in a highly competitive industry.

Safeway has achieved consistent positive identical store sales growth over 22 of the past 23 fiscal quarters, driven in part by continued investment in the store base (with approximately 81% of Safeway stores new or remodeled since 2003) and the implementation of local marketing programs to enhance sales. Safeway experienced an acceleration in identical store sales growth, from 1.4% in fiscal 2013 to 3.0% in fiscal 2014, 5.0% in fiscal 2015 and 0.9% in the first three quarters of fiscal 2016.

 

100


Table of Contents

Acme, Jewel-Osco, Shaw’s and Star Market

Under the Acme , Jewel - Osco , Shaw’s and Star Market banners, we operate 519 stores, 348 in-store pharmacies and five adjacent fuel centers in 14 states across the Mid-Atlantic, Midwest and Northeast regions of the United States. Each of these banners has an operating history going back more than 100 years, has excellent store locations and has a loyal customer base. The operating performance of these banners has significantly improved since we acquired them in 2013.

United Supermarkets

In the North and West Texas area, we operate 61 stores under the United Supermarkets , Amigos and Market Street banners, together with 32 adjacent fuel centers and 12 United Express convenience stores. Our acquisition of United in December 2013 represented a unique opportunity to add a growing and profitable business in the growing Texas economy with an experienced and successful management team in place. Retaining the local management team was critical to our acquisition thesis. We have leveraged their abilities by both re-assigning and opening additional stores under their direct oversight. The United management team has considerable expertise in meeting the preferences of an upscale customer base with its Market Street format. United addresses its significant Hispanic customer base through its Amigos format, which we intend to leverage across other relevant regions going forward. We also benefit from distribution center and transportation efficiencies as a result of United’s adjacencies to our other operating divisions in the Southwest.

Our Organizational Structure and Operating Playbook

Our Organizational Structure

We are organized across 14 operating divisions. We operate with a decentralized management structure. Our division and district-level leadership teams are responsible and accountable for their own sales, profitability and capital expenditures, and are empowered and incentivized to make decisions on product assortment, placement, pricing, promotional plans and capital spending to best serve the local communities and neighborhoods they serve. Our division leaders collaborate to facilitate the rapid sharing of best practices. Our local merchandising teams spend considerable time working with store directors to make sure we are satisfying consumer preferences. Our store directors are responsible for ensuring that our employees provide outstanding service to our customers. We believe that this aspect of our operating playbook, combined with ongoing investments in store labor, coordinated employee training and a simple, well-understood quarterly sales and EBITDA-based bonus structure, fosters an organization that is nimble and responsive to the local tastes and preferences of our customers.

Our executive management team sets long-term strategy and annual objectives for our 14 divisions. They also facilitate the sharing of expertise and best practices across our business, including through the operation of centers of excellence for areas such as our own brands, space planning, pricing analytics, promotional effectiveness, product category trends and consumer insights. They seek to leverage our national scale by driving our efforts to maintain and deepen strong relationships with large, national consumer products vendors. The executive management team also provides substantial data-driven analytical support for decision-making, providing division management teams with insights on their relative performance. Together, all of these elements reinforce our high standards of store-level execution and foster a collaborative, competitive and winning culture.

 

101


Table of Contents

Our Operating Playbook

Our management team has developed and implemented a proven and successful operating playbook to drive sales growth, profitability and free cash flow. Our playbook covers every major facet of store-level operations and is executed by local leadership under the supervision of our executive management team. Our playbook is based on the following key concepts:

 

    Operate Our Stores to the Highest Standards .    We ensure that our stores are always “full, fresh, friendly and clean.” Our efforts are driven through our rigorous G.O.L.D. (Grand Opening Look Daily) program that is focused on delivering fresh offerings, well-stocked shelves, and clean and brightly lit departments.

 

    Deliver Superior Customer Service .    We focus on providing superior customer service. We consistently invest in store labor and training, and our simple and well-understood sales- and EBITDA-based bonus structure ensures that our employees are properly incentivized. We measure customer satisfaction scores weekly and hold management accountable for continuous improvement. Our focus on customer service is reflected in our improving customer satisfaction scores and identical store sales growth.

 

    Provide a Compelling Product Offering .    We focus on providing the highest quality fresh, natural and organic assortments to meet the demands of our customers, including through our private label brands, which we refer to as our own brands, such as Open Nature and O Organics . Our own brands products achieved over $10 billion in sales in fiscal 2015, and our company’s portfolio of USDA-certified organic products is one of the largest and fastest growing in the industry. In addition, we offer high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products, including fresh fruit and vegetables cut in-store, cookies and fried chicken prepared using our proprietary recipes, in-store roasted turkey and freshly-baked bread. Our decentralized operating structure enables our divisions to offer products that are responsive to local tastes and preferences.

 

    Offer an Attractive Value Proposition to Our Customers .    We maintain price competitiveness through systematic, selective and thoughtful price investment to drive customer traffic and basket size. We also use our loyalty programs, including just for U , MyMixx and our fuel-based rewards programs, as well as our strong own brand assortment to improve customer perception of our value proposition.

 

    Drive Innovation Across our Network of Stores .    We focus on innovation to enhance our customers’ in-store experience, generate customer loyalty and drive traffic and sales growth. We ensure that our stores benefit from modern décor, fixtures and store layout. We systematically monitor emerging trends in food and source new and innovative products to offer in our stores. In addition, we are focused on continuing to deliver personalized and promotional offers to further develop our relationship with our customers. Our focus on personalization includes the expansion of our “click-and-pick” home delivery services in which items selected online by our customers are picked from our store shelves by our associates and delivered by our associates right to our customers’ kitchen counters.

 

    Make Disciplined Capital Investments .    We believe that our store base is modern and in excellent condition. We apply a disciplined approach to our capital investments, undertaking a rigorous cost-benefit analysis and targeting an attractive return on investment. Our capital budgets are subject to approval at the corporate level, but we empower our division leadership to prudently allocate capital to projects that will generate the highest return.

Identical Store Sales

We believe that the execution of our operating playbook has been an important factor in the identical store sales growth across our company. The charts below illustrate historical identical store sales growth

 

102


Table of Contents

across AB Acquisition (on a supplemental basis including the acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores) and separately for the Safeway stores:

 

LOGO

 

(1) Calculated irrespective of date of acquisition.
(2) After adjusting for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores.
(3) We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets from our acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores.
(4) Identical store sales for fiscal year to date 2016 are calculated as of the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2016.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors and contribute to our ongoing success:

Powerful Combination of Strong Local Presence and National Scale .    We operate a portfolio of well-known banners with both strong local presence and national scale. We have leading positions in many of the largest and fastest-growing MSAs in the United States. Given the long operating history of our banners, many of our stores form an important part of the local communities and neighborhoods in which they operate and occupy “First-and-Main” locations. We believe that our combination of local presence and national scale provides us with competitive advantages in brand recognition, customer loyalty and purchasing, marketing and advertising and distribution efficiencies.

Best-in-Class Management Team with a Proven Track Record .    We have assembled a best-in-class management team with decades of operating experience in the food and drug retail industry. Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Bob Miller, has over 50 years of food and drug retail experience, including serving as Chairman and CEO of Fred Meyer and Rite Aid and Vice Chairman of Kroger. We have created an Office of the CEO to set long-term strategy and annual objectives for our

 

103


Table of Contents

14 divisions. The Office of the CEO is comprised of Bob Miller, Wayne Denningham (Chief Operating Officer), Justin Dye (Chief Administrative Officer) and Shane Sampson (Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer), each of whom brings significant leadership and operational experience with long tenures at our company and within the industry. Our Executive and Senior Vice Presidents and our division, district and store-level leadership teams are also critical to the success of our business. Our ten Executive Vice Presidents, 18 Senior Vice Presidents and 14 division Presidents have an average of almost 20, 22 and 30 years of service, respectively, with our company.

Proven Operating Playbook .    We believe that the execution of our operating playbook has been an important factor in the identical store sales growth across our company. During fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, our identical store sales grew at 4.6%, 4.8% and 0.5%, respectively. At Safeway, our identical store sales during fiscal 2014, fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016 grew at 3.0%, 5.0% and 0.9%, respectively. Given the deflationary trends in certain commodities, identical store sales for the third quarter of fiscal 2016 decreased. However, despite such deflationary trends, we have achieved identical store sales growth on an overall basis and have been able to maintain or increase our share in the food retail channel during the first three quarters of fiscal 2016. While we anticipate deflationary trends in certain commodities to continue through the end of fiscal 2016 and into fiscal 2017, we plan to maintain our price competitiveness in order to drive customer traffic. We believe that our fiscal 2015 identical store sales and customer traffic benefited from the poor performance or closure of A&P and Haggen stores under prior ownership. We also believe that during fiscal 2016 our identical store sales and customer traffic comparisons to fiscal 2015 were negatively impacted in certain markets from our acquisition or re-opening of A&P and Haggen stores. The rates of identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 have been adjusted for the positive sales impact in one of our divisions during the second quarter of fiscal 2014 resulting from a labor dispute at a competitor that caused a temporary closure of its stores. Without adjusting for this impact, identical store sales growth for our stores, on a supplemental basis including acquired Safeway, NAI and United stores, during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015 would have been 4.7% and 4.6%, respectively.

Strong Free Cash Flow Generation .    Our strong operating results, in combination with our disciplined approach to capital allocation, have resulted in the generation of strong free cash flow. We generated free cash flow of approximately $1.7 billion and $1.1 billion in fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, respectively. Our ability to grow free cash flow will be enhanced by the synergies we expect to achieve from our acquisition of Safeway. We expect to deliver approximately $800 million of annual synergies by the end of fiscal 2018, and expect to achieve approximately $630 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2016.

Significant Acquisition and Integration Expertise .    Growth through acquisition is an important component of our strategy, both to enhance our competitiveness in existing markets (as with recent acquisitions for our Jewel-Osco banner) and to expand our footprint into new markets (as with the United acquisition). We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, including 15 stores that operate under the Haggen banner. We continually review acquisition opportunities that we believe are synergistic with our existing store network. We have developed a proprietary and repeatable blueprint for integration, including a clearly defined plan for the first 100 days. We believe that our ability to integrate acquisitions is significantly enhanced by our decentralized approach, which allows us to leverage the expertise of incumbent local management teams. We have also developed significant expertise in synergy planning and delivery. We believe that the acquisition and integration experience of our management team, together with the considerable transactional expertise of our equity sponsors, positions us well for future acquisitions as the food and drug retail industry continues to consolidate.

 

104


Table of Contents

For more information on our ability to achieve any expected synergies, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Safeway, A&P and Haggen Acquisitions and Integration—We may not be able to achieve the full amount of synergies that are anticipated, or achieve the synergies on the schedule anticipated, from the Safeway acquisition.”

Our Strategy

Our operating philosophy is simple: we run great stores with a relentless focus on sales growth. We believe there are significant opportunities to grow sales and enhance profitability and free cash flow, through execution of the following strategies:

Continue to Drive Identical Store Sales Growth .    Consistent with our operating playbook, we plan to deliver identical store sales growth by implementing the following initiatives:

 

    Enhancing and Upgrading Our Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings and Signature Products .    We continue to enhance and upgrade our fresh, natural and organic offerings across our meat, produce, service deli and bakery departments to meet the changing tastes and preferences of our customers. We also believe that continued innovation and expansion of our high-volume, high-quality and differentiated signature products will contribute to stronger sales growth.

 

    Expanding Our Own Brand Offerings .    We continue to drive sales growth and profitability by extending our own brand offerings across our banners, including high-quality and recognizable brands such as O Organics , Open Nature , Eating Right and Lucerne . Our own brands products achieved over $10 billion in sales in fiscal 2015.

 

    Leveraging Our Effective and Scalable Loyalty Programs .    We believe we can grow basket size and improve the shopping experience for our customers by expanding our just for U , MyMixx and fuel-based loyalty programs. In addition, we believe we can further enhance our merchandising and marketing programs by utilizing our customer analytics capabilities, including advanced digital marketing and mobile applications. We expanded our home delivery offering to 10 new markets in fiscal 2016, and expect to serve eight of the ten most populous MSAs in fiscal 2017.

 

    Capitalizing on Demand for Health and Wellness Services .    We intend to leverage our portfolio of 1,790 pharmacies and our growing network of wellness clinics to capitalize on increasing customer demand for health and wellness services. Pharmacy customers are among our most loyal, and their average weekly spend is over 2.5x that of our non-pharmacy customers. We plan to continue to grow our pharmacy script counts through new patient prescription transfer programs and initiatives such as clinic, hospital and preferred network partnerships, which we believe will expand our access to patients. We believe that these efforts will drive sales growth and generate customer loyalty.

 

    Continuously Evaluating and Upgrading Our Store Portfolio .    We plan to pursue a disciplined but committed capital allocation strategy to upgrade, remodel and relocate stores to attract customers to our stores and to increase store volumes. We opened seven and eight new stores in fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, respectively, and expect to have opened a total of 16 new stores and completed approximately 200 upgrade and remodel projects by the end of fiscal 2016. We believe that our store base is in excellent condition, and we have developed a remodel strategy that is both cost-efficient and effective.

 

    Driving Innovation .    We intend to drive traffic and sales growth through constant innovation. We will remain focused on identifying emerging trends in food and sourcing new and innovative products. We will also seek to build new, and enhance existing, customer relationships through our digital capabilities.

 

105


Table of Contents
    Sharing Best Practices Across Divisions .    Our division leaders collaborate to ensure the rapid sharing of best practices. Recent examples include the expansion of our O Organics offering across banners, the accelerated roll-out of signature products such as Albertsons’ fresh fruit and vegetables cut in-store and a broader assortment and new fixtures for our wine and floral shops, implementing Safeway’s successful strategy across many of our banners.

We believe the combination of these actions and initiatives, together with the attractive industry trends described in more detail under “—Our Industry,” will continue to drive identical store sales growth.

Enhance Our Operating Margin .    Our focus on identical store sales growth provides an opportunity to enhance our operating margin by leveraging our fixed costs. We plan to realize further margin benefit through added scale from partnering with vendors and by achieving efficiencies in manufacturing and distribution. In addition, we maintain a disciplined approach to expense management and budgeting.

Implement Our Synergy Realization Plan .    We are currently executing on an annual synergy plan of approximately $800 million from the acquisition of Safeway, which we expect to achieve by the end of fiscal 2018, with associated one-time costs of approximately $840 million (net of estimated synergy-related asset sale proceeds). During fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, we achieved synergies from the Safeway acquisition of approximately $250 million and $435 million, respectively, and we expect to achieve synergies of approximately $575 million in fiscal 2016, or approximately $630 million on an annual run-rate basis by the end of fiscal 2016, principally from savings related to corporate and division overhead, our own brands, vendor funds and marketing and advertising cost reductions. Approximately 80% of our $800 million annual synergy target is independent of sales growth, which we believe significantly reduces the risk of achieving our target.

Our detailed synergy plan was developed on a bottom-up, function-by-function basis by combined Albertsons and Safeway teams. Synergies are expected to consist of approximately 28% from operational efficiencies within our back office, distribution and manufacturing operations, 21% from the conversion of Albertsons stores onto Safeway’s information technology systems, 14% from increased own brand penetration and improved synergies and 15% from improved vendor relationships. An additional 22% of synergies are expected to come from optimizing marketing and advertising spend in adjacent regions, as well as actionable synergies in pharmacy, utilities and insurance. A more detailed description of the expected sources of synergy is set out below:

 

    Corporate and Division Cost Savings .    We are removing complexity from our business by simplifying business processes and rationalizing redundant positions. As part of this process, we have finalized the plans and timing of headcount reductions in connection with our acquisition of Safeway, and, as of February 27, 2016, these reductions were substantially complete. In addition, we are taking steps to reduce transportation costs due to reduced mileage, improved facility utilization and fleet rationalization.

 

    IT Conversion .    We are in the process of converting our Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers and systems onto Safeway’s IT systems, which we believe will result in significant savings as we wind down our transition services agreements with SuperValu. We have obtained Safeway systems access for Albertsons and NAI users, developed initial consolidated reporting, launched our Data Integrity/Validation team and consolidated email directories across the company. In addition, we hired new Chief Information and Chief Information Security Officers in fiscal 2015.

 

   

Own Brands .    We are leveraging the high-quality and expansive portfolio of our own brand products, consumer brands and manufacturing facilities owned by Safeway to improve profitability across our company. We recently developed a plan to redesign and consolidate our

 

106


Table of Contents
 

own brand packaging, which will no longer be differentiated by banners. Upon completion, each of our banners will offer the same own brand products. We have launched 3,000 distinct products with our new “Signature” branding and have made the majority of our own brand products available to most or all of our Albertsons and NAI stores for sale to our customers.

 

    Vendor Funding .    We believe our increased scale will provide optimized and improved vendor relationships, through which we receive allowances and credits for volume incentives, promotional allowances and new product placement. We intend to leverage our scale through our joint accelerated growth program with leading consumer packaged goods vendors.

 

    Marketing and Advertising .    We believe our scale provides opportunities for marketing and advertising savings, primarily from lower advertising rates in overlapping regions and reduced agency spend. We intend to leverage our scale, but operate locally. Our national team will execute cutting-edge merchandising programs, optimize best practice sharing across divisions and enhance consumer understanding through consumer insight and analysis. Our local marketing teams will set brand strategy and communicate brand message to customers through the use of direct mail, radio, email and web applications, just for U and MyMixx personalization, television, social media, display and signage, search engines and weekly inserts. We also intend to develop and leverage cutting-edge loyalty and digital marketing programs. Since the Safeway acquisition, we have outsourced tactical advertising functions and implemented a standardized consumer survey index across the company.

 

    Pharmacy, Utilities and Insurance .    We intend to consolidate managed care provider reimbursement programs, increase vaccine penetration and leverage our combined scale for volume discounts on branded and generic drugs. We entered into a five-year distribution agreement with McKesson Corporation (“McKesson”) to source and distribute both branded and generic pharmaceuticals, which commenced on April 1, 2016. Assuming that this agreement had been effective during fiscal 2015, management estimates that our purchases from McKesson would have represented approximately 8.3% of our fiscal 2015 sales. We will also benefit from the conversion of our banners to Safeway’s leading energy purchasing program that will allow us to buy a portion of our electrical power needs at wholesale prices. In addition, we expect to lower our corporate insurance costs by leveraging best practices and scale across the combined company. In addition, in May 2015 we hired a new Senior Vice President of Pharmacy, Health and Wellness to help grow our pharmacy business.

For more information on our ability to achieve any expected synergies, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to the Safeway, A&P and Haggen Acquisitions and Integration—We may not be able to achieve the full amount of synergies that are anticipated, or achieve the synergies on the schedule anticipated, from the Safeway acquisition.”

Selectively Grow Our Store Base Organically and Through Acquisition .    We intend to continue to grow our store base organically through disciplined but committed investment in new stores. We opened seven and eight new stores in fiscal 2015 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, respectively, and expect to have opened a total of 16 new stores and completed approximately 200 upgrade and remodel projects by the end of fiscal 2016. We acquired 73 stores from A&P for our Acme banner and 35 stores from Haggen for our Albertsons banner during fiscal 2015, and we acquired an additional 29 stores from Haggen during fiscal 2016, of which 15 operate under the Haggen banner. We evaluate acquisition opportunities on an ongoing basis as we seek to strengthen our competitive position in existing markets or expand our footprint into new markets. We believe our healthy balance sheet and decentralized structure provide us with strategic flexibility and a strong platform to make acquisitions. We believe our successful track record of integration and synergy delivery provides us with an opportunity to further enhance sales growth, leverage our cost structure and increase profitability and free cash flow through selected acquisitions. Consistent with this strategy, we regularly

 

107


Table of Contents

evaluate potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us, and we are currently participating in processes regarding several potential acquisition opportunities, including ones that would be significant to us. Certain of our acquisitions may involve the issuance of shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the timing of any contemplated transactions, and none are currently probable, but any pending transaction could be entered into as soon as shortly after the closing of this offering.

Our Industry

We operate in the $593 billion U.S. food and drug retail industry, a highly fragmented sector with a large number of companies competing locally and a limited number of companies with a national footprint. From 2011 through 2015, food and drug retail industry revenues increased at an average annual rate of 1.0%, driven in part by improving macroeconomic factors including gross domestic product, household disposable income, consumer confidence and employment. Several food items and categories, including meat, eggs and dairy, experienced price deflation in 2016 and price deflation is expected to continue in several food categories into 2017. On an annual basis, Food-at-Home inflation is forecasted to be between 1.00% and 2.00% in 2017. In addition to macroeconomic factors, the following trends, in particular, are expected to drive sales across the industry:

 

    Customer Focus on Fresh, Natural and Organic Offerings .    Evolving customer tastes and preferences have caused food retailers to improve the breadth and quality of their fresh, natural and organic offerings. This, in turn, has resulted in the increasing convergence of product selections between conventional and alternative format food retailers.

 

    Converging Approach to Health and Wellness .    Customers increasingly view their food shopping experience as part of a broader approach to health and wellness. As a result, food retailers are seeking to drive sales growth and customer loyalty by incorporating pharmacy and wellness clinic offerings in their stores.

 

    Increased Customer Acceptance of Own Brand Offerings .    Increased customer acceptance has driven growth in demand for own brand offerings, including the introduction of premium store brands. In general, own brand offerings have a higher gross margin than similarly positioned products of national brands.

 

    Loyalty Programs and Personalization .    To remain competitive and generate customer loyalty, food retailers are increasing their focus on loyalty programs that target the delivery of personalized offers to their customers. Food retailers are also expected to seek to strengthen customer loyalty by introducing mobile applications that allow customers to make purchases, access loyalty card data and check prices while in-store.

 

    Convenience as a Differentiator .    Industry participants are addressing customers’ desire for convenience through in-store amenities and services, including store-within-store sites such as coffee bars, fuel centers, banks and ATMs. Customer convenience is important for traditional grocers that must differentiate themselves from other mass retailers, club stores and other food retailers. The increasing penetration of e-commerce competition has prompted food retailers to develop or outsource online and mobile applications for home delivery, pickup and digital shopping solutions with customer convenience in mind. It has also resulted in the emergence of a number of online-only food and drug offerings.

 

108


Table of Contents

Properties

As of December 3, 2016, we operated 2,327 stores located in 35 states and the District of Columbia as shown in the following table:

 

Location

   Number of
Stores
    

Location

   Number of
Stores
    

Location

   Number of
Stores
 

Alaska

     25      

Indiana

     4      

New York

     17   

Arizona

     144      

Iowa

     1      

North Dakota

     1   

Arkansas

     1      

Louisiana

     18      

Oregon

     125   

California

     598      

Maine

     21      

Pennsylvania

     52   

Colorado

     113      

Maryland

     70      

Rhode Island

     8   

Connecticut

     4      

Massachusetts

     78      

South Dakota

     3   

Delaware

     20      

Montana

     38      

Texas

     220   

District of Columbia

     13      

Nebraska

     5      

Utah

     5   

Florida

     3      

Nevada

     48      

Vermont

     19   

Hawaii

     22      

New Hampshire

     28      

Virginia

     40   

Idaho

     41      

New Jersey

     83       Washington      228   

Illinois

     181      

New Mexico

     35       Wyoming      15   

The following table summarizes our stores by size as of December 3, 2016:

 

Square Footage

   Number of Stores      Percent of Total  

Less than 30,000

     208         8.9

30,000 to 50,000

     820         35.3

More than 50,000

     1,299         55.8
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stores

     2,327         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Approximately 46% of our operating stores are owned or ground-leased properties. Together, our owned and ground-leased properties have a value of approximately $12.1 billion. Appraisals of our real estate were conducted by Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. between the fourth quarter of 2012 and the second quarter of fiscal 2016. The foregoing value estimate includes a third-party valuation of United properties relied on by management and is adjusted to give effect to FTC-mandated divestitures and other asset sales since the dates of the appraisals.

Our corporate headquarters are located in Boise, Idaho. We own our headquarters. The premises is approximately 250,000 square feet in size. In addition to our corporate headquarters, we have corporate offices in Pleasanton, California and Phoenix, Arizona. We are in the process of consolidating our corporate campuses and division offices to increase efficiency.

On December 23, 2014, Safeway and its wholly-owned real estate development subsidiary, PDC, sold substantially all of the net assets of PDC to Terramar Retail Centers, LLC, an unrelated party. PDC’s assets were comprised of shopping centers that are completed or under development. Most of these centers included grocery stores that are leased back to Safeway.

Products

Our stores offer grocery products, general merchandise, health and beauty care products, pharmacy, fuel and other items and services. We are not dependent on any individual supplier, and no third-party supplier represented more than 5% of our fiscal 2015 sales. During fiscal 2015, approximately 22% of sales, excluding fuel and pharmacy, were from our own brand products. The

 

109


Table of Contents

following table represents sales by revenue by similar type of product (in millions). Year over year increases in volume reflect acquisitions as well as identical store sales growth.

 

     Fiscal Year  
     2015     2014     2013  
     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total  

Non-perishables(1)

   $ 26,284         44.8   $ 12,906         47.5   $ 9,956         49.6

Perishables(2)

     23,661         40.3     11,044         40.6     7,842         39.1

Pharmacy

     5,073         8.6     2,603         9.6     2,019         10.1

Fuel

     2,955         5.0     387         1.4     47         0.2

Other(3)

     761         1.3     259         0.9     191         1.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 58,734         100.0   $ 27,199         100.0   $ 20,055         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists primarily of general merchandise, grocery and frozen foods.
(2) Consists primarily of produce, dairy, meat, deli, floral and seafood.
(3) Consists primarily of lottery and various other commissions and other miscellaneous income.

Distribution

As of December 3, 2016, we operated 28 strategically located distribution centers, 64% of which are owned or ground-leased. Our distribution centers collectively provide approximately 64% of all products to our retail operating areas. We are in the process of consolidating our distribution centers and moving Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers and systems onto Safeway’s IT systems in order to operate our entire distribution network across one unified platform.

Manufacturing

As measured by units for fiscal 2015, 12% of our own brand merchandise was manufactured in company-owned facilities, and the remainder of our own brand merchandise was purchased from third parties. We closely monitor make-versus-buy decisions on internally sourced products to optimize our profitability. In addition, we believe that our scale will provide opportunities to leverage our fixed manufacturing costs in order to drive innovation across our own brand portfolio.

We operated the following manufacturing and processing facilities as of December 3, 2016:

 

Facility Type

   Number  

Milk plants

     6   

Soft drink bottling plants

     4   

Bakery plants

     3   

Grocery/prepared food plants

     2   

Ice cream plants

     2   

Ice plant

     1   
  

 

 

 

Total

     18   
  

 

 

 

In addition, we operate laboratory facilities for quality assurance and research and development in certain plants and at our corporate offices.

Marketing, Advertising and Online Sales

Our marketing efforts involve collaboration between our national marketing and merchandising team and local divisions and stores. We augment the local division teams with corporate resources and

 

110


Table of Contents

are focused on providing expertise, sharing best practices and leveraging scale in partnership with leading consumer packaged goods vendors. Our corporate teams support divisions by providing strategic guidance in order to drive key areas of our business, including pharmacy, general merchandise and our own brands. Our local marketing teams set brand strategy and communicate brand messages through our integrated digital and physical marketing and advertising channels. Our online ordering platform, www.safeway.com, was the fourth largest in the United States based on estimated 2015 sales. We are expanding our “click and pick” home delivery services, in which items selected online by our customers are picked from our store shelves by our associates and delivered by our associates right to our customers’ kitchen counters, to 10 new markets in fiscal 2016, and expect to serve eight of the ten most populous MSAs by the second quarter of fiscal 2017.

Relationship with SuperValu

Transition Services Agreements with SuperValu

Services .    Currently, SuperValu provides certain business support services to Albertsons and NAI pursuant to the SVU TSAs. The services provided by SuperValu to Albertsons and NAI include back office, administrative, IT, procurement, insurance and accounting services. Albertsons provides records management and retention services and environmental services to SuperValu, and also provides office space to SuperValu at our Boise offices. NAI provides pharmacy services to SuperValu.

Fees .    Albertsons’ and NAI’s fees under the SVU TSAs are 50% fixed and 50% variable, and are determined in part based on the number of stores and distribution centers receiving services, which number can be reduced by Albertsons and by NAI at any time upon five weeks’ notice, with a corresponding reduction in the variable portion of the fees due to SuperValu.

Albertsons, in its capacity as a recipient of services from SuperValu, paid total fees related to the SVU TSAs of $84.2 million for fiscal 2015. The expected fee due to SuperValu for fiscal 2016 is $56.5 million. SuperValu reimburses Albertsons’ monthly expenses incurred in connection with providing office space to SuperValu at our Boise offices, as well as fees for records management and retention services, and environmental services.

NAI, in its capacity as a recipient of services from SuperValu, paid total fees related to the SVU TSAs of $87.8 million for fiscal 2015. The expected fee due to SuperValu for fiscal 2016 is $96.1 million. SuperValu pays NAI fees based on the number of operating SuperValu pharmacies receiving services.

Term .    The provision of services commenced in March 2013 and terminates on September 21, 2018. Each of SuperValu, Albertsons and NAI has seven remaining one-year consecutive options to extend the term for receipt of services under the SVU TSAs, exercisable one year in advance.

Transition and Wind Down of SuperValu TSA Services

We are in the process of converting our Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers and systems to Safeway’s IT systems and, in April 2015, we reached an agreement with SuperValu for its support of our implementation of this IT conversion. Specifically, we have agreed to pay SuperValu $50 million in the aggregate, subject to certain conditions, by November 1, 2018 to support the transition and wind down of the SVU TSAs, including the transition of services supporting Albertsons and NAI stores, distribution centers, divisions, back office, general office, surplus properties and other functions and facilities. We also agreed with SuperValu to negotiate in good faith if either the costs associated with the transition and wind down services are materially higher (i.e., 5% or more) than anticipated, or SuperValu is not performing in all material respects the transition and wind down services as needed to support our transition and wind down activities.

 

111


Table of Contents

SuperValu—Albertsons and NAI Trademark Cross Licenses

In March 2013, NAI and Albertsons each entered into a trademark cross licensing agreement with SuperValu, pursuant to which each party granted the other a non-exclusive, royalty-free license to use certain proprietary rights (e.g., trademarks, trade names, trade dress, service marks, banners, etc.) consistent with the parties’ past practices and uses of the relevant proprietary rights. The cross license agreements will each remain in effect for so long as and to the extent that either party to the cross-license agreements owns any of the proprietary rights subject to the agreements.

Lancaster Operating and Supply Agreement

In March 2013, NAI entered into an operating and supply agreement with SuperValu for the operation of, and supply of products from, the distribution center located in the Lancaster, Pennsylvania area (the “Lancaster Agreement”). Under the Lancaster Agreement, NAI owns the Lancaster distribution center and SuperValu manages and operates the distribution center on behalf of NAI. In addition, SuperValu supplies NAI’s Acme and Shaw’s stores from the distribution center under a shared costs arrangement, allocating costs ratably based on each parties’ use of the distribution center. Unless earlier terminated, the initial term of the Lancaster Agreement continues until March 21, 2018. Subject to either party’s right to terminate the Lancaster Agreement for any reason and without cause upon 24 months’ notice, SuperValu may extend the term of the agreement for up to two consecutive periods of five years each. For fiscal 2015, NAI paid SuperValu approximately $1.4 billion under the Lancaster Agreement.

Capital Expenditure Program

Our capital expenditure program funds new stores, remodels, distribution facilities and IT. We apply a disciplined approach to our capital investments, undertaking a rigorous cost-benefit analysis and targeting an attractive return on investment. In the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, we spent approximately $850 million for capital expenditures, and we expect to spend approximately $1,100 million in total for capital expenditures during fiscal 2016, or 1.9% of our fiscal 2015 sales, including approximately 200 upgrade and remodel projects and excluding approximately $200 million and $300 million of Safeway integration-related capital expenditures that we spent in the first three quarters of fiscal 2016 and that we expect to spend in fiscal 2016, respectively. This amount includes one-time opening and transition costs and capital expenditures that we expect to spend by the end of fiscal 2016 to remodel and remerchandise the stores we have acquired in the A&P Transaction and the Haggen Transaction.

Trade Names and Trademarks

We have invested significantly in the development and protection of “Albertsons” and “Safeway” as both trade names and as trademarks, and consider each to be an important business asset. We also own or license more than 650 other trademarks registered and/or pending in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and other jurisdictions, including trademarks for products and services such as Essential Everyday , Wild Harvest , Baby Basics , Steakhouse Choice , Culinary Circle, Safeway, Rancher’s Reserve, O Organics, Lucerne, Primo Taglio, the Deli Counter, Eating Right, mom to mom, waterfront BISTRO, Bright Green, Open Nature, Refreshe, Snack Artist, Signature Café, Signature Care, Signature Farms, Signature Kitchens , Signature Home, Signature SELECT, Value Corner, Priority, just for U, My Simple Nutrition, Ingredients for Life and other trademarks such as United Express, United Supermarkets , Amigos , Market Street , Haggen, Lucky, Pak’N Save Foods, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb, Carrs Quality Centers, ACME, Sav-On, Shaw’s, Star Market, Super Saver and Jewel-Osco .

 

112


Table of Contents

Seasonality

Our business is generally not seasonal in nature.

Competition

The food and drug retail industry is highly competitive. The principal competitive factors that affect our business are location, quality, price, service, selection and condition of assets such as our stores.

We face intense competition from other food and/or drug retailers, supercenters, club stores, online providers, specialty and niche supermarkets, drug stores, general merchandisers, wholesale stores, discount stores, convenience stores and restaurants. We and our competitors engage in price and non-price competition which, from time to time, has adversely affected our operating margins.

For more information on the competitive pressures that we face, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Competition in our industry is intense, and our failure to compete successfully may adversely affect our profitability and results of operations.”

Raw Materials

Various agricultural commodities constitute the principal raw materials used by the company in the manufacture of its food products. We believe that raw materials for our products are not in short supply, and all are readily available from a wide variety of independent suppliers.

Environmental Laws

Our operations are subject to regulation under environmental laws, including those relating to waste management, air emissions and underground storage tanks. In addition, as an owner and operator of commercial real estate, we may be subject to liability under applicable environmental laws for clean-up of contamination at our facilities. Compliance with, and clean-up liability under, these laws has not had and is not expected to have a material adverse effect upon our business, financial condition, liquidity or operating results. See “—Legal Proceedings” and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry—Unfavorable changes in, failure to comply with or increased costs to comply with environmental laws and regulations could adversely affect us. The storage and sale of petroleum products could cause disruptions and expose us to potentially significant liabilities.”

Employees

As of February 27, 2016, we employed approximately 274,000 full- and part-time employees, of which approximately 164,000 were covered by collective bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2015, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 12,000 employees were renegotiated. During fiscal 2016, 248 collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 87,000 employees are scheduled to expire. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Legal Proceedings

We are subject from time to time to various claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, including lawsuits involving trade practices, lawsuits alleging violations of state and/or federal wage and hour laws (including alleged violations of meal and rest period laws and alleged misclassification issues), real estate disputes and other matters. Some of these suits purport or may be determined to be class actions and/or seek substantial damages.

 

113


Table of Contents

It is our management’s opinion that although the amount of liability with respect to certain of the matters described herein cannot be ascertained at this time, any resulting liability of these and other matters, including any punitive damages, will not have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.

In the second quarter of 2014, we received two subpoenas from the DEA requesting information concerning our record keeping, reporting and related practices concerning the theft or significant loss of controlled substances. On June 7, 2016, we received a third subpoena requesting information concerning potential diversion of controlled substances by a former employee. We are cooperating with the DEA in all investigative matters and have met with the DEA on several occasions. We anticipate that there will be monetary fines assessed, and that the DEA may seek administrative penalties. We have recorded an estimated liability for these matters, which is based on information currently available to us and may change as new information becomes available.

In January 2016, we received a subpoena from the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (the “OIG”) pertaining to the pricing of drugs offered under our MyRxCare discount program and the impact on reimbursements to Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE (the “Government Health Programs”). In particular, the OIG is requesting information on the relationship between the prices charged for drugs under the MyRxCare program and the “usual and customary” prices reported by our company in claims for reimbursements to the Government Health Programs or other third party payors, and we are cooperating with the OIG in the investigation. We are currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably possible loss, if any.

On December 16, 2016, we received a civil investigative demand from the United States Attorney for the District of Rhode Island in connection with a False Claims Act investigation relating to our influenza vaccination programs. The investigation concerns whether our provision of store coupons to our customers who received influenza vaccinations in our in-store pharmacies constituted an improper benefit to those customers under the federal Medicare and Medicaid programs. We believe that our provision of the store coupons to our customers is an allowable incentive to encourage vaccinations. We are cooperating with the U.S. Attorney in the investigation. We are currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of possible loss, if any.

On August 14, 2014, we announced that we had experienced a criminal intrusion by installation of malware on a portion of our computer network that processes payment card transactions for retail store locations for our Shaw’s , Star Market , Acme , Jewel - Osco and Albertsons retail banners. On September 29, 2014, we announced that we had experienced a second and separate criminal intrusion. We believe these were attempts to collect payment card data. Relying on our IT service provider, SuperValu, we took immediate steps to secure the affected part of the network. We believe that we have eradicated the malware used in each intrusion. We notified federal law enforcement authorities, the major payment card networks, and our insurance carriers and are cooperating in their efforts to investigate these intrusions. As required by the payment networks, we retained a firm to conduct a forensic investigation into the intrusions. The forensic firm has issued separate reports for each intrusion (copies of which have been provided to the card networks). Although our network had previously been found to be compliant with PCI DSS, in both reports the forensic firm found that not all of these standards had been met at the time of the intrusions, and some of this non-compliance may have contributed to or caused at least some portion of the compromise that occurred during the intrusions. On December 5, 2016, we were notified that MasterCard had asserted a final assessment of approximately $6.0 million for incremental counterfeit fraud losses and non-ordinary course expenses (such as card reissuance costs). We paid the MasterCard assessment of $6.0 million on

 

114


Table of Contents

December 9, 2016; however, we dispute the MasterCard assessment and are considering options to further challenge the assessment. We believe it is probable that the other payment card networks will make similar claims against us. If other payment card networks assert claims against us, we currently intend to dispute those claims and assert available defenses. At the present time, we believe that it is probable that we will incur a loss in connection with the claims or potential claims from the payment card networks. We have recorded an estimated liability for probable losses that we expect to incur in connection with the claims or potential claims to be made by the payment card networks. The estimated liability is based on information currently available to us and may change as new information becomes available or if other payment card networks assert claims against us. We will continue to evaluate information as it becomes available and will record an estimate of additional loss, if any, when it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Currently, the potential range of any loss above our currently recorded amount cannot be reasonably estimated given no claims have been asserted to date by the payment card networks other than MasterCard and because significant factual and legal issues remain unresolved. On October 20, 2015, we agreed with one of our third-party payment administrators to provide a $15 million letter of credit to cover any claims from the payment networks and to maintain a minimum level of card processing until the potential claims from the payment networks are resolved. As a result of the criminal intrusions, two class action complaints were filed against us by consumers and are currently pending, Mertz v. SuperValu Inc. et al . filed in federal court in the state of Minnesota and Rocke v. SuperValu Inc. et al. filed in federal court in the state of Idaho, alleging deceptive trade practices, negligence and invasion of privacy. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages. The Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation consolidated the class actions and transferred the cases to the District of Minnesota. On August 10, 2015, we and SuperValu filed a motion to dismiss the class actions, which was granted without prejudice on January 7, 2016. The plaintiffs filed a motion to alter or amend the court’s judgment which was denied on April 20, 2016. The court also denied leave to amend the complaint. On May 18, 2016, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Eighth Circuit and defendants filed a cross-appeal. The filing of appellate briefs was completed by both parties on September 29, 2016. On October 6, 2015, we received a letter from the Office of Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania stating that the Illinois and Pennsylvania Attorneys General Offices are leading a multi-state group that includes the Attorneys General for 14 other states requesting specified information concerning the two data breach incidents. We have provided the requested information. The multistate group has not made a monetary demand, and we are unable to estimate the possibility of or reasonable range of loss, if any.

On June 17, 2011, a customer of Safeway’s home delivery business (safeway.com) filed a class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California entitled Rodman v. Safeway Inc. , alleging that Safeway had inaccurately represented on its home delivery website that the prices paid there were the same as the prices in the brick-and-mortar retail store. Rodman asserted claims for breach of contract and unfair business practices under California law. The court certified a class for the breach of contract claim, but denied class treatment for the California business practices claims. On December 10, 2014, the court ruled that the terms and conditions on Safeway’s website should be construed as creating a contractual promise that prices on the website would be the same as in the stores and that Safeway had breached the contract by charging more on the website. On August 31, 2015, the court denied Safeway’s affirmative defenses and arguments for limiting liability, and determined that website registrants since 2006 were entitled to approximately $31.0 million in damages (which amount was reduced to $23.2 million to correct an error in the court’s calculation), plus prejudgment interest. The court then set a trial date of December 7, 2015 to determine whether pre-2006 registrants are entitled to any recovery. The parties thereafter stipulated to facts regarding the pre-2006 registration process, whereupon the court vacated the December trial date and extended its prior liability and damages rulings to class members who registered before 2006. Consequently, on November 30, 2015, the court entered a final judgment in favor of the plaintiff class in the amount of $41.9 million (comprised of $31.0 million in damages and $10.9 million in prejudgment interest). Safeway filed a Notice of Appeal from that judgment to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals on December 4, 2015. The company

 

115


Table of Contents

has established an estimated liability for these claims, but intends to contest both liability and damages on appeal. On April 6, 2016, the plaintiff moved for discovery sanctions against Safeway in the district court, seeking an additional $2.0 million. A hearing on the sanctions motion was held on August 25, 2016, and the court awarded sanctions against us in an amount under $1.0 million.

On June 29, 2015, counsel for Haggen delivered a notice of claims to Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC asserting that those companies had committed fraud and breached the Asset Purchase Agreement under which Haggen purchased 146 divested stores by improperly transferring inventory out of purchased stores, overstocking and understocking inventory, failing to advertise in the ordinary course of business, misusing confidential information and failing to use commercially reasonably efforts to preserve existing relationships. Haggen made no specific monetary demands, but withheld payment of approximately $41.1 million due for purchased inventory at 38 stores on the basis of these allegations. On July 17, 2015, Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC commenced a lawsuit against Haggen in the Superior Court of Los Angeles County, alleging claims for breach of contract and fraud arising out of Haggen’s failure to pay the approximately $41.1 million due for the purchased inventory. On July 20, 2015, an essentially identical complaint was filed in the Superior Court of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County (the “State Court Action”). On August 26, 2015, we voluntarily dismissed the action we had commenced in Superior Court in Los Angeles County. On September 1, 2015, Haggen commenced a lawsuit against Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging claims for violation of Section 7 of the Clayton Act, attempted monopolization under the Sherman Act, breach of contract, indemnification, breach of implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, unfair competition, misappropriation of trade secrets under the Uniform Trade Secrets Acts, conversion and violation of the Washington Consumer Protection Act (the “District Court Action”). In the complaint, Haggen alleged that we, among other actions set out in the complaint, misused Haggen’s confidential information to draw customers away from Haggen stores, provided inaccurate, incomplete and misleading inventory data and pricing information on products transferred to Haggen, deliberately understocked and overstocked inventory in stores acquired by Haggen and wrongfully cut off advertising prior to the transfer of the stores to Haggen. Furthermore, Haggen alleged that, if it is destroyed as a competitor, its damages may exceed $1 billion, and asserted it is entitled to treble and punitive damages and to seek rescission of the asset purchase agreement. On September 8, 2015, the State Court Action was stayed due to Haggen’s Chapter 11 bankruptcy case. In addition, On September 17, 2015, we received a letter from the legal counsel of another purchaser of a small number of our FTC-mandated divested stores, alleging claims similar to those presented in Haggen’s lawsuit. We believe that the claims asserted by the additional purchaser are without merit and intend to vigorously defend against the claims. On January 21, 2016, we entered into a settlement agreement with (i) Haggen and its debtor and non-debtor affiliates, (ii) the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed in the Haggen bankruptcy case (the “Creditors’ Committee”) and (iii) Comvest Partners and its affiliates pursuant to which we resolved the District Court Action and State Court Action. The settlement agreement, which was approved by the Bankruptcy Court administering Haggen’s bankruptcy case and which is now final, provides for the dismissal with prejudice of the Pending Litigations in exchange for (a) a cash payment by us of $5.75 million to the creditor trust formed by the Creditors’ Committee (the “Creditor Trust”), (b) an agreement that we will have an allowed unsecured claim against Haggen in its bankruptcy case of $8.25 million, which we will transfer to the Creditor Trust, and (c) an exchange of releases of any and all claims among the settling parties. The settlement agreement was approved by an order of the Bankruptcy Court administering the Haggen bankruptcy case on February 16, 2016, and the order became final on March 2, 2016. Subsequently, the State Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 7, 2016, the District Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 8, 2016, and we paid $5.75 million to the Creditor Trust on March 11, 2016. The $5.75 million cash payment is incremental to the previously recorded losses of $41.1 million related to the purchased inventory in the second quarter of fiscal 2015 and $32.2 million related to our contingent lease liability for the rejected Haggen leases.

 

116


Table of Contents

Two lawsuits have been brought against Safeway and the Safeway Benefits Plan Committee (the “Benefit Plans Committee,” and together with Safeway, the “Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants”) and other third parties alleging breaches of fiduciary duty under ERISA with respect to Safeway’s 401(k) Plan (the “Safeway 401(k) Plan”). On July 14, 2016, a complaint (“Terraza”) was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California by a participant in the Safeway 401(k) Plan individually and on behalf of the Safeway 401(k) Plan. An amended complaint was filed on November 18, 2016. On August 25, 2016, a second complaint (“Lorenz”) was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California by another participant in the Safeway 401(k) Plan individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated against the Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants and against the Safeway 401(k) Plan’s former recordkeepers . An amended complaint was filed on September 16, 2016 and a second amended complaint was filed on November 21, 2016. In general, both lawsuits allege that the Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants breached their fiduciary duties under ERISA regarding the selection of investments offered under the Safeway 401(k) Plan and the fees and expenses related to those investments. We believe these lawsuits are without merit, and intend to contest each of them vigorously. The Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants have filed motions to dismiss both cases. The hearings on the Terraza and Lorenz motions are set for February 2017. We are currently unable to estimate the range of loss, if any, that may result from these matters due to the early procedural status of the cases.

 

117


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our board of directors and executive officers upon completion of this offering.

 

Name

   Age   Position

Robert G. Miller

   72   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Wayne A. Denningham

   55   Chief Operating Officer

Justin Dye

   44   Chief Administrative Officer

Shane Sampson

   52   Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer

Robert B. Dimond

   55   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Justin Ewing

   48   Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and Real
Estate

Robert A. Gordon

   65   Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

Susan Morris

   48   Executive Vice President of Operations, East Region

Jim Perkins

   53   Executive Vice President of Operations, West Region

Andrew J. Scoggin

   54   Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor
Relations, Public Relations and Government Affairs

Anuj Dhanda

   54   Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer

Dean S. Adler(a)

   59   Director

Sharon L. Allen*(a)(b)

   65   Director

Steven A. Davis*(c)(d)

   58   Director

Kim Fennebresque*(b)(d)

   66   Director

Lisa A. Gray(a)(c)

   61   Director

Hersch Klaff(c)

   63   Director

Ronald Kravit(c)

   59   Director

Alan Schumacher*(d)

   70   Director

Jay L. Schottenstein

   62   Director

Lenard B. Tessler(a)(b)

   64   Lead Director

Scott Wille

   35   Director

 

  As of December 3, 2016
* Independent Director
(a) Member, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
(b) Member, Compensation Committee
(c) Member, Compliance Committee
(d) Member, Audit and Risk Committee

Executive Officer and Director Biographies

Robert G. Miller , Chairman and Chief Executive Officer .    Mr. Miller has served as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer since April 2015 and has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Miller previously served as our Executive Chairman from January 2015 to April 2015, and as Chief Executive Officer from June 2006 to January 2015. Mr. Miller has over 50 years of retail food and grocery experience. Mr. Miller previously served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Fred Meyer Inc. and Rite Aid Corp. He is the former Vice Chairman of Kroger and former Chairman of Wild Oats Markets, Inc., a nationwide chain of natural and organic food markets. Earlier in his career, Mr. Miller served as Executive Vice President of Operations of Albertson’s, Inc. Mr. Miller is a current or former board member of Nordstrom Inc., JoAnn Fabrics, Harrah’s Entertainment Inc. and the Jim Pattison Group, Inc. Mr. Miller has detailed knowledge and valuable perspective and insights regarding our business and has responsibility for the development and implementation of our business strategy.

 

118


Table of Contents

Wayne A. Denningham , Chief Operating Officer .    Mr. Denningham has been our Chief Operating Officer since April 2015. Mr. Denningham is also a member of the Office of the CEO, a group that reports directly to, and meets frequently with, our Chief Executive Officer to discuss the development and implementation of our business strategy as well as operations, administration and marketing and merchandising priorities. Previously, he served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, South Region, from January 2015 to April 2015 and President of our Southern California division from March 2013 to January 2015. From 2006 to March 2013, he led Albertson’s LLC’s Rocky Mountain, Florida and Southern divisions. Mr. Denningham began his career with Albertson’s, Inc. in 1977 as a courtesy clerk and served in a variety of positions with the company, including Executive Vice President of Marketing and Merchandising and Executive Vice President of Operations and Regional President.

Justin Dye , Chief Administrative Officer .    Mr. Dye has been our Chief Administrative Officer since February 2015. Mr. Dye is a member of the Office of the CEO. Mr. Dye joined Albertson’s LLC as Chief Strategy Officer in 2006 and served as Chief Operating Officer of NAI from March 2013 until February 2015. Prior to joining Albertson’s LLC in 2006, Mr. Dye served as an executive at Cerberus, in various roles at General Electric, and as a consultant at Arthur Andersen.

Shane Sampson , Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer .    Mr. Sampson has been our Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer since April 2015. Mr. Sampson is a member of the Office of the CEO. Previously, Mr. Sampson served as our Executive Vice President, Marketing and Merchandising from January 2015 to April 2015. He previously served as President of NAI’s Jewel-Osco division from March 2014 to January 2015. Previously, in 2013, Mr. Sampson led NAI’s Shaw’s and Star Market’s management team. Prior to joining NAI, Mr. Sampson served as Senior Vice President of Operations at Giant Food, a regional American supermarket chain and division of Ahold USA, from 2009 to January 2013. He has over 35 years of experience in the grocery industry at several chains, including roles as Vice President of Merchandising and Marketing and President of numerous Albertson’s, Inc. divisions.

Robert B. Dimond , Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer .    Mr. Dimond has been our Chief Financial Officer since February 2014. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Dimond previously served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer at Nash Finch Co., a food distributor, from 2007 to 2013. Mr. Dimond has over 27 years of financial and senior executive management experience in the retail food and distribution industry. Mr. Dimond has served as Chief Financial Officer and Senior Vice President of Wild Oats, Group Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for the western region of Kroger, Group Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Fred Meyer, Inc. and as Vice President, Administration and Controller for Smith’s Food and Drug Centers Inc., a regional supermarket chain. Mr. Dimond is a Certified Public Accountant.

Justin Ewing , Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and Real Estate .    Mr. Ewing has been our Executive Vice President of Corporate Development and Real Estate since January 2015. Previously, Mr. Ewing had served as Albertson’s LLC’s Senior Vice President of Corporate Development and Real Estate since 2013, as its Vice President of Real Estate and Development since 2011 and its Vice President of Corporate Development since 2006, when Mr. Ewing originally joined Albertson’s LLC from the operations group at Cerberus. Prior to his work with Cerberus, Mr. Ewing was with Trowbridge Group, a strategic sourcing firm. Mr. Ewing also spent over 13 years with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Mr. Ewing is a Chartered Accountant with the Institute of Chartered Accountants of England and Wales.

Robert A. Gordon , Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary .    Mr. Gordon has been our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since January 2015. Previously, he served as Safeway’s General Counsel from June 2000 to January 2015 and as Chief Governance

 

119


Table of Contents

Officer since 2004, Safeway’s Secretary since 2005 and as Safeway’s Deputy General Counsel from 1999 to 2000. Prior to joining Safeway, Mr. Gordon was a partner at the law firm Pillsbury Winthrop from 1984 to 1999.

Susan Morris , Executive Vice President of Operations, East Region .    Ms. Morris has been our Executive Vice President of Operations, East Region, since April 2016. Previously, Ms. Morris served as President of our Denver Division from March 2015 to March 2016 and as President of our Intermountain Division from March 2013 to March 2015. From June 2012 to February 2013, Ms. Morris served as our Vice President of Marketing and Merchandising, Southwest Division. From February 2010 to June 2012, Ms. Morris served as a Sales Manager in our Southwest Division. Prior to joining our company, Ms. Morris served as Senior Vice President of Sales and Merchandising and Vice President of Customer Satisfaction at SuperValu. Ms. Morris also previously served as Vice President of Operations at Albertson’s, Inc.

Jim Perkins , Executive Vice President of Operations, West Region .    Mr. Perkins has been our Executive Vice President of Operations, West Region since April 2016. He also served as our Executive Vice President of Operations, East Region, from April 2015 to April 2016. He served as President of NAI’s Acme Markets division from March 2013 to April 2015. Previously, he served as regional Vice President of Giant Food, a regional American supermarket chain, from 2009 to 2013. He began his career with Albertson’s, Inc. as a clerk in 1982. Mr. Perkins served in roles of increasing responsibility, ultimately being named Vice President of Operations for Albertson’s, Inc. In 2006, Mr. Perkins joined Albertson’s LLC’s southern division as Director of Operations.

Andrew J. Scoggin , Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations, Public Relations and Government Affairs .    Mr. Scoggin has served as our current Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations, Public Relations and Government Affairs since January 2015. Mr. Scoggin has also served as Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations and Public Relations for Albertson’s LLC since March 2013, and served as the Senior Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations and Public Relations for Albertson’s LLC from June 2006 to March 2013. Mr. Scoggin joined Albertson’s, Inc. in the Labor Relations and Human Resources department in 1993. Prior to that time, Mr. Scoggin practiced law with a San Francisco Bay Area law firm.

Anuj Dhanda , Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer .    Mr. Dhanda has been our Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer since December 7, 2015. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Dhanda served as Senior Vice President of Digital Commerce of the Giant Eagle supermarket chain since March 2015, and as its Chief Information Officer since September 2013. Previously, Mr. Dhanda served at PNC Financial Services as Chief Information Officer from March 2008 to August 2013, after having served in other senior information technology positions at PNC Bank from 1995 to 2013.

Dean S. Adler , Director .    Mr. Adler has been a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Adler is CEO of Lubert-Adler, which he co-founded in 1997. Mr. Adler has served on the board of directors of Bed Bath & Beyond Inc., a nationwide retailer of domestic goods, since 2001, and previously served on the board of directors for Developers Diversified Realty Corp., a shopping center real estate investment trust, and Electronics Boutique, Inc., a mall retailer. Mr. Adler’s extensive experience in the retail and real estate industries, as well as his extensive knowledge of our company, provides valuable insight to our board of directors in industries critical to our operations.

Sharon L. Allen , Director .    Ms. Allen has been a member of our board since June 2015. Ms. Allen served as U.S. Chairman of Deloitte LLP from 2003 to 2011, retiring from that position in May 2011. Ms. Allen was also a member of the Global Board of Directors, Chair of the Global Risk Committee and U.S. Representative of the Global Governance Committee of Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu Limited from 2003 to May 2011. Ms. Allen worked at Deloitte for nearly 40 years in various

 

120


Table of Contents

leadership roles, including partner and regional managing partner, and was previously responsible for audit and consulting services for a number of Fortune 500 and large private companies. Ms. Allen is currently an independent director of Bank of America Corporation. Ms. Allen has also served as a director of First Solar, Inc. since 2013. Ms. Allen is a Certified Public Accountant (Retired). Ms. Allen’s extensive leadership, accounting and audit experience broadens the scope of our board of directors’ oversight of our financial performance and reporting and provides our board of directors with valuable insight relevant to our business.

Steven A. Davis , Director .    Mr. Davis has been a member of our board since June 2015. Mr. Davis is the former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Bob Evans Farms, Inc., a foodservice and consumer products company, where he served from May 2006 to December 2014. Mr. Davis has also served as a director of Marathon Petroleum Corporation, a petroleum refiner, marketer, retailer and transporter, since 2013, Walgreens Boots Alliance, Inc. (formerly Walgreens Co.), a pharmacy-led wellbeing enterprise, from 2009 to 2015, and CenturyLink, Inc. (formerly Embarq Corporation), a provider of communication services, from 2006 to 2009. Prior to joining Bob Evans Farms, Inc. in 2006, Mr. Davis served in a variety of restaurant and consumer packaged goods leadership positions, including president of Long John Silver’s LLC and A&W All-American Food Restaurants. In addition, he held executive and operational positions at Yum! Brands, Inc.’s Pizza Hut division and at Kraft General Foods Inc. Mr. Davis brings to our board of directors extensive leadership experience. In particular, Mr. Davis’ leadership of retail and food service companies and pharmacies provides our board of directors with valuable insight relevant to our business.

Kim Fennebresque , Director .    Mr. Fennebresque has been a member of our board of directors since March 2015. Mr. Fennebresque has served as a senior advisor to Cowen Group Inc., a diversified financial services firm, since 2008, where he also served as its chairman, president and chief executive officer from 1999 to 2008. He has served on the boards of directors of Ally Financial Inc., a financial services company, since May 2009, BlueLinx Holdings Inc., a distributor of building products, since May 2013 and Delta Tucker Holdings, Inc. (the parent of DynCorp International, a provider of defense and technical services and government outsourced solutions) since May 2015. From 2010 to 2012, Mr. Fennebresque served as chairman of Dahlman Rose & Co., LLC, an investment bank. He has also served as head of the corporate finance and mergers & acquisitions departments at UBS and was a general partner and co-head of investment banking at Lazard Frères & Co. He has also held various positions at First Boston Corporation, an investment bank acquired by Credit Suisse. Mr. Fennebresque’s extensive experience as a director of several public companies and history of leadership in the financial services industry brings corporate governance expertise and a diverse viewpoint to the deliberations of our board of directors.

Lisa A. Gray , Director.     Ms. Gray has been member of our board of directors since July 2014. Ms. Gray has served as Vice Chairman of Cerberus Operations and Advisory Company, LLC (“COAC”), an affiliate of Cerberus, since May 2015, and has served as General Counsel of COAC since 2004. Prior to joining Cerberus in 2004, she served as Chief Operating Executive and General Counsel for WAM!NET Inc., a provider of content hosting and distribution solutions, from 1996 to 2004. Prior to that, she was a partner at the law firm of Larkin, Hoffman, Daly & Lindgren, Ltd from 1986 to 1996. Ms. Gray serves as Vice Chairman and General Counsel of COAC, an affiliate of our largest beneficial owner, and has extensive experience and familiarity with us. In addition, Ms. Gray has extensive legal and corporate governance skills which broadens the scope of our board of directors’ experience.

Hersch Klaff , Director .    Mr. Klaff has served as a member of our board of directors since 2010. Mr. Klaff is the Chief Executive Officer of Klaff Realty, which he formed in 1984. Mr. Klaff began his career with the public accounting firm of Altschuler, Melvoin and Glasser in Chicago and is a Certified

 

121


Table of Contents

Public Accountant. Mr. Klaff’s real estate expertise and accounting and investment experience, as well as his extensive knowledge of our company, broadens the scope of our board of directors’ oversight of our financial performance.

Ronald Kravit , Director .    Mr. Kravit has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Kravit is currently a Senior Managing Director and head of real estate investing at Cerberus, which he joined in 1996. Mr. Kravit has currently or previously served on the boards of Chrysler Financial Services Americas LLC, a financial services company, LNR Property LLC, a diversified real estate investment company, and Residential Capital LLC, a real estate finance company. Mr. Kravit joined Cerberus in 1996. Prior to joining Cerberus, Mr. Kravit was a Managing Director at Apollo Real Estate Advisors, L.P., a real estate investment firm, from 1994 to 1996. Prior to his tenure at Apollo, Mr. Kravit was a Managing Director at G. Soros Realty Advisors/Reichmann International, an affiliate of Soros Fund Management, from 1993 to 1994. Mr. Kravit is a Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Kravit’s experience in the real estate and financial services industries, and his extensive knowledge of our company, provides valuable insight to our board of directors.

Alan Schumacher , Director .    Alan H. Schumacher has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2015. He has currently or previously served as a director of BlueLinx Holdings Inc., a distributor of building products, Evertec Inc., a full-service transaction processing business in Latin America, School Bus Holdings Inc., an indirect parent of school-bus manufacturer Blue Bird Corporation, Quality Distribution Inc., a chemical bulk tank truck operator, and Noranda Aluminum Holding Corporation, a producer of aluminum. Mr. Schumacher was a member of the Federal Accounting Standards Advisory Board from 2002 through June 2012. The board of directors has determined that the simultaneous service on more than three audit committees of public companies by Mr. Schumacher does not impair his ability to serve on our audit and risk committee nor does it represent or in any way create a conflict of interest for our company. Mr. Schumacher’s experience as a board director of several public companies, and his deep understanding of accounting principles, provides our board of directors with experience to oversee our accounting and financial reporting.

Jay Schottenstein , Director .    Mr. Schottenstein has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Schottenstein has served as interim Chief Executive Officer of American Eagle Outfitters, Inc. (“American Eagle”), an apparel and accessories retailer, since January 2014 and as Chairman of their board of directors since March 1992. Mr. Schottenstein previously served as Chief Executive Officer of American Eagle from March 1992 until December 2002. He has also served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Schottenstein Stores since March 1992 and as president since 2001. Mr. Schottenstein also served as chief executive officer of DSW, Inc., a footwear and accessories retailer, from March 2005 to April 2009, and as chairman of the board of directors of DSW since March 2005. Mr. Schottenstein’s experience as a chief executive officer and a director of other major publically-owned retailers, and his prior experience as a member of our board of directors, gives him and our board of directors valuable knowledge and insight to oversee our operations.

Lenard B. Tessler , Lead Director .    Mr. Tessler has served as a member of our board of directors since 2006. Mr. Tessler is currently Vice Chairman and Senior Managing Director at Cerberus, which he joined in 2001. Prior to joining Cerberus, Mr. Tessler served as Managing Partner of TGV Partners, a private equity firm that he founded, from 1990 to 2001. From 1987 to 1990, he was a founding partner of Levine, Tessler, Leichtman & Co. From 1982 to 1987, he was a founder, Director and Executive Vice President of Walker Energy Partners. Mr. Tessler is a member of the Cerberus Capital Management Investment Committee. Mr. Tessler’s leadership roles at our largest beneficial owner, his board service and his extensive experience in financing and private equity investments and his in-depth knowledge of our company and its acquisition strategy, provides critical skills for our board of directors to oversee our strategic planning and operations.

 

122


Table of Contents

Scott Wille , Director .    Mr. Wille has served as a member of our board of directors since January 2015. Mr. Wille is currently Co-Head of North American Private Equity and Managing Director at Cerberus, which he joined in 2006. Prior to joining Cerberus, Mr. Wille worked in the leveraged finance group at Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. from 2004 to 2006. Mr. Wille has served as a director of Remington Outdoor Company, Inc., a designer, manufacturer and marketer of firearms, ammunition and related products, since February 2014 and Keane Group Holdings, LLC, a provider of hydraulic fracturing, wireline technologies and drilling services, since 2011. Mr. Wille previously served as a director of Tower International, Inc., a manufacturer of engineered structural metal components and assemblies, from September 2010 to October 2012. Mr. Wille serves as Managing Director of our largest beneficial owner, and his experience in the financial and private equity industries, and his in-depth knowledge of our company and its acquisition strategy, are valuable to our board of directors’ understanding of our business and financial performance.

Board of Directors

Family Relationships

None of our officers or directors has any family relationship with any director or other officer. “Family relationship” for this purpose means any relationship by blood, marriage or adoption, not more remote than first cousin.

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are currently managed under the limited liability company board of managers of AB Acquisition. Upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, the members of the AB Acquisition board of managers will become our board of directors, and we refer to them as such. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have 12 members, comprised of one executive officer, seven directors affiliated with the Sponsors and four independent directors. Members of the board of directors will be elected at our annual meeting of stockholders to serve for a term of one year or until their successors have been elected and qualified, subject to prior death, resignation, retirement or removal from office.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Sharon L. Allen, Steven A. Davis, Kim Fennebresque and Alan Schumacher are independent directors under the applicable rules of the NYSE and as such term is defined in Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.

Controlled Company

Upon completion of this offering, Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco, as a group, will control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including:

 

    the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

    the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

123


Table of Contents
    the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

    the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance committee and the compensation committee.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors nor will our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.

In the event that we cease to be a controlled company within the meaning of these rules, we will be required to comply with these provisions after specified transition periods.

More specifically, if we cease to be a controlled company within the meaning of these rules, we will be required to (i) satisfy the majority independent board requirement within one year of our status change, and (ii) have (a) at least one independent member on each of our nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee by the date of our status change, (b) at least a majority of independent members on each committee within 90 days of the date of our status change and (c) fully independent committees within one year of the date of our status change.

Board Leadership Structure

Our board of directors does not have a formal policy on whether the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors should be separate. However, Robert G. Miller currently serves as both Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. Our board of directors has considered its leadership structure and believes at this time that our company and its stockholders are best served by having one person serve in both positions. Combining the roles fosters accountability, effective decision-making and alignment between interests of our board of directors and management. Mr. Miller also is able to use the in-depth focus and perspective gained in his executive function to assist our board of directors in addressing both internal and external issues affecting the company.

Our corporate governance guidelines provide for the election of one of our non-management directors to serve as Lead Director when the Chairman of the board of directors is also the Chief Executive Officer. Lenard B. Tessler currently serves as our Lead Director, and is responsible for serving as a liaison between the Chairman and the non-management directors, approving meeting agendas and schedules for our board and presiding at executive sessions of the non-management directors and any other board meetings at which the Chairman is not present, among other responsibilities.

Our board of directors expects to periodically review its leadership structure to ensure that it continues to meet the company’s needs.

Role of Board in Risk Oversight

While the full board of directors has the ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, its committees oversee risk in certain specified areas. In particular, our audit and risk committee oversees management of enterprise risks as well as financial risks. Our compensation committee is responsible for overseeing the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements and the incentives created by the compensation awards it administers. Our compliance committee is responsible for overseeing the management of compliance and regulatory risks facing our

 

124


Table of Contents

company and risks associated with business conduct and ethics. Our nominating and corporate governance committee oversees risks associated with corporate governance. Pursuant to our board of directors’ instruction, management regularly reports on applicable risks to the relevant committee or the full board of directors, as appropriate, with additional review or reporting on risks conducted as needed or as requested by our board of directors and its committees.

Board Committees

Our board of directors has assigned certain of its responsibilities to permanent committees consisting of board members appointed by it. Following this offering, our board of directors will have an audit and risk committee, compensation committee, compliance committee and nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the responsibilities and composition described below:

Audit and Risk Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our audit and risk committee will consist of Kim Fennebresque, Alan Schumacher and Steven Davis, with Mr. Schumacher serving as chair of the committee. The committee assists the board in its oversight responsibilities relating to the integrity of our financial statements, our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements (to the extent not otherwise handled by our compliance committee), our independent auditor’s qualifications and independence, and the establishment and performance of our internal audit function and the performance of the independent auditor. Upon the completion of this offering, we will have three independent directors serving on our audit and risk committee. Our board of directors will determine which member of our audit and risk committee qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” under SEC rules and regulations.

Our board of directors has adopted a written charter under which the audit and risk committee operates. A copy of the audit and risk committee charter, which will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE, will be available on our website.

Compensation Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Kim Fennebresque, Lenard B. Tessler and Sharon Allen, with Mr. Fennebresque serving as chair of the committee. The compensation committee of the board of directors is authorized to review our compensation and benefits plans to ensure they meet our corporate objectives, approve the compensation structure of our executive officers and evaluate our executive officers’ performance and advise on salary, bonus and other incentive and equity compensation. A copy of the compensation committee charter will be available on our website.

Compliance Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our compliance committee will consist of Lisa A. Gray, Hersch Klaff, Ronald Kravit and Steven Davis, with Ms. Gray serving as chair of the committee. The purpose of the compliance committee is to assist the board in implementing and overseeing our compliance programs, policies and procedures that are designed to respond to the various compliance and regulatory risks facing our company, and monitor our performance with respect to such programs, policies and procedures. A copy of the charter for the compliance committee will be available on our website.

 

125


Table of Contents

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Upon completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Dean Adler, Sharon Allen, Lisa Gray and Lenard Tessler, with Ms. Allen serving as chair of the committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee is primarily concerned with identifying individuals qualified to become members of our board of directors, selecting the director nominees for the next annual meeting of the stockholders, selection of the director candidates to fill any vacancies on our board of directors and the development of our corporate governance guidelines and principles. A copy of the nominating and corporate governance committee charter will be available on our website.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of the members of our compensation committee is or has at any time during the past year been an officer or employee of ours. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the compensation committee or board of directors of any other entity that has an executive officer serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. The code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

We have adopted corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE, as applicable, that serve as a flexible framework within which our board of directors and its committees operate. These guidelines cover a number of areas, including the size and composition of the board, board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, roles of the Chairman of our board of directors and Chief Executive Officer, executive sessions, standing board committees, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines will be posted on our website.

Director Compensation

Only our independent directors received compensation for their service on our board of directors or any board committees in fiscal 2015. We reimburse all of our directors for reasonable documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with attendance at board of directors and committee meetings.

In connection with Robert L. Edwards becoming our Vice Chairman, on April 9, 2015, Mr. Edwards, the company and AB Management Services Corp. entered into a Director and Consultancy Agreement (the “Director and Consultancy Agreement”), under which Mr. Edwards received compensation for his service as a director through his resignation as a director on June 13, 2015. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

In March 2015, the board of directors approved independent director annual fees of $150,000 per year for Kim Fennebresque and Alan Schumacher, and additional annual fees of $25,000 per year for Messrs. Fennebresque and Schumacher for their service as the chairs of the compensation committee

 

126


Table of Contents

and the audit and risk committee, respectively. Upon the commencement of their service on the board of directors in June 2015, Sharon L. Allen and Steven A. Davis became eligible to receive independent director annual fees of $150,000 per year.

During fiscal 2015, the independent directors were granted the number of Phantom Units under the AB Acquisition LLC Phantom Unit Plan (the “Phantom Unit Plan”) set forth below (the “Director Phantom Units”):

 

Participant

   Units  

Sharon L. Allen

     100,000   

Steven A. Davis

     25,000   

Kim Fennebresque

     25,000   

Alan Schumacher

     25,000   

50% of the Director Phantom Units granted to Messrs. Fennebresque, Schumacher and Davis will vest in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, with the first such installment having vested on the last day of fiscal 2015, and the remaining installments subject to the director’s continued service through each remaining vesting date. The remaining 50% of the Director Phantom Units granted to Messrs. Fennebresque, Schumacher and Davis will vest in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, with the first such installment having vested on the last day of fiscal 2015 as discussed below, and the remaining installments subject to the director’s continued service through each remaining vesting date, and subject to the achievement of annual performance targets established for each such fiscal year (“Performance Units”). If the performance target for a fiscal year is not met, but is met in a subsequent fiscal year on a cumulative basis along with the applicable performance target for such subsequent fiscal year, any Performance Units that did not vest with respect to the missed year will vest in such subsequent fiscal year. In October 2016, our compensation committee determined that all such Performance Units subject to the achievement of 2016 annual performance targets have converted to Phantom Units that vest solely subject to the director’s continued service through the last day of fiscal 2016. Upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, however, any Performance Units (other than those with respect to a missed year) will become vested based solely on the director’s continued service. In addition, if, following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, a director’s service is terminated by the company without cause (as defined in the Phantom Unit Plan), or due to the director’s death or disability, all of such director’s Director Phantom Units will become 100% vested.

The portion of the Performance Units subject to vesting on February 27, 2016, the last day of fiscal 2015, were subject to the company’s achievement of an annual Adjusted EBITDA target for fiscal year 2015 of $2,455 million. Based on our achievement of Adjusted EBITDA of $2,681 million in fiscal 2015, each of Messrs. Fennebresque, Schumacher and Davis became vested in 25% of his Performance Units on February 27, 2016.

100% of the Director Phantom Units granted to Ms. Allen vested on the last day of fiscal 2015. 60% of Ms. Allen’s Director Phantom Units were settled in Series 2 Incentive Units, and she received a cash payment in the amount of $684,000, the fair value of the remaining 40% of her Series 2 Incentive Units on the vesting date.

On April 28, 2016, our board approved awards of 5,848 Phantom Units to each of Messrs. Davis, Fennebresque and Schumacher and Ms. Allen. These Phantom Unit awards will vest 100% on the last day of fiscal 2016 subject to the applicable director’s continued service through such date.

Upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, the Director Phantom Units will be converted into restricted stock units that will be settled in shares of our common stock. See “Executive Compensation—Incentive Plans—Phantom Unit Plan” for additional information regarding the Phantom Unit Plan.

 

127


Table of Contents

In August 2015, the board of directors approved a director compensation plan, effective upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions. Each director will receive an annual cash fee in the amount of $125,000, which the director may elect to receive in the form of a grant of fully vested stock units that will be settled in shares of our common stock upon the termination of the director’s service. In addition, each director will receive an annual grant of restricted stock units with a grant date value of $100,000 that, if vested, will be settled in shares of our common stock upon the termination of the director’s service. The restricted stock unit grants will be made on the first day of the trading window following the first annual meeting of our stockholders in each calendar year and will vest 100% upon the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the grant date and the first stockholder meeting in the calendar year following the year in which the grant date occurs, subject to the director’s continuous service through the vesting date. A director appointed to serve on our board of directors between annual stockholders meetings will receive a pro-rated restricted stock unit grant for the year of appointment, subject to the same terms (including timing of vesting) as the grants made to the other directors for such year, but based on the grant date value of our common stock on the date of grant. In addition, our Lead Director will receive an annual fee in the amount of $20,000 and committee members will receive an annual fee of $20,000, with the committee chairs receiving an additional annual fee in the amount of $20,000.

Director Compensation Table

Four members of our board of directors, Sharon L. Allen, Steven A. Davis, Kim Fennebresque and Alan Schumacher, received compensation for their service on our board during fiscal 2015, as set forth in the table below and as described in “—Director Compensation.”

 

(in dollars)

Name         

  Fees
Earned or
Paid in
Cash
    Unit
Awards
    Option
Awards
    Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
    Change in
Pension Value
and non
qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
    All Other
Compensation
    Total  

Sharon L. Allen

    112,500        2,182,000 (1)                                  2,294,500   

Steven A. Davis

    112,500        545,500 (2)                                  658,000   

Kim Fennebresque

    173,438        545,500 (2)                                  718,938   

Alan Schumacher

    173,438        545,500 (2)                                  718,938   

 

(1) Reflects the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC 718. For Ms. Allen, the amount reflects the 100,000 Phantom Units granted to her on June 16, 2015. The Phantom Units vested 100% on February 27, 2016.
(2) Reflects the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC 718. For Mr. Davis, the amount reflects the 25,000 Phantom Units granted to him on June 16, 2015. For Messrs. Fennebresque and Schumacher, the amounts reflect the 25,000 Phantom Units granted to each of them on March 5, 2015. The Phantom Units vested 25% on February 27, 2016. The remainder of the Phantom Units will vest 25% each year at the end of fiscal 2017, 2018 and 2019, subject to the terms described in “—Director Compensation.”

 

128


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

This Compensation Discussion and Analysis is designed to provide an understanding of our compensation philosophy and objectives, compensation-setting process, and the fiscal 2015 compensation of our named executive officers, or “NEOs.” Our NEOs for fiscal 2015 are:

 

    Robert G. Miller, our current Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, who served as our Chief Executive Officer from the commencement of fiscal 2014 (February 21, 2014) through January 29, 2015, and as our Executive Chairman from January 30, 2015 through his appointment as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer on April 9, 2015;

 

    Robert L. Edwards, who joined the company from Safeway on January 30, 2015, the closing date of the Safeway acquisition, and who served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from that date through his transition to Vice Chairman (a non-employee position) on April 9, 2015;

 

    Robert B. Dimond, our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer;

 

    Wayne A. Denningham, our Chief Operating Officer;

 

    Justin Dye, our Chief Administrative Officer; and

 

    Shane Sampson, our Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Our general compensation philosophy is to provide programs that attract, retain and motivate our executive officers who are critical to our long-term success. We strive to provide a competitive compensation package to our executive officers to reward achievement of our business objectives and align their interests with the interests of our equityholders. We have sought to accomplish these goals through a combination of short- and long-term compensation components that are linked to our annual and long-term business objectives and strategies. To focus our executive officers on the fulfillment of our business objectives, a significant portion of their compensation is performance-based.

The Role of the Compensation Committee

The compensation committee is responsible for determining the compensation of our executive officers. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include determining and approving the compensation of the Chief Executive Officer and reviewing and approving the compensation of all other executive officers.

Compensation Setting Process

In recent years, our compensation program reflected our operations as a private company. In determining the compensation for our executive officers, we relied largely upon the experience of our management and our board of directors with input from our Chief Executive Officer.

In contemplation of this offering, our board of directors has established a compensation committee to be responsible for administering our executive compensation programs. As part of the administration of our executive compensation programs, the Chief Executive Officer provides the compensation committee with his assessment of the NEOs’ performance and other factors used in developing his recommendation for their compensation, including salary adjustments, cash incentives and equity grants.

 

129


Table of Contents

We have engaged a compensation consultant to provide assistance in determining the compensation of our executive officers. Such assistance may include establishing a peer group and formal benchmarking process to ensure that our executive compensation program is competitive and offers the appropriate retention and performance incentives.

Components of the NEO Fiscal 2015 Compensation Program

The company uses various compensation elements to provide an overall competitive total compensation and benefits package to the NEOs that is tied to creating value and commensurate with our results and aligns with our business strategy. Set forth below are the key elements of the fiscal 2015 compensation program for our NEOs:

 

    base salary that reflects compensation for the NEO’s role and responsibilities, experience, expertise and individual performance;

 

    quarterly bonus based on division performance;

 

    annual bonus based on our financial performance for the fiscal year;

 

    incentive compensation based on the value of the company’s equity;

 

    severance protection; and

 

    other benefits that are provided to all employees, including healthcare benefits, life insurance, retirement savings plans and disability plans.

Base Salary

We provide the NEOs with a base salary to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year. Base salaries for the NEOs are determined on the basis of each executive’s role and responsibilities, experience, expertise and individual performance.

The initial annual base salaries for fiscal 2015 for our NEOs (other than Mr. Edwards) were as follows: Mr. Miller—$2,000,000; Mr. Dimond—$700,000; Mr. Denningham—$750,000; Mr. Sampson—$700,000; and Mr. Dye—$800,000. To align the base salaries of the members of the Office of the CEO reporting to Mr. Miller, the base salaries for Messrs. Denningham and Sampson were both increased to $800,000 starting April 12, 2015. Mr. Edwards’ annual base salary was $1,500,000 during the period that he served as our President and Chief Executive Officer.

Bonuses

Performance-Based Bonus Plans

We recognize that our corporate management employees shoulder responsibility for supporting our operations and in achieving positive financial results. Therefore, we believe that a substantial percentage of each executive officer’s annual compensation should be tied directly to the achievement of performance goals.

2015 Bonus Plan .     All of our NEOs, other than Mr. Edwards, participated in the Corporate Management Bonus Plan established for fiscal 2015 (the “2015 Bonus Plan”). Consistent with our historic bonus plans, the 2015 Bonus Plan provided for a quarterly bonus component based on the performance achieved by each of our divisions for each fiscal quarter in fiscal 2015 (each a “Quarterly Division Bonus”), other than our United Supermarket division, which maintains a separate bonus plan. In addition, to align our bonus structure with the bonus structure maintained by Safeway prior to the Safeway acquisition, the 2015 Bonus Plan also included an annual bonus component based on

 

130


Table of Contents

performance for the full fiscal 2015 (“Annual Corporate Bonus”). The goals set under the 2015 Bonus Plan were designed to be challenging and difficult to achieve, but still within a realizable range so that achievement was both uncertain and objective. We believe that this methodology created a strong link between our NEOs and our financial performance.

The Quarterly Division Bonus component and the Annual Corporate Bonus component each constituted 50% of each NEO’s 2015 target bonus opportunity. We established the fiscal year 2015 target bonus opportunity for each NEO under the 2015 Bonus Plan as 60% of the NEO’s annual base salary. Mr. Miller historically did not participate in our annual bonus plans due to his active involvement in administering and making determinations under such plans. Following the establishment of our compensation committee, our company decided that Mr. Miller would participate in the 2015 Bonus Plan with a target bonus opportunity consistent with our other executive officers to align his compensation with that of our other executive officers. Mr. Denningham’s target bonus opportunity was increased from his fiscal 2014 target bonus opportunity of 55% to reflect his promotion to Chief Operating Officer and increased responsibilities. We believe that the target bonus opportunity for our NEOs is appropriate based on their positions and responsibilities, as well as their individual ability to impact our financial performance, and places a proportionately larger percentage of total annual pay for our NEOs at risk based on our performance.

Quarterly Division Bonus .    The target bonus opportunity for each fiscal quarter was calculated by dividing the NEO’s 2015 fiscal year target bonus opportunity by 52 weeks and multiplying the result by the number of weeks in the applicable fiscal quarter, then dividing by half (each a “Quarterly Bonus Target”). Higher and lower percentages of base salary could be earned for each fiscal quarter if minimum performance levels or performance levels above target were achieved. The maximum bonus opportunity for each fiscal quarter under the 2015 Bonus Plan was 200% of the applicable Quarterly Bonus Target. No amount would be payable for the applicable fiscal quarter if results fell below established threshold levels. We believe that having a maximum cap serves to promote good judgment by the NEOs, reduces the likelihood of windfalls and makes the maximum cost of the plan predictable.

At the beginning of each fiscal quarter, the management of each division participating in the 2015 Bonus Plan, with approval from our corporate management, established the division’s EBITDA goal for the applicable fiscal quarter with threshold, plan, target and maximum goals. After the end of the fiscal quarter, our corporate finance team calculated the financial results for each retail division and reported the Quarterly Division Bonus percentage earned, if any. A division earned between 0% to 100% of its bonus target amount for achievement of EBITDA for the fiscal quarter between the threshold and target levels. If the division exceeded 100% of its target EBITDA for a fiscal quarter, the amount in excess of target EBITDA would be earned in proportion to the maximum goals, subject to a cap based on achievement of division sales goals for such fiscal quarter as follows:

 

Quarterly Sales Goal Percentage Achieved

   Maximum Percentage of Quarterly Division Bonus Target Earned

Below 99%

   100%

99%-99.99%

   150%

100% or greater

   200%

The bonuses earned by our NEOs for each fiscal quarter were determined by adding together the percentage of the quarterly division bonus target amounts earned for all of the divisions and dividing the sum by thirteen (the number of our divisions participating in the 2015 Bonus Plan).

Annual Corporate Bonus .    The Annual Corporate Bonus component was based on the level of achievement by the company of an annual Adjusted EBITDA target for fiscal year 2015 of $2,455 million. Amounts under the Annual Corporate Bonus could be earned above or below target level. The

 

131


Table of Contents

threshold level above which a percentage of the Annual Corporate Bonus could be earned was achievement above 90% of the Adjusted EBITDA target and 100% of the Annual Corporate Bonus may be earned at achievement of 100% of the Adjusted EBITDA target, with interim percentages earned for achievement between levels. If achievement exceeded 100% of the Adjusted EBITDA target, 10% of the excess Adjusted EBITDA would be added to the bonus pool, but payout was capped at 200% on the Annual Corporate Bonus component of the NEO’s 2015 fiscal year target bonus opportunity. Based on our achievement of Adjusted EBITDA of $2,681 million in fiscal 2015, 109.2% of the Adjusted EBITDA target, the compensation committee determined that 200% of the Annual Corporate Bonus component of each NEO’s 2015 fiscal year target bonus opportunity was earned.

Our NEOs earned the following amounts under the 2015 Bonus Plan:

 

Name

   Aggregate Fiscal 2015
Quarterly Division
Bonus Earned
   Fiscal 2015 Annual
Corporate Bonus Earned
   Aggregate Fiscal 2015
Bonus Earned

Robert G. Miller

   $572,317    $1,200,000    $1,772,317

Robert B. Dimond

   $200,311    $420,000    $620,311

Wayne A. Denningham

   $226,497    $476,538    $703,035

Justin Dye

   $228,927    $480,000    $708,927

Shane Sampson

   $224,067    $473,077    $697,144

2016 Bonus Plan .    Our 2016 bonus plan generally has been structured in the same manner as our 2015 Bonus Plan.

Special Bonuses

In addition to the annual cash incentive program, we may from time to time pay our NEOs discretionary bonuses as determined by the board of directors or the compensation committee to provide for additional retention or upon special circumstances. In connection with the commencement of their employment, Messrs. Dimond and Sampson received retention bonuses in the amounts of $1,500,000 and $1,000,000, respectively. Upon his subsequent transfer to the position of Division President of Jewel-Osco and in recognition of his performance, in March 2014, Mr. Sampson’s retention award was increased to $1,240,000. The first, second and third installments of Mr. Dimond’s and Mr. Sampson’s retention bonuses in the amounts of $375,000 and $310,000, respectively, were paid to them on April 1, 2014, April 1, 2015 and April 1, 2016, and the final installment will be payable on April 1, 2017, generally subject to the applicable NEO remaining actively working, without having been demoted, through the payment date.

In recognition of his performance and as an additional incentive, in March 2013, Mr. Denningham received a retention bonus in the amount of $700,000. The first, second and third installments of Mr. Denningham’s retention bonus, each in the amount of $175,000, were paid to Mr. Denningham in April 2014, April 2015 and April 2016, and the final installment will be paid in April 2017, generally subject to Mr. Denningham remaining employed through the payment date.

Incentive Plans

Miller Incentive Units

Under an amendment to Mr. Miller’s employment agreement entered into in March 2014, the company agreed that, upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition, Mr. Miller would be granted a fully-vested equity award equal to a 1.0% interest in AB Acquisition. Accordingly, as required under his employment agreement, upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition, Mr. Miller was granted 3,350,084

 

132


Table of Contents

fully-vested and non-forfeitable Investor Incentive Units of AB Acquisition (the “Miller Incentive Units”). The Miller Incentive Units entitle Mr. Miller to participate in cash distributions of Albertsons, NAI and Safeway based on his ownership percentage of the aggregate ABS, NAI and Safeway units, Series 1 Incentive Units and Investor Incentive Units outstanding. All distributions are on a subordinate basis to the $2,308.6 million aggregate distributions to Albertsons, NAI and Safeway unitholders after which Mr. Miller will participate on a pro rata basis. The Miller Incentive Units are convertible to an equal number of ABS units, NAI units and Safeway units reflecting the fair market value of such units as of the conversion date, which is the earlier of (i) January 30, 2020 and (ii) the effective date of consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions or a sale of all or substantially all of the equity of the company or of the consolidated assets of the company and its subsidiaries. The Miller Incentive Units are fully vested and contain no voting rights.

Incentive Unit Plan

Effective upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition, we adopted the AB Acquisition LLC Incentive Unit Plan (the “Incentive Unit Plan”). See “—Incentive Plans—Incentive Unit Plan” for additional information regarding the Incentive Unit Plan.

Under terms agreed to by Mr. Edwards and the company in August 2014 and further set forth in the employment agreement with Mr. Edwards entered into in December 2014, upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition, Mr. Edwards was granted 3,350,083 Incentive Units under the Incentive Unit Plan (the “Series 1 Incentive Units”). The Series 1 Incentive Units represented 1% of our fully diluted equity above a valuation threshold determined at grant of $2.3 million. 50% of the Series 1 Incentive Units were scheduled to vest in four annual installments of 25% on each of the anniversaries of the date of the closing of the Safeway acquisition, subject to Mr. Edwards’ continued employment through such date and would become 100% vested upon the completion of an initial public offering by the company or a change in control. The remaining 50% would become vested in four annual installments of 25% on the last day of Safeway’s fiscal year starting with 2015 if the annual performance targets set by our management board for the respective fiscal year would be achieved and Mr. Edwards remained employed. The Series 1 Incentive Units subject to performance targets not attained in any fiscal year could have become vested in a subsequent year if the performance in a subsequent year satisfied the performance target for such year and, on a cumulative basis, the performance target for the earlier fiscal year in which the performance target was not met. In the event of a termination of his employment without Cause or for Good Reason (each as defined in his employment agreement), or due to his death or disability, a pro-rated portion of Mr. Edwards’ Series 1 Incentive Units would have become vested as if he had remained employed through the next vesting date and the performance targets for the applicable fiscal year had been achieved.

In connection with his transition to the position of Vice Chairman, Mr. Edwards and the company agreed that Mr. Edwards would forfeit 1,675,041.5 of his Series 1 Incentive Units. The remaining 1,675,041.5 Series 1 Incentive Units would vest in full on January 30, 2016, the first anniversary of the closing date of the Safeway acquisition, subject to his continued service as a consultant through that date and accelerated vesting in the event of a termination of his service due to a breach by the company of his Director and Consultancy Agreement, his death or due to disability. Mr. Edwards became fully vested in his Series 1 Incentive Units on January 30, 2016.

Phantom Unit Plan

In fiscal 2015, we adopted the Phantom Unit Plan. See “—Incentive Plans—Phantom Unit Plan” for additional information regarding the Phantom Unit Plan.

 

133


Table of Contents

On March 5, 2015, we granted to the NEOs listed below the number of Phantom Units set forth below (the “2015 Phantom Units”):

 

Participant

   Units  

Shane Sampson

     1,200,000   

Justin Dye

     1,000,000   

Robert B. Dimond

     700,000   

Wayne A. Denningham

     600,000   

To align the value of Mr. Denningham’s equity awards with those granted to other senior executives, on August 2, 2016, we granted Mr. Denningham an additional 400,000 Phantom Units (the “Denningham 2016 Award,” and together with the 2015 Phantom Units, the “NEO Phantom Units”).

50% of the NEO Phantom Units are time-based units that are subject to the NEO’s continued service through each applicable vesting date (“Time-Based Units”). 25% of the Time-Based Units under the 2015 Phantom Units vested on the last day of fiscal 2015. The remaining Time-Based Units under the 2015 Phantom Units and the Time-Based Units under the Denningham 2016 Award will vest in three equal annual installments on the last day of the company’s fiscal year, commencing with the last day of fiscal 2016, subject to the NEO’s continued service through each vesting date.

The remaining 50% of the NEO Phantom Units are performance-based units that are subject to both the NEO’s continued service through each applicable vesting date and to the achievement of annual performance targets (“Performance-Based Units”). 25% of the Performance-Based Units under the 2015 Phantom Units were subject to vesting on February 27, 2016, the last day of fiscal 2015, subject to the company’s achievement of an annual Adjusted EBITDA target for fiscal year 2015 of $2,455 million. Based on our achievement of Adjusted EBITDA of $2,681 million in fiscal 2015, our compensation committee determined that each of our NEOs became vested in 25% of his Performance-Based Units under the 2015 Phantom Units on February 27, 2016. In October 2016, our compensation committee determined that all such Performance-Based Units subject to the achievement of 2016 annual performance targets have converted to Time-Based Units that vest solely subject to the NEO’s continued service through the last day of fiscal 2016. The remaining Performance-Based Units under the 2015 Phantom Units and the Performance-Based Units under the Denningham 2016 Award will vest in two equal annual installments on the last days of fiscal 2017 and fiscal 2018, subject to the NEO’s continued service through each vesting date and the achievement of annual performance targets established for each such fiscal year. If the performance target for fiscal 2017 is not met, but is met in fiscal 2018 on a cumulative basis along with the applicable performance target for fiscal 2018, the Performance-Based Units that did not vest with respect to fiscal 2017 will vest in fiscal 2018.

Upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, any Performance-Based Units (other than those with respect to a missed year) will become vested based solely on the NEO’s continued employment (like the Time-Based Units). In addition, if, following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, an NEO’s employment with the company is terminated by the company without “Cause,” or due to the participant’s death or disability, all Time-Based Units and Performance-Based Units will become 100% vested.

The NEO Phantom Units were granted with the right to receive a “Tax Bonus” that entitles the participant to receive a bonus equal to 4% of the fair value of the Series 2 Incentive Units paid to the participant in respect of vested Phantom Units. Upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, the NEO Phantom Units will be converted into restricted stock units that will be settled in shares of our common stock.

Because this offering did not occur prior to the first vesting date under the 2015 Phantom Units, our compensation committee allowed our NEOs and other officers holding Phantom Units to make an

 

134


Table of Contents

election with regard to the method by which the company satisfied its required tax withholding obligations and the participant satisfied his or her other tax liability upon the issuance of the Series 2 Incentive Units underlying the vesting 2015 Phantom Units. To provide the participants with flexibility, the company allowed participants to elect to direct the company to withhold Series 2 Incentive Units up to the applicable statutory rate, retain the after-tax portion of the participant’s Tax Bonus and/or pay any tax shortfall out of pocket to the extent permitted under applicable law and regulations. If the participant did not make an election or to the extent such election did not provide for the amount required for the company to satisfy its required statutory tax withholding obligation, the company reduced the number of Series 2 Incentive Units otherwise issuable to a participant to satisfy its required tax withholding obligations.

Messrs. Sampson, Dye and Denningham each directed the company to withhold Series 2 Incentive Units underlying their respective vested 2015 Phantom Units up to the applicable statutory rate. Mr. Dimond directed the company to retain the after-tax portion of his Tax Bonus and to withhold Series 2 Incentive Units underlying his vested 2015 Phantom Units for the remainder of his tax liability. The chart below lists the number of Series 2 Incentive Units withheld and issued to the NEOs:

 

Name

   Series 2 Incentive
Units Withheld
     Series 2 Incentive
Units Issued
 

Shane Sampson

     148,050         151,950   

Justin Dye

     123,375         126,626   

Robert B. Dimond

     54,249         120,751   

Wayne A. Denningham

     74,025         75,975   

Employment Agreements and Offer Letters

Robert G. Miller

During fiscal 2015, Mr. Miller was a party to an employment agreement with AB Acquisition, dated March 13, 2006, as amended (the “Miller Employment Agreement”). On September 21, 2015, Mr. Miller and the company entered into an agreement pursuant to which, upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, the Miller Employment Agreement will be amended and restated to reflect the assignment of Mr. Miller’s employment and the Miller Employment Agreement to the company. The term of Mr. Miller’s employment under the Miller Employment Agreement will expire on January 30, 2018.

The Miller Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Miller will serve as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (which will be the senior most executive officer) and a voting member of the board of directors and of any executive or operating committee of the board of directors other than, following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, the compensation committee, audit committee or any other committee required by the rules of the SEC or the applicable securities exchange to be made up of solely independent directors.

The Miller Employment Agreement provides that Mr. Miller will receive an annual base salary in the amount of $2,000,000 per year.

In the event of a termination of Mr. Miller’s employment by us without Cause or by Mr. Miller with Good Reason, subject to his execution of a release, Mr. Miller will be entitled to a lump sum payment equal to his base salary for the remainder of the term and, if such termination is following the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, his target bonus. In addition, following the term of Mr. Miller’s employment, Mr. Miller will be entitled to a payment of $50,000 per month (or partial month) during his lifetime and, after his death, his spouse will become entitled to a payment of $25,000 per month for each month (or partial month) during her lifetime. In any event, such payments will cease on the tenth anniversary of the end of the term.

 

135


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Miller Employment Agreement, Mr. Miller is entitled to the use of corporate aircraft for up to 100 hours of personal use per year for himself, his family members and guests at no cost to him, other than to pay income tax on such usage at the lowest permissible rate. In addition, pursuant to the Miller Employment Agreement, we assigned $5.0 million of the key man life insurance policy we had obtained on Mr. Miller’s life to Mr. Miller in favor of one or more beneficiaries designated by him from time to time. We agreed to maintain such policy (or substitute equivalent policies) in effect for a period of at least 10 years following the closing of the Safeway acquisition (whether or not Mr. Miller remains employed with the company).

For purposes of the Miller Employment Agreement, “Cause” generally means:

 

    an act of fraud, embezzlement, or misappropriation by Mr. Miller intended to result in substantial personal enrichment at the expense of the company; or

 

    Mr. Miller’s willful or intentional failure to materially comply (to the best of his ability) with a specific, written direction of the board of directors that is consistent with normal business practice and not inconsistent with the Miller Employment Agreement and his responsibilities thereunder, and that within 10 business days after the delivery of written notice of the failure is not cured to the best of his ability or that Mr. Miller has not provided notice that the failure was based on his good faith belief that the implementation of such direction would be unlawful or unethical.

For purposes of the Miller Employment Agreement, “Good Reason” generally means:

 

    a change of control;

 

    any material adverse alteration in Mr. Miller’s titles, positions, duties, authorities, reporting relationships or responsibilities that is not cured within 10 business days of notice from Mr. Miller; or

 

    any material failure by us to comply with the Miller Employment Agreement that is not cured within 10 business days of notice from Mr. Miller.

Robert L. Edwards

Mr. Edwards was party to an employment agreement with AB Management Services Corp., a subsidiary of the company, dated December 15, 2014 (the “Edwards Employment Agreement”). The Edwards Employment Agreement became effective as of the closing date of the Safeway acquisition. Pursuant to the Edwards Employment Agreement, Mr. Edwards served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the company, and certain of its subsidiaries. Mr. Edwards’ annual base salary was $1,500,000 and he was eligible to receive a bonus under a plan established by the company with a target bonus of 100% of his base salary and a maximum bonus of 200% of base salary. The Edwards Employment Agreement also provided for the grant of Series 1 Incentive Units described above under “—Incentive Plans—Incentive Unit Plan.” If Mr. Edwards’ employment would have been terminated by us without cause or by him for good reason, subject to his execution of a release, Mr. Edwards would have been entitled to a lump sum severance payment equal to two times the sum of his base salary and the target bonus, and reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage of group health coverage for 18 months; but if the termination was within 24 months of the closing of the Safeway acquisition, the severance amount would not be less than he would have received under the Safeway Executive Severance Plan for termination following a “Change in Control.”

On April 9, 2015, the company, AB Management Services Corp. and Mr. Edwards entered into the Director and Consultancy Agreement which superseded the Edwards Employment Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

 

136


Table of Contents

Robert B. Dimond and Justin Dye

During fiscal 2015, Mr. Dimond was party to an employment agreement with AB Management Services Corp. dated September 9, 2014, and Mr. Dye was party to an employment agreement with NAI dated March 21, 2013 (each as amended, a “D&D Employment Agreement” and, collectively, the “D&D Employment Agreements”). On September 21, 2015, Messrs. Dimond and Dye each entered into an agreement with the company pursuant to which, upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, the respective D&D Employment Agreement will be amended and restated to reflect the assignment of the respective executive’s employment and the respective D&D Employment Agreement to the company. The D&D Employment Agreements both currently provide for a term through the third anniversary of the closing of the Safeway acquisition. Each of the D&D Employment Agreements provide for an annual base salary ($700,000 for Mr. Dimond and $750,000 (increased to $800,000 under the amended and restated agreement) for Mr. Dye), and each executive is eligible to receive an annual bonus targeted at 60% of his annual base salary.

If the executive’s employment terminates due to his death or he is terminated due to disability, the executive or his legal representative, as appropriate, will be entitled to receive a lump sum payment in an amount equal to 25% of his base salary. If the executive’s employment is terminated by the company without Cause or by the executive for Good Reason, subject to his execution of a release, the executive is entitled to a lump sum payment of his base salary and target bonus for the period from the date of such termination through January 30, 2018, if the termination occurs prior to January 30, 2016, or for a period of 24 months if the termination occurs following January 30, 2016, and reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage of group health coverage for 36 months.

For the purposes of each D&D Employment Agreement, “Cause” generally means:

 

    conviction of a felony;

 

    acts of intentional dishonesty resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of the company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates;

 

    a material breach of the executive’s obligations under the applicable D&D Employment Agreement, including but not limited to breach of the restrictive covenants or fraudulent, unlawful or grossly negligent conduct by the executive in connection with his duties under the applicable D&D Employment Agreement;

 

    Personal conduct by the executive which seriously discredits or damages the company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates; or

 

    contravention of specific lawful direction from the board of directors.

For the purposes of each D&D Employment Agreement, “Good Reason” generally means:

 

    a reduction in the base salary or target bonus; or

 

    without prior written consent, relocation of the executive’s principal location of work to any location that is in excess of 50 miles from such location on the date of the applicable D&D Employment Agreement.

In addition, in connection with the commencement of his employment, Mr. Dimond entered into an offer letter with AB Management Services Corp., dated February 5, 2014, which provided Mr. Dimond with the retention bonus described above under “—Bonuses—Special Bonuses.” The remaining payments under Mr. Dimond’s retention bonus are provided for under his amended and restated D&D Employment Agreement.

 

137


Table of Contents

Shane Sampson

In connection with the commencement of his employment, Mr. Sampson entered into an offer letter with Albertson’s LLC, dated January 16, 2013, pursuant to which he initially served as President of Shaw’s and Star Market. The offer letter provided Mr. Sampson with an initial base salary of $350,000 and a bonus opportunity of 50% of base salary. In addition, the offer letter provided for a signing bonus in the amount of $200,000 and the retention bonus described above under “—Bonuses—Special Bonuses.” Mr. Sampson subsequently entered into a letter agreement with AB Management Services Corp., effective as of January 30, 2015. Pursuant to the letter agreement, Mr. Sampson became Executive Vice President Marketing and Merchandising, his base salary was increased to $700,000 (further increased to $800,000 effective as of April 12, 2015) and his bonus opportunity was increased to 60% of base salary. On September 18, 2015, Mr. Sampson and the company entered into a letter agreement which, effective upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, will reflect the assignment of his employment to the company and provides for the continued payment of his retention bonus described above under “—Bonuses—Special Bonuses.”

Wayne A. Denningham

On September 18, 2015, Mr. Denningham and the company entered into a letter agreement which, effective upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, will reflect the assignment of his employment to the company, his base salary of $800,000 and bonus opportunity of 60% of his base salary. In addition, the letter agreement provides for the continued payment of his retention bonus described above under “—Bonuses—Special Bonuses.”

To further align the compensation arrangements of our executive officers, Messrs. Sampson and Denningham have entered into employment agreements with AB Management Services Corp., dated as of June 28, 2016 and June 26, 2016, respectively, that provide for substantially the same terms as the D&D Employment Agreements.

Severance Plan

Prior to January 1, 2016, we maintained the Albertson’s LLC Severance Plan for Officers (the “Prior Severance Plan”) to provide severance benefits to certain employees who do not have severance rights under an employment agreement. Messrs. Denningham and Sampson were eligible to participate in the Prior Severance Plan. The Prior Severance Plan provided that, subject to the execution of a release of claims and to certain exceptions set forth in the Prior Severance Plan, an eligible employee who incurred an involuntary termination of employment due to certain job restructurings, reductions in force, sale of facilities, or job eliminations (and not due to any other reason including termination for misconduct or unsatisfactory job performance as determined by the company, or voluntary termination) would be eligible to receive:

 

    a lump sum severance payment in an amount equal to two weeks of pay per year of service, with a minimum of eight weeks of severance pay; and

 

    continued health insurance coverage at the active employee rate for a period of up to six months (the “COBRA Benefit”).

Effective as of January 1, 2016, we adopted the Albertsons Severance Plan for Officers (the “Severance Plan”). The Severance Plan is substantially identical to the Prior Severance Plan except as follows:

 

    to align the rights of participants in the Severance Plan with those available to officers under severance plans of public companies similar to us, participants will be eligible for severance benefits if they resign for good reason within 18 months following a change in control; and

 

    under the Severance Plan, in lieu of the COBRA Benefit, participants are eligible to receive a lump sum payment equal to 12 weeks of our premium cost for providing medical, dental and vision coverage.

 

138


Table of Contents

For the purposes of the Severance Plan, “good reason” means either a good reason event as defined in the participant’s written employment agreement, or if none, a material adverse change in the participant’s responsibilities, authority or duties, or a reduction in the participant’s annual rate of base salary below 90% of his or her current base pay.

Deferred Compensation Plan

Our subsidiaries Albertson’s LLC and NAI maintain the Albertson’s LLC Makeup Plan and NAI Makeup Plan, respectively (collectively, the “Makeup Plans”). The Makeup Plans are unfunded non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements. Designated employees, including our NEOs, may elect to defer the receipt of a portion of their base pay, bonus and incentive payments under the Makeup Plan. For fiscal 2014, Messrs. Dye and Sampson were eligible to participate in the NAI Makeup Plan, and the other NEOs were eligible to participate in the Albertson’s LLC Makeup Plan. The amounts deferred are held in a book entry account and are deemed to have been invested by the participant in investment options designated by the participant from among the investment options made available by the committee under the Makeup Plans. Participants are vested in their accounts under the Makeup Plans to the same extent they are vested in their accounts under the 401(k) plan discussed below, except that accounts under the Makeup Plans will become fully vested upon a change in control. No deferral contributions for a year will be credited, however, until the participant has been credited with the maximum amount of elective deferrals permitted by the terms of the 401(k) plans and/or the limitations imposed by the Code. In addition, participants will be credited with an amount equal to the excess of the amount we would contribute to the 401(k) plans as a company contribution on the participant’s behalf for the plan year without regard to any limitations imposed by the Code based on the participant’s compensation over the amount of our actual company contributions for the plan year. Generally, payment of the participant’s account under the Makeup Plans will be made in a lump sum following the participant’s separation from service. Participants may receive a distribution of up to 100% of their account during employment in the event of an emergency. Participants in the Makeup Plans are unsecured general creditors. See the table entitled “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation” below for information with regard to the participation of the NEOs in the Makeup Plans.

401(k) Plan

Albertson’s LLC and NAI maintain 401(k) plans with terms that are substantially identical. For fiscal 2014, Messrs. Dye and Sampson were eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan sponsored by NAI, and the other NEOs were eligible to participate in Albertson’s LLC’s 401(k) plan. The plans permit eligible employees to make voluntary, pre-tax contributions to the plan up to a specified percentage of compensation, subject to applicable tax limitations. We may make a discretionary matching contribution to the plans equal to a pre-determined percentage of an employee’s voluntary, pre-tax contributions and may make an additional discretionary profit sharing contribution to the plans, subject to applicable tax limitations. Eligible employees who elect to participate in the plans are generally vested in any matching contribution after one year of service with us and fully vested at all times in their employee contributions to the plans. The plans are intended to be tax-qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code; accordingly, contributions to the plans and income earned on plan contributions are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the plan, and so that our contributions, if any, will be deductible by us when made. Our board of directors determines the matching contribution rate under the 401(k) plans for each year. For fiscal 2014, our board of directors set a matching contribution rate equal to 50% up to 7% of base salary.

Safeway Retirement Plans

In connection with the Safeway acquisition, we assumed the Safeway ERP, a tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan, and the Safeway Inc. Retirement Restoration Plan and Retirement

 

139


Table of Contents

Restoration Plan II (collectively, the “Safeway RRP”), each of which is a non-qualified and unfunded defined benefit pension plan. See “—Pension Benefits” below for information regarding Mr. Edwards’ participation in these plans.

Other Benefits

Executives participate in the health and dental coverage, company-paid term life insurance, disability insurance, paid time off and paid holidays programs applicable to other employees in their locality. We also maintain a relocation policy applicable to employees who are required to relocate their residence. Messrs. Dimond, Denningham and Sampson received relocation benefits under the policy in fiscal 2015. These benefits are designed to be competitive with overall market practices and are in place to attract and retain the necessary talent in the business. During fiscal 2015, we agreed to indemnify Mr. Dimond for compensation in the amount of $1,530,000 lost from his prior employer.

Perquisites

Our NEOs generally are not entitled to any perquisites that are not otherwise available to all of our employees.

Under his employment agreement, Mr. Miller is entitled to the use of corporate aircraft for up to 100 hours per year for himself, his family members and guests at no cost to him, other than to pay income tax on such usage at the lowest permissible rate. Other executives, generally those with the title of executive vice president or above, may request the personal use of a company-owned aircraft subject to availability.

The company agreed to continue to maintain life insurance coverage on Mr. Edwards’ life to the extent Safeway maintained such policy, for a period during his term of employment and beyond his termination, for a period not to exceed five years and an amount not to exceed $5,000,000.

For fiscal 2015, Messrs. Edwards, Denningham, Dye and Dimond were eligible for financial and tax planning services. The maximum annual amount of the benefit for Mr. Edwards was $15,000 and for Messrs. Denningham, Dye and Dimond was $8,000.

Risk Mitigation

Our compensation committee has assessed the risk associated with our compensation practices and policies for employees, including a consideration of the balance between risk-taking incentives and risk-mitigating factors in our practices and policies. The assessment determined that any risks arising from our compensation practices and policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our business or financial condition.

Impact of Accounting and Tax Matters

As a general matter, the compensation committee will be responsible for reviewing and considering the various tax and accounting implications of compensation vehicles that we utilize. With respect to accounting matters, the compensation committee will examine the accounting cost associated with equity compensation in light of ASC 718.

With respect to tax matters, the compensation committee may consider the impact of Section 162(m) of the Code (“Section 162(m)”), which generally prohibits any publicly-held corporation from taking a Federal income tax deduction for compensation paid in excess of $1 million in any taxable year to the chief executive officer and any other executive officer (other than the chief financial

 

140


Table of Contents

officer) employed on the last day of the taxable year whose compensation is required to be disclosed to stockholders under SEC rules. One exception is qualified performance-based compensation. Because of a transition period permitted under Section 162(m) in connection with a company’s initial public offering, the deduction limit under Section 162(m) generally will not currently apply to compensation payable by the company under the plans approved by our equityholders prior to the offering. This transition period will continue until the earliest of a material amendment of the plan, all of the stock or other compensation that has been allocated under the plan has been issued and our first annual stockholder meeting at which directors are to be elected that occurs after the close of the third calendar year following the calendar year that the offering occurs. It is the compensation committee’s intent to maximize the effectiveness of our executive compensation plans in this regard. Nonetheless, the compensation committee retains the discretion to grant awards (such as restricted stock with time-based vesting) that will not comply with the performance-based exception of Section 162(m) if it is deemed in the best interest of the company to do so.

Summary Compensation Table

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year     Salary
($)(1)
    Bonus
($)(2)
    Unit
Awards
($)(3)
    Option
Awards
($)
    Non-
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation
($)(4)
    Change in
Pension
Value and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)(5)
    All
Other
Compensation
($)(6)
    Total
($)
 

(a)

  (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)  

Robert G. Miller

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer(7)

    2015        2,000,000        —          —          —          1,772,317        —          913,547        4,685,864   
    2014        1,567,307        15,000,000        74,070,357        —          12,334,179        —          327,912        103,299,755   
    2013        1,482,692        700,000        3,383,335        —          381,750        —          118,823        6,066,600   

Robert L. Edwards

Former President and Chief Executive Officer(8)

   

 

2015

2014

  

  

   

 

450,000

127,404

  

  

 

 

—  

  

   

 

—  

74,070,335

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

   

 

—  

—  

  

  

   

 

57,913

17,201

  

  

   

 

507,913

74,214,940

  

  

                 

Robert B. Dimond

    2015        700,000        375,000        15,274,000        —          620,311        —          2,230,000        19,199,311   
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer(9)     2014        713,462        625,000        —          —          664,482        —          11,676        2,014,620   

Wayne A. Denningham

Chief Operating Officer(10)

    2015        794,231        175,000        13,092,000        —          703,035        —          338,498        15,102,764   
    2014        387,500        275,000        —          —          8,648,669        —          34,051        9,345,220   
    2013        341,250        24,550        —          —          610,888        —          47,173        1,023,861   

Justin Dye

Chief Administrative Officer(11)

    2015        800,000        —          21,820,000        —          708,927        —          449,138        23,778,065   
    2014        767,308        500,000        —          —          10,877,525        —          81,695        12,226,528   
    2013        727,500        700,000        3,383,335        —          885,175        —          50,482        5,746,492   

Shane Sampson

Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer(12)

    2015        788,461        310,000        26,184,000        —          697,144        —          16,901        27,996,506   
    2014        383,654        560,000        —          —          358,416        —          10,347        1,312,417   
    2013        324,423        200,000        —          —          171,538        —          41,099        737,060   

 

 

1. Reflects a 52 week year for fiscal 2015 and fiscal 2013 and a 53 week year for fiscal 2014.
2. Reflects retention bonuses and special deal bonuses paid to the NEOs, as set forth in the table below. The retention bonuses for fiscal 2015 are further described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The special deal bonus paid to Mr. Miller for fiscal 2014 was paid in connection with our achievement of certain financial metrics in connection with the NAI acquisition. The special deal bonuses paid to Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson for fiscal 2014 were paid in recognition of their efforts in connection with the successful completion of the Safeway acquisition. The special deal bonuses paid to Messrs. Miller, Denningham and Dye for fiscal 2013 were paid in recognition of each executive’s effort in connection with the successful completion of the NAI acquisition. In addition, for Mr. Sampson, the amount for fiscal 2013 reflects a sign-on bonus in the amount of $200,000.

 

141


Table of Contents

Name

   Fiscal Year      Retention Bonus ($)      Special Deal Bonus ($)  

Robert G. Miller

     2015         —           —     
     2014         —           15,000,000   
     2013         —           700,000   

Robert B. Dimond

     2015         375,000         —     
     2014         375,000         250,000   

Wayne A. Denningham

     2015         175,000         —     
     2014         175,000         100,000   
     2013         —           24,550   

Justin Dye

     2015         —           —     
     2014         —           500,000   
     2013         —           700,000   

Shane Sampson

     2015         310,000         —     
     2014         310,000         250,000   
     2013         —           —     

 

3. Reflects the grant date fair value calculated in accordance with ASC 718. For Mr. Miller, the amount reflects the Investor Incentive Units granted to him in fiscal 2014 and the Class C Units granted to him in fiscal 2013 under the company’s Class C Incentive Unit Plan. For Mr. Edwards, the amount reflects the Series 1 Incentive Units granted to him in fiscal 2014. For Mr. Dye, the amount reflects the Class C Units granted to him in fiscal 2013 under the company’s Class C Incentive Unit Plan. In connection with the Safeway acquisition, the Class C Units held by Messrs. Miller and Dye became fully vested and were converted into Class A Units. See Note 10—Equity-Based Compensation in our consolidated financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a discussion of the assumptions used in the valuation of equity-based awards.
4. Reflects amounts paid to the NEOs under our bonus plan for the applicable fiscal year, as set forth in the table below. In addition, for fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2013, the table reflects amounts paid to the NEOs with respect to long-term incentive plan awards that vested in the applicable fiscal year or otherwise became payable in fiscal 2014 upon termination of the long-term incentive plan, as set forth in the table below.

 

Name

   Fiscal Year      Fiscal Year
Quarterly
Bonus
($)
     Fiscal Year
Annual
Bonus
($)
     LTIP I Bonus
($)
     LTIP II Bonus
($)
 

Robert G. Miller

     2015         572,317         1,200,000         —        
     2014         —              4,344,067         7,990,112   
     2013         —              6,750         375,000   

Robert B. Dimond

     2015         200,311         420,000        —           —     
     2014         664,482            —           —     

Wayne A. Denningham

     2015         226,497         476,538        —           —     
     2014         371,551            1,086,017         7,191,101   
     2013         271,700            1,688         337,500   

Justin Dye

     2015         228,927         480,000        —           —     
     2014         715,379            2,172,034         7,990,112   
     2013         506,800            3,375         375,000   

Shane Sampson

     2015         224,067         473,077        —           —     
     2014         358,416            —           —     
     2013         171,538            —           —     

 

5. For Mr. Edwards, the amount of aggregate change in pension value during fiscal 2015 was ($66,962) under the Safeway ERP and the Safeway RRP. The company assumed these plans in connection with the Safeway acquisition. The aggregate value of Mr. Edwards’ account under these plans at the end of fiscal 2015 was $573,138.

 

142


Table of Contents
6. A detailed breakdown of “All Other Compensation” is provided in the table below:

 

Name

  Year     Aircraft
($) (a)
    Relocation
($)
    COBRA/
Life
Insurance
($)
    Other
Payments
($)(d)
    Financial/
Tax
Planning
($)
    Makeup
Plan
Company
Contribution
($)(e)
    401(k) Plan
Company
Contribution

($)
    Total
($)
 

Robert G. Miller

    2015        304,351        —          125,000 (b)       —          475,446        8,750        913,547   
    2014        114,554        —          125,000 (b)       —          79,608        8,750        327,912   
    2013        48,489        —              —          61,834        8,500        118,823   

Robert L. Edwards

    2015        16,010        —          31,325 (c)        10,578        —          —          57,913   
    2014        16,239        —              962        —          —          17,201   

Robert B. Dimond

    2015        —          700,000          1,530,000        —          —          —          2,230,000   
    2014        —          11,676            —          —          —          11,676   

Wayne A. Denningham

    2015        —          10,560            7,875        311,313        8,750        338,498   
    2014        —          —              4,500        20,801        8,750        34,051   
    2013        —          7,681            4,500        26,492        8,500        47,173   

Justin Dye

    2015        35,268        —              8,350        396,770        8,750        449,138   
    2014        6,295              4,500        62,150        8,750        81,695   
    2013        —                4,500        37,482        8,500        50,482   

Shane Sampson

    2015        1,766        6,385            —          —          8,750        16,901   
    2014        —          10,347            —          —          —          10,347   
    2013        659        40,440            —          —          —          41,099   

 

(a) Represents the aggregate incremental cost to the company for personal use of the company’s aircraft.
(b) Reflects our payment of premiums for a life insurance policy we maintain for Mr. Miller.
(c) Reflects a lump sum payment to Mr. Edwards for the cost of 18 months’ continuation of group health coverage.
(d) Reflects a one-time indemnification payment made to Mr. Dimond for compensation lost from his prior employer.
(e) Reflects our contributions to the NEO’s Makeup Plan account in an amount equal to the excess of the amount we would contribute to the 401(k) plans as a company contribution on the NEO’s behalf for the plan year without regard to any limitations imposed by the Code based on the NEO’s compensation over the amount of our actual contributions to the 401(k) plans for the plan year.

 

7. Mr. Miller served as our Chief Executive Officer during fiscal 2013 and from the commencement of fiscal 2014 (February 21, 2014) through January 29, 2015. Mr. Miller subsequently served as our Executive Chairman from January 30, 2015 through April 9, 2015, and was appointed as our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer on April 9, 2015.
8. Mr. Edwards served as our President and Chief Executive Officer from January 30, 2015 through his transition to Vice Chairman (a non-employee position) on April 9, 2015.
9. Mr. Dimond joined the company and was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer in February 2014.
10. Mr. Denningham was appointed as our Chief Operating Officer in April 2015. Prior thereto, he served in a variety of executive positions with the company and Albertson’s LLC.
11. Mr. Dye was appointed as our Chief Administrative Officer in February 2015. Prior thereto, he served in a variety of executive positions with the company, Albertson’s LLC and NAI.
12. Mr. Sampson was appointed as our Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer in April 2015. Prior thereto, he served in a variety of executive positions with Albertson’s LLC and NAI.

Grants of Plan Based Awards in Fiscal 2015

 

Name

  Grant
Date
    Estimated
Future
Payouts
Under
Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards(1)
    Estimated
Future
Payouts
Under
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards
    All Other
Unit
Awards:
Number
of Units
(#)(2)
    All
Other
Option
Awards:

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options
(#)
    Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Unit)
    Date
Fair
Stock
Option
Awards
($)(3)
 
    Threshold
($)
    Target ($)     Maximum
($)
    Threshold
($)
    Target
($)
    Maximum
($)
         

Robert
G. Miller

    1/30/2015          1,200,000        —          —          —          —             

Robert
Edwards

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Robert
B. Dimond

    3/5/2015        —          420,000        840,000        —          —          —          700,000        —          —          15,274,000   

Wayne
A. Denningham

    3/5/2015        —          480,000        960,000        —          —          —          600,000        —          —          13,092,000   

Justin
Dye

    3/5/2015        —          480,000        960,000        —          —          —          1,000,000        —          —          21,820,000   

Shane
Sampson

    3/5/2015        —          480,000        960,000        —          —          —          1,200,000        —          —          26,184,000   

 

1. Amounts represent the range of annual cash incentive awards the NEO was potentially entitled to receive based on the achievement of performance goals for fiscal 2014 under the company’s 2015 Bonus Plan as more fully described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” The amounts actually paid are reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan column of the Summary Compensation table. Pursuant to the 2015 Bonus Plan, performance below a specific threshold will result in no payment with respect to that performance goal. Performance at or above the threshold will result in a payment from $0 up to the maximum bonus amounts reflected in the table.

 

143


Table of Contents
2. Represents Phantom Units granted to Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson, as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
3. Reflects the grant date fair value of $21.82 per unit as calculated in accordance with ASC 718. Assumptions used in the valuation of equity based awards are discussed in Note 10—Equity-Based Compensation in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End 2015

 

    Option Awards     Unit Awards  

Name

  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
    Number
of Units
That
Have
Not
Vested
(#)
    Market
Value
of
Units
That
Have
Not
Vested
($)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout
Value of
Unearned
Units or
Other
Rights
That Have
Not
Vested ($)
 

(a)

  (b)     (c)     (d)     (e)     (f)     (g)     (h)     (i)     (j)  

Robert G. Miller

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Robert L. Edwards

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —          —     

Robert B. Dimond

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          525,000        8,977,500   

Wayne A. Denningham

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          450,000        7,695,000   

Justin Dye

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          750,000        12,825,000   

Shane Sampson

    —          —          —          —          —          —          —          900,000        15,390,000   

 

1. Reflects the number of unvested Phantom Units held by Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson. These Phantom Units are subject to vesting in equal portions on the last day of each of fiscal years 2016, 2017 and 2018 as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
2. Based on a per unit value for our Series 2 Incentive Units of $17.10 as of February 27, 2016.

Option Exercises and Units Vested in Fiscal 2015

 

Name

   Option Awards      Unit Awards  
   Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise (#)
     Value Realized
on Exercise ($)
     Number of Units
Acquired on
Vesting (#)(1)
     Value Realized on
Vesting ($)(2)
 

(a)

   (b)      (c)      (d)      (e)  

Robert G. Miller

     —           —           

Robert L. Edwards

     —           —           1,675,041.5         31,524,281   

Robert B. Dimond

     —           —           175,000         2,992,500   

Wayne A. Denningham

     —           —           150,000         2,565,000   

Justin Dye

     —           —           250,000         4,275,000   

Shane Sampson

     —           —           300,000         5,130,000   

 

1. For Mr. Edwards, represents the vesting of 1,675,041.5 Series 1 Incentive Units on January 30, 2016 as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.” For Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson, represents the vesting of Phantom Units on February 27, 2016, as described in “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis.”
2. For Mr. Edwards, the value realized upon vesting of the Series 1 Incentive Units is based on a vesting date per unit value of $18.82. For Messrs. Dimond, Denningham, Dye and Sampson, the value realized upon vesting of the Phantom Units is based on a vesting date per unit value of $17.10.

 

144


Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

The following table quantifies the benefits expected to be paid to Mr. Edwards under the Safeway ERP, a qualified defined benefit pension plan, and the Safeway RRP, non-qualified and unfunded defined benefit pension plans, as of February 27, 2016. The company assumed the Safeway ERP and the Safeway RRP from Safeway in connection with the Safeway acquisition. The terms of the plans are described below the table.

The following actuarial assumptions were employed to derive the calculations shown on the table below: (1) pension economic assumptions consistent with pension financial reporting by Safeway for its 2015 fiscal year were used for calculations at the end of 2015; (2) demographic assumptions are also consistent with pension financial reporting, with the exception of modified retirement and pre-retirement decrements as required by SEC guidance; and (3) a discount rate of 4.13% for the Safeway RRP.

Additional actuarial assumptions used include post-retirement mortality—following the RP2014 fully generational mortality table using MP 2015 scale.

 

Name

   Plan Name(1)      Number of Years
Credited Service (#)(2)
     Present Value of
Accumulated Benefit ($)
     Payments During
Last Fiscal
Year ($)
 

(a)

   (b)      (c)      (d)      (e)  

Robert L. Edwards

     ERP         10.1         0         148,652   
     RRP         10.1         573,138         27,352   

 

1. In connection with the termination of his employment, Mr. Edwards elected to receive his vested benefit under the Safeway ERP in a lump sum, which was paid during fiscal 2015. In connection with the termination of his employment, Mr. Edwards’ vested benefit under the Safeway RRP is being paid to him via an annuity paid monthly, which commenced during fiscal 2015.
2. The number of years of credited service and the present value of accumulated benefits are calculated as of February 27, 2016.

 

145


Table of Contents

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

The following table shows the executive and company contributions, earnings and account balances for the NEOs under the Makeup Plans during fiscal 2015. The Makeup Plans are non-qualified deferred compensation arrangements intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code. See “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis” for a description of the terms and conditions of the Makeup Plans. The aggregate balance of each participant’s account consists of amounts that have been deferred by the participant, company contributions, plus earnings (or minus losses). We do not deposit any amounts into any trust or other account for the benefit of plan participants. In accordance with tax requirements, the assets of the Makeup Plan are subject to claims of our creditors.

 

Name

   Executive
Contributions
in Last FY
($)(1)
     Registrant
Contributions
in Last FY
($)(2)
     Aggregate
Earnings
in Last FY

($)(3)
    Aggregate
Withdrawals/
Distributions

($)
     Aggregate
Balance at
Last FYE

($)
 

(a)

   (b)      (c)      (d)     (e)      (f)  

Robert G. Miller

     154,044         475,446         (77,830     —           4,404,442   

Robert L. Edwards

     —           —           —          —           —     

Robert B. Dimond

     89,881         —           (7,993     —           175,448   

Wayne A. Denningham

     76,415         311,313         (53,070     —           1,590,747   

Justin Dye

     69,766         396,770         (136,359     —           2,618,934   

Shane Sampson

     —           —           —          —           —     

 

1. All executive contributions represent amounts deferred by each NEO under a Makeup Plan and are included as compensation in the Summary Compensation Table under “Salary,” “Bonus” and “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.”
2. All registrant contributions are reported under “All Other Compensation” in the Summary Compensation Table.
3. These amounts are not reported in the Summary Compensation Table as none of the earnings are based on interest above the market rate.

Incentive Plans

Incentive Unit Plan

Effective upon the closing of the Safeway acquisition, we adopted the Incentive Unit Plan which provided for grants of “Incentive Units” to the employees, directors and consultants of the company or its subsidiaries selected by the board of directors. A maximum of 20,100,503 Incentive Units were available for issuance under the Incentive Unit Plan, subject to adjustment in the event of a change in the company’s capital structure. The Incentive Units represent a membership interest in the company. Any Incentive Units will be granted as profits interests that would only share in the value of the company above its valuation at grant.

The Incentive Unit Plan provides that, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event of the termination of a participant’s service for any reason, any unvested Incentive Units will be forfeited without the payment of consideration. In the event of the termination of a participant’s service for Cause, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, any vested Incentive Units will be forfeited without the payment of consideration.

For purposes of the Incentive Unit Plan, “Cause” is as defined in a participant’s employment agreement, or if not so defined, generally means:

 

    the commission of a felony or a misdemeanor (excluding petty offenses) involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude;

 

146


Table of Contents
    a participant’s failure (other than as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical impairment) to perform his material duties;

 

    acts of dishonesty resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of the company, or its subsidiaries or affiliates;

 

    a breach of any material written policy of the company or its subsidiaries;

 

    the failure to follow the lawful written directions of our Chief Executive Officer, our Executive Chairman, the board of directors or the person to whom the participant reports;

 

    conduct in connection with a participant’s duties that is fraudulent, grossly negligent or otherwise materially injurious to the company or its subsidiaries or affiliates; or

 

    a breach of restrictive covenants under which the participant is subject.

The Incentive Unit Plan will terminate upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions.

Phantom Unit Plan

In fiscal 2015, we adopted the Phantom Unit Plan which provides for grants of “Phantom Units” to the employees, directors and consultants of the company or its subsidiaries selected by the board of directors. Each Phantom Unit provides the participant with a contractual right to receive upon vesting one Series 2 Incentive Unit. A maximum of 20,100,503 Phantom Units, less the number of Incentive Units granted under the Incentive Unit Plan, are available for issuance under the Phantom Unit Plan, subject to adjustment in the event of a change in the company’s capital structure.

The Phantom Unit Plan provides that the company may provide for a participant’s Phantom Unit award to include a separate right to receive a “Tax Bonus.” A Tax Bonus entitles a participant to receive a bonus equal to 4% of the fair market value of the Series 2 Incentive Units paid to the participant in respect of vested Phantom Units. Tax Bonuses may be paid in cash, Incentive Units or a combination thereof.

The Phantom Unit Plan provides that, unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event of the termination of a participant’s service for any reason, any unvested Phantom Units and any rights to a future Tax Bonus will be forfeited without the payment of consideration. In the event of the termination of a participant’s service for Cause (which for purposes of the Phantom Unit Plan has the same meaning as defined in the Incentive Unit Plan as set forth above), unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, any Series 2 Incentive Units issued with respect to a vested Phantom Unit and any rights to a future Tax Bonus will be forfeited without the payment of consideration.

Upon the consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions, all outstanding Phantom Units will automatically be converted to restricted stock units that will be settled upon vesting in shares of our common stock. The restricted stock units will be subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Plan that will have substantially the same terms as, and will supersede, the Phantom Unit Plan except that no new awards may be granted thereunder. As of the date of this prospectus, there are 8,922,142 Phantom Units outstanding that, based on an initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would automatically convert into             restricted stock units.

2015 Equity and Incentive Award Plan

We have adopted the 2015 Incentive Plan, although no awards will be made under it until the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The principal features of

 

147


Table of Contents

the 2015 Incentive Plan are summarized below, but the summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2015 Incentive Plan itself, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Securities Subject to the 2015 Incentive Plan . A maximum of      percent (    %) of the shares of our common stock that are outstanding as of the consummation of this offering may be issued or transferred pursuant to awards under the 2015 Incentive Plan. The number of shares of our common stock available under the 2015 Incentive Plan will be reduced by one share for each share issued under an award. The shares of our common stock covered by the 2015 Incentive Plan may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares or shares purchased in the open market.

In the event of any termination, expiration, lapse or forfeiture of an award, any shares subject to the award will again be made available for future grants under the 2015 Incentive Plan. Any shares of restricted stock repurchased by the company at the same price paid for such shares will be made available for issuance again under the 2015 Incentive Plan.

Eligibility . All of our employees, consultants, and directors, and employees and consultants of our affiliates, will be eligible to receive awards under the 2015 Incentive Plan.

Awards under the 2015 Incentive Plan . The 2015 Incentive Plan provides that the administrator may grant or issue stock options, which may be non-qualified stock options (“NQSOs”) or, solely to eligible employees, incentive stock options designed to comply with the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, performance awards and stock payments, or any combination thereof. The terms and conditions of each award will be set forth in a separate agreement with the person receiving the award and will indicate the type, terms and conditions of the award.

Award Limits . The 2015 Incentive Plan provides for a maximum aggregate amount of shares of common stock that may be granted to a participant in any calendar year subject to adjustment under certain circumstances in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2015 Incentive Plan, as described below. In addition, the 2015 Incentive Plan provides for an annual award limit for performance awards that are payable solely in cash.

Vesting and Exercise of Awards . The applicable award agreement will contain the period during which the right to exercise the award in whole or in part vests, including the events or conditions upon which the vesting of an award may accelerate. No portion of an award which is not vested at the participant’s termination of employment, termination of directorship or termination of consulting relationship, as applicable, will subsequently become vested, except as may be otherwise provided by the administrator either in the agreement relating to the award or by action following the grant of the award.

Transferability of Awards . Awards generally may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the administrator, pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless and until such award has been exercised, or the shares underlying such award have been issued, and all restrictions applicable to such shares have lapsed. Notwithstanding the foregoing, NQSOs may be transferred without consideration to certain family members and trusts with the administrator’s consent. Awards may be exercised, during the lifetime of the participant, only by the participant or such permitted transferee.

Forfeiture and Claw-Back Provisions . In the event a participant (i) terminates service with the company prior to a specified date or within a specified time following receipt or exercise of the award, (ii) the company terminates the participant’s service for “cause,” or (iii) the participant engages in

 

148


Table of Contents

certain competitive activities with the company, the administrator has the right to require the participant to repay any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the participant or to terminate the award. In addition, all awards (including any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit actually or constructively received by the participant) may be subject to the provisions of any claw-back policy implemented by the company, including, without limitation, any claw-back policy adopted to comply with the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

2015 Incentive Plan Benefits . The future benefits that will be received under the 2015 Incentive Plan by our current directors, executive officers and all eligible employees are not currently determinable.

Adjustments for Stock Splits, Recapitalizations, Mergers and Equity Restructurings . In the event of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, reverse stock split, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off or other transaction that affects our common stock, the 2015 Incentive Plan will be equitably adjusted, including the number of available shares, in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the 2015 Incentive Plan or with respect to any award.

Administration of the 2015 Incentive Plan . The compensation committee is the administrator of the 2015 Incentive Plan. Subject to certain limitations, the committee may delegate its authority to grant awards to one or more committees consisting of one or more members of the board of directors or one or more of our officers.

Amendment and Termination of the 2015 Incentive Plan . Our board of directors and the compensation committee may amend the 2015 Incentive Plan at any time, subject to stockholder approval to the extent required by applicable law or regulation or the listing standards of the market or stock exchange on which our common stock is at the time primarily traded.

Additionally, stockholder approval will be specifically required to increase the maximum number of shares of our common stock which may be issued under the 2015 Incentive Plan, change the eligibility requirements or decrease the exercise price of any outstanding option or stock appreciation right granted under the 2015 Incentive Plan. The board of directors and the compensation committee may amend the terms of any award theretofore granted, prospectively or retroactively, however, except as otherwise provided in the 2015 Incentive Plan, no such amendment will, without the consent of the participant, alter or impair any rights of the participant under such award without the consent of the participant unless the award itself otherwise expressly so provides.

Our board of directors and the compensation committee may suspend or terminate the 2015 Incentive Plan at any time. However, in no event may an award be granted pursuant to the 2015 Incentive Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the 2015 Incentive Plan.

Prohibition on Repricing . Except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the company (including, without limitation, any stock distribution, stock split, extraordinary cash distribution, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares), the administrator will not, without the approval of the stockholders, authorize the amendment of any outstanding award to reduce its price per share, including any amendment to reduce the exercise price per share of outstanding options or SARs.

 

149


Table of Contents

Executive Incentive Bonus Plan

We have adopted the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan. The principal features of the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan are summarized below, but the summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan itself, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Plan Administration . The Executive Incentive Bonus Plan is administered by our board of directors or a committee selected by our board of directors to administer the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan and composed of not less than two directors, each of whom is an “outside director” (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) (as applicable, the “Plan Committee”). The Plan Committee selects the officers or key executives who will be eligible to receive awards, establishes the maximum award that may be earned by each participant and establishes the goals for each participant. The Plan Committee calculates and determines each participant’s level of attainment of such goals, and calculates the bonus award for each participant based upon such level of attainment.

Eligibility . For each performance period, the Plan Committee will select the officers and key executives of the company and its subsidiaries and divisions who are eligible to participate in the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan.

General Description of the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan . Participants in the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan will be eligible to receive cash performance awards based on attainment by the company and/or a subsidiary, division or other operational unit of the company of specified performance goals to be established for each performance period by the Compensation Committee. The Executive Incentive Bonus Plan provides for a maximum amount of any bonus award intended to qualify for the performance-based compensation exception to Section 162(m) payable to a single participant for any performance period consisting of a 12-month period (including a fiscal or calendar year), which amount is reduced on a pro rata basis for any performance period of less than 12 months. Unless otherwise provided by the Plan Committee or set forth in a written agreement between the company and a participant, bonus awards are intended to constitute “short term deferrals” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and will be paid within the applicable short-term deferral period under Section 409A of the Code. Payment of bonus awards will be made in the form of cash, our common stock or equity awards in respect of our common stock, which common stock or equity awards may be subject to additional vesting provisions as determined by the Plan Committee. Any shares of common stock or equity awards granted in satisfaction of a bonus award will be granted under the 2015 Incentive Plan. To be eligible to receive a payment of a bonus award with respect to a performance period, a participant must satisfy such employment requirements as may be imposed by the Plan Committee. In the event of a participant’s death prior to the payment of a bonus award which has been earned, such payment will be made to the participant’s designated beneficiary or, if there is none living, to the estate of the participant.

Performance Criteria . The performance criteria will be measured in terms of one or more of the following objectives, which objectives may relate to company-wide objectives or of the subsidiary, division, department or function of the company or subsidiary: (i) net earnings (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization), (ii) gross or net sales or revenue, (iii) net income (either before or after taxes), (iv) operating income, (v) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), (vi) return on assets, (vii) return on capital, (viii) return on stockholders’ equity, (ix) return on sales, (x) gross or net profit or operating margin, (xi) costs, (xii) funds from operations, (xiii) expense, (xiv) working capital, (xv) earnings per share, (xvi) price per share of our common stock, (xvii) United States Food and Drug Administration or other regulatory body approval for commercialization of a product, (xviii) market share, (xix) identical store sales, and (xx) identical store sales excluding fuel, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or decrease or as compared to results of a peer group.

 

150


Table of Contents

Term and Amendment . The Plan Committee may amend, suspend or terminate the Executive Incentive Bonus Plan at any time, except that no amendment may be made without the approval of our stockholders if the effect of such amendment would be to cause outstanding or pending awards intended to qualify for the performance-based compensation exception to Section 162(m) to cease to qualify for the performance-based compensation exception to Section 162(m).

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

The tables below describe and estimate the amounts and benefits that our NEOs would have been entitled to receive upon a termination of their employment in certain circumstances or, if applicable, upon a change in control, assuming such events occurred as of February 27, 2016, the last day of fiscal 2015 (based on the plans and arrangements in effect on such date). The estimated payments are not necessarily indicative of the actual amounts any of our NEOs would have received in such circumstances. The tables exclude compensation amounts accrued through February 27, 2016, that would be paid in the normal course of continued employment, such as accrued but unpaid salary, payment for accrued but unused vacation and vested account balances under our retirement plans that are generally available to all of our salaried employees. As discussed elsewhere in this prospectus, Mr. Edwards ceased to be an employee of the company on April 9, 2015 and ceased to provide services to the company as of January 31, 2016.

 

Robert G. Miller

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death ($)     For Any Reason ($)     Without Cause or for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

     3,000,000 (1)      6,000,000 (2)      9,833,333 (3) 

Total

     3,000,000        6,000,000        9,833,333   

 

(1) Reflects cash payments of $25,000 per month to Mr. Miller’s spouse payable for a period of 10 years following his termination due to death. Such payments would cease upon the death of Mr. Miller’s spouse.
(2) Reflects cash payments of $50,000 per month to Mr. Miller payable for a period of 10 years following his termination for any reason. In the event of his death following termination, such payments will cease and thereafter his surviving spouse will become entitled to cash payments of $25,000 per month through the earlier of her death and the 10-year anniversary of Mr. Miller’s termination.
(3) Reflects a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of (a) $50,000 per month to Mr. Miller payable for a period of 10 years following his termination for any reason and (2) an amount equal to Mr. Miller’s base salary for the remainder of the term of his employment under his employment agreement (23 months following February 27, 2016).

 

Robert B. Dimond

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death or Disability ($)     For Cause or Without
Good Reason
     Without Cause or for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

     175,000 (1)              2,240,000 (2) 

Health Benefits

                    53,788 (3) 

Total

     175,000                2,293,788   

 

(1) Reflects a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 25% of Mr. Dimond’s base salary.
(2) Reflects a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of Mr. Dimond’s base salary plus target annual bonus, in each case for the remainder of the term of his employment under his employment agreement (24 months following February 27, 2016).
(3) Reflects the cost of reimbursement for up to 36 months continuation of health coverage.

 

 

151


Table of Contents

Justin Dye

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death or Disability ($)     For Cause or Without
Good Reason
     Without Cause or for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

     200,000 (1)              2,560,000 (2) 

Health Benefits

                    48,472 (3) 

Total

     200,000                2,608,472   

 

(1) Reflects a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 25% of Mr. Dye’s base salary.
(2) Reflects a lump sum cash payment equal to the sum of Mr. Dye’s base salary plus target annual bonus, in each case for the remainder of the term of his employment under his employment agreement (24 months following February 28, 2015).
(3) Reflects the cost of reimbursement for up to 36 months continuation of health coverage.

 

Wayne A. Denningham

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death or Disability ($)      For Cause or Without
Good Reason
     Without Cause or,
following a change
in control, for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

                     1,169,231 (1) 

Health Benefits

                     2,009 (2) 

Total

                     1,171,240   

 

(1) Reflects a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 76 weeks of Mr. Denningham’s base salary.
(2) Reflects our cost for continued health insurance coverage above the active employee rate for a period of up to 12 weeks.

 

Shane Sampson

 

Payments and Benefits

   Death or Disability ($)      For Cause or Without
Good Reason
     Without Cause or,
following a change
in control, for
Good Reason ($)
 

Cash Payments

                     984,616 (1) 

Health Benefits

                     2,950 (2) 

Total

                     987,566   

 

(1) Reflects a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to 64 weeks of Mr. Sampson’s base salary.
(2) Reflects our cost for continued health insurance coverage above the active employee rate for a period of up to 12 weeks.

In addition to the foregoing, each of Messrs. Dimond, Dye, Denningham and Sampson would have been entitled to full vesting of his unvested Phantom Units in the amounts set forth in the table below (based on a per unit price of $17.10 as of February 27, 2016) if following a change in control the relevant NEO’s employment terminated due to death or disability or by the company without cause on February 27, 2016:

 

NEO

   Number of Vesting
Phantom Units
     Value of Vesting
Performance Units ($)  
     Tax
Bonus
($)
 

Dimond

     525,000           8,977,500         359,100   

Dye

     750,000         12,825,000         513,000   

Denningham

     450,000           7,695,000         307,800   

Sampson

     900,000         15,390,000         615,600   

 

152


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following discussion is a brief summary of certain material arrangements, agreements and transactions we have with related parties. It does not include all of the provisions of our material arrangements, agreements and transactions with related parties, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the arrangements, agreements and transactions described. We enter into transactions with our stockholders and other entities owned by, or affiliated with, our direct and indirect stockholders in the ordinary course of business. These transactions include, amongst others, professional advisory, consulting and other corporate services.

On April 9, 2015, we entered into the Director and Consultancy Agreement with Robert Edwards, our former CEO and a former member of the board of managers of AB Acquisition. Pursuant to the Director and Consultancy Agreement, Mr. Edwards serves as a consultant to the board of directors and, prior to his resignation from the board of managers of AB Acquisition on June 13, 2015, served as Vice Chairman. The Director and Consultancy Agreement provided for us to pay Robert Edwards a consulting fee of $3 million for his service as a consultant through January 31, 2016. Mr. Edwards was also eligible to receive a director’s fee of $200,000 for his service on the board through January 31, 2016, of which $60,000 was paid to him for his service prior to his resignation from the AB Acquisition board of managers on June 13, 2015. In addition, as the Director and Consultancy Agreement was not extended through January 31, 2017, Mr. Edwards received an additional payment of $3 million. In addition, under the Director and Consultancy Agreement, we have agreed to maintain any life insurance policy or death benefit, in an amount up to $5 million, provided to Mr. Edwards by Safeway for a period not beyond April 9, 2020, and to reimburse or pay his cost for health coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended. Prior to his resignation from the AB Acquisition board of managers, we also agreed to provide him with up to 50 hours of personal use of the company-owned aircraft through December 31, 2015.

We paid COAC, an affiliate of Cerberus, fees totaling approximately $489,088, $1,667,692 and $970,450 for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively, for consulting services provided in connection with improving the company’s operations. We may retain COAC to provide similar services in the future.

Several of our board members are employees of our Sponsors (excluding Kimco), and funds managed by one or more affiliates of our Sponsors indirectly own a substantial portion of our equity through their respective ownership of Albertsons Investor and Kimco.

During fiscal 2016, we acquired a store from Signature Northwest, LLC, for $2.8 million, plus the cost of inventory. Mark Miller, the son of our Chief Executive Officer, Robert Miller, serves as the Chief Executive Officer of Signature Northwest, LLC. In addition, Robert Miller has a minority ownership interest in Signature Northwest, LLC.

IPO-Related Transactions

In connection with our corporate reorganization, we will engage in transactions with affiliates, independent directors and our Existing Owners. See “IPO-Related Transactions and Organizational Structure” for a description of these transactions.

AB Acquisition LLC Agreement Management Fees

In March 2013, as then provided for by the third amended and restated limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition LLC (the “3 rd A&R AB LLC Agreement”), we paid Cerberus a transaction fee of $15 million in connection with the NAI acquisition. The 3 rd A&R AB LLC Agreement also provided for the Cerberus-led Consortium to receive annual management fees from our company over a 42-month period beginning on March 21, 2013. We paid annual management fees under the 3 rd A&R

 

153


Table of Contents

AB LLC Agreement totaling $6 million for fiscal 2013 and $6 million for fiscal 2014. In connection with the Safeway acquisition, the 3 rd A&R AB LLC Agreement was amended and restated. Pursuant to the fourth amended and restated limited liability company agreement of AB Acquisition LLC (the “4 th A&R AB LLC Agreement”), we paid the Cerberus-led Consortium the remaining $9 million in annual management fees provided for by the 3 rd A&R AB LLC Agreement.

The 4 th A&R AB LLC Agreement provides for the Cerberus-led Consortium to receive annual management fees of $13.75 million from our company over a 48-month period beginning on January 30, 2015, the date of the consummation of the Safeway acquisition. We have paid management fees to the Cerberus-led Consortium totaling $13.75 million for fiscal 2015 and $13.75 million for fiscal 2016. In exchange for the management fees, the Cerberus-led Consortium has provided strategic advice to management, including with respect to acquisitions and financings. As of February 27, 2016, management fees over the remainder of the 48-month period total $27.5 million. Consistent with the terms of the 4 th A&R AB LLC Agreement, the remaining management fees will be paid in full upon the closing of this offering. We do not expect to pay any further management fees to the Cerberus-led Consortium following the completion of this offering.

Management Loans

In connection with the Safeway acquisition, on January 30, 2015, we provided loans (the “Management Loans”) to nine members of our management to enable them to invest in equity of AB Acquisition. Other than the loan to Robert Butler, who retired in December 2014 as our Chief Operating Officer, the Management Loans were repaid in full on July 2, 2015 from the proceeds of loans provided to Management Holdco by Goldman Sachs Bank USA and secured by a pledge of the equity owned by Management Holdco. The table below provides details for each of the Management Loans:

 

Name

  

Position

  Original
Loan Amount
    Interest Rate     Aggregate
Amount of
Principal
Paid
    Aggregate
Amount of
Interest Paid
 

Mark Bates

  

Senior Vice President, Corporate Services

  $ 217,203        1.75   $ 217,203      $ 1,572   

Robert Butler

   Chief Operating Officer (former)   $ 500,000        1.75     N/A        N/A   

Wayne A. Denningham

   Chief Operating Officer (current)   $ 3,801,000        1.75   $ 3,801,000      $ 27,518   

Shane Dorcheus

   Southwest Division President   $ 2,000,000        1.75   $ 2,000,000      $ 14,479   

Justin Dye

   Chief Administrative Officer   $ 4,706,073        1.75   $ 4,706,073      $ 34,071   

Justin Ewing

   Executive Vice President, Corporate Development and Real Estate   $ 1,267,020        1.75   $ 1,267,020      $ 9,173   

Robert G. Miller

   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer   $ 5,792,090        1.75   $ 5,792,090      $ 41,933   

Paul Rowan

   Assistant Secretary and Deputy General Counsel (Retired)   $ 1,000,000        1.75   $ 1,000,000      $ 7,240   

Andrew J. Scoggin

   Executive Vice President, Human Resources, Labor Relations, Public Relations and Government Affairs   $ 2,353,036        1.75   $ 2,353,036      $ 17,035   

Safeway Relationship with Blackhawk and Related Transactions

During Safeway’s fiscal year ended January 3, 2015, Safeway completed the following transactions with Blackhawk involving amounts in excess of $120,000, including the spin-off of Blackhawk which became effective April 14, 2014.

 

154


Table of Contents

Gift Card Transfer and Management Agreement

Under the Gift Card Transfer and Management Agreement Safeway entered into with Blackhawk in February 2006 (the “Card Management Agreement”), Blackhawk provides Safeway with certain services related to Safeway-branded gift cards. During 2014, Safeway paid Blackhawk $455,688 under the Card Management Agreement.

Gift Card Alliance Partners Program Agreement

Safeway entered into the Amended and Restated Gift Card Alliance Partners Program Agreement with Blackhawk effective December 30, 2012, as amended in February 2014 (the “Blackhawk Alliance Partner Agreement”). Under the Blackhawk Alliance Partner Agreement, Safeway offers products provided by Blackhawk for sale in our Safeway stores, and Blackhawk provides funds and services relating to the management, marketing and service of products and services offered through the Blackhawk Alliance Partner Agreement, as well as relating to those products.

During Safeway’s 2014 fiscal year, under the Blackhawk Alliance Partner Agreement, Blackhawk paid an aggregate of $11.3 million to Safeway, and Safeway paid an aggregate of $274.6 million to Blackhawk.

Card Production and Card Services Agreement

In October 2011, Safeway entered into a card production and card services agreement with Blackhawk, under which Blackhawk produces Safeway-branded gift cards and provides Safeway with related services.

During Safeway’s 2014 fiscal year, Safeway paid Blackhawk $519,330 under this agreement.

Amended and Restated Tax Sharing Agreement

Safeway filed federal income tax returns and certain state income tax returns on a consolidated basis with Blackhawk starting in 2003. On April 11, 2014, Safeway entered into an Amended and Restated Tax Sharing Agreement (the “New TSA”) with Blackhawk. Prior to Blackhawk’s initial public offering, Safeway and Blackhawk entered into a prior tax sharing agreement that was last amended effective December 30, 2012 (the “Prior TSA”). The Prior TSA provided that Safeway and Blackhawk would generally make payments to each other such that, with respect to U.S. federal income tax returns for any taxable period in which Blackhawk or any of its subsidiaries were included in Safeway’s consolidated group for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the amount of taxes to be paid by Blackhawk was determined, subject to certain adjustments, as if Blackhawk and each of its subsidiaries included in such consolidated group filed their own consolidated federal income tax return. For state and local income tax purposes, the Prior TSA provided that Safeway and Blackhawk would generally make payments to each other such that, with respect to state and local income tax returns for any taxable period in which Blackhawk or any of its subsidiaries were included in Safeway’s combined, consolidated or unitary group for state or local income tax purposes, the amount of taxes to be paid by Blackhawk was determined, subject to certain limitations, by calculating the excess of any taxes shown due on any such return over the amount that would otherwise be due if the return were recalculated by excluding Blackhawk and any of its included subsidiaries.

In preparation for the pro rata distribution of the shares of Blackhawk Class B common stock owned by Safeway to the Safeway stockholders that occurred on April 14, 2014 (the “Distribution”), Safeway and Blackhawk entered into the New TSA, which became effective as of the Distribution, to address certain tax matters related to the facts and circumstances of the Distribution, including, among other things, the manner, amount and timing of the tax payments related to the Distribution. The New TSA also provides certain procedures for the allocation of taxes and the filing of returns that are

 

155


Table of Contents

consistent with the Prior TSA. In addition, the New TSA contemplates that Blackhawk may be included in Safeway’s consolidated group for U.S. federal income tax purposes until the date of the Distribution.

During 2014, Blackhawk paid Safeway $0.7 million for prior years’ taxes due under the New TSA, and Safeway advanced approximately $27.7 million to Blackhawk to fund 2014 estimated state tax payments by Blackhawk. In early 2015, Safeway converted the remaining amount of this advance to Blackhawk to a capital contribution. See Notes A and B to Safeway’s historical financial statements, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for further information.

Lease Agreements

Safeway leases corporate offices to Blackhawk under a sublease that expires in April 2017. Safeway also leased approximately 6,000 square feet of office space in Phoenix, Arizona to Blackhawk under a lease agreement that expired in 2014. During 2014, Blackhawk paid Safeway an aggregate of $608,727 pursuant to these lease agreements.

Cash Management and Treasury Services Agreement

On April 4, 2013, Safeway entered into a cash management and treasury services agreement with Blackhawk (the “CMATSA”). Safeway was permitted to borrow cash from Blackhawk’s operating accounts in excess of its immediate working capital and other operating requirements, calculated in accordance with the CMATSA, on an overnight basis, to meet short-term funding requirements. These advances were evidenced by unsecured promissory notes.

The CMATSA, together with the promissory notes issued thereunder, were terminated effective March 28, 2014.

Stockholders’ Agreement

In connection with this offering, Albertsons Companies, Inc. will enter into the Stockholders’ Agreement with Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco. The rights of Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco under such agreement are described below:

Registration Rights

Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, Albertsons Investor holds registration rights that allow it at any time after 180 days following the completion of this offering to request that we register the resale under the Securities Act, of all or any portion of the shares of our common stock that Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco or a permitted transferee or assignee of such party that succeeds to such party’s rights under the Stockholders’ Agreement owns on a pro rata and pari passu basis. If Albertsons Investor is no longer a Holder, then any Holder who owns at least 5% of our then outstanding common stock (a “Demand Holder”) shall have the right to exercise the registration rights referenced in the preceding sentence. Albertsons Investor, or a Demand Holder, may require us to effect a long-form registration provided that the number of securities requested to be registered must have a value equal to at least $75 million based on the closing price of such security on the last trading day prior to the registration request. We may postpone for a reasonable period of time, which may not exceed 90 days, the filing of a registration statement that Albertsons Investor, or a Demand Holder, requested that we file pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement if our board of directors determines that the filing of the registration statement would require us to disclose material non-public information that, in our board of directors’ good faith judgment, after consultation with independent outside counsel to the company, would be required to be disclosed in such registration statement but which the company has a bona fide business purpose for not disclosing publicly, provided that, unless otherwise

 

156


Table of Contents

approved in writing by the Holders of a majority of our common stock that demanded the registration, we may not postpone such filing more than twice, or for more than an aggregate of 90 days, in each case, during any 12-month period. In addition, if we propose to register additional shares of common stock, Albertsons Investor and each other Holder will be entitled to notice of the registration and Albertsons Investor will be entitled to include its, Kimco’s and Management Holdco’s shares of common stock (on a pro rata and pari passu basis) in that registration with all registration expenses paid by us. Prior to the distribution by Albertsons Investor of all of our common stock it holds as of the completion of this offering to its equityholders, Holders other than Albertsons Investor will not be entitled to include shares of our common stock held by such Holder in a registration proposed by us unless Albertsons Investor also elects to participate in such registration.

Board Representation Rights

Pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, we will be required to appoint individuals designated by Albertsons Investor (the “Albertsons Investor Designees”) to our board of directors upon the closing of the IPO-Related Transactions.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, the authorized number of directors may be increased or decreased by the Designated Controlling Stockholder or a majority of our directors. The Designated Controlling Stockholder shall, immediately prior to the 50% Trigger Date, set the size of the board of directors at 13 directors. On or after the 50% Trigger Date, the authorized number of directors may be increased or decreased by the affirmative vote of not less than two-thirds (2/3) of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock or by resolution of our board of directors. Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, Albertsons Investor, or any Holder (other than Kimco Realty), will have the following board representation rights:

 

    from the date on which Albertsons Companies, Inc. is no longer a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE but prior to the 35% Trigger Date, Albertsons Investor shall have the right to designate to our board of directors a number of individuals equal to one director fewer than 50% of our board of directors at any time, and will (i) cause its directors appointed to the board of directors to vote in favor of maintaining a 13-person board of directors (unless the management board of Albertsons Investor otherwise agrees by affirmative vote of 80% of the members of the management board of Albertsons Investor) and (ii) appoint three directors designated by Cerberus and three directors in total designated by the other equityholders of Albertsons Investor and Robert Miller (whose contractual right to a seat on the board of directors shall be unaffected); provided , however , that such Albertsons Investor Designees are qualified and suitable to serve as members of our board of directors under all applicable corporate governance policies and guidelines of Albertsons Companies, Inc. and our board of directors, and all applicable legal, regulatory and stock exchange requirements (other than any requirements under the NYSE regarding director independence) (the “Director Requirements”);

 

    for so long as any Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 35% but at least 20% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate to our board of directors a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to the greater of (i) three or (ii) 25% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number);

 

    for so long as any Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 20% but at least 15% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate to our board of directors a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to the greater of (i) two or (ii) 15% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number).

 

157


Table of Contents
    for so long as any Holder has beneficial ownership of less than 15% but at least 10% of our then-outstanding common stock, such Holder shall have the right to designate one individual to our board of directors who satisfies the Director Requirements.

For so long as any Sponsor (other than Kimco Realty) indirectly beneficially owns at least 10% of our then-outstanding common stock, but does not have a representative (whether an Albertsons Investor Designee or otherwise) on our board of directors, such Sponsor shall have the right to appoint one observer to our board of directors (an “Observer”). An Observer may attend any meeting of our board of directors provided that no Observer shall have the right to vote or otherwise participate in the board of directors meeting in any way other than to observe any applicable meeting of our board of directors. Our board of directors or any committee thereof shall have the right to exclude an Observer from any meeting or portion thereof in the sole discretion of a majority of the members in attendance at such meeting.

Under the Stockholders’ Agreement, in the event of a vacancy on our board of directors arising through the death, resignation or removal of a Holder’s board designee, the Holder shall have the right to designate a replacement who satisfies the Director Requirements to fill such vacancy.

Indemnification; Expenses

We have agreed to indemnify Albertsons Investor, Kimco, Management Holdco or any Holder, against any losses or damages resulting from any untrue statement or omission of material fact in any registration statement or prospectus pursuant to which it sells our shares, unless such liability arose from Albertsons Investor, Kimco, Management Holdco or any such Holder’s, misstatement or omission, and Albertsons Investor, Kimco, Management Holdco and the Holders, have agreed to indemnify us against all losses caused by its misstatements or omissions. We also agreed to pay all expenses incident to our performance of or compliance with the registration rights under the Stockholders’ Agreement, including but not limited to all underwriting discounts, commissions, fees and related expenses of underwriters.

Albertsons Investor Limited Liability Company Agreement

The Cerberus-led Consortium, other than Kimco, and certain other individuals who agreed to co-invest with them through Albertsons Investor, will enter the Albertsons Investor LLC Agreement. The Albertsons Investor LLC Agreement will be entered into upon consummation of the IPO-Related Transactions and this offering. A copy of the form Albertsons Investor LLC Agreement that will be entered into will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Policy and Procedures for the Review, Approval or Ratification of

Transactions with Related Persons

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written policy (the “Related Party Policy”) and procedures for the review, approval or ratification of “Related Party Transactions” by the independent members of the audit and risk committee of our board of directors. For purposes of the Related Party Policy, a “Related Party Transaction” is any transaction, arrangement or relationship or series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships (including the incurrence or issuance of any indebtedness or the guarantee of indebtedness) in which (1) the aggregate amount involved will or may be reasonably expected to exceed $120,000 in any fiscal year, (2) the company or any of its subsidiaries is a participant, and (3) any Related Party (as defined herein) has or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

The Related Party Policy defines “Related Party” as any person who is, or, at any time since the beginning of the company’s last fiscal year, was (1) an executive officer, director or nominee for

 

158


Table of Contents

election as a director of the company or any of its subsidiaries, (2) a person with greater than five percent (5%) beneficial interest in the company, (3) an immediate family member of any of the foregoing individuals or entities identified in (1) or (2) of this paragraph, and (4) any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing individuals or entities is employed or is a general partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person or entity has a five percent (5%) or greater beneficial interest. Immediate family members (each, a “Family Member”) includes a person’s spouse, parents, stepparents, children, stepchildren, siblings, mothers- and fathers- in-law, sons- and daughters-in-law, brothers- and sisters-in-law and anyone residing in such person’s home, other than a tenant or employee.

Prior to the company entering into any Related Party Transaction, such Related Party Transaction will be reported to our General Counsel who will report the same to the audit and risk committee. Our General Counsel will conduct an investigation and evaluation of the Related Party Transaction and will report his or her findings to the audit and risk committee, including a summary of material facts. The audit and risk committee will review the material facts of all Related Party Transactions which require the audit and risk committee’s approval and either approve or disapprove of the Related Party Transaction, subject to the exceptions described below. If advance notice of a Related Party Transaction has been given to the audit and risk committee and it is not possible to convene a meeting of the audit and risk committee, then the chairman of the audit and risk committee will consider whether the Related Party Transaction is appropriate and, if it is, will approve the Related Party Transaction, with the audit and risk committee being asked to ratify the Related Party Transaction at the next regularly-scheduled meeting of the audit and risk committee. In the event the audit and risk committee does not ratify any such Related Party Transaction, management shall make all reasonable efforts to cancel or annul such Related Party Transaction. In determining whether to approve or ratify a Related Party Transaction, the audit and risk committee, or its chairman, as applicable, will consider all factors it deems appropriate, including the factors listed below in “—Review Criteria.”

Entering into a Related Party Transaction without the approval or ratification required by the terms of the Related Party Policy is prohibited and a violation of such policy. In the event the company’s directors, executive officers or Chief Accounting Officer become aware of a Related Party Transaction that was not previously approved or ratified under the Related Party Policy, such person will promptly notify the audit and risk committee and its chairman (or, if it is not practicable for the company to wait for the audit and risk committee to consider the matter, the chairman of the audit and risk committee) will consider whether the Related Party Transaction should be ratified or rescinded or other action should be taken, with such review considering all of the relevant facts and circumstances regarding the Related Party Transaction, including the factors listed below in “—Review Criteria.” The chairman of the audit and risk committee will report to the committee at its next regularly-scheduled meeting any actions taken under the Related Party Policy pursuant to the authority delegated in this paragraph. The audit and risk committee will also review all of the facts and circumstances pertaining to the failure to report the Related Party Transaction to the audit and risk committee and will take, or recommend to our board of directors, any action the audit and risk committee deems appropriate.

No member of the audit and risk committee or director of our board will participate in any discussion or approval of a Related Party Transaction for which he or she is a Related Party, except that the audit and risk committee member or board director will provide all material information concerning the Related Party Transaction to the audit and risk committee.

If a Related Party Transaction will be ongoing, the audit and risk committee may establish guidelines for the company’s management to follow in its ongoing dealings with the Related Party. Thereafter, the audit and risk committee, on at least an annual basis, will review and assess ongoing relationships with the Related Party to ensure that they are in compliance with the audit and risk committee’s guidelines and that the Related Party Transaction remains appropriate.

 

159


Table of Contents

Review Criteria

All Related Party Transactions will be reviewed in accordance with the standards set forth in the Related Party Policy after full disclosure of the Related Party’s interests in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the audit and risk committee or its chairman, as applicable, will review and consider:

 

    the Related Party’s interest in the Related Party Transaction;

 

    the terms of the Related Party Transaction, including the approximate dollar value of the amount involved in the Related Party Transaction and the approximate dollar value of the amount of the Related Party’s interest in the transaction without regard to the amount of any profit or loss;

 

    whether the transaction was undertaken in the ordinary course of business of the company;

 

    whether the transaction with the Related Party is proposed to be, or was, entered into on terms no less favorable to the company than terms that could have been reached with an unrelated third party;

 

    the purpose of, and the potential benefits to the company of, the Related Party Transaction;

 

    description of any provisions or limitations imposed as a result of entering into the Related Party Transaction;

 

    whether the proposed transaction includes any potential reputational risk issues for the company which may arise as a result of or in connection with the Related Party Transaction;

 

    whether the proposed transaction would violate any requirements of the company’s financing or other material agreements; and

 

    any other relevant information regarding the Related Party Transaction or the Related Party.

The audit and risk committee, or its chairman, as applicable, may approve or ratify the Related Party Transaction only if the audit and risk committee, or its chairman, as applicable, determines in good faith that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is fair as to the company. The audit and risk committee, in its sole discretion, may impose such conditions as it deems appropriate on the company or the Related Party in connection with approval of the Related Party Transaction.

Pre-Approved Related Party Transactions

The audit and risk committee has determined that the following transactions will be deemed pre-approved or ratified and will not require review or approval of the audit and risk committee, even if the aggregate amount involved will exceed $120,000, unless otherwise specifically determined by the audit and risk committee.

 

    Any employment by the company of an executive officer of the company or any of its subsidiaries if the related compensation conforms with our company’s compensation policies and if the executive officer is not a Family Member of another executive officer or of a director of our board; and

 

    Any compensation paid to a director of our board if the compensation is consistent with the company’s bylaws and any compensation policies.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Related Party Policy, in the event the bylaws of the company require review by our board of directors and/or approval of a Related Party Transaction, the audit and risk committee, and its chairman, will not have the authority to review or approve a Related Party Transaction but will provide a recommendation to our board of directors for the board’s use in its consideration of a given Related Party Transaction.

 

160


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 17, 2017, after giving effect to the IPO-Related Transactions (assuming the common stock in this offering is offered at $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) by:

 

    each person who is known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding shares of capital stock;

 

    each member of our board of directors;

 

    each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table under “Executive Compensation”; and

 

    all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. None of the persons listed in the following table owns any securities that are convertible into common stock at his or her option currently or within 60 days of our listing date on the NYSE. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each 5% stockholder, director and executive officer listed below is c/o Albertsons Companies, Inc., 250 Parkcenter Blvd., Boise, Idaho 83706.

 

          Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
Being
Offered
          Shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned
After This Offering
 
    Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially
Owned Immediately
Prior to the
Completion of this
Offering(1)(2)
      Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock Being
Offered
Pursuant to
Underwriters’
Option
    No Exercise of
Underwriters’ Option
to Purchase
Additional Shares
    Full Exercise of
Underwriters’ Option
to Purchase
Additional Shares
 

Name of Beneficial Owner

  Number of
Shares
    Percentage         Number of
Shares
    Percentage     Number of
Shares
    Percentage  

Selling Stockholders:

               

Albertsons Investor Holdings LLC(3)(4)

                                    

KRS AB Acquisition, LLC(5)

                                    

KRS ABS, LLC

                                    

Albertsons Management Holdco, LLC

               

Directors:

               

Robert G. Miller

                                    

Dean S. Adler(3)

                                    

Sharon L. Allen

                                    

Steven A. Davis

                                    

Kim Fennebresque

                                    

Lisa A. Gray(4)

                                    

Hersch Klaff(3)

                                    

Ronald Kravit(4)

                                    

Alan Schumacher

                                    

Jay L. Schottenstein(3)

                                    

Lenard B. Tessler(4)

                                    

Scott Wille(4)

                                    

Named Executive Officers:

               

Robert B. Dimond

                                    

Wayne A. Denningham

                                    

Justin Dye

                                    

Robert L. Edwards

                                    

Shane Sampson

                                    

All directors and executive officers as a group(3)

                                    

(22 Persons)

                                    

 

* Represents less than 1%.
(1) Percentage of shares beneficially owned prior to the offering is based on 409,832,959 shares of our common stock outstanding as of our listing date on the NYSE.

 

161


Table of Contents
(2) All the issued and outstanding common stock of Albertsons Companies, Inc. is held by Albertsons Investor, Management Holdco, Kimco and our independent directors. Accordingly, shareholdings of directors and named executive officers reflected in the table above reflect indirect ownership in Albertsons Companies, Inc. held through interests in Albertsons Investor and Management Holdco. Profits interests in AB Acquisition totaling     % of the outstanding equity of AB Acquisition on a fully participating basis will convert into direct and indirect ownership of our shares based on our equity valuation. Assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and all shares offered by the selling stockholders in this offering are sold, (i) profits interests in AB Acquisition would convert into equity of Albertsons Investor with an indirect ownership of              shares into              shares owned by Kimco and into              shares owned by our independent directors, for a total direct and indirect ownership of              shares upon completion of this offering and (ii) Phantom units of AB Acquisition would convert into              restricted units of Albertsons Companies, Inc., or ownership of              shares, or     % of our outstanding common stock upon the completion of this offering. While the initial public offering price will not increase or decrease the total number of shares outstanding and owned by our Existing Owners and our independent directors in the aggregate, an initial public offering price of $            , which is the high point of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase the total number of shares outstanding and owned by Albertsons Investor, Kimco and our independent directors upon completion of this offering by              shares and decrease the total number of shares outstanding and owned by Management Holdco by              shares. An initial public offering price of $            , which is the low point of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease the total number of shares outstanding and owned by Albertsons Investor, Kimco and our independent directors upon completion of this offering by              shares and increase the total number of shares outstanding and owned by Management Holdco by              shares.
(3) Albertsons Investor is held by a private investor group, including affiliates of Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., Klaff Realty, LP, Schottenstein Stores Corp., Lubert-Adler Partners, L.P. and certain members of management. Messrs. Kravit, Tessler, Wille and Ms. Gray are affiliated with Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. Stephen Feinberg exercises voting and investment authority over membership interests in Albertsons Investor owned by the affiliates of Cerberus and may be deemed to have indirect ownership of              shares, or     % of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering and     % upon the completion of this offering, through Cerberus’ interests in Albertsons Investor. Mr. Klaff is affiliated with Klaff Realty, LP, whose affiliated entities may be deemed to have indirect ownership of              shares, or     % of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering and     % upon the completion of this offering, through their interests in Albertsons Investor. Mr. Schottenstein is affiliated with Schottenstein Stores Corp., whose affiliated entities may be deemed to have indirect ownership of              shares, or     % of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering and     % upon the completion of this offering, through their interests in Albertsons Investor. Mr. Adler is affiliated with Lubert-Adler Partners, L.P., whose affiliated entities may be deemed to have indirect ownership of              shares, or     % of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering and     % upon the completion of this offering, through their interests in Albertsons Investor. Messrs. Miller, Denningham, Dye and six additional officers together hold              shares, or     % of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering and     % upon the completion of this offering, through their interests in Albertsons Investor and Management Holdco. Pursuant to the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement, Kimco and Management Holdco will vote common stock held by them upon the completion of this offering as instructed by Albertsons Investor and will not transfer their common stock other than in accordance with the terms of the Stockholders’ Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” The above information assumes that the common stock in this offering is offered at $             per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

 

162


Table of Contents
(4) The address for Albertsons Investor Holdings LLC and Messrs. Kravit, Tessler, Wille and Ms. Gray is c/o Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., 875 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10022.
(5) KRS AB Acquisition, LLC and KRS ABS, LLC are affiliates of Kimco Realty Corporation. The address for KRS AB Acquisition, LLC and KRS ABS, LLC is c/o Kimco Realty Corporation, Attention: Ray Edwards and Bruce Rubenstein, 3333 New Hyde Park Road, New Hyde Park, New York 11042.

 

163


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock and related provisions of the certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that will be in effect upon the closing of the IPO-Related Transactions. This description also summarizes the principal agreements relating to our common stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the agreements referred to below, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

General

After giving effect to the IPO-Related Transactions, our authorized capital stock will consist of 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Upon the closing of the IPO-Related Transactions (including this offering), there will be 409,832,959 shares of our common stock outstanding, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share owned of record on all matters voted upon by stockholders. A majority vote is required for all action to be taken by stockholders, except as otherwise provided for in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws or as required by law, including the election of directors in an election that is determined by our board of directors to be a contested election, which requires a plurality. Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors and, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, the Designated Controlling Stockholder, are expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws and that our stockholders may only amend our bylaws after the 50% Trigger Date with the approval of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote in any annual election of directors.

Liquidation Rights

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to share equally and ratably in our assets, if any, remaining after the payment of all of our debts and liabilities and the liquidation preference of any outstanding preferred stock.

Other Rights

Our common stock has no preemptive rights, no cumulative voting rights and no redemption, sinking fund or conversion provisions.

 

164


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors is authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to issue up to 30,000,000 shares of our preferred stock. Our board of directors is authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of our preferred stock, for one or more series of preferred stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix, without further stockholder approval, the designation, powers, preferences and relative, participating, option or other special rights, including voting powers and rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of each series of preferred stock pursuant to Section 151 of the DGCL. Our board of directors could authorize the issuance of preferred stock with terms and conditions that could discourage a takeover or other transaction that some holders of our common stock might believe to be in their best interests or in which holders of common stock might receive a premium for their shares over and above market price. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Composition of our Board of Directors

Upon the closing of this offering, it is anticipated that we will have 12 directors. The Stockholders’ Agreement will provide that, except as otherwise required by applicable law, from the date (a) immediately prior to the 50% Trigger Date, the Designated Controlling Stockholder shall set the size of the board of directors at 13 directors; (b) on which we are no longer a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE but prior to the 35% Trigger Date, Albertsons Investor shall have the right to designate a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to one director fewer than 50% of our board of directors at any time and shall cause its directors appointed to our board of directors to vote in favor of maintaining a 13-person board of directors unless the management board of Albertsons Investor otherwise agrees by the affirmative vote of 80% of the management board of Albertsons Investor; (c) on which a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 20% but less than a 35% of our then-outstanding common stock, the Holder will have the right to designate a number of individuals who satisfy the Director Requirements equal to the greater of three or 25% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number); (d) on which a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 15% but less than 20% of our then-outstanding common stock, the Holder will have the right to designate the greater of two or 15% of the size of our board of directors at any time (rounded up to the next whole number) and (e) on which a Holder has beneficial ownership of at least 10% but less than 15% of our then-outstanding common stock, it will have the right to designate one individual who satisfies the Director Requirements.

Pursuant to the Albertsons Investor LLC Agreement and the Stockholders’ Agreement, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, a majority vote of the management board of Albertsons Investor is required to designate directors to our board of directors if the designated directors consist of four designees of Cerberus (if Cerberus so requests) and one designee from each other member of the Cerberus-led Consortium (other than Kimco) and Robert Miller (if such member and Mr. Miller so requests). From the date on which we are no longer a controlled company under the applicable rules of the NYSE but prior to the 35% Trigger Date, then a majority vote of the management board of Albertsons Investor is required to designate nominees to be included in the slate for election to our board of directors if the designated nominees consist of three nominees of Cerberus and three nominees in total from the other members of the Cerberus-led Consortium and Robert Miller. The nominees shall include persons that are “independent” for purposes of the Listed Company Rules of the NYSE if required to comply with such rules.

Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors will consist of not less than seven directors and not more than 15 directors, and that the exact number of directors will be determined by our board of directors. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, the Designated Controlling Stockholder may increase or decrease the authorized

 

165


Table of Contents

number of directors on our board of directors. Following the 50% Trigger Date, the authorized number of directors may be increased or decreased only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of our then-outstanding capital stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Some provisions of Delaware law and of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals

Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals, other than proposals made by or at the direction of our board of directors or, prior to the 35% Trigger Date, by the Designated Controlling Stockholder. Our bylaws also establish advance notice procedures with respect to the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of our board of directors or by a committee appointed by our board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed, and may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Calling Special Stockholder Meetings

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our board of directors or by stockholders owning at least 25% in amount of our entire capital stock issued and outstanding, and entitled to vote.

Stockholder Action by Written Consent

The DGCL permits stockholder action by written consent unless otherwise provided by our certificate of incorporation. Our certificate of incorporation precludes stockholder action by written consent after the 50% Trigger Date.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

Our board of directors is authorized to issue, without stockholder approval, preferred stock with such terms as our board of directors may determine. The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue one or more series of preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change control of the company.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, an anti-takeover law (“Section 203”). This law prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging under certain circumstances in a business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

 

    prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

166


Table of Contents
    upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

 

    on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines “business combination” to include: any merger or consolidation involving us and the interested stockholder; any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of our assets involving the interested stockholder; in general, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by us of any of our stock to the interested stockholder; or the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through us. In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any such entity or person. A Delaware corporation may opt out of this provision by express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or by amendment to its certificate of incorporation or bylaws approved by its stockholders. We have opted out of this provision. Accordingly, we will not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, following the 50% Trigger Date, directors may be removed with or without cause upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of the company entitled to vote in any annual election of directors or class of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that vacancies, including those resulting from newly created directorships or removal of directors, may only be filled (i) by the Designated Controlling Stockholder or by a majority of the directors then in office, prior to the 50% Trigger Date, and (ii) after the 50% Trigger Date, by a majority of the directors then in office, in each case although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. This may deter a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of the board of directors by filling the remaining vacancies with its own nominees.

Limitation on Director’s Liability

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws will indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. The DGCL permits a corporation to limit or eliminate a director’s personal liability to the corporation or the holders of its capital stock for breach of duty. This limitation is generally unavailable for acts or omissions by a director which (i) were in bad faith, (ii) were the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and were material to the cause of action so adjudicated or (iii) involved a financial profit or other advantage to which such director was not legally entitled. The DGCL also prohibits limitations on director liability for acts or omissions which resulted in a violation of a statute prohibiting certain dividend declarations, certain payments to stockholders after dissolution and particular types of loans. The effect of these provisions is to eliminate the rights of our company and our stockholders (through stockholders’ derivative suits on behalf of our company) to recover monetary damages against a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director (including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior), except in the situations described above. These provisions will not limit the liability of directors under the federal securities laws of the United States.

 

167


Table of Contents

Credit Facility

Under our credit agreements, a change of control may lead the lenders to exercise remedies, such as acceleration of their loans, termination of their obligations to fund additional advances and collection against the collateral securing such loan.

Notes

Under the indentures governing the CoC Notes, a change of control may require us to offer to repurchase all of the outstanding CoC Notes for cash at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount of the CoC Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of repurchase.

Choice of Forum

Our certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: (a) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (b) any action asserting a breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders; (c) any action asserting a claim pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or (d) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. However, it is possible that a court could find our forum selection provision to be inapplicable or unenforceable.

Stockholders’ Agreement

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, Albertsons Investor or, if Albertsons Investor is no longer a holder of registrable securities, Holders owning more than 5% of our then-outstanding common stock, will have the right to require us to register their shares (and in the case of Albertsons Investor, such registration shall also include shares held by Kimco and Management Holdco on a pro rata and pari passu basis) under the Securities Act under specified circumstances.

Demand and Form S-3 Registration Rights

Beginning 180 days after the closing of this offering, Albertsons Investor or, if Albertsons Investor is no longer a holder of registrable securities, the Holders, subject to specified limitations, may require that we register all or part of their shares of our common stock (and in the case of Albertsons Investor, such registration shall also include shares held by Kimco and Management Holdco on a pro rata and pari passu basis) for sale under the Securities Act on an unlimited number of occasions. In addition, Albertsons Investor or, if Albertsons Investor is no longer a holder of registrable securities, the Holders, may from time to time make demand for registrations on Form S-1, a long-form registration statement, or Form S-3, a short form registration statement, when we are eligible to use those forms.

Piggyback Registration Rights

If we propose to register any of our common stock, either for our own account or for the account of other securityholders, Albertsons Investor and each other Holder will be entitled to notice of the registration and Albertsons Investor will be entitled to include its, Kimco’s and Management Holdco’s shares of common stock (on a pro rata and pari passu basis) in that registration with all registration expenses paid by us. Prior to the distribution by Albertsons Investor of all of our common stock it holds as of the completion of this offering to its equityholders, Holders other than Albertsons Investor will not be entitled to include shares of our common stock held by such Holder in a registration proposed by us unless Albertsons Investor also elects to participate in such registration.

 

168


Table of Contents

Limitations and Expenses

Other than in a demand registration, with specified exceptions, the rights of Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco or, if Albertsons Investor is no longer a Holder, the Holders, to include shares in a registration are subject to the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in the offering. All fees, costs and expenses of any registrations made pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement, including demand registrations, registrations on Form S-3 and piggyback registrations, will be paid by us, and all selling expenses, including underwriting discounts and commissions, will be paid by us.

Listing

We have been approved to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ABS.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company LLC.

 

169


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our capital stock. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price at such time and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

After giving effect to the IPO-Related Transactions (including this offering), 409,832,959 shares of our common stock will be outstanding. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable. Shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144, including shares held by Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

The remaining shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering are restricted securities, as such term is defined in Rule 144, or are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering, as described below. Following the expiration of the lock-up period pursuant to any such lock-up agreements, restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, described in greater detail below.

Rule 144

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale and (ii) we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months but who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the 90 days preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding at the time of such sale, which will equal 4,098,330 shares as of the closing of this offering; or

 

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

provided, in each case, that we are subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale. Such sales both by affiliates and by non-affiliates must also comply with the manner of sale, current public information, and notice provisions of Rule 144.

Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of all of our restricted shares will have entered into lock-up agreements as described under “Underwriting,” and their restricted shares will become eligible for sale only following expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Rule 701

Rule 701 under the Securities Act (“Rule 701”), as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our team members, executive officers, directors,

 

170


Table of Contents

or consultants who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and under “Underwriting,” and will become eligible for sale only following expiration of those agreements.

Lock-Up Agreements

We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of our common stock on the date of this prospectus will have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters providing, subject to certain exceptions, that we and they will not, subject to certain exceptions, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus unless extended pursuant to its terms. Pursuant to this agreement, among other exceptions, we may enter into an agreement providing for the issuance of our common stock in connection with the acquisition, merger or joint venture with another publicly traded entity during the 180-day restricted period after the date of this prospectus. For a more complete description of the lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions, see “Underwriting.”

Transfer Restrictions under the Albertsons Investor LLC Agreement

The Albertsons Investor LLC Agreement will restrict the distribution of our common stock held by Albertsons Investor to the members of Albertsons Investor for a period that is the earlier of (x) four years beginning on the date of our listing on the NYSE and (y) the 35% Trigger Date (subject to extension by vote of holders of the equity interests in Albertsons Investor and Kimco, voting together as a single class, that directly or indirectly own our common stock issued to Albertsons Investor and Kimco on the date of our listing on the NYSE representing at least 70% of such common stock, provided , that any extension of greater than one year shall require the consent of 100% of the equity interests of Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco (so long as Kimco and Management Holdco own our common stock)). If any equityholder of Albertsons Investor does not wish to participate in a private block sale or resale by Albertsons Investor (a “Sell-Down”), Albertsons Investor shall, subject to compliance with securities laws, distribute to such equityholder such equityholder’s pro rata share of our common stock that would have otherwise been sold in such Sell-Down (the “Distributed Stock”); provided that the Distributed Stock shall be subject to the same restrictions on transfer, market stand-off and lock-up provisions to which Albertsons Investor is subject with respect to such Sell-Down and the Stockholders’ Agreement (the “Transaction Transfer Restrictions”). Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, the Distributed Stock may be sold or otherwise disposed of by the holder thereof so long as no Transaction Transfer Restriction period is in effect. Albertsons Investor shall provide notice to such holder or its representatives of its intention to effect a Sell-Down not more than 30 calendar days prior to the intended date for the completion of such Sell-Down, in which event the holder of the Distributed Stock shall have the right to participate in such Sell-Down with Albertsons Investor pro rata based on such holder’s beneficial ownership of our common stock, or, if not participating in such Sell-Down, shall not sell or otherwise dispose of the Distributed Stock (or other of our common stock beneficially owned by such holder) during such 30 calendar day period or such longer transfer, market stand-off or lock up provision that Albertsons Investor shall become subject to in connection with such Sell-Down.

Registration Rights

Upon the closing of this offering, Albertsons Investor, which will hold an aggregate of              shares of our common stock assuming an initial public offering price of $            , which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, will have the right to

 

171


Table of Contents

require us to register the shares of our common stock held by Albertsons Investor, Kimco and Management Holdco (on a pro rata and pari passu basis) under the Securities Act under specified circumstances. After registration and sale pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements. Please see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders’ Agreement” for additional information regarding these registration rights.

Incentive Plans

As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file a Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under our 2015 Incentive Plan. The Form S-8 registration statement will become effective immediately upon filing, and shares covered by that registration statement will thereupon be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, the lock-up agreements described above, and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates. For a more complete discussion of our equity compensation plans, see “Executive Compensation—Incentive Plans.”

 

172


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the instruments and agreements evidencing the material indebtedness, after giving effect to the Pre-IPO Refinancing Transactions, of ACL, Albertsons, Safeway, NAI and certain of their subsidiaries. It does not include all of the provisions of our material indebtedness, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the instruments and agreements described. Pursuant to the IPO-Related Transactions, Albertsons Companies, Inc., as the surviving corporation of the merger of ACL into it, will become a borrower under the agreement governing the ABL Facility, a guarantor under the Term Loan Agreement and a co-issuer under the ACL Indentures (as defined below).

ABL Facility

On December 21, 2015, ACL entered into a new amended and restated senior secured asset-based loan facility (the “ABL Facility”) to, among other things, provide for a $4,000 million senior secured revolving credit facility.

Structure .    The ABL Facility provides for a $4,000 million revolving credit facility (with subfacilities for letters of credit and swingline loans), subject to a borrowing base (described below). In addition, we are entitled to increase the commitments under the ABL Facility by up to $1,500 million.

Maturit y .    The ABL Facility matures on December 21, 2020.

Borrowing Base.     The amount of loans and letters of credit available under the ABL Facility is limited to the lesser of the aggregate commitments under the ABL Facility or an amount determined pursuant to a borrowing base. The borrowing base at any time is equal to 90% of eligible credit card receivables, plus 90% of the net amount of eligible health care receivables, plus 90% of the “net recovery percentage” of eligible inventory (other than perishable inventory) multiplied by the book value thereof, plus 90% of the “net recovery percentage” of eligible perishable inventory multiplied by the book value thereof (subject to a cap of 25% of the borrowing base), plus 85% of the product of the average per script net orderly liquidation value of the eligible prescription files of the borrowers and the guarantors thereunder (“ABL Eligible Pharmacy Scripts”) multiplied by the number of such ABL Eligible Pharmacy Scripts (subject to a cap of 30% of the borrowing base), minus eligibility reserves. The eligibility of accounts receivable, inventory and prescription files for inclusion in the borrowing base will be determined in accordance with certain customary criteria specified in the credit agreement that governs the ABL Facility, including periodic appraisals.

Interes t .    Amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, (a) the base rate, plus an applicable margin equal to (i) 0.25% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is greater than 66% of the aggregate commitments), (ii) 0.50% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than or equal to 66% of the aggregate commitments, but greater than or equal to 20% of the aggregate commitments), or (iii) 0.75% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than 20% of the aggregate commitments), or (b) LIBOR, plus an applicable margin equal to (i) 1.25% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is greater than 66% of the aggregate commitments), (ii) 1.50% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than or equal to 66% of the aggregate commitments, but greater than or equal to 20% of the aggregate commitments), or (iii) 1.75% (if daily average excess availability during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than 20% of the aggregate commitments). If not paid when due, the ABL Facility bears interest at the rate otherwise applicable to such loans at such time plus an additional 2% per annum during the continuance of such

 

173


Table of Contents

payment event of default and the letter of credit fees increase by 2%. Other overdue amounts bear interest at a rate equal to the rate otherwise applicable to such revolving loans bearing interest at the base rate at such time, plus 2% until such amounts are paid in full.

Guarantee s .    Subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility, the amounts outstanding under the ABL Facility are guaranteed by each of our existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries that are not borrowers.

Securit y .    Subject to certain exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility, the obligations under the ABL Facility are secured by (a) a first-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all of the accounts receivable, inventory, documents of title related to inventory, instruments, general intangibles (excluding any equity interests of ACL or any of its subsidiaries), chattel paper, and supporting obligations of the company and its subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors under the ABL Facility and (b) a second-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all other assets (other than real property).

Fees .    Certain customary fees are payable to the lenders and the agents under the ABL Facility, including a commitment fee on the average daily unused amount of the ABL Facility, in an amount equal to (a) 0.25% per annum if such average daily excess availability amount during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is less than 50% of the aggregate commitments and (b) 0.375% per annum if such average daily excess availability amount during the most recently ended fiscal quarter is greater than or equal to 50% of the aggregate commitments.

Affirmative and Negative Covenant s .    The ABL Facility contains various affirmative and negative covenants (in each case, subject to customary exceptions as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility), including, but not limited to, restrictions on our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to: (i) dispose of assets; (ii) incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock and guarantee obligations; (iii) prepay other indebtedness; (iv) make certain restricted payments, including the payment of dividends by us; (v) create liens on assets or agree to restrictions on the creation of liens on assets; (vi) make investments, loans or advances; (vii) restrict dividends and distributions from our subsidiaries; (viii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (ix) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (x) amend the terms of any of our organizational documents or material indebtedness; (xi) change lines of business; or (xii) make certain accounting changes.

Financial Covenant s .    The ABL Facility provides that if (a) excess availability is less than (i) 10% of the lesser of the aggregate commitments and the then-current borrowing base at any time or (ii) $250 million at any time or (b) an event of default is continuing, the company and its subsidiaries must maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0:1.0 from the date such triggering event occurs until such event of default is cured or waived and/or the 30th day that all such triggers under clause (a) no longer exist.

Events of Defaul t .    The ABL Facility contains customary events of default (subject to exceptions, thresholds and grace periods as set forth in the definitive documentation for the ABL Facility), including, without limitation: (i) nonpayment of principal or interest; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) inaccuracy or breaches of representations and warranties; (iv) cross-defaults and cross-accelerations with certain other indebtedness; (v) certain bankruptcy related events; (vi) impairment of security interests in collateral; (vii) invalidity of guarantees; (viii) material judgments; (ix) certain ERISA matters; and (x) certain change of control events (including after completion of this offering, any person or group (other than the Equity Investors)).

 

174


Table of Contents

Term Loan Agreement

Albertsons, Safeway and certain other of our subsidiaries, as co-borrowers, entered into a second amended and restated term loan agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015, as amended by Amendment No. 1 dated December 21, 2015, by Amendment No. 2 dated December 21, 2015, by Amendment No. 3 and Consent dated February 11, 2016, by Amendment No. 4, dated June 22, 2016, and further amended by Amendment No. 5, dated December 23, 2016 (the “Term Loan Agreement”) among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway, NAI and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, ACL and the other guarantors from time to time party thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent.

Structure .    The Term Loan Agreement provides for a $6,013.9 million term loan facility, consisting of a $3,271.8 million term loan tranche B-4 (the “Term Loan B-4”), a $1,142.1 million term loan tranche B-5 (the “Term Loan B-5”) and a $1,600 million term loan tranche B-6 (the “Term Loan B-6” and, together with the Term Loan B-4 and the Term Loan B-5, the “Term Loan Facilities”). In addition, the borrowers are entitled to increase the term loan commitments under the Term Loan Agreement in an aggregate principal amount up to $750 million, plus an unlimited additional principal amount subject to satisfaction of a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio test, plus certain additional amounts pursuant to the terms of the Term Loan Agreement.

Maturity .    The Term Loan B-4 has a maturity date of August 25, 2021, the Term Loan B-5 has a maturity date of December 21, 2022 and the Term Loan B-6 has a maturity date of June 22, 2023.

Amortization .    (a) The Term Loan B-4 amortizes, on a quarterly basis, at a rate of 1% per annum of the original principal amount of the Term Loan B-4 (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the terms therewith), (b) the Term Loan B-5 amortizes, on a quarterly basis, at a rate of 1% per annum of the original principal amount of the Term Loan B-5 (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the terms therewith) and (c) the Term Loan B-6 amortizes, on a quarterly basis, at a rate of 1% per annum of the original principal amount of the Term Loan B-6 (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the terms therewith).

Prepayment .    The Term Loan Facilities are required to be prepaid with: (i) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset sales, casualty events and other dispositions, subject to the terms of an intercreditor agreement between the agent for the Term Loan Facilities and the agent for the ABL Facility and certain exceptions and reinvestment rights; (ii) 100% of the net cash proceeds of debt incurrences (other than debt incurrences permitted under the Term Loan Agreement) and (iii) 75% (subject to step-downs to zero, in accordance with a consolidated first lien net leverage ratio test) of excess cash flow minus certain payments made under the ABL Facility and voluntary prepayments of, and purchases of loans under, the Term Loan Facilities.

Interest .    (a) The Term Loan B-4 bears interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the base rate plus 2.00% or (ii) LIBOR (subject to a 0.75% floor) plus 3.00%; (b) the Term Loan B-5 bears interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the base rate plus 2.25% or (ii) LIBOR (subject to a 0.75% floor) plus 3.25%; and (c) the Term Loan B-6 bears interest, at our option, at a rate per annum equal to either (i) the base rate plus 2.25% or (ii) LIBOR (subject to a 0.75% floor) plus 3.25%.

Guarantees .    Subject to certain exceptions, the amounts outstanding under the Term Loan Agreement are guaranteed by ACL and each of its existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries that are not borrowers.

 

175


Table of Contents

Security . Subject to certain exceptions, the obligations under the Term Loan Agreement are secured by (i) a first-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all of the assets of the borrowers and guarantors (other than the ABL Priority Collateral (as defined below)), including real property and the equity interests of the borrowers and the “Restricted Subsidiaries” (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) of ACL, and (ii) a second-priority security interest in and lien on substantially all of the accounts receivable, inventory, documents of title related to inventory, instruments, general intangibles (excluding any equity interests of the borrowers or any of their subsidiaries), chattel paper, and supporting obligations, in each case, relating solely to or constituting proceeds of other ABL Priority Collateral, and certain related assets of the borrowers and guarantors and all proceeds thereof (the “ABL Priority Collateral”).

Fees .    Certain customary fees are payable to the lenders and the agents under the Term Loan Agreement, including a call premium of 1% for each applicable term loan tranche that is repriced or is refinanced with debt having a lower effective yield than the applicable term loan tranche that is repriced or refinanced on or before June 23, 2017.

Covenants .    The Term Loan Agreement contains various affirmative and negative covenants (in each case, subject to customary exceptions), including, but not limited to, restrictions on the ability of (a) the subsidiaries of ACL to: (i) dispose of assets; (ii) incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock and guarantee obligations; (iii) prepay certain indebtedness; (iv) pay certain restricted payments and dividends; (v) create liens on assets or agree to restrictions on the creation of liens on assets; (vi) make investments, loans or advances; (vii) restrict distributions from subsidiaries; (viii) engage in mergers or consolidations; (ix) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (x) amend the terms of any of our organizational documents or material indebtedness; (xi) change lines of business or (xii) make certain accounting changes, and (b) ACL to engage in material operating or business activities. The Term Loan Agreement contains no financial covenants.

Events of Default .    The Term Loan Agreement contains customary events of default (subject to customary exceptions, thresholds and grace periods), including, but not limited to: (i) nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) inaccuracy or breaches of representations and warranties; (iv) cross-defaults and cross-acceleration with certain other indebtedness; (v) certain bankruptcy related events; (vi) impairment of security interests in collateral; (vii) actual or asserted invalidity of guarantees or other security documents or other term facilities documentation; (viii) material judgments; (ix) certain ERISA matters; (x) certain change of control events (including after completion of this offering, any person or group (other than (a) Cerberus; (b) Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P.; (c) Klaff Realty; (d) Schottenstein Stores; and (e) Kimco Realty, and their affiliates, related funds and managed accounts (the “Equity Investors”)) owning more than 50% of the equity interests of ACL or ACL failing to own 100% of the equity interests of the co-borrowers); and (xi) loss of lien priority.

ACL Indentures

ACL, Albertsons, Safeway and NAI (collectively, the “ACL Issuers”), are co-issuers under (i) an indenture, dated as of May 31, 2016 and as amended and supplemented from time to time (the “2024 Notes Indenture”), by and among the ACL Issuers, certain subsidiaries of the ACL Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, under which the ACL Issuers have issued $1,250 million of 6.625% senior notes due June 15, 2024 (such notes, the “2024 Notes”) and (ii) an indenture, dated as of August 9, 2016 and as amended and supplemented from time to time (the “2025 Notes Indenture” and together with the 2024 Notes Indenture, the “ACL Indentures”), by and among the ACL Issuers, certain subsidiaries of the ACL Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, under which the ACL Issuers have issued $1,250 million of 5.750% senior notes due September 15, 2025 (such notes, the “2025 Notes” and together with the 2024 Notes, the “ACL Notes”).

 

176


Table of Contents

Interest .    Interest is payable on June 15 and December 15 of each year for the 2024 Notes and March 15 and September 15 of each year for the 2025 Notes.

Guarantees .    Subject to certain exceptions, the obligations under the ACL Indentures are guaranteed by each of the existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of ACL (other than Albertsons, Safeway and NAI).

Security .    The ACL Notes are unsecured.

Optional Redemption .

2024 Notes

Prior to June 15, 2019, the 2024 Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus an applicable make-whole premium equal to the greater of (a) 1.0% and (b) the excess of (i) the sum of the present value of 104.969% of the principal amount being redeemed, plus all required interest payments due thereon through June 15, 2019 (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption at the then-current interest rate on U.S. Treasury Securities of comparable maturities, plus 50 basis points. In addition, prior to June 15, 2019, the ACL Issuers may redeem up to 40% of the outstanding 2024 Notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings at 106.625% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest.

After June 15, 2019, the 2024 Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at the following redemption prices: (a) 104.969% if such notes are redeemed between June 15, 2019 and June 14, 2020, (b) 103.313% if such notes are redeemed between June 15, 2020 and June 14, 2021, (c) 101.656% if such notes are redeemed between June 15, 2021 and June 14, 2022, and (d) at par thereafter.

2025 Notes

Prior to September 15, 2019, the 2025 Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, plus an applicable make-whole premium equal to the greater of (a) 1.0% and (b) the excess of (i) the sum of the present value of 104.313% of the principal amount being redeemed, plus all required interest payments due thereon through September 15, 2019 (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption at the then-current interest rate on U.S. Treasury Securities of comparable maturities, plus 50 basis points. In addition, prior to September 15, 2019, the ACL Issuers may redeem up to 40% of the outstanding 2025 Notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings at 105.750% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest.

After September 15, 2019, the 2025 Notes may be redeemed in whole or in part at the following redemption prices: (a) 104.313% if such notes are redeemed between September 15, 2019 and September 14, 2020, (b) 102.875% if such notes are redeemed between September 15, 2020 and September 14, 2021, (c) 101.438% if such notes are redeemed between September 15, 2021 and September 14, 2022, and (d) at par thereafter.

Mandatory Redemption .     The ACL Notes do not require the making of any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments.

Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Holders .    If a “change of control” transaction (which includes, subject to certain exceptions, (i) the sale, lease or transfer, in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all the assets of ACL and its restricted subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to a person other than the Equity Investors, (ii) ACL becomes aware of the acquisition by any person or group, other than any of the Equity Investors, of more than 50% of the voting power of ACL

 

177


Table of Contents

or any of its direct or indirect parent companies or (iii) ACL ceases to, directly or indirectly own 100% of the equity interests of Albertsons, Safeway or NAI, and as a result thereof, a “rating event” occurs (i.e., the applicable series of ACL Notes rating is lowered by certain of the rating agencies then rating such series of ACL Notes due to such change of control by one more gradations within 60 days after the change of control or announcement of an intention to effect a change of control), the ACL Issuers are required to offer to purchase all of the applicable series of ACL Notes from the holders thereof at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount outstanding plus all accrued interest thereon.

Covenants .    The ACL Indentures contain various affirmative and negative covenants (subject to customary exceptions), including, but not limited to, restrictions on the ability of ACL and its restricted subsidiaries to: (i) dispose of assets; (ii) incur additional indebtedness, issue preferred stock and guarantee obligations; (iii) make certain restricted payments, investments and payments in respect of subordinated indebtedness; (iv) create liens on assets or agree to restrictions on the creation of liens on assets; (v) engage in mergers or consolidations; and (vi) engage in certain transactions with affiliates.

Events of Default .    The ACL Indentures contain events of default (subject to customary exceptions, thresholds and grace periods), including, without limitation: (i) nonpayment of principal, interest or premium; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) cross-acceleration with certain other indebtedness; (iv) certain judgments; and (v) certain bankruptcy related events.

Safeway Indenture

Safeway is party to an indenture, dated September 10, 1997 (the “Safeway Indenture”), with The Bank of New York, as trustee, under which Safeway has the following six outstanding issues of notes (amounts as of December 3, 2016):

a) $100,000,000 of 6.35% Senior Notes due August 2017 (the “2017 Safeway Notes”);

b) $268,557,000 of 5.00% Senior Notes due August 2019 (the “2019 Safeway Notes”);

c) $136,826,000 of 3.95% Senior Notes due August 2020 (the “2020 Safeway Notes”);

d) $130,020,000 of 4.75% Senior Notes due December 2021 (the “2021 Safeway Notes”);

e) $150,000,000 of 7.45% Senior Debentures due September 2027 (the “2027 Safeway Notes”); and

f) $600,000,000 of 7.25% Senior Debentures due February 2031 (the “2031 Safeway Notes”).

The 2017 Safeway Notes, 2019 Safeway Notes, 2020 Safeway Notes, 2021 Safeway Notes, 2027 Safeway Notes and 2031 Safeway Notes are collectively referred to as the “Safeway Notes.”

Interest .    Interest is payable on (a) February 15 and August 15 of each year for the 2017 Safeway Notes, 2019 Safeway Notes and 2020 Safeway Notes, (b) June 1 and December 1 of each year for the 2021 Safeway Notes, (c) March 15 and September 15 of each year for the 2027 Safeway Notes and (d) February 1 and August 1 of each year for the 2031 Safeway Notes.

Guarantees .    The Safeway Notes are not guaranteed.

Security .    The Safeway Notes are unsecured.

 

178


Table of Contents

Optional Redemption .    The Safeway Notes are redeemable at our option at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount of the Safeway Notes to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Safeway Notes to be redeemed (exclusive of interest accrued to the date of redemption) discounted to the date of redemption on a semiannual basis at the then-current interest rate on U.S. Treasury Securities of comparable maturities, plus the following:

2017 Safeway Notes: 25 basis points;

2019 Safeway Notes: 30 basis points;

2020 Safeway Notes: 20 basis points;

2021 Safeway Notes: 45 basis points;

2027 Safeway Notes: 10 basis points; and

2031 Safeway Notes: 25 basis points.

Mandatory Redemption .    The Safeway Notes do not require the making of any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments.

Repurchase of Notes at the Option of Holders .    If a “change of control” transaction (which includes (a) the disposition of all or substantially all of Safeway’s and its subsidiaries properties or assets, (b) the consummation of any transaction pursuant to which any person owns more than 50% of the voting stock of Safeway or (c) a majority of the members of Safeway’s board of directors not constituting continuing directors), and as a result thereof, a “rating event” occurs (i.e., the rating on a series of Safeway Notes is lowered by each of the rating agencies then rating the Safeway Notes below an investment grade rating within 60 days after the change of control or announcement of an intention to effect a change of control), Safeway is required to offer to purchase all of the 2017 Safeway Notes, 2019 Safeway Notes, 2020 Safeway Notes and 2021 Safeway Notes from the holders at a price equal to 101% of the principal amount outstanding plus all accrued interest thereon.

Covenants .    The Safeway Indenture contains various affirmative and negative covenants (subject to customary exceptions), including, but not limited to, restrictions on the ability of Safeway and its subsidiaries to (i) create liens on assets, (ii) engage in mergers or consolidations or (iii) enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

Events of Default.     The Safeway Indenture contains events of default (subject to customary exceptions, thresholds and grace periods), including, without limitation: (i) nonpayment of principal or interest; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) cross-acceleration with certain other indebtedness and (iv) certain bankruptcy related events.

NAI Indenture

NAI (as successor to Albertson’s, Inc.) is party to an indenture, dated as of May 1, 1992 with U.S. Bank Trust National Association (as successor to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York) (as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of May 7, 2004; Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated as of June 1, 2006; and Supplemental Indenture No. 3, dated as of December 29, 2008; collectively, the “NAI Indenture”), under which NAI has the following outstanding issues of notes:

a) $301,000,000 6.47% to 7.15% Medium-Term Notes, due July 2017—June 2028 (the “NAI Medium-Term Notes”)

 

179


Table of Contents

b) $200,000,000 of 7.75% Debentures due June 2026 (the “2026 NAI Notes”);

c) $650,000,000 of 7.45% Senior Debentures due August 2029 (the “2029 NAI Notes”);

d) $225,000,000 of 8.70% Senior Debentures due May 2030 (the “2030 NAI Notes”); and

e) $400,000,000 of 8.00% Senior Debentures due May 2031 (the “2031 NAI Notes”).

The NAI Medium-Term Notes, 2026 NAI Notes, 2029 NAI Notes, 2030 NAI Notes and 2031 NAI Notes are collectively referred to as the “NAI Notes.”

Interest .    Interest on the NAI Notes is payable semiannually.

Guarantees .    The NAI Notes are not guaranteed.

Security .    The NAI Notes are unsecured.

Optional Redemption .    The NAI Medium-Term Notes and the 2026 NAI Notes are not redeemable or repayable prior to maturity. The 2029 NAI Notes, 2030 NAI Notes, and 2031 NAI Notes are redeemable in whole or in part at any time, at a price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount to be redeemed and (ii) an amount equal to the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the applicable notes to be redeemed (excluding any portion of payments of interest accrued as of the redemption date) discounted to the redemption date on a semiannual basis at the Adjusted Treasury Rate plus, in the case of:

(i) the 2031 NAI Notes, 30 basis points and

(ii) the 2029 NAI Notes and 2030 NAI Notes, 20 basis points.

Mandatory Redemption .    The NAI Notes do not require the making of any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments.

Covenants .    The NAI Indenture contains certain covenants restricting the ability of NAI and its subsidiaries (subject to customary exceptions) to (i) create liens on certain assets, (ii) engage in mergers or consolidations or (iii) enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

Events of Default .    The NAI Indenture contains events of default (subject to customary exceptions, thresholds and grace periods), including, without limitation: (i) nonpayment of principal or interest; (ii) failure to perform or observe covenants; (iii) cross-acceleration with certain other indebtedness and (iv) certain bankruptcy related events.

American Stores Company Indenture

American Stores Company, LLC (“ASC”) is party to an indenture, dated as of May 1, 1995 with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as successor to The First National Bank of Chicago), as trustee (as further supplemented; together the “ASC Indenture”), under which ASC has the following four outstanding issues of notes:

a) $1,741,000 of 7.90% Debentures due May 2017 (the “2017 ASC Notes”);

b) $2,902,000 of 8% Debentures due June 2026 (the “2026 ASC Notes”);

c) $746,000 of 7.10% Medium Term Notes due March 2028 (the “2028 ASC MT Notes”); and

d) $143,000 of 7.5% Debentures due May 2037 (the “2037 ASC Notes”).

 

180


Table of Contents

The 2017 ASC Notes, 2026 ASC Notes, the 2028 ASC MT Notes, and the 2037 ASC Notes are collectively referred to as the “ASC Notes.” Interest on the ASC Notes is payable semiannually. The ASC Notes are guaranteed by SuperValu. The 2017 ASC Notes, 2026 ASC Notes and 2037 ASC Notes are not redeemable prior to maturity. The 2028 ASC MT Notes are redeemable in whole or in part, at the option of ASC, subject to certain conditions. The ASC Notes do not require the making of any mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments.

Concurrently with the acquisition of NAI in March 2013, ASC, SuperValu, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as escrow agent, entered into an escrow agreement pursuant to which ASC has deposited into escrow an amount equal to the outstanding principal balance of the ASC Notes plus funds sufficient to pay interest thereon for three years. ASC granted to SuperValu a security interest in its rights under the escrow agreement to secure reimbursement to SuperValu of any amounts paid by SuperValu under its guarantee of the ASC Notes. The ASC Indenture contains, solely for the benefit of the 2037 ASC Notes (but not any other series of the ASC Notes) certain covenants restricting the ability of ASC and its subsidiaries (subject to customary exceptions) to (i) create liens on certain assets, (ii) engage in mergers or consolidations or (iii) enter into sale and leaseback transactions.

 

181


Table of Contents

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS

TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of certain United States federal income and estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder (as defined herein) of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock as of the date hereof. This summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset.

Except as modified for estate tax purposes (as discussed below), a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for United States federal income tax purposes, is an individual, corporation, estate or trust that is not any of the following:

 

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

    a corporation organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

    an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

This summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxes and does not address the effects of any other United States federal tax laws (including gift tax or the Medicare tax on certain investment income) and does not deal with foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the United States federal income or estate tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws (including if you are a United States expatriate, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company” or a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

If an entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership considering an investment in our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular United States federal tax consequences to you of the ownership of the common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

Dividends

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA (as defined herein) below, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to United States federal withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

182


Table of Contents

However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States are generally not subject to the United States federal withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis in generally the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, on its effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to adjustments.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete the applicable Internal Revenue Service Form W-8 and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding and FATCA below, any gain realized on the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding tax unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States;

 

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

    we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to United States federal income tax on the net gain derived from the disposition on a net income basis in generally the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. If a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation falls under the first bullet point immediately above, it may also be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits, subject to adjustments.

Unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% United States federal income tax on the gain derived from the disposition, which may be offset by United States source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes. However, even if we become a “United States real property holding corporation,” if our common stock is considered to be regularly traded on

 

183


Table of Contents

an established securities market for United States federal income tax purposes, only a non-U.S. holder who, actually or constructively, holds or held (at any time during the shorter of the five year period preceding the date of disposition or the holder’s holding period) more than 5% of our common stock will be subject to United States federal income tax on any gain derived from the disposition of our common stock.

Federal Estate Tax

Common stock held (or deemed held) at the time of death by an individual non-U.S. holder who is neither a citizen or resident of the United States (as specifically defined for United States estate tax purposes) will be included in such holder’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder, or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder, or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s United States federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Additional Withholding Requirements

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as “FATCA”), a 30% United States federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on our common stock and, for a disposition of our common stock occurring after December 31, 2018, the gross proceeds from such disposition, in each case paid to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code), whether such foreign financial institution is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner which avoids withholding, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code), whether such non-financial foreign entity is the beneficial owner or an intermediary, which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA, or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial United States beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “—Dividends,” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

 

184


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The company, the selling stockholders, and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table from the selling stockholders. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

Incorporated

  

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.

  

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Lazard Frères & Co. LLC

  

Guggenheim Securities, LLC

  

Jefferies LLC

  

RBC Capital Markets, LLC

  

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

  

BMO Capital Markets Corp.

  

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

  

Telsey Advisory Group LLC

  

Academy Securities, Inc.

  

Samuel A. Ramirez & Company, Inc.

  

Blaylock Beal Van, LLC

  
  

 

 

 

Total

  
  

 

 

 

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                  shares from the selling stockholders. They may exercise that option for 30 days from the date hereof. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

 

185


Table of Contents

The following table shows the per share and total public offering price and proceeds to the selling stockholders and the underwriting discounts and commissions payable to the underwriters in connection with this offering. The company has agreed to pay all underwriting discounts and commissions, transfer taxes and transaction fees, if any, applicable to the sale of the common stock offered hereby and the fees and disbursement of counsel for the selling stockholders incurred in connection with the sale. In addition, the company has agreed to pay reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the underwriters relating to the review and qualification of this offering by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

            Total  
     Per Share      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Public offering price and proceeds to the selling stockholders

   $                    $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $         $     

We estimate that the total expenses for this offering will be approximately $     million.

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The company and its officers, directors and holders of substantially all of the company’s common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. Pursuant to this agreement, among other exceptions, we may enter into an agreement providing for the issuance of our common stock in connection with the acquisition, merger or joint venture with another publicly traded entity during the 180-day restricted period after the date of this prospectus. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale within the United States to some of our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. If these persons purchase reserved shares it will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the company, the selling stockholders and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

 

186


Table of Contents

We have been approved to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol “ABS.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

The company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            . The company has agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with any required review of the terms of the offering by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority in an amount not to exceed $35,000.

The company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and

 

187


Table of Contents

their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the company and to persons and entities with relationships with the company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Lazard Frères & Co. is acting as our financial advisor in connection with the offering. We expect to pay Lazard Frères & Co., upon the successful completion of this offering, a fee of $2,250,000 for its services, which fee shall be reduced by the amount of any underwriting discount paid to Lazard Frères & Co. in connection with this offering. We have also agreed to reimburse Lazard Frères & Co. for certain expenses incurred in connection with its engagement of up to $50,000, and, in our sole discretion, may pay Lazard Frères & Co. an additional incentive fee of up to $1,750,000. In addition, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and its affiliates may receive a portion of the net proceeds of this proceedings in connection with any repayment of the Management Loans.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the company (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the company. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Sharon Allen, a member of the our board of directors, also serves on the board of directors of Bank of America Corporation, the parent company of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated.

The shares may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations . Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts ( NI 33-105 ), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member

 

188


Table of Contents

State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorised or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorised or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA would not apply to the company; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or

 

189


Table of Contents

distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the “Financial Instruments and Exchange Law”) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale.

 

190


Table of Contents

Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

191


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, New York, New York, will pass upon the validity of the common stock offered hereby. Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP , New York, New York, is counsel for the underwriters in connection with this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of AB Acquisition as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, and for each of the three years in the period ended February 27, 2016 and the balance sheet of the Albertsons Companies, Inc. as of February 27, 2016 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements and balance sheet have been so included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Safeway as of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 and for the 53 weeks ended January 3, 2015, and the 52 weeks ended December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein. Such consolidated financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of United for the 48 weeks ended December 28, 2013 and the year ended January 26, 2013 included in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance upon the report of RSM US LLP, independent certified public accountants, upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing in giving said reports.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act to register our common stock being offered in this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms part of the registration statement, does not contain all the information included in the registration statement and the amendments, exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information about us and the common stock being offered in this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. As a result of the offering of the shares of our common stock, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, will file quarterly and annual reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, such reports and other information may be read and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC also maintains an internet site ( http://www.sec.gov ) that contains our SEC filings. Statements made in this prospectus about legal documents may not necessarily be complete, and you should read the documents which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement otherwise filed with the SEC.

 

192


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Albertsons Companies, Inc.

  

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Balance Sheets as of December 3, 2016 and February 27, 2016

     F-2   

Notes to Balance Sheets

     F-3   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-4   

Balance Sheet as of February 27, 2016

     F-5   

Notes to the Balance Sheet

     F-6   

AB Acquisition

  

Unaudited Interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-7   

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

     F-8   

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

     F-9   

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-10   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-34   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-35   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     F-36   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-37   

Consolidated Statements of Members’ (Deficit) Equity

     F-39   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-40   

Safeway

  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-104   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     F-105   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

     F-106   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-107   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-108   

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

     F-110   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-112   

United

  

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

  

Report of RSM US LLP, Independent Auditors

     F-162   

Balance Sheet

     F-163   

Statements of Comprehensive Income

     F-164   

Statements of Members’ Equity

     F-165   

Statements of Cash Flows

     F-166   

Notes to Financial Statements

     F-167   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.

Balance Sheets

(unaudited)

 

     December 3,
2016
     February 27,
2016
 

ASSETS

     

Cash

   $     —       $     —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

     

Total liabilities

   $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

               

STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

     

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Balance Sheets.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.

Notes to the Balance Sheets

Note 1—Organization

Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on June 23, 2015. Pursuant to a planned reorganization and initial public offering, the Company will become a holding corporation for the subsidiaries of AB Acquisition LLC and Albertsons Companies, LLC.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting —The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities of this entity.

Underwriting Commissions and Offering Costs —Underwriting commissions and offering costs to be incurred in connection with the Company’s common share offerings will be reflected as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. Underwriting commissions and offering costs are not recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet because such costs are not the Company’s liability until the Company completes a successful initial public offering.

Organizational Costs —Organizational costs are not recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet because such costs are not the Company’s liability until the Company completes a successful initial public offering. Thereafter, costs incurred to organize the Company will be expensed as incurred.

Note 3—Stockholder’s Equity

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) and 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”). Under the Company’s certificate of incorporation all shares of common stock are identical.

Note 4—Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events as of January 18, 2017 which represents the date of issuance of this balance sheet. The Company did not note any subsequent events requiring disclosure or adjustments to the balance sheet.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Management Board of

Albertsons Companies, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) as of February 27, 2016. The financial statement is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall balance sheet presentation. We believe that our audit of the balance sheet provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such balance sheet presents fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Albertsons Companies, Inc. as of February 27, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho

May 10, 2016

 

F-4


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.

Balance Sheet as of February 27, 2016

 

     February 27,
2016
 

ASSETS

  

Cash

   $   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

   $   
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

  

Total liabilities

   $   
  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

       

STOCKHOLDER’S EQUITY

  

Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding

       
  

 

 

 

Total stockholder’s equity

   $   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholder’s equity

   $   
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of this Balance Sheet.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, INC.

Notes to the Balance Sheet

Note 1—Organization

Albertsons Companies, Inc. (the “Company”) was formed as a Delaware corporation on June 23, 2015. Pursuant to a planned reorganization and initial public offering, the Company will become a holding corporation for the subsidiaries of AB Acquisition LLC and Albertsons Companies, LLC.

Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Accounting —The balance sheet has been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Separate statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows have not been presented in the financial statements because there have been no activities of this entity.

Underwriting Commissions and Offering Costs —Underwriting commissions and offering costs to be incurred in connection with the Company’s common share offerings will be reflected as a reduction of additional paid-in capital. Underwriting commissions and offering costs are not recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet because such costs are not the Company’s liability until the Company completes a successful initial public offering.

Organizational Costs —Organizational costs are not recorded in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet because such costs are not the Company’s liability until the Company completes a successful initial public offering. Thereafter, costs incurred to organize the Company will be expensed as incurred.

Note 3—Stockholder’s Equity

The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Common Stock”) and 30,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share (“Preferred Stock”). Under the Company’s certificate of incorporation as in effect as of February 27, 2016, all shares of common stock are identical.

Note 4—Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated all subsequent events as of May 10, 2016 which represents the date of issuance of this balance sheet. The Company did not note any subsequent events requiring disclosure or adjustments to the balance sheet.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

($ in millions, except unit amounts)

 

     December 3,
2016
    February 27,
2016
 
ASSETS     

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 806.1      $ 579.7   

Receivables, net

     614.4        647.8   

Inventories, net

     4,666.4        4,421.8   

Other current assets

     391.3        464.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     6,478.2        6,113.3   

Property and equipment, net

     11,451.5        11,846.2   

Intangible assets, net

     3,579.2        3,882.5   

Goodwill

     1,152.3        1,131.1   

Other assets

     790.3        796.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 23,451.5      $ 23,770.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 2,883.1      $ 2,779.9   

Accrued salaries and wages

     987.3        1,001.8   

Current maturities of long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations

     303.2        334.7   

Current portion of self-insurance liability

     298.8        308.7   

Taxes other than income taxes

     371.8        304.1   

Other current liabilities

     486.7        453.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     5,330.9        5,182.5   

Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations

     11,961.5        11,891.6   

Deferred income taxes

     1,403.2        1,512.9   

Long-term self-insurance liability

     976.4        1,012.1   

Other long-term liabilities

     2,571.4        2,557.7   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Members’ equity

    

Tracking units, 300,000,000 units issued and outstanding each of Albertson’s, NAI, and Safeway units as of both December 3, 2016 and February 27, 2016

              

Residual units, 14,907,871 units issued and outstanding of convertible Investor incentive units and 3,206,413 units issued and outstanding of Series 1 and Series 2 incentive units as of December 3, 2016 and 14,907,871 issued and outstanding of convertible Investor incentive units and 1,675,042 units issued and outstanding of Series 1 incentive units as of February 27, 2016

              

Members’ investment

     1,980.3        1,967.9   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (122.3     (112.7

Accumulated deficit

     (649.9     (242.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     1,208.1        1,613.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

   $ 23,451.5      $ 23,770.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

($ in millions, except per unit amounts)

(unaudited)

 

     40 weeks ended  
     December 3,
2016
    December 5,
2015
 

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 45,861.6      $ 44,908.5   

Cost of sales

     33,154.9        32,692.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     12,706.7        12,215.7   

Selling and administrative expenses

     12,252.2        11,939.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     454.5        276.5   

Interest expense, net

     895.7        718.2   

Other (income) expense

     (22.9     2.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

     (418.3     (444.3

Income tax benefit

     (10.4     (48.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (407.9   $ (395.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

    

Gain (loss) on interest rate swaps, net of tax

     31.8        (21.7

Recognition of pension loss, net of tax

     (12.1       

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     (25.7       

Other, net of tax

     (3.6     3.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

   $ (417.5   $ (414.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per unit attributable to:

    

Tracking Group basic earnings per unit

   $ (1.36   $ (1.33

Tracking Group diluted earnings per unit

     (1.36     (1.33

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions and unaudited)

 

     40 weeks ended  
     December 3,
2016
    December 5,
2015
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net loss

   $ (407.9   $ (395.9

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Net (gain) loss on property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs

     (38.8     54.5   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,374.0        1,217.2   

LIFO expense

     8.5        11.5   

Deferred income tax

     (198.2     (221.1

Pension and post-retirement benefits expense

     91.3        14.6   

Contributions to pension and post-retirement benefit plans

     (9.5     (6.0

(Gain) loss on interest rate swaps and commodity hedges, net

     (11.2     6.1   

Amortization and write-off of deferred financing costs

     62.0        42.8   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     111.7          

Equity-based compensation expense

     34.2        81.5   

Other

     39.9        26.3   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition of businesses:

    

Receivables, net

     35.5        (35.4

Inventories, net

     (216.2     (487.7

Accounts payable, accrued salaries and wages and other accrued liabilities

     145.5        (16.8

Other operating assets and liabilities

     88.5        265.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     1,109.3        557.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

     (188.6     (677.3

Payments for property, equipment and intangibles, including payments for lease buyouts

     (1,052.3     (720.4

Proceeds from divestitures

            454.7   

Proceeds from sale of assets

     435.9        57.7   

Changes in restricted cash

     (1.6     256.5   

Other

     66.4        28.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (740.2     (600.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     2,977.9        377.8   

Payments on long-term borrowings

     (2,831.8     (610.0

Payment of make-whole premium on debt extinguishment

     (87.7       

Payments of obligations under capital leases

     (95.2     (89.3

Payments for debt financing costs

     (31.1     (28.8

Proceeds from members’ investment

            21.6   

Other

     (74.8     (26.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (142.7     (354.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     226.4        (398.0

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     579.7        1,125.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 806.1      $ 727.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

NOTE 1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying interim Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of AB Acquisition LLC and subsidiaries (“AB Acquisition” or the “Company”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions were eliminated. The Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of February 27, 2016 is derived from the Company’s annual audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended February 27, 2016, included in this Form S-1, which should be read in conjunction with these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. These Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Certain information in footnote disclosures normally included in annual financial statements was condensed or omitted for the interim periods presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). In the opinion of management, the interim data includes all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim periods. The interim results of operations and cash flows are not necessarily indicative of those results and cash flows expected for the year. The Company’s results of operations are for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 and December 5, 2015.

Significant Accounting Policies

Restricted cash: Restricted cash is included in Other current assets and Other assets within the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and primarily relates to collateralized funds to be used in like-kind exchanges and funds held in escrow. The Company had $14.9 million and $13.3 million of restricted cash as of December 3, 2016 and February 27, 2016, respectively.

Inventories, net: Substantially all of the Company’s inventories consist of finished goods valued at the lower of cost or market and net of vendor allowances.

The Company uses either item-cost or the retail inventory method to value discrete inventory items at lower of cost or market before application of any last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) reserve. Interim LIFO inventory costs are based on management’s estimates of expected year-end inventory levels and inflation rates. LIFO expense was $8.5 million and $11.5 million for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 and December 5, 2015, respectively.

Company-owned life insurance policies (“COLI”): The Company has COLI policies that have a cash surrender value. The Company has loans against these policies and has no intention of repaying the loans prior to maturity or cancellation of the policies. Therefore, the Company offsets the cash surrender value by the related loans. As of December 3, 2016 and February 27, 2016, the cash surrender values of the policies were $189.6 million and $190.0 million, and the balance of the policy loans were $115.0 million and $115.8 million, respectively. The net balance of the COLI policies is included in Other assets.

Income Taxes: Income tax benefit was $10.4 million and $48.4 million, representing effective tax rates of 2.5% and 10.9%, for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 and December 5, 2015, respectively. The decrease in income tax benefit for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 as compared to the 40 weeks ended December 5, 2015 reflects a change in the mix of our income (loss)

 

  F-10    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

between companies within our affiliated group. We are organized as a partnership, which generally is not subject to entity level tax, and conduct our operations primarily through limited liability companies and Subchapter C corporations. We provide for federal and state income taxes on our Subchapter C corporations, which are subject to entity level tax, and state income taxes on our limited liability companies, where applicable. As such, our effective tax rate can fluctuate from period to period depending on the mix of pre-tax income or loss between our limited liability companies and Subchapter C corporations.

Segments : The Company and its subsidiaries operate food and drug retail stores that offer grocery products, general merchandise, health and beauty care products, pharmacy, fuel and other items and services. The Company’s retail operating divisions are geographically based, have similar economic characteristics and similar expected long-term financial performance and are reported in one reportable segment. The Company’s operating segments and reporting units are its 14 divisions, which have been aggregated into one reportable segment. Each reporting unit constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and for which management regularly reviews the operating results. Across all operating segments, the Company operates primarily one store format. Each store offers the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers, has similar distribution methods, operates in similar regulatory environments and purchases merchandise from similar or the same vendors. Except for an equity method investment in Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V. (“Casa Ley”), all of the Company’s retail operations are domestic.

The following table represents sales revenue by type of similar product (dollars in millions):

 

     40 weeks ended  
     December 3, 2016     December 5, 2015  
     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total  

Non-perishables (1)

   $ 20,823.7         45.5   $ 20,006.2         44.5

Perishables (2)

     18,400.4         40.1     18,004.9         40.1

Pharmacy

     3,959.0         8.6     3,897.5         8.7

Fuel

     2,076.9         4.5     2,423.1         5.4

Other (3)

     601.6         1.3     576.8         1.3
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 45,861.6         100.0   $ 44,908.5         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists primarily of general merchandise, grocery and frozen foods.
(2) Consists primarily of produce, dairy, meat, deli, floral and seafood.
(3) Consists primarily of lottery and various other commissions and other miscellaneous income.

Recently adopted accounting standards: In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-09, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting .” The new standard contains several amendments that will simplify the accounting for employee share-based payment transactions, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, statutory tax withholding requirements, classification of awards as either equity or liabilities, and classification on the statement of cash flows. The standard is effective for public entities for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within those annual periods. We have elected to early adopt these amendments with an effective date as of February 28, 2016. Under the new standard, excess tax benefits or deficiencies are reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of the provision for income taxes, whereas they previously were recognized in Members’ equity.

 

  F-11    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

Additionally, our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows now present excess tax benefits as an operating activity, and cash paid by the Company when directly withholding shares for tax withholding purposes as a financing activity. Finally, we have elected to account for forfeitures as they occur, rather than estimate expected forfeitures. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations or the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

Recently issued accounting standards: In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606). The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: 1) identify the contract(s) with a customer, 2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, 3) determine the transaction price, 4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and 5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. For public entities, this pronouncement is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016. Though the Company currently believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition, our evaluation is continuing and is not complete.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)” . The ASU will require organizations that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The new guidance will require both classifications of leases, operating and capital, to be recognized on the balance sheet. Consistent with current GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease will depend on its classification. The ASU also will require disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The ASU will take effect for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption will be permitted for all organizations. The adoption of this ASU will result in the recognition of significant right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company’s evaluation is continuing, including the assessment of other potential impacts of this pronouncement.

 

  F-12    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

NOTE 2—ACQUISITIONS

On March 25, 2016, the Company entered into a purchase agreement to acquire 29 stores from Haggen Holdings, LLC (“Haggen”), including 15 stores originally sold to Haggen as part of the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) mandated divestitures, and certain trade names and intellectual property, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $113.8 million, including the cost of acquired inventory. The following summarizes the preliminary allocation of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date (in millions):

 

     June 2, 2016  

Inventory

   $ 31.8   

Other current assets

     2.5   

Property and equipment

     89.9   

Intangible assets, primarily pharmacy scripts and trade names

     31.4   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     155.6   

Capital lease obligations

     35.2   

Other long-term liabilities

     22.7   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     57.9   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     97.7   

Goodwill

     16.1   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 113.8   
  

 

 

 

The goodwill recorded of $16.1 million is primarily attributable to the operational and administrative synergies expected to arise from the acquisition. The goodwill associated with this acquisition is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. This acquisition did not have a material impact on the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016.

During the first three quarters of fiscal 2016, the Company had other individually immaterial acquisitions resulting in net cash paid of $74.8 million and an additional $5.1 million of goodwill.

 

  F-13    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

NOTE 3—PROPERTIES HELD FOR SALE AND OTHER PROPERTY DISPOSITIONS

Properties Held for Sale

Assets held for sale and liabilities held for sale are recorded in Other current assets and Other current liabilities, respectively, and consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     December 3,
2016
    February 27,
2016
 

Assets held for sale:

    

Beginning balance

   $ 4.6      $ 521.2   

Transfers in

     7.9        10.5   

Disposals

     (5.6     (527.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 6.9      $ 4.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities held for sale:

    

Beginning balance

   $ 27.1      $ 90.4   

Transfers in

     1.9        4.1   

Disposals

     (12.7     (67.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 16.3      $ 27.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sale of Distribution Centers

During the first quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company sold two distributions centers in Southern California for $237.3 million, net of selling expenses, and leased them back for a 36-month period in a transaction that qualified for sale-leaseback accounting. The gain on the sale of these distribution centers of $97.4 million will be amortized over the 36-month lease period.

Divestitures

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Safeway Inc. (“Safeway”, “the Safeway acquisition”), the Company announced that it had entered into agreements to sell 111 Albertson’s Holdings LLC (“Albertson’s”) and 57 Safeway stores across eight states to four separate buyers. Divestiture of these stores was required by the FTC as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition. The divestiture of these stores was completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2015 in accordance with the asset purchase agreements. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Albertson’s stores for the 16 weeks ended June 20, 2015 were $298.8 million and $14.9 million, respectively. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Safeway stores for the 16 weeks ended June 20, 2015 were $145.7 million and $8.2 million, respectively.

 

  F-14    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

NOTE 4—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The accounting guidance for fair value established a framework for measuring fair value and established a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability at the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

 

Level 1—   Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2—   Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable;
Level 3—   Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions that market participants would use to value the asset or liability.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The following table presents assets and liabilities which were measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 3, 2016 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices in
active markets

for identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market

   $ 354.0       $ 354.0       $       $   

Short-term investments (1)

     22.5         19.0         3.5           

Non-current investments (2)

     93.7         43.2         50.5           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 470.2       $ 416.2       $ 54.0       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative contracts (3)

   $ 109.9       $       $ 109.9       $   

Contingent consideration (4)

     261.4                         261.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 371.3       $       $ 109.9       $ 261.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily relates to Mutual Funds. Included in Other current assets on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2) Primarily relates to investments in publicly traded stock classified as available for sale (Level 1) and U.S. Treasury Notes and Corporate Bonds (Level 2). Included in Other assets on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3) Primarily relates to interest rate swaps. Included in Other current liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(4) Primarily relates to Casa Ley contingent value rights (“CVRs”). Included in Other long-term liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

  F-15    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

The following table presents assets and liabilities which were measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of February 27, 2016 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices
in active
markets

for identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Short-term investments (1)

   $ 20.5       $ 17.7       $ 2.8       $   

Non-current investments (2)

     59.4         8.1         51.3           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 79.9       $ 25.8       $ 54.1       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative contracts (3)

   $ 184.5       $       $ 184.5       $   

Contingent consideration (4)

     269.9                         269.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 454.4       $       $ 184.5       $ 269.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily relates to Mutual Funds. Included in Other current assets on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2) Primarily relates to U.S. Treasury Notes and Corporate Bonds. Included in Other assets on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3) Primarily relates to interest rate swaps. Included in Other current liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(4) Primarily relates to Casa Ley CVRs. Included in Other long-term liabilities on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 liabilities for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 follows (in millions):

 

     Contingent
consideration
 

Beginning balance

   $ 269.9   

Change in fair value

     (5.1

Payments

     (3.4
  

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 261.4   
  

 

 

 

The estimated fair value of the Company’s debt, including current maturities, was based on Level 2 inputs, being market quotes or values for similar instruments, and interest rates currently available to the Company for the issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities as a discount rate for the remaining principal payments. As of December 3, 2016, the fair value of total debt was $11,656.7 million compared to a carrying value of $11,737.1 million, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs. As of February 27, 2016, the fair value of total debt was $11,036.2 million compared to the carrying value of $11,703.9 million, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs.

 

  F-16    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

As of December 3, 2016 and February 27, 2016, except in relation to assets classified as held for sale, no other material amounts of assets have been adjusted to fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company’s held for sale assets are classified as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and are valued primarily based on estimated selling prices less costs of disposal.

NOTE 5 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company is exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. The Company manages its exposure to interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swaps (“Cash Flow Hedges”). The Company’s risk management objective and strategy with respect to interest rate swaps is to protect the Company against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing its exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of its outstanding debt. The Company is meeting its objective by hedging the risk of changes in its cash flows (interest payments) attributable to changes in the LIBOR rate, the designated benchmark interest rate being hedged (the “hedged risk”), on an amount of the Company’s debt principal equal to the then-outstanding swap notional amount.

Cash Flow Interest Rate Swaps

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges of forecasted interest payments, the Company reports the effective portion of the gain or loss as a component of Other comprehensive (loss) income until the interest payments being hedged are recorded as Interest expense, net, at which time the amounts in Other comprehensive (loss) income are reclassified as an adjustment to Interest expense, net. Gains or losses on any ineffective portion of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships are recorded in the period in which they occur as a component of Other (income) expense in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. The Company has entered into several swaps with maturity dates in 2019 and 2021 to hedge against variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of the Company’s outstanding variable rate term debt. The aggregate notional amounts of all swaps as of both December 3, 2016 and February 27, 2016, were $4,820.2 million, of which $4,762.2 million are designated as Cash Flow Hedges as defined by GAAP. The undesignated portion of the Company’s interest rate swaps is attributable to principal payments expected to be made through the loan’s maturity.

As of December 3, 2016 and February 27, 2016, the fair value of the cash flow interest rate swaps were $109.3 million and $171.2 million, respectively, and are recorded in Other current liabilities.

Subsequent to the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2016, contemporaneously with the Term Loan refinancing on December 23, 2016, the Company amended each of its existing interest rate swaps to reduce the floor on LIBOR from 100 basis points to 75 basis points. As a result, the Company dedesignated its original cash flow hedges and redesignated the amended swaps prospectively. Losses deferred into OCI as of the dedesignation date which are associated with the original cash flow hedges will be amortized to interest expense over the remaining life of the hedges.

 

  F-17    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

Activity related to the Company’s derivative instruments designated as Cash Flow Hedges consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Amount of income
(loss) recognized
from derivatives
     

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

   40 weeks
ended
December 3,
2016
     40 weeks
ended
December 5,
2015
    Location of income
(loss) recognized from
derivatives

Designated interest rate swaps

   $ 31.8       $ (21.7   Other comprehensive
(loss) income, net of tax

Activity related to the Company’s derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Amount of income (loss)
recognized from
derivatives
     

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

   40 weeks
ended
December 3,
2016
     40 weeks
ended
December 5,
2015
    Location of income
(loss) recognized from
derivatives

Undesignated and ineffective portion of interest rate swaps

   $ 0.8       $ (1.3   Other (Income)

expense

NOTE 6—LONG-TERM DEBT AND CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATIONS

The Company’s long-term debt as of December 3, 2016 and February 27, 2016, net of unamortized debt discounts of $318.6 million and $349.2 million, respectively, and deferred financing costs of $136.0 million and $170.6 million, respectively, consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     December 3,
2016
    February 27,
2016
 

Albertson’s Term Loans due 2021 to 2023, interest rate range of 4.5% to 5.5%

   $ 5,833.2      $ 7,136.6   

Albertson’s Senior Unsecured Notes due 2024 and 2025, interest rate of 6.625% and 5.750%, respectively

     2,472.1          

NAI Notes due 2017 to 2031, interest rate range of 6.47% to 8.7%

     1,545.7        1,523.2   

Safeway Notes due 2016 to 2031, interest rate range of 3.4% to 7.45%

     1,369.1        1,451.3   

Albertson’s 7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2022

            584.7   

Albertson’s Asset-Based Loan Facility, average interest rate of 1.94%

            311.0   

Other Notes Payable, unsecured

     39.8        154.0   

Mortgage Notes Payable, secured

     22.6        23.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     11,282.5        11,184.1   

Less current maturities

     (186.9     (214.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 11,095.6      $ 10,969.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-18    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2025

On August 9, 2016, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries, as co-Issuers, completed the sale of $1,250.0 million of principal amount of its 5.750% Senior Unsecured Notes (“2025 Notes”) which will mature on March 15, 2025. Interest on the 2025 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on March 15 and September 15 of each year, commencing on March 15, 2017. Subject to certain exceptions, the 2025 Notes are guaranteed by each of the existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of the Company (other than the co-issuers).

Senior Unsecured Notes Due 2024

On May 31, 2016, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries, as co-Issuers, completed the sale of $1,250.0 million of principal amount of its 6.625% Senior Unsecured Notes (“2024 Notes”) which will mature on June 15, 2024. Interest on the 2024 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year, commencing on December 15, 2016. Subject to certain exceptions, the 2024 Notes are guaranteed by each of the existing and future direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of the Company (other than the co-issuers).

Senior Secured Notes

On June 24, 2016, a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2024 Notes was used to fully redeem $609.6 million of principal amount of Albertson’s 7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (the “Secured Notes”), and to pay an associated make-whole premium of $87.7 million and accrued interest (the “Redemption”). The Company recorded a $111.7 million loss on extinguishment of debt related to the Redemption comprised of the $87.7 million make-whole premium and a $24.0 million write off of deferred financing costs and original issue discount. The loss on extinguishment of debt is included as a component of Interest expense, net in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.

Term Loans

On May 31, 2016, a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2024 Notes was used to repay $519.8 million of principal on the then-existing Term B-3 Loan due 2019. The Company wrote off $15.0 million of deferred financing costs and original issue discounts in connection with the Term B-3 Loan paydown.

On June 22, 2016, the Company amended the agreement governing the Albertson’s Term Loans in which three term loan tranches were established and certain provisions of such agreement were amended. The tranches consisted of $3,280.0 million of a 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan, $1,145.0 million of a 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan and $2,100.0 million of a Term B-6 Loan (collectively, the “June 2016 Term Loans”). The proceeds from the borrowings of the June 2016 Term Loans, together with $300.0 million of borrowings under the Albertson’s Asset-Based Loan Facility (“ABL”), were used to repay the then-existing Albertson’s Term Loans and related interest and fees (collectively, the “June 2016 Term Loan Refinancing”). The Term Loan Refinancing was accounted for as a debt modification. In connection with the Term Loan Refinancing the Company expensed $27.6 million of financing costs. The Company also wrote off $12.8 million of deferred financing costs associated with the original Term Loans. The 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan would have matured on August 25, 2021, and had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.5%. The 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan would have matured on December 21, 2022, and had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.75%. The Term B-6 Loan would have matured on June 22, 2023, and had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.75%.

 

  F-19    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

On August 9, 2016, a portion of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 Notes was used to repay $500.0 million of principal on the Term B-6 Loan. The Company wrote off $9.2 million of deferred financing costs and original issue discounts in connection with the Term B-6 Loan paydown.

On December 23, 2016, subsequent to the end of the third quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company amended the agreement governing the Albertson’s Term Loans in which three new term loan tranches were established and certain provisions of such agreement were amended. The new tranches consisted of $3,271.8 million of a new 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan, $1,142.1 million of a new 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan and $1,600.0 million of a new 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan (collectively, the “New Term Loans”). The proceeds from the issuance of the New Term Loans were used to repay the then-existing Albertson’s Term Loans and related interest and fees. The new 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan matures on August 25, 2021, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 0.75% floor, plus 3.0%. The new 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan matures on December 21, 2022, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 0.75% floor, plus 3.25%. The new 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan matures on June 22, 2023, and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 0.75% floor, plus 3.25%.

Asset-Based Loan Facility

As of December 3, 2016, there were no loans outstanding under the new Albertson’s ABL, and letters of credit (“LOC”) issued under the LOC sub-facility were $622.9 million. Borrowings outstanding under the Albertson’s ABL as of February 27, 2016 consisted of loans of $311.0 million and letters of credit issued under the LOC sub-facility of $616.2 million.

As noted above, borrowings under the Albertson’s ABL increased $300.0 million on June 22, 2016 in connection with the Term Loan Refinancing. On August 9, 2016, $470.0 million of the net proceeds from the issuance of the 2025 Notes was used to repay the Albertsons ABL.

Safeway Debt

On June 24, 2016, upon consummation of the Redemption, the collateral securing Safeway’s 3.4% Senior Notes Due 2016, 6.35% Notes Due 2017, 5.0% Senior Notes Due 2019, 4.75% Senior Notes Due 2021, 7.45% Senior Debentures Due 2027 and 7.25% Debentures Due 2031 and the guaranties of Safeway’s 3.4% Senior Notes Due 2016, 6.35% Notes Due 2017 and 5.0% Senior Notes Due 2019 by Albertsons Companies, LLC and its subsidiaries, as applicable, were released.

Capitalized Lease Obligations

The Company’s total capitalized lease obligations were $982.2 million and $1,042.2 million as of December 3, 2016 and February 27, 2016, respectively. Current maturities of capitalized lease obligations were $116.3 million and $120.4 million and long-term maturities were $865.9 million and $921.8 million, as of December 3, 2016 and February 27, 2016, respectively.

 

  F-20    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

NOTE 7—EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

Equity-Based Compensation Expense

The equity-based compensation expense recognized in the accompanying Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     40 weeks ended  
     December 3, 2016      December 5, 2015  

Equity-based compensation expense:

     

Phantom units

   $ 34.2       $ 43.9   

Investor incentive units and Series 1 incentive units

             37.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity-based compensation expense

   $ 34.2       $ 81.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recorded income tax benefit of $7.2 million and $9.2 million for the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 and December 5, 2015, respectively.

The weighted-average assumptions used to value the Company’s equity-based awards are as follows:

 

     40 weeks ended  
     December 3, 2016     December 5, 2015  

Dividend yield

        

Expected volatility

     55.2     41.7

Risk-free interest rate

     0.67     0.60

Time to liquidity

     1.5 years        1.9 years   

Discount for lack of marketability

     19.2     16.0

Phantom Units

During the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016, the Company issued approximately 1.7 million Phantom units to its employees and directors, of which approximately 1.1 million Phantom units were deemed granted for accounting purposes. The 1.7 million Phantom units include 0.9 million Phantom units that have solely time-based vesting and 0.2 million performance-based Phantom units that were deemed granted upon the establishment of the fiscal 2016 annual performance target and that vest upon both the achievement of such performance target and continued service through the last day of fiscal 2016. The remaining 0.6 million performance-based Phantom units will only be deemed granted upon the establishment of the annual performance target for fiscal 2017 or fiscal 2018 or fiscal 2019, as applicable.

The performance-based units related to the 2016 performance target consists of 1.4 million units granted in fiscal 2015 and 0.2 million units granted in fiscal 2016. In the second quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company reversed $7.1 million of previously recorded expense on 1.6 million unvested 2016 performance-based awards as achievement of the 2016 performance target was no longer deemed to be probable.

 

  F-21    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

On October 18, 2016, the Board of Directors approved a resolution to waive the performance condition related to the 2016 performance-based awards, resulting in the modification of approximately 1.4 million performance-based units to Phantom units that have solely time-based vesting. This modification resulted in equity-based compensation expense of $11.6 million in the third quarter of fiscal 2016, and will result in equity-based compensation expense of approximately $12 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2016.

Phantom unit activity for the period was as follows:

 

     Time-Based      Performance-Based  
     Phantom
units
    Weighted-
average

grant date
fair value
     Phantom
units
    Weighted-
average

grant date
fair value
 

Phantom units unvested at February 27, 2016

     4,049,375      $ 21.74         1,358,125      $ 17.10   

Issued

     2,298,184        16.80         850,000        16.88   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

     873,392        16.89         229,167        16.85   

Vested

     (12,500     20.40         (12,500     20.40   

Modified

     1,424,792        16.74         (1,424,792     17.06   

Forfeited or canceled

     (462,500     21.31         (150,000     17.10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Phantom units unvested at December 3, 2016

     5,872,559      $ 19.89              $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 3, 2016, the Company had $82.6 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to Phantom units. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.98 years. Upon the establishment of the annual performance target for fiscal 2017, fiscal 2018 and fiscal 2019, the remaining 3.0 million issued performance based units will be deemed granted for accounting purposes, as applicable.

Series 1 Incentive Units

On April 9, 2015, the Company and a member of management entered into a consultancy agreement that outlined a transition of roles from an employee executive position to a non-employee consulting position. As part of this transition, the Company and the former employee agreed that 1.675 million of the previously granted Series 1 incentive units would be immediately forfeited; however, the former employee would still be entitled to receive and vest in the remaining 1.675 million of previously granted units, subject to the ongoing performance of a specific set of outlined consulting services through January 30, 2016. As of April 9, 2015, the Company had recognized a cumulative amount of $2.2 million in compensation expense associated with the original January 30, 2015 Series 1 incentive unit grant.

The Company has accounted for the April 2015 consulting arrangement transition as a modification to the originally granted award of 3.3 million Series 1 incentive units. 1.675 million Series 1 incentive units, or the newly agreed upon maximum number of shares to be received by the former employee, were valued as of April 9, 2015 at a per unit price of $23.76, or a total award value of $39.8 million. As a result of this modification, the Company recorded a total charge of $37.6 million during the 40 weeks ended December 5, 2015, representing the entire fair value of 1.675 million Series 1 incentive units on the modification date less cumulative amounts previously recognized as compensation expense prior to the modification. As of December 3, 2016, there is no amount of unrecognized compensation expense associated with previously granted Series 1 incentive units.

 

  F-22    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

NOTE 8—NET LOSS PER UNIT

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per Tracking group unit and per Residual group unit (in millions, except per unit amounts):

 

     40 weeks ended  
     December 3,
2016
    December 5,
2015
 

Net loss

   $ (407.9   $ (395.9

Less: undistributed loss available to Tracking group up to Distribution Targets

     (407.9     (395.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations available to Tracking group and Residual group unitholders

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss and distributions attributable to:

    

Tracking group unitholders—basic

   $ (407.9   $ (395.9

Residual group unitholders—basic

              

Tracking group unitholders—diluted

     (407.9     (395.9

Residual group unitholders—diluted

              

Weighted average Tracking group units outstanding used in computing net loss attributable to Tracking group unitholders-basic and diluted

     300.00        298.75   

Weighted average Residual group units outstanding used in computing net loss attributable to Residual group unitholders-basic

     18.1        14.9   

Net loss per unit attributable to:

    

Tracking group—basic

   $ (1.36   $ (1.33

Residual group—basic

              

Tracking group—diluted

     (1.36     (1.33

Residual group—diluted

              

For the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016, zero units for the Tracking group and 4.3 million units for the Residual group have been excluded from diluted weighted-average units outstanding because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. For the 40 weeks ended December 5, 2015 1.2 million units for the Tracking group and 9.0 million units for the Residual group have been excluded from diluted weighted-average units outstanding because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

NOTE 9—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Pension Plans

On May 15, 2016, the Company, through an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired 100% of the outstanding equity of Collington Services, LLC (“Collington”) from C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc. (“C&S”) for nominal cash consideration and the assumption of certain liabilities, primarily related to employee compensation and benefits of the workforce acquired. Prior to the acquisition, C&S, through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Collington, managed and operated the Company’s distribution center located in Upper Marlboro, Maryland. By purchasing the equity of Collington, the Company settled a pre-existing reimbursement arrangement under the previous supply agreement relating to the pension plan in which Collington employees participate. Consequently, the Company, through its newly acquired subsidiary, Collington, assumed primary liability for the Collington employees participating in the pension plan. Prior to the acquisition of Collington, the pension plan was a multiple employer plan, with Safeway and C&S being the respective employers. The Safeway portion of the plan was accounted for as a multiemployer plan, with the C&S portion being accounted for by the Company

 

  F-23    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

through the previous supply agreement. Also, contemporaneously with the acquisition of Collington, the Company negotiated a new supply agreement with C&S and negotiated concessions directly from the unions representing the Collington employees at the distribution center. The acquisition of Collington resulted in a charge of approximately $78.9 million to net pension expense during the first quarter of fiscal 2016. Upon the assumption of the C&S portion of the pension plan through the equity acquisition, the multiple-employer pension plan will be accounted for as a single employer plan.

As of May 15, 2016 the pension plan has a projected benefit obligation of $222.3 million which exceeds the fair value of its plan assets of $143.4 million. The Company considers approximately 31% of the plan assets as Level 1 for valuation purposes which are composed principally of domestic and international common stock. The remaining 69% of plan assets are considered Level 2 and primarily consist of collective trust funds, corporate bonds and U.S. government securities.

The Company also contributes to various multiemployer pension plans based on obligations arising from most of its collective bargaining agreements. These plans provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing employers. The Company recognizes expense in connection with these plans as contributions are funded.

Other Post-Retirement Benefits

In addition to the Company’s pension plans, the Company acquired plans as part of the Safeway acquisition that provide post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits to certain employees. Retirees share a portion of the cost of the post-retirement medical plans. The Company pays all the cost of the life insurance plans. The plans are unfunded.

Additionally, in connection with the Collington transaction, the Company negotiated with the respective unions a new unfunded post-retirement obligation with a projected benefit obligation of approximately $15.5 million, recorded through Other comprehensive (loss) income as prior service cost during the first quarter of fiscal 2016.

The following tables provide the components of net pension and post-retirement expense (in millions):

 

     40 weeks ended  
     Pension     Other post-retirement
benefits
 
     December 3,
2016
    December 5,
2015
    December 3,
2016
     December 5,
2015
 

Estimated return on plan assets

   $ (92.1   $ (107.5   $       $   

Service cost

     37.7        43.7        0.2           

Interest cost

     64.3        77.9        0.6         0.5   

Amortization of prior service cost

                   1.7           

Settlement charge

     78.9                         
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net expense

   $ 88.8      $ 14.1      $ 2.5       $ 0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company expects to recognize an additional $1.5 million of expense in 2016 related to the pension and post-retirement plans in which the Collington employees participate.

 

  F-24    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

The Company contributed $9.5 million to its defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans during the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016. For the 40 weeks ended December 5, 2015 the Company contributed $6.0 million to its defined benefit pension plans and post-retirement benefit plans. For the remainder of fiscal 2016, the Company currently anticipates contributing an additional $2.2 million to these plans, including $0.8 million related to the pension and post-retirement plans in which the Collington employees participate.

Defined Contribution Plans and Supplemental Retirement Plans

Many of the Company’s employees are eligible to contribute a percentage of their compensation to defined contribution plans (“401(k) Plans”). Participants in the 401(k) Plans may become eligible to receive a profit-sharing allocation in the form of a discretionary Company contribution based on employee compensation. In addition, the Company may also provide matching contributions based on the amount of eligible compensation contributed by the employee. All Company contributions to the 401(k) Plans are made at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Managers. For the 40 weeks ended December 3, 2016 and December 5, 2015, total contributions were $30.6 million and $26.9 million, respectively.

NOTE 10—RELATED PARTIES

Contractual Agreements with SuperValu

On September 9, 2016, the Company exercised its right to renew the term of the Transition Services Agreements (“TSAs”) with SuperValu for an additional year. The original TSAs had an initial term expiring on September 21, 2015 and included 10 options for additional one-year renewals with notice given to SuperValu at least 12 months prior to the expiration of the then current term. The renewal extends the TSAs through September 21, 2018.

Summary of SuperValu activity

Related party activities with SuperValu that are included in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     40 weeks ended  
     December 3, 2016      December 5, 2015  

Supply agreements included in Cost of sales

   $ 1,353.9       $ 1,079.1   

Selling and administrative expenses

     123.9         165.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,477.8       $ 1,244.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 11—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Guarantees

California Department of Industrial Relations: On October 24, 2012, the Office of Self-Insurance Plans, a program within the director’s office of the California Department of Industrial Relations (the “DIR”), notified SuperValu that additional security was required to be posted in connection with the Company’s, and certain other subsidiaries’, California self-insured workers’

 

  F-25    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

compensation obligations pursuant to applicable regulations. The notice from the DIR stated that the additional security was required as a result of an increase in estimated future liabilities, as determined by the DIR pursuant to a review of the self-insured California workers’ compensation claims with respect to the applicable businesses, and a decline in SuperValu’s net worth. A security deposit of $271.0 million was demanded in addition to security of $427.0 million provided through SuperValu’s participation in California’s Self-Insurer’s Security Fund (the “Fund”). SuperValu appealed this demand. The Fund had attempted to create a secured interest in certain assets of the Company for the total amount of the additional security deposit. The dispute with the Fund and the DIR was resolved through a settlement agreement as part of the NAI acquisition on March 21, 2013, and the primary obligation to the Fund and the DIR was retained by the Company following the NAI acquisition. Subsequent to the NAI acquisition, the Company set up a fund of $75.0 million to be used for the payment of future claims. In addition, the Company provided to the DIR a $225.0 million LOC to collateralize any of the self-insurance workers’ compensation future obligations in excess of the $75.0 million fund. As of December 3, 2016, there was no balance remaining in the fund. Prior to January 21, 2014, the Fund also held mortgage liens against the Jewel real estate assets as collateral. On January 21, 2014, the Company entered into a Collateral Substitution Agreement with the Fund to provide an irrevocable LOC to replace the mortgage liens against the Jewel real estate assets and the previously issued $225.0 million LOC. The amount of the LOC is adjusted semi-annually based on annual filings of an actuarial study reflecting liabilities as of December 31 of each year reduced by claim closures and settlements. The related LOC was $237.6 million as of December 3, 2016 and $247.7 million as of February 27, 2016.

Lease Guarantees: The Company may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties. If any of these third parties fail to perform their obligations under the leases, the Company could be responsible for the lease obligation.

In connection with the FTC-mandated divestitures, the Company assigned store leases with respect to 93 store properties to Haggen. On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. In November 2015, the Company participated in Haggen’s bankruptcy auction for its non-core stores, and after additional negotiations with Haggen and having received FTC and state attorneys general clearance and bankruptcy court approval, the Company acquired 35 stores for approximately $33 million, including 19 assigned leases from Haggen. The Company previously assigned 42 leases to Haggen that were acquired by other retailers or by landlords in the auction, and three others were modified during the bankruptcy process, eliminating the Company’s contingent lease liability. Haggen conducted a subsequent sale process with respect to its 33 core stores, which resulted in the sale to the Company of 29 stores (including eight leases previously assigned by the Company to Haggen) for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $113.8 million, including the cost of acquired inventory, subject to adjustment.

Haggen rejected, in its bankruptcy case, 11 leases for which the Company has contingent lease liability, one of which has now expired. As a result of the rejections, the Company recorded a loss of $32.2 million for this contingent liability, of which $30.6 million was recorded during fiscal 2015 and $1.6 million was recorded in the first quarter of fiscal 2016.

With respect to other leases the Company has assigned to third parties (including the leases Haggen had acquired but assigned to third parties in its bankruptcy), because of the wide dispersion among third parties and the variety of remedies available, the Company believes that if an assignee

 

  F-26    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

became insolvent, it would not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. No liability has been recorded for assigned leases in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet related to these contingent obligations.

The Company also provides guarantees, indemnifications and assurances to others in the ordinary course of its business.

Legal Contingencies

Various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business, including suits charging violations of certain wage and hour or civil rights laws, are pending against the Company. Some of these suits purport or have been determined to be class actions and/or seek substantial damages. Any damages that may be awarded in antitrust cases will be automatically trebled.

The Company continually evaluates its exposure to loss contingencies arising from pending or threatened litigation and believes it has made provisions where the loss contingency can be reasonably estimated and an adverse outcome is probable. Nonetheless, assessing and predicting the outcomes of these matters involves substantial uncertainties. Management currently believes that the aggregate range of reasonably possible loss for the Company’s exposure in excess of the amount accrued is expected to be immaterial to the Company. It remains possible that despite management’s current belief, material differences in actual outcomes or changes in management’s evaluation or predictions could arise that could have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Haggen, et al: On July 20, 2015, Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC commenced a lawsuit against Haggen in the State of Delaware in and for Newcastle County (the “State Court Action”), alleging claims for breach of contract and fraud arising out of Haggen’s failure to pay approximately $41.1 million due for purchased inventory in connection with Haggen’s purchase of 146 divested stores.

On September 1, 2015, Haggen commenced a lawsuit against Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging claims for violation of Section 7 of the Clayton Act, attempted monopolization under the Sherman Act, breach of contract, indemnification, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, unfair competition, misappropriation of trade secrets under the Uniform Trade Secrets Acts, conversion and violation of the Washington Consumer Protection Act (the “District Court Action”) and alleged that its damages may exceed $1.0 billion. On September 8, 2015, Haggen filed a petition for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and the State Court Action was stayed due to Haggen’s bankruptcy case. Also as a result of the bankruptcy case, the Company recorded an allowance of $41.1 million against the amount owed by Haggen for the purchased inventory during the second quarter ended September 12, 2015. On September 17, 2015, the Company received a letter from the legal counsel of another purchaser of a small number of our FTC-mandated divested stores, alleging claims similar to those presented in Haggen’s lawsuit, which the Company believes are without merit.

On January 21, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with (i) Haggen and its debtor and non-debtor affiliates, (ii) the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed in Haggen’s Chapter 11 bankruptcy case (the “Creditors’ Committee”), (iii) Comvest Partners and its affiliates and (iv) Cerberus Capital Management, pursuant to which the Company resolved the disputes

 

  F-27    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

in the State Court Action and the District Court Action (together, the “Haggen Litigations”). The settlement agreement provides for the dismissal with prejudice of the Haggen Litigations in exchange for (a) a cash payment by the Company of $5.75 million to a creditor trust to be formed by the Creditors’ Committee, (b) an agreement that the Company will have an allowed unsecured claim against Haggen in its bankruptcy case of $8.25 million, which the Company will transfer to the creditor trust, and (c) an exchange of releases of any and all claims among the settling parties. The settlement agreement was approved by an order of the Bankruptcy Court administering the Haggen bankruptcy case on February 16, 2016, and the order became final on March 2, 2016. Subsequently, the State Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 7, 2016, the District Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 8, 2016, and the Company paid $5.75 million to the creditor trust on March 11, 2016. The $5.75 million was recorded as a loss in fiscal 2015 and is incremental to the losses of $41.1 million related to the purchased inventory in the second quarter of fiscal 2015 and $32.2 million related to the Company’s contingent lease liability for the rejected Haggen leases.

Security Breach: On August 14, 2014, the Company announced that it had experienced a criminal intrusion by installation of malware on a portion of its computer network that processes payment card transactions for its retail store locations, including the Company’s Shaw’s , Star Market , Acme, Jewel - Osco and Albertsons retail banners. On September 29, 2014, the Company announced that it had experienced a second and separate criminal intrusion. The Company believes these were attempts to collect payment card data. Relying on its IT service provider, SuperValu, the Company took immediate steps to secure the affected part of the network. The Company believes that it has eradicated the malware used in each intrusion. The Company notified federal law enforcement authorities, the major payment card networks and its insurance carriers and is cooperating in their efforts to investigate these intrusions. As required by the payment card brands, the Company retained a firm to conduct a forensic investigation into the intrusions. The forensic firm has issued separate reports for each intrusion (copies of which have been provided to the card networks). Although the Company’s network had previously been found to be compliant with the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard issued by the PCI Council, in both reports the forensic firm found that not all of these standards had been met at the time of the intrusions, and some of this non-compliance may have contributed to or caused at least some portion of the compromise that occurred during the intrusions.

On August 5, 2016, the Company was notified that MasterCard had asserted its initial assessment for incremental counterfeit fraud losses and non-ordinary course expenses (such as card reissuance costs) as well as a case management assessment. The Company believes it is probable that other payment card networks will make similar claims against the Company. If other payment card networks assert claims against the Company, the Company currently intends to dispute those claims and assert available defenses. At the present time, the Company believes that it is probable that the Company will incur a loss in connection with the claims or potential claims from the payment card networks. On December 5, 2016, the Company was further notified that MasterCard had asserted its final assessment of approximately $6.0 million, which the Company paid on December 9, 2016; however the Company disputes the MasterCard assessment and is considering options to further challenge the assessment. The Company has recorded an estimated liability for probable losses that it expects to incur in connection with the claims or potential claims to be made by the payment card networks. The estimated liability is based on information currently available to the Company and may change as new information becomes available or if other payment card networks assert claims against the Company. The Company will continue to evaluate information as it becomes available and will record an estimate of additional losses, if any, when it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Currently, the potential range of any loss above the Company’s currently recorded amount cannot be reasonably estimated given no claims have been

 

  F-28    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

asserted to date by the payment card networks other than MasterCard and because significant factual and legal issues remain unresolved. On October 20, 2015, the Company agreed with one of its third party payment administrators to provide a $15.0 million LOC to cover any claims from the payment card networks and to maintain a minimum level of card processing until the potential claims from the payment card networks are resolved.

As a result of the criminal intrusions, two class action complaints were filed against the Company by consumers and are currently pending, Mertz v. SuperValu Inc. et al . filed in federal court in the state of Minnesota and Rocke v. SuperValu Inc. et al. filed in federal court in the state of Idaho, alleging deceptive trade practices, negligence and invasion of privacy. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages. The Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation has consolidated the class actions and transferred the cases to the District of Minnesota. On August 10, 2015, the Company and SuperValu filed a motion to dismiss the class actions, which was granted without prejudice on January 7, 2016. The plaintiffs filed a motion to alter or amend the court’s judgment, which was denied on April 20, 2016. The court also denied leave to amend the complaint. On May 18, 2016, the plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the Eighth Circuit and defendants filed a cross-appeal. The filing of appellate briefs was completed by both parties on September 29, 2016.

On October 6, 2015, AB Acquisition received a letter from the Office of Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania stating that the Illinois and Pennsylvania Attorneys General Offices are leading a multi-state group that includes the Attorneys General for 14 other states requesting specified information concerning the two data breach incidents. The multi-state group has not made a monetary demand, and the Company is unable to estimate the possibility of or reasonable range of loss, if any. The Company has cooperated with the investigation.

Drug Enforcement Administration: During fiscal 2014, the Company received two subpoenas from the Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) requesting information concerning the Company’s record keeping, reporting and related practices concerning the theft or significant loss of controlled substances. The two subpoenas have resulted in essentially a single investigation, and the Company is cooperating with the DEA in that investigation. The Company has met with the DEA on several occasions, including December 2015, May 2016 and June 2016, to discuss the investigation, and the Company anticipates further meetings in the near future. On June 7, 2016, the Company received a third subpoena, which requested information concerning potential diversion by one former employee in the Seattle/Tacoma area (Washington State). The Company is cooperating with the DEA. The Company anticipates that there will be monetary fines assessed, and possible administrative penalties. The Company has established an estimated liability for these matters, which is based on information currently available to the Company and may change as new information becomes available.

Office of Inspector General: In January 2016, the Company received a subpoena from the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (the “OIG”) pertaining to the pricing of drugs offered under the Company’s MyRxCare discount program and the impact on reimbursements to Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE (the “Government Health Programs”). In particular, the OIG is requesting information on the relationship between the prices charged for drugs under the MyRxCare program and the “usual and customary” prices reported by the Company in claims for reimbursements to the Government Health Programs or other third party payors. The Company is cooperating with the OIG in the investigation. The Company is currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably possible loss, if any.

 

  F-29    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

Civil Investigative Demand: On December 16, 2016, the Company received a civil investigative demand from the United States Attorney for the District of Rhode Island in connection with a False Claims Act investigation relating to the Company’s influenza vaccination programs. The investigation concerns whether the Company’s provision of store coupons to its customers who received influenza vaccinations in its store pharmacies constituted an improper benefit to those customers under the federal Medicare and Medicaid programs. The Company believes that its provision of the store coupons to its customers is an allowable incentive to encourage vaccinations. The Company is cooperating with the U.S. Attorney in the investigation. The Company is currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of possible loss, if any.

Rodman: On June 17, 2011, a customer of Safeway’s home delivery business (safeway.com) filed a class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California entitled Rodman v. Safeway Inc. , alleging that Safeway had inaccurately represented on its home delivery website that the prices paid there were the same as the prices in the brick-and-mortar retail store. Rodman asserted claims for breach of contract and unfair business practices under California law. The court certified a class for the breach of contract claim, but denied class treatment for the California business practices claims. On December 10, 2014, the court ruled that the terms and conditions on Safeway’s website should be construed as creating a contractual promise that prices on the website would be the same as in the stores and that Safeway had breached the contract by charging more on the website. On August 31, 2015, the court denied Safeway’s affirmative defenses and arguments for limiting liability, and determined that website registrants since 2006 were entitled to approximately $31.0 million in damages (which amount was reduced to $23.2 million to correct an error in the court’s calculation), plus prejudgment interest. The court then set a trial date of December 7, 2015 to determine whether pre-2006 registrants are entitled to any recovery. The parties thereafter stipulated to facts regarding the pre-2006 registration process, whereupon the court vacated the December trial date and extended its prior liability and damages rulings to class members who registered before 2006. Consequently, on November 30, 2015, the court entered a final judgment in favor of the plaintiff class in the amount of $41.9 million (comprised of $31.0 million in damages and $10.9 million in prejudgment interest). Safeway filed a Notice of Appeal from that judgment to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals on December 4, 2015. On April 6, 2016, Plaintiff moved for discovery sanctions against Safeway in the district court, seeking an additional $2.0 million. A hearing on the sanctions motion was held on August 25, 2016, and the court awarded sanctions against the Company in an amount under $1.0 million. The Company has established an estimated liability for these claims, but intends to contest both liability and damages on appeal.

Terraza/Lorenz: Two lawsuits have been brought against Safeway and the Safeway Benefits Plan Committee (the “Benefit Plans Committee,” and together with Safeway, the “Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants”) and other third parties alleging breaches of fiduciary duty under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) with respect to Safeway’s 401(k) Plan (the “Safeway 401(k) Plan”). On July 14, 2016, a complaint (“Terraza”) was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California by a participant in the Safeway 401(k) Plan individually and on behalf of the Safeway 401(k) Plan. An amended complaint was filed on November 18, 2016. On August 25, 2016, a second complaint (“Lorenz”) was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California by another participant in the Safeway 401(k) Plan individually and on behalf of all others similarly situated against the Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants and against the Safeway 401(k) Plan’s former recordkeepers. An amended complaint was filed on September 16, 2016 and a second amended complaint was filed on November 21, 2016. In general, both lawsuits allege that the Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants breached their fiduciary duties under ERISA regarding the selection of investments offered under the Safeway 401(k) Plan and

 

  F-30    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

the fees and expenses related to those investments. The Company believes these lawsuits are without merit, and intends to contest each of them vigorously. The Safeway Benefits Plans Defendants have filed motions to dismiss both cases. The hearings on the Terraza and Lorenz motions are set for February 2017. The Company is currently unable to estimate the range of loss, if any, that may result from these matters due to the early procedural status of the cases.

Other Commitments

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into various supply contracts to purchase products for resale and purchase and service contracts for fixed asset and information technology commitments. These contracts typically include volume commitments or fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other standard contractual considerations.

NOTE 12—OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME OR LOSS

Total comprehensive earnings are defined as all changes in members’ equity during a period, other than those from investments by or distributions to members. Generally, for the Company, total comprehensive income or loss equals net income plus or minus adjustments for pension and other post-retirement liabilities, interest rate swaps and foreign currency translation adjustments. Total comprehensive earnings represent the activity for a period net of tax.

While total comprehensive earnings are the activity in a period and are largely driven by net earnings in that period, accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) represents the cumulative balance of other comprehensive income, net of tax, as of the balance sheet date. AOCI is primarily the cumulative balance related to pension and other post-retirement benefit adjustments, interest rate swaps and foreign currency translation adjustments. Changes in the AOCI balance by component are shown below (in millions):

 

     40 weeks ended December 3, 2016  
     Total     Pension and
Post-
retirement
benefit plans
    Interest
rate
swaps
    Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
    Other  

Beginning AOCI balance

   $ (112.7   $ (2.3   $ (67.5   $ (45.6   $ 2.7   

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     (59.3     (15.5     2.8        (42.6     (4.0

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     41.5        1.7        39.8                 

Tax benefit (expense)

     8.2        1.7        (10.8     16.9        0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current-period other comprehensive (loss) income, net

     (9.6     (12.1     31.8        (25.7     (3.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending AOCI balance

   $ (122.3   $ (14.4   $ (35.7   $ (71.3   $ (0.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-31    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)

 

     40 weeks ended December 5, 2015  
     Total     Pension and
Post-
retirement
benefit plans
     Interest
rate
swaps
    Other  

Beginning AOCI balance

   $ 59.6      $ 77.1       $ (20.6   $ 3.1   

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     (57.8             (61.1     3.3   

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     29.3                29.3          

Tax benefit

     10.3                10.1        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current-period other comprehensive (loss) income, net

     (18.2             (21.7     3.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending AOCI balance

   $ 41.4      $ 77.1       $ (42.3   $ 6.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 13—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through January 18, 2017, which is the date of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

  F-32   


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

 

     Page  

Financial Information

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-34   

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015

     F-35   

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the fiscal years ended February 27, 2016, February 28, 2015 and February 20, 2014

     F-36   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended February 27, 2016, February 28, 2015 and February 20, 2014

     F-37   

Consolidated Statements of Members’ (Deficit) Equity for the fiscal years ended February 27, 2016, February 28, 2015 and February 20, 2014

     F-39   

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-40   

 

F-33


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Management Board of

AB Acquisition LLC:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of AB Acquisition LLC and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows, and members’ (deficit) equity for the 52 weeks ended February 27, 2016, the 53 weeks ended February 28, 2015 and the 52 weeks ended February 20, 2014. The financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion . An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of AB Acquisition LLC and subsidiaries as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the 52 weeks ended February 27, 2016, the 53 weeks ended February 28, 2015 and the 52 weeks ended February 20, 2014, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho

May 10, 2016

 

F-34


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

($ in millions, except unit amounts)

 

     February 27,
2016
    February 28,
2015
 
ASSETS     

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 579.7      $ 1,125.8   

Receivables, net

     647.8        631.9   

Inventories, net

     4,421.8        4,156.6   

Prepaid assets

     362.4        392.9   

Other current assets

     101.6        797.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     6,113.3        7,104.7   

Property and equipment, net

     11,846.2        12,048.5   

Intangible assets, net

     3,882.5        4,235.0   

Goodwill

     1,131.1        1,013.8   

Other assets

     796.9        1,276.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

   $ 23,770.0      $ 25,678.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY     

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 2,779.9      $ 2,763.5   

Accrued salaries and wages

     1,001.8        1,136.4   

Current maturities of long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations

     334.7        624.0   

Current portion of self-insurance liability

     308.7        311.6   

Taxes other than income taxes

     304.1        287.5   

Other current liabilities

     453.3        933.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     5,182.5        6,056.0   

Long-term debt and capitalized lease obligations

     11,891.6        11,945.0   

Deferred income taxes

     1,512.9        1,852.7   

Long-term self-insurance liability

     1,012.1        1,133.7   

Other long-term liabilities

     2,557.7        2,522.4   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Members’ equity:

    

Tracking units, 300,000,000 units issued and outstanding each of Albertson’s, NAI, and Safeway units as of February 27, 2016 and 300,000,000 units issued and 297,188,332 outstanding as of February 28, 2015

              

Residual units, 14,907,871 units issued and outstanding of convertible Investor incentive units and 1,675,042 units issued and outstanding of Series 1 incentive units as of February 27, 2016 and 14,907,871 issued and outstanding of convertible Investor incentive units as of February 28, 2015

              

Members’ investment

     1,967.9        1,848.7   

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

     (112.7     59.6   

(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings

     (242.0     260.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     1,613.2        2,168.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY

   $ 23,770.0      $ 25,678.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income

($ in millions, except per unit amounts)

 

     52 weeks ended
February 27,
2016
    53 weeks ended
February 28,
2015
    52 weeks ended
February 20,
2014
 

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 58,734.0      $ 27,198.6      $ 20,054.7   

Cost of sales

     42,672.3        19,695.8        14,655.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     16,061.7        7,502.8        5,399.0   

Selling and administrative expenses

     15,660.0        8,152.2        5,874.1   

Bargain purchase gain

                   (2,005.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income (loss)

     401.7        (649.4     1,530.6   

Interest expense, net

     950.5        633.2        390.1   

Other (income) expense

     (7.0     96.0          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

     (541.8     (1,378.6     1,140.5   

Income tax benefit

     (39.6     (153.4     (572.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

     (502.2     (1,225.2     1,713.1   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

                   19.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2   $ 1,732.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

      

Loss on interest rate swaps, net of tax

     (46.9     (20.6       

Recognition of pension (loss) income, net of tax

     (79.4     59.3        17.8   

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

     (45.6              

Other

     (0.4     2.9        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (674.5   $ (1,183.6   $ 1,750.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic net (loss) earnings per unit attributable to:

      

Tracking group continuing operations

   $ (1.68   $ (8.66   $ 13.87   

Tracking group discontinued operations

                   0.16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tracking group basic (loss) earnings per unit

   $ (1.68   $ (8.66   $ 14.03   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residual group continuing operations

   $      $      $   

Residual group discontinued operations

                     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residual group basic earnings per unit

   $      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted net (loss) earnings per unit attributable to:

      

Tracking group continuing operations

   $ (1.68   $ (8.66   $ 13.69   

Tracking group discontinued operations

                   0.15   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tracking group diluted (loss) earnings per unit

   $ (1.68   $ (8.66   $ 13.84   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residual group continuing operations

   $      $      $ 9.27   

Residual group discontinued operations

                   0.16   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Residual group diluted earnings per unit

   $      $      $ 9.43   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

 

     52 weeks ended
February 27,
2016
    53 weeks ended
February 28,
2015
    52 weeks ended
February 20,
2014
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net (loss) income

   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2   $ 1,732.6   

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Net loss (gain) on property dispositions, asset impairment and lease exit costs

     103.3        227.7        (2.4

Depreciation and amortization

     1,613.7        718.1        676.4   

LIFO expense

     29.7        43.1        11.6   

Deferred income tax

     (90.4     (170.1     (657.6

Pension and post-retirement benefits expense

     14.1        8.8        8.1   

Contributions to pension and post-retirement benefit plans

     (7.4     (272.3     (15.7

Loss on interest rate swaps and commodity hedges, net

     16.2        98.2          

Amortization and write-off of deferred financing costs

     69.3        65.3        25.1   

Bargain purchase gain

                   (2,005.7

Loss on debt extinguishment

                   49.1   

Equity-based compensation expense

     97.8        344.1        6.2   

Other

     24.0        36.5        19.7   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition of businesses:

      

Receivables, net

     (15.8     (8.5     11.0   

Inventories, net

     (245.0     (52.4     (39.6

Accounts payable, accrued salaries and wages and other accrued liabilities

     (244.4     184.0        304.9   

Self-insurance liabilities

     (133.4     (195.0     (127.9

Other operating assets and liabilities

     172.1        32.6        53.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     901.6        (165.1     49.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired(1)

     (710.8     (5,673.4     (463.9

Payments for property, equipment, intangibles, including payments for lease buyouts

     (960.0     (336.5     (128.4

Proceeds from divestitures

     454.7                 

Proceeds from sale of assets

     112.8        31.7        59.1   

Changes in restricted cash

     256.9        39.3        (246.0

Other

     34.6        (6.1     (2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (811.8     (5,945.0     (781.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     453.5        8,097.0        2,485.0   

Payments on long-term borrowings

     (903.4     (2,123.6     (923.3

Payments on short-term borrowings related to business acquisition

                   (44.3

Repurchase of debt under tender offer

                   (619.9

Payments of obligations under capital leases

     (120.0     (64.1     (24.5

Payments for debt financing costs

     (41.5     (229.1     (121.0

Proceeds from member contributions

     21.6        1,283.2        250.0   

Other

     (46.1     (34.5       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     (635.9     6,928.9        1,002.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (546.1     818.8        270.0   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     1,125.8        307.0        37.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 579.7      $ 1,125.8      $ 307.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-37    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in millions)

 

     52 weeks ended
February 27,
2016
    53 weeks ended
February 28,
2015
    52 weeks ended
February 20,
2014
 

Reconciliation of capital investments:

    

Payments for property and equipment, including payments for lease buyouts

   $ (960.0   $ (336.5   $ (128.4

Payments for lease buyouts

     48.3        8.3        0.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total payments for capital investments, excluding lease buyouts

   $ (911.7   $ (328.2   $ (128.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Non-cash investing and financing activities were as follows:

    

Additions of capital lease obligations, excluding business acquisitions

   $ 52.4      $ 23.7      $ 6.0   

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable

     166.3        109.1        11.7   

Interest and income taxes paid:

    

Interest paid, net of amount capitalized

     964.3        581.4        283.0   

Income taxes (refunded) paid

     (78.3     (21.5     40.8   

 

(1) See Note 2—Acquisitions and Note 16—Commitments and contingencies and off balance sheet arrangements under caption “Appraisal of Safeway Inc.”

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Members’ (Deficit) Equity

(in millions, except units)

 

    Tracking group     Residual group                          
    ABS units     NAI units     Safeway
units
    Class C
units
    Convertible
investor
incentive
units
    Series 1
incentive
units
    Members’
investment
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Accumulated
(deficit)/

Retained
earnings
    Total
members’

(deficit)
equity
 

Balance at February 21, 2013

    69,708,763                                         $      $      $ (247.2   $ (247.2

Issuance of tracking units to existing members

      69,708,763                                       

Proceeds from issuance of tracking units

    58,090,647        58,090,647                250.0                      250.0   

Equity-based compensation

                6.2                 6.2   

Net income

                              1,732.6        1,732.6   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                       18.0               18.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at February 20, 2014

    127,799,410        127,799,410                                    256.2        18.0        1,485.4        1,759.6   

Vesting of Class C units

          2,641,428                                   

Exchange of Class C units for tracking units

    2,641,428        2,641,428          (2,641,428                                

Issuance of convertible investor incentive units for services

            14,907,871          265.7                      265.7   

Proceeds from issuance of tracking units to management

    4,309,128        4,309,128                33.2                      33.2   

Proceeds from issuance of tracking units

    162,438,366        162,438,366                1,250.0                      1,250.0   

Equity-based compensation

                78.4                      78.4   

Issuance of Safeway tracking units to existing members

        297,188,332                                     

Net loss

                              (1,225.2     (1,225.2

Members’ distribution

                (34.5                   (34.5

Other member activity

                (0.3                   (0.3

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

                       41.6               41.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at February 28, 2015

    297,188,332        297,188,332        297,188,332               14,907,871               1,848.7        59.6        260.2        2,168.5   

Equity-based compensation

                97.8                      97.8   

Vesting of Series 1 incentive units

              1,675,042                               

Contributions related to repayment of member loans

    2,811,668        2,811,668        2,811,668              21.6                      21.6   

Net loss

                              (502.2     (502.2

Other member activity

                (0.2                   (0.2

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

                       (172.3            (172.3
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at February 27, 2016

    300,000,000        300,000,000        300,000,000               14,907,871        1,675,042      $ 1,967.9      $ (112.7   $ (242.0   $ 1,613.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business

AB Acquisition LLC and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) is a food and drug retailer that, as of February 27, 2016, operated 2,271 retail food and drug stores together with 379 associated fuel centers, 30 dedicated distribution centers and 19 manufacturing facilities. The Company is composed of retail food businesses and in-store pharmacies with operations primarily located throughout the United States under the banners Albertsons, Safeway, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb, Carrs Quality Centers, United Supermarkets, Market Street, Amigos, United Express, Sav-On, Jewel-Osco, Acme, Shaw’s and Star Market. The Company also owns and operates GroceryWorks.com Operating Company, LLC, an online grocery channel, doing business under the names Safeway.com and Vons.com. The Company also has a 49% ownership in Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V. (“Casa Ley”), which operates 216 food and general merchandise stores in Western Mexico. AB Acquisition LLC has no separate operating assets or liabilities other than the investments in its subsidiaries, and all its business operations are conducted through its operating subsidiaries. The Company is owned by a consortium of investors led by Cerberus Capital Management, L.P. (“Cerberus”).

On January 30, 2015, the Company, through a subsidiary, Albertson’s Holdings LLC (“Albertson’s”), acquired Safeway Inc. (“Safeway”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 6, 2014, as amended April 7, 2014 and June 13, 2014 (the “Merger Agreement”), under which Albertson’s acquired all of the outstanding shares of Safeway (the “Safeway acquisition”). Safeway operated 1,325 supermarkets under the banners Safeway, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb and Carrs Quality Centers.

On December 29, 2013, the Company acquired United Supermarkets, LLC (“United”). United operated 51 supermarkets under the banners United Supermarkets, Market Street, Amigos and United Express. On March 21, 2013, the Company acquired from SUPERVALU INC. (“SuperValu”) all of the issued and outstanding shares of New Albertson’s, Inc. (“NAI”) through a newly formed subsidiary of the Company, NAI Holdings LLC (the “NAI acquisition”). NAI operated 871 supermarkets under the banners Jewel-Osco, ACME, Shaw’s, Star Market and Albertsons. Prior to the NAI acquisition, the Company owned 192 supermarkets under the Albertsons banner and two distribution centers operating within certain geographical markets.

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Intercompany transactions and accounts have been eliminated in consolidation for all periods presented. The Company’s investment in Casa Ley is reported using the equity method.

Significant Accounting Policies

Fiscal year: In connection with the Safeway acquisition, the Company elected to change its fiscal year from the Thursday before the last Saturday in February to the last Saturday in February. Unless the context otherwise indicates, reference to a fiscal year of the Company refers to the calendar year in which such fiscal year commences. The Company’s first quarter consists of 16 weeks, and the second, third, and fourth quarters generally each consist of 12 weeks. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2015, the fourth quarter consisted of 13 weeks, and the fiscal year consisted of 53 weeks. For each of the other years presented, the fiscal year consisted of 52 weeks.

 

  F-40    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Use of estimates: The preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses for the reporting periods presented. Certain estimates require difficult, subjective or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents: Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase and outstanding deposits related to credit and debit card sales transactions that settle within a few days. Cash and cash equivalents related to credit and debit card transactions were $285.5 million and $299.2 million as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively.

Restricted cash: Restricted cash primarily relates to collateralized surety bonds, letters of credit and cash related to contingent value rights (“CVRs”). During fiscal year 2015, restricted cash was reduced by $256.9 million primarily due to certain collateral requirements being eliminated. As of February 27, 2016, the Company had restricted cash of $13.3 million included in Other current assets and Other assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheet. As of February 28, 2015, the Company had restricted cash of $270.2 million included in Other assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Receivables, net: Receivables consist primarily of trade accounts receivable, pharmacy accounts receivable and vendor receivables. Management makes estimates of the uncollectibility of its accounts receivable. In determining the adequacy of the allowances for doubtful accounts, management analyzes the value of collateral, historical collection experience, aging of receivables and other economic and industry factors. It is possible that the accuracy of the estimation process could be materially impacted by different judgments, estimations and assumptions based on the information considered and could result in a further adjustment of receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts and bad debt expenses were not material for any of the periods presented.

Inventories, net: Substantially all of the Company’s inventories consist of finished goods valued at the lower of cost or market and net of vendor allowances.

As of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, approximately 86.6% and 84.5%, respectively, of the Company’s inventories were valued under the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method. The Company primarily uses the item-cost or the retail inventory method to determine inventory cost before application of any LIFO adjustment. Under the item-cost method, the most recent purchase cost is used to determine the cost of inventory before the application of any LIFO adjustment. Under the retail inventory method, inventory cost is determined, before the application of any LIFO adjustment, by applying a cost-to-retail ratio to various categories of similar items to the retail value of those items. Replacement or current cost was higher than the carrying amount of inventories valued using LIFO by $122.0 million and $92.3 million at February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively. Liquidations of LIFO layers during the three years reported did not have a material effect on the results of operations.

Cost for the remaining inventories, which represents perishable, pharmacy and fuel inventories, was determined using the most recent purchase cost, which approximates the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. Perishables are counted every four weeks and are carried at the last purchased cost which approximates FIFO cost. Pharmacy and fuel inventories are carried at the last purchased cost, which approximates FIFO cost. The Company records inventory shortages based on actual physical counts at its facilities and also provides allowances for inventory shortages for the period between the last physical count and the balance sheet date.

 

  F-41    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Property and equipment, net: Property and equipment is recorded at cost or fair value for assets acquired as part of a business combination and depreciation is calculated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Estimated useful lives are generally as follows: buildings—seven to 40 years; leasehold improvements—the shorter of the remaining lease term or ten to 20 years; fixtures and equipment—three to 15 years; specialized supply chain equipment—six to 25 years.

Assets under capital leases are recorded at the lower of the present value of the future minimum lease payments or the fair value of the asset and are amortized on the straight-line method over the lesser of the lease term or the estimated useful life. Interest capitalized on property under construction was immaterial for all periods presented.

Impairment of long-lived assets: The Company regularly reviews its individual stores’ operating performance, together with current market conditions, for indicators of impairment. When events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the individual store’s assets may not be recoverable, its future undiscounted cash flows are compared to the carrying value. If the carrying value of store assets to be held and used is greater than the future undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is recognized to record the assets at fair value. For property and equipment held for sale, the Company recognizes impairment charges for the excess of the carrying value plus estimated costs of disposal over the fair value. Fair values are based on discounted cash flows or current market rates. These estimates of fair value can be significantly impacted by factors such as changes in the current economic environment and real estate market conditions. Losses on long-lived asset impairments are recorded as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

Lease exit costs: The Company records a liability for costs associated with closures of retail stores, distribution centers and other properties that are no longer utilized in current operations. For properties that have closed and are under long-term lease agreements, the present value of any remaining liability under the lease, net of estimated sublease recovery and discounted using credit adjusted risk-free rates, is recognized as a liability and charged to Selling and administrative expenses. These lease liabilities are usually paid over the lease terms associated with the property. Adjustments to lease exit reserves primarily relate to changes in subtenant income or actual exit costs that differ from original estimates. Lease exit reserves for closed properties are included as a component of Other current liabilities and Other long-term liabilities.

Intangible assets, net: The Company reviews intangible assets with indefinite useful lives and tests for impairment annually on the first day of the fourth quarter and also if events or changes in circumstances indicate the occurrence of a triggering event. The review consists of comparing the estimated fair value of the cash flows generated by the asset to the carrying value of the asset. The Company reviews finite-lived intangible assets for impairment in accordance with its policy for long-lived assets. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives consist of restricted covenants and liquor licenses. Intangible assets with finite lives consist primarily of trade names, naming rights, customer prescription files, internally developed software and beneficial lease rights. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated economic life ranging from three to 40 years. Customer prescription files are being amortized on a straight-line basis over a five-year useful life, which management believes is reflective of the economic life of the related assets. Beneficial lease rights and unfavorable lease obligations are recorded on acquired leases based on the differences between the contractual rents for the remaining lease terms under the respective lease agreement and prevailing market rents for the related geography as of the lease acquisition date. Beneficial lease rights and unfavorable lease obligations are amortized over the lease term using the straight-line method.

 

  F-42    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Business combination measurements: In accordance with applicable accounting standards, we estimate the fair value of acquired assets and assumed liabilities as of the acquisition date of business combinations. These fair value adjustments are input into the calculation of goodwill related to the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the acquisition.

The fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed are determined using market, income and cost approaches from the perspective of a market participant. The fair value measurements can be based on significant inputs that are not readily observable in the market. The market approach indicates value for a subject asset based on available market pricing for comparable assets. The market approach used includes prices and other relevant information generated by market transactions involving comparable assets, as well as pricing guides and other sources. The income approach indicates value for a subject asset based on the present value of cash flows projected to be generated by the asset. Projected cash flows are discounted at a required market rate of return that reflects the relative risk of achieving the cash flows and the time value of money. The cost approach, which estimates value by determining the current cost of replacing an asset with another of equivalent economic utility, was used, as appropriate, for certain assets for which the market and income approaches could not be applied due to the nature of the asset. The cost to replace a given asset reflects the estimated reproduction or replacement cost for the asset, adjusted for obsolescence, whether physical, functional or economic.

Goodwill: Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired as of the acquisition date. The Company reviews goodwill for impairment annually on the first day of the fiscal fourth quarter and also if events or changes in circumstances indicate the occurrence of a triggering event. We review goodwill for impairment by initially considering qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill, as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the two-step test is performed to identify potential goodwill impairment. If it is determined that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it is unnecessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. We may elect to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. In the first step, if the Company concludes that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its book value, the Company must perform step two in which it calculates the implied fair value of goodwill and compares it to carrying value. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, such excess represents the amount of goodwill impairment. Determining the fair value of a reporting unit involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. Generally fair value is determined by a multiple of earnings based on the guideline publicly traded business method or discounting projected future cash flows based on management’s expectations of the current and future operating environment. There were no goodwill impairment charges recorded for any periods presented.

Company-Owned life insurance policies (“COLI”): The Company has COLI policies that have a cash surrender value. The Company has loans against these policies. The Company has no intention of repaying the loans prior to maturity or cancellation of the policies. Therefore, the Company offsets the cash surrender value by the related loans. As of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, the cash surrender values of the policies were $190.0 million and $194.7 million, and the balance of the policy loans were $115.8 million and $120.0 million, respectively. The net balance of the COLI are included in Other assets.

 

  F-43    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Interest rate risk management: The Company has entered into several interest rate swap contracts (“Swaps”) to hedge against the variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on its outstanding variable rate term debt. Swaps are recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Changes in the fair value of Swaps designated as “cash flow” hedges, to the extent the hedges are highly effective, are recorded in Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of income taxes. Ineffective portions of cash flow hedges, if any, are recognized in current period earnings. Other comprehensive (loss) income is reclassified into current period earnings when the hedged transaction affects earnings. The Company assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether derivatives used as hedging instruments are highly effective in offsetting the changes in the fair value or cash flow of the hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge or ceases to be highly effective, the Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively.

Energy contracts: The Company has entered into contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas at fixed prices for a portion of its energy needs. The Company expects to take delivery of the electricity and natural gas in the normal course of business. Contracts that qualify for the normal purchase exception under derivatives and hedging accounting guidance are not recorded at fair value. Energy purchased under these contracts is expensed as delivered. The Company also manages its exposure to changes in energy prices utilized in the shipping process through the use of short-term heating oil derivative contracts used to hedge diesel fuel. These contracts are economic hedges of price risk and are not designated or accounted for as hedging instruments for accounting purposes. Changes in the fair value of these instruments are recognized in earnings.

Self-Insurance liabilities: The Company is primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, property, automobile and general liability. The self-insurance liability is undiscounted and determined actuarially, based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. The Company has established stop-loss amounts that limit the Company’s further exposure after a claim reaches the designated stop-loss threshold. Stop-loss amounts for claims incurred for the years presented range from $0.5 million to $5.0 million per claim, depending upon the type of insurance coverage and the year the claim is incurred. In determining its self-insurance liabilities, the Company performs a continuing review of its overall position and reserving techniques. Since recorded amounts are based on estimates, the ultimate cost of all incurred claims and related expenses may be more or less than the recorded liabilities.

As a part of the Safeway acquisition and NAI acquisition, the Company assumed outstanding self-insurance liabilities. Under the acquisition method of accounting, these assumed liabilities were recorded on the acquisition dates of Safeway and NAI at fair values of $613.5 million and $1,082.9 million, respectively. Subsequent to the acquisitions, the Company measures and accounts for the assumed self-insurance liabilities using a systematic and rational approach, which considers actual claims experience in each period compared to total expected claims over the estimated remaining life of the claims.

The Company has deposits with its insurers to fund workers’ compensation and automobile and general liability claims payments. The Company had $12.0 million and $12.9 million of deposits for its workers’ compensation and automobile liability claims as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively, included in Other assets. The Company has reinsurance receivables of $39.3 million and $30.4 million recorded within Receivables, net and $52.4 million and $70.8 million recorded within Other assets as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively. The self-insurance liabilities and related reinsurance receivables are recorded gross.

 

  F-44    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Changes in self-insurance liabilities consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Beginning balance

   $ 1,445.3      $ 1,009.7      $ 52.5   

Assumed liabilities from acquisitions

            613.5        1,082.9   

Expense

     293.7        157.7        128.6   

Claim payments

     (268.0     (205.3     (192.3

Other reductions(1)

     (150.2     (130.3     (62.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

     1,320.8        1,445.3        1,009.7   

Less current portion

     (308.7     (311.6     (200.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 1,012.1      $ 1,133.7      $ 809.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily reflects the systematic adjustments to the fair value of assumed self-insurance liabilities from acquisitions and actuarial adjustments for claims experience.

Deferred rents: The Company recognizes rent holidays, from the period of time the Company has possession of the property, as well as tenant allowances and escalating rent provisions, on a straight-line basis over the expected term of the operating lease. The expected term may also include the exercise of renewal options if such exercise is determined to be reasonably assured and is used to determine whether the lease is capital or operating. Deferred rents are included in Other current liabilities and Other long-term liabilities.

Deferred gains on leases: The Company may receive up-front funds upon sublease or assignment of existing leases. Deferred gains related to subleases and assignments as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015 were $13.9 million and $12.9 million, respectively, recorded in Other current liabilities, and $75.1 million and $72.7 million, respectively, recorded in Other long-term liabilities. These proceeds are amortized on a straight-line basis over an estimated sublease term as rent income and were $14.9 million, $12.6 million and $12.5 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

In addition, deferred gains have been recorded in connection with several sale-leaseback transactions and are recognized over the lives of the leases. The current portion of deferred gains related to sale-leaseback transactions was $12.5 million at both February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, recorded in Other current liabilities, with the long-term portion of $170.3 million and $183.3 million at February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively, recorded in Other long-term liabilities. Amortization of deferred gains related to sale-leaseback transactions was $12.7 million in fiscal 2015 and $13.4 million for both fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively, and was recorded as a reduction in rent expense.

Benefit plans: Substantially all of the Company’s employees are covered by various contributory and non-contributory pension, profit sharing, or 401(k) plans, in addition to dedicated defined benefit plans for Safeway, Shaw’s and United employees. Certain employees participate in a long-term retention incentive bonus plan. Most union employees participate in multiemployer retirement plans under collective bargaining agreements, unless the collective bargaining agreement provides for participation in plans sponsored by the Company. The Company also provides certain health and welfare benefits, including short-term and long-term disability benefits to inactive disabled employees prior to retirement.

 

  F-45    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company recognizes a liability for the under-funded status of the defined benefit plans as a component of Other long-term liabilities. Actuarial gains or losses and prior service costs or credits are recorded within Other comprehensive (loss) income. The determination of the Company’s obligation and related expense for its sponsored pensions and other post-retirement benefits is dependent, in part, on management’s selection of certain actuarial assumptions in calculating these amounts. These assumptions include, among other things, the discount rate and expected long-term rate of return on plan assets. Pension expense for the multiemployer plans is recognized as contributions are funded.

Revenue recognition: Revenues from the sale of products are recognized at the point of sale to the customer, net of returns and sales tax. Discounts provided to customers by the Company at the time of sale are recognized as a reduction in sales as the products are sold. Discounts provided to customers by vendors, usually in the form of coupons, are not recognized as a reduction in sales, provided the coupons are redeemable at any retailer that accepts coupons. The Company recognizes revenue and records a corresponding receivable from the vendor for the difference between the sales prices and the cash received from the customer. The Company records a deferred revenue liability when it sells its own proprietary gift cards. The Company records a sale when the customer redeems the gift card. The gift cards do not expire. The Company reduces the liability and records revenue for the unused portion of gift cards (“breakage”) after two to five years, the period at which redemption is considered remote. Breakage amounts were immaterial for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013.

Cost of sales and vendor allowances: Cost of sales includes, among other things, purchasing, inbound freight costs, product quality testing costs, warehousing costs, internal transfer costs, advertising costs, private label program costs, and strategic sourcing program costs.

The Company receives vendor allowances or rebates (“Vendor Allowances”) for a variety of merchandising initiatives and buying activities. The terms of the Company’s Vendor Allowances arrangements vary in length but are primarily expected to be completed within a quarter. The Company records Vendor Allowances as a reduction of Cost of sales when the associated products are sold. Vendor Allowances that have been earned as a result of completing the required performance under terms of the underlying agreements but for which the product has not yet been sold are recognized as reductions of inventory. The reduction of inventory for these Vendor Allowances was $117.9 million and $92.0 million as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively.

Advertising costs are included in Cost of sales and are expensed in the period the advertising occurs. Cooperative advertising funds are recorded as a reduction of Cost of sales when the advertising occurs. Advertising costs were $475.8 million, $239.9 million and $192.4 million, net of cooperative advertising allowances of $36.2 million, $16.9 million and $11.5 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Selling and administrative expenses: Selling and administrative expenses consist primarily of store and corporate employee-related costs such as salaries and wages, health and welfare, workers’ compensation and pension benefits, as well as marketing and merchandising, rent, occupancy and operating costs, amortization of intangibles and other administrative costs.

Equity-Based employee compensation: The Company has granted membership interests to employees and non-employees and accounts for these awards in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for equity awards issued to employees and non-employees.

Employee awards are recorded under the provisions of ASC 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation with equity-based compensation expense measured at the grant date, based on the fair

 

  F-46    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

value of the award. As required under this guidance, the Company estimates forfeitures for equity-based grants which are not expected to vest. The Company recognizes compensation expense over the requisite vesting period of the award. Time based awards are generally recognized on a straight-line basis, while performance based awards are generally recognized on a graded vesting basis. The Company recognizes compensation expense for equity-based awards subject to a performance vesting condition when achieving the performance condition becomes probable. Changes in inputs and assumptions used to calculate the fair value of equity-based payments can materially affect the measurement of the estimated fair value of the Company’s equity-based compensation expense.

The Company measures equity-based compensation to non-employees in accordance with ASC 505-50 Equity-Based Payments to Non-Employees (“ASC 505”), and recognizes the fair value of the award over the period the services are rendered or goods are provided.

Net (Loss) Income Per Unit (“EPU”): The Company has two classes of common units: tracking units and residual units. The tracking units include ABS, NAI and Safeway units (collectively referred to as the “Tracking group”) and residual units include Class C units, Investor incentive units and Series 1 incentive units (collectively referred to as the “Residual group”). EPU is calculated separately for the Tracking group and for the Residual group using the two-class method.

Basic (loss) income per unit (“Basic EPU”) is computed by dividing net (loss) income attributable to the Tracking group unitholders and Residual group unitholders by the weighted average number of Tracking group and Residual group units outstanding, respectively, for the period. Diluted (loss) income per unit (“Diluted EPU”) gives effect to all dilutive potential tracking units and residual units outstanding during the period using the treasury stock method. Diluted EPU excludes all potentially dilutive units if the effect of their inclusion is anti-dilutive. Diluted EPU is computed by dividing net (loss) income attributable to the Tracking group unitholders and Residual group unitholders by the weighted average number of units outstanding, respectively, plus, where applicable, units that would have been outstanding related to dilutive units secured by member loans for the Tracking group and Class C units, Investor incentive units and Series 1 incentive units for the Residual group.

Income taxes: The Company is organized as a limited liability company, taxed as a partnership which generally is not subject to entity-level tax. The income taxes in respect of these operations are payable by the equity members in accordance with their respective ownership percentages. The Company conducts the operations of its Safeway, NAI and United operations through Subchapter C Corporations. The Company provides for federal and state income taxes on its Subchapter C Corporations, which are subject to entity-level tax, and state income taxes on its limited liability companies where applicable. The Company’s (loss) income from continuing operations before taxes is primarily from domestic operations.

Deferred taxes are provided for the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established where management determines that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company reviews tax positions taken or expected to be taken on tax returns to determine whether and to what extent a tax benefit can be recognized. The Company evaluates its positions taken and establishes liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance for uncertain tax positions. The Company reviews these liabilities as facts and circumstances change and adjusts accordingly. The Company recognizes any interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as a component of Income tax expense.

 

  F-47    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company is contractually indemnified by SuperValu for any tax liability of NAI arising from tax years prior to the NAI acquisition. The Company is also contractually obligated to pay SuperValu any tax benefit it receives in a tax year after the NAI acquisition as a result of an indemnification payment made by SuperValu. An indemnification asset and liability, where necessary, has been recorded to reflect this arrangement.

Segments: The Company and its subsidiaries operate food and drug retail stores that offer grocery products, general merchandise, health and beauty care products, pharmacy, fuel, and other items and services. The Company’s retail operating divisions are geographically based, have similar economic characteristics and similar expected long-term financial performance and are reported in one reportable segment. The Company’s operating segments and reporting units are its 14 divisions, which have been aggregated into one reportable segment. Each reporting unit constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and for which management regularly reviews the operating results. Across all operating segments, the Company operates primarily one store format. Each store offers the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers, have similar distribution methods, operate in similar regulatory environments and purchase merchandise from similar or the same vendors. Except for an equity method investment in Casa Ley, all of the Company’s retail operations are domestic.

The following table represents sales revenue by type of similar product (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  
     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total     Amount      % of Total  

Non-perishables(1)

   $ 26,283.9         44.8   $ 12,906.1         47.5   $ 9,956.4         49.7

Perishables(2)

     23,661.4         40.3     11,043.8         40.6     7,842.3         39.1

Pharmacy

     5,073.0         8.6     2,602.9         9.6     2,019.4         10.1

Fuel

     2,954.8         5.0     387.4         1.4     46.9         0.2

Other(3)

     760.9         1.3     258.4         0.9     189.7         0.9
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 58,734.0         100.0   $ 27,198.6         100.0   $ 20,054.7         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists primarily of general merchandise, grocery, and frozen foods.
(2) Consists primarily of produce, dairy, meat, deli, floral, and seafood.
(3) Consists primarily of lottery and various other commissions, and other miscellaneous income.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards: In April 2015, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2015-03, “ Interest—Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.” The objective of this ASU is to simplify the presentation of debt issuance costs by requiring that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts. This ASU is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015 for publicly traded companies and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted for financial statements that have not been previously issued. The Company early adopted ASU 2015-03 during the first quarter of fiscal 2015. As a result of the adoption, the Company retrospectively reclassified $187.8 million of unamortized debt issuance costs as of February 28, 2015 from Other assets to a reduction in Long-term debt. Deferred finance costs related to the Company’s asset-based loans were not reclassified. The adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations or the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

 

  F-48    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-04, “Compensation—Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Practical Expedient for the Measurement Date of an Employer’s Defined Benefit Obligation and Plan Assets .” This ASU gives an employer whose fiscal year-end does not coincide with a calendar month-end (e.g., an entity that has a 52- or 53-week fiscal year) the ability, as a practical expedient, to measure defined benefit retirement obligations and related plan assets as of the month-end that is closest to its fiscal year-end. This amendment is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods within those fiscal years. Early application is permitted. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations or the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for fiscal year 2015.

In November 2015, the FASB issued authoritative guidance through FASB ASU 2015-17, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes.” This ASU requires entities to classify Deferred Tax Assets (“DTAs”) and Deferred Tax Liabilities (“DTLs”) as noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. The ASU simplifies the current guidance, which requires entities to separately present DTAs and DTLs as current and noncurrent in a classified balance sheet. This ASU is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016 for public companies, and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted for any interim or annual financial statements that have not been issued. The Company early adopted ASU 2015-17 in the third quarter of fiscal 2015. As a result of the adoption, the Company retrospectively reclassified current DTLs of $145.4 million and noncurrent DTAs of $93.0 million to noncurrent DTLs as of February 28, 2015. The adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations or the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards: In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “ Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (Topic 606). The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps: 1) identify the contract(s) with a customer, 2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, 3) determine the transaction price, 4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and 5) recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation. For public entities, this pronouncement is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. Early application is not permitted. Though the Company currently believes that the adoption of this standard will not have a material effect on its results of operations or financial condition, the Company’s evaluation is continuing and is not complete.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “ Leases (Topic 842)” . The ASU will require organizations that lease assets to recognize on the balance sheet the assets and liabilities for the rights and obligations created by those leases. The new guidance will require both classifications of leases, operating and capital, to be recognized on the balance sheet. Consistent with current GAAP, the recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease will depend on its classification. The ASU also will require disclosures to help investors and other financial statement users better understand the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. The ASU will take effect for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption will be permitted for all organizations. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement.

In March 2016, the FASB issued 2016-09, “Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting .” The ASU affects all entities that issue

 

  F-49    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

share-based payment awards, and includes several aspects of share-based payment transactions, including classifying awards as equity or liabilities, tax consequences, and cash flow statement classification. The ASU will take effect for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this pronouncement.

NOTE 2—ACQUISITIONS

Fiscal 2015

Haggen Transaction

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, in connection with the acquisition of Safeway and as discussed further in Note 3—Lease exit costs and properties held for sale, the Company announced that it had entered into agreements to sell 168 stores as required by the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition. The Company sold 146 of these stores to Haggen Holdings, LLC (“Haggen”). On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. After receiving FTC and state attorneys general clearance, and bankruptcy court approval, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company acquired 35 stores originally sold to Haggen as part of the FTC divestitures for an aggregate purchase price of $32.6 million. The Haggen transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting.

This acquisition did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2015. Pro forma results are not presented, as the acquisition was not considered material to the consolidated Company. Third party acquisition-related costs were immaterial for fiscal 2015 and were expensed as incurred as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

Haggen also secured Bankruptcy Court approval for bidding procedures for the sale of 29 additional stores. On March 25, 2016, the Company entered into a purchase agreement to acquire the 29 additional stores, which included 15 stores originally sold to Haggen as part of the FTC divestitures, and certain trade names and intellectual property, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $117 million, including the cost of acquired inventory. The transaction is expected to close in the first half of fiscal 2016.

A&P Transaction

On November 17, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of 73 stores operated by A&P pursuant to Section 363 of Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. The purchase price for the 73 stores, including the cost of acquired inventory, was $292.7 million. The acquired stores, which are principally located in the northern New York City suburbs, northern New Jersey and the greater Philadelphia area, are complementary to the Company’s existing store and distribution base and have been bannered as Acme stores.

 

  F-50    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The A&P transaction was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The following table summarizes the final allocation of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in millions):

 

     November 17, 2015  

Current assets, including $1.7 million in acquired cash

   $ 51.1   

Property and equipment

     133.9   

Intangible assets

     67.1   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     252.1   

Current liabilities

     2.3   

Capital lease obligations

     71.7   

Other long-term liabilities

     16.2   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     90.2   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     161.9   

Goodwill

     130.8   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 292.7   
  

 

 

 

The identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted of the following as of the date of the A&P transaction (in millions):

 

Beneficial lease rights

   $ 44.0   

Customer lists, including prescription files

     19.4   

Other intangibles

     2.5   
  

 

 

 

Total finite intangible assets

     65.9   

Liquor licenses

     1.2   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 67.1   
  

 

 

 

The goodwill recorded of $130.8 million is primarily attributable to the operational and administrative synergies expected to arise from the acquisition. The goodwill associated with this acquisition is deductible for tax purposes.

This acquisition did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations for fiscal 2015. Pro forma results are not presented, as the acquisition was not considered material to the consolidated Company. Third party acquisition-related costs of $11.1 million in fiscal 2015 were expensed as incurred as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

Fiscal 2014

Safeway Acquisition

On January 30, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of Safeway by acquiring all of the outstanding shares of Safeway for cash consideration of $34.92 per share or $8,263.5 million and issuing contingent value rights of $1.0266 and $0.0488 per share relating to Safeway’s 49% interest in Casa Ley and deferred consideration related to Safeway’s previous sale of the Property Development Centers, LLC (“PDC”) assets, respectively, for an aggregate fair value of $270.9 million. The Casa Ley contingent value right will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net proceeds from the sale of

 

  F-51    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Casa Ley. In the event that Casa Ley is not sold prior to January 30, 2018, holders of the Casa Ley contingent value rights will be entitled to receive their pro rata portion of the fair market value of such remaining interest minus certain fees, expenses and assumed taxes that would have been deducted from the proceeds of a sale of Casa Ley. The PDC contingent value right will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net proceeds from any deferred consideration relating to the previous sale of the PDC assets. At the time of the acquisition, Safeway operated 1,325 supermarkets under the banners Safeway, Vons, Pavilions, Randalls, Tom Thumb and Carrs Quality Centers, with an extensive network of distribution, manufacturing and food processing facilities. Safeway also owned and operated GroceryWorks.com Operating Company, LLC an online grocery channel. The acquisition was financed through a combination of debt financing and equity contributions from existing members.

The Safeway acquisition allowed the Company to expand into various new and existing markets and provided the Company access to a broad range of brands and own brand products. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The following table summarizes the final allocation of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the Safeway acquisition (in millions):

 

     January 30, 2015  

Cash

   $ 2,202.9   

Receivables

     348.4   

Inventories

     2,493.7   

Other current assets

     614.1   

Property and equipment

     8,102.4   

Intangible assets

     3,102.2   

Other assets

     719.7   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     17,583.4   

Current liabilities

     2,984.8   

Long-term capital lease obligations

     514.2   

Long-term debt

     2,470.3   

Long-term deferred income taxes

     1,817.1   

Other long-term liabilities

     2,205.0   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     9,991.4   
  

 

 

 

Net assets purchased

     7,592.0   

Goodwill

     942.4   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 8,534.4   
  

 

 

 

The identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted of the following as of the date of the Safeway acquisition (in millions):

 

Trade names

   $ 1,458.0   

Beneficial lease rights

     367.2   

Customer lists, including prescription files and licenses

     865.2   

Internally developed software and loyalty program technology

     375.3   
  

 

 

 

Total finite intangible assets

     3,065.7   

Liquor licenses

     36.5   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 3,102.2   
  

 

 

 

 

  F-52    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The goodwill recorded of $942.4 million is primarily attributable to the operational and administrative synergies expected to arise from the acquisition. The acquisition is treated as a stock purchase for income tax purposes, and the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the acquisition did not result in a step up of tax basis and goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes. Third party acquisition-related costs of $110.5 million in fiscal 2014 and $5.9 million in fiscal 2013 were expensed as incurred as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

As part of the Safeway acquisition, the Company assumed long-term debt and long-term capital lease obligations with fair values of $2,470.3 million and $514.2 million, respectively. Immediately following the acquisition, the Company redeemed $864.6 million of assumed debt and paid accrued interest and breakage fees of $8.6 million.

Safeway contributed revenues of $2,696.0 million and an operating loss of $184.2 million for the period from January 31, 2015 to February 28, 2015.

Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Information

The pro forma financial information as presented below is for informational purposes only and is not indicative of operations that would have been achieved from the Safeway acquisition had they occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2013. The pro forma results exclude the results of operations for the divested stores and PDC. Supplemental information on an unaudited pro forma basis is as follows (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 57,496.9      $ 52,145.4   

(Loss) income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ (281.5   $ 739.3   

The unaudited pro forma supplemental amounts have been calculated to reflect interest expense, net and additional depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities and related financing events had been applied from the beginning of fiscal 2013 with the related tax effects.

Fiscal 2013

United Acquisition

On December 29, 2013, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Albertson’s LLC, acquired United for $362.1 million in cash (“United acquisition”). At the time of the acquisition, United operated 51 traditional, specialty, and Hispanic retail food stores under its United Supermarkets, Market Street and Amigos banners, seven convenience stores and 26 fuel centers under its United Express banner and three distribution centers. United is located in 30 markets across north and west Texas.

The acquisition of United, with its focus on selection, quality, and customer service, allowed the Company to add a complementary base of stores in Texas. To fund the United acquisition, the Company amended its Term Loan and Asset-Based Revolving Credit Agreement on December 27, 2013.

 

  F-53    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table summarizes the final allocation of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in millions):

 

     December 29, 2013  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 19.6   

Receivables

     28.6   

Inventories

     117.8   

Other current assets

     3.5   

Property and equipment

     241.8   

Intangible assets

     74.2   

Other assets

     4.5   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     490.0   
  

 

 

 

Current liabilities

     113.1   

Long-term capitalized lease obligations

     5.9   

Other long term liabilities

     76.8   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     195.8   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable net assets

     294.2   

Goodwill

     67.9   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 362.1   
  

 

 

 

 

The identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted of the following as of the acquisition date (in millions):

 

   

Trade names

   $ 32.9   

Beneficial lease rights

     13.5   

Customer prescription files

     27.8   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 74.2   
  

 

 

 

The goodwill recorded as part of the acquisition was attributable to the United workforce and the operational synergies expected from the acquisition, and is not tax deductible. Acquisition-related costs for the United acquisition of $10.3 million in fiscal 2013 were expensed as incurred as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

Vons REIT, Inc. Acquisition

On October 10, 2013, the Company purchased all of the stock of Vons REIT, Inc. (“Vons”) for $30.0 million in cash. Vons owned and operated four Dominick’s-bannered stores in the Chicago metropolitan area at the time of the acquisition. The Vons acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting.

NAI Acquisition

On March 21, 2013, the Company acquired from SuperValu all of the issued and outstanding shares of NAI pursuant to a Stock Purchase Agreement for a total purchase consideration of $253.6 million, including $69.9 million of working capital adjustments, and assumed debt and capital lease obligations with a carrying value prior to the acquisition date of $3.2 billion. The purchase consideration

 

  F-54    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

was primarily cash and a short-term payable that was fully paid as of February 20, 2014. The estimated fair value of debt and capital leases assumed was $2.6 billion on the acquisition date of March 21, 2013.

The NAI acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting. The following table summarizes the final allocation of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the NAI acquisition (in millions):

 

     March 21, 2013  

Cash

   $ 111.2   

Receivables

     215.2   

Inventories

     1,408.6   

Other current assets

     69.2   

Property and equipment

     4,615.0   

Intangible assets

     1,502.9   

Other assets

     389.6   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     8,311.7   

Current liabilities

     1,308.0   

Long-term capital lease obligations

     430.0   

Long-term debt

     2,036.4   

Long-term deferred income taxes

     503.9   

Other long-term liabilities

     1,774.1   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

     6,052.4   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     2,259.3   

Excess of net assets acquired over purchase consideration

     2,005.7   
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

   $ 253.6   
  

 

 

 

 

The identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted of the following as of the acquisition date (in millions):

 

   

Trade names

   $ 407.0   

Beneficial lease rights

     519.3   

Customer lists, including prescription files, covenants not to compete and naming rights

     552.5   
  

 

 

 

Total of finite life intangible assets

     1,478.8   

Restricted covenants and liquor licenses

     24.1   
  

 

 

 

Total identifiable intangible assets

   $ 1,502.9   
  

 

 

 

The Company recognized a bargain purchase gain of $2,005.7 million as the amount by which the fair value of the net assets acquired exceeded the purchase consideration paid. The bargain purchase was recognized as a gain within the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. The Company believes it was able to acquire the net assets for lower than fair value due to the seller’s financial condition, together with the Company’s historical experience and position with the acquired banners. These factors resulted in NAI being marketed in a limited manner without exposure to the usual and customary marketing conditions. Acquisition-related costs for the NAI acquisition of $34.0 million were expensed as incurred as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

 

  F-55    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Unaudited Supplemental Pro Forma Information

The pro forma financial information as presented below is for informational purposes only and is not indicative of operations that would have been achieved from the NAI, Vons and United acquisitions had they all occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2013. Supplemental information on an unaudited pro forma basis is as follows (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2013  

Net sales and other revenue

   $ 22,653.3   

Loss from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 571.2   

The unaudited pro forma supplemental amounts have been calculated to reflect interest expense, net and additional depreciation and amortization that would have been charged assuming the fair value adjustments to the acquired assets and assumed liabilities and related financing events had been applied from the beginning of fiscal 2013 with the related tax effects.

NOTE 3—LEASE EXIT COSTS AND PROPERTIES HELD FOR SALE

Lease Exit Costs

Changes to the Company’s lease exit cost reserves for closed properties consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Beginning balance

   $ 43.5      $ 55.1   

Additions

     28.6        22.9   

Payments

     (21.8     (21.4

Disposals, transferred to held for sale

     (0.6     (13.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 49.7      $ 43.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company closed 39 non-strategic stores in fiscal 2015, 12 in fiscal 2014 and 45 in fiscal 2013. Lease exit costs related to closed properties were recorded at the time of closing. Additions to the lease exit cost reserves for closed properties were recorded as a component of Selling and administrative expenses.

 

  F-56    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Properties Held for Sale

Assets held for sale and liabilities held for sale are recorded in Other current assets and Other current liabilities, respectively, and consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Assets held for sale:

    

Beginning balance

   $ 521.2      $ 9.3   

Transfers in

     10.5        558.1   

Disposals

     (527.1     (46.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 4.6      $ 521.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities held for sale:

    

Beginning balance

   $ 90.4      $ 2.1   

Transfers in

     4.1        103.2   

Disposals

     (67.4     (14.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 27.1      $ 90.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Divestitures

On December 19, 2014, in connection with the pending Safeway acquisition, the Company, together with Safeway, announced that they had entered into agreements to sell 111 Albertsons and 57 Safeway stores across eight states to four separate buyers. Divestiture of these stores was required by the Federal Trade Commission as a condition of closing the Safeway acquisition and was contingent upon the completion of the Safeway acquisition. The aggregate sales price of these stores was $327.5 million plus the book value of inventory. The proceeds from the sale were used to pay outstanding borrowings under Albertson’s Term Loans and Albertson’s Asset-Based Loan Facility per the respective terms of the credit facilities. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment loss on the Albertsons stores of $233.4 million during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014. The related assets and liabilities were classified as held for sale, net of the impairment loss. No gain or loss was recorded for the Safeway stores as the related assets and liabilities were recorded for purchase accounting at fair value less the cost to sell. The divestiture of these stores commenced upon completion of the Safeway acquisition and closed in the first fiscal quarter of 2015 in accordance with the asset purchase agreements. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Albertsons stores for fiscal 2015 were $298.8 million and $14.9 million, respectively. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Safeway stores for fiscal 2015 were $145.7 million and $8.2 million, respectively. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Albertsons stores included in the Company’s fiscal 2014 results were $2,070.1 million and $25.9 million, respectively. Revenue and income before taxes associated with the divested Safeway stores for the four weeks ended February 28, 2015 were $89.1 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

Discontinued Operations

The Company adopted ASU 2014-8, Subtopic 205-20 on February 21, 2014, which changed the requirements for reporting discontinued operations. Based on the guidelines set forth in ASU 2014-8, the Company did not have any discontinued operations in either fiscal 2015 or 2014. For fiscal 2013, the results of operations and related costs of stores or groups of stores that were held for sale or closed were reported as Income from discontinued operations, net of tax. The notes to the consolidated financial statements exclude discontinued operations for all prior periods, unless otherwise noted.

 

  F-57    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The results of discontinued operations are summarized as follows (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2013  

Net sales

   $ 52.7   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 19.5   

NOTE 4—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Land

   $ 2,923.8      $ 2,951.1   

Buildings

     5,611.0        5,489.1   

Property under construction

     364.8        233.6   

Leasehold improvements

     1,138.2        1,023.7   

Fixtures and equipment

     3,034.7        2,551.3   

Buildings under capital leases

     1,044.8        872.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     14,117.3        13,120.8   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (2,271.1     (1,072.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 11,846.2      $ 12,048.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense was $1,096.2 million, $523.1 million and $526.1 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Amortization expense related to capitalized lease assets was $137.1 million, $45.5 million and $35.8 million in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Fixed asset impairment charges of $35.9 million, $227.7 million and $2.0 million were recorded as a component of Selling and administrative expenses in fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Fiscal 2014 impairment losses related primarily to the divestiture of the Albertsons stores.

NOTE 5—GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table summarizes the changes in the Company’s goodwill balances (in millions):

 

     February 27, 2016      February 28, 2015  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 1,013.8       $ 71.4   

Acquisitions and related adjustments(1)

     117.3         942.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 1,131.1       $ 1,013.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Fiscal 2015 includes a $13.5 million adjustment to deferred income tax liabilities assumed in the Safeway acquisition.

 

  F-58    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company’s Intangible assets consisted of the following (in millions):

 

        February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  
    Estimated
useful
lives
(Years)
  Gross
carrying
amount
    Accumulated
amortization
    Net     Gross
carrying
amount
    Accumulated
amortization
    Net  

Trade names

  40   $ 1,900.8      $ (72.7   $ 1,828.1      $ 1,900.8      $ (24.4   $ 1,876.4   

Beneficial lease rights

  12     911.4        (201.7     709.7        868.8        (124.7     744.1   

Customer prescription files

  5     1,437.9        (495.2     942.7        1,395.2        (212.9     1,182.3   

Covenants not to compete

  5     3.4        (1.4     2.0        1.3        (0.7     0.6   

Internally developed software

  5     422.7        (85.8     336.9        375.3        (5.8     369.5   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total finite-lived intangible assets

      4,676.2        (856.8     3,819.4        4,541.4        (368.5     4,172.9   

Liquor licenses and restricted covenants

  Indefinite     63.1               63.1        62.1               62.1   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

    $ 4,739.3      $ (856.8   $ 3,882.5      $ 4,603.5      $ (368.5   $ 4,235.0   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

In connection with the acquisitions, total Intangible assets acquired of $4,746.4 million were valued at fair value at the respective acquisition dates.

Amortization expense for intangible assets with finite useful lives was $497.6 million, $201.2 million and $157.1 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Estimated future amortization expense associated with the net carrying amount of intangibles with finite lives is as follows (in millions):

 

Fiscal Year

   Amortization
Expected
 

2016

   $ 462.2   

2017

     459.6   

2018

     366.2   

2019

     331.7   

2020

     96.0   

Thereafter

     2,103.7   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,819.4   
  

 

 

 

During fiscal 2015 and 2014, the Company had intangible asset impairment charges of $4.3 million and $39.2 million, respectively. The majority of the fiscal 2014 impairment charges were related to the Albertsons divested stores. There were no intangible asset impairment charges for fiscal 2013.

The Company had long-term liabilities for unfavorable operating lease intangibles related to above-market leases of $630.0 million and $775.4 million at February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively. Amortization of unfavorable operating leases recorded as a reduction of expense, was $117.2 million, $51.8 million and $40.9 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

  F-59    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 6—FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The accounting guidance for fair value established a framework for measuring fair value and established a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurement. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability at the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows:

 

Level 1—   Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2—   Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable;
Level 3—   Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions that market participants would use to value the asset or liability.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The following table presents assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at February 27, 2016 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices
in active
markets

for identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Short-term investments(1)

   $ 20.5       $ 17.7       $ 2.8       $   

Non-current investments(2)

     59.4         8.1         51.3           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 79.9       $ 25.8       $ 54.1       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative contracts(3)

   $ 184.5       $       $ 184.5       $   

Contingent consideration(4)

     269.9                         269.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 454.4       $       $ 184.5       $ 269.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Primarily relates to Money Market and other Mutual Funds. Included in Other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2) Primarily relates to U.S. Treasury Notes and Corporate Bonds held by the Company’s wholly owned Captive insurance companies. Included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3) Primarily relates to interest rate swaps and is included in Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(4) Primarily relates to Casa Ley CVR and is Included in Other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

  F-60    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table presents assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at February 28, 2015 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices
in active
markets
for identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market

   $ 565.0       $ 565.0       $       $   

Short-term investments(1)

     24.1         17.1         7.0           

Non-current investments(2)

     55.3         8.4         46.9           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 644.4       $ 590.5       $ 53.9       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Derivative contracts(3)

   $ 121.7       $       $ 121.7       $   

Contingent consideration(4)

     270.9                         270.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 392.6       $       $ 121.7       $ 270.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Classified as available-for-sale securities and included in Other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(2) Primarily relates to U.S. Treasury Notes and Corporate Bonds held by the Company’s wholly owned Captive insurance companies. Included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(3) Primarily relates to interest rate swaps and is included in Other current liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(4) Primarily relates to Casa Ley CVR and is Included in Other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The Company records its CVR obligations at fair value using a combined income and market approach. The CVR obligation is estimated using the income approach of a discounted cash flow model with a weighted average cost of capital of 10.0%, and a guideline company method resulting in adjusted total invested capital. As of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, the estimated fair value of the CVR obligations were $269.9 million and $270.9 million, respectively. The above inputs used for determining the fair value of the CVR obligations are Level 3 fair value measurements. Changes in the fair value of the CVR obligations can result from changes to the discount rates, as well as the Mexican currency value relative to the US Dollar.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 liabilities follows (in millions):

 

     Contingent Consideration  
     February 27, 2016     February 20, 2015  

Beginning balance

   $ 270.9      $   

Additions

            270.9   

Changes in fair value

     0.7          

Payments

     (1.7       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 269.9      $ 270.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-61    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The estimated fair value of the Company’s debt, including current maturities, was based on Level 2 inputs, being market quotes or values for similar instruments, and interest rates currently available to the Company for the issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities as a discount rate for the remaining principal payments. At February 27, 2016, the fair value of total debt was $11,036.2 million compared to a carrying value of $11,703.9 million, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs. At February 28, 2015, the fair value of total debt was $12,095.2 million compared to the carrying value of $12,158.5 million, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs.

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

As of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, except in relation to assets classified as held-for-sale, no other material amounts of assets have been adjusted to fair value on a non-recurring basis. The Company’s held-for-sale assets are classified as Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy and are valued primarily based on estimated selling prices less costs of disposal.

NOTE 7—DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company is exposed to market risk from fluctuations in interest rates. The Company manages its exposure to interest rate fluctuations through the use of interest rate swaps (“Cash Flow Hedges”). The Company’s risk management objective and strategy with respect to interest rate swaps is to protect the Company against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by reducing its exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of its outstanding debt. The Company is meeting its objective by hedging the risk of changes in its cash flows (interest payments) attributable to changes in the LIBOR rate, the designated benchmark interest rate being hedged (the “hedged risk”), on an amount of the Company’s debt principal equal to the then-outstanding swap notional amount.

Cash Flow Interest Rate Swaps

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges of forecasted interest payments, the Company reports the effective portion of the gain or loss as a component of Other comprehensive (loss) income until the interest payments being hedged are recorded as interest expense, net, at which time the amounts in Other comprehensive (loss) income are reclassified as an adjustment to interest expense, net. Gains or losses on any ineffective portion of derivative instruments in cash flow hedging relationships are recorded in the period in which they occur as a component of Other (income) expense, net in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. During the first and second quarters of fiscal 2014, the Company entered into several swaps with maturity dates in 2019 and 2021 to hedge against variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on a portion of the Company’s outstanding variable rate term debt. The aggregate notional amount of all swaps as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, were $4,820.2 million and $5,240.7 million, of which $4,762.2 million and $5,182.7 million are designated as Cash Flow Hedges, respectively, as defined by GAAP. The undesignated portion of the Company’s interest rate swaps is attributable to principal payments expected to be made through the loan’s maturity.

Deal-Contingent Swap

During the first quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company entered into a deal-contingent interest rate swap (“Deal-Contingent Swap”) used to hedge against adverse fluctuations in interest rates by

 

  F-62    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

reducing its exposure to variability in cash flows relating to interest payments on anticipated variable rate debt issuances in connection with the Safeway acquisition. In accordance with the swap agreement, the Company receives a floating rate of interest and pays a fixed rate of interest for the life of the contract. The aggregate notional amount of the Deal Contingent Swap as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015 was $2,548.2 million and $2,960.2 million, respectively. At the close of the Safeway acquisition, the Company designated it as a cash flow hedge. The fair value of the swap on the designation date was $96.1 million with changes in fair value recorded through earnings for the period prior to the designation date. This charge is included in Other (income) expense in the fiscal 2014 Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income.

As of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, the fair value of the cash flow interest rate swaps was $171.2 million and $116.5 million, respectively, and was recorded in Other current liabilities.

Activity related to the Company’s derivative instruments designated as Cash Flow Hedges consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Amount of loss
recognized from
derivatives
       

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

   Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Location of loss
recognized from
derivatives
 

Designated interest rate swaps

   $ (46.9   $ (20.6    

 

Other comprehensive

(loss) income, net of tax

 

  

Activity related to the Company’s derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments consisted of the following (in millions):

 

    Amount of loss
recognized from
derivatives
     

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

  Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014    

Location of loss
recognized from
derivatives

Deal-Contingent Swap (through date of designation)

  $      $ (96.1   Other (income) expense

Undesignated and ineffective portion of interest rate swaps

    (2.9     (0.9   Other (income) expense

 

  F-63    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 8—LONG-TERM DEBT

The Company’s long-term debt as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, net of debt discounts of $349.2 million and $376.4 million, respectively, and deferred financing costs of $170.6 million and $187.8 million, respectively, consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 27,
2016
    February 28,
2015
 

Albertson’s Term Loans, Due 2019 to 2022, interest range of 4.25% to 5.5%

   $ 7,136.6      $ 6,077.0   

Albertson’s Asset-Based Loan Facility, average interest rate of 1.94%

     311.0        980.0   

NAI 7.45% Debentures due 2029

     542.9        530.3   

Albertson’s 7.75% Senior Secured Notes Due 2022

     584.7        583.6   

Safeway 7.25% Debentures Due 2031

     574.7        573.8   

NAI 8.00% Debentures Due 2031

     352.0        346.5   

NAI 6.47% to 7.15% Medium Term Notes due 2017—2028

     251.1        244.1   

Safeway 5.0% Senior Notes Due 2019

     270.7        271.2   

NAI 8.70% Debentures Due 2030

     206.9        204.6   

NAI 7.75% Debentures Due 2026

     170.3        166.1   

Safeway 7.45% Senior Debentures Due 2027

     152.8        153.0   

Safeway 3.95% Senior Notes Due 2020

     137.9        138.2   

Safeway 4.75% Senior Notes Due 2021

     131.1        131.3   

Safeway 6.35% Notes Due 2017

     104.1        106.8   

Safeway 3.4% Senior Notes Due 2016

     80.0        79.9   

NAI 4.75% Senior Secured Term Loan Due 2021

            822.9   

Other Notes Payable, Unsecured

     154.0        160.6   

Mortgage Notes Payable, Secured

     23.3        24.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total debt

     11,184.1        11,594.3   

Less current maturities

     (214.3     (502.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 10,969.8      $ 11,091.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Term Loans, Asset-Based Loan (“ABL”) Facility and certain of the outstanding notes and debentures have restrictive covenants, subject to the right to cure in certain circumstances, calling for the acceleration of payments due in the event of a breach of a covenant or a default in the payment of a specified amount of indebtedness due under certain debt arrangements. The Company was in compliance with all such covenants and provisions as of and for the fiscal year ended February 27, 2016.

Albertson’s Term Loans

On March 21, 2013, in conjunction with the NAI acquisition, Albertson’s entered into a Term Loan Agreement in the amount of $1,150.0 million, consisting of Term B Loans with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.50% and an expiration date of March 21, 2016. On May 9, 2013, Albertson’s amended the original Term Loan (“Amendment 1”), dividing the Term B Loan into Term B-1 and Term B-2 Loans. A Term B-1 Loan of $450.0 million was re-priced with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.25% and an expiration date of March 21, 2016. A Term B-2 Loan of $700.0 million was re-priced with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 3.75% and an expiration date of March 21, 2019. The Term Loans include a floor on LIBOR set at 1.0%. On September 19, 2013, Albertson’s entered into a second amendment to

 

  F-64    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

update certain restrictive covenants in Amendment 1, and on December 27, 2013, Albertson’s entered into a third amendment to increase the outstanding borrowings on the Term B-2 Loans to $996.5 million, with all other terms remaining the same. The Term Loans require annual principal payments of 1.0% of the original amended loan balance, paid quarterly.

On May 5, 2014, Albertson’s entered into a fourth amendment converting the B-1 Loan into the B-2 Loan for a total principal amount of $1,440.6 million. The terms on the Term B-2 Loan remain consistent with Amendment 1.

On August 25, 2014, Albertson’s amended and restated the Term Loan facility (“fifth amendment”), which provided funds for the Safeway acquisition to be held in escrow, consisting of a $950.0 million Term B-3 Loan and a $3,609.0 million Term B-4 Loan, with an original debt discount of $68.4 million. Prior to the release from escrow upon consummation of the Safeway acquisition, the Term B-3 and B-4 Loans accrued fees at rates of 4.0% and 4.5% per annum, respectively. Following the release from escrow, borrowings under the Term B-3 Loan bear interest at the current LIBOR rate, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 4.0%. Following the release from escrow, borrowings under the Term B-4 Loan bear interest at the current LIBOR rate, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 4.5%. The Term B-3 Loan has a maturity date of August 25, 2019, and the Term B-4 Loan has a maturity date of August 25, 2021. The Term B-3 Loan required annual principal payments starting on June 30, 2015 based on rates ranging from 5.0% to 15.0% of the outstanding balance, paid quarterly. The Term B-4 Loan required annual principal payments starting on June 30, 2015 of 1.0% of the original amended balance, paid quarterly. Pursuant to the fifth amendment, no principal payments were made on the Term B-2 Loan during the third or fourth quarters of fiscal 2014, and future principal payments were not required until June 2015. On the date of the Safeway acquisition, the Term B-2 Loan was repriced with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 4.375% with a maturity date of March 21, 2019.

On October 23, 2014, Albertson’s executed an incremental amendment to the Term Loan facility, which created a Term B-4-1 Loan of $300.0 million. The terms are identical to the Term B-4 Loan except that the closing fee on the Term B-4-1 Loan was 0.5%. The $300.0 million of the Term B-4-1 Loan was funded on October 23, 2014. The proceeds of the Term B-4-1 Loan were released from escrow upon closing of the Safeway acquisition, and all applicable closing fees are netted from any amount repaid. The proceeds from the Term B-4-1 Loan were $298.5 million, net of $1.5 million original issue discount. The Term B-4-1 Loan required annual principal payments starting June 30, 2015 of 1.0% of the original amended balance, paid quarterly.

On December 21, 2015, the Company entered into an amendment to the Albertson’s Term Loans to borrow an additional $1,145.0 million of B-5 Albertsons Term Loans. The borrowings were used to replace the NAI Senior Secured Term Loan principal of $1,141.5 million and pay related interest and fees. The B-5 loan matures on December 21, 2022 and has an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 4.5%. In connection with the term loan amendment, the Company increased the applicable margin of the B-2 and B-3 Albertson’s Term Loans by 12.5 basis points.

The Albertson’s Term Loan facilities are guaranteed by Albertson’s existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that are not borrowers, subject to certain exceptions. The Albertson’s Term Loan facilities are secured by, subject to certain exceptions, (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of the borrowers and guarantors (other than accounts receivable, inventory and related assets of the proceeds thereof (the “Albertson’s ABL priority collateral”)) and (ii) a second-priority lien on substantially all of the Albertson’s ABL priority collateral.

 

  F-65    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NAI Term Loan

On June 27, 2014, in anticipation of the Safeway acquisition, NAI entered into a Senior Secured Term Loan Agreement in the amount of $850.0 million, with an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus 3.75% and an expiration date of June 27, 2021. The borrowings are guaranteed by NAI’s existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that are not borrowers, subject to certain exceptions. The borrowings are secured by (i) a first-priority lien on (a) all of the borrowers’ and guarantors’ real property, equipment, fixtures and intellectual property, certain other property relating solely to or constituting proceeds of such assets, and all proceeds of the foregoing and (b) equity interests in NAI and its subsidiaries and intercompany notes, certain dividends and distributions with respect thereto and proceeds thereof and (ii) a second-priority lien on all of the borrowers’ and guarantors’ accounts, inventory, documents, letters of credit and letters of credit rights, investment property (excluding equity interests in the Company and its subsidiaries), general intangibles (excluding intellectual property), deposit accounts, scripts and prescription files, and certain related assets, and all proceeds of the foregoing (the “NAI ABL priority collateral”). The agreement requires annual principal payments of 1.0% of the original loan balance, paid quarterly.

On November 10, 2015, the Company increased the borrowings under the NAI Senior Secured Term Loan by approximately $300.0 million at a rate of 3.75% plus LIBOR, subject to a 1% floor, to fund the A&P Transaction. As previously discussed, on December 21, 2015, the Company replaced the NAI Term Loan with the additional $1,145.0 million borrowing under the Albertson’s Term Loan.

Asset-Based Loan Facilities

On March 21, 2013, and in conjunction with the NAI acquisition, Albertson’s repaid and replaced an existing ABL Facility of $350.0 million with a new ABL facility in the amount of $850.0 million (the “Albertson’s ABL”) and NAI entered into an ABL facility of $400.0 million (the “NAI ABL”), in each case providing for borrowings collateralized by accounts receivable, customer pharmacy files, inventory, and certain other assets.

Albertson’s ABL: The Albertson’s ABL had an interest rate of LIBOR, subject to a 1.0% floor, plus a margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25% and also provided for a letter-of-credit (“LOC”) sub-facility of $400.0 million. On September 19, 2013, Albertson’s amended the Albertson’s ABL and on December 27, 2013, Albertson’s entered into a second amendment to the Albertson’s ABL facility, increasing the commitment to $950.0 million, with a maturity date of March 21, 2018. The Albertson’s ABL continued to provide for a LOC sub-facility of $400.0 million. The Albertson’s ABL had a loan interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25%. In addition, a facility fee ranging from 0.25% to 0.375% was charged for any unused portion of the Albertson’s ABL, which was based on the average daily unused amount as a percentage of the aggregate commitments during the most recent fiscal quarter ended. The fees for the Albertson’s ABL LOC sub-facility were based upon the Albertson’s ABL interest rate margin plus a fronting fee of 0.125%. Concurrently with the Safeway acquisition, the Albertson’s ABL was amended and restated to provide for borrowing capacity of up to $3,000.0 million and to extend the maturity date to the earlier of January 30, 2020 and the date that is 91 days prior to the final maturity of certain material indebtedness (if not prepaid or extended prior to such 91st day). As amended and restated, the Albertson’s ABL had a loan interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.00% and also provided for a LOC sub-facility of $1,250.0 million. Facility and fronting fees remained unchanged.

 

  F-66    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

On December 21, 2015, the Albertson’s ABL was amended and restated in connection with the issuance of a new Albertson’s ABL facility issued through the Company’s newly formed wholly owned subsidiary Albertsons Companies, LLC. The new Albertson’s ABL facility, among other things, provides for a $4,000.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility. The new Albertson’s ABL has an interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.25% to 1.75% and matures on December 21, 2020. The new Albertson’s ABL also provides for a new LOC sub-facility of $1,975.0 million and terminated the Amended NAI LOC facility.

As of February 27, 2016, the Albertson’s ABL had $311.0 million of outstanding borrowings and the Albertson’s ABL LOC sub-facility had $616.2 million letters of credit outstanding. Borrowings outstanding under the Albertson’s ABL as of February 28, 2015 consisted of loans of $980.0 million and letters of credit issued under the LOC sub-facilities of $272.1 million.

The Albertson’s ABL is guaranteed by the Company’s existing and future direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries that are not borrowers, subject to certain exceptions. The Albertson’s ABL is secured by, subject to certain exceptions, (i) a first-priority lien on substantially all of the Albertson’s ABL priority collateral and (ii) a third-priority lien on substantially all other assets (other than real property). The new Albertson’s ABL contains no financial maintenance covenant unless and until (a) excess availability is less than (i) 10.0% of the lesser of the aggregate commitments and the then-current borrowing base at any time or is (ii) $250.0 million at any time or (b) an event of default is continuing. If any of such events occur, the Company must maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0 to 1.0 from the date such triggering event occurs until such event of default is cured or waived and/or the 30th day that all such triggers under clause (a) no longer exist.

NAI ABL: The NAI ABL had an interest rate ranging from LIBOR plus 1.75% to 2.25% and a facility fee on the unused portion ranging from 0.25% to 0.375%. NAI also entered into a separate LOC facility in the amount of $125.0 million. The NAI LOC facility had an interest rate of 1.75% and a facility fee on the unused portion of 0.25%.

On January 24, 2014, NAI replaced the NAI ABL with an amended ABL facility in the amount of $1,200.0 million, which expires on the earlier of January 24, 2019 and the date that is 91 days prior to final maturity of certain material indebtedness (if not prepaid or extended prior to such 91st day). Included in the amended NAI ABL was a $600.0 million sub-facility for LOC’s (“NAI ABL LOC sub-facility”). In connection with entering into the NAI Term Loan facility, the amount of the NAI ABL was reduced to $1,000.0 million, and $5.0 million of the NAI ABL capitalized deferred financing costs were written off. All other terms of the NAI ABL remained unchanged. Borrowings under the NAI ABL were secured by (i) a first priority lien on the NAI ABL priority collateral and (ii) a second-priority lien on the other collateral securing the NAI Term Loan facility (excluding any real estate that NAI had not elected to include in the borrowing base under the NAI ABL). The NAI ABL interest rate was based upon LIBOR plus a margin of 2.5% to 3.0%. The margin was determined by the average daily excess availability percentage for the most recent quarterly period. In addition, a facility fee ranging from 0.375% to 0.50% was charged for any unused portion of the NAI ABL, which was based on the average daily unused amount as a percentage of the aggregate commitments during the most recent fiscal quarter ended. The fees for the NAI ABL LOC sub-facility were based upon the amended NAI ABL interest rate margin plus a fronting fee of 0.125%.

On December 21, 2015, the NAI ABL was replaced concurrently with the Company entering into the newly issued Albertson’s ABL previously described above. The NAI LOC facility and NAI LOC sub-facility were also replaced by the newly issued Albertson’s ABL. The NAI ABL had no outstanding

 

  F-67    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

borrowings as of February 28, 2015. The NAI ABL LOC sub-facility had $418.7 million of outstanding issued letters of credit as of February 28, 2015. The NAI LOC facility had $104.6 million outstanding issued letters of credit as of February 28, 2015.

Senior Secured Notes

On October 23, 2014, Albertson’s completed the sale of $1,145.0 million of principal amount of 7.75% Senior Secured Notes (“2022 Notes”) which will mature on October 15, 2022. The net proceeds from the sale of the 2022 Notes were $1,128.4 million, net of $16.6 million of original issue discount. Safeway is a co-issuer of the 2022 Notes. Albertson’s also capitalized an additional $6.3 million of deferred financing costs. Pursuant to the Safeway acquisition, Safeway became a co-obligor on the 2022 Notes. The 2022 Notes are guaranteed by Albertson’s current and future direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries (other than Safeway), subject to certain exceptions. Interest on the 2022 Notes is payable semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, commencing on April 15, 2015. On February 9, 2015, following the Safeway acquisition, Albertson’s redeemed $535.4 million of the 2022 Notes. The 2022 Notes are secured by, subject to certain exceptions, (i) a second-priority lien on substantially all of the assets of Albertson’s, Safeway and the guarantors (other than the Albertson’s ABL priority collateral), and (ii) a third-priority lien on the Albertson’s ABL priority collateral.

Safeway Debt, Including Other Notes Payable

As of January 30, 2015, Safeway had outstanding notes and debentures with a fair value of $2,470.3 million (the “Safeway Debt”). Immediately following the Safeway acquisition, Safeway redeemed $864.6 million of the Safeway Debt.

The Safeway Debt maturing in 2016, 2017 and 2019 is guaranteed by Albertson’s and its subsidiaries that guarantee the 2022 Notes. The Safeway Debt maturing in 2020, 2021, 2027 and 2031 is not guaranteed. The Safeway Debt maturing in 2016, 2017 and 2019 is secured on a pari passu basis with the 2022 Notes by all of the collateral that secures the 2022 Notes. The Safeway Debt maturing in 2020, 2021, 2027 and 2031 is equally and ratably secured on a pari passu basis with the 2022 Notes to the extent of certain of the collateral owned by Safeway and its subsidiaries.

NAI’s Unsecured Debentures and 6.47% to 7.15% Medium-Term Notes

NAI has outstanding various series of debentures and medium-term notes in the aggregate principal amount of $1,776.0 million, before debt discounts, that were issued by a predecessor entity prior to the NAI acquisition. Such debentures and medium-term notes are unsecured and are not guaranteed. Interest is payable semi-annually in accordance with their respective underlying terms.

American Stores Company, LLC Debentures and 7.10% Medium Term Notes

At the date of the NAI acquisition, a wholly owned subsidiary of NAI, American Stores Company, LLC (“American Stores”), had outstanding 7.90% Debentures due 2017 (the “2017 Debentures”), 8.00% Debentures due 2026 (the “2026 Debentures”), and 7.10% Medium Term Notes, Series B due 2028 (the “2028 Notes”) with a fair value of $592.5 million. On December 13, 2013, American Stores commenced a tender offer to purchase for cash all of its outstanding 2017 Debentures and 2026 Debentures, and 2028 Notes, culminating in the repurchase and retirement of substantially all the related debt for $619.9 million. As a result of the debt repurchase the Company recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $49.1 million. As of February 27, 2016, the non-repurchased balance of approximately $5 million continues to be guaranteed by SuperValu and continues to be cash collateralized.

 

  F-68    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company’s debentures and medium term notes are unsecured, and interest is payable semi-annually in accordance with their respective underlying terms.

As of February 27, 2016, the future maturities of long-term debt, excluding debt discounts and deferred financing costs, consisted of the following (in millions):

 

2016

   $ 214.3   

2017

     315.3   

2018

     216.2   

2019

     2,313.4   

2020

     504.1   

Thereafter

     8,140.6   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,703.9   
  

 

 

 

Deferred Financing Costs and Interest Expense, Net

Financing costs incurred to obtain all financing other than ABL financing are recognized as a direct reduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability and amortized over the term of the related debt using the effective interest method. Deferred financing costs recorded as a reduction of debt were $170.6 million and $187.8 million as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively. Financing costs incurred to obtain ABL financing are capitalized and amortized over the term of the related debt facilities using the straight-line method. Deferred financing costs associated with ABL financing are included in Other assets and were $79.2 million and $75.0 million as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively. For fiscal 2015, total amortization expense of $69.3 million included $17.9 million of deferred financing costs written off in connection with Term Loan amendments and reductions. For fiscal 2014, total amortization expense of $65.3 million included $36.8 million of deferred financing costs written off in connection with Term Loan amendments and reductions. For fiscal 2013, total amortization expense of $25.1 million included $9.0 million of deferred financing costs written off in connection with Term Loan amendments.

Interest expense, net consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2013  

ABL facility, senior secured notes, term loans and debentures

   $ 777.0      $ 454.1       $ 246.0   

Capital lease obligations

     97.0        77.5         63.3   

Amortization and write off of deferred financing costs

     69.3        65.3         25.1   

Amortization and write off of debt discount

     12.9        6.8         1.3   

Loss on extinguishment of debt

                    49.1   

Other interest (income) expense, net

     (5.7     29.5         5.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest expense, net

   $ 950.5      $ 633.2       $ 390.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

NOTE 9—LEASES

The Company leases certain retail stores, distribution centers, office facilities, and equipment from third parties. The typical lease period is 15 to 20 years with renewal options for varying terms and, to a limited extent, options to purchase. Certain leases contain percent rent based on sales, escalation clauses or payment of executory costs such as property taxes, utilities, insurance and maintenance.

 

  F-69    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Future minimum lease payments to be made by the Company for non-cancelable operating lease and capital lease obligations as of February 27, 2016 consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Lease Obligations  

Fiscal year

   Operating Leases      Capital Leases  

2016

   $ 740.1       $ 209.3   

2017

     689.9         205.5   

2018

     611.4         174.1   

2019

     526.3         161.8   

2020

     458.5         145.0   

Thereafter

     2,576.6         799.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total future minimum obligations

   $ 5,602.8         1,695.5   
  

 

 

    

Less interest

        (653.3
     

 

 

 

Present value of net future minimum lease obligations

        1,042.2   

Less current portion

        (120.4
     

 

 

 

Long-term obligations

      $ 921.8   
     

 

 

 

The Company subleases certain property to third parties. Future minimum tenant rental income under these non-cancelable operating leases as of February 27, 2016 was $330.3 million.

Rent expense and tenant rental income under operating leases consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Minimum rent

   $ 759.6      $ 371.3      $ 300.8   

Contingent rent

     21.5        4.7        3.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total rent expense

     781.1        376.0        304.1   

Tenant rental income

     (89.3     (51.9     (45.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total rent expense, net of tenant rental income

   $ 691.8      $ 324.1      $ 258.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 10—MEMBERS’ EQUITY

Interests in the Company held by its members are presented as “units.” The Company effected a unit split in fiscal 2014, discussed below. All share and per share information set forth in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements, and the related footnotes thereto, with the exception of this footnote, has been retroactively adjusted to reflect the January 30, 2015 stock split described below.

As of February 21, 2013, the Company had 880 Class A units and 106 Class B units issued and outstanding.

Class A Units

The Class A units represented percentage ownership interests in the Company. The original 880 Class A units were granted on June 1, 2006 to the members of the Company in connection with their

 

  F-70    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

initial investments. The holders of the Class A units were entitled to participate first in cash distributions of the Company in connection with their respective ownership percentages: (i) up to an amount equal to the aggregate of the original invested capital not already returned, (ii) accrued distributions based on a rate of 10.0% per annum on the capital not already paid through previous distributions and the aggregate amounts accrued but not yet distributed and (iii) once the minimum amounts were distributed, then pro rata in accordance with their ownership percentage with respect to Class A and Class B units. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms applied after payment to creditors. The Class A unitholders were also entitled to allocations of profits and losses of the Company for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms. Class A members held voting rights equal to their percentage ownership of Class A units.

Class B Units

The Class B units represented percentage ownership interests in the Company. One hundred eighteen Class B units were granted to management on June 1, 2006 and vested over four years. At the end of the vesting period, 12 Class B units were forfeited, resulting in 106 outstanding Class B units. The holders of the fully vested units were entitled to participate in cash distributions of the Company based on their respective ownership percentages on a subordinate basis to the Class A members. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms applied after payment to creditors. The Class B unitholders were also entitled to allocations of profits and losses derived from the Company for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms. Class B units held no voting rights.

March 2013 Tracking Unit Issuance and Member Contributions

In connection with the NAI acquisition on March 21, 2013, the Class A and Class B units then outstanding were exchanged into Class A and Class B Albertson’s (“ABS”) units, and a new class of Class A and Class B NAI units were issued. Additional Class A ABS units and NAI units were also issued with the investment of $250.0 million from the institutional investors. The Company also granted Class C units to certain executives with participation rights that allow participation in profits subordinate to the Class A ABS and NAI units and the Class B ABS and NAI units.

Class A and Class B ABS Units

The Class A and Class B ABS units represented percentage ownership interests in the Company. The holders of the Class A and Class B ABS units were entitled to participate in cash distributions of Albertson’s in connection with their respective ownership percentages of Class A and Class B ABS units up to an amount equal to, in aggregate with Class A and Class B ABS distributions and Class A and Class B NAI distributions, $550.0 million plus an annual return of 8.0%. Upon achieving the distribution target, the holders of Class A and Class B ABS units and Class C units shared pro rata in the distributions of ABS. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms would be applied after payment to creditors. The Class A and Class B ABS unitholders were entitled to allocations of profits and losses derived from ABS for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms. The Class A ABS units maintained voting interests that were commensurate with their ownership percentage of Class A ABS units. Class B ABS units held no voting rights.

 

  F-71    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Class A and Class B NAI Units

The Class A and Class B NAI units represented percentage ownership interests in the Company. The holders of the units were entitled to participate in cash distributions of NAI in connection with their respective ownership percentages of NAI up to an amount equal to, in aggregate with Class A and Class B NAI distributions and Class A and Class B ABS distributions, $550.0 million plus an annual return of 8.0%. Upon achieving the distribution target, the holders of Class A and Class B NAI units and Class C units shared pro rata in the distributions of NAI. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms applied after payment to creditors. The Class A and Class B NAI unitholders were entitled to allocations of profits and losses derived from NAI for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms. Class A and Class B NAI units held no voting rights.

Class C Units

The Class C units represented percentage ownership interests in the Company that were issued to management. Holders of the vested Class C units were entitled to participate in cash distributions of ABS and NAI based on their respective ownership percentages on a subordinate basis to the distribution target of $550.0 million and 8.0% annual interest distributed to ABS and NAI unitholders. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms applied after payment to creditors. The Class C units vested over three years with one-third of the units vesting on each of the subsequent three anniversaries of the grant date. The Class C unitholders were entitled to allocations of profits and losses derived from ABS and NAI for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms. Class C units held no voting rights.

January 2015 Member Unit Split and Member Contributions

On January 30, 2015, the Company effected a 70,699 for 1 unit split of the Company’s then outstanding Class A and Class B ABS units and Class A and Class B NAI units and effected a 25,598 for 1 unit split of the Company’s then outstanding Class C units (collectively, the “Fiscal 2014 Unit Splits”). In connection with the Safeway acquisition, these units were exchanged into a single class of ABS units and a single class of NAI units. Concurrent with the Safeway acquisition, the Company also established a class of Safeway units and issued equity-based compensation in the form of the Series 1 incentive units and the Investor incentive units.

Immediately following the Fiscal 2014 Unit Splits, certain investors and management contributed $1,250.0 million and $54.8 million respectively, in the Company in exchange for additional ABS and NAI units. Management’s contribution of $33.2 million was in connection with the termination of the Company’s long-term incentive plans (“LTIPs”). The remaining contribution of $21.6 million was funded in the form of a loan from the Company to its executive officers for the purchase of 2.8 million units each of ABS units, NAI units and Safeway units and is accounted for as an equity-based compensation award.

The equityholders’ agreement, as amended, with the existing holders of the ABS, NAI and Safeway units provides, among other things, for preemptive or anti-dilution rights that entitle the unitholder the right to purchase additional units to give them the same pro rata percentage ownership in the event additional units are issued. Restrictions on the transfer of units require that a member transfer its ABS units, NAI units and Safeway units on a pari passu percentage basis to the total number of ABS units, NAI units and Safeway units to the same holder. Furthermore, if the Company

 

  F-72    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

enters into a recapitalization, reorganization, merger, conversion, contribution, exchange and/or other restructuring in connection with an initial public offering (“IPO”), each investor member will receive a proportionate number of shares such that the fair value of the units exchanged will equal the fair value of units received.

The members’ agreement established a management board, currently comprised of 13 voting members, representing the institutional and individual investors. In addition, each member will maintain certain voting rights commensurate with the ownership in the Company. No specific voting rights are associated with the share classes described below. The Company has issued an identical number of ABS units, NAI units and Safeway units to its members, each of which holds a similar ownership percentage in each class of unit and has similar features. Each class of unit participates in the profits and losses of the respective subsidiary. The Company characterizes a single unit each of ABS, NAI and Safeway units as a Common unit.

Albertson’s Units (ABS Units)

The ABS units represent percentage ownership interests in the Company. The holders of the units are entitled to participate in cash distributions of Albertson’s in connection with their respective ownership percentages of ABS units up to an amount, in aggregate with the NAI and Safeway distributions, of $2,308.6 million. Upon achieving aggregate distributions of $2,308.6 million, cash distributions of Albertson’s will be made to unitholders pro rata in proportion to the number of ABS units and vested incentive units. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms will apply after payment to creditors. The ABS unitholders are entitled to allocations of profits and losses derived from Albertson’s for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms.

New Albertson’s Units (NAI Units)

The NAI units represent percentage ownership interests in the Company. The holders of the units are entitled to participate in cash distributions of NAI in connection with their respective ownership percentages of NAI units up to an amount, in aggregate with the Albertson’s and Safeway distributions, of $2,308.6 million. Upon achieving aggregate distributions of $2,308.6 million, cash distributions of NAI will be made to unitholders pro rata in proportion to the number of NAI units and vested incentive units. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms will apply after payment to creditors. The NAI unitholders are entitled to allocations of profits and losses derived from NAI for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms.

Safeway Units

The Safeway units represent percentage ownership interests in the Company. The holders of the units are entitled to participate in cash distributions of Safeway in connection with their respective ownership percentages of Safeway units up to an amount, in aggregate with the Albertson’s and NAI distributions, of $2,308.6 million. Upon achieving aggregate distributions of $2,308.6 million, cash distributions of Safeway will be made to unitholders pro rata in proportion to the number of Safeway units and vested incentive units. In the event of a dissolution of the Company and liquidation of its assets, the same distribution terms will apply after payment to creditors. The Safeway unitholders are entitled to allocations of profits and losses derived from Safeway for each fiscal period in accordance with the liquidation distribution terms.

 

  F-73    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Investor Incentive Units

The Company also granted 14.9 million Investor incentive units to five institutional investors and a member of management. The holders of the Investor incentive units are entitled to participate in cash distributions of Albertson’s, NAI and Safeway based on their respective ownership percentages of aggregate ABS, NAI and Safeway units and vested incentive units. All distributions are on a subordinate basis to the $2,308.6 million aggregate distributions to Albertson’s, NAI, and Safeway unitholders after which they participate on a pro rata basis. The units are convertible to an equal number of ABS units, NAI units and Safeway units reflecting the fair market value of such units as of the conversion date, which is the earlier of (i) January 30, 2020 and (ii) the effective date of consummation of an IPO of the Company (or any conversion entity) or a sale of all or substantially all of the equity of the Company or of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Investor incentive units vested immediately and contain no voting rights.

The Investor incentive units issued to the five institutional investors were accounted for under the guidance for equity-based payments to non-employees. The Investor incentive units issued to the member of management were accounted for as employee equity-based compensation.

Series 1 Incentive Units

The Company granted 3.3 million Series 1 incentive units to a member of management. The holder of these units is entitled to participate in cash distributions of Albertson’s, NAI and Safeway based on the respective ownership percentages of the aggregate of ABS units, NAI units, Safeway units and incentive units. All distributions are on a subordinate basis to the $2,308.6 million aggregate distributions to Albertson’s, NAI and Safeway unitholders; after which they participate on a pro rata basis. The Series 1 incentive units are accounted for as employee equity-based compensation.

On April 9, 2015, the Company and such member of management entered into a consultancy agreement that outlined a transition of roles from an employee executive position to a non-employee consulting position. As part of this transition, the Company and the former employee agreed that 1.675 million of the previously granted 3.3 million Series 1 incentive units would be immediately forfeited; however, the former employee would still be entitled to receive and vest in the remaining 1.675 million of previously granted units, subject to the ongoing performance of a specific set of outlined consulting services through January 30, 2016. As of February 27, 2016, these 1.675 million units were fully vested. See Note 11—Equity-based compensation for additional information.

Members’ Equity Presentation and Disclosure

As discussed above, the Company effected the Fiscal 2014 Unit Splits, which has been applied retroactively in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements and the related footnotes thereto, with the exception of this footnote.

As of February 27, 2016, the Company has authorized 300.0 million Common units, with each Common unit consisting of a single ABS unit, a NAI unit and a Safeway unit, of which 300.0 million Common units are issued and outstanding. The Company has issued 14.9 million Investor incentive units, of which 11.6 million were issued to certain institutional investors and 3.3 million to a member of management. The Company has also authorized and issued 1.7 million Series 1 incentive units and authorized 18.4 million Phantom units, of which 11.7 million Phantom units have been issued as of February 27, 2016 and are subject to vesting terms.

 

 

  F-74    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table depicts how the historical equity capitalization is presented in the Consolidated Statements of Members’ (Deficit) Equity. This presentation is based on the underlying subsidiaries’ profits and losses that these units participate in, which are also described in the preceding paragraphs.

 

Consolidated Statements of
Members’ (Deficit) Equity
  ABS units   NAI units   Safeway units
Fiscal 2013   Class A ABS units

Class B ABS units

  Class A NAI units

Class B NAI units

 
Fiscal 2014   ABS units   NAI units   Safeway units
Fiscal 2015   ABS units   NAI units   Safeway units

NOTE 11—EQUITY-BASED COMPENSATION

The Company has issued incentive units and other units to management and key investors who provided consulting services to the Company under the equityholders’ agreement, as amended. For equity awards issued to employees, a five percent forfeiture rate was used.

The equity-based compensation expense recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015      Fiscal 2014      Fiscal 2013  

Equity-based compensation expense related to employees:

        

Phantom units

   $ 60.2       $       $   

Class C units

             14.1         6.2   

Investor incentive units and Series 1 incentive units

     37.6         76.2           

Loans to members

             62.2           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity-based compensation expense to employees

   $ 97.8       $ 152.5       $ 6.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Equity-based compensation expense to non-employees:

        

Investor incentive units

             191.6           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total equity-based compensation expense

   $ 97.8       $ 344.1       $ 6.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Company recorded a tax benefit of $12.5 million related to the equity-based compensation for fiscal 2015. No tax benefit was recognized for equity-based compensation for fiscal 2014 and 2013.

The Company determined fair value of awards on the grant date using an option pricing model adjusted for a lack of marketability and using an expected term or time to liquidity based on judgments made by management. Expected volatility is calculated based upon historical volatility data from a group of comparable companies over a time frame consistent with the expected life of the awards. The expected risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve rates in effect at the time of the grant using the term most consistent with the expected life of the award. Dividend yield was estimated at zero as the Company does not anticipate making regular future distributions to unitholders. As part of calculating fair value for its equity-based awards, the Company estimates the enterprise value underlying the equity-based awards. Each valuation was performed using a Market and Income approach weighted at 50% each. The Market Approach uses the Guideline Public Company Method, which focuses on comparing the subject entity to selected reasonably similar (or guideline) publicly traded companies, while the Income approach uses discounted cash-flows to measure the value of the

 

  F-75    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

enterprise by estimating the present worth of the net economic benefit (cash receipts less cash outlays) to be received over the life of the Company.

The valuations used to determine the fair values of the Phantom units, Series 1 incentive units, Investor incentive units, Class C units, and Member loans to employees were retrospective. The following weighted-average assumptions used, by year, to value the Company’s equity-based awards are as follows:

 

     February 27, 2016      February 28, 2015  

Dividend yield

     —%         —%   

Expected volatility

     41.7%         42.4%   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.61%         0.47%   

Time to liquidity

     1.9 years         2 years   

Discount for lack of marketability

     16.0%         16.0%   

Phantom Units

During the year ended February 27, 2016, the Company issued 11.7 million Phantom units to its employees and directors, of which 8.7 million Phantom units were deemed granted. The 8.7 million Phantom units include the 5.9 million Phantom units that have solely time-based vesting, 1.5 million performance-based Phantom units that vested upon both the achievement of the fiscal 2015 annual performance target and continued service through the last day of fiscal 2015, and 1.3 million performance-based Phantom units that were deemed granted upon the establishment of the fiscal 2016 annual performance target and that vest upon both the achievement of such performance target and continued service through the last day of fiscal 2016. The remaining 3.0 million performance-based Phantom units will only be deemed granted upon the establishment of the annual performance target for fiscal 2017 or fiscal 2018, as applicable.

The time-based units generally vest in four equal annual installments of 25% on the last day of the four fiscal years, commencing with the last day of the fiscal year in which the units are granted, subject to continued service through each vesting date. The performance-based units generally vest in four equal installments of 25% on the last day of the four fiscal years, commencing with the last day of the fiscal year in which the units are granted, subject to both continued service through each vesting date and the achievement of annual performance targets established for each such fiscal year. If the performance target for a fiscal year is not met, but is met in a subsequent fiscal year on a cumulative basis along with the applicable performance target for such subsequent fiscal year, the performance-based units that did not vest with respect to the missed year will vest in such subsequent fiscal year. The annual performance target for a fiscal year is generally established immediately preceding the start of the fiscal year for which that installment of 25% of the performance-based vesting is based.

Under the Phantom Unit Plan, each Phantom unit provides the participant with a contractual right to receive, upon vesting, one incentive unit. Holders of the incentive units are entitled to participate in cash distributions of Albertson’s, NAI and Safeway based on their respective ownership percentages of the aggregate Albertson’s, NAI and Safeway units and vested incentive units. Distributions are on a subordinate basis to the $2,308.6 million aggregate distributions to Albertson’s, NAI and Safeway unitholders; after which they participate on a pro rata basis. The Phantom units contain no voting rights. Upon an IPO, the performance targets with respect to the fiscal year in which the IPO occurs and each subsequent year will be deemed to have been attained, and all outstanding performance-based Phantom units will thereafter solely be subject to time-based vesting.

 

  F-76    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For the Phantom units subject solely to a service condition, the estimated total fair value is charged to compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. For the Phantom units subject to a performance condition, compensation cost will be recognized when it is probable that the performance conditions will be achieved. Upon the consummation of an IPO, the unvested Phantom units subject to performance conditions are converted into Phantom units subject solely to a continuation of service condition.

Phantom unit activity for the period was as follows:

 

     Time-Based      Performance-Based  
     Phantom
units
    Weighted-
average

grant date
fair value
     Phantom
units
    Weighted-
average

grant date
fair value
 

Phantom units unvested at February 28, 2015

          $              $   

Issued

     5,907,500                5,807,500          
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

     5,907,500        21.75         2,797,500        19.51   

Vested

     (1,433,125     21.76         (1,333,125     21.76   

Forfeited or canceled

     (425,000     21.82         (106,250     21.82   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Phantom units unvested at February 27, 2016

     4,049,375      $ 21.74         1,358,125      $ 17.10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The aggregate fair value of Phantom units that vested in fiscal 2015 was $47.3 million. As of February 27, 2016, the Company had $111.3 million of unrecognized compensation cost related to Phantom units. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.0 years.

Series 1 Incentive Units

On January 30, 2015, the Company granted 3.3 million Series 1 incentive units to a member of management. 50% of the Incentive units have a service vesting period of four years from the date awarded and vest 25% on each of the subsequent four anniversaries of such date. On April 9, 2015, the Company and such member of management entered into a consultancy agreement that outlined a transition of roles from an employee executive position to a non-employee consulting position. As part of this transition, the Company and the former employee agreed that 1.7 million of the previously granted Series 1 incentive units would be immediately forfeited; however, the former employee would still be entitled to receive and vest in the remaining 1.7 million of previously granted units, subject to the ongoing performance of a specific set of outlined consulting services through January 30, 2016. As of April 9, 2015, the Company had recognized a cumulative amount of $2.2 million in compensation expense associated with the original January 30, 2015 Series 1 incentive unit grant.

The Company has accounted for the April 9, 2015 consulting arrangement transition as a modification to the originally granted award of 3.3 million Series 1 incentive units. 1.7 million Series 1 incentive units, or the newly agreed upon maximum number of shares to be received by the former employee, were valued as of April 9, 2015 at a per unit price of $23.76, or a total award value of $39.8 million. As a result of this modification, the Company recorded a total charge of $37.6 million, representing the entire fair value of 1.7 million Series 1 incentive units on the modification date less cumulative amounts previously recognized as compensation expense prior to the modification. As of February 27, 2016, there is no amount of unrecognized compensation expense associated with previously granted Series 1 incentive units.

 

  F-77    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Investor Incentive Units

On January 30, 2015, the Company granted 14.9 million fully vested, non-forfeitable Investor incentive units to five investors and a member of management. The 11.6 million units granted and issued to the Company’s investors were treated as non-employee compensation for merger and acquisition services related to the Safeway acquisition and direct equity issuance services. For fiscal 2014, the value of the units was $22.11 per unit or $255.5 million, of which $191.6 million was recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as compensation expense for services. The remaining $63.9 million was equity issuance costs and recorded as a reduction in proceeds from member contributions. The 3.3 million Investor incentive units granted to a member of management were recorded as employee compensation cost. The fair value of the units was $22.11 per unit or $74.1 million, and was recorded as compensation cost in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and also reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Members’ (Deficit) Equity.

Class C Units

On March 21, 2013, the Company granted 103 Class C units (2.6 million Class C units following a 25,598 for 1 split on January 30, 2015) to certain key executives under the Company’s Class C Interest Plan. These grants are accounted for as a grant of equity awards to employees in accordance with GAAP. The fair value of these grants is based on the grant date fair value, which was based on the enterprise valuation of the Company at the date of grant, the Class C units’ ownership percentage and residual cash flows distributed to C unitholders after the tracking units hurdles were met. The estimated total fair value is charged to compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting term of three years, with one third of the units vesting on each of the subsequent three anniversaries of the grant date. During fiscal 2014, concurrently with the termination of the Company’s LTIPs, the vesting of unvested Class C units was accelerated, resulting in compensation expense of $9.8 million. The fully vested units were then subsequently exchanged for ABS and NAI units in conjunction with the Safeway acquisition.

Member Loans to Employees

Upon termination of the Company’s LTIPs, certain executives were entitled to the right to receive a loan from the Company to purchase additional ABS and NAI units. Employees took loans of $21.6 million to purchase an additional 2.8 million units. The loans were treated as non-recourse for accounting purposes and accounted for as equity-based compensation. Upon issuance, the units issued to employees were fully vested, and as such the Company recognized compensation with an offsetting entry to Members’ Investment. Eight of the nine loans were repaid in full on July 2, 2015 from the proceeds of loans provided to management by Goldman Sachs Bank USA and secured by a pledge of the equity owned by these members of management. In fiscal 2015, one of the members of management retired and subsequently repaid his loan during the second quarter of fiscal 2015. The member loans to employees were initially accounted for as share-based payments. Upon repayment of the loans, the related units were accounted for similar to an exercise of share-based payments and became outstanding units in the Tracking group, and were included in the Tracking group’s basis Earnings Per Unit.

NOTE 12—NET (LOSS) INCOME PER UNIT

The Company calculates EPU separately for the Tracking group and for the Residual group using the two-class method, which are both presented on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Under

 

  F-78    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

the two-class method, EPU is determined for the Tracking group and the Residual group based on the separate earnings attributed to actual distributions to the respective classes of units and undistributed earnings available for distribution to the respective classes of units.

The Company treats ABS, NAI and Safeway units as tracking units due to their participation (or “tracking”) of the earnings of the individual subsidiaries. ABS, NAI and Safeway units have been presented as one Tracking group, as each member holds a pro rata share of each of the units, the units are contractually inseparable from one another, and the individual unit distributions are co-dependent on the distributions of the other units due to an aggregate distribution target, as defined. Tracking units issued to members through employee loans (as described in Note 11—Equity-based compensation) participate in distributions of the Tracking group. Upon repayment of the member loans in the second quarter of fiscal 2015, the related units became outstanding units in the Tracking group, and were included in basic EPU for the Tracking group. In fiscal 2014, the related units were not outstanding and were excluded from the Tracking group diluted EPU because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

The Residual group consists of the Class C units, Series 1 incentive units and Investor incentive units, of which the Series 1 incentive units and Investor incentive units participate in earnings and distributions on a pro rata basis at the AB Acquisition LLC level with the Tracking group once the distribution hurdles of the Tracking group have been met. In fiscal 2014, units of 0.2 million and 1.4 million for the Tracking group and Residual group, respectively, have been excluded from the diluted weighted-average units outstanding because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. In fiscal 2015, units of 1.0 million and 8.8 million for the Tracking group and Residual group, respectively, have been excluded from the diluted weighted-average units outstanding because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

 

  F-79    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net (loss) income per Tracking group unit and diluted net (loss) income per Residual group unit (in millions, except per unit amounts):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Net (loss) income

   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2   $ 1,732.6   

Less: income from discontinued operations

                   19.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

     (502.2     (1,225.2     1,713.1   

Less: distributions to Tracking group unitholders

            34.5          

Less: undistributed (loss) income available to Tracking group unitholders up to Distribution Targets

     (502.2     (1,259.7     594.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income from continuing operations available to Tracking group and Residual group unitholders

   $      $      $ 1,119.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net (loss) income from continuing operations and distributions attributable to:

      

Tracking group unitholders—basic

   $ (502.2   $ (1,225.2   $ 1,713.1   

Residual group unitholders—basic

                     

Tracking group unitholders—diluted

     (502.2     (1,225.2     1,690.4   

Residual group unitholders—diluted

                   22.7   

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations and distributions attributable to:

      

Tracking group unitholders—basic

   $      $      $ 19.5   

Residual group unitholders—basic

                     

Tracking group unitholders—diluted

                   19.1   

Residual group unitholders—diluted

                   0.4   

Weighted average Tracking group units outstanding used in computing net income attributable to Tracking group unitholders—basic and diluted

     299.0        141.4        123.5   

Weighted average Residual group units outstanding used in computing net income attributable to Residual group unitholders—basic

     15.1        2.7          

Dilutive effect of Class C units

                   2.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average units for calculating diluted EPU—Residual group

     15.1        2.7        2.5   

(Loss) income from continuing operations per unit attributable to:

      

Tracking group—basic

   $ (1.68   $ (8.66   $ 13.87   

Residual group—basic

                     

Tracking group—diluted

     (1.68     (8.66     13.69   

Residual group—diluted

                   9.27   

Income from discontinued operations per unit attributable to:

      

Tracking group—basic

   $      $      $ 0.16   

Residual group—basic

                     

Tracking group—diluted

                   0.15   

Residual group—diluted

                   0.16   

 

  F-80    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 13—INCOME TAXES

The components of income tax benefit consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Current

      

Federal

   $ 41.0      $ 8.5      $ 67.8   

State

     9.8        8.2        17.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Current

     50.8        16.7        85.0   

Deferred

      

Federal

     (93.0     (110.9     (561.1

State

     2.6        (59.2     (96.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Deferred

     (90.4     (170.1     (657.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit, continuing operations

   $ (39.6   $ (153.4   $ (572.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The difference between the actual tax provision and the tax provision computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to losses from continuing operations before income taxes was attributable to the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Income tax (benefit) expense at federal statutory rate

   $ (189.6   $ (482.5   $ 399.1   

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (38.9     (38.4     (30.5

Change in valuation allowance

     113.0        6.4        2.0   

Unrecognized tax benefits

     3.1        11.3        (15.5

Members’ loss (income)

     60.4        251.0        (581.4

Common control transaction

            13.3        (357.7

Charitable donations

     (11.1              

Effect of tax rate change

     8.7        (3.7       

Indemnification asset/liability

     14.0        (26.3       

Transaction costs

            62.1          

Nondeductible equity compensation

     12.3        51.0          

Other

     (11.5     2.4        11.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax benefit, continuing operations

   $ (39.6   $ (153.4   $ (572.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Taxes on income from limited liability companies held in partnership are payable by the members in accordance with their respective ownership percentages. Accordingly, the Company recorded an adjustment to income tax expense (benefit) of $60.4 million, $251.0 million and $(581.4) million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Immediately subsequent to the March 21, 2013 acquisition of NAI, the Company sold and transferred the Albertsons-bannered stores and six distribution centers from NAI to Albertson’s LLC and recorded an adjustment to income tax expense (benefit) of $13.3 million and $(357.7) million for fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively. There was no adjustment to income tax expense related to the sale of the Albertsons-bannered stores for fiscal 2015. The adjustment primarily represents a net reduction of deferred tax liabilities related to the sale and transfer.

 

  F-81    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the bases of assets and liabilities for financial reporting and income tax purposes. The Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Compensation and benefits

   $ 202.9      $ 231.6   

Net operating loss

     226.4        65.1   

Pension & postretirement benefits

     361.2        329.5   

Reserves

     66.0        38.4   

Self-Insurance

     338.1        385.1   

Tax credits

     46.7        32.6   

Other

     149.4        161.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

     1,390.7        1,243.6   

Less: valuation allowance

     (286.8     (90.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     1,103.9        1,153.2   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Debt discount

     97.6        111.9   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,848.7        2,177.8   

Inventories

     477.6        491.3   

Investment in foreign operations

     125.1        163.9   

Other

     67.8        61.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     2,616.8        3,005.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ (1,512.9   $ (1,852.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred tax asset

   $      $   

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

     (1,512.9     (1,852.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (1,512.9   $ (1,852.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets. On the basis of this evaluation, as of February 27, 2016, a valuation allowance of $286.8 million has been recorded for the portion of the deferred tax asset that is not more likely than not to be realized. The Company will continue to evaluate the need to adjust the valuation allowance. The amount of the deferred tax asset considered realizable, however, could be adjusted if the Company continues to incur losses in the future.

The Company currently has federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $535.9 million and $2,149.8 million, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2016 and continue through the fiscal year ending February 2036. As of February 27, 2016, the Company had federal and state credit carryforwards of $7.0 million and $53.5 million, respectively, the majority of which will expire in 2023.

 

  F-82    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2013  

Beginning balance

   $ 451.5      $ 180.4      $   

Increase from acquisitions

            262.7        147.0   

Increase related to tax positions taken in the current year

     11.5        10.6        152.3   

Increase related to tax positions taken in prior years

     19.7        19.9        8.8   

Decrease related to tax position taken in prior years

     (3.5     (15.5     (10.8

Foreign currency translation

            (0.1       

Decrease related to settlements with taxing authorities

     (42.1     (4.9     (115.5

Decrease related to lapse of statute of limitations

     (1.8     (1.6     (1.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 435.3      $ 451.5      $ 180.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits as of February 27, 2016, February 28, 2015 and February 20, 2014 are tax positions of $228.0 million, $221.6 million and $103.0 million, respectively, which would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized in future periods. Of the $228.0 million that could impact tax expense, the Company has recorded $11.4 million of indemnification assets that would offset any future recognition. As of February 27, 2016, the Company is no longer subject to federal income tax examinations for the fiscal years prior to 2007 and in most states, is no longer subject to state income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2007. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense. The Company recognized expense (benefit) related to interest and penalties, net of settlement adjustments, of $2.4 million, $(1.2) million and $(5.9) million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company does not expect any material amount of unrecognized tax benefits to change in the next 12 months.

NOTE 14—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS AND COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS

Pension Plans

The Company sponsors a defined benefit pension plan (the “Shaw’s Plan”) covering union employees under the Shaw’s banner. The Company also sponsors a defined benefit pension plan (the “Safeway Plan”) for substantially all of its employees under the Safeway banners not participating in multiemployer pension plans. Effective April 1, 2015, the Company implemented a soft freeze of the Safeway Plan. A soft freeze means that all existing employees as of March 31, 2015 currently participating will remain in the Safeway Plan but any new eligible employees hired after that date will no longer be part of the Safeway Plan but instead will be offered retirement benefits under an enhanced 401(k) program. The Company also sponsors a frozen plan covering certain employees under the United banners and a Retirement Restoration Plan that provides death benefits and supplemental income payments for certain senior executives after retirement. The Retirement Restoration Plan is unfunded.

Other Post-Retirement Benefits

In addition to the Company’s pension plans, the Company provides post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits to certain employees. Retirees share a portion of the cost of the post-retirement medical plans. The Company pays all the cost of the life insurance plans. The plans are unfunded.

As of February 27, 2016, the Company changed the method used to estimate the service and interest rate components of net periodic benefit cost for its defined benefit pension plans and other

 

  F-83    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

post-retirement benefit plans. Historically, the service and interest rate components were estimated using a single weighted average discount rate derived from the yield curve used to measure the benefit obligation at the beginning on the period. The Company has elected to use a full yield curve approach in the estimation of service and interest cost components of net pension and other post-retirement benefit plan expense by applying the specific spot rates along the yield curve used in the determination of the projected benefit obligation to the relevant projected cash flows. The Company made this change to improve the correlation between projected benefit cash flows and the corresponding yield curve spot rates and to provide a more precise measurement of service and interest costs. This change does not affect the measurement and calculation of the Company’s total benefit obligations. The Company has accounted for this change as a change in estimate that is inseparable from a change in accounting principle and accordingly will account for it prospectively starting in the first quarter of 2016.

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the retirement plans’ benefit obligation and fair value of assets over the two-year period ended February 27, 2016 and a statement of funded status as of fiscal year-end 2015 and fiscal year-end 2014 (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     February 27,
2016
    February 28,
2015
    February 27,
2016
    February 28,
2015
 

Change in projected benefit obligation:

        

Beginning balance

   $ 2,724.8      $ 357.4      $ 19.0      $   

Safeway acquisition

            2,452.9               19.4   

Service cost

     56.7        13.5                 

Interest cost

     104.0        24.5        0.6        0.1   

Actuarial gain

     (173.3     (61.9     (1.3     (0.3

Plan participant contributions

                   0.9          

Benefit payments

     (280.4     (61.6     (2.5     (0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,431.8      $ 2,724.8      $ 16.7      $ 19.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

        

Beginning balance

   $ 2,144.1      $ 298.1      $      $   

Safeway acquisition

            1,547.3                 

Actual return on plan assets

     (152.0     88.2                 

Employer contributions

     5.8        272.1        1.6        0.2   

Plan participant contributions

                   0.9          

Benefit payments

     (280.4     (61.6     (2.5     (0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,717.5      $ 2,144.1      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of net amount recognized in financial position:

        

Other current liabilities

   $ (5.7   $ (5.5   $ (1.8   $ (1.9

Other long-term liabilities

     (708.6     (575.2     (14.9     (17.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (714.3   $ (580.7   $ (16.7   $ (19.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-84    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Amounts recognized in Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  

Net actuarial gain

   $ (24.6   $ (150.1   $ (1.6   $ (0.3

Prior service cost

     0.3                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (24.3   $ (150.1   $ (1.6   $ (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Information for the Company’s pension plans, all of which have an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of fiscal year-end 2015 and 2014, is shown below (in millions):

 

     February 27, 2016      February 28, 2015  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 2,431.8       $ 2,724.8   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     2,368.9         2,659.5   

Fair value of plan assets

     1,717.5         2,144.1   

The following tables provide the components of net expense for the retirement plans and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other comprehensive (loss) income (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014     Fiscal 2015     Fiscal 2014  

Components of net expense:

        

Estimated return on plan assets

   $ (143.2   $ (29.9   $      $   

Service cost

     56.7        13.5                 

Interest cost

     104.0        24.5        0.6        0.1   

Amortization of net actuarial gain

     0.1                        

Settlement (gain) loss

     (4.1     0.5                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net expense

     13.5        8.6        0.6        0.1   

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other comprehensive (loss) income:

        

Net actuarial loss (gain)

     121.5        (120.7     (1.3     (0.3

Recognition of net actuarial gain

     4.0                        

Prior service cost

     0.3                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in Other comprehensive (loss) income

     125.8        (120.7     (1.3     (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net expense and changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ 139.3      $ (112.1   $ (0.7   $ (0.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prior service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of active participants. When the accumulation of actuarial gains and losses exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets, the excess is amortized over the average remaining service period of active participants. No prior service costs or estimated net actuarial gain or loss is expected to be amortized from other comprehensive income into periodic benefit cost during fiscal 2016.

 

  F-85    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Assumptions

The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine year-end projected benefit obligations for pension plans were as follows:

 

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Discount rate

     4.25     3.92

Rate of compensation increase

     3.31     3.32

The weighted average actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs for pension plans were as follows:

 

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Discount rate

     3.92     3.75

Expected return on plan assets:

     6.96     6.97

On February 27, 2016, the Company adopted the new MP-2015 projection scale to the RP-2014 mortality table to be applied on a generational basis for calculating the Company’s 2015 year-end benefit plan obligations. The tables assume an improvement in life expectancy in the future but at a slower rate than the MP-2014 projection scale to the RP-2014 mortality table used for calculating the Company’s 2014 year-end benefit plan obligations and 2015 expense. The change to the mortality table projection scale results in a decrease to the Company’s current year benefit obligation and future expenses.

The Company has adopted and implemented an investment policy for the defined benefit pension plans that incorporates a strategic long-term asset allocation mix designed to meet the Company’s long-term pension requirements. This asset allocation policy is reviewed annually and, on a regular basis, actual allocations are rebalanced to the prevailing targets. The following table summarizes actual allocations for the Safeway Plan which had $1.5 billion in plan assets at February 27, 2016:

 

     Target     Plan Assets  

Asset category

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Equity

     65     60.5     64.9

Fixed income

     35     39.4     34.1

Cash and other

            0.1     1.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the actual allocations for the Shaw’s Plan which had $201.0 million in plan assets as of February 27, 2016:

 

     Target     Plan Assets  

Asset category

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Domestic Equity

     35     43.7     34.9

International Equity

     20     19.2     20.2

Fixed income

     45     37.1     44.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-86    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The target market value of equity securities for the United Plan is 50% of plan assets. If the equity percentage exceeds 60% or drops below 40%, the asset allocation is adjusted to target. The following table summarizes the actual allocations for the United Plan which had $49.0 million in plan assets as of February 27, 2016:

 

     Target     Plan Assets  

Asset category

     February 27, 2016     February 28, 2015  

Equity

     50     56.1     55.0

Fixed income(1)

            34.5     32.9

Cash and other(1)

            9.4     12.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     50     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) No formal allocation percentages have been established for these asset categories. Allocations are evaluated monthly and adjusted to meet the cash needs of the plan.

The investment policy also emphasizes the following key objectives: (1) maintaining a diversified portfolio among asset classes and investment styles; (2) maintaining an acceptable level of risk in pursuit of long-term economic benefit; (3) maximizing the opportunity for value-added returns from active investment management while establishing investment guidelines and monitoring procedures for each investment manager to ensure the characteristics of the portfolio are consistent with the original investment mandate; and (4) maintaining adequate controls over administrative costs.

Expected return on pension plan assets is based on historical experience of the Company’s portfolios and the review of projected returns by asset class on broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices, as well as target asset allocation. The Company’s target asset allocation mix is designed to meet the Company’s long-term pension requirements.

Pension Plan Assets

The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets at February 27, 2016, excluding pending transactions of $56.2 million payable to intermediary agent, by asset category are as follows (in millions):

 

    Fair Value Measurements  

Asset category:

  Total     Quoted Prices in
Active Markets

for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $ 16.2      $ 13.2      $ 3.0      $   

Short-term investment collective trust(2)

    24.8               24.8          

Common and preferred stock:(3)

       

Domestic common and preferred stock

    274.8        274.8                 

International common stock

    55.4        55.4                 

Collective trust funds(2)

    658.3               658.3          

Corporate bonds(4)

    146.7               146.7          

Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities(5)

    57.5               57.5          

Mutual funds(6)

    141.3        125.5        15.8          

U.S. government securities(7)

    344.1               344.1          

Other securities(8)

    54.6               54.6          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,773.7      $ 468.9      $ 1,304.8      $   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-87    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

(1) The carrying value of these items approximates fair value.
(2) These investments are valued based on the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) of the underlying investments and are provided by the fund issuers.
(3) The fair value of common stock is based on the exchange quoted market prices. When quoted prices are not available for preferred stock, an industry standard valuation model is used which maximizes observable inputs.
(4) The fair value of corporate bonds is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the fair value is based upon an industry valuation model which maximizes observable inputs.
(5) The fair value of mortgage- and other asset-backed securities is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for comparable securities, the fair value is based upon an industry model which maximizes observable inputs.
(6) These investments are publicly traded investments which are valued using the NAV. The NAV of the mutual funds is a quoted price in an active market. The NAV is determined once a day after the closing of the exchange based upon the underlying assets in the fund, less the fund’s liabilities, expressed on a per-share basis.
(7) The fair value of U.S. government securities is based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted prices are not available, the fair value of U.S. government securities is based on yields currently available on comparable securities or on an industry valuation model that maximizes observable inputs.
(8) Level 2 Other securities, which consist primarily of U.S. municipal bonds, foreign government bonds and foreign agency securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. Also included in Other securities is a commingled fund valued based on the NAV of the underlying investments and is provided by the issuer and exchange-traded derivatives that are valued based on quoted prices in an active market for identical derivatives, assets and liabilities. Non-exchange-traded derivatives are valued using industry valuation models, which maximize observable inputs, such as interest-rate yield curve data, foreign exchange rates and applicable spot and forward rates.

 

  F-88    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The fair value of the Company’s pension plan assets at February 28, 2015, excluding pending transactions of $45.1 million payable to intermediary agent, by asset category are as follows (in millions):

 

    Fair Value Measurements  

Asset category:

  Total     Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level 1)
    Significant
Observable
Inputs

(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level 3)
 

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $ 20.4      $ 9.6      $ 10.8      $   

Short-term investment collective trust(2)

    47.4               47.4          

Common and preferred stock:(3)

       

Domestic common and preferred stock

    306.1        306.1                 

International common stock

    67.2        67.2                 

Collective trust funds(2)

    914.3               914.3          

Corporate bonds(4)

    153.7               153.7          

Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities(5)

    71.0               71.0          

Mutual funds(6)

    219.2        63.9        155.3          

U.S. government securities(7)

    324.4               324.4          

Other securities(8)

    65.5        0.1        65.4          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 2,189.2      $ 446.9      $ 1,742.3      $  —   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The carrying value of these items approximates fair value.
(2) These investments are valued based on the NAV of the underlying investments and are provided by the fund issuers.
(3) The fair value of common stock is based on the exchange quoted market prices. When quoted prices are not available for preferred stock, an industry standard valuation model is used which maximizes observable inputs.
(4) The fair value of corporate bonds is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the fair value is based upon an industry valuation model which maximizes observable inputs.
(5) The fair value of mortgage- and other asset-backed securities is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for comparable securities, the fair value is based upon an industry model which maximizes observable inputs.
(6) These investments are publicly traded investments which are valued using the NAV. The NAV of the mutual funds is a quoted price in an active market. The NAV is determined once a day after the closing of the exchange based upon the underlying assets in the fund, less the fund’s liabilities, expressed on a per-share basis.
(7) The fair value of U.S. government securities is based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted prices are not available, the fair value of U.S. government securities is based on yields currently available on comparable securities or on an industry valuation model that maximizes observable inputs.
(8)

Level 2 Other securities, which consist primarily of U.S. municipal bonds, foreign government bonds and foreign agency securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. Also included in Other securities are exchange-traded derivatives that are valued based on quoted prices in an active market for

 

  F-89    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  identical derivatives; assets and liabilities. Non-exchange-traded derivatives are valued using industry valuation models, which maximize observable inputs, such as interest-rate yield curve data, foreign exchange rates and applicable spot and forward rates.

Contributions

In 2015, the Company contributed $7.4 million to its pension and post-retirement plans. In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company contributed $260.0 million to the Safeway Plan under a settlement with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in connection with the Safeway acquisition closing. The Company expects to contribute approximately $10.4 million to its pension and post-retirement plans in fiscal 2016. The Company’s funding policy for the defined benefit pension plan is to contribute the minimum contribution required under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and other applicable laws as determined by the Company’s external actuarial consultant. At the Company’s discretion, additional funds may be contributed to the defined benefit pension plans. The Company will recognize contributions in accordance with applicable regulations, with consideration given to recognition for the earliest plan year permitted.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid (in millions):

 

     Pension
Benefits
     Other
Benefits
 

2016

   $ 156.6       $ 2.1   

2017

     156.7         2.0   

2018

     158.1         1.9   

2019

     158.7         1.8   

2020

     160.5         1.7   

2021—2025

     805.2         6.8   

Multiemployer Pension Plans

The Company contributes to various multiemployer pension plans. These multiemployer plans generally provide retirement benefits to participants based on their service to contributing employers. The benefits are paid from assets held in trust for that purpose. Plan trustees typically are responsible for determining the level of benefits to be provided to participants as well as the investment of the assets and plan administration. Expense is recognized in connection with these plans as contributions are funded.

The risks of participating in these multiemployer plans are different from the risks associated with single-employer plans in the following respects:

 

    Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

 

    If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

 

   

If the Company chooses to stop participating in some multiemployer plans, or makes market exits or store closures or otherwise has participation in the plan fall below certain levels, the

 

  F-90    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Company may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability. The Company records the actuarially determined estimated liability at an undiscounted amount.

The Company’s participation in these plans is outlined in the table below. The EIN-Pension Plan Number column provides the Employer Identification Number (“EIN”) and the three-digit plan number, if applicable. Unless otherwise noted, the most recent Pension Protection Act zone status (“PPA”) available for fiscal 2015 and 2014 is for the plan’s year ending at December 31, 2015, and December 31, 2014, respectively. The zone status is based on information received from the plans and is certified by each plan’s actuary. The FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented column indicates plans for which a financial improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented by the plan trustees.

Certain plans have been aggregated in the Other funds line in the following table, as the contributions to each of these plans are not individually material. None of the Company’s collective bargaining agreements require that a minimum contribution be made to these plans.

As a part of the Safeway acquisition, the Company assumed withdrawal liabilities related to Safeway’s previous closure of its Dominick’s division. The respective pension plans have asserted that the Company may become obligated to pay an estimated maximum withdrawal liability of approximately $510 million if one of the pension plans, the UFCW & Employers Midwest Pension Fund (the “UFCW Midwest Plan”), were to experience a mass withdrawal. A mass withdrawal would require monthly installment payments to be made by the Company in perpetuity. The Company’s annual installment payments would be limited to 20 years if the Company is not part of, or the UFCW Midwest Plan does not experience, a mass withdrawal. Upon the Safeway acquisition, the Company recorded a $221.8 million multiemployer pension withdrawal liability related to Safeway’s withdrawal from these plans, a difference of $288.2 million from the maximum withdrawal liability. The Company’s current estimate of the withdrawal liability is based on the fact that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan has not occurred and management’s belief that a mass withdrawal liability is remote. The Company is also disputing in arbitration certain factors used to determine the allocation of the unfunded vested benefits and therefore the annual pension payment installments due to the UFCW Midwest Plan. The Company’s estimated liability reflects its best estimate of the probable outcome of this arbitration. Based on the current facts and circumstances, the Company believes it is reasonably possible that the estimated liability could change from the amount currently recorded as a result of the arbitration, but because management believes that a mass withdrawal from the UFCW Midwest Plan is remote, it believes the payment of the maximum liability of approximately $510 million is also remote. The amount of the withdrawal liability as of February 27, 2016 with respect to the Dominick’s division was $202.7 million, which primarily reflects minimum required payments made subsequent to the date of the Safeway acquisition.

The number of employees covered by the Company’s multiemployer plans increased significantly from February 20, 2014 to February 28, 2015, and again from February 28, 2015 to February 27, 2016 affecting the year-to-year comparability of the contributions. The increase in employees covered is a direct result of the NAI acquisition and Safeway acquisition.

 

  F-91    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The following tables contain information about the Company’s multiemployer plans:

 

Pension fund

  EIN—PN     Pension Protection
Act zone status(1)
  Company’s 5% of total
plan contributions
  FIP/RP status
pending/
implemented
    2015   2014   2014   2013  

UFCW-Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund

    946313554—001      Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan

    916145047—001      Green   Green   No   No   No

Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan

    951939092—001      Red
3/31/2016
  Red
3/31/2015
  Yes
3/31/2015
  Yes
3/31/2014
 

 

Implemented

Sound Retirement Trust (formerly Retail Clerks Pension Trust)(2)

    916069306—001      Red
9/30/2015
  Red
9/30/2014
  Yes
9/30/2014
  Yes
9/30/2013
 

 

Implemented

Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund

    526128473—001      Red   Red   No   No   Implemented

Bakery and Confectionery Union and Industry International Pension Fund

    526118572—001      Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

UFCW Union and Participating Food Industry Employers Tri-State Pension Fund

    236396097—001      Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions & Employers Pension Plan

    846045986—001      Green   Green   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension Plan

    846277982—001      Green   Green   Yes   Yes   Implemented

UFCW Local 152 Retail Meat Pension Fund

    236209656—001      Red
6/30/2015
  Red
6/30/2014
  Yes
6/30/2014
  Yes
6/30/2013
  Implemented

UFCW International Union—Industry Pension Fund

    516055922—001      Green
6/30/2015
  Green
6/30/2014
  No
6/30/2014
  No
6/30/2013
  No

MidAtlantic Pension Fund

    461000515—001      Green   Green   Yes   Yes   No

Retail Food Employers and UFCW Local 711 Pension Trust Fund

    516031512—001      Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Oregon Retail Employees Pension Trust

    936074377—001      Green   Green   Yes   Yes   Implemented

 

  F-92    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

    Contributions of Company
(in millions)
    Surcharge
imposed(3)
  Expiration
date of
collective
bargaining
agreements
  Total
collective
bargaining
agreements
  Most significant
collective
bargaining
agreement(s)(4)

Pension fund

      2015             2014             2013               Count   Expiration

UFCW-Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund

  $ 90.2      $ 7.2      $      No   8/3/2013 to
10/13/2018
  22   16   10/13/2018

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan

  $ 57.0      $ 14.0      $ 0.9      No   9/20/2014 to
9/20/2020
  55   1   10/1/2016

Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan

  $ 84.3      $ 35.3      $ 29.7      No   3/6/2016 to
3/5/2017
  14   12   3/6/2016

Sound Retirement Trust (formerly Retail Clerks Pension Trust)(2)

  $ 22.3      $ 6.3      $ 3.1      No   1/10/2015 to
10/13/2018
  78   10   5/7/2016

Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund

  $ 19.7      $ 3.6      $ 2.0      Yes   10/29/2016
to 2/25/2017
  17   14   10/29/2016

Bakery and Confectionery Union and Industry International Pension Fund

  $ 15.7      $ 1.9      $      Yes   11/7/2011 to
5/16/2020
  93   6   4/8/2017

UFCW Union and Participating Food Industry Employers Tri-State Pension Fund

  $ 14.8      $ 14.5      $ 14.3      Yes   2/2/2013 to
1/31/2018
  4   1   1/31/2018

Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions & Employers Pension Plan

  $ 10.6      $ 2.1      $ 1.1      No   7/23/2016 to
2/23/2019
  47   8   1/12/2019

Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension Plan

  $ 9.1      $ 1.1      $ 0.2      No   10/29/2016
to 11/3/2018
  15   11   10/29/2016

UFCW Local 152 Retail Meat Pension Fund

  $ 9.1      $ 7.8      $ 7.7      Yes   5/3/2016 to
5/4/2016
  2   1   5/4/2016

UFCW International Union—Industry Pension Fund

  $ 7.8      $ 5.0      $ 4.4      No   10/29/2016
to 8/3/2019
  3   1   8/25/2018

MidAtlantic Pension Fund

  $ 6.6      $      $      No   5/19/2013 to

2/25/2017

  8   5   10/29/2016

Retail Food Employers and UFCW Local 711 Pension Trust Fund

  $ 5.8      $ 4.1      $ 3.4      No   5/19/2013 to
3/3/2019
  6   4   3/3/2019

Oregon Retail Employees Pension Trust

  $ 5.5      $ 1.3      $ 1.5      No   7/25/2015 to
3/30/2017
  73   4   8/1/2015

Other funds

  $ 21.3      $ 9.2      $ 5.9             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

Total Company contributions to U.S. multiemployer pension plans

  $ 379.8      $ 113.4      $ 74.2             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

           

 

(1) PPA established three categories (or “zones”) of plans: (1) “Green Zone” for healthy; (2) “Yellow Zone” for endangered; and (3) “Red Zone” for critical. These categories are based upon the funding ratio of the plan assets to plan liabilities. In general, Green Zone plans have a funding ratio greater than 80%, Yellow Zone plans have a funding ratio between 65—79%, and Red Zone plans have a funding ratio less than 65%.
(2) Sound Retirement Trust information includes former Washington Meat Industry Pension Trust due to merger into Sound Retirement Trust, effective June 30, 2014.
(3) PPA surcharges are five percent or ten percent of eligible contributions and may not apply to all collective bargaining agreements or total contributions to each plan.
(4) These columns represent the number of most significant collective bargaining agreements aggregated by common expiration dates for each of the Company’s pension funds listed above.

Collective Bargaining Agreements

As of February 27, 2016, the Company had approximately 274,000 employees, of which approximately 164,000 were covered by collective bargaining agreements. During fiscal 2015, collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 12,000 employees were renegotiated.

 

  F-93    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

During fiscal 2016, 248 collective bargaining agreements covering approximately 87,000 employees are scheduled to expire.

Multiemployer Health and Welfare Plans

The Company makes contributions to multiemployer health and welfare plans in amounts set forth in the related collective bargaining agreements. These plans provide medical, dental, pharmacy, vision, and other ancillary benefits to active employees and retirees as determined by the trustees of each plan. The vast majority of the Company’s contributions covers active employees and as such, may not constitute contributions to a postretirement benefit plan. However, the Company is unable to separate contribution amounts to postretirement benefit plans from contribution amounts paid to active plans. Total contributions to multiemployer health and welfare plans were $1,100.7 million, $316.2 million and $260.4 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Defined Contribution Plans and Supplemental Retirement Plans

Many of the Company’s employees are eligible to contribute a percentage of their compensation to defined contribution plans (“401(k) Plans”). Participants in the 401(k) Plans may become eligible to receive a profit-sharing allocation in the form of a discretionary Company contribution based on employee compensation. In addition, the Company may also provide matching contributions based on the amount of eligible compensation contributed by the employee. The Company provides supplemental retirement benefits through the Albertson’s LLC Executive Deferred Compensation Makeup Plan and the United Supplemental Plan, which provide certain key employees with retirement benefits that supplement those provided by the 401(k) Plans. All Company contributions to the 401(k) Plans are made at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Managers. Total contributions for these plans were $37.9 million, $37.0 million and $28.5 million for fiscal 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

On October 10, 2014, the Company, with the unanimous consent of the plan participants, terminated its LTIPs. The termination of this plan resulted in a charge totaling $78.0 million, which was recorded as compensation expense during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2015. In connection with the termination, certain plan participants were required to purchase equity of AB Acquisition at an amount equal to 50.0% of their LTIPs payouts upon closing of the Safeway acquisition. The total value of units purchased by these plan participants was approximately $33.2 million.

NOTE 15—RELATED PARTIES

Symphony Investors LLC Tender Offer

On March 21, 2013, associated with the NAI acquisition, Symphony Investors LLC (“Symphony”), which is owned by a consortium of investors led by Cerberus, acquired 21.1% of SuperValu common shares. On April 23, 2015, Symphony distributed all of the SuperValu common shares held by it to members of Symphony. As of April 23, 2015, Symphony did not own any SuperValu common shares.

Transition Services Agreement with SuperValu

The Consolidated Financial Statements include expenses for certain support functions provided by SuperValu through Transition Services Agreements (“TSA”) including, but not limited to, general corporate expenses related to finance, legal, information technology, warehouse and distribution, human resources, communications, processing and handling cardholder data, and procurement of

 

  F-94    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

goods. Prior to March 21, 2013, the cost structure of the TSA was based mainly on the number of Company stores and distribution centers serviced by SuperValu, as well as a fixed annual fee of $20.0 million. On March 21, 2013, the Company entered into a new TSA with SuperValu for a total annual amount of $200.0 million paid monthly, over the first 12 months of the agreement. In December 2013, the fee of $200.0 million was renegotiated with SuperValu and was reduced to $193.0 million. Beginning in month 13, fees are calculated on a per-store and distribution center basis of fixed and variable costs for services. The Company also paid a transition fee of $60.0 million that was amortized on a straight line basis over the original 30-month life of the agreement.

On April 16, 2015, the Company entered into a letter agreement regarding the TSA with SuperValu (the “TSA Letter Agreement”) pursuant to which SuperValu will provide services to the Company as needed to transition and wind down the TSA and the services SuperValu provides under the TSA. In exchange for these transition and wind down services, the agreement calls for eight payments of $6.25 million every six months for aggregate fees of $50.0 million. These payments are separate from and incremental to the fixed and variable fees the Company pays to SuperValu under the TSA. The parties also agreed to negotiate in good faith if either the costs associated with the transition and wind down services are materially higher (i.e. 5.0% or more) than anticipated, or SuperValu is not performing in all material respects the transition and wind down services as needed to support the Company’s transition and wind down activities.

On May 28, 2015, the Company reached an agreement with SuperValu to resolve certain matters. As part of the agreement, SuperValu paid the Company $34.5 million. The Company recorded the payment as a deferred liability and is amortizing it as a reduction of expense over four years.

On September 8, 2015, the Company exercised its right to renew the term of the TSA with SuperValu for an additional year. The original TSA had an initial term expiring on September 21, 2015 and included 10 options for additional one-year renewals with notice given to SuperValu at least 12 months prior to the expiration of the then current term. The renewal extends the TSA through September 21, 2017.

Summary of SuperValu activity

Related party activities with SuperValu that are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015      Fiscal 2014  

Supply agreements included in Cost of sales

   $ 1,496.6       $ 1,359.4   

Selling and administrative expenses

     190.6         215.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,687.2       $ 1,574.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Trademark Cross-Licensing Agreements

In conjunction with the NAI acquisition, the Company entered into separate trademark cross-licensing agreements with SuperValu. These cross-licensing agreements include a limited royalty-free license to certain proprietary rights (e.g., trademarks, trade names, trade dress, service marks, banners, etc.) among and between the entities. The term of the trademark cross-licensing agreement is consistent with the term of the TSA.

 

  F-95    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Cerberus

Immediately after the consummation of the NAI acquisition from SuperValu, the Company paid Cerberus a transaction fee of $15.0 million. In association with the Safeway acquisition, the original management agreement with Cerberus was terminated, and the remaining annual management fees of $9.0 million were paid by the Company. A new management agreement with Cerberus and the consortium of investors commenced on January 30, 2015, requiring an annual management fee of $13.8 million, beginning January 30, 2015. The agreement term is four years.

NOTE 16—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES AND OFF BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

Guarantees

California Department of Industrial Relations : On October 24, 2012, the Office of Self-Insurance Plans, a program within the director’s office of the California Department of Industrial Relations (the “DIR”), notified SuperValu that additional security was required to be posted in connection with the Company’s, and certain other subsidiaries’, California self-insured workers’ compensation obligations pursuant to applicable regulations. The notice from the DIR stated that the additional security was required as a result of an increase in estimated future liabilities, as determined by the DIR pursuant to a review of the self-insured California workers’ compensation claims with respect to the applicable businesses, and a decline in SuperValu’s net worth. A security deposit of $271.0 million was demanded in addition to security of $427.0 million provided through SuperValu’s participation in California’s Self-Insurer’s Security Fund (the “Fund”). SuperValu appealed this demand. The Fund had attempted to create a secured interest in certain assets of the Company for the total amount of the additional security deposit. The dispute with the Fund and the DIR was resolved through a settlement agreement as part of the NAI acquisition on March 21, 2013, and the primary obligation to the Fund and the DIR was retained by the Company following the NAI acquisition. Subsequent to the NAI acquisition, the Company set up a fund of $75.0 million to be used for the payment of future claims. In addition, the Company provided to the DIR a $225.0 million LOC to collateralize any of the self-insurance workers’ compensation future obligations in excess of the $75.0 million fund. As of February 27, 2016, there was no balance remaining in the fund. Prior to January 21, 2014, the California Self Insurers’ Security Fund also held mortgage liens against the Jewel real estate assets as collateral. On January 21, 2014, the Company entered into a Collateral Substitution Agreement with the California Self-Insurers’ Security Fund to provide an irrevocable LOC to replace the mortgage liens against the Jewel real estate assets and the previously issued $225.0 million LOC. The amount of the LOC is adjusted semi-annually based on annual filings of an actuarial study reflecting liabilities as of December 31 of each year reduced by claim closures and settlements. The related LOC was $247.7 million and $338.0 million as of February 27, 2016 and February 28, 2015, respectively.

Lease Guarantees: The Company may have liability under certain operating leases that were assigned to third parties. If any of these third parties fail to perform their obligations under the leases, the Company could be responsible for the lease obligation.

In connection with FTC-mandated divestitures, the Company assigned leases with respect to 93 store properties to Haggen. On September 8, 2015, Haggen commenced a case under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware, and on October 19, 2015, Haggen secured Bankruptcy Court approval of bidding procedures for the sale of 130 stores that the Company sold to it (including 72 leased stores and 12 ground leased stores).

 

  F-96    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Haggen held an auction for those stores in November 2015. After participating in the auction, having additional negotiations with Haggen, and receiving FTC and state attorneys general clearance, and bankruptcy court approval, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015, the Company acquired 19 assigned leases from Haggen for an aggregate purchase price of $10.7 million. Also during the auction, there were 38 assigned leases acquired by and assigned to other retailers and four assigned store leases acquired by the landlord. Two store leases were re-negotiated by Haggen prior to its bankruptcy, and one store lease was re-negotiated by Haggen during bankruptcy, thus eliminating the Company’s contingent liability with respect to these three leases. Haggen has rejected, in its bankruptcy case, 11 store leases for which the Company has contingent lease liability. As a result, the Company has recorded a loss of $30.6 million during fiscal 2015 for this contingent liability.

Haggen secured Bankruptcy Court approval of bidding procedures for the sale of its 33 core stores on December 4, 2015. After receipt of FTC and Washington state attorney general clearance, the Company submitted a proposal to acquire 29 of the Haggen core stores. Haggen determined that the Company’s offer was the highest and best bid and declared the Company the sole qualifying bidder in a notice filed with Bankruptcy Court on March 11, 2016. On March 29, 2016, the Bankruptcy Court entered the order approving the sale of the 29 core stores, to the Company for the aggregate purchase price of approximately $117 million, including inventory, subject to certain adjustments as set forth in the applicable asset purchase agreement. The acquisition is expected to close during the first half of fiscal 2016. The 29 stores being acquired include six assigned store leases and two assigned ground leases.

The Company could also be responsible for Haggen’s obligations under the remaining 10 ground leases the Company assigned to it. However, these leases are owned by a Haggen entity that is not a debtor in the bankruptcy case. The Company does not know whether Haggen will default on these ground lease obligations. The Company also does not know what defenses may be available to us, including any loss mitigation obligations of Haggen’s landlords under the terms of the ground leases or applicable law. As a result, the Company is currently unable to estimate our losses with respect to any potential contingent liability with respect to these ground leases.

With respect to other leases the Company has assigned to third parties (other than Haggen but including the 38 leases Haggen had acquired but assigned to third parties in its bankruptcy and any ground leases from the Haggen transaction), because of the wide dispersion among third parties and the variety of remedies available, the Company believes that if an assignee became insolvent, it would not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. No liability has been recorded for assigned leases in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet related to these contingent obligations.

The Company also provides guarantees, indemnifications and assurances to others in the ordinary course of its business.

Legal Contingencies

Various claims and lawsuits arising in the normal course of business, including suits charging violations of certain wage and hour or civil rights laws, are pending against the Company. Some of these suits purport or have been determined to be class actions and/or seek substantial damages. Any damages that may be awarded in antitrust cases will be automatically trebled.

 

  F-97    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company continually evaluates its exposure to loss contingencies arising from pending or threatened litigation and believes it has made provisions where the loss contingency can be reasonably estimated and an adverse outcome is probable. Nonetheless, assessing and predicting the outcomes of these matters involves substantial uncertainties. Management currently believes that the aggregate range of reasonably possible loss for the Company’s exposure in excess of the amount accrued is expected to be immaterial to the Company. It remains possible that despite management’s current belief, material differences in actual outcomes or changes in management’s evaluation or predictions could arise that could have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Haggen, et al: On July 20, 2015, Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC commenced a lawsuit against Haggen in the State of Delaware in and for Newcastle County (the “State Court Action”), alleging claims for breach of contract and fraud arising out of Haggen’s failure to pay approximately $41.1 million due for purchased inventory in connection with Haggen’s purchase of 146 divested stores.

On September 1, 2015, Haggen commenced a lawsuit against Albertson’s LLC and Albertson’s Holdings LLC in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, alleging claims for violation of Section 7 of the Clayton Act, attempted monopolization under the Sherman Act, breach of contract, indemnification, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, fraud, unfair competition, misappropriation of trade secrets under the Uniform Trade Secrets Acts, conversion and violation of the Washington Consumer Protection Act (the “District Court Action”) and alleged that its damages may exceed $1 billion. On September 8, 2015, Haggen filed a petition for protection under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, and the State Court Action was stayed due to Haggen’s bankruptcy case. Also as a result of the bankruptcy case, the Company recorded an allowance of $41.1 million against the amount owed by Haggen for the purchased inventory during the second quarter ended September 12, 2015. On September 17, 2015, the Company received a letter from the legal counsel of another purchaser of a small number of our FTC-mandated divested stores, alleging claims similar to those presented in Haggen’s lawsuit, which the Company believes are without merit.

On January 21, 2016, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with (i) Haggen and its debtor and non-debtor affiliates, (ii) the Official Committee of Unsecured Creditors appointed in Haggen’s Chapter 11 bankruptcy case (the “Creditors’ Committee”), (iii) Comvest Partners and its affiliates and (iv) Cerberus Capital Management, pursuant to which the Company resolved the disputes in the State Court Action and the District Court Action (together, the “Haggen Litigations”). The settlement agreement provides for the dismissal with prejudice of the Haggen Litigations in exchange for (a) a cash payment by the Company of $5.75 million to a creditor trust to be formed by the Creditors’ Committee, (b) an agreement that the Company will have an allowed unsecured claim against Haggen in its bankruptcy case of $8.25 million, which the Company will transfer to the creditor trust, and (c) an exchange of releases of any and all claims among the settling parties. The settlement agreement was approved by an order of the Bankruptcy Court administering the Haggen bankruptcy case on February 16, 2016, and the order became final on March 2, 2016. Subsequently, the State Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 7, 2016, the District Court Action was dismissed with prejudice on March 8, 2016, and the Company paid $5.75 million to the creditor trust on March 11, 2016. The $5.75 million was recorded as a loss in fiscal 2015 and is incremental to the losses of $41.1 million related to the purchased inventory in the second quarter of fiscal 2015 and $30.6 million related to the Company’s contingent lease liability for rejected Haggen leases.

 

  F-98    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Appraisal of Safeway Inc.: Certain stockholders of Safeway common stock sought appraisal rights under Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, requesting a determination that the per share acquisition consideration payable in the acquisition does not represent fair value for their shares. Five separate actions have been filed in Delaware Chancery Court, now consolidated under the title In re Appraisal of Safeway Inc. , by stockholders claiming to hold approximately 17.7 million shares. In May 2015, the Company settled with stockholders holding approximately 14 million shares for $621 million plus one Casa Ley contingent value right (“CVR”) for each Safeway share. The settlement consisted of $487 million ($34.92 per share) of purchase consideration and $134 million of expense, both recorded in fiscal 2014. Of the $621 million, approximately $100 million was paid in fiscal 2014, and the remainder was paid in the first quarter of fiscal 2015, including $387 million in acquisition consideration. Still remaining as petitioners were holders of approximately 3.7 million shares. On January 11, 2016, the Company reached a settlement with the petitioners representing approximately 3.7 million shares of Safeway common stock, for $168 million plus one CVR for each Safeway share. The settlement consisted of $131 million or $34.92 per share, of purchase consideration and $37 million of expense, of which $34 million was recorded in fiscal 2014 and $3 million was recorded in fiscal 2015. Of the $168 million, $131 million of purchase consideration was paid during fiscal 2014 with the remaining $37 million paid in January 2016.

Security Breach: On August 14, 2014, the Company announced that it had experienced a criminal intrusion by installation of malware on a portion of its computer network that processes payment card transactions for its retail store locations, including the Company’s Shaw’s, Star Market, Acme, Jewel-Osco and Albertsons retail banners. On September 29, 2014, the Company announced that it had experienced a second and separate criminal intrusion. The Company believes these were attempts to collect payment card data. Relying on its IT service provider, SuperValu, the Company took immediate steps to secure the affected part of the network. The Company believes that it has eradicated the malware used in each intrusion. The Company notified federal law enforcement authorities, the major payment card networks and its insurance carriers and is cooperating in their efforts to investigate these intrusions. As required by the payment card brands, the Company retained a firm to conduct a forensic investigation into the intrusions. The forensic firm has issued separate reports for each intrusion (copies of which have been provided to the card networks). Although the Company’s network had previously been found to be compliant with PCI DSS, in both reports the forensic firm found that not all of these standards had been met, and some of this non-compliance may have contributed to or caused at least some portion of the compromise that occurred during the intrusions.

The Company believes it is probable that the payment card networks will make claims against the Company. These claims will likely include amounts for incremental counterfeit fraud losses and non-ordinary course operating expenses (such as card reissuance costs) that the payment card networks assert they or their issuing banks have incurred and could also include a case management assessment. If the payment card networks assert claims against us, the Company currently intends to dispute those claims and assert available defenses. At the present time, the Company believes that it is probable that the Company will incur a loss in connection with the potential claims from the payment card networks. The Company has recorded an estimated liability for probable losses that it expects to incur in connection with the potential claims to be made by the payment card networks. The estimated liability is based on information currently available to the Company and may change as new information becomes available or when the payment card networks assert their claims against us. The Company will continue to evaluate information as it becomes available and will record an estimate of additional losses, if any, when it is both probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of the loss is reasonably estimable. Currently, the potential range of any loss above the Company’s currently

 

  F-99    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

recorded amount cannot be reasonably estimated given no claims have yet been asserted and because significant factual and legal issues remain unresolved. On October 20, 2015, the Company agreed with one of its third party payment administrators to provide a $15.0 million LOC to cover any claims from the payment card networks and to maintain a minimum level of card processing until the potential claims from the payment card networks are resolved.

As a result of the criminal intrusions, two class action complaints were filed against the Company by consumers and are currently pending, Mertz v. SuperValu Inc. et al . filed in federal court in the state of Minnesota and Rocke v. SuperValu Inc. et al. filed in federal court in the state of Idaho, alleging deceptive trade practices, negligence and invasion of privacy. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages. The Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation has consolidated the class actions and transferred the cases to the District of Minnesota. On August 10, 2015, the Company and SuperValu filed a motion to dismiss the class actions, which was granted without prejudice on January 7, 2016. The plaintiffs filed a motion to alter or amend the court’s judgment, which was denied on April 20, 2016. The court also denied leave to amend the complaint.

On October 6, 2015, AB Acquisition received a letter from the Office of Attorney General of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania stating that the Illinois and Pennsylvania Attorneys General Offices are leading a multi-state group that includes the Attorneys General for 14 other states requesting specified information concerning the two data breach incidents. The multistate group has not made a monetary demand, and the Company is unable to estimate the possibility of or reasonable range of loss, if any.

Cicairos, et al. / Bluford, et al.: On August 18, 2001, a group of truck drivers from Safeway’s Tracy, California distribution center filed an action in California Superior Court, San Joaquin County entitled Cicairos, et al. v. Summit Logistics , alleging that Summit Logistics, the entity with whom Safeway contracted to operate the distribution center until August 2003, failed to provide meal periods, rest periods and itemized wage statements to the drivers in violation of California state law. Under its contract with Summit Logistics, Safeway is obligated to defend and indemnify Summit Logistics in this lawsuit. On February 6, 2007, another group of truck drivers from the Tracy distribution center filed a similar action in the same court, entitled Bluford, et al. v. Safeway Inc. , alleging essentially the same claims against Safeway. Both cases were subsequently certified as class actions. After lengthy litigation in the trial and appellate courts, on February 20, 2015, the parties signed a preliminary agreement of settlement that calls for the Company to pay approximately $31.0 million in total. This amount consists of a settlement fund of $30.2 million, out of which will be paid relief to the class, and attorneys’ fees and costs as awarded by the court. The Company will also pay third-party settlement administrator costs, and its employer share of FICA/Medicare taxes. The motion for preliminary court approval of the settlement has been granted. Class members were notified of their right to file objections to the settlement or opt out of the settlement. No class members filed an objection or opted out by the June 15, 2015 deadline. The court approved the settlement and entered final judgment on August 4, 2015. The time period for taking an appeal of the final judgment lapsed with no appeal having been filed. Accordingly, the required settlement fund payment of $30.2 million was made on October 16, 2015. On November 2, 2015, Safeway completed its obligations under the settlement agreement by paying settlement administration fees and its employer share of FICA/Medicare taxes, which in the aggregate were approximately $0.9 million.

Drug Enforcement Administration: The Company has received two subpoenas from the Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) concerning Safeway’s record keeping, reporting and related

 

  F-100    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

practices associated with the loss or theft of controlled substances. The two subpoenas have resulted in essentially a single investigation by the DEA. The Company continues to cooperate with the DEA on this matter. The Company and the DEA met on December 22, 2015 and April 21, 2016 to discuss the matter, and further meetings may be scheduled in the near future. We are currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably probable loss, if any.

Office of Inspector General: In January 2016, the Company received a subpoena from the Office of the Inspector General of the Department of Health and Human Services (the “OIG”) pertaining to the pricing of drugs offered under the Company’s MyRxCare discount program and the impact on reimbursements to Medicare, Medicaid and TRICARE (the “Government Health Programs”). In particular, the OIG is requesting information on the relationship between the prices charged for drugs under the MyRxCare program and the “usual and customary” prices reported by the Company in claims for reimbursements to the Government Health Programs or other third party payors. The Company is cooperating with the OIG in the investigation. The Company is currently unable to determine the probability of the outcome of this matter or the range of reasonably possible loss, if any.

Newman Development Group of Pottstown : On March 20, 2002, Safeway’s Genuardi’s subsidiary was sued by a real estate developer for breach of a lease in the Court of Common Pleas, Chester County (Pa.), in a case entitled Newman Development Group of Pottstown, LLC v. Genuardi’s Family Markets, Inc. and Safeway Inc. On December 19, 2006, the trial court entered a judgment in favor of Newman in the amount of $0.3 million. On April 25, 2008, the appellate court remanded the case to the trial court for recalculation of damages. On February 25, 2010, the trial court entered a judgment in favor of Newman in the amount of $18.5 million. Safeway appealed, and on March 18, 2011, the appellate court held that Safeway had waived its right to appeal. The Pennsylvania Supreme Court vacated this order on November 1, 2012. On July 29, 2013, an appellate court panel reversed three key elements of the trial court’s damages calculation in Safeway’s favor. On August 14, 2014, a rehearing by the appellate court en banc rejected the panel’s July 29, 2013 ruling, effectively reinstating the $18.5 million judgment. The Pennsylvania Supreme Court declined to hear Safeway’s appeal on June 24, 2015. In early July 2015, the Company paid the judgment, and the matter is concluded.

Rodman: On June 17, 2011, a customer of Safeway’s home delivery business (safeway.com) filed a class action complaint in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California entitled Rodman v. Safeway Inc. , alleging that Safeway had inaccurately represented on its home delivery website that the prices paid there were the same as the prices in the brick-and-mortar retail store. Rodman asserted claims for breach of contract and unfair business practices under California law. The court certified a class for the breach of contract claim, but denied class treatment for the California business practices claims. On December 10, 2014, the court ruled that the terms and conditions on Safeway’s website should be construed as creating a contractual promise that prices on the website would be the same as in the stores and that Safeway had breached the contract by charging more on the website. On August 31, 2015, the court denied Safeway’s affirmative defenses and arguments for limiting liability, and determined that website registrants since 2006 were entitled to approximately $31.0 million in damages (which amount was reduced to $23.2 million to correct an error in the court’s calculation), plus prejudgment interest. The court then set a trial date of December 7, 2015 to determine whether pre-2006 registrants are entitled to any recovery. The parties thereafter stipulated to facts regarding the pre-2006 registration process, whereupon the court vacated the December trial date and extended its prior liability and damages rulings to class members who registered before 2006. Consequently, on November 30, 2015, the court entered a final judgment in

 

  F-101    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

favor of the plaintiff class in the amount of $41.9 million (comprised of $31.0 million in damages and $10.9 million in prejudgment interest). Safeway filed a Notice of Appeal from that judgment to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals on December 4, 2015. On April 6, 2016, Plaintiff moved for discovery sanctions against Safeway in the district court, seeking an additional $2.0 million. The sanctions motion is set for hearing on July 14, 2016. The Company has established an estimated liability for these claims, but intends to contest both liability and damages on appeal.

Other Commitments

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into various supply contracts to purchase products for resale and purchase and service contracts for fixed asset and information technology commitments. These contracts typically include volume commitments or fixed expiration dates, termination provisions and other standard contractual considerations.

NOTE 17—OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME OR LOSS

Total comprehensive earnings are defined as all changes in members’ equity during a period, other than those from investments by or distributions to members. Generally, for the Company, total comprehensive income equals net income plus or minus adjustments for pension and other post-retirement liabilities, interest rate swaps and foreign currency translation adjustments.

While total comprehensive earnings are the activity in a period and are largely driven by net earnings in that period, accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) represents the cumulative balance of other comprehensive income, net of tax, as of the balance sheet date. AOCI is primarily the cumulative balance related to pension and other post-retirement benefit adjustments, interest rate swaps and foreign currency translation adjustments. Changes in the AOCI balance by component are shown below (in millions):

 

     Fiscal 2015  
     Total     Pension and
Post-
retirement
benefit plan
items
    Interest
rate swaps
    Foreign
currency
translation
adjustments
    Other  

Beginning AOCI balance

   $ 59.6      $ 77.1      $ (20.6   $      $ 3.1   

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

     (304.7     (120.5     (107.7     (75.5     (1.0

Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income

     36.8        (4.0     40.8                 

Tax benefit

     95.6        45.1        20.0        29.9        0.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current-period other comprehensive loss

     (172.3     (79.4     (46.9     (45.6     (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending AOCI balance

   $ (112.7   $ (2.3   $ (67.5   $ (45.6   $ 2.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-102    (Continued)


Table of Contents

AB ACQUISITION LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Fiscal 2014  
     Total     Pension
benefit plans
    Interest
rate swaps
    Other  

Beginning AOCI balance

   $ 18.0      $ 17.8      $      $ 0.2   

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     92.7        120.7        (30.5     2.5   

Amounts reclassified from Accumulated other comprehensive income

     11.3               11.3          

Tax (expense) benefit

     (62.4     (61.4     (1.4     0.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

     41.6        59.3        (20.6     2.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending AOCI balance

   $ 59.6      $ 77.1      $ (20.6   $ 3.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 18—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through May 10, 2016, which is the date of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-103


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Safeway Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Safeway Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 3, 2015. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Safeway Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 3, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, CA

March 3, 2015

 

F-104


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Income

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Sales and other revenue

   $ 36,330.2      $ 35,064.9      $ 35,161.5   

Cost of goods sold

     (26,648.2     (25,833.4     (25,932.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     9,682.0        9,231.5        9,229.1   

Operating and administrative expense

     (9,147.5     (8,680.0     (8,593.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating profit

     534.5        551.5        635.4   

Interest expense

     (198.9     (273.0     (300.6

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     (84.4     (10.1       

Loss on foreign currency translation

     (131.2     (57.4       

Other income, net

     45.0        40.6        27.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

     165.0        251.6        362.2   

Income taxes

     (61.8     (34.5     (113.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     103.2        217.1        249.2   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     9.3        3,305.1        348.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

     112.5        3,522.2        598.1   

Less noncontrolling interests

     0.9        (14.7     (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Safeway Inc.

   $ 113.4      $ 3,507.5      $ 596.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share:

      

Continuing operations

   $ 0.44      $ 0.90      $ 1.01   

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.04      $ 13.63      $ 1.40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0.48      $ 14.53      $ 2.41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share:

      

Continuing operations

   $ 0.44      $ 0.89      $ 1.00   

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.04      $ 13.49      $ 1.40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0.48      $ 14.38      $ 2.40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic

     228.8        239.1        245.6   

Weighted average shares outstanding—diluted

     230.7        241.5        245.9   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-105   


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income

(In millions)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interests

   $ 112.5      $ 3,522.2      $ 598.1   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

      

Translation adjustments, net of tax

     0.2        (65.0     (3.1

Pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment to funded status, net of tax

     (185.0     179.5        (79.7

Recognition of pension and post-retirement benefits actuarial loss, net of tax

     31.8        66.3        69.5   

Other, net of tax

     0.2        (1.1     1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

     (152.8     179.7        (12.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income including noncontrolling interests

     (40.3     3,701.9        585.8   

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

     0.9        (14.7     (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to Safeway Inc.

   $ (39.4   $ 3,687.2      $ 584.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-106   


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

 

     Year-end
2014
    Year-end
2013
 

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and equivalents

   $ 2,255.1      $ 4,647.3   

Receivables

     373.4        1,211.4   

Merchandise inventories, net of LIFO reserve of $53.1 and $58.1

     2,187.9        2,089.6   

Income tax receivable

     476.1          

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     277.1        371.5   

Assets held for sale

     39.5        143.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     5,609.1        8,463.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property:

    

Land

     1,376.8        1,583.2   

Buildings

     5,666.7        5,774.0   

Leasehold improvements

     2,804.1        2,836.2   

Fixtures and equipment

     6,517.9        6,979.1   

Property under capital leases

     708.3        550.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     17,073.8        17,722.7   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (10,297.3     (10,185.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property, net

     6,776.5        7,537.5   

Goodwill

     330.9        464.5   

Investment in unconsolidated affiliate

     205.8        196.1   

Other assets

     454.7        557.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 13,377.0      $ 17,219.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current maturities of notes and debentures

   $ 3.2      $ 252.9   

Current obligations under capital leases

     94.7        49.3   

Accounts payable

     1,609.6        3,376.4   

Accrued salaries and wages

     449.8        419.4   

Deferred income taxes

     29.4          

Income taxes payable

            1,135.2   

Other accrued liabilities

     566.8        623.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     2,753.5        5,856.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

    

Notes and debentures

     2,472.9        3,515.3   

Obligations under capital leases

     429.1        375.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     2,902.0        3,890.8   

Dominick’s multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability

     455.0        294.8   

Pension and post-retirement benefit obligations

     765.0        451.4   

Accrued claims and other liabilities

     1,051.1        851.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     7,926.6        11,344.4   

Commitments and contingencies

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock: par value $0.01 per share; 1,500 shares authorized; 245.8 and 244.2 shares issued

     2.5        2.4   

Additional paid-in capital

     2,051.3        1,981.9   

Treasury stock at cost: 14.4 and 14.1 shares

     (491.8     (480.6

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (421.7     (271.1

Retained earnings

     4,310.1        4,586.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Safeway Inc. equity

     5,450.4        5,819.5   

Noncontrolling interest

            55.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     5,450.4        5,875.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 13,377.0      $ 17,219.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-107


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Operating Activities:

    

Net income before allocation to noncontrolling interest

   $ 112.5      $ 3,522.2      $ 598.1   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (9.3     (3,305.1     (348.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     103.2        217.1        249.2   

Reconciliation to net cash flow from operating activities:

      

Depreciation expense

     921.5        922.2        952.8   

Loss on foreign currency

     131.2        57.4          

Property impairment charges

     56.1        35.6        33.6   

Share-based employee compensation

     24.7        50.4        48.4   

LIFO (income) expense

     (5.0     (14.3     0.7   

Equity in earnings of unconsolidated affiliate

     (16.2     (17.6     (17.5

Net pension and post-retirement benefits expense

     76.2        114.8        129.0   

Contributions to pension and post-retirement benefit plans

     (13.3     (56.3     (110.3

Gain on sale of PDC

     (22.0              

Gain on property dispositions and lease exit costs, net

     (38.8     (51.2     (48.3

Loss on extinguishment of debt

     84.4        10.1          

Increase in accrued claims and other liabilities

     26.2        9.2        60.5   

Deferred income taxes

     89.6        (276.6     (36.1

Other

     20.8        36.9        20.2   

Changes in working capital items:

      

Receivables

     16.5        (32.0     20.3   

Inventories at FIFO cost

     (128.1     (76.5     (107.4

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     63.4        (49.5     (20.5

Income taxes

     (90.6     71.0        (54.3

Payables and accruals

     87.9        120.7        106.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow from operating activities—continuing operations

     1,387.7        1,071.4        1,226.5   

Net cash flow (used by) from operating activities—discontinued operations

     (2,008.9     230.1        343.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow (used by) from operating activities

     (621.2     1,301.5        1,569.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing Activities:

      

Cash paid for property additions

     (711.2     (738.2     (800.1

Proceeds from sale of PDC

     637.2                 

Proceeds from sale of property

     99.2        220.3        263.0   

Proceeds from company-owned life insurance policies

            68.7          

Restricted cash proceeds from the sale of PDC

     (61.9              

Increase in restricted cash

     (40.0              

Release of restricted cash for payment of mortgage

     40.0                 

Advances to Blackhawk

     (27.7              

Other

     (51.2     6.5        (56.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used by investing activities—continuing operations

     (115.6     (442.7     (593.2

Net cash flow from investing activities—discontinued operations

     226.1        5,352.3        21.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow from (used by) investing activities

     110.5        4,909.6        (572.0

 

  F-108    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(In millions)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Financing Activities:

      

Additions to long-term borrowings

   $ 239.8      $ 785.5      $ 3,508.1   

Proceeds from PDC sale for development properties recorded (See Note D)

     120.1                 

Principal payments on long-term borrowings

     (1,731.7     (2,171.5     (3,390.6

Payments of debt extinguishment costs

     (82.0     (11.0       

Purchase of treasury stock

            (663.7     (1,274.5

Dividends paid

     (251.8     (181.4     (163.9

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options

     29.7        240.1        3.8   

Excess tax benefit from share-based employee compensation

     15.4        6.7        1.3   

Other

     (11.6     (8.6     (13.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used by financing activities—continuing operations

     (1,672.1     (2,003.9     (1,329.1

Net cash flow (used by) from financing activities—discontinued operations

     (54.9     157.7        (44.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash flow used by financing activities

     (1,727.0     (1,846.2     (1,373.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash

     (154.5     (69.8     (1.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and equivalents

     (2,392.2     4,295.1        (377.2

Cash and Equivalents:

      

Beginning of year

     4,647.3        352.2        729.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

End of year

   $ 2,255.1      $ 4,647.3      $ 352.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other Cash Information—Continuing and Discontinued Operations:

      

Cash payments during the year for:

      

Interest

   $ 218.5      $ 289.2      $ 322.3   

Income taxes, net of refunds

     1,397.7        497.2        380.9   

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities—Continuing and Discontinued Operations:

      

Capital lease obligations entered into

   $ 180.0      $ 78.0      $ 48.1   

Purchases of property, plant and equipment included in accounts payable

     71.8        128.3        107.8   

Mortgage notes assumed in property additions

                   42.9   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-109


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Common Stock:

      

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 2.4      $ 6.1      $ 6.0   

Options exercised

     0.1               0.1   

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

            (3.7       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     2.5        2.4        6.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional Paid-In Capital:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     1,981.9        4,505.6        4,463.9   

Share-based employee compensation

     27.7        59.1        55.1   

Options exercised/cancelled, net

     40.4        210.6        (11.9

Initial public offering of Blackhawk, net

            161.5          

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

            (2,989.0       

Other(2)

     1.3        34.1        (1.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     2,051.3        1,981.9        4,505.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Treasury Stock:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     (480.6     (9,119.8     (7,874.4

Purchase of treasury stock

            (663.7     (1,240.3

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

            9,313.4          

Other

     (11.2     (10.5     (5.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     (491.8     (480.6     (9,119.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Retained Earnings:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     4,586.9        7,585.6        7,151.1   

Net income attributable to Safeway Inc.

     113.4        3,507.5        596.5   

Cash dividends declared ($0.890, $0.775 and $0.670 per share)

     (205.8     (185.5     (162.0

Distribution of Blackhawk(3)

     (184.4              

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

            (6,320.7       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     4,310.1        4,586.9        7,585.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     (271.1     (73.8     (61.5

Translation adjustments

     0.2        (65.0     (3.1

Pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment to funded status (net of tax of $118.5, $87.1 and $45.5)

     (185.0     179.5        (79.7

Recognition of pension and post-retirement benefits actuarial loss (net of tax of $20.5, $38.7 and $40.5)

     31.8        66.3        69.5   

Distribution of Blackhawk(3)

     2.2                 

Sale of Canada Safeway Limited(4)

            (377.0       

Other (net of tax of $0.2, $0.6 and $0.5)

     0.2        (1.1     1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     (421.7     (271.1     (73.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-110    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

 

     53 Weeks
2014
    52 Weeks
2013
    52 Weeks
2012
 

Noncontrolling Interests:

      

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 55.6      $ 5.5      $ 6.0   

Noncontrolling interests acquired through Blackhawk’s acquisition of Retailo

            6.9          

Net earnings attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

     (0.9     14.7        1.6   

Distribution of Blackhawk(3)

     (56.3              

Other(2)

     1.6        28.5        (2.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

            55.6        5.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Equity

   $ 5,450.4      $ 5,875.1      $ 2,909.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Number of Shares Issued  

Common Stock:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     244.2        605.3        604.5   

Options exercised

     1.7        9.6        0.1   

Restricted stock grants, net of forfeitures

     (0.1     0.5        0.7   

Performance share awards

            0.4          

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

            (371.6       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     245.8        244.2        605.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Number of Shares  

Treasury Stock:

      

Balance, beginning of year

     (14.1     (365.8     (307.9

Purchase of treasury stock

            (19.5     (57.6

Retirement of treasury stock(1)

            371.6          

Other

     (0.3     (0.4     (0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     (14.4     (14.1     (365.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Safeway retired 371.6 million shares in 2013. See Note L under the caption “Retirement of Treasury Stock.”
(2) Fiscal 2013 primarily results from Blackhawk IPO.
(3) Safeway distributed its remaining shares of Blackhawk to Safeway stockholders in 2014. See Note B.
(4) Safeway completed the sale of CSL in 2013. See Note B.

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-111


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note A: The Company and Significant Accounting Policies

The Company  Safeway Inc. (“Safeway” or the “Company”) is one of the largest food and drug retailers in the United States, with 1,326 stores as of year-end 2014. Safeway’s U.S. retail operations are located principally in California, Hawaii, Oregon, Washington, Alaska, Colorado, Arizona, Texas, and the Mid-Atlantic region. In support of its retail operations, the Company has an extensive network of distribution, manufacturing and food processing facilities. The Company also owns and operates GroceryWorks.com Operating Company, LLC, an online grocery channel, doing business under the names Safeway.com and Vons.com (collectively “Safeway.com”).

On January 30, 2015, Safeway was acquired by AB Acquisition LLC (“AB Acquisition”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (as amended on April 7, 2014 and on June 13, 2014, the “Merger Agreement”), with AB Acquisition LLC , Albertson’s Holdings LLC (“Albertsons Holdings”), a subsidiary of AB Acquisition, Albertson’s LLC (“Albertson’s LLC”), a subsidiary of Albertsons Holdings, and Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc. (“Merger Sub” and together with AB Acquisition, Albertsons Holdings and Albertson’s LLC, “Albertsons”), a subsidiary of Albertsons Holdings, in a transaction hereinafter referred to as the “Merger.” See Note V to the consolidated financial statements for additional information. Unless otherwise noted, these consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes do not give effect to the Merger.

On December 23, 2014, Safeway and its wholly-owned real-estate development subsidiary, Property Development Centers, LLC (“PDC”), sold substantially all of the net assets of PDC to Terramar Retail Centers, LLC (“Terramar”). Due to leasing back certain properties, Safeway will have significant continuing involvement with a number of the properties subsequent to the sale of PDC. Therefore, the operating results are not reported in discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income. See Note D to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Blackhawk Network Holdings, Inc. (“Blackhawk”) was a majority-owned subsidiary of Safeway until Safeway completed the distribution of 37.8 million shares of Blackhawk stock that it owned to its stockholders on April 14, 2014. The operating results of Blackhawk are reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. See Note B to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company exited the Chicago market, where it operated 72 Dominick’s stores. The operating results of Dominick’s are reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. In addition, certain assets and liabilities associated with Dominick’s are reported as assets and liabilities held for sale at December 28, 2013 and some Dominick’s properties continued to be classified as held for sale at January 3, 2015. See Note B to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

On November 3, 2013, Safeway completed the sale of substantially all of the net assets of Canada Safeway Limited (“CSL” now known as CSL IT Services ULC) to Sobeys Inc. (“Sobeys”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Empire Company Limited. As a result, the operating results of CSL are reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of income for all periods presented. See Note B to the consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Unless otherwise indicated, the notes accompanying the consolidated financial statements reflect the Company’s continuing operations.

 

  F-112    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company also has a 49% ownership interest in Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V. (“Casa Ley”), which operates 206 food and general merchandise stores in Western Mexico. See Note V.

Basis of Presentation  The consolidated financial statements include Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation, and all majority-owned subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company’s investment in Casa Ley is reported using the equity method. Safeway’s equity in earnings of Casa Ley is based on financial information prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and is recorded on a one-month delay basis because financial information for the latest month is not available from Casa Ley in time to be included in Safeway’s consolidated results until the following reporting period.

Fiscal Year  The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday nearest December 31. The last three fiscal years consist of the 53-week period ended January 3, 2015 (“fiscal 2014” or “2014”), the 52-week period ended December 28, 2013 (“fiscal 2013” or “2013”) and the 52-week period ended December 29, 2012 (“fiscal 2012” or “2012”).

Correction to Cash Flow Classification Subsequent to the issuance of the fiscal 2013 consolidated financial statements, the Company determined that the $57.4 million loss on foreign currency translation within the 2013 consolidated statement of cash flows was reflected as a reduction in net cash flow from operating activities, and should not have reduced operating cash flow for U.S. GAAP purposes. As a result, the 2013 presentation has been corrected to increase cash flows from operating activities—continuing operations by $57.4 million with an offset to the line item Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash. Safeway assessed the materiality of this adjustment on previously issued financial statements in accordance with the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 99 and concluded that the correction was not material. This correction results in no other changes to the consolidated financial statements and had no effect on the change in cash or ending cash.

Use of Estimates  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Translation of Foreign Currencies  Assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries and Casa Ley are translated into U.S. dollars at year-end rates of exchange, and income and expenses are translated at average rates during the year. Adjustments resulting from translating financial statements into U.S. dollars, net of applicable income taxes, are included as a separate component in the statement of comprehensive income, within accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated balance sheets and within the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity.

After the net asset sale of Canadian operations (“Sale of Canadian Operations”), the adjustments resulting from translation of retained assets and liabilities denominated in Canadian dollars are included in the statement of income as a foreign currency gain or loss. Foreign currency loss was $131.2 million in fiscal 2014 and $57.4 million in fiscal 2013. The Company made a reclassification on the 2013 consolidated statement of cash flows to correct the classification of the loss on foreign currency.

 

  F-113    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Revenue Recognition  Retail store sales are recognized at the point of sale. Sales tax is excluded from revenue. Internet sales are recognized when the merchandise is delivered to the customer. Discounts provided to customers in connection with loyalty cards are accounted for as a reduction of sales.

Safeway records a deferred revenue liability when it sells Safeway gift cards. Safeway records a sale when a customer redeems the gift card. Safeway gift cards do not expire. The Company reduces the liability and increases other revenue for the unused portion of gift cards (“breakage”) after two years, the period at which redemption is considered remote. Breakage amounts were $1.8 million, $1.9 million and $1.8 million in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Cost of Goods Sold  Cost of goods sold includes cost of inventory sold during the period, including purchase and distribution costs. These costs include inbound freight charges, purchasing and receiving costs, warehouse inspection costs, warehousing costs and other costs of Safeway’s distribution network. All vendor allowances are recorded as a reduction of cost of goods when earned. Advertising and promotional expenses are also included as a component of cost of goods sold. Such costs are expensed in the period the advertisement occurs. Advertising and promotional expenses totaled $325.5 million in 2014, $371.6 million in 2013 and $415.9 million in 2012.

Cash and Equivalents  Cash and equivalents include short-term investments with original maturities of less than three months and credit and debit card sales transactions which settle within a few business days of year end.

There were no book overdrafts included in accounts payable at year-end 2014. At year-end 2013, book overdrafts of $84.5 million were included in accounts payable.

Receivables  Receivables include pharmacy and miscellaneous trade receivables.

Merchandise Inventories  Merchandise inventory of $1,755.3 million at year-end 2014 and $1,643.2 million at year-end 2013 is valued at the lower of cost on a last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) basis or market value. Such LIFO inventory had a replacement or current cost of $1,808.4 million at year-end 2014 and $1,701.3 million at year-end 2013. Liquidations of LIFO layers during the three years reported did not have a material effect on the results of operations. The remaining inventory consists primarily of perishables, pharmacy and fuel inventory. Perishables are counted every four weeks and are carried at the last purchased cost or the last four-week average cost, which approximates first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) cost. Pharmacy and fuel inventories are carried at the last purchased cost, which approximates FIFO cost. The Company records an inventory shrink adjustment upon physical counts and also provides for estimated inventory shrink adjustments for the period between the last physical inventory and each balance sheet date.

Property and Depreciation  Property is stated at cost. Depreciation expense on buildings and equipment is computed on the straight-line method using the following lives:

 

Stores and other buildings

     7 to 40 years   

Fixtures and equipment

     3 to 15 years   

Safeway capitalizes eligible costs to acquire or develop internal-use software that are incurred during the application development stage as part of fixtures and equipment. Capitalized costs related to internal-use software are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

 

  F-114    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Property under capital leases and leasehold improvements is amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining terms of the leases or the estimated useful lives of the assets.

Company-Owned Life Insurance Policies Safeway has company-owned life insurance policies that have a cash surrender value. During 2013, Safeway borrowed against these policies. The Company has no current intention of repaying the loans prior to maturity or cancellation of the policies. Therefore, we offset the cash surrender value by the related loans. At January 3, 2015, the cash surrender value of the policies was $57.1 million, and the balance of the policy loans was $40.7 million, resulting in a net cash surrender value of $16.4 million. At December 28, 2013, the cash surrender value of the policies was $58.5 million, and the balance of the policy loans was $40.9 million, resulting in a net cash surrender value of $17.6 million.

Employee Benefit Plans  The Company recognizes in its consolidated balance sheet an asset for its employee benefit plan’s overfunded status or a liability for underfunded status. The Company measures plan assets and obligations that determine the funded status as of fiscal year end. See Note N.

Self-Insurance  The Company is primarily self-insured for workers’ compensation, automobile and general liability costs. The self-insurance liability is determined actuarially, based on claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, and is discounted using a risk-free rate of interest. The present value of such claims was calculated using a discount rate of 1.50% in 2014, 1.75% in 2013 and 0.75% in 2012.

A summary of changes in Safeway’s self-insurance liability is as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Beginning balance

   $ 432.7      $ 480.1      $ 470.9   

Expense, including the effect of discount rate

     153.9        98.6        151.6   

Claim payments

     (151.2     (137.2     (142.5

Disposal of discontinued operations

            (8.8       

Currency translation

                   0.1   

Reclass insurance recoveries to receivable

     25.2                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

     460.6        432.7        480.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less current portion

     (113.3     (108.6     (137.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 347.3      $ 324.1      $ 342.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Beginning in 2014, the Company has recorded estimated insurance recoveries as a receivable, rather than netting the recoveries against the liability.

The current portion of the self-insurance liability is included in other accrued liabilities, and the long-term portion is included in accrued claims and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The total undiscounted liability, net of insurance receivables, was $477.4 million at year-end 2014 and $477.2 million at year-end 2013.

Deferred Rent

Rent Escalations.     The Company recognizes escalating rent provisions on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

  F-115    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Rent Holidays.     Certain of the Company’s operating leases contain rent holidays. For these leases, Safeway recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis starting at the earlier of the first rent payment or the date of possession of the leased property. The difference between the amounts charged to expense and the rent paid is recorded as deferred lease incentives and amortized over the lease term.

Income Taxes  Income tax expense or benefit reflects the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, the impact of deferred tax liabilities and deferred tax assets, accrued interest on tax deficiencies and refunds and accrued penalties on tax deficiencies. Deferred income taxes represent future net tax effects resulting from temporary differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse.

A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that these items will either expire before the Company is able to realize their benefits, or that future deductibility is uncertain. Periodically, the valuation allowance is reviewed and adjusted based on management’s assessments of realizable deferred tax assets.

Tax positions are recognized when they are more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. The amount recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is more likely than not of being realized upon settlement. The Company is subject to periodic audits by the Internal Revenue Service and other foreign, state and local taxing authorities. These audits may challenge certain of the Company’s tax positions such as the timing and amount of income and deductions and the allocation of taxable income to various tax jurisdictions. The Company evaluates its tax positions and establishes liabilities in accordance with the applicable accounting guidance on uncertainty in income taxes. These tax uncertainties are reviewed as facts and circumstances change and are adjusted accordingly. This requires significant management judgment in estimating final outcomes. Actual results could materially differ from these estimates and could significantly affect the Company’s effective tax rate and cash flows in future years.

Financial Instruments

Interest rate swaps.     The Company has, from time to time, entered into interest rate swap agreements to change its portfolio mix of fixed- and floating-rate debt to more desirable levels. Interest rate swap agreements involve the exchange with a counterparty of fixed- and floating-rate interest payments periodically over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional principal amounts. The differential to be paid or received is recognized over the life of the agreements as an adjustment to interest expense. The Company’s counterparties have been major financial institutions.

Energy contracts.     The Company has entered into contracts to purchase electricity and natural gas at fixed prices for a portion of its energy needs. Safeway expects to take delivery of the electricity and natural gas in the normal course of business. Contracts that qualify for the normal purchase exception under derivatives and hedging accounting guidance are not marked to market. Energy purchased under these contracts is expensed as delivered.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments  Disclosures of the fair value of certain financial instruments are required, whether or not recognized in the balance sheet. The Company estimated the fair values

 

  F-116    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

presented below using appropriate valuation methodologies and market information available as of year end. Considerable judgment is required to develop estimates of fair value, and the estimates presented are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions or estimation methodologies could have a material effect on the estimated fair values. Additionally, the fair values were estimated at year end, and current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the amounts presented.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments:

Cash and equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable.     The carrying amount of these items approximates fair value.

Short-term investments.     These investments are readily convertible to cash, and the carrying amount of these items approximates fair value.

Notes receivables.     The Company’s notes receivables, included in other assets, are comprised primarily of notes receivable resulting from the sale of real estate. The fair value of note receivables is estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using interest rates, adjusted for credit risk, at which similar loans could be made under current market conditions. The carrying value of notes receivables, which approximates fair value, was $108.0 million at January 3, 2015 and $101.0 million at December 28, 2013. Approximately $27.7 million of the notes receivables at January 3, 2015 were Safeway advances to Blackhawk. These advances funded Blackhawk’s estimated tax payments on the distribution of Blackhawk shares which are explained in Note B under the caption “Blackhawk”. With the closing of the Merger on January 30, 2015, Blackhawk is not required to repay these advances.

Long-term debt, including current maturities.     Market values quoted in public markets are used to estimate the fair value of publicly traded debt. To estimate the fair value of debt issues that are not quoted in public markets, the Company uses those interest rates that are currently available to it for issuance of debt with similar terms and remaining maturities as a discount rate for the remaining principal payments.

Store Lease Exit Costs and Impairment Charges  Safeway regularly reviews its stores’ operating performance and assesses the Company’s plans for certain store and plant closures. Losses related to the impairment of long-lived assets are recognized when expected future cash flows are less than the asset’s carrying value. The Company evaluates the carrying value of the assets in relation to its expected future cash flows. If the carrying value is greater than the future cash flows, a provision is made for the impairment of the assets to write the assets down to estimated fair value. Fair value is determined by estimating net future cash flows, discounted using a risk-adjusted rate of return. The Company calculates impairment on a store-by-store basis. These provisions are recorded as a component of operating and administrative expense.

When stores that are under long-term leases close, the Company records a liability for the future minimum lease payments and related ancillary costs, net of estimated cost recoveries that may be achieved through subletting properties or through favorable lease terminations, discounted using a risk-adjusted rate of interest. This liability is recorded at the time the store is closed. Activity included in the reserve for store lease exit costs is disclosed in Note E.

 

  F-117    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss  Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of applicable taxes, consisted of the following at year-end (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Translation adjustments

   $ (136.4   $ (139.0   $ 399.0   

Pension and post-retirement benefits adjustment to funded status

     (588.0     (403.0     (737.8

Recognition of pension and post-retirement benefits actuarial loss

     304.1        272.5        265.5   

Other

     (1.4     (1.6     (0.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (421.7   $ (271.1   $ (73.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

At the closing of the Sale of Canadian Operations, the Company recorded the related balance of cumulative translation adjustment, pension and post-retirement benefit adjustment to funded status and recognition of pension and post-retirement benefits actuarial loss which related to CSL as part of the gain on the sale. See Note B.

Stock-Based Employee Compensation  Safeway accounts for all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, as compensation cost based on the fair value on the date of grant. The Company determines fair value of such awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option pricing model incorporates certain assumptions, such as risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividend yield and expected life of options, in order to arrive at a fair value estimate.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” which provides guidance for revenue recognition. The standard’s core principle is that a company will recognize revenue when it transfers promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The new guidance is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that reporting period. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact of ASU No. 2014-09 on its financial statements.

On April 10, 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-08 “Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity.” ASU No. 2014-08 changes the criteria for reporting discontinued operations and modifies related disclosure requirements. The new guidance is effective on a prospective basis for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2014, and interim periods within annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2015. The Company is currently assessing the future impact of ASU No. 2014-08 on its financial statements.

Note B: Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company announced its intention to exit the Chicago market, where it operated 72 Dominick’s stores. During the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company sold or closed its Dominick’s stores. Certain Dominick’s properties were classified as held for sale at December 28, 2013, and some Dominick’s properties continued to be classified as held

 

  F-118    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

for sale at January 3, 2015. Additionally, the Company had other real estate assets held for sale. Assets and liabilities held for sale at January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013 were as follows (in millions):

 

     January 3,
2015
     December 28,
2013
 

Assets held for sale:

     

Dominick’s property, net, held for sale

   $ 5.6       $ 136.7   

Other United States real estate assets held for sale

     33.9         7.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets held for sale

   $ 39.5       $ 143.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     January 3,
2015
     December 28,
2013
 

Liabilities held for sale:

     

Dominick’s

     

Deferred gain on property dispositions

   $         —       $ 9.0   

Obligations under capital leases

             5.2   

Deferred rent

             2.6   

Other liabilities

             1.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities held for sale(1)

   $       $ 18.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in Other Accrued Liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.

 

  F-119    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Discontinued Operations The notes to the consolidated financial statements exclude discontinued operations, unless otherwise noted. Historical financial information for CSL, Dominick’s and Blackhawk presented in the consolidated income statements has been reclassified to discontinued operations to conform to current-year presentation. The historical operating results of Genuardi’s stores have not been reflected in discontinued operations because the historical financial operating results were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented. Financial information for discontinued operations is shown below (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Sales and other revenue:

      

CSL(1)

   $      $ 5,447.9      $ 6,695.8   

Dominick’s

     7.3        1,394.8        1,465.2   

Blackhawk(1)

     305.6        1,074.2        906.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 312.9      $ 7,916.9      $ 9,067.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, before income taxes:

      

CSL(1)

   $      $ 286.2      $ 442.3   

Dominick’s(2)

     (186.8     (92.0     (50.4

Blackhawk(1)

     (4.4     84.4        74.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ (191.2   $ 278.6      $ 466.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain (loss) on sale or disposal of operations, net of lease exit costs and transaction costs, before income taxes:

      

CSL(3)

   $ (6.8   $ 4,783.1      $   

Dominick’s(4)

     140.9        (493.1       

Blackhawk

     (5.9              

Genuardi’s

                   52.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 128.2      $ 4,290.0      $ 52.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total (loss) income from discontinued operations, before income taxes

   $ (63.0   $ 4,568.6      $ 518.5   

Income taxes on discontinued operations

     72.3        (1,263.5     (169.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ 9.3      $ 3,305.1      $ 348.9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) For CSL, 2013 reflects 44 weeks of activity compared to 52 weeks in 2012. For Blackhawk, 2014 reflects 15 weeks of activity compared to 52 weeks in the prior years.
(2) 2014 includes charges of $159.4 million to increase the multiemployer pension withdrawal liability.
(3) In accordance with ASU No. 2013-05, “Parent’s Accounting for the Cumulative Translation Adjustment upon Derecognition of Certain Subsidiaries or Groups of Assets within a Foreign Entity or of an Investment in a Foreign Entity,” the Company transferred the cumulative translation adjustment relating to Canadian operations from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss on the balance sheet to gain on the Sale of Canadian Operations.
(4) 2013 includes a charge of $310.8 million for the estimated multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability.

Sale of Canadian Operations On November 3, 2013, Safeway completed the Sale of Canadian Operations to Sobeys for CAD5.8 billion (USD5.6 billion) in cash plus the assumption of certain liabilities.

 

  F-120    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Dominick’s During the fourth quarter of 2013, Safeway sold or closed all Dominick’s stores. Cash proceeds on the sale of these stores sold in fiscal 2013 were $72.2 million. Stores closed in 2013 but sold in fiscal 2014 had cash proceeds of $246.3 million. The sale of these stores resulted in a pre-tax gain of $140.9 million in fiscal 2014 and a pre-tax loss of $493.1 million in fiscal 2013, which includes a charge of $310.8 million for the estimated multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability. During fiscal 2014, the Company increased the estimated multiemployer pension plan withdrawal liability by $159.4 million, which is included in loss from discontinued operations in the following table. See Note O for a discussion and reconciliation of this withdrawal liability.

Blackhawk On March 24, 2014, Safeway’s Board of Directors declared a special stock dividend to its stockholders of all of the 37.8 million shares of Class B common stock of Blackhawk owned by Safeway, representing approximately 94.2% of the total outstanding shares of Blackhawk’s Class B common stock and approximately 72% of the total number of shares of Blackhawk common stock of all classes outstanding. On April 14, 2014, Safeway distributed the special stock dividend to all Safeway stockholders of record as of April 3, 2014 (the “Record Date”). The distribution took place in the form of a pro rata dividend of Blackhawk Class B common stock to each Safeway stockholder of record as of the Record Date.

With the completion of the Merger subsequent to year-end, Safeway’s distribution of Blackhawk shares is taxable. Based on Safeway’s preliminary estimates and after the application of $82 million in tax payments previously made in connection with Safeway’s sale of shares in the initial public offering of Blackhawk’s Class A common stock in April 2013, Safeway expects that the distribution of Blackhawk shares will result in an incremental tax liability of approximately $360 million, which Safeway is required to fund. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, Safeway did not consider the probability of the Merger occurring and, therefore, has not recorded a liability for its obligation to fund Blackhawk’s tax obligation. During 2014, Safeway paid approximately $355 million of the incremental tax liability.

In addition, during 2014, Blackhawk made certain estimated tax payments to certain state tax jurisdictions. Safeway advanced approximately $27.7 million to Blackhawk to fund these estimated tax payments. Safeway recorded these advances as receivables on the condensed consolidated balance sheet because, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, Safeway did not consider the probability of the Merger occurring. In the event the Merger did not occur, Blackhawk would have been required to repay these advances to Safeway.

Genuardi’s In January 2012, Safeway announced the planned sale or closure of its Genuardi’s stores, located in the Eastern United States. These transactions were completed during 2012 with cash proceeds of $107.0 million and a pre-tax gain of $52.4 million ($31.9 million after tax).

Note C: Blackhawk

Initial Public Offering of Blackhawk On April 24, 2013, Blackhawk, a former Safeway subsidiary, completed its initial public offering of 11.5 million shares of its Class A common stock at $23.00 per share on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, which included the exercise by the underwriters for the offering of an option to purchase 1.5 million shares of Class A common stock. The offering consisted solely of shares offered by existing stockholders, including Safeway. As part of the IPO, Safeway sold 11.3 million shares of Class A common stock of Blackhawk for proceeds of $243.6 million ($238.0 million, net of professional service fees), reducing the Company’s ownership from approximately 95% to approximately 73% of Blackhawk’s total outstanding shares of common stock.

 

  F-121    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Safeway recorded these net proceeds as an increase to Additional Paid-In Capital and used these net proceeds to reduce debt. Additionally, the Company recorded a $76.5 million tax liability on the sale of these shares as a reduction to Additional Paid-In Capital and $5.8 million as an increase to tax expense. The taxes were paid in the fourth quarter of 2013. Additionally, Safeway incurred a $17.9 million deferred tax expense related to the retained shares in Blackhawk.

Distribution of Blackhawk Safeway owned 37.8 million shares, or approximately 72%, of Blackhawk, which the Company distributed to its stockholders on April 14, 2014. See Note B.

Acquisitions On November 29, 2013, Blackhawk acquired 100% of the outstanding common stock of Retailo, a German privately-held company which is a third-party gift card distribution network in Germany, Austria and Switzerland. Blackhawk acquired Retailo for total purchase consideration of $70.2 million. The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation which was based upon the estimated fair value of each asset and liability (in millions):

 

Settlement receivables

   $ 18.1   

Settlement payables

     (14.8

Other liabilities, net

     (0.7

Deferred income taxes, net

     (7.4

Identifiable technology and intangible assets

     45.7   

Noncontrolling interests

     (6.9

Goodwill(1)

     36.2   
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 70.2   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note D.

Noncontrolling interests result from third-party ownership interests in certain subsidiaries of Retailo.

On November 12, 2013, Blackhawk acquired substantially all of the net assets of InteliSpend from Maritz Holdings Inc., a privately-held company, for total purchase consideration of $97.5 million. InteliSpend delivers intelligent prepaid solutions for business needs: employee rewards, wellness, sales incentives, expense management and promotional programs. The following table summarizes the purchase price allocation which was based upon the estimated fair value of each asset and liability (in millions):

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 15.0   

Trading securities

     29.4   

Accounts receivable

     7.9   

Cardholder liabilities

     (31.4

Customer deposits

     (12.5

Other tangible assets, net

     (4.0

Deferred taxes

     (0.3

Identifiable technology and intangible assets

     39.2   

Goodwill(1)

     54.2   
  

 

 

 

Total consideration

   $ 97.5   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note D.

 

  F-122    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Blackhawk sold the trading securities for cash on the day after closing, and this sale is presented as an inflow from investing activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows.

Note D: Property Development Centers

On December 23, 2014, Safeway and its wholly owned real estate development subsidiary, PDC, sold substantially all of the net assets of PDC to Terramar. PDC’s assets were comprised of shopping centers that are completed or under development. Most of these centers included a grocery store that was leased back to Safeway. The sale was consummated pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 22, 2014 by and among Safeway, PDC and Terramar.

The following table summarizes the gain on this transaction (in millions).

 

Total cash proceeds

   $ 759.0   

Less proceeds for development properties recorded as Other Notes Payable

     (120.1

Less cash paid for prorates

     (1.7
  

 

 

 

Total cash proceeds classified as investing activities

     637.2   

Net book value

     (464.9
  

 

 

 

Total gain on sale of PDC

     172.3   

Less gain deferred on sale leasebacks(1)

     (150.3
  

 

 

 

Gain on sale of PDC

   $ 22.0   
  

 

 

 

 

(1) Current portion of $25.3 million is included in other accrued liabilities, and the long-term portion of $125.0 million is included in accrued claims and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet at year-end 2014.

Due to leasing back certain of these properties, Safeway has significant continuing involvement with a number of the properties subsequent to the sale. As a result, Safeway deferred the gain on the sale of those properties. Under GAAP, Safeway is still considered the owner of certain properties consisting primarily of the properties under development. Consequently, proceeds of $120.1 million received for those properties have been recorded as Other Notes Payable and classified as a cash inflow from financing activities.

Safeway undertook the sale of PDC in connection with the Merger. See Note V.

Note E: Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of cost of an acquired business over the fair value of the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is not subject to amortization but must be evaluated for impairment.

Safeway tests goodwill for impairment annually (on the first day of the fourth quarter) or whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying value.

The impairment test is a two-step process. In the first step, the Company determines if the fair value of the reporting units is less than the book value. Under generally accepted accounting

 

  F-123    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

principles, a reporting unit is either the equivalent to, or one level below, an operating segment. Each reporting unit constitutes a business for which discrete financial information is available and for which management regularly reviews the operating results. Safeway’s operating segments are our retail divisions. Safeway’s reporting units are generally consistent with its operating segments.

Companies are allowed perform the first step of the two-step impairment process by assessing qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances exist which lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. After assessing the totality of events and circumstances, we conclude that it is more likely than not that the fair value of our reporting units with goodwill is greater than the book value and, therefore, that there is no goodwill impairment.

If Safeway concludes that fair value is greater than the book value, Safeway does not have to proceed to step two, and Safeway can conclude there is no goodwill impairment. If the Company concludes that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than book value, the Company must perform step two, in which it calculates the implied fair value of goodwill and compares it to carrying value. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of goodwill, such excess represents the amount of goodwill impairment.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit is based on an average of the guideline company method and the discounted cash flow method. These methods are based on historical and forecasted amounts specific to each reporting unit and consider sales, gross profit, operating profit and cash flows and general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business and operational strategies. Safeway bases its fair value estimates on assumptions it believes to be reasonable at the time, but such assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainty. Measuring the fair value of reporting units would constitute a Level 3 measurement under the fair value hierarchy. See Note I for a discussion of levels.

Based upon the results of our 2014, 2013 and 2012 analyses, no impairment of goodwill was indicated in 2014, 2013 or 2012.

 

  F-124    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

A summary of changes in Safeway’s goodwill is as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013  
     U.S.     U.S.     Canada     Total  

Balance—beginning of year:

        

Goodwill

   $ 4,455.8      $ 4,364.9      $ 97.9      $ 4,462.8   

Accumulated impairment charges

     (3,991.3     (3,991.3            (3,991.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     464.5        373.6        97.9        471.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Activity during the year:

        

Distribution of Blackhawk Stock(2)

     (133.6                     

Disposal of CSL goodwill(1)

                   (97.9     (97.9

Blackhawk acquisition of Retailo(2)

            36.2               36.2   

Blackhawk acquisition of InteliSpend(2)

            54.2               54.2   

Translation adjustments

            0.5               0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (133.6     90.9        (97.9     (7.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance—end of year:

        

Goodwill

     4,322.2        4,455.8               4,455.8   

Accumulated impairment charges

     (3,991.3     (3,991.3            (3,991.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 330.9      $ 464.5      $      $ 464.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) See Note B.
(2) See Note C.

Note F: Store Lease Exit Costs and Impairment Charges

Impairment Write-Downs  Safeway recognized impairment charges on the write-down of long-lived assets of $56.1 million in 2014, $35.6 million in 2013 and $33.6 million in 2012. These charges are included as a component of operating and administrative expense.

Store Lease Exit Costs  The reserve for store lease exit costs includes the following activity for 2014, 2013 and 2012 (in millions):

 

    2014     2013     2012  

Beginning balance

  $ 181.0      $ 76.5      $ 77.0   

Provision for estimated net future cash flows of additional closed stores(1)

    1.2        6.1        19.4   

Provision for estimated net future cash flows of Dominick’s closed stores(2)

           113.6          

Net cash flows, interest accretion, changes in estimates of net future cash flows(3)

    (37.1     (15.2     (19.9

Net cash flows, interest accretion, changes in estimates of net future cash flows for Dominick’s disposed stores(4)

    (15.9              
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $ 129.2      $ 181.0      $ 76.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Estimated net future cash flows represents future minimum lease payments and related ancillary costs from the date of closure to the end of the remaining lease term, net of estimated cost recoveries that may be achieved through subletting properties or through favorable lease terminations.

 

  F-125    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(2) Estimated net future cash flows for Dominick’s stores closed during the fourth quarter of 2013.
(3) Net cash flows, interest accretion, changes in estimates of net future cash flows for all stores other than Dominick’s stores disposed of in 2014.
(4) Net cash flows, interest accretion, changes in estimates of net future cash flows for Dominick’s stores disposed of in 2014.

Store lease exit costs are included as a component of operating and administrative expense, with the exception of Dominick’s locations closed in the fourth quarter of 2013 which are included in the loss on disposal of operations. For all stores, the liability is included in accrued claims and other liabilities.

Note G: Financing

Notes and debentures were composed of the following at year end (in millions):

 

     2014     2013  

Term credit agreement, unsecured

   $      $ 400.0   

Mortgage notes payable, secured

     4.7        46.8   

5.625% Senior Notes due 2014, unsecured

            250.0   

3.40% Senior Notes due 2016, unsecured

     80.0        400.0   

6.35% Senior Notes due 2017, unsecured

     100.0        500.0   

5.00% Senior Notes due 2019, unsecured

     500.0        500.0   

3.95% Senior Notes due 2020, unsecured

     500.0        500.0   

4.75% Senior Notes due 2021, unsecured

     400.0        400.0   

7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027, unsecured

     150.0        150.0   

7.25% Senior Debentures due 2031, unsecured

     600.0        600.0   

Other notes payable, unsecured

     141.4        21.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     2,476.1        3,768.2   

Less current maturities

     (3.2     (252.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term portion

   $ 2,472.9      $ 3,515.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial Paper During 2014, the average commercial paper borrowing was $28.5 million and had a weighted-average interest rate of 0.63%. During 2013, the average commercial paper borrowing was $43.9 million which had a weighted-average interest rate of 0.68%.

Bank Credit Agreement  At January 3, 2015, the Company had a $1,500.0 million credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of banks that was scheduled to terminate on June 1, 2015. The Credit Agreement provided to Safeway (i) a four-year revolving domestic credit facility of up to $1,250.0 million for U.S. dollar advances and (ii) a $400.0 million subfacility of the domestic facility for issuance of standby and commercial letters of credit. The Credit Agreement also provided for an increase in the credit facility commitments up to an additional $500.0 million, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. On June 30, 2014, the Company terminated a $250.0 million Canadian credit facility. The Credit Agreement contained various covenants that restricted, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, the ability of Safeway and its subsidiaries to incur certain liens, make certain asset sales, enter into certain mergers or amalgamations, engage in certain transactions with stockholders and affiliates and alter the character of its business from that conducted on the closing date. The Credit Agreement also contained two financial maintenance covenants: (i) an interest coverage ratio that required Safeway not to permit the ratio of consolidated Adjusted EBITDA,

 

  F-126    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

as defined in the Credit Agreement, to consolidated interest expense to be less than 2.0:1.0, and (ii) a leverage ratio that required Safeway not to permit the ratio of consolidated total debt, less unrestricted cash in excess of $75.0 million, to consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, to exceed 3.5:1.0. As of January 3, 2015, the Company was in compliance with these covenant requirements. As of January 3, 2015, there were no borrowings, and letters of credit totaled $27.2 million under the Credit Agreement. Total unused borrowing capacity under the credit agreement was $1,472.8 million as of January 3, 2015.

U.S. borrowings under the credit agreement carried interest at one of the following rates selected by the Company: (1) the prime rate; (2) a rate based on rates at which Eurodollar deposits are offered to first-class banks by the lenders in the bank credit agreement plus a pricing margin based on the Company’s debt rating or interest coverage ratio (the “Pricing Margin”); or (3) rates quoted at the discretion of the lenders.

During 2014, the Company paid facility fees ranging from 0.15% to 0.225% on the total amount of the credit facility.

Issuances of Senior Unsecured Indebtedness  The Company did not issue any senior unsecured debt in 2014 or 2013.

Redemption of Notes

Fiscal 2014 In August 2014, Safeway paid $802.7 million to redeem $320.0 million of the 3.40% Senior Notes due 2016 and $400.0 million of the 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017. The $802.7 million included principal payments of $720.0 million, make-whole premiums of $80.2 million and accrued interest of $2.5 million. Unamortized deferred finance fees of $2.2 million were also expensed.

In accordance with the Merger Agreement, the Company contributed $40.0 million in cash to PDC in the second quarter of 2014. This cash was to be held in a reserve account until the earlier to occur of (i) payment in full of the mortgage indebtedness encumbering a shopping center in Lahaina, Hawaii and (ii) the release of the Company from any guaranty obligations in connection with such indebtedness. During the third quarter of 2014, the Company deposited $40.0 million with a trustee and achieved a full legal defeasance of the mortgage indebtedness and was released from the guaranty obligations associated with such indebtedness. Therefore, during the third quarter of 2014, the Company extinguished the $40.8 million mortgage from the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

These transactions resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $84.4 million in 2014, which consisted of $80.2 million in make-whole premiums on the Senior Notes, the write-off of $2.4 million of unamortized deferred finance fees and $1.8 million of third-party costs associated with the defeasance of the Lahaina mortgage.

Fiscal 2013 In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company redeemed $500.0 million of 6.25% Senior Notes due March 15, 2014. This redemption resulted in a make-whole premium of $6.7 million, before tax.

In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company deposited CAD304.5 million (USD292.2 million) in an account with the Trustee under the indenture governing the CAD300.0 million (USD287.9 million), 3.00% Second Series Notes due March 31, 2014. Safeway met the conditions for satisfaction and discharge of the Company’s obligations under the indenture and, as a result, extinguished the CAD300.0 million (USD287.9 million) notes and CAD304.5 million (USD292.2 million) cash from the consolidated balance sheet.

 

  F-127    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

These transactions resulted in a loss on extinguishment of debt of $10.1 million in 2013, which consisted of make-whole premiums of $6.7 million and prepaid interest of $3.4 million.

Mortgage Notes Payable  Mortgage notes payable at year-end 2014 have remaining terms ranging from less than four years to approximately seven years, had a weighted-average interest rate during 2014 of 8.10% and are secured by properties with a net book value of approximately $30.1 million.

Other Notes Payable  Other notes payable at year-end 2014 have remaining terms ranging from one year to 21 years and had a weighted average interest rate of 7.16% during 2014. At year-end 2014, Other Notes Payable includes $120.1 million of proceeds for PDC properties where Safeway is still considered the owner under GAAP. See Note D.

Annual Debt Maturities  As of year-end 2014, annual debt maturities (principal payments only) were as follows (in millions). Many of the notes payable include make-whole provisions:

 

2015

   $ 3.2   

2016

     84.6   

2017

     105.0   

2018

     6.8   

2019

     505.1   

Thereafter

     1,771.4   
  

 

 

 
   $ 2,476.1   
  

 

 

 

Letters of Credit  The Company had letters of credit of $27.8 million outstanding at year-end 2014, of which $27.2 million were issued under the credit agreement. The letters of credit are maintained primarily to support performance, payment, deposit or surety obligations of the Company. The Company pays commissions ranging from 1.00% to 1.28% on the face amount of the letters of credit.

Fair Value  At year-end 2014 and year-end 2013, the estimated fair value of debt, including current maturities, was $2,525.3 million and $3,949.7 million, respectively.

See Note V under the caption “Effect of Merger on Debt” for additional information.

Note H: Financial Instruments

Safeway manages interest rate risk through the strategic use of fixed- and variable-interest rate debt and, from time to time, interest rate swaps. The Company does not utilize financial instruments for trading or other speculative purposes, nor does it utilize leveraged financial instruments. At year-end 2014, the Company had no interest rate swaps outstanding.

 

  F-128    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note I: Fair Value Measurements

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into the following hierarchy:

 

Level 1    Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2    Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable;
Level 3    Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing.

The following table presents assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at January 3, 2015 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets

(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market

   $ 1,884.0       $ 1,884.0       $       $   

Commercial paper

     124.2                 124.2           

Short-term investments(1)

     24.4         16.8         7.6           

Non-current investments(2)

     46.5                 46.5           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,079.1       $ 1,900.8       $ 178.3       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration(3)

   $ 2.6       $       $       $ 2.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2.6       $       $       $ 2.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets on the balance sheet.
(2) Included in Other Assets on the balance sheet.
(3) Included in Other Accrued Liabilities and Accrued Claims and Other Liabilities on the balance sheet.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 liabilities for the year ended January 3, 2015 follows (in millions):

 

     Contingent
consideration
 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 2.9   

Settlements

     (0.3
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 2.6   
  

 

 

 

 

  F-129    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table presents assets and liabilities which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 28, 2013 (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical

assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs

(Level 3)
 

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents

           

Term deposits

   $ 2,818.0       $       $ 2,818.0       $   

Money market

     449.0         449.0                   

Bankers’ acceptances

     309.6                 309.6           

Commercial paper

     274.0                 274.0           

Short-term investments(1)

     81.0         42.0         39.0           

Non-current investments(2)

     38.0                 38.0           
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,969.6       $ 491.0       $ 3,478.6       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Contingent consideration(3)

   $ 2.9       $       $       $ 2.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2.9       $       $       $ 2.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets on the balance sheet.
(2) Included in Other Assets on the balance sheet.
(3) Included in Accrued Claims and Other Liabilities on the balance sheet.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 liabilities for the year ended December 28, 2013 follows (in millions):

 

     Contingent
consideration
 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 21.8   

Settlements

     (4.2

Gains

     (14.7
  

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 2.9   
  

 

 

 

In determining the fair value of assets and liabilities, the Company maximizes the use of quoted market prices and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. The Level 1 fair values are based on quoted market values for identical assets. The fair values of Level 2 assets and liabilities are determined using prices from pricing agencies and financial institutions that develop values based on observable inputs in active markets. Level 3 fair values are determined from industry valuation models based on externally developed inputs.

In connection with the Company’s evaluation of long-lived assets for impairment, certain long-lived assets were measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis using Level 3 inputs as defined in the fair value hierarchy. Fair value of long-lived assets is determined by estimating the amount and timing of net future cash flows (including rental expense for leased properties, sublease rental income, common area maintenance costs and real estate taxes) and discounting them using a risk-adjusted

 

  F-130    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

rate of interest. Safeway estimates future cash flows based on its experience and knowledge of the market in which the store is located and may use real estate brokers. During fiscal 2014, long-lived assets with a carrying value of $117.0 million were written down to their estimated fair value of $60.9 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $56.1 million. During fiscal 2013, long-lived assets with a carrying value of $63.5 million were written down to their estimated fair value of $27.9 million, resulting in an impairment charge of $35.6 million.

Note J: Lease Obligations

At year-end 2014, Safeway leased approximately 53% of its stores. Most leases have renewal options, typically with increased rental rates during the option period. Certain of these leases contain options to purchase the property at amounts that approximate fair market value.

As of year-end 2014, future minimum rental payments applicable to non-cancelable capital and operating leases with remaining terms in excess of one year were as follows (in millions):

 

     Capital
leases
    Operating
leases
 

2015

   $ 128.9      $ 450.7   

2016

     118.0        424.8   

2017

     98.5        380.3   

2018

     70.1        328.7   

2019

     59.7        279.4   

Thereafter

     259.7        1,878.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

     734.9      $ 3,742.4   
    

 

 

 

Less amounts representing interest

     (211.1  
  

 

 

   

Present value of net minimum lease payments

     523.8     
  

 

 

   

Less current obligations

     (94.7  
  

 

 

   

Long-term obligations

   $ 429.1     
  

 

 

   

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital and operating lease agreements have not been reduced by future minimum sublease rental income of $145.9 million.

Amortization expense for property under capital leases was $73.7 million in 2014, $46.1 million in 2013 and $26.3 million in 2012. Accumulated amortization of property under capital leases was $324.2 million at year-end 2014 and $251.9 million at year-end 2013.

 

  F-131    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following schedule shows the composition of total rental expense for all operating leases (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Property leases:

      

Minimum rentals

   $ 379.1      $ 365.5      $ 365.7   

Contingent rentals(1)

     8.8        7.3        7.7   

Less rentals from subleases

     (11.5     (11.1     (9.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     376.4        361.7        364.0   

Equipment leases

     11.8        20.4        20.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 388.2      $ 382.1      $ 384.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) In general, contingent rentals are based on individual store sales.

Note K: Interest Expense

Interest expense consisted of the following (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Commercial paper

   $ 0.2      $ 3.2      $ 6.0   

Bank credit agreement

     2.7        1.9        1.7   

Term credit agreement

     2.3        7.3        8.7   

Mortgage notes payable

     1.7        2.7        1.8   

5.80% Senior Notes due 2012

                   29.1   

Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2013

            4.3        2.7   

3.00% Second Series Notes due 2014

            7.4        9.0   

6.25% Senior Notes due 2014

            29.9        31.3   

5.625% Senior Notes due 2014

     8.7        14.1        14.1   

3.40% Senior Notes due 2016

     9.4        13.6        13.6   

6.35% Senior Notes due 2017

     22.3        31.8        31.8   

5.00% Senior Notes due 2019

     25.0        25.0        25.0   

3.95% Senior Notes due 2020

     19.7        19.7        19.7   

4.75% Senior Notes due 2021

     19.0        19.0        19.0   

7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027

     11.2        11.2        11.2   

7.25% Senior Debentures due 2031

     43.5        43.5        43.5   

Other notes payable

     1.6        1.8        1.7   

Obligations under capital leases

     33.8        38.0        39.7   

Amortization of deferred finance costs

     4.0        7.4        6.9   

Interest rate swap agreements

                   (5.0

Capitalized interest

     (6.2     (8.8     (10.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 198.9      $ 273.0      $ 300.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note L: Capital Stock

Shares Authorized and Issued  Authorized preferred stock consists of 25.0 million shares, of which none were outstanding during 2014, 2013 or 2012. Authorized common stock consists of 1.5 billion shares at $0.01 par value per share. Common stock outstanding at year-end 2014 was 231.4 million shares (net of 14.4 million shares of treasury stock) and 230.1 million shares at year-end 2013 (net of 14.1 million shares of treasury stock).

 

  F-132    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Shares Repurchased  The Company did not repurchase any common stock during 2014 under its stock repurchase program. Safeway repurchased 19.5 million shares at an average cost of $33.93 and a total cost of $663.7 million (including commissions) during 2013 and 57.6 million shares at an average cost of $21.51 and a total cost of $1,240.3 million (including commissions) during 2012.

Retirement of Treasury Stock In 2014, the Company did not retire any shares of its repurchased common stock. In 2013, the Company retired 371.6 million shares of its repurchased common stock. The par value of the repurchased shares was charged to common stock, with the excess purchase price over par value allocated between paid-in capital and retained earnings. In 2012, the Company did not retire any shares of its repurchased common stock.

Stock Option Plans  Under Safeway’s stock option plans, the Company may grant incentive and non-qualified options to purchase common stock at an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value at the grant date. Options generally vest over four or five years. Vested options are exercisable in part or in full at any time prior to the expiration date of six to 10 years from the date of the grant.

1999 Amended and Restated Equity Participation Plan  Under the 1999 Amended and Restated Equity Participation Plan (the “1999 Plan”), options generally vest over four, five or seven years. Although the 1999 Plan remains in full force and effect, there will be no more grants under this plan. Vested options are exercisable in part or in full at any time prior to the expiration date of six to 10 years from the date of the grant. Shares issued as a result of stock option exercises will be funded with the issuance of new shares. The 2007 Equity and Incentive Award Plan (the “2007 Plan”) and the 2011 Equity and Incentive Award Plan (the “2011 Plan”), discussed below, succeed the 1999 Plan. See Note V for additional information.

2007 Equity and Incentive Award Plan  In May 2007, the stockholders of Safeway approved the 2007 Plan. Under the 2007 Plan, Safeway may grant or issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, performance awards and stock payments, or any combination thereof. Safeway may grant incentive and non-qualified options to purchase common stock at an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value at the grant date. Options to purchase 8.1 million shares were available for grant at January 3, 2015 under this plan. Shares issued as a result of the 2007 Plan may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares or shares purchased in the open market. See Note V for additional information.

2011 Equity and Incentive Award Plan In May 2011, the stockholders of Safeway approved the 2011 Plan. Under the 2011 Plan, Safeway may grant or issue stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, deferred stock, dividend equivalents, performance awards and stock payments, or any combination thereof to participants other than Safeway’s Chief Executive Officer. Safeway may grant incentive and non-qualified options to purchase common stock at an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value at the grant date. At January 3, 2015, 6.0 million shares of common stock were available for issuance under this plan. Shares issued as a result of the 2011 Plan may be treasury shares, authorized but unissued shares or shares purchased in the open market. See Note V for additional information.

Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Units  The Company awarded 748,611 shares, 747,708 shares and 695,816 shares of restricted stock in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, to certain officers and key employees. These shares vested over a period of between three to five years and

 

  F-133    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

were subject to certain transfer restrictions and forfeiture prior to vesting. Deferred stock compensation, representing the fair value of the stock at the measurement date of the award, is amortized to compensation expense over the vesting period. The amortization of restricted stock resulted in compensation expense for continuing operations of $25.5 million in 2014, $15.8 million in 2013 and $13.1 million in 2012. See Note V for additional information.

Performance Share Awards In 2014, 2013 and 2012, Safeway granted performance share awards to certain executives. These performance share awards, covering a target of approximately 2.7 million shares, vested over three years. The 2014 performance share awards were subject to the achievement of specified levels of revenue growth and return on invested capital, as modified based on the Company’s total stockholder return. The 2013 and 2012 performance share awards were subject to the achievement of earnings per share goals determined on a compound annual growth rate basis relative to the S&P 500. Safeway recorded expense of $3.5 million in 2014 related to the 2014 awards. The Company recorded expense of $14.9 million in 2013 and $9.8 million in 2012 related to the 2013 and 2012 awards based on the then expected achievement of the performance targets. In the second quarter of 2014, the Company determined that it no longer believed that achievement of the performance targets related to the 2013 and 2012 awards was probable. Accordingly, in the second quarter of 2014, the Company reversed $18.8 million of previously recorded expense on unvested performance shares.

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, all of the performance shares vested upon closing of the Merger. However, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, Safeway did not consider the probability of the Merger occurring in recording stock-based compensation expense.

On January 30, 2015, subsequent to the fiscal 2014 year end and in connection with the Merger, all outstanding stock option awards, performance shares, restricted stock units and restricted stock awards issued pursuant to various stockholder-approved plans and a stockholder-authorized employee stock purchase plan were automatically canceled in exchange for the right to receive certain cash consideration.

Activity in the Company’s stock option plans for the year ended January 3, 2015 was as follows:

 

     Options     Weighted-
average
exercise price
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in millions)
 

Outstanding, beginning of year

     7,728,655      $ 21.85       $ 82.3   
  

 

 

      

2014 Activity:

  

Granted

     773,347        38.02      

Canceled

     (433,808     22.29      

Exercised

     (1,913,866     18.42      
  

 

 

      

Outstanding, end of year

     6,154,328      $ 19.95       $ 93.4   
  

 

 

      

Exercisable, end of year(1)

     2,869,781      $ 17.31       $ 51.1   
  

 

 

      

Vested and expected to vest, end of year(2)

     5,215,892      $ 19.38       $ 82.2   
  

 

 

      

 

(1) The remaining weighted-average contractual life of these options is 5.3 years.
(2) The remaining weighted-average contractual life of these options is 6.6 years.

 

  F-134    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year:

 

2012

   $ 4.50   

2013

     6.67   

2014

     8.13   

The total intrinsic value of options exercised was $30.7 million in 2014, $47.0 million in 2013 and $0.7 million in 2012. As of year-end 2014, there was $25.4 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under the Company’s stock option plans. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years.

Additional Stock Plan Information  Safeway accounts for stock-based employee compensation in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for stock compensation. The Company determines fair value of such awards using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions used, by year, to value Safeway’s grants are as follows:

 

     2014      2013      2012  

Expected life (in years)

     6.25         6.25 – 6.5         6.25 – 6.5   

Expected stock volatility

     27.9      31.6% – 33.0      30.6% – 33.9

Risk-free interest rate

     2.0      1.1% – 2.1      0.9% – 1.3

Expected dividend yield during the expected term

     2.8      3.5% – 4.0      2.8% – 3.7

The expected term of the awards was determined utilizing the “simplified method” outlined in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107 that utilizes the following formula: (vesting term + original contract term)/2. Expected stock volatility was determined based upon a combination of historical volatility for periods preceding the measurement date and estimates of implied volatility based upon open interests in traded option contracts on Safeway common stock. The risk-free interest rate was based on the yield curve in effect at the time the options were granted, using U.S. constant maturities over the expected life of the option. Expected dividend yield is based on Safeway’s dividend policy at the time the options were granted.

The following table summarizes information about unvested Safeway restricted stock as of January 3, 2015:

 

     Awards     Weighted-
average
grant
date
fair value
 

Unvested, beginning of year

     2,232,263      $ 22.45   

Granted

     748,611        36.84   

Vested

     (761,233     23.11   

Canceled

     (137,311     25.63   
  

 

 

   

Unvested, end of year

     2,082,330      $ 27.12   
  

 

 

   

At the date of vest, the fair value of restricted stock awards vested during the year was $28.7 million in 2014, $16.4 million in 2013 and $14.2 million in 2012. At January 3, 2015, there was $52.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested restricted stock awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.7 years.

 

  F-135    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Total share-based compensation expenses for continuing operations recognized as a component of operating and administrative expense is as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Share-based compensation expense

   $ 24.7      $ 50.4      $ 48.4   

Income tax benefit

     (9.7     (19.6     (18.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Share-based compensation expense recognized in earnings, net of tax

   $ 15.0      $ 30.8      $ 29.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note M: Taxes on Income

The components of income before income tax expense are as follows (in millions):

 

     2014      2013     2012  

Domestic

   $ 159.5       $ 258.3      $ 370.7   

Foreign

     5.5         (6.7     (8.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 165.0       $ 251.6      $ 362.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of income tax expense are as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ (33.9   $ 301.7      $ 146.9   

State

     4.2        11.8        5.1   

Foreign

     1.9        (2.4     (2.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (27.8     311.1        149.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

      

Federal

     78.5        (273.9     (35.4

State

     11.2        (2.7     (0.7

Foreign

     (0.1              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     89.6        (276.6     (36.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 61.8      $ 34.5      $ 113.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s income taxes is as follows (dollars in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Statutory rate

     35     35     35

Income tax expense using federal statutory rate

   $ 57.8      $ 88.1      $ 126.8   

State taxes on income net of federal benefit

     9.9        5.9        2.9   

Charitable donations of inventory

     (9.2     (9.6     (4.3

Federal tax credits

     (4.0     (11.2     (2.2

Reversal of deferred tax liability on life insurance

            (17.2       

Equity earnings of foreign affiliate

     3.6        (13.3     (8.4

Other

     3.7        (8.2     (1.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 61.8      $ 34.5      $ 113.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-136    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In 2013, Safeway withdrew $68.7 million from the accumulated cash surrender value of corporate-owned life insurance (“COLI”) policies purchased in the early 1980s and determined that a majority of the remaining cash surrender value would be received in the future through tax-free death benefits. Consequently, Safeway reversed deferred taxes on that remaining cash surrender value and reduced tax expense by $17.2 million.

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset at year end are as follows (in millions):

 

     2014      2013  

Deferred tax assets:

     

Pension liability

   $ 391.4       $ 279.8   

Workers’ compensation and other claims

     184.3         152.0   

Employee benefits

     165.1         155.7   

Accrued claims and other liabilities

     90.4         92.4   

Reserves not currently deductible

     77.3         63.8   

Federal deduction of state taxes

     3.5         51.2   

State tax credit carryforwards

     21.7         21.3   

Operating loss carryforwards

             8.8   

Other assets

     45.6         9.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 979.3       $ 834.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     2014     2013  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Property

   $ (546.8   $ (430.0

Inventory

     (311.7     (273.3

Investment in Blackhawk

            (17.9

Investments in foreign operations

     (10.9     (6.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (869.4     (727.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 109.9      $ 106.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reported in the balance sheet as follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013  

Current deferred tax assets(1)

   $      $ 51.8   

Noncurrent deferred tax assets(2)

     139.3        55.0   

Current deferred tax liability

     (29.4       

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

              
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset

   $ 109.9      $ 106.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) Included in Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets.
(2) Included in Other Assets.

At January 3, 2015, the Company had state tax credit carryforwards of $34.6 million which expire in 2023.

 

  F-137    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

At year-end 2014, no deferred tax liability has been recognized for the $180.0 million of unremitted foreign earnings because the Company intends to utilize those earnings in the foreign operations for an indefinite period of time. If Safeway did not consider these earnings to be indefinitely reinvested, the deferred tax liability would have been in the range of $50 million to $80 million at year-end 2014.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits follows (in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 137.5      $ 119.4      $ 161.3   

Additions based on tax positions related to the current year

     12.8        75.6        2.7   

Reduction for tax positions of current year

            (4.9       

Additions for tax positions of prior years

     112.6        0.2        2.2   

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

            (47.1     (46.9

Foreign currency translation

            (0.3     0.1   

Expiration of statute of limitations

            (1.3       

Settlements

     (0.2     (4.1       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of year

   $ 262.7      $ 137.5      $ 119.4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of January 3, 2015, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012, the balance of unrecognized tax benefits included tax positions of $132.8 million (net of tax), $60.1 million (net of tax) and $42.9 million (net of tax), respectively, that would reduce the Company’s effective income tax rate if recognized in future periods. The $132.8 million of tax positions as of January 3, 2015 include $125.1 million of tax positions related to discontinued operations and $7.7 million of tax positions related to continuing operations.

Continuing operations income tax expense in 2014, 2013 and 2012 included expense of $0.3 million (net of tax), benefit of $5.9 million (net of tax) and benefit of $5.6 million (net of tax), respectively, related to interest and penalties. As of January 3, 2015 and December 28, 2013, the Company’s accrual for net interest and penalties were receivables of $0.2 million and $5.2 million, respectively.

The Company and its domestic subsidiaries file income tax returns with federal, state and local tax authorities within the United States. The Company’s foreign affiliates file income tax returns in various foreign jurisdictions, the most significant of which are Canada and certain of its provinces. The Company expects that it will no longer be subject to federal income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2007, and is no longer subject to state and local income tax examinations for fiscal years before 2007. With limited exceptions, including proposed deficiencies which the Company is protesting, Safeway’s Canadian affiliates are no longer subject to examination by Canada and certain of its provinces for fiscal years before 2006.

The Company does not anticipate that total unrecognized tax benefits will change significantly in the next 12 months.

 

  F-138    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note N: Employee Benefit Plans

Pension Plans  The Company maintains defined benefit, non-contributory retirement plans for substantially all of its employees not participating in multiemployer pension plans. Safeway recognizes the funded status of its retirement plans on its consolidated balance sheet.

Other Post-Retirement Benefits  In addition to the Company’s pension plans, the Company sponsors plans that provide post-retirement medical and life insurance benefits to certain employees. Retirees share a portion of the cost of the post-retirement medical plans. Safeway pays all the costs of the life insurance plans. The Company also sponsors a Retirement Restoration Plan that provides death benefits and supplemental income payments for senior executives after retirement. All of these Other Post-Retirement Benefit Plans are unfunded.

Canadian Pension and Other Post-Retirement Plans  Sobeys assumed Safeway’s Canadian pension and post-retirement plan obligations as part of the overall purchase of Safeway’s Canadian operations in November 2013. Accordingly, the activity in these plans is not included in this footnote unless otherwise noted.

Beginning in 2013, the Company maintains a defined contribution plan for Safeway’s continuing employees in Canada. The plan provides an annual retirement benefit into a fund that is managed by the employee. Plan contributions are based on the employees age, earnings and years of participation in the plan. The Company also makes discretionary contributions. Contributions to the defined contribution plan totaled $0.8 million in 2014 and $0.1 million in 2013.

 

  F-139    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the retirement plans’ benefit obligation and fair value of assets over the two-year period ended January 3, 2015 and a statement of the funded status as of year-end 2014 and year-end 2013 (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     2014     2013         2014             2013      

Change in projected benefit obligation:

        

Beginning balance

   $ 2,023.4      $ 2,635.4      $ 79.5      $ 135.0   

Service cost

     42.5        42.0        0.9        0.7   

Interest cost

     96.4        85.4        3.4        3.2   

Plan amendments

     0.2        0.2            

Actuarial loss (gain)

     254.0        (56.3     12.4        (5.0

Plan participant contributions

                   0.9        1.0   

Benefit payments

     (172.5     (133.3     (7.3     (7.2

Change in projected benefit obligation related to CSL

            (39.5            1.3   

Disposal of CSL

            (510.5            (49.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 2,244.0      $ 2,023.4      $ 89.8      $ 79.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in fair value of plan assets:

        

Beginning balance

   $ 1,644.2      $ 1,845.7      $      $   

Actual return on plan assets

     82.6        268.6                 

Employer contributions

     6.9        50.1        6.4        6.2   

Plan participant contributions

                   0.9        1.0   

Benefit payments

     (172.5     (133.3     (7.3     (7.2

Change in fair value of plan assets related to CSL

            32.8                 

Disposal of CSL

            (419.7              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 1,561.2      $ 1,644.2      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of net amount recognized in financial position:

        

Other accrued liabilities (current liability)

   $ (1.1   $ (1.1   $ (6.4   $ (6.2

Pension and post-retirement benefit obligations (non-current liability)

     (681.7     (378.1     (83.4     (73.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (682.8   $ (379.2   $ (89.8   $ (79.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income consist of the following (in millions):

 

     Pension      Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 
     2014      2013          2014             2013      

Net actuarial loss

   $ 611.8       $ 365.0       $ 22.9      $ 10.6   

Prior service cost (credit)

     4.8         14.3         (1.0     (1.1
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 616.6       $ 379.3       $ 21.9      $ 9.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-140    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Information for Safeway’s pension plans, all of which have an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of plan assets as of year-end 2014 and 2013, is shown below (in millions):

 

     2014      2013  

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 2,244.0       $ 2,023.4   

Accumulated benefit obligation

     2,179.6         1,978.3   

Fair value of plan assets

     1,561.2         1,644.2   

The following tables provide the components of net expense for the retirement plans and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income (in millions):

 

     Pension     Other Post-Retirement
Benefits
 

Components of net expense:

   2014     2013     2012     2014     2013     2012  

Estimated return on plan assets

   $ (119.3 )     $ (107.9   $ (101.0   $      $      $   

Service cost

     42.5        42.0        40.3        0.9        0.7        0.6   

Interest cost

     96.4        85.4        91.8        3.4        3.2        3.6   

Settlement loss

                   5.9                        

Curtailment loss

                   1.8                        

Amortization of prior service cost (credit)

     9.7        12.8        15.3        (0.1 )       (0.1     (0.1

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     42.3        77.8        70.3        0.4        0.9        0.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net expense

   $ 71.6      $ 110.1      $ 124.4      $ 4.6      $ 4.7      $ 4.6   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive income:

            

Net actuarial loss (gain)

   $ 290.6      $ (216.9   $ 97.8      $ 12.7      $ (5.0   $ 6.6   

Recognition of net actuarial loss

     (42.3 )       (77.8     (76.3     (0.4 )       (0.9     (0.5

Prior service credit

     0.2        0.2        0.5                        

Recognition of prior service (cost) credit

     (9.7 )       (12.8     (17.0     0.1        0.1        0.1   

Changes relating to discontinued operations

            (55.5     9.0               (3.0     (5.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recognized in other comprehensive income

     238.8        (362.8     14.0        12.4        (8.8     1.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net expense and changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in comprehensive income

   $ 310.4      $ (252.7   $ 138.4      $ 17.0      $ (4.1   $ 5.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Prior service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the average remaining service period of active participants. Actuarial gains and losses are amortized over the average remaining service life of active participants when the accumulation of such gains and losses exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets. The Company uses its fiscal year-end date as the measurement date for its plans. In 2014, Safeway adopted the Society of Actuaries’ 2014 mortality rate table. This had the effect of increasing Safeway’s projected benefit obligation by $168 million.

 

  F-141    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The actuarial assumptions used to determine year-end projected benefit obligations for pension plans were as follows:

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Discount rate:

      

United States plans

     4.00     4.90     4.20

Canadian plans

     NA        NA        4.00

Combined weighted-average rate

     NA        NA        4.16

Rate of compensation increase:

      

United States plans

     3.00     3.00     3.00

Canadian plans

     NA        NA        2.75

The actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit costs for pension plans were as follows:

 

     2014     2013     2012  

Discount rate

     4.90     4.20     4.94

Expected return on plan assets:

     7.50     7.50     7.75

Rate of compensation increase

     3.00     3.00     3.00

The Company has adopted and implemented an investment policy for the defined benefit pension plans that incorporates a strategic long-term asset allocation mix designed to meet the Company’s long-term pension requirements. This asset allocation policy is reviewed annually and, on a regular basis, actual allocations are rebalanced to the prevailing targets. The following table summarizes actual allocations for Safeway’s plans at year-end:

 

           Plan assets  

Asset category

   Target     2014     2013  

Equity

     65     65.8     66.4

Fixed income

     35     32.9     31.9

Cash and other

            1.3     1.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100     100.0     100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The investment policy also emphasizes the following key objectives: (1) maintain a diversified portfolio among asset classes and investment styles; (2) maintain an acceptable level of risk in pursuit of long-term economic benefit; (3) maximize the opportunity for value-added returns from active investment management while establishing investment guidelines and monitoring procedures for each investment manager to ensure the characteristics of the portfolio are consistent with the original investment mandate; and (4) maintain adequate controls over administrative costs.

Expected return on pension plan assets is based on historical experience of the Company’s portfolio and the review of projected returns by asset class on broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices, as well as target asset allocation. Safeway’s target asset allocation mix is designed to meet the Company’s long-term pension requirements.

 

  F-142    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The fair value of Safeway’s pension plan assets at January 3, 2015, excluding pending transactions of $41.5 million, by asset category are as follows (in millions):

 

    Fair Value Measurements  
    Total     Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical
assets
(Level 1)
    Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Asset category:

       

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

  $ 9.6      $ 1.3      $ 8.3      $   

Short-term investment collective trust(2)

    47.5               47.5          

Common and preferred stock:(3)

       

Domestic common and preferred stock

    293.6        293.5        0.1          

International common stock

    34.6        34.6                 

Common collective trust funds(2)

    523.6               523.6          

Corporate bonds(4)

    121.3               120.6        0.7   

Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities(5)

    63.4               63.4          

Mutual funds(6)

    183.2        34.2        149.0          

U.S. government securities(7)

    263.8               263.7        0.1   

Other securities(8)

    62.8        0.7        37.6        24.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,603.4      $ 364.3      $ 1,213.8      $ 25.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1) The carrying value of these items approximates fair value.
(2) These investments are valued based on the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) of the underlying investments and are provided by the fund issuers.
(3) The fair value of common stock is based on the exchange quoted market prices. When quoted prices are not available for preferred stock, an industry standard valuation model is used which maximizes observable inputs.
(4) The fair value of corporate bonds is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the fair value is based upon an industry valuation model, which maximizes observable inputs.
(5) The fair value of mortgage- and other asset-backed securities is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for comparable securities, the fair value is based upon an industry model which maximizes observable inputs.
(6) These investments are publicly traded investments which are valued using the NAV. The NAV of the mutual funds is a quoted price in an active market. The NAV is determined once a day after the closing of the exchange based upon the underlying assets in the fund, less the fund’s liabilities, expressed on a per-share basis.
(7) The fair value of U.S. government securities is based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted prices are not available, the fair value of U.S. government securities is based on yields currently available on comparable securities or on an industry valuation model which maximizes observable inputs.
(8) Other securities, which consist primarily of U.S. municipal bonds, foreign government bonds and foreign agency securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings.

 

  F-143    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Also included in Other Securities are exchange-traded derivatives that are valued based on quoted prices in an active market for identical derivatives; assets and liabilities. Non-exchange-traded derivatives are valued using industry valuation models, which maximize observable inputs, such as interest-rate yield curve data, foreign exchange rates and applicable spot and forward rates.

See Note I for a discussion of levels.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 assets for the year ended January 3, 2015 follows (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measured Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
     Total     Corporate
bonds
     U.S.
government
securities
     Other
securities
 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 7.9      $       $ 0.1       $ 7.8   

Purchases, sales, settlements, net

     19.7        0.7                 19.0   

Unrealized gains

     (2.3                     (2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 25.3      $ 0.7       $ 0.1       $ 24.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair value of Safeway’s pension plan assets at December 28, 2013, excluding pending transactions of $37.2 million, by asset category are as follows (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measurements  
     Total      Quoted prices in
active markets
for identical
assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
     Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)
 

Asset category:

           

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   $ 30.2       $ 29.0       $ 1.2       $   

Short-term investment collective trust(2)

     18.2                 18.2           

Common and preferred stock:(3)

           

Domestic common and preferred stock

     270.4         269.9         0.5           

International common stock

     38.5         38.5                   

Common collective trust funds(2)

     611.2                 611.2           

Corporate bonds(4)

     101.1                 101.1           

Mortgage- and other asset-backed securities(5)

     62.3                 62.3           

Mutual funds(6)

     183.8         5.9         177.9           

U.S. government securities(7)

     335.8                 335.7         0.1   

Other securities(8)

     29.9         3.1         19.0         7.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,681.4       $ 346.4       $ 1,327.1       $ 7.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) The carrying value of these items approximates fair value.
(2) These investments are valued based on the Net Asset Value (“NAV”) of the underlying investments and are provided by the fund issuers.
(3) The fair value of common stock is based on the exchange quoted market prices. When quoted prices are not available for preferred stock, an industry standard valuation model is used which maximizes observable inputs.

 

  F-144    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(4) The fair value of corporate bonds is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for identical or similar bonds, the fair value is based upon an industry valuation model, which maximizes observable inputs.
(5) The fair value of mortgage- and other asset-backed securities is generally based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings. When quoted prices are not available for comparable securities, the fair value is based upon an industry model which maximizes observable inputs.
(6) These investments are publicly traded investments which are valued using the NAV. The NAV of the mutual funds is a quoted price in an active market. The NAV is determined once a day after the closing of the exchange based upon the underlying assets in the fund, less the fund’s liabilities, expressed on a per-share basis.
(7) The fair value of U.S. government securities is based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted prices are not available, the fair value of U.S. government securities is based on yields currently available on comparable securities or on an industry valuation model which maximizes observable inputs.
(8) Other securities, which consist primarily of U.S. municipal bonds, foreign government bonds and foreign agency securities are valued based on yields currently available on comparable securities of issuers with similar credit ratings.

Valuation techniques are described earlier in this note. See Note I for a discussion of levels.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for Level 3 assets for the year ended December 28, 2013 follows (in millions):

 

     Fair Value Measured Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
     Total     Corporate
bonds
    Mortgage-
and other
asset-backed
securities
    U.S.
government
securities
     Other
Securities
 

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 4.0      $ 3.4      $ 0.5      $ 0.1       $   

Purchases, sales, settlements, net

     4.0        (3.4     (0.5             7.9   

Unrealized gains

     (0.1                           (0.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 7.9      $      $      $ 0.1       $ 7.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Contributions  Cash contributions are expected to increase to approximately $268 million in 2015, primarily due to the settlement with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Estimated Future Benefit Payments  The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service as appropriate, are expected to be paid (in millions):

 

     Pension benefits      Other benefits  

2015

   $ 140.3       $ 6.8   

2016

     140.4         6.7   

2017

     141.5         6.6   

2018

     141.8         6.5   

2019

     142.4         6.4   

2020—2024

     709.8         23.3   

 

  F-145    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Note O: Multiemployer Benefit Plans

Multiemployer Pension Plans  Safeway contributes to a number of multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under the terms of collective bargaining agreements that cover its union-represented employees. Benefits generally are based on a fixed amount for each year of service, and, in some cases, are not negotiated with contributing employers or in some cases even known by contributing employers. None of the Company’s collective bargaining agreements require that a minimum contribution be made to these plans.

The risks of participating in U.S. multiemployer pension plans are different from single-employer pension plans in the following aspects:

 

  a. Assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers.

 

  b. If a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers.

 

  c. If Safeway stops participating in some of its multiemployer pension plans, Safeway may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.

The Company made and charged to expense contributions of $277.1 million in 2014, $259.2 million in 2013 and $248.7 million in 2012 to these plans for continuing operations.

In 2013, the Company sold all Canadian operations which terminated our obligation to contribute to Canadian multiemployer pension plans. Due to provincial law in Canada, Safeway is not expected to incur multiemployer pension withdrawal liability associated with the sale.

Also in 2013, the Company sold or closed all stores in the Dominick’s division. As previously reported, Dominick’s participated in certain multiemployer pension plans on which withdrawal liabilities have been or we expect will be incurred due to the Dominick’s closure. Generally, the Company may pay such withdrawal liabilities in installment payments. Withdrawal liabilities are generally subject to a 20-year payment cap, but may extend into perpetuity if a mass withdrawal from the plan occurs.

During the fourth quarter of 2013, Safeway recorded a liability of $310.8 million, which represented the present value of estimated installment payments to be made to the plans based on the best information available at the time, without having yet received demand letters from the multiemployer pension plans. In April 2014 and September 2014, the Company received demand letters from three of the plans. These demand letters called for installment payments greater than Safeway’s original actuarial estimate based on calculations Safeway disputes. The Company has requested a review by the plan trustee of the demands made by the three plans.

 

  F-146    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The Company’s loss estimate is in accordance with ASC 450, “Contingencies.” The following is a rollforward of the estimated multiemployer pension withdrawal liability (in millions):

 

Balance at year-end 2013

   $ 310.8   

Accrued interest

     13.7   

Adjustment for changes in interest rates

     121.1   

Adjustments to loss estimates based on demand letters

     38.3   

Installment payments

     (9.5
  

 

 

 

Balance at year-end 2014

   $ 474.4   
  

 

 

 

Accrued interest expense and adjustments to the estimated liability are recorded in discontinued operations. The $455.0 million long-term portion of the estimated liability is included in Accrued Claims and Other Liabilities, and the $19.4 million current portion is included in Other Accrued Liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Pending review of the demand letters received, receipt of a final demand letter, or any negotiated lump sum settlements, the final amount of the withdrawal liability may be greater than or less than the amount recorded, and this difference could be significant. The Company currently estimates the range of potential withdrawal liability to be between $475 million and $607 million.

All information related to multiemployer pension expense or multiemployer post-retirement benefit obligations herein exclude Canada and Dominick’s for all purposes unless otherwise stated.

Safeway’s participation in these plans for the annual period ended January 3, 2015 is outlined in the following tables. All information in the tables is as of January 3, 2015, December 28, 2013 and December 29, 2012 in the columns labeled 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, unless otherwise stated. The “EIN-PN” column provides the Employer Identification Number (“EIN”) and the Plan Number (“PN”), if applicable. Unless otherwise noted, the most recent Pension Protection Act (“PPA”) zone status available in 2014 and 2013 is for the plan’s year ending at December 31, 2014, and December 31, 2013, respectively. The zone status is based on information that Safeway received from the plan. Among other factors, generally, plans in critical status (“red zone”) are less than 65 percent funded, plans in endangered or seriously endangered status (“yellow zone” or “orange zone”, respectively) are less than 80 percent funded, and plans at least 80 percent funded are said to be in the “green zone.” The “FIP/RP status pending/implemented” column indicates plans for which a funding improvement plan (“FIP”) or a rehabilitation plan (“RP”) is either pending or has been implemented by the trustees of each plan. Information related to the impact of utilization of extended amortization periods on zone status is either not available or not obtainable without undue cost and effort.

Other than the sale of Safeway’s Canadian operations and Dominick’s, there have been no significant changes that affect the comparability of 2014, 2013, and 2012 contributions.

 

  F-147    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following two tables contain information about Safeway’s U.S. multiemployer pension plans.

 

    EIN—PN   Pension Protection
Act zone status
  Safeway 5% of total plan
contributions
  FIP/RP status
pending/
implemented

Pension fund

    2014   2013   2013   2012  

UFCW-Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund

  946313554—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan

  916145047—001   Green   Green   No   No   No

Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan

  951939092—001   Red
3/31/2015
  Red
3/31/2014
  Yes
3/31/2014
  Yes
3/31/2013
  Implemented

Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund

  526128473—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Sound Retirement Trust (formerly Retail Clerks Pension Trust)(3)

  916069306—001   Red
9/30/2014
  Red
9/30/2013
  Yes
9/30/2013
  Yes
9/30/2012
  Implemented

Bakery and Confectionery Union and Industry International Pension Fund

  526118572—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions & Employers Pension Plan

  846045986—001   Green   Green   Yes   Yes   No

Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension Plan

  846277982—001   Green   Green   Yes   Yes   No

Mid-Atlantic UFCW and Participating Employers Pension Fund(4)

  461000515—001   NA   NA   Yes   NA   NA

Denver Area Meat Cutters and Employers Pension Plan

  846097461—001   Green   Green   Yes   Yes   No

Oregon Retail Employees Pension Trust

  936074377—001   Green   Red   Yes   Yes   No

Alaska United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Trust

  916123694—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Safeway Multiple Employer Retirement Plan(5)

  943019135—005   80%+   80%+   No
12/30/2013
  No
12/30/2012
  NA

Retail Food Employers and UFCW Local 711 Pension Trust Fund

  516031512—001   Red   Red   Yes   Yes   Implemented

Central Pension Fund of the International Union of Operating Engineers and Participating Employers

  366052390—001   Green
1/31/2015
  Green
1/31/2014
  No
1/31/2014
  No
1/31/2013
  No

Alaska Teamster-Employer Pension Plan

  926003463—024   Red
6/30/2015
  Red
6/30/2014
  No
6/30/2013
  No
6/30/2012
  Implemented

 

  F-148    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    Contributions of Safeway
(in millions)
    Surcharge
imposed(1)
  Expiration
date of
collective
bargaining
agreements
  Total
collective
bargaining
agreements
  Most significant collective
bargaining agreement(s)

Pension fund

      2014             2013             2012               Count   Expiration   % head-
count(2)

UFCW-Northern California Employers Joint Pension Trust Fund

  $ 83.3      $ 77.4      $ 72.9      No   8/3/2013 to
7/23/2016
  20   14   10/11/2014   93%

Western Conference of Teamsters Pension Plan

  $ 47.0      $ 45.7      $ 43.9      No   9/20/2014 to
10/6/2018
  45   1   10/1/2016   28%

Southern California United Food & Commercial Workers Unions and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan

  $ 46.7      $ 42.1      $ 39.3      No   3/6/2016 to
5/8/2016
  14   12   3/6/2016   99%

Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund

  $ 18.9      $ 19.5      $ 23.5      No   10/29/2016 to
2/25/2017
  7   4   10/29/2016   97%

Sound Retirement Trust (formerly Retail Clerks Pension Trust)(3)

  $ 16.6      $ 15.4      $ 14.2      No   1/10/2015 to
9/20/2017
  51   3   5/7/2016   50%

Bakery and Confectionery Union and Industry International Pension Fund

  $ 14.2      $ 13.3      $ 12.4      Yes   11/7/2011 to
9/17/2017
  39   5   4/8/2017   38%

Rocky Mountain UFCW Unions & Employers Pension Plan

  $ 10.9      $ 11.4      $ 11.3      No   9/12/2015 to
8/27/2016
  44   8   9/12/2015   53%

Desert States Employers & UFCW Unions Pension Plan

  $ 9.1      $ 9.5      $ 10.5      No   10/29/2016 to
11/3/2018
  4   2   10/29/2016   97%

Mid-Atlantic UFCW and Participating Employers Pension Fund(4)

  $ 4.9      $ 5.0        NA      NA   10/29/2016 to
2/25/2017
  7   4   10/29/2016   97%

Denver Area Meat Cutters and Employers Pension Plan

  $ 4.7      $ 5.0      $ 5.0      No   9/12/2015 to
7/23/2016
  42   8   9/12/2015   52%

Oregon Retail Employees Pension Trust

  $ 4.7      $ 4.5      $ 4.2      No   7/25/2015 to
1/21/2017
  34   4   7/25/2015   42%

Alaska United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Trust

  $ 2.1      $ 2.0      $ 1.9      No   5/31/2015 to
2/11/2017
  10   1   5/31/2015   48%

 

  F-149    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    Contributions of Safeway
(in millions)
    Surcharge
imposed(1)
    Expiration
date of
collective
bargaining
agreements
    Total
collective
bargaining
agreements
    Most significant collective
bargaining agreement(s)
 

Pension fund

      2014             2013             2012               Count     Expiration     % head-
count(2)
 

Safeway Multiple Employer Retirement Plan(5)

  $ 1.8      $ 1.9      $ 2.4        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA        NA   

Retail Food Employers and UFCW Local 711 Pension Trust Fund

  $ 1.7      $ 1.6      $ 1.5        No       
 
 
5/19/2013
to
3/1/2015
  
  
  
    3        2        3/1/2015        98%   

Central Pension Fund of the International Union of Operating Engineers and Participating Employers

  $ 1.5      $ 1.5      $ 1.5        No       
 
 
6/4/2016
to
6/15/2019
  
  
  
    6        2        4/15/2018        45%   

Alaska Teamster-Employer Pension Plan

  $ 1.0      $ 1.0      $ 1.0        No       
 
 
3/10/2018
to
10/6/2018
  
  
  
    3        2        3/10/2018        85%   

Other funds

  $ 8.0      $ 2.4      $ 3.2               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

             

Total Safeway contributions to U.S. multiemployer pension plans

  $ 277.1      $ 259.2      $ 248.7               
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

             

NA = not applicable.

 

(1) PPA surcharges are 5% or 10% of eligible contributions and may not apply to all collective bargaining agreements or total contributions made to each plan.
(2) Employees on which Safeway may contribute under these most significant collective bargaining agreements as a percent of all employees on which Safeway may contribute to the respective fund.
(3) Sound Retirement Trust information includes former Washington Meat Industry Pension Trust due to merger into Sound Retirement Trust effective June 30, 2014.
(4) The Mid-Atlantic UFCW & Participating Employers Pension Fund is a multiemployer plan effective January 1, 2013 which provides future service benefits to participants who would have otherwise earned future service under the Food Employers Labor Relations Association and United Food and Commercial Workers Pension Fund. The plan is not expected to be subject to zone status certification or notice or establishment of a funding improvement plan or a rehabilitation plan as per section 432(a) of the Internal Revenue Code since those provisions are required for multiemployer plans in effect on July 16, 2006.
(5) The Safeway Multiple Employer Retirement Plan (“SMERP”) is a multiple employer plan as defined in the Internal Revenue Code. However, the SMERP is characterized as a multiemployer plan by the FASB, even though it is not maintained pursuant to any collective bargaining agreements to which Safeway is party. The plan may be subject to statutory annual minimum contributions based on complex actuarial calculations. Additionally, it has no PPA zone status and is not subject to establishment of a funding improvement plan or a rehabilitation plan or other PPA provisions that apply to multiemployer plans.

 

  F-150    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

At the date the financial statements were issued, Forms 5500 were generally not available for the plan years ending in 2014. Additionally, for the plan year ending March 31, 2012, Safeway contributed more than 5% of the total contributions to the Southern California United Food and Commercial Workers Union and Food Employers Joint Pension Plan.

Multiemployer post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions Safeway contributes to a number of multiemployer post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions under the terms of its collective bargaining agreements that cover union-represented employees. These plans may provide medical, pharmacy, dental, vision, mental health and other ancillary benefits to active employees and retirees as determined by the trustees of each plan. These benefits are not vested. A significant portion of Safeway contributions benefit active employees and, as such, may not constitute contributions to a post-retirement benefit plan. Safeway is unable to separate all contribution amounts paid to benefit active participants in order to separately report contributions paid to provide post-retirement benefits for retirees.

It is estimated that Safeway may have contributed as much as $312.4 million in 2014, $302.0 million in 2013 and as much as $473.3 million in 2012 to fund health and welfare plans for multiemployer post-retirement plans other than pension. Actual funding of post-retirement benefit plans other than pensions is likely much lower as this amount continues to include contributions which benefit active employees.

Note P: Investment in Unconsolidated Affiliates

At year-end 2014, 2013 and 2012, Safeway’s investment in unconsolidated affiliates includes a 49% ownership interest in Casa Ley, which operated 206 food and general merchandise stores in Western Mexico at year-end 2014. See Note V.

Equity in earnings from Safeway’s unconsolidated affiliates, which is included in other income, was income of $16.2 million in 2014, $17.6 million in 2013 and $17.5 million in 2012.

Note Q: Commitments and Contingencies

Legal Matters  Certain holders of Safeway common stock have sought appraisal rights under Section 262 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, requesting a determination that the per share merger consideration payable in the Merger does not represent fair value for their shares. On February 19, 2015, a petition for appraisal was filed in Delaware Chancery Court entitled Third Motion Equities Master Fund Ltd v. Safeway Inc., by a stockholder claiming to hold 563,000 shares. On February 25, 2015, a petition for appraisal was filed in Delaware Chancery Court entitled Merion Capital LP and Merion Capital II LP v. Safeway Inc. , by stockholders claiming to hold approximately 10.5 million shares. The deadline for filing petitions has not yet expired. If these plaintiffs are successful in any appraisal proceeding, they could be entitled to more for their stock than the per share merger consideration payable in the Merger.

On August 18, 2001, a group of truck drivers from the Company’s Tracy, CA distribution center filed an action in California Superior Court, San Joaquin County entitled Cicairos, et al. v. Summit Logistics , alleging that Summit Logistics, the entity with whom Safeway contracted to operate the distribution center until August 2003, failed to provide meal periods, rest periods and itemized wage statements to the drivers in violation of California state law. Under its contract with Summit, Safeway is obligated to defend and indemnify Summit Logistics in this lawsuit. On February 6, 2007, another

 

  F-151    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

group of truck drivers from the Tracy distribution center filed a similar action in the same court, entitled Bluford, et al. v. Safeway Inc. , alleging essentially the same claims against the Company. Both cases were subsequently certified as class actions. After lengthy litigation in the trial and appellate courts. On February 20, 2015, the parties signed a preliminary agreement of settlement that calls for the Company to pay approximately $31 million in total. This amount consists of a settlement fund of $30.2 million, out of which will be paid relief to the class, and attorneys’ fees and costs as awarded by the court. In addition to this settlement fund, the Company will pay interest of $10,000 if the distribution to the class is made in August 2015, with additional monthly amounts of interest if later. The Company will also pay third party settlement administrator costs, and its employer share of FICA/Medicare taxes. The Company anticipates that a motion for preliminary court approval of the settlement will be heard in the Spring of 2015. If such preliminary approval is granted, class members will be notified and given the opportunity to file objections to the settlement. Following that, a motion for final approval of the settlement would be filed in mid-2015.

As previously reported, in the second quarter of 2014, the Company received two subpoenas from the Drug Enforcement Administration (“DEA”) concerning the Company’s record keeping, reporting and related practices associated with the loss or theft of controlled substances. The Company continues to cooperate with the DEA on this matter.

As previously reported, in February 2012, Safeway was served with a subpoena issued by a group of California District Attorneys seeking documents and information related to the handling, disposal and reverse logistics of potential hazardous waste within the State. The subject matter of the subpoena relates to the handling and transportation of unsaleable household items, including, but not limited to, cleaners, aerosols, hair shampoos, dye, lotions, light bulbs, batteries, over-the-counter and similar items. On January 2, 2015, the Company settled an action with the State of California, including various California counties, on this matter by agreeing to pay civil penalties and costs and to fund specified Supplemental Environmental Projects in the amount of $9.9 million. As part of the settlement, the Company also agreed to certain ongoing compliance activities with respect to both potential hazardous waste and private health information.

The Company is subject from time to time to various claims and lawsuits arising in the ordinary course of business, including lawsuits involving trade practices, lawsuits alleging violations of state and/or federal wage and hour laws (including alleged violations of meal and rest period laws and alleged misclassification issues), real estate disputes and other matters. Some of these suits purport or may be determined to be class actions and/or seek substantial damages.

It is management’s opinion that although the amount of liability with respect to all of the above matters cannot be ascertained at this time, any resulting liability, including any punitive damages, will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business or financial condition.

Commitments  The Company has commitments under contracts for the purchase of property and equipment and for the construction of buildings, the purchase of energy and other purchase obligations. Portions of such contracts not completed at year end are not reflected in the consolidated financial statements. These purchase commitments were $257.8 million at year-end 2014.

Note R: Segments

Safeway’s retail business operates in the United States. Safeway is organized into seven geographic retail operating segments (Denver, Eastern, Northern California, Phoenix, Northwest, Texas and Southern California). Across all seven retail operating segments, the Company operates

 

  F-152    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

primarily one store format, where each store offers the same general mix of products with similar pricing to similar categories of customers. Safeway does not operate supercenters, warehouse formats, combination clothing/grocery stores or discount stores.

The seven operating segments have been aggregated into one reportable segment called Safeway, because, in the Company’s judgment, the operating segments have similar historical economic characteristics and are expected to have similar economic characteristics and similar long-term financial performance in the future. The principal measures and factors the Company considered in determining whether the economic characteristics are similar are gross margin percentage, operating profit margin, sales growth, capital expenditures, competitive risks, operational risks and challenges, retail store sales, costs of goods sold and employees. In addition, each operating segment has similar products, similar production processes, similar types of customers, similar methods of distribution and a similar regulatory environment. The Company believes that disaggregating its operating segments would not provide material or meaningful additional information.

The following table presents sales revenue by type of similar product (dollars in millions):

 

     2014     2013     2012  
     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total     Amount      % of total  

Non-perishables(1)

   $ 15,266.7         42.0   $ 14,811.7         42.2   $ 14,738.0         41.9

Perishables(2)

     13,656.5         37.6     12,809.8         36.6     12,548.1         35.7

Fuel

     3,962.2         10.9     4,168.4         11.9     4,594.2         13.1

Pharmacy

     2,805.1         7.7     2,674.9         7.6     2,755.4         7.8

Other(3)

     639.7         1.8     600.1         1.7     525.8         1.5
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total sales and other revenue

   $ 36,330.2         100.0   $ 35,064.9         100.0   $ 35,161.5         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1) Consists primarily of grocery, soft drinks and other beverages, general merchandise, meal ingredients, frozen foods and snacks.
(2) Consists primarily of produce, meat, dairy, bakery, deli, floral and seafood.
(3) Consists primarily of wholesale sales, commissions on gift cards and other revenue.

As a result of the Blackhawk IPO and until Safeway distributed all of the Class B common stock of Blackhawk that it owned to Safeway stockholders, the Company presented Blackhawk as a separate reportable segment.

 

  F-153    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The following table presents certain balance sheet information about the Company (in millions):

 

     Long-lived
Assets, Net
     Total Assets  

2014

     

Safeway U.S.

   $ 6,776.5       $ 13,371.4   

Dominick’s assets held for sale

             5.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,776.5       $ 13,377.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2013

     

Safeway U.S.

   $ 7,457.8       $ 15,129.9   

Blackhawk

     79.7         1,952.9   

Dominick’s assets held for sale

             136.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,537.5       $ 17,219.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

2012

     

Safeway U.S.

   $ 7,991.1       $ 11,007.6   

Blackhawk

     67.0         1,528.1   

Canada

     1,166.5         2,121.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 9,224.6       $ 14,657.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note S: Income Per Share

The Company computes earnings per share under the two-class method, which is a method of computing earnings per share when an entity has both common stock and participating securities. Unvested restricted stock is considered a participating security because it contains rights to receive nonforfeitable dividends at the same rate as common stock. Under the two-class method, the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per common share excludes the income attributable to participating securities. Additionally, the weighted average shares outstanding exclude the impact of participating securities.

The following table provides reconciliations of net earnings and shares used in calculating income per basic common share to those used in calculating income per diluted common share.

 

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

   2014     2013     2012  
     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic  

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 103.2      $ 103.2      $ 217.1      $ 217.1      $ 249.2      $ 249.2   

Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (2.8     (2.8     (2.1     (2.1     (2.3     (2.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations available to common stockholders

     100.4        100.4        215.0        215.0        246.9        246.9   

Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

     9.3        9.3        3,305.1        3,305.1        348.9        348.9   

Noncontrolling interests—discontinued operations

     0.9        0.9        (14.7     (14.7     (1.6     (1.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-154    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(In millions, except per-share amounts)

   2014     2013     2012  
     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic     Diluted     Basic  

Income from discontinued operations attributable to Safeway Inc.

     10.2        10.2        3,290.4        3,290.4        347.3        347.3   

Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (0.3     (0.3     (32.1     (32.1     (3.1     (3.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations available to common stockholders

     9.9        9.9        3,258.3        3,258.3        344.2        344.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

   $ 113.4      $ 113.4      $ 3,507.5      $ 3,507.5      $ 596.5      $ 596.5   

Distributed and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (3.1     (3.1     (34.2     (34.2     (5.4     (5.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders after earnings allocated to participating securities

   $ 110.3      $ 110.3      $ 3,473.3      $ 3,473.3      $ 591.1      $ 591.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding

     228.8        228.8        239.1        239.1        245.6        245.6   
    

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Common share equivalents

     1.9          2.4          0.3     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Weighted-average shares outstanding

     230.7          241.5          245.9     
  

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

Earnings (loss) per common share:

            

Continuing operations

   $ 0.44      $ 0.44      $ 0.89      $ 0.90      $ 1.00      $ 1.01   

Discontinued operations

   $ 0.04      $ 0.04      $ 13.49      $ 13.63      $ 1.40      $ 1.40   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0.48      $ 0.48      $ 14.38      $ 14.53      $ 2.40      $ 2.41   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Anti-dilutive shares totaling 0.3 million in 2014, 7.8 million in 2013 and 21.6 million in 2012 have been excluded from diluted weighted-average shares outstanding.

Additionally, performance shares totaling 1.9 million for which the Company did not forecast achievement of target have been excluded from diluted weighted average shares for 2014.

Note T: Guarantees

Safeway applies the accounting guidance for guarantees to the Company’s agreements that contain guarantee and indemnification clauses. This guidance requires that, upon issuance of a guarantee, the guarantor must disclose and recognize a liability for the fair value of the obligation it assumes under the guarantee. As of January 3, 2015, Safeway did not have any material guarantees. However, the Company is party to a variety of contractual agreements under which Safeway may be obligated to indemnify the other party for certain matters. These contracts primarily relate to Safeway’s commercial contracts, operating leases, including those that have been assigned, and other real estate contracts, trademarks, intellectual property, financial agreements and various other agreements. Under these agreements, the Company may provide certain routine indemnifications relating to representations and warranties (for example, ownership of assets, environmental or tax indemnifications) or personal injury matters. The terms of these indemnifications range in duration and may not be explicitly defined. Historically, Safeway has not made significant payments for these indemnifications.

 

  F-155    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

Additionally, the Company is party to a variety of lease agreements related to the disposition of Genuardi’s, the Company’s Canadian operations and Dominick’s in 2012, 2013 and 2014 for which the Company is now secondarily liable. While the Company may be liable for future payment upon default of these leases, there has been no event that would indicate the Company is liable for future payment , and therefore the Company has not recorded a liability related to these leases at this time.

The Company believes that if it were to incur a loss in any of these matters, the loss would not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

Note U: Other Comprehensive Income or Loss

Total comprehensive earnings are defined as all changes in stockholders’ equity during a period, other than those resulting from investments by and distributions to stockholders. Generally, for Safeway, total comprehensive earnings equal net earnings plus or minus adjustments for pension and other post-retirement liabilities and foreign currency translation adjustments. Total comprehensive earnings represent the activity for a period net of tax and were a loss of $152.8 million in 2014, income of $179.7 million in 2013 and a loss of $12.3 million in 2012.

While total comprehensive earnings are the activity in a period and are largely driven by net earnings in that period, accumulated other comprehensive income or loss (“AOCI”) represents the cumulative balance of other comprehensive income, net of tax, as of the balance sheet date. For Safeway, AOCI is primarily the cumulative balance related to pension and other post-retirement benefit adjustments and foreign currency translation adjustments. Changes in the AOCI balance by component are shown below (in millions):

 

     2014  
     Pension
and Post-
Retirement
Benefit
Plan Items
    Foreign
Currency
Items
    Other     Total
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
Including
Noncontrolling
Interests
 

Beginning balance

   $ (130.7   $ (138.8   $ (1.6   $ (271.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     (303.5     0.2        0.4        (302.9

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     52.3                 52.3   

Tax benefit (expense)

     98.0               (0.2     97.8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

     (153.2     0.2        0.2        (152.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Distribution of Blackhawk

            2.2               2.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ (283.9   $ (136.4   $ (1.4   $ (421.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  F-156    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

     2013  
     Pension
and Post-
Retirement
Benefit
Plan Items
    Foreign
Currency
Items
    Other     Total
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
Including
Noncontrolling
Interests
 

Beginning balance

   $ (472.3   $ 399.0      $ (0.5   $ (73.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

     266.6        (65.0     (1.7     199.9   

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     105.0                      105.0   

Tax benefit (expense)

     (125.8            0.6        (125.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)

     245.8        (65.0     (1.1     179.7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sale of CSL

     95.8        (472.8            (377.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ (130.7   $ (138.8   $ (1.6   $ (271.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     2012  
     Pension
and Post-
Retirement
Benefit
Plan Items
    Foreign
Currency
Items
    Other     Total
Comprehensive
(Loss) Income
Including
Noncontrolling
Interests
 

Beginning balance

   $ (462.1   $ 402.1      $ (1.5   $ (61.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications

     (125.2     (3.1     1.5        (126.8

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income

     110.0                      110.0   

Tax benefit (expense)

     5.0               (0.5     4.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current-period other comprehensive (loss) income

     (10.2     (3.1     1.0        (12.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ (472.3   $ 399.0      $ (0.5   $ (73.8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note V: Subsequent Event

Merger Closing Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, on January 30, 2015, Merger Sub merged with and into Safeway with Safeway surviving the Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of Albertsons Holdings. Further, each share of common stock of Safeway issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger was cancelled and converted automatically into the right to receive the following (together, the “Per Share Merger Consideration”):

 

  i. $34.92 in cash (the “Per Share Cash Merger Consideration”) which consists of $32.50 in initial cash consideration, $2.412 in consideration relating to the sale of PDC and $0.008 in cash consideration relating to a dividend that Safeway received in December 2014 on its 49% interest in Casa Ley,

 

  ii. one contingent value right (“CVR”) relating to Safeway’s interest in Casa Ley, and

 

  iii. one contingent value right relating to any deferred consideration relating to the sale of the PDC assets.

 

  F-157    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

In connection with the closing of the Merger and immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, each outstanding, unexpired and unexercised option to purchase shares of Safeway common stock (each, a “Safeway Option”), that was granted under any equity incentive plan of Safeway, including the 1999 Amended and Restated Equity Participation Plan, the 2007 Equity and Incentive Award Plan and the 2011 Equity and Incentive Award Plan or any other plan, agreement or arrangement (collectively, the “Safeway Equity Incentive Plans”), whether or not then exercisable or vested, was accelerated, vested and cancelled and converted into the right to receive an amount in cash (subject to any applicable withholding taxes) equal to the product of (A) the total number of shares of Safeway common stock subject to such Safeway Option as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and (B) the excess, if any, of the Per Share Cash Merger Consideration over the exercise price per share (the “Option Price”) of such Safeway Option (the “Option Payment”). In addition, each such Safeway Option that had an Option Price less than the Per Share Cash Merger Consideration received one Casa Ley CVR and one PDC CVR in respect of each share of Safeway common stock subject to such cancelled Safeway Option.

Immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, each restricted share of Safeway common stock that was outstanding and that was granted pursuant to any Safeway Equity Incentive Plan, whether or not then exercisable or vested, automatically vested and all restrictions thereon lapsed, and all such restricted shares were cancelled and converted into the right to receive the Per Share Merger Consideration.

Immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, each outstanding performance share award covering shares of Safeway common stock (each a “Performance Share Award”) that was granted under any Safeway Equity Incentive Plan vested at the target levels specified for each such award and was cancelled in exchange for (i) an amount in cash (subject to any applicable withholding taxes) equal to the product of (A) the number of vested shares of Safeway common stock subject to such Performance Share Award (after taking into account any vesting as a result of the Merger) and (B) the Per Share Cash Merger Consideration and (ii) one Casa Ley CVR and one PDC CVR in respect of each vested share of Safeway common stock subject to such Performance Share Award.

Immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger, each outstanding restricted stock unit covering shares of Safeway common stock (each a “Restricted Stock Unit”), that was granted under any Safeway Equity Incentive Plan, whether or not then vested, was accelerated, vested and cancelled in exchange for the right to receive (i) an amount in cash (subject to any applicable withholding taxes) equal to the product of (A) the number of vested shares of Safeway common stock subject to such Restricted Stock Unit and (B) the Per Share Cash Merger Consideration and (ii) one Casa Ley CVR and one PDC CVR in respect of each vested share of Safeway common stock subject to such Restricted Stock Unit.

On January 30, 2015, Safeway entered into a contingent value rights agreement with respect to the Casa Ley CVRs with AB Acquisition, the Shareholder Representative (as defined in the agreement), Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as rights agent (the “Casa Ley CVR Agreement”) providing for the terms of the Casa Ley CVRs. Pursuant to the Casa Ley CVR Agreement, a Casa Ley CVR will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net proceeds from the sale of Safeway’s interest in Casa Ley. In the event that Safeway’s interest in Casa Ley is not sold prior to January 30, 2018, holders of the Casa Ley CVRs will be entitled to receive their pro rata portion of the fair market value of such remaining interest minus certain fees, expenses and assumed taxes (based on a 39.25% rate) that would have been deducted from the proceeds of a sale of the Casa Ley interest.

 

  F-158    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

On January 30, 2015, Safeway entered into a contingent value rights agreement with respect to the PDC CVRs with AB Acquisition, the Shareholder Representative (as defined in the agreement), Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as rights agent (the “PDC CVR Agreement”) providing for the terms of the PDC CVRs. Pursuant to the PDC CVR Agreement, a PDC CVR will entitle the holder to a pro rata share of the net proceeds from any deferred consideration relating to the sale of the assets of PDC.

Sale of Eastern Division As contemplated by the Merger Agreement, immediately after the closing of the Merger, Safeway completed the sale of its Eastern division business (“EDS”) to New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation and indirect subsidiary of Safeway’s ultimate parent company AB Acquisition (“New Albertsons”). In a two-step sale process, Safeway contributed certain EDS assets and liabilities to a newly formed subsidiary and sold the interests in the subsidiary to New Albertsons. New Albertsons acquired the new EDS subsidiary for a purchase price of approximately $659 million, subject to customary adjustments. Safeway also agreed to provide certain intercompany services and licenses to the new EDS subsidiary after the sale.

Effect of Merger on Debt

Change of Control Tender Offer In December 2014, Safeway commenced a change of control tender offer to purchase any and all of the outstanding series of the $500 million of 5.00% Senior Notes due August 15, 2019, the $500 million of 3.95% Senior Notes due August 15, 2020 and the $400 million of 4.75% Senior Notes due December 1, 2021. This offer expired on January 30, 2015 and required Safeway to pay $1,010 per $1,000 principal amount of the senior notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest that were validly tendered. On February 2, 2015, a change of control payment of $873.2 million, based on a principal amount of $864.6 million of tendered notes and $14.2 million of accrued interest was paid.

Credit Agreement At the closing of the Merger, Safeway’s credit agreement, as discussed under the caption “Bank Credit Agreement” in Note G, was terminated.

New Bonds In connection with the Merger, Safeway is an obligor and its domestic subsidiaries are guarantors of $609.7 million in principal amount of 7.750% senior secured notes due 2022 (the “2022 Notes”), after repayment of some of the 2022 Notes on February 9, 2015. As a result of the issuance of these notes and pursuant to Safeway’s existing indenture, our Senior Notes due 2016, Senior Notes due 2017 and Senior Notes due 2019 were guaranteed by Albertson’s Holdings LLC and its domestic subsidiaries, including Safeway’s domestic subsidiaries, and are ratably and equally secured by the assets, subject to certain limited exceptions, of Albertson’s Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries that are co-issuers or guarantors of the 2022 Notes, including Safeway and its subsidiaries. Our Senior Notes due 2020, Senior Notes due 2021, Senior Notes due 2027 and Senior Notes due 2031 are equally and ratably secured by the assets (other than accounts receivable, merchandise inventory, equipment or intellectual property) of Safeway and its domestic subsidiaries, but are not guaranteed by Albertson’s Holdings LLC or any of its subsidiaries, including the Safeway subsidiaries.

ABL Agreement On March 21, 2013, our parent company, Albertson’s Holdings LLC, entered into an asset-based revolving credit agreement among Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Albertson’s LLC, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America N.A., as administrative and collateral agent. This agreement was amended on January 30, 2015 (as amended, the “ABL Agreement”) in connection with the Merger, whereby Albertson’s LLC, Safeway and certain of their affiliates became the borrowers thereunder (the “ABL Borrowers”).

 

  F-159    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

The ABL Agreement provides for a $3 billion revolving credit facility (with subfacilities for letters of credit and swingline loans) (the “New ABL Facility”). On January 30, 2015, $980 million of the New ABL Facility was used to repay all debt outstanding under Albertson’s LLC’s existing credit facility, to pay a portion of the Merger consideration and fees and expenses, and to provide working capital to the borrowers. After January 30, 2015, the New ABL Facility may be utilized to fund working capital and general corporate purposes, including permitted acquisitions and other investments.

The New ABL Facility matures on the earlier to occur of (a) January 30, 2020 and (b) the date that is 91 days prior to the final maturity of certain material indebtedness (if such other indebtedness has not been repaid or extended prior to such 91st day).

Note W: Quarterly Information (Unaudited)

The summarized quarterly financial data presented below reflects all adjustments, which in the opinion of management, are of a normal and recurring nature necessary to present fairly the results of operations for the periods presented. (Rounding affects some totals. In millions, except per-share amounts.)

 

    53 Weeks     Last 17
Weeks
    Third 12
Weeks(1)
    Second 12
Weeks
    First 12
Weeks
 

2014

         

Sales and other revenue

  $ 36,330.2      $ 11,677.4      $ 8,307.9      $ 8,307.2      $ 8,037.7   

Gross profit

    9,682.0        3,258.6        2,174.6        2,139.5        2,109.3   

Operating profit

    534.5        258.3        94.2        121.5        60.5   

Income (loss) before income taxes(2),(3)

    165.0        201.5        (32.3     125.9        (130.1

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

    103.2        127.5        (21.2     80.6        (83.7

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax(4)

    9.3        (21.5     30.7        15.0        (14.9

Net income (loss) attributable to Safeway Inc.

    113.4        106.0        9.5        95.6        (97.6

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

         

Continuing operations

  $ 0.44      $ 0.55      $ (0.09   $ 0.35      $ (0.37

Discontinued operations(4)

    0.04        (0.09     0.13        0.06        (0.06

Total

    0.48        0.46        0.04        0.41        (0.43

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

         

Continuing operations

  $ 0.44      $ 0.55      $ (0.09   $ 0.34      $ (0.37

Discontinued operations(4)

    0.04        (0.10     0.13        0.07        (0.06

Total

    0.48        0.45        0.04        0.41        (0.43

 

(1) Includes loss on extinguishment of debt of $84.4 million.
(2) Includes loss (gain) on foreign currency translation of $19.6 million in the last 17 weeks, $3.8 million in the third 12 weeks, $(45.3) million in the second 12 weeks and $153.1 million in the first 12 weeks.
(3) Includes Merger- and integration-related expenses of $29.7 million in the last 17 weeks, $11.2 million in the third 12 weeks, $3.9 million in the second 12 weeks and $6.3 million in the first 12 weeks.
(4) See Note B Discontinued Operations.

 

  F-160    (Continued)


Table of Contents

SAFEWAY INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

    52 Weeks     Last 16
Weeks(2)
    Third 12
Weeks
    Second 12
Weeks
    First 12
Weeks
 

2013

         

Sales and other revenue

  $ 35,064.9      $ 10,814.7      $ 8,099.2      $ 8,149.8      $ 8,001.2   

Gross profit

    9,231.5        2,865.7        2,094.7        2,145.8        2,125.3   

Operating profit

    551.5        209.9        87.9        139.4        114.2   

Income before income taxes

    251.6        73.6        29.8        92.0        56.2   

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    217.1        71.6        23.4        62.5        59.6   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax(1)

    3,305.1        3,256.5        43.0        (53.7     59.2   

Net income attributable to Safeway Inc.

    3,507.5        3,314.3        65.8        8.4        118.9   

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:

         

Continuing operations

  $ 0.90      $ 0.29      $ 0.10      $ 0.26      $ 0.25   

Discontinued operations(1)

    13.63        13.36        0.17        (0.23     0.25   

Total

    14.53        13.65        0.27        0.03        0.50   

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:

         

Continuing operations

  $ 0.89      $ 0.29      $ 0.10      $ 0.26      $ 0.25   

Discontinued operations(1)

    13.49        13.17        0.17        (0.23     0.24   

Total

    14.38        13.46        0.27        0.03        0.49   

 

(1) See Note B, Discontinued Operations.
(2) In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company recorded a loss on foreign currency translation of $57.4 million and an impairment of notes receivable of $30.0 million.

 

  F-161    (Continued)


Table of Contents

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

To the Board of Advisors

United Supermarkets, L.L.C.

Lubbock, Texas

Report on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of United Supermarkets, L.L.C. which comprise the balance sheets as of December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013, and the related statements of comprehensive income, members’ equity and cash flows for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and the year ended January 26, 2013 and the related notes to the financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of United Supermarkets, L.L.C. as of December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and the year ended January 26, 2013 in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Dallas, Texas

April 4, 2014

Member of the RSM International network of Independent accounting, tax and consulting firms.

 

F-162


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Balance Sheets

(In thousands)

 

     December 28,
2013
    January 26,
2013
 
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash

   $ 11,247      $ 10,595   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

     36,938        26,451   

Inventories

     90,589        88,608   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     3,700        3,213   

Deferred income taxes

     5,258        5,148   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     147,732        134,015   

Property and equipment, net

     209,648        184,732   

Other assets, net

     5,961        5,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 363,341      $ 323,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Liabilities and Members’ Equity     

Current liabilities:

    

Current maturities of capital lease obligations

   $ 2,477      $ 2,323   

Current maturities of notes payable

            1,755   

Accounts payable

     55,840        64,111   

Accrued payroll and team member benefits

     35,323        24,819   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     20,202        12,005   

Income taxes payable

            6,540   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     113,842        111,553   

Capital lease obligations, net of current maturities

     4,785        7,055   

Notes payable, net of current maturities

            88,183   

Deferred rent payable

     2,263        2,280   

Deferred income taxes

     17,611        15,194   

Other long-term liabilities

     7,016        13,810   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     145,517        238,075   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

              

Members’ equity:

    

Contributed capital

     127,988        223   

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (6,059     (11,436

Undistributed earnings

     95,895        97,036   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total members’ equity

     217,824        85,823   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and members’ equity

   $ 363,341      $ 323,898   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

 

F-163


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Statements of Comprehensive Income

(In thousands)

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Sales

   $ 1,499,623      $ 1,572,653   

Cost of merchandise sold:

    

FIFO cost of merchandise

     1,126,603        1,189,767   

LIFO adjustment

     1,263        1,171   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of merchandise sold

     1,127,866        1,190,938   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     371,757        381,715   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

    

Compensation and team member benefits

     208,018        219,009   

Other operating and administrative

     89,813        91,231   

Transaction expense

     32,514          

Rent

     16,111        18,073   

Depreciation

     20,920        21,888   

Amortization of capital leases

     1,436        1,706   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     368,812        351,907   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating income

     2,945        29,808   

Interest expense, notes payable

     1,153        859   

Interest expense, capital leases

     683        929   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before provision for income taxes

     1,109        28,020   

Provision for income taxes

     1,661        10,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     (552     17,965   

Other comprehensive income (loss):

    

Reduction (addition) of minimum pension liability, net of tax expense (benefit) of $2,895 and $(2,616), respectively

     5,377        (4,859
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

   $ 4,825      $ 13,106   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

 

F-164


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Statements of Members’ Equity

(In thousands)

 

     Contributed
Capital
     Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
    Undistributed
Earnings
    Total  

Balance, January 28, 2012

   $ 223       $ (6,577   $ 130,516      $ 124,162   

Net income

                    17,965        17,965   

Addition of minimum pension liability

             (4,859            (4,859

Distributions

                    (51,445     (51,445
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, January 26, 2013

     223         (11,436     97,036        85,823   

Net loss

                    (552     (552

Member contributions

     127,765                       127,765   

Reduction of minimum pension liability

             5,377               5,377   

Distributions

                    (589     (589
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, December 28, 2013

   $ 127,988       $ (6,059   $ 95,895      $ 217,824   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

 

F-165


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (552   $ 17,965   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     26,365        27,480   

Gain on disposal of property and equipment

     (464     (296

Deferred income taxes

     (588     (246

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     (10,487     (2,329

Inventories

     (1,981     126   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (487     67   

Other assets

     (909     (1,320

Accounts payable

     (8,271     8,162   

Accrued payroll and team member benefits

     10,504        1,654   

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

     8,082        (80

Income taxes payable

     (6,540     2,822   

Deferred rent payable

     (17     (40

Other long-term liabilities

     1,478        545   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     16,133        54,510   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases and/or construction of property and equipment

     (51,463     (38,291

Proceeds from sales of property and equipment

     859        435   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (50,604     (37,856
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Cash contributions from members

     127,765          

Cash distributions to members

     (589     (51,445

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

     (2,116     (2,148

Borrowings from notes payable

     2,259        52,626   

Payments on notes payable

     (74,696     (1,849

Net payments on revolving line of credit

     (17,500     (14,200
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     35,123        (17,016
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash

     652        (362

Cash, beginning of year

     10,595        10,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, end of year

   $ 11,247      $ 10,595   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

    

Cash paid during the year for:

    

Interest

   $ 1,235      $ 1,151   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income taxes

   $ 8,376      $ 7,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Financial Statements.

 

F-166


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

Note 1. Organization and Business

United Supermarkets, L.L.C. is a Texas limited liability company that operates a chain of 51 retail grocery stores and 26 fuel facilities that include 7 convenience stores and 19 convenience kiosks throughout Texas. United also operates two distribution centers, an ice manufacturing plant and a food manufacturing plant, all located in Lubbock, Texas, as well as a third distribution center located in Roanoke, Texas.

The Company was acquired by Albertson’s LLC on December 29, 2013. All of pre-existing notes payable were paid off. Expenses related to the transaction (primarily for employee compensation and advisory fees) for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 were $32,514, which is recorded in the statement of comprehensive income.

These financial statements were prepared using the Company’s historical basis of accounting applicable to periods before the acquisition and therefore these financial statements do not reflect any change in accounting basis resulting from the acquisition.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Fiscal year: Prior to 2014, the Company’s fiscal year ended on the last Saturday of January. The eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 consisted of 48 weeks and the fiscal year ended January 26, 2013 consisted of 52 weeks.

Accounts receivable: Accounts receivable are typically unsecured and are derived from revenues earned from the Company’s customers, third-party insurance carriers or vendors. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the expected collectability of all receivables. The allowance for doubtful accounts is based on management’s assessment of the collectability of specific customer accounts, the aging of the accounts receivable, historical experience, and other currently available evidence. The Company continually reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $458 and $611 as of December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013, respectively. Account balances are charged against the allowance after all collection efforts have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.

Inventories: Inventories are valued at cost, which is not in excess of market, using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method for grocery, dairy, frozen foods, pharmacy products, general merchandise, and health and beauty aids. The first-in, first-out (FIFO) method is used for other inventories, consisting primarily of meat, produce, and bakery products. The following is a summary of inventory at December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013:

 

     December 28,
2013
     January 26,
2013
 

Inventories recorded at LIFO

   $ 59,820       $ 59,834   

Inventories recorded at FIFO

     30,769         28,774   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 90,589       $ 88,608   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

If inventories recorded at LIFO would have been valued on a FIFO basis, inventories would have been approximately $26,393 and $25,993 higher at December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013, respectively.

 

  F-167    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Property and equipment: Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis. Fixtures and equipment and transportation equipment are depreciated over lives ranging from 3 to 20 years. Capitalized leases (buildings and equipment) are amortized over the lives of the respective leases. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lives of the respective leases or the service lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Buildings are depreciated over 20 or 30 years.

Maintenance, repairs and minor replacements are charged to expense as incurred; major replacements and betterments that extend asset lives are capitalized. The cost of assets sold, retired, or otherwise disposed of is removed from the accounts at the time of disposition, and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in income for the period. Total depreciation and amortization for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, was approximately $26,365 and $27,480, including approximately $3,418 and $3,886, respectively, of depreciation allocated to cost of sales. Depreciation and amortization expense includes a portion related to capital leases, which was approximately $1,436 and $1,706 for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively. Property and equipment at December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013 consisted of the following:

 

     December 28,
2013
    January 26,
2013
 

Fixtures and equipment

   $ 293,507      $ 273,829   

Capitalized leases

     37,819        37,858   

Leasehold improvements

     70,420        63,128   

Land and buildings

     69,109        64,259   

Transportation equipment

     16,076        13,927   

Construction-in-progress

     16,966        4,170   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

     503,897        457,171   

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (294,249     (272,439
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total property and equipment, net

   $ 209,648      $ 184,732   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-lived assets: Long-lived assets held and used by the Company are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable from estimated future cash flows. Impairments, if any, are measured as the difference between the carrying value and the fair value of the related asset(s). Based on the Company’s analysis, there has been no impairment of long-lived assets as of December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013.

Preopening store costs: Preopening store costs are expensed as incurred.

Company owned life insurance: The Company has purchased life insurance policies to fund possible retirement benefits for certain team members that have a nonqualified retirement plan with the Company. The cash surrender value of these policies is included in other assets in the Company’s balance sheets.

Income taxes: Deferred taxes are based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. For federal income tax purposes, the Company has elected to be taxed as a corporation.

 

  F-168    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Revenue recognition: Revenue is recognized at the point of sale. Discounts provided to customers by the Company at the time of sale are recognized as a reduction in sales as the products are sold. Sales exclude sales taxes collected from customers.

Advertising costs: Advertising costs are expensed in the period that the related advertising services are provided. Advertising costs were $15,496 and $13,162 for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively, and are included in other operating and administrative expenses.

Comprehensive income: Comprehensive income is the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from net income and other events, except activity resulting from investments by owners and distribution to owners. Other comprehensive income (loss) for the eleven-month period ended to December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013 resulted from pension activity, net of taxes.

Fair value of financial instruments: For certain of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to their short maturities.

Concentration of credit risks: The Company maintains part of its cash in bank deposit accounts at financial institutions where balances, at times, may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance limitation. Historically, the Company has not experienced any losses due to such concentration of risk.

Use of estimates: The preparation of the financial statements requires management of the Company to make estimates and assumptions in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles relating to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Subsequent events: Management evaluates events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements. Management has considered subsequent events through April 4, 2014.

 

  F-169    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Note 3. Notes Payable

Notes payable consisted of the following:

 

     December 28,
2013
     January 26,
2013
 

Note payable to a bank, $50,000, secured by all the assets of the Company and certain deposit accounts owned by Members; quarterly interest payments only; matures December 21, 2014; interest fixed at 1.75%, with a balloon payment of $50,000 at maturity. Paid in full on December 27, 2013.

   $       $ 50,000   

Revolving line of credit with a bank, $50,000 available; secured by all assets of the Company; interest at 30-day London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.25%, (2.46% at January 26, 2013); due September 1, 2014. Paid in full on December 27, 2013.

             17,500   

Note payable to a bank, secured by an airplane; monthly principal and interest payments at $80; matures November 15, 2015; interest at 3.69%. Paid in full on December 27, 2013.

             2,581   

Note payable to a bank, secured by a property located in Roanoke, Texas; monthly principal and interest payment at $39; matures September 30, 2014; interest at 30-day LIBOR plus 1.0% (1.21% at January 26, 2013). Paid in full on December 27, 2013.

             10,991   

Note payable to the McMillan Family Limited Company; secured by Post building; biannual principal and interest payments at $13; matures October 1, 2015; interest imputed at 6.25%. Paid in full on December 27, 2013.

             125   

Note payable to a bank, $11,000, secured by land and building in Lubbock, Texas; interest only payments until April 15, 2013, then the commencement of the principal payments; matures on March 9, 2019; interest at 30-day LIBOR plus 2.0% (2.21% at January 26, 2013), with a balloon payment at maturity. Paid in full on December 27, 2013.

             8,741   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
             89,938   

Less current maturities

             (1,755
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $       $ 88,183   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 4. Lease Obligations

The Company leases certain of its operating facilities under terms ranging from five to twenty years, with renewal options ranging from five to twenty years. Most leases require the payment of fixed minimum rentals or a percentage of sales, whichever is greater.

 

  F-170    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

The following summarizes the future minimum lease payments under capital and operating lease obligations that have initial or remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year at December 28, 2013:

 

     Capital
Leases
    Operating
Leases
 

2014

   $ 2,804      $ 21,503   

2015

     2,264        20,824   

2016

     1,726        20,399   

2017

     445        20,056   

2018

     323        19,493   

Thereafter

     802        88,004   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total minimum payments

     8,364      $ 190,279   
    

 

 

 

Less amount representing interest

     (1,102  
  

 

 

   

Present value of net minimum lease payments, including current portion of $2,477

   $ 7,262     
  

 

 

   

The components of rent expense were as follows:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
     Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Minimum rents

   $ 15,387       $ 17,307   

Contingent rents based on sales

     723         766   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 16,110       $ 18,073   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Note 5. Related-Party Transactions

The Company leased three of its properties from HDS Properties, Inc. (the Related Company), a company affiliated with members of United, for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013. Rental payments to the Related Company for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013 were $278 and $304, respectively.

Certain assets of a distribution facility were purchased by the Company on July 29, 2007. The purchase price included a note payable to RC Taylor Distributing, Inc. (now Taylor Keeling, Inc.) of $4,200. Principal and interest payments to the related company for the year ended January 26, 2013 was $499. This note was paid off in the year ended January 26, 2013.

Note 6. Team Member Benefits

Defined benefit plan: Until November 2005, the Company sponsored a noncontributory defined benefit plan (the Plan) for all United team members who were at least 21 years of age and had completed 1,000 hours of service in any year of employment. In November 2005, the Board of Advisors amended the Plan to freeze benefit accruals effective March 31, 2006. Participants were

 

  F-171    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

credited for service after March 31, 2006, solely for vesting purposes pursuant to the terms of the Plan. The Company’s measurement date is December 31, 2013 and January 31, 2013, for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively. The Company is required to make annual contributions to the Plan equal to the amounts actuarially required to fund the prior service costs. The Company contributed $0 and $864 to the defined benefit plan for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively.

Net periodic pension costs included the following:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Interest expense on projected benefit obligations

   $ 2,322      $ 2,570   

Expected return on plan assets

     (2,755     (2,986

Amortization of initial unrecognized net obligations

     987        450   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ 554      $ 34   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the defined benefit plans consist of the following:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Net loss

   $ 9,169      $ 17,441   

Deferred income taxes

     (3,110     (6,005
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   $ 6,059      $ 11,436   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The funded status of the Company’s defined benefit plan were as follows:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Funded status at the beginning of the year

   $ (11,860   $ (5,215

Interest cost

     (2,322     (2,570

Actual return on assets

     2,755        1,644   

Actuarial gain (loss)

     7,285        (6,583

Employer contributions

            864   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (4,142   $ (11,860
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Following is a summary of significant actuarial assumptions used:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Weighted-average discount rates

     5.00     5.25

Expected long-term rate of return on assets

     6.75     6.75

 

  F-172    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

The Company expects net periodic pension income for 2014 to be approximately $580, using actuarial assumptions of a 5.00% discount rate and a 6.75% return on assets rate.

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value into the following hierarchy:

 

Level 1—   Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2—   Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are either directly or indirectly observable.
Level 3—   Unobservable inputs in which little or no market activity exists, therefore requiring an entity to develop its own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing.

The following table sets forth, by level, the Plan’s assets at fair value:

 

     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total  

December 28, 2013:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,983       $       $       $ 7,983   

U.S. government securities

             8,591            8,591   

Corporate bonds—investment grade

             7,773                 7,773   

Corporate stocks—U.S. companies

     25,425                         25,425   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 33,408       $ 16,364       $       $ 49,772   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

January 26, 2013:

           

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 6,312       $       $       $ 6,312   

U.S. government securities

             9,268                 9,268   

Corporate bonds—investment grade

             7,467                 7,467   

Corporate stocks—U.S. companies

     22,643                         22,643   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
   $ 28,955       $ 16,735       $       $ 45,690   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The fair values of the Plan’s Level 1 assets are based on quoted market prices of the identical underlying security. The fair values of the Plan’s Level 2 assets are obtained from readily-available pricing sources for the identical underlying security that may not be actively traded. The Company utilizes a pricing service to assist in obtaining fair value pricing for the majority of the Plan assets. The Company conducts reviews on an annual basis to verify pricing, assess liquidity, and determine if significant inputs have changed that would impact the fair value hierarchy disclosure. During the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013, the Plan did not make significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 assets. As of December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013, the Plan did not have any significant Level 3 financial assets.

 

  F-173    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

The following table sets forth the Plan’s funded status and the amounts recognized in the Company’s balance sheets at:

 

     December 28,
2013
    January 26,
2013
 

Accumulated benefit obligations

   $ (53,914   $ (57,550
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Projected benefit obligations adjusted for services rendered to date

   $ (53,914   $ (57,550

Plan assets at fair value

     49,772        45,690   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Funded status

   $ (4,142   $ (11,860
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized actuarial loss

   $ 9,169      $ 17,441   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the targeted and actual asset allocation ranges of the Company’s plan, by asset category:

 

     Percentage of Pension
Plan Assets as of
 
     December 28,
2013
    January 26,
2013
 

Asset category:

    

Equity securities

     51.08     49.56

Debt securities

     32.88     36.63

Other

     16.04     13.81
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     100.00     100.00
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company considered several factors in developing the expected rate of return on plan assets based on input from external advisors. Individual asset class return forecasts were developed and tested for reasonableness based upon historical returns. The expected long-term rate of return is the weighted average of the target asset allocation of each asset class.

The pension plan assets are held in a pension trust and are managed by independent investment advisors with the objective of maximizing returns with a prudent level of risk. The target market value of equity securities is 50% of the plan assets. If the equity percentage exceeds 60% or drops below 40%, the asset allocation will be adjusted to the target.

The Plan paid benefits of $1,727 and $1,535 for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively.

Following is a summary of expected benefit payments during the calendar year ended:

 

2014

   $ 2,022   

2015

     2,040   

2016

     2,063   

2017

     2,178   

2018 to 2023

     16,017   
  

 

 

 
   $ 24,320   
  

 

 

 

 

  F-174    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

Defined contribution plan: The Company sponsors a defined contribution plan (the Contribution Plan) available to all eligible team members. On August 15, 2011, the Company amended certain terms of the Contribution Plan. Team members who are at least 21 years old, 20  1 2 years old (prior to August 15, 2011) and have one year (1,000 hours), six months (500 hours) (prior to August 15, 2011) of service as of the monthly enrollment dates are eligible to participate in the Contribution Plan. Each participant makes voluntary contributions to the Contribution Plan in amounts up to 80% (92% prior to August 15, 2011 and 5% for highly compensated employees as of January 1, 2012) of compensation or the dollar limit set by the IRS annually, whichever is less. For the Contribution Plan years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company contributed at the rate of 40%, as determined by the Board of Advisors, of the participants’ contributions up to 6% of compensation. The Company incurred expenses of approximately $1,564 and $1,446 for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively, for the purpose of funding the Company’s contribution.

In 2014 and 2013, the Board approved $4,000 and $4,800 in discretionary contributions, respectively, made to the Plan. For the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013, a total of $3,700 of the total approved $4,000 had been expensed and recorded. Team members who are at least 21 years old (20  1 2 years old prior to August 15, 2012), have one year of service, worked at least 1,000 hours during the year and were employed at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, shared in the discretionary contributions.

Nonqualified retirement plan: On June 1, 2011, the Company established a nonqualified retirement plan (the Supplemental Plan) for a selected group of management or highly compensated employees. The Supplemental Plan is a plan which provides benefits beyond the Internal Revenue Code limits for qualified defined contribution plans. The plan permits employees to elect contributions up to a maximum percentage at 80% of eligible compensation. The Company may make voluntary matching contributions, which are determined by the Board annually. Employee contributions and the related investment income vest immediately. Discretionary company contributions vest immediately. Company matching contributions, if applicable, are subject to vesting based on years of service. The vested portion of employees’ accounts in the Supplemental Plan will be distributed upon termination of employment in either a lump sum or in equal annual installments over a specified period of up to 5 years. Total expense recognized related to the Supplemental Plan was $890 and $730 for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively.

The Company elected to account for this cash balance plan based on the participant account balances, excluding actuarial considerations as permitted by the applicable authoritative guidance.

 

  F-175    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

The annual activity for the Company’s Supplemental Plan was as follows:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
     Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Balance, beginning of period

   $ 1,641       $ 397   

Contributions:

     

Employee

     343         521   

Company

     538         584   

Investment income

     352         146   

Distribution

             (7

Forfeitures

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 2,874       $ 1,641   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The above-mentioned balances for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, are included in other long-term liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Note 7. Income Taxes

The provision (benefit) for income taxes included the following:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Federal:

    

Current

   $ 1,252      $ 9,220   

Deferred

     (588     (85
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes—federal

     664        9,135   

State:

    

Current

     997        920   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total provision for income taxes

   $ 1,661      $ 10,055   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for income taxes differs from amounts computed at the statutory rate as follows:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Federal income taxes at statutory federal income tax rate

     35.0     35.0

State income tax, net of federal income tax benefit

     58.4     2.1

Other

     56.4     (1.2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     149.8     35.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of February 1, 2009, the Company adopted guidance related to the accounting for uncertainties in income taxes. This guidance addresses the determination of whether tax benefits

 

  F-176    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. The tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities. The determination is based on the technical merits of the position and presumes that each uncertain tax position will be examined by the relevant taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Management evaluated the Company’s tax positions and concluded that the Company had taken no uncertain tax positions that require adjustment of the financial statements. The Company classifies interest, and, if applicable, penalties related to income tax liabilities as a component of income tax expense. During the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013, the Company did not incur any interest and penalties. The Company is not subject to income tax examinations by the U.S. federal authorities for years prior to 2010 and state or local tax authorities for years prior to 2009.

The following is a summary of the significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax asset and liability:

 

     Eleven-Month
Period Ended
December 28,
2013
    Year Ended
January 26,
2013
 

Current deferred taxes:

    

Assets (liabilities):

    

Accrued vacation

   $ 2,173      $ 2,178   

Texas franchise tax

     342        941   

Workers’ injury and general liability insurance

     723        795   

Uniform capitalization adjustment

     585        672   

Nonqualified deferred compensation plans

     1,006        641   

Contribution carryover

     630        528   

Other

     770        315   

Volume discounts

     (971     (922
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net current deferred tax asset

     5,258        5,148   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Noncurrent deferred taxes:

    

Assets (liabilities):

    

Capitalized leases

     509        790   

Postretirement benefit plan

     1,658        4,364   

Other

     (206     (275

Property and equipment

     (19,572     (20,073
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net noncurrent deferred tax liability

     (17,611     (15,194
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax liability

   $ (12,353   $ (10,046
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Note 8. Commitments and Contingencies

The Company is a party to various legal proceedings and complaints arising in the ordinary course of business, some of which are covered by insurance. Management believes that claims or contingencies that are not covered by insurance are not material to the financial position or operations of the Company. Additionally, under the terms of its workers’ injury and general liability insurance policies, the Company is liable for certain retrospective losses. The Company’s liability for retrospective

 

  F-177    (Continued)


Table of Contents

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

Notes to Financial Statements

(Dollars in thousands)

 

losses is limited to a maximum per claim and per policy year. The Company’s liability for workers’ injury and general liability claims was approximately $2,135 and $2,342 for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively. These liabilities were determined using historical data and are reflected in accrued payroll and team member benefits and accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying balance sheets.

The Company is self-insured for medical, dental, and short-term disability claims. The Company’s liability for self-insured losses is limited to a maximum per claim and to an aggregate amount for total self-insured losses in each year through the use of third-party stop-loss insurance coverage. The Company’s liability for health insurance was approximately $754 and $796 for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and for the year ended January 26, 2013, respectively and was recorded in accrued payroll and team member benefits in the accompanying balance sheets.

 

  F-178   


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

                     Shares

 

LOGO

Albertsons Companies, Inc.

Common Stock

 

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

 

 

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   BofA Merrill Lynch   Citigroup     Morgan Stanley   

 

Deutsche Bank Securities   Credit Suisse   Barclays

 

Lazard   Guggenheim Securities   Jefferies   RBC Capital Markets   Wells Fargo Securities
BMO Capital Markets   SunTrust Robinson Humphrey
Telsey Advisory Group   Academy Securities   Ramirez & Co., Inc.   Blaylock Beal Van, LLC

 

 

Until                      , 2017 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell, or trade shares of our common stock, whether or not participating in our initial public offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table shows the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities being registered. Except as otherwise noted, we will pay all of these amounts. All amounts except the SEC registration fee, the NYSE listing fee and the FINRA filing fee are estimated.

 

SEC Registration Fee

   $ 226,899   

NYSE Listing Fee

     250,000   

FINRA Filing Fee

     225,500   

Accounting Fees and Expenses

  

Legal Fees and Expenses

  

Printing Fees and Expenses

  

Blue Sky Fees and Expenses

     15,000   

Miscellaneous

  
  

 

 

 

Total

   $     
  

 

 

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Section 145 of the DGCL authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the DGCL are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

As permitted by the DGCL, the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation that will be in effect at the closing of the offering contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director.

As permitted by the DGCL, the Registrant’s bylaws that will be in effect at the closing of the offering provide that:

 

    the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions;

 

    the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the DGCL;

 

    the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions; and

 

    the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive.

The Registrant has entered, and intends to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the

 

II-1


Table of Contents

Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought. Reference is also made to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, which provides for the indemnification of executive officers, directors and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities. The indemnification provisions in the Registrant’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act. The Registrant currently carries liability insurance for its directors and officers.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Set forth below is information regarding all unregistered securities sold, issued or granted by us within the past three years.

In connection with our acquisition of NAI on March 21, 2013:

(1) We effected a unit split pursuant to which each Class A Unit outstanding was reclassified into 1 Class A ABS Unit and 1 Class A NAI Unit.

(2) We effected a unit split pursuant to which each Class B Unit outstanding was reclassified into 1 Class B ABS Unit and 1 Class B NAI Unit.

(3) We issued and sold Class A ABS Units for an aggregate purchase price of $150,000,000 as follows: 314.293 Class A ABS Units to Cerberus Iceberg LLC, 122.324 Class A ABS Units to KRS AB Acquisition, LLC, 122.324 Class A ABS Units to Jubilee Symphony ABS LLC, 122.324 Class A ABS Units to A-S Klaff Equity, LLC, 59.838 Class A ABS Units to ALB2 VI, LLC, 16.967 Class A ABS Units to ALB2 VI-A, LLC, 45.520 Class A ABS Units to ALB2 VI-B, LLC and a total of 18.076 Class A ABS Units to members of our management team and other officers and employees.

(4) We issued and sold 1701.666 Class A NAI Units to NAI Group Holdings Inc. for a purchase price of $100,000,000.

(5) We granted an aggregate of 103.186 Class C Units to certain of our executives under our Class C Plan. Class C Units were granted as profits interests which participate in distributions once a specified amount of distributions have been made to our equityholders.

In connection with our acquisition of Safeway Inc. and its subsidiaries on January 30, 2015:

(1) We effected a unit split pursuant to which 1701.666 Class A ABS Units and 106 Class B ABS Units were reclassified into an aggregate of 127,799,410 ABS Units.

(2) We effected a unit split pursuant to which 1701.666 Class A NAI Units and 106 Class B NAI Units were reclassified into an aggregate of 127,799,410 NAI Units.

(3) We effected a unit split pursuant to which 103.186 Class C Units were reclassified into an aggregate of 2,641,428 ABS Units and 2,641,428 NAI Units.

(4) We issued and sold 169,559,162 ABS Units, 169,559,162 NAI Units and 300,000,000 SWY Units for an aggregate purchase price of $1,304,796,135 plus the contribution to the company of NAI Units by certain equityholders as follows: 63,531,450 ABS Units to Cerberus Iceberg LLC, 24,726,729 ABS Units to Jubilee ABS Holding LLC, 24,726,729 ABS Units to Klaff Markets Holdings LLC, 24,726,729 ABS Units to Lubert-Adler SAN Aggregator, L.P., 24,726,729 ABS Units to ABS TRS Corp., 162,720,981 NAI Units to NAI Group Holdings Inc., 282,879,747 SWY Units to Safeway Group Holdings Inc. and a total of 7,120,883 ABS Units, 17,120,253 SWY Units and 1,244,486 NAI Units to members of our management team.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(5) We granted 3,350,083 Series 1 Incentive Units to Robert Edwards, our former president and chief executive officer, under our Incentive Unit Plan. Series 1 Incentive Units were granted as profits interests which participate in distributions once a specified amount of distributions have been made to our equityholders. On April 9, 2015, Mr. Edward’s grant was reduced by mutual agreement to 1,675,041.5 Series 1 Incentive Units.

(6) We granted an aggregate of 14,907,871 Investor Incentive Units as follows: 10,050,251 Investor Incentive Units to Cerberus AB Incentive LLC, 376,884 Investor Incentive Units to ABS TRS Corp., 376,884 Investor Incentive Units to Jubilee ABS Holding LLC, 376,884 Investor Incentive Units to Klaff W LLC, 376,884 Investor Incentive Units to L-A Asset Management Services, LLC and 3,350,084 Investor Incentive Units to Robert G. Miller. Investor Incentive Units were granted as profits interests which participate in distributions once a specified amount of distributions have been made to our equityholders.

On March 5, 2015, May 15, 2015, June 16, 2015, August 12, 2015, December 7, 2015, February 29, 2016, April 28, 2016, August 2, 2016, October 17, 2016 and January 5, 2017, we granted 14,440,000, 150,000, 125,000, 100,000, 150,000, 300,000, 723,392, 500,000, 200,000 and 50,000 Phantom Units, respectively, to certain of our officers, executives, directors and consultants under our Phantom Unit Plan. Each Phantom Unit is generally subject to time- and performance-based vesting, and upon vesting, each Phantom Unit converts into one Series 2 Incentive Unit.

In connection with the IPO-Related Transactions, and immediately prior to the effectiveness of this registration statement, we issued 349,832,761 shares of common stock to Albertsons Investor, 3,570,701 shares of common stock to Management Holdco and 56,429,497 shares of common stock to Kimco. For a description of the transactions pursuant to which the shares were issued, see the information under the heading “IPO-Related Transactions and Organizational Structure.”

Unless otherwise stated, the sales and/or granting of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (or Regulation D promulgated thereunder), or Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving any public offering or pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. We did not pay or give, directly or indirectly, any commission or other remuneration, including underwriting discounts or commissions, in connection with any of the issuances of securities listed above. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof. All recipients had adequate access, through their employment or other relationship with us or through other access to information provided by us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement among Albertsons Companies, Inc. and the Underwriters
3.1 (c)    Certificate of Incorporation of Albertsons Companies, Inc., including Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, dated September 21, 2015
3.2 (b)    Form of Bylaws of Albertsons Companies, Inc.
4.1 (c)    Form of Stockholders Agreement by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Albertsons Investor Holdings LLC, KRS AB Acquisition, LLC, KRS ABS, LLC and Albertsons Management Holdco, LLC
4.2 (a)    Indenture, dated September 10, 1997, between Safeway Inc., and the Bank of New York, as trustee
4.3 (a)    Forms of Officers’ Certificates establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016 and 4.75% Notes due 2021, including the forms of Notes
4.4 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017, including the form of Notes
4.5 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 5.00% Notes due 2019, including the form of Notes
4.6 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 3.95% Notes due 2020, including the form of Notes
4.7 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027, including the form of Notes
4.8 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 7.25% Debentures due 2031, including the form of Notes
4.9 (a)    Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 6, 2014, between Safeway Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, under the Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016
4.10 (a)    Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 8, 2014, between Safeway Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, under the Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017
4.11 (g)    Indenture, dated May 31, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent
4.12 (a)    Indenture, dated May 1, 1992, between New Albertson’s, Inc. (as successor to Albertson’s, Inc.) and U.S. Bank Trust National Association (as successor to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York), as trustee (as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of May 7, 2004; Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated as of June 1, 2006; and Supplemental Indenture No. 3, dated as of December 29, 2008)
4.13 (a)    Indenture, dated May 1, 1995, between American Stores Company, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as successor to The First National bank of Chicago), as trustee (as further supplemented)

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

4.14 (e)    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016
4.15 (e)    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017
4.16 (e)    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 5.00% Notes due 2019
4.17 (g)   

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (on their own behalf and as representatives of the other initial purchasers)

4.18 (h)   

Indenture, dated August 9, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New

Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent

4.19 (h)   

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016, by and among Albertsons

Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (on their own behalf and as representatives of the other initial purchasers)

  5.1*    Opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
10.1 (a)    Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated August 25, 2014 and effective January 30, 2015, by and among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. (as successor by merger to Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc.) and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons’s Holdings LLC and the other guarantors from time to time thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.2 (e)    Second Amended and Restated Asset-Based Revolving Credit Agreement, dated December 21, 2015, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America N.A., as administrative and collateral agent
10.3 (e)    Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit Description

10.4 (e)   Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.5 (e)   Joinder and Assumption Agreement of NAI Guarantors by and among the Additional Guarantors party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent, joining NAI Guarantors as Guarantors to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.6 (a)   Casa Ley Contingent Value Rights Agreement, dated January 30, 2015, by and among AB Acquisition LLC, Safeway Inc., the Shareholder Representative, as defined therein, and Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent
10.7 (a)   Transition Services Agreement, dated March 21, 2013 between SuperValu Inc. and Albertson’s LLC
10.8 (a)   Transition Services Agreement, dated March 21, 2013 between SuperValu Inc. and New Albertson’s, Inc.
10.9 (a)   Letter Agreement, dated April 16, 2015, to each of the Transition Services Agreements between SUPERVALU INC. and New Albertson’s, Inc. dated March 21, 2013, and the Transition Services Agreement between SUPERVALU INC. and Albertson’s LLC dated March 21, 2013
10.10 (a)   Decision and Order, dated January 27, 2015, between the Federal Trade Commission, Cerberus Institutional Partners V, L.P., AB Acquisition LLC and Safeway Inc.
10.11 (c)   Form of Albertsons Companies, Inc. 2015 Equity and Incentive Award Plan
10.12 (c)  

Form of Albertsons Companies, Inc. Executive Incentive Bonus Plan

10.13 (c)   Albertsons Companies, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Plan
10.14 (c)   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Albertsons Companies, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Plan
10.15 (c)   Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.16 (c)   Employment Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Robert Miller and, solely for purpose of the third paragraph thereof, AB Acquisition LLC
10.17 (c)   Employment Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Robert Dimond and, solely for purpose of Section 9.8 thereof, AB Management Services Corp.
10.18 (c)   Employment Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Justin Dye and, solely for purpose of Section 9.8 thereof, New Albertson’s, Inc.
10.19 (i)   Employment Agreement, dated June 28, 2016, between AB Management Services Corp. and Shane Sampson
10.20 (i)   Employment Agreement dated June 26, 2016, between AB Management Services Corp. and Wayne A. Denningham
10.21 (c)   Letter Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Sharon Allen

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

10.22 (c)    Letter Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Steven A. Davis
10.23 (b)   

Form of Limited Liability Company Agreement of Albertsons Investor Holdings LLC, by and among Cerberus Iceberg LLC, Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., Jubilee ABS Holding LLC, Klaff Markets Holdings LLC, Klaff-W LLC, Lubert-Adler SAN Aggregator, L.P., L-A Asset Management Services, LLC, Robert G. Miller, Robert Edwards, and the Persons listed on Schedule A thereto.

10.24 (e)    Employment Agreement, dated November 7, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Anuj Dhanda
10.25 (g)    Amendment No. 3, dated as of February 11, 2016, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.26 (g)    Amendment No. 4, dated as of June 22, 2016, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.27 (i)    Amendment No. 5, dated as of December 23, 2016, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway, NAI and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, ACL and the other guarantors from time to time party thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
21.1 (f)    Schedule of Subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, Inc.
23.1*    Consent of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2 (i)    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.3 (i)    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.4 (i)    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.5 (i)    Consent of RSM US LLP, Independent Auditor
23.6 (i)    Consent of Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.
24.1 (a)    Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages of this Registration Statement)

 

(a)   Previously filed on July 8, 2015
(b)   Previously filed on August 26, 2015
(c)   Previously filed on September 24, 2015
(d)   Previously filed on October 2, 2015
(e)   Previously filed on January 22, 2016
(f)   Previously filed on May 11, 2016
(g) Previously filed on July 29, 2016
(h)   Previously filed on October 26, 2016
(i)   Filed herewith
* To be filed by amendment
Confidential treatment has been requested for certain information contained in this exhibit. Such information has been omitted and filed separately with the SEC.

Item 17. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-8


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York, on January 18, 2017.

 

Albertsons Companies, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Name:   Robert G. Miller
Title:  

Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Robert G. Miller

Robert G. Miller

   Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)  

January 18, 2017

/s/ Robert B. Dimond

Robert B. Dimond

   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)  

January 18, 2017

/s/ Robert B. Larson

Robert B. Larson

   Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)  

January 18, 2017

/s/ *

Dean S. Adler

   Director  

January 18, 2017

/s/ *

Sharon L. Allen

   Director  

January 18, 2017

/s/ *

Steven A. Davis

   Director  

January 18, 2017

/s/ *

Kim Fennebresque

   Director   January 18, 2017

/s/ *

Lisa A. Gray

   Director   January 18, 2017

/s/ *

Hersch Klaff

   Director   January 18, 2017

/s/ *

Ronald Kravit

  

Director

  January 18, 2017

/s/ *

Alan Schumacher

  

Director

  January 18, 2017

 

II-9


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ *

Jay L. Schottenstein

  

Director

  January 18, 2017

/s/ *

Lenard B. Tessler

  

Director

  January 18, 2017

/s/ *

Scott Wille

  

Director

  January 18, 2017

 

 

* By   

/s/ Robert B. Dimond

    
  Attorney-in-Fact     

 

II-10


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement among Albertsons Companies, Inc. and the Underwriters
3.1 (c)    Certificate of Incorporation of Albertsons Companies, Inc., including Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation, dated September 21, 2015
3.2 (b)    Form of Bylaws of Albertsons Companies, Inc.
4.1 (c)    Form of Stockholders Agreement by and among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Albertsons Investor Holdings LLC, KRS AB Acquisition, LLC, KRS ABS, LLC and Albertsons Management Holdco, LLC
4.2 (a)    Indenture, dated September 10, 1997, between Safeway Inc., and the Bank of New York, as trustee
4.3 (a)    Forms of Officers’ Certificates establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016 and 4.75% Notes due 2021, including the forms of Notes
4.4 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017, including the form of Notes
4.5 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 5.00% Notes due 2019, including the form of Notes
4.6 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 3.95% Notes due 2020, including the form of Notes
4.7 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 7.45% Senior Debentures due 2027, including the form of Notes
4.8 (a)    Form of Officers’ Certificate establishing the terms of Safeway Inc.’s 7.25% Debentures due 2031, including the form of Notes
4.9 (a)    Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 6, 2014, between Safeway Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, under the Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016
4.10 (a)    Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 8, 2014, between Safeway Inc. and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, National Association, as trustee, under the Indenture, dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017
4.11 (g)    Indenture, dated May 31, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent
4.12 (a)    Indenture, dated May 1, 1992, between New Albertson’s, Inc. (as successor to Albertson’s, Inc.) and U.S. Bank Trust National Association (as successor to Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York), as trustee (as supplemented by Supplemental Indenture No. 1, dated as of May 7, 2004; Supplemental Indenture No. 2, dated as of June 1, 2006; and Supplemental Indenture No. 3, dated as of December 29, 2008)
4.13 (a)    Indenture, dated May 1, 1995, between American Stores Company, LLC and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (as successor to The First National bank of Chicago), as trustee (as further supplemented)

 

II-11


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

4.14 (e)    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 3.40% Notes due 2016
4.15 (e)    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 6.35% Notes due 2017
4.16 (e)    Joinder to Guarantee, dated as of December 21, 2015, by the guarantors party hereto, in favor of The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture dated as of September 10, 1997, as amended, and supplemented, with respect to Safeway Inc.’s 5.00% Notes due 2019
4.17 (g)   

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (on their own behalf and as representatives of the other initial purchasers)

4.18 (h)   

Indenture, dated August 9, 2016, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC, New

Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee and collateral agent

4.19 (h)   

Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2016, by and among Albertsons

Companies, LLC, New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Albertson’s LLC (collectively, the “Issuers”), certain subsidiaries of the Issuers, as guarantors, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC (on their own behalf and as representatives of the other initial purchasers)

5.1*    Opinion of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
10.1 (a)    Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated August 25, 2014 and effective January 30, 2015, by and among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. (as successor by merger to Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc.) and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons’s Holdings LLC and the other guarantors from time to time thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.2 (e)    Second Amended and Restated Asset-Based Revolving Credit Agreement, dated December 21, 2015, by and among Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Bank of America N.A., as administrative and collateral agent
10.3 (e)    Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Albertson’s Holdings LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent

 

II-12


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit Description

10.4 (e)   Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.5 (e)   Joinder and Assumption Agreement of NAI Guarantors by and among the Additional Guarantors party thereto and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent, joining NAI Guarantors as Guarantors to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.6 (a)   Casa Ley Contingent Value Rights Agreement, dated January 30, 2015, by and among AB Acquisition LLC, Safeway Inc., the Shareholder Representative, as defined therein, and Computershare Inc. and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent
10.7 (a)   Transition Services Agreement, dated March 21, 2013 between SuperValu Inc. and Albertson’s LLC
10.8 (a)   Transition Services Agreement, dated March 21, 2013 between SuperValu Inc. and New Albertson’s, Inc.
10.9 (a)   Letter Agreement, dated April 16, 2015, to each of the Transition Services Agreements between SUPERVALU INC. and New Albertson’s, Inc. dated March 21, 2013, and the Transition Services Agreement between SUPERVALU INC. and Albertson’s LLC dated March 21, 2013
10.10 (a)   Decision and Order, dated January 27, 2015, between the Federal Trade Commission, Cerberus Institutional Partners V, L.P., AB Acquisition LLC and Safeway Inc.
10.11 (c)   Form of Albertsons Companies, Inc. 2015 Equity and Incentive Award Plan
10.12 (c)  

Form of Albertsons Companies, Inc. Executive Incentive Bonus Plan

10.13 (c)   Albertsons Companies, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Plan
10.14 (c)   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Albertsons Companies, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Plan
10.15 (c)   Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.16 (c)   Employment Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Robert Miller and, solely for purpose of the third paragraph thereof, AB Acquisition LLC
10.17 (c)   Employment Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Robert Dimond and, solely for purpose of Section 9.8 thereof, AB Management Services Corp.
10.18 (c)   Employment Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc., Justin Dye and, solely for purpose of Section 9.8 thereof, New Albertson’s, Inc.
10.19 (i)   Employment Agreement, dated June 28, 2016, between AB Management Services Corp. and Shane Sampson
10.20 (i)   Employment Agreement dated June 26, 2016, between AB Management Services Corp. and Wayne A. Denningham

 

II-13


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit Description

10.21 (c)    Letter Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Sharon Allen
10.22 (c)    Letter Agreement, dated September 21, 2015, between Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Steven A. Davis
10.23 (b)    Form of Limited Liability Company Agreement of Albertsons Investor Holdings LLC, by and among Cerberus Iceberg LLC, Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., Jubilee ABS Holding LLC, Klaff Markets Holdings LLC, Klaff-W LLC, Lubert-Adler SAN Aggregator, L.P., L-A Asset Management Services, LLC, Robert G. Miller, Robert Edwards, and the Persons listed on Schedule A thereto.
10.24 (e)    Employment Agreement, dated November 7, 2015, among Albertsons Companies, Inc. and Anuj Dhanda
10.25 (g)    Amendment No. 3, dated as of February 11, 2016, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.26 (g)    Amendment No. 4, dated as of June 22, 2016, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway Inc. and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, Albertsons Companies, LLC and the other guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
10.27 (i)    Amendment No. 5, dated as of December 23, 2016, to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 among Albertson’s LLC, Safeway, NAI and the other co-borrowers, as borrowers, ACL and the other guarantors from time to time party thereto, as guarantors, the lenders from time to time party thereto, and Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as administrative and collateral agent
21.1 (f)    Schedule of Subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, Inc.
23.1*    Consent of Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.2 (i)    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.3 (i)    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.4 (i)    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
23.5 (i)    Consent of RSM US LLP, Independent Auditor
23.6 (i)    Consent of Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.
24.1 (a)    Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages of this Registration Statement)

 

(a)   Previously filed on July 8, 2015
(b)   Previously filed on August 26, 2015
(c)   Previously filed on September 24, 2015
(d)   Previously filed on October 2, 2015
(e)   Previously filed on January 22, 2016
(f)   Previously filed on May 11, 2016
(g)   Previously filed on July 29, 2016
(h) Previously filed on October 26, 2016
(i)   Filed herewith
* To be filed by amendment
Confidential treatment has been requested for certain information contained in this exhibit. Such information has been omitted and filed separately with the SEC.

 

II-14

Exhibit 10.19

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of June 28, 2016, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), between AB Management Services Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Shane Sampson (the “ Executive ,” and together with the Company, the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS, the Executive is currently employed by the Company pursuant to the offer letter between the Executive and Albertson’s LLC, dated January 16, 2013, the letter from New Albertson’s, Inc. to the Executive, dated March 6, 2014, and the letter agreement between the Executive and the Company, dated September 16, 2014 (together the “ Letter Agreements ”);

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement to, effective as of the Effective Date, supersede the Letter Agreements and set forth the terms and conditions of Executive’s continued employment with the Company under this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be employed by the Company upon the terms and conditions contained herein;

Accordingly, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment and Acceptance . The Company shall continue to employ the Executive, and Executive shall accept employment with the Company, subject to the terms of this Agreement effective on the Effective Date.

2. Term . Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, this Agreement and the employment relationship hereunder shall continue from the Effective Date until January 30, 2018 (the “ Term Date ”). As used in this Agreement, the “ Term ” shall refer to the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the date the Executive’s employment terminates in accordance with this Section 2 or Section 5. In the event that the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, the Company’s obligation to continue to pay all base salary, as adjusted, bonus and other benefits then accrued shall terminate except as may be provided for in Section 5 of this Agreement.

3. Duties and Title .

3.1 Title . The Executive shall be employed to render exclusive and full-time services to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The Executive shall serve in the capacity of Chief Marketing and Merchandising Officer of the Company.

3.2 Duties . The Executive will have such authority and responsibilities and will perform such executive duties customarily performed by a similarly titled executive, of a company in similar lines of business as the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates or as may be assigned to Executive by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO ”). The Executive will devote all his full working-time and best efforts to the performance of such duties and to the promotion of the business and interests of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term, subject to disclosure to, and approval by, the Board of Directors of the Company (“ Board ”) or the CEO, Executive may (a) continue to


serve on any boards of directors upon which Executive serves as of the Effective Date, and (b) serve on other corporate, industry, civic or charitable boards and committees, provided that with respect to (a) and (b), (x) such activities, in the Board’s or CEO’s discretion, do not materially interfere with and are not inconsistent with Executive’s performance of his duties under this Agreement and (y) any such entity does not engage in the Business (as defined below).

4. Compensation and Benefits by the Company . As compensation for all services rendered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall provide the Executive the following during the Term:

4.1 Base Salary . The Company will pay to the Executive an annual base salary of $800,000, payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company (“ Base Salary ”). Executive shall be entitled to such increases, if any, in Base Salary as may be determined from time to time by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”).

4.2 Annual Bonuses . The Executive shall be eligible to receive a bonus (“ Annual Bonus ”) for each fiscal year of the Company under a plan established by the Company in the amount determined by the Board (or the Compensation Committee) based upon achievement of performance measures derived from the business plan presented by management and approved by the Board (or the Compensation Committee). The Executive’s target Annual Bonus shall be 60% of Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”). If such performance measures are only partially achieved or not achieved, the Executive shall only be entitled to such Annual Bonus, if any, as provided under the Annual Bonus plan or as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Board (or the Compensation Committee). The Annual Bonus, if any, shall be paid in the calendar quarter following the quarter in which such Annual Bonus was earned.

4.3 Participation in Employee Benefit Plans . The Executive shall be entitled, if and to the extent eligible, to participate in all of the applicable benefit plans of the Company or its affiliates, which may be available to other senior executives of the Company, on the same terms as such other executives. The Company or its affiliates may at any time or from time to time amend, modify, suspend or terminate any employee benefit plan, program or arrangement for any reason without Executive’s consent if such amendment, modification, suspension or termination is consistent with the amendment, modification, suspension or termination for other employees of the Company and its affiliates.

4.4 Expense Reimbursement . The Executive shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all appropriate business expenses incurred by him in connection with his duties under this Agreement in accordance with the policies of the Company as in effect from time to time.

4.5 Equity Award . The Award Agreement by and between the Executive and AB Acquisition LLC, entered into as of March 5, 2015, under the AB Acquisition LLC Phantom Unit Plan, shall remain in full force and effect upon the Effective Date.

4.6 Retention Bonus. The Executive will be eligible to receive a special retention incentive bonus payable on April 1, 2017, in the amount of $310,000, less standard

 

2


income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions (the “ Retention Bonus ”); provided , that the Executive: (a) remains actively working in the Executive’s current or an equivalent position through such payment date; (b) demonstrates positive leadership; (c) protects Company assets, inventory, property, cash, equipment, IT data and confidential proprietary information; and (d) follows all Company policies and procedures, and state, federal and local laws. If the Executive resigns or is discharged for any reason, ceases actively working in an equivalent position for any reason, is demoted, or fails to meet the requirements outlined above, the Executive will no longer be eligible for the Retention Bonus.

5. Termination of Employment .

5.1 By the Company for Cause or by the Executive Without Good Reason . If: (i) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for Cause (as defined below); or (ii) Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason (as defined below), the Executive shall be entitled to receive the following:

(a) payment for accrued unused vacation days, payable in accordance with Company policy;

(b) the Executive’s accrued but unpaid Base Salary and benefits set forth in Section 4.3, if any, to the date of termination;

(c) the earned but unpaid portion of the Annual Bonus, if any, relating to the Annual Bonus period in which the Executive is terminated, payable in accordance with Section 4.2; and

(d) expenses reimbursable under Section 4.4 incurred but not yet reimbursed to the Executive to the date of termination.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means, as determined by the Board (or its designee), with respect to conduct during the Executive’s employment with the Company, whether or not committed during the Term, (i) conviction of a felony by the Executive; (ii) acts of intentional dishonesty by the Executive resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates; (iii) the Executive’s material breach of his obligations under this Agreement; (iv) conduct by the Executive in connection with his duties hereunder that is fraudulent, unlawful or grossly negligent; (v) engaging in personal conduct by the Executive (including but not limited to employee harassment or discrimination, the use or possession at work of any illegal controlled substance) which seriously discredits or damages the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates; (vi) contravention of specific lawful direction from the Board or (vii) breach of the Executive’s covenants set forth in Section 6 below before termination of employment. The Executive shall have fifteen (15) business days after notice from the Company to cure the deficiency leading to the Cause determination (except with respect to (i) above), if curable. A termination for “Cause” shall be effective immediately (or on such other date set forth by the Company).

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events (regardless of whether any other reason, other than Cause, for such termination exists or has occurred): (i) a reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Target

 

3


Bonus, provided that , the Company may at any time or from time to time amend, modify, suspend or terminate any bonus, incentive compensation or other benefit plan or program provided to the Executive for any reason and without the Executive’s consent if such modification, suspension or termination (x) is a result of the underperformance of the Company under its business plan, or (y) is consistent with an “across the board” reduction for all senior executives of the Company, and, in each case, is undertaken in the Board’s reasonable business judgment acting in good faith and engaging in fair dealing with the Executive; or (ii) without the Executive’s prior written consent, relocation of the Executive’s principal location of work to any location that is in excess of 50 miles from the location thereof on the Effective Date.

The Company shall have fifteen (15) business days after receipt of notice from the Executive in writing specifying the deficiency to cure the deficiency that would result in Good Reason.

5.2 Due to Death or Disability . If: (i) the Executive’s employment terminates due to his death; or (ii) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company due to the Executive’s Disability (as defined below), in addition to the payments upon termination specified in Section 5.1, above, the Executive or the Executive’s legal representatives (as appropriate), shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment in an amount equal twenty-five percent (25%) of the Executive’s Base Salary, less standard income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means a determination by the Company in accordance with applicable law that as a result of a physical or mental injury or illness, the Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of his job with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of (i) ninety (90) consecutive days; or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days in any one (1) year period.

The Company shall have no obligation to provide the benefits set forth above in the event that Executive breaches the provisions of Section 6.

5.3 By the Company Without Cause or By the Executive for Good Reason . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Executive shall receive a lump sum severance payment as set forth in this Section 5.3, in addition to the payments upon termination specified in Section 5.1, upon execution without revocation of a valid release agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”):

(a) lump sum payment equal to the Executive’s annual Base Salary for a period of twenty-four (24) months, less standard income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions;

(b) the Target Bonus as a lump sum payment for the period of severance owing under Section 5.3(a); and

(c) reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage of group health coverage (including family coverage) for thirty-six (36) months. The Executive shall elect continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA. The thirty-six (36) month period shall include, and

 

4


run concurrently with, the maximum continuation coverage period pursuant to COBRA. If, and to the extent, that any benefit described in this Section 5.3(c) cannot be paid or provided under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, then the Company will itself pay or provide for the payment to the Executive, his dependents, eligible family members and beneficiaries, of such benefits, along with, in the case of any benefit described in this Section 5.3(c) which is subject to tax because it is not or cannot be paid or provided under any such policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, an additional amount such that after payment by the Executive, or his dependents, eligible family members or beneficiaries, as the case may be, of all taxes so imposed, the recipient retains an amount equal to such taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, benefits under this Section 5.3(c) shall cease when the Executive is covered under another group health plan.

The Company shall have no obligation to provide the benefits set forth above in the event that Executive breaches the provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement. The Executive must sign and not revoke, and the Release must become effective, not later than sixty (60) days following his last day of employment. If the severance payments are otherwise subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), they shall begin (or be paid, as applicable) on the first pay period following the date that is sixty (60) days after the Executive’s employment terminates. If the payments are not otherwise subject to Section 409A of the Code, they shall begin (or be paid, as applicable) on the first pay period after the Release becomes effective.

5.4 No Mitigation . The obligations of the Company to Executive which arise upon the termination of his employment pursuant to this Section 5 shall not be subject to mitigation or offset.

5.5 Removal from any Boards and Position . If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under this Agreement, he shall be deemed to resign (i) if a member, from the Board or board of directors of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or any other board to which he has been appointed or nominated by or on behalf of the Company and (ii) from any position with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, including, but not limited to, as an officer of the Company and any of its subsidiaries.

5.6 Continued Employment Beyond the Expiration of the Term . Unless the Company and the Executive otherwise agree in writing, continuation of Executive’s employment with the Company beyond the expiration of the Term shall be deemed an employment at-will and shall not be deemed to extend any of the provisions of this Agreement and Executive’s employment may thereafter be terminated at will by either Executive or the Company; provided that Sections 6, 7, 8, 9.7 and 9.12 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder.

6. Restrictions and Obligations of the Executive .

6.1 Confidentiality .

(a) During the course of the Executive’s employment by the Company and its affiliates (prior to and during the Term), the Executive has had and will have access to

 

5


certain trade secrets and confidential information relating to the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates (the “ Protected Parties ”) which is not readily available from sources outside the Protected Parties. The confidential and proprietary information and, in any material respect, trade secrets of the Protected Parties are among their most valuable assets, including but not limited to, their customer, supplier and vendor lists, databases, competitive strategies, computer programs, frameworks, or models, their marketing programs, their sales, financial, marketing, training and technical information, their product development (and proprietary product data) and any other information, whether communicated orally, electronically, in writing or in other tangible forms concerning how the Protected Parties create, develop, acquire or maintain their products and marketing plans, target their potential customers and operate their retail and other businesses. The Protected Parties invested, and continue to invest, considerable amounts of time and money in their process, technology, know-how, obtaining and developing the goodwill of their customers, their other external relationships, their data systems and data bases, and all the information described above (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Confidential Information ”), and any misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information in any form would irreparably harm the Protected Parties. The Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information constitutes valuable, highly confidential, special and unique property of the Protected Parties. The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Protected Parties all Confidential Information relating to the Protected Parties and their businesses, which shall have been obtained by the Executive during the Executive’s employment by the Company or its affiliates and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by the Executive or representatives of the Executive in violation of this Agreement). Except as required by law or an order of a court or governmental agency with jurisdiction, the Executive shall not, during the period the Executive is employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, or at any time thereafter disclose any Confidential Information, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity, nor shall the Executive use it in any way, except in the course of the Executive’s employment with, and for the benefit of, the Protected Parties or to enforce any rights or defend any claims hereunder or under any other agreement to which the Executive is a party, provided that such disclosure is relevant to the enforcement of such rights or defense of such claims and is only disclosed in the formal proceedings related thereto. The Executive shall take all reasonable steps to safeguard the Confidential Information and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executive shall acquire no rights to any such Confidential Information.

(b) All files, records, documents, drawings, specifications, data, computer programs, evaluation mechanisms and analytics and similar items relating thereto or to the Business (for the purposes of this Agreement, “Business” shall be as defined in Section 6.3 hereof), as well as all customer lists, specific customer information, compilations of product research and marketing techniques of the Company and its affiliates, whether prepared by the Executive or otherwise coming into the Executive’s possession, shall remain the exclusive property of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, and the Executive shall not remove any such items from the premises of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, except in furtherance of the Executive’s duties under any employment agreement.

(c) It is understood that while employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, the Executive will promptly disclose to it, and assign to it the Executive’s interest in any invention, improvement or discovery made or conceived by the

 

6


Executive, either alone or jointly with others, which arises out of the Executive’s employment. At the Company’s request and expense, the Executive will assist the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates during the period of the Executive’s employment by the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates and thereafter in connection with any controversy or legal proceeding relating to such invention, improvement or discovery and in obtaining domestic and foreign patent or other protection covering the same.

(d) As requested by the Company and at the Company’s expense, from time to time and upon the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates all copies and embodiments, in whatever form, of all Confidential Information in the Executive’s possession or within his control (including, but not limited to, memoranda, records, notes, plans, photographs, manuals, notebooks, documentation, program listings, flow charts, magnetic media, disks, diskettes, tapes and all other materials containing any Confidential Information) irrespective of the location or form of such material. If requested by the Company, the Executive will provide the Company with written confirmation that all such materials have been delivered to the Company as provided herein.

6.2 Non-Solicitation or Hire . During the Term and for the Restricted Period (as defined below) following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly solicit or attempt to solicit or induce, directly or indirectly, (a) any supplier, vendor or service provider to the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates to terminate, reduce or alter negatively its relationship with the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates or in any manner interfere with any agreement or contract between the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates and such supplier, vendor or service provider; or (b) any employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates or any person who was an employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates during the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the date the Executive’s employment terminates to terminate such employee’s employment relationship with the Protected Parties in order, in either case, to enter into a similar relationship with the Executive, or any other person or any entity in competition with the Business (as defined in Section 6.3 below) of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Restricted Period ” means a period equal to the period of severance under Section 5.3(a).

6.3 Non-Competition . During the Term and for the Restricted Period following the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company (for any reason), the Executive shall not, whether individually, as a director, manager, member, stockholder, partner, owner, employee, consultant or agent of any business, or in any other capacity, other than on behalf of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, organize, establish, own, operate, manage, control, engage in, participate in, invest in, permit his name to be used by, act as a consultant or advisor to, render services for (alone or in association with any person, firm, corporation or business organization), or otherwise assist any person or entity that engages in or owns, invests in, operates, manages or controls any venture or enterprise which engages or proposes to engage in any business conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates on the date of the Executive’s termination of employment or within twelve (12) months of the

 

7


Executive’s termination of employment in the geographic locations where the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates engage or, to the Executive’s knowledge, propose to engage in such business (the “ Business ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Executive from owning for passive investment purposes not intended to circumvent this Agreement, less than five percent (5%) of the publicly traded common equity securities of any company engaged in the Business (so long as the Executive has no power to manage, operate, advise, consult with or control the competing enterprise and no power, alone or in conjunction with other affiliated parties, to select a director, manager, general partner, or similar governing official of the competing enterprise other than in connection with the normal and customary voting powers afforded the Executive in connection with any permissible equity ownership).

6.4 Property . The Executive acknowledges that all originals and copies of materials, records and documents generated by him or coming into his possession during his employment by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates are the sole property of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates (“ Company Property ”). During the Term, and at all times thereafter, the Executive shall not remove, or cause to be removed, from the premises of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates copies of any record, file, memorandum, document, computer related information or equipment, or any other item relating to the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, except in furtherance of his duties under this Agreement. When the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, or upon request of the Company at any time, the Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company all copies of Company Property in his possession or control.

6.5 Nondisparagement . The Executive agrees that he will not at any time (whether during or after the Term) publish or communicate to any person or entity any Disparaging (as defined below) remarks, comments or statements concerning the Company, Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., their parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, and their respective present and former members, partners, directors, officers, shareholders, employees, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns. “ Disparaging ” remarks, comments or statements are those that impugn the character, honesty, integrity or morality or business acumen or abilities in connection with any aspect of the operation of business of the individual or entity being disparaged.

7. Remedies; Specific Performance . The Company and the Executive acknowledge and agree that the Executive’s breach or threatened breach of any of the restrictions set forth in Section 6 will result in irreparable and continuing damage to the Protected Parties for which there may be no adequate remedy at law and that the Protected Parties shall be entitled to equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for any such breach or threatened or attempted breach. The Executive hereby consents to the grant of an injunction (temporary or otherwise) against the Executive or the entry of any other court order against the Executive prohibiting and enjoining him from violating, or directing him to comply with any provision of Section 6. The Executive also agrees that such remedies shall be in addition to any and all remedies, including damages, available to the Protected Parties against him for such breaches or threatened or attempted breaches. In addition, without limiting the Protected Parties’ remedies for any breach of any restriction on the Executive set forth in Section 6, except as required by law, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments set forth in Section 5.3 hereof if the Executive has breached the covenants applicable to the Executive

 

8


contained in Section 6, the Executive will immediately return to the Protected Parties any such payments previously received under Section 5.3, upon such a breach, and, in the event of such breach, the Protected Parties will have no obligation to pay any of the amounts that remain payable by the Company under Section 5.3.

8. Indemnification . The Company agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law and its organizational documents, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Executive from and against any and all losses, suits, actions, causes of action, judgments, damages, liabilities, penalties, fines, costs or claims of any kind or nature (“ Indemnified Claim ”), including reasonable legal fees and related costs incurred by the Executive in connection with the preparation for or defense of any Indemnified Claim, whether or not resulting in any liability, to which Executive may become subject or liable or which may be incurred by or assessed against Executive, relating to or arising out of his employment by the Company or the services to be performed pursuant to this Agreement, provided that the Company shall only defend, but not indemnify or hold Executive harmless, from and against an Indemnified Claim in the event there is a final, non-appealable, determination that Executive’s liability with respect to such Indemnified Claim resulted from Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Company’s obligations under this section shall be in addition to any other right, remedy or indemnification which Executive may have or be entitled to at common law or otherwise.

9. Other Provisions .

9.1 Notices . Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telegraphed, telexed, sent by facsimile transmission or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid or overnight mail and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, telegraphed, telexed, or sent by facsimile transmission or, if mailed, four (4) days after the date of mailing or one (1) day after overnight mail, as follows:

(a) If the Company, to:

AB Management Services Corp.

Attention: Andrew J. Scoggin

Telephone: (208) 395-5785

(b) If the Executive, to the Executive’s home address reflected in the Company’s records, with copies to:

Hogan Lovells US LLP

1999 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1400

Los Angeles, CA 90067

Attention:       Barry L. Dastin, Esq.

Telephone:     (310) 785-4717

Fax:                (310) 775-4551

 

9


9.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto, including, without limitation, the Letter Agreements and that certain letter agreement between the Executive and Albertsons Companies, Inc., dated September 18, 2015.

9.3 Limitation on Payments and Benefits . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any amount or benefit to be paid or provided under this Agreement would be an “Excess Parachute Payment,” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, but for the application of this sentence, then the payments and benefits to be paid or provided under this Agreement will be reduced to the minimum extent necessary (but in no event to less than zero) so that no portion of any such payment or benefit, as so reduced, constitutes an Excess Parachute Payment; provided, however, that the foregoing reduction will be made only if and to the extent that such reduction would result in an increase in the aggregate payment and benefits to be provided, determined on an after-tax basis (taking into account the excise tax imposed pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code, any tax imposed by any comparable provision of state law, and any applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes). Whether requested by the Executive or the Company, the determination of whether any reduction in such payments or benefits to be provided under this Agreement or otherwise is required pursuant to the preceding sentence will be made at the expense of the Company by the Company’s independent accountant. The fact that the Executive’s right to payments or benefits may be reduced by reason of the limitations contained in this Section 9.3 will not of itself limit or otherwise affect any other rights of the Executive other than pursuant to this Agreement. In the event that any payment or benefit intended to be provided under this Agreement or otherwise is required to be reduced pursuant to this Section 9.3, cash severance payable hereunder shall be reduced first, then other cash payments that qualify as Excess Parachute Payments payable to the Executive, then non-cash benefits shall be reduced, as determined by the Company.

9.4 Representations and Warranties by the Executive . The Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to or subject to any restrictive covenants, legal restrictions or other agreements in favor of any entity or person which would in any way preclude, inhibit, impair or limit the Executive’s ability to perform his obligations under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, non-competition agreements, non-solicitation agreements or confidentiality agreements.

9.5 Waiver and Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the Parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the Party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

9.6 Section 409A . The Company and the Executive intend that the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement either be exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or be provided in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguity herein

 

10


shall be interpreted so as to be consistent with the intent of this Section 9.6. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all payments and benefits under Section 5.3 of this Agreement shall be paid or provided only at the time of a termination of the Executive’s employment that constitutes a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (determined after applying the presumptions set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)(1)). Further, if at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) until the date that is at least six (6) months following the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code), whereupon the Company will pay the Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amounts that would have otherwise been previously paid to the Executive under this Agreement during the period in which such payments or benefits were deferred. Thereafter, payments will resume in accordance with this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in-kind benefits and reimbursements provided under this Agreement during any calendar year shall not affect in-kind benefits or reimbursements to be provided in any other calendar year, other than an arrangement providing for the reimbursement of medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code, and are not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, reimbursement requests must be timely submitted by the Executive and, if timely submitted, reimbursement payments shall be promptly made to the Executive following such submission, but in no event later than December 31st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred. In no event shall the Executive be entitled to any reimbursement payments after December 31st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred. This paragraph shall only apply to in-kind benefits and reimbursements that would result in taxable compensation income to the Executive.

Additionally, in the event that following the date hereof the Company or the Executive reasonably determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Company and the Executive shall work together to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other commercially reasonable actions necessary or appropriate to (x) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits provided with respect to this Agreement or (y) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

9.7 Governing Law, Dispute Resolution and Venue . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Idaho applicable to agreements made and not to be performed entirely within such state, without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

 

11


9.8 Assignability by the Company and the Executive . This Agreement, and the rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by the Company or the Executive without written consent signed by the other Party; provided that the Company may assign this Agreement to any successor that continues the business of the Company.

9.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

9.10 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of terms contained herein.

9.11 Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement, or any part thereof, is held by a court of competent jurisdiction of any foreign, federal, state, county or local government or any other governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against public policy for any reason, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected or impaired or invalidated. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictive covenants contained in Section 6 are a condition of this Agreement and are reasonable and valid in temporal scope and in all other respects.

9.12 Judicial Modification . If any court determines that any of the covenants in Section 6, or any part of any of them, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of such covenants and parts thereof shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portion. If any court determines that any of such covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable because of the geographic or temporal scope of such provision, such court shall reduce such scope to the minimum extent necessary to make such covenants valid and enforceable.

9.13 Tax Withholding . The Company or other payor is authorized to withhold from any benefit provided or payment due hereunder, the amount of withholding taxes due any federal, state or local authority in respect of such benefit or payment and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Board to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above mentioned.

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Shane Sampson

Shane Sampson
AB MANAGEMENT SERVICES CORP.
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

 

13

Exhibit 10.20

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of June 26, 2016, 2016 (the “ Effective Date ”), between AB Management Services Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Wayne A. Denningham (the “ Executive ,” and together with the Company, the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS, the Executive is currently employed by the Company and the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement to, effective as of the Effective Date, set forth the terms and conditions of Executive’s continued employment with the Company under this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Executive desires to be employed by the Company upon the terms and conditions contained herein;

Accordingly, the Parties agree as follows:

1. Employment and Acceptance . The Company shall continue to employ the Executive, and Executive shall accept employment with the Company, subject to the terms of this Agreement effective on the Effective Date.

2. Term . Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Section 5 of this Agreement, this Agreement and the employment relationship hereunder shall continue from the Effective Date until January 30, 2018 (the “ Term Date ”). As used in this Agreement, the “ Term ” shall refer to the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on the date the Executive’s employment terminates in accordance with this Section 2 or Section 5. In the event that the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, the Company’s obligation to continue to pay all base salary, as adjusted, bonus and other benefits then accrued shall terminate except as may be provided for in Section 5 of this Agreement.

3. Duties and Title .

3.1 Title . The Executive shall be employed to render exclusive and full-time services to the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates. The Executive shall serve in the capacity of Chief Operating Officer of the Company.

3.2 Duties . The Executive will have such authority and responsibilities and will perform such executive duties customarily performed by a similarly titled executive, of a company in similar lines of business as the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates or as may be assigned to Executive by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO ”). The Executive will devote all his full working-time and best efforts to the performance of such duties and to the promotion of the business and interests of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Term, subject to disclosure to, and approval by, the Board of Directors of the Company (“ Board ”) or the CEO, Executive may (a) continue to serve on any boards of directors upon which Executive serves as of the Effective Date, and (b) serve on other corporate, industry, civic or charitable boards and committees, provided that with respect to (a) and (b), (x) such activities, in the Board’s or CEO’s discretion, do not materially interfere with and are not inconsistent with Executive’s performance of his duties under this Agreement and (y) any such entity does not engage in the Business (as defined below).


4. Compensation and Benefits by the Company . As compensation for all services rendered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall provide the Executive the following during the Term:

4.1 Base Salary . The Company will pay to the Executive an annual base salary of $800,000, payable in accordance with the customary payroll practices of the Company (“ Base Salary ”). Executive shall be entitled to such increases, if any, in Base Salary as may be determined from time to time by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board (the “ Compensation Committee ”).

4.2 Annual Bonuses . The Executive shall be eligible to receive a bonus (“ Annual Bonus ”) for each fiscal year of the Company under a plan established by the Company in the amount determined by the Board (or the Compensation Committee) based upon achievement of performance measures derived from the business plan presented by management and approved by the Board (or the Compensation Committee). The Executive’s target Annual Bonus shall be 60% of Base Salary (the “ Target Bonus ”). If such performance measures are only partially achieved or not achieved, the Executive shall only be entitled to such Annual Bonus, if any, as provided under the Annual Bonus plan or as otherwise determined in the sole discretion of the Board (or the Compensation Committee). The Annual Bonus, if any, shall be paid in the calendar quarter following the quarter in which such Annual Bonus was earned.

4.3 Participation in Employee Benefit Plans . The Executive shall be entitled, if and to the extent eligible, to participate in all of the applicable benefit plans of the Company or its affiliates, which may be available to other senior executives of the Company, on the same terms as such other executives. The Company or its affiliates may at any time or from time to time amend, modify, suspend or terminate any employee benefit plan, program or arrangement for any reason without Executive’s consent if such amendment, modification, suspension or termination is consistent with the amendment, modification, suspension or termination for other employees of the Company and its affiliates.

4.4 Expense Reimbursement . The Executive shall be entitled to receive reimbursement for all appropriate business expenses incurred by him in connection with his duties under this Agreement in accordance with the policies of the Company as in effect from time to time, as well as reimbursement for the costs of the Executive preparing his applicable tax returns up to $8,000 annually.

4.5 Equity Award . The Award Agreement by and between the Executive and AB Acquisition LLC, entered into as of March 5, 2015, under the AB Acquisition LLC Phantom Unit Plan, shall remain in full force and effect upon the Effective Date.

4.6 Retention Bonus. The Executive will be eligible to receive a special retention incentive bonus payable on April 1, 2017, in the amount of $175,000, less standard income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions (the “ Retention Bonus ”); provided , that the Executive: (a) remains actively working in the Executive’s current or an equivalent position through such payment date; (b) demonstrates positive leadership; (c) protects Company assets, inventory, property, cash, equipment, IT data and confidential proprietary information; and (d) follows all Company policies and procedures, and state, federal and local

 

2


laws. If the Executive resigns or is discharged for any reason, ceases actively working in an equivalent position for any reason, is demoted, or fails to meet the requirements outlined above, the Executive will no longer be eligible for the Retention Bonus.

5. Termination of Employment .

5.1 By the Company for Cause or by the Executive Without Good Reason . If: (i) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company for Cause (as defined below); or (ii) Executive terminates his employment without Good Reason (as defined below), the Executive shall be entitled to receive the following:

(a) payment for accrued unused vacation days, payable in accordance with Company policy;

(b) the Executive’s accrued but unpaid Base Salary and benefits set forth in Section 4.3, if any, to the date of termination;

(c) the earned but unpaid portion of the Annual Bonus, if any, relating to the Annual Bonus period in which the Executive is terminated, payable in accordance with Section 4.2; and

(d) expenses reimbursable under Section 4.4 incurred but not yet reimbursed to the Executive to the date of termination.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Cause ” means, as determined by the Board (or its designee), with respect to conduct during the Executive’s employment with the Company, whether or not committed during the Term, (i) conviction of a felony by the Executive; (ii) acts of intentional dishonesty by the Executive resulting or intending to result in personal gain or enrichment at the expense of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates; (iii) the Executive’s material breach of his obligations under this Agreement; (iv) conduct by the Executive in connection with his duties hereunder that is fraudulent, unlawful or grossly negligent; (v) engaging in personal conduct by the Executive (including but not limited to employee harassment or discrimination, the use or possession at work of any illegal controlled substance) which seriously discredits or damages the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates; (vi) contravention of specific lawful direction from the Board or (vii) breach of the Executive’s covenants set forth in Section 6 below before termination of employment. The Executive shall have fifteen (15) business days after notice from the Company to cure the deficiency leading to the Cause determination (except with respect to (i) above), if curable. A termination for “Cause” shall be effective immediately (or on such other date set forth by the Company).

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Good Reason ” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events (regardless of whether any other reason, other than Cause, for such termination exists or has occurred): (i) a reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary or Target Bonus, provided that , the Company may at any time or from time to time amend, modify, suspend or terminate any bonus, incentive compensation or other benefit plan or program provided to the Executive for any reason and without the Executive’s consent if such modification, suspension or termination (x) is a result of the underperformance of the Company under its business plan, or (y) is consistent with an “across the board” reduction for all senior

 

3


executives of the Company, and, in each case, is undertaken in the Board’s reasonable business judgment acting in good faith and engaging in fair dealing with the Executive; or (ii) without the Executive’s prior written consent, relocation of the Executive’s principal location of work to any location that is in excess of 50 miles from the location thereof on the Effective Date.

The Company shall have fifteen (15) business days after receipt of notice from the Executive in writing specifying the deficiency to cure the deficiency that would result in Good Reason.

5.2 Due to Death or Disability . If: (i) the Executive’s employment terminates due to his death; or (ii) the Company terminates the Executive’s employment with the Company due to the Executive’s Disability (as defined below), in addition to the payments upon termination specified in Section 5.1, above, the Executive or the Executive’s legal representatives (as appropriate), shall be entitled to receive a lump sum payment in an amount equal twenty-five percent (25%) of the Executive’s Base Salary, less standard income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Disability ” means a determination by the Company in accordance with applicable law that as a result of a physical or mental injury or illness, the Executive is unable to perform the essential functions of his job with or without reasonable accommodation for a period of (i) ninety (90) consecutive days; or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days in any one (1) year period.

The Company shall have no obligation to provide the benefits set forth above in the event that Executive breaches the provisions of Section 6.

5.3 By the Company Without Cause or By the Executive for Good Reason . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason, the Executive shall receive a lump sum severance payment as set forth in this Section 5.3, in addition to the payments upon termination specified in Section 5.1, upon execution without revocation of a valid release agreement in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company (the “ Release ”):

(a) lump sum payment equal to the Executive’s annual Base Salary for a period of twenty-four (24) months, less standard income and payroll tax withholding and other authorized deductions;

(b) the Target Bonus as a lump sum payment for the period of severance owing under Section 5.3(a); and

(c) reimbursement of the cost of continuation coverage of group health coverage (including family coverage) for thirty-six (36) months. The Executive shall elect continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA. The thirty-six (36) month period shall include, and run concurrently with, the maximum continuation coverage period pursuant to COBRA. If, and to the extent, that any benefit described in this Section 5.3(c) cannot be paid or provided under any policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, then the Company will itself pay or provide for the payment to the Executive, his dependents, eligible family members and beneficiaries, of such benefits, along with, in the case of any benefit described in this Section 5.3(c)

 

4


which is subject to tax because it is not or cannot be paid or provided under any such policy, plan, program or arrangement of the Company, an additional amount such that after payment by the Executive, or his dependents, eligible family members or beneficiaries, as the case may be, of all taxes so imposed, the recipient retains an amount equal to such taxes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, benefits under this Section 5.3(c) shall cease when the Executive is covered under another group health plan.

The Company shall have no obligation to provide the benefits set forth above in the event that Executive breaches the provisions of Section 6 of this Agreement. The Executive must sign and not revoke, and the Release must become effective, not later than sixty (60) days following his last day of employment. If the severance payments are otherwise subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), they shall begin (or be paid, as applicable) on the first pay period following the date that is sixty (60) days after the Executive’s employment terminates. If the payments are not otherwise subject to Section 409A of the Code, they shall begin (or be paid, as applicable) on the first pay period after the Release becomes effective.

5.4 No Mitigation . The obligations of the Company to Executive which arise upon the termination of his employment pursuant to this Section 5 shall not be subject to mitigation or offset.

5.5 Removal from any Boards and Position . If the Executive’s employment is terminated for any reason under this Agreement, he shall be deemed to resign (i) if a member, from the Board or board of directors of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company or any other board to which he has been appointed or nominated by or on behalf of the Company and (ii) from any position with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, including, but not limited to, as an officer of the Company and any of its subsidiaries.

5.6 Continued Employment Beyond the Expiration of the Term . Unless the Company and the Executive otherwise agree in writing, continuation of Executive’s employment with the Company beyond the expiration of the Term shall be deemed an employment at-will and shall not be deemed to extend any of the provisions of this Agreement and Executive’s employment may thereafter be terminated at will by either Executive or the Company; provided that Sections 6, 7, 8, 9.7 and 9.12 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement or the termination of the Executive’s employment hereunder.

6. Restrictions and Obligations of the Executive .

6.1 Confidentiality .

(a) During the course of the Executive’s employment by the Company and its affiliates (prior to and during the Term), the Executive has had and will have access to certain trade secrets and confidential information relating to the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates (the “ Protected Parties ”) which is not readily available from sources outside the Protected Parties. The confidential and proprietary information and, in any material respect, trade secrets of the Protected Parties are among their most valuable assets, including but not limited to, their customer, supplier and vendor lists, databases, competitive strategies, computer

 

5


programs, frameworks, or models, their marketing programs, their sales, financial, marketing, training and technical information, their product development (and proprietary product data) and any other information, whether communicated orally, electronically, in writing or in other tangible forms concerning how the Protected Parties create, develop, acquire or maintain their products and marketing plans, target their potential customers and operate their retail and other businesses. The Protected Parties invested, and continue to invest, considerable amounts of time and money in their process, technology, know-how, obtaining and developing the goodwill of their customers, their other external relationships, their data systems and data bases, and all the information described above (hereinafter collectively referred to as “ Confidential Information ”), and any misappropriation or unauthorized disclosure of Confidential Information in any form would irreparably harm the Protected Parties. The Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information constitutes valuable, highly confidential, special and unique property of the Protected Parties. The Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Protected Parties all Confidential Information relating to the Protected Parties and their businesses, which shall have been obtained by the Executive during the Executive’s employment by the Company or its affiliates and which shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by the Executive or representatives of the Executive in violation of this Agreement). Except as required by law or an order of a court or governmental agency with jurisdiction, the Executive shall not, during the period the Executive is employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, or at any time thereafter disclose any Confidential Information, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity, nor shall the Executive use it in any way, except in the course of the Executive’s employment with, and for the benefit of, the Protected Parties or to enforce any rights or defend any claims hereunder or under any other agreement to which the Executive is a party, provided that such disclosure is relevant to the enforcement of such rights or defense of such claims and is only disclosed in the formal proceedings related thereto. The Executive shall take all reasonable steps to safeguard the Confidential Information and to protect it against disclosure, misuse, espionage, loss and theft. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executive shall acquire no rights to any such Confidential Information.

(b) All files, records, documents, drawings, specifications, data, computer programs, evaluation mechanisms and analytics and similar items relating thereto or to the Business (for the purposes of this Agreement, “Business” shall be as defined in Section 6.3 hereof), as well as all customer lists, specific customer information, compilations of product research and marketing techniques of the Company and its affiliates, whether prepared by the Executive or otherwise coming into the Executive’s possession, shall remain the exclusive property of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, and the Executive shall not remove any such items from the premises of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates, except in furtherance of the Executive’s duties under any employment agreement.

(c) It is understood that while employed by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, the Executive will promptly disclose to it, and assign to it the Executive’s interest in any invention, improvement or discovery made or conceived by the Executive, either alone or jointly with others, which arises out of the Executive’s employment. At the Company’s request and expense, the Executive will assist the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates during the period of the Executive’s employment by the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates and thereafter in connection with any controversy or legal proceeding relating to such invention, improvement or discovery and in obtaining domestic and foreign patent or other protection covering the same.

 

6


(d) As requested by the Company and at the Company’s expense, from time to time and upon the termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Executive will promptly deliver to the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates all copies and embodiments, in whatever form, of all Confidential Information in the Executive’s possession or within his control (including, but not limited to, memoranda, records, notes, plans, photographs, manuals, notebooks, documentation, program listings, flow charts, magnetic media, disks, diskettes, tapes and all other materials containing any Confidential Information) irrespective of the location or form of such material. If requested by the Company, the Executive will provide the Company with written confirmation that all such materials have been delivered to the Company as provided herein.

6.2 Non-Solicitation or Hire . During the Term and for the Restricted Period (as defined below) following the termination of the Executive’s employment for any reason, the Executive shall not directly or indirectly solicit or attempt to solicit or induce, directly or indirectly, (a) any supplier, vendor or service provider to the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates to terminate, reduce or alter negatively its relationship with the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates or in any manner interfere with any agreement or contract between the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates and such supplier, vendor or service provider; or (b) any employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates or any person who was an employee of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates during the twelve (12) month period immediately prior to the date the Executive’s employment terminates to terminate such employee’s employment relationship with the Protected Parties in order, in either case, to enter into a similar relationship with the Executive, or any other person or any entity in competition with the Business (as defined in Section 6.3 below) of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “ Restricted Period ” means a period equal to the period of severance under Section 5.3(a).

6.3 Non-Competition . During the Term and for the Restricted Period following the termination of Executive’s employment by the Company (for any reason), the Executive shall not, whether individually, as a director, manager, member, stockholder, partner, owner, employee, consultant or agent of any business, or in any other capacity, other than on behalf of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, organize, establish, own, operate, manage, control, engage in, participate in, invest in, permit his name to be used by, act as a consultant or advisor to, render services for (alone or in association with any person, firm, corporation or business organization), or otherwise assist any person or entity that engages in or owns, invests in, operates, manages or controls any venture or enterprise which engages or proposes to engage in any business conducted by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates on the date of the Executive’s termination of employment or within twelve (12) months of the Executive’s termination of employment in the geographic locations where the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates engage or, to the Executive’s knowledge, propose to engage in such business (the “ Business ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the Executive from owning for passive investment purposes not intended to circumvent

 

7


this Agreement, less than five percent (5%) of the publicly traded common equity securities of any company engaged in the Business (so long as the Executive has no power to manage, operate, advise, consult with or control the competing enterprise and no power, alone or in conjunction with other affiliated parties, to select a director, manager, general partner, or similar governing official of the competing enterprise other than in connection with the normal and customary voting powers afforded the Executive in connection with any permissible equity ownership).

6.4 Property . The Executive acknowledges that all originals and copies of materials, records and documents generated by him or coming into his possession during his employment by the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates are the sole property of the Company, its subsidiaries and its affiliates (“ Company Property ”). During the Term, and at all times thereafter, the Executive shall not remove, or cause to be removed, from the premises of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates copies of any record, file, memorandum, document, computer related information or equipment, or any other item relating to the business of the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates, except in furtherance of his duties under this Agreement. When the Executive’s employment with the Company terminates, or upon request of the Company at any time, the Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company all copies of Company Property in his possession or control.

6.5 Nondisparagement . The Executive agrees that he will not at any time (whether during or after the Term) publish or communicate to any person or entity any Disparaging (as defined below) remarks, comments or statements concerning the Company, Cerberus Capital Management, L.P., their parents, subsidiaries and affiliates, and their respective present and former members, partners, directors, officers, shareholders, employees, agents, attorneys, successors and assigns. “ Disparaging ” remarks, comments or statements are those that impugn the character, honesty, integrity or morality or business acumen or abilities in connection with any aspect of the operation of business of the individual or entity being disparaged.

7. Remedies; Specific Performance . The Company and the Executive acknowledge and agree that the Executive’s breach or threatened breach of any of the restrictions set forth in Section 6 will result in irreparable and continuing damage to the Protected Parties for which there may be no adequate remedy at law and that the Protected Parties shall be entitled to equitable relief, including specific performance and injunctive relief as remedies for any such breach or threatened or attempted breach. The Executive hereby consents to the grant of an injunction (temporary or otherwise) against the Executive or the entry of any other court order against the Executive prohibiting and enjoining him from violating, or directing him to comply with any provision of Section 6. The Executive also agrees that such remedies shall be in addition to any and all remedies, including damages, available to the Protected Parties against him for such breaches or threatened or attempted breaches. In addition, without limiting the Protected Parties’ remedies for any breach of any restriction on the Executive set forth in Section 6, except as required by law, the Executive shall not be entitled to any payments set forth in Section 5.3 hereof if the Executive has breached the covenants applicable to the Executive contained in Section 6, the Executive will immediately return to the Protected Parties any such payments previously received under Section 5.3, upon such a breach, and, in the event of such breach, the Protected Parties will have no obligation to pay any of the amounts that remain payable by the Company under Section 5.3.

 

8


8. Indemnification . The Company agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law and its organizational documents, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Executive from and against any and all losses, suits, actions, causes of action, judgments, damages, liabilities, penalties, fines, costs or claims of any kind or nature (“ Indemnified Claim ”), including reasonable legal fees and related costs incurred by the Executive in connection with the preparation for or defense of any Indemnified Claim, whether or not resulting in any liability, to which Executive may become subject or liable or which may be incurred by or assessed against Executive, relating to or arising out of his employment by the Company or the services to be performed pursuant to this Agreement, provided that the Company shall only defend, but not indemnify or hold Executive harmless, from and against an Indemnified Claim in the event there is a final, non-appealable, determination that Executive’s liability with respect to such Indemnified Claim resulted from Executive’s willful misconduct or gross negligence. The Company’s obligations under this section shall be in addition to any other right, remedy or indemnification which Executive may have or be entitled to at common law or otherwise.

9. Other Provisions .

9.1 Notices . Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telegraphed, telexed, sent by facsimile transmission or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid or overnight mail and shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, telegraphed, telexed, or sent by facsimile transmission or, if mailed, four (4) days after the date of mailing or one (1) day after overnight mail, as follows:

(a) If the Company, to:

AB Management Services Corp.

Attention: Andrew J. Scoggin

Telephone: (208) 395-5785

(b) If the Executive, to the Executive’s home address reflected in the Company’s records, with copies to:

 

Hogan Lovells US LLP
1999 Avenue of the Stars, Suite 1400
Los Angeles, CA 90067
Attention:    Barry L. Dastin, Esq.
Telephone:    (310) 785-4717
Fax:    (310) 775-4551

9.2 Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto, including, without limitation, that certain letter agreement between the Executive and Albertsons Companies, Inc., dated September 18, 2015.

 

9


9.3 Limitation on Payments and Benefits . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any amount or benefit to be paid or provided under this Agreement would be an “Excess Parachute Payment,” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, but for the application of this sentence, then the payments and benefits to be paid or provided under this Agreement will be reduced to the minimum extent necessary (but in no event to less than zero) so that no portion of any such payment or benefit, as so reduced, constitutes an Excess Parachute Payment; provided, however, that the foregoing reduction will be made only if and to the extent that such reduction would result in an increase in the aggregate payment and benefits to be provided, determined on an after-tax basis (taking into account the excise tax imposed pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code, any tax imposed by any comparable provision of state law, and any applicable federal, state and local income and employment taxes). Whether requested by the Executive or the Company, the determination of whether any reduction in such payments or benefits to be provided under this Agreement or otherwise is required pursuant to the preceding sentence will be made at the expense of the Company by the Company’s independent accountant. The fact that the Executive’s right to payments or benefits may be reduced by reason of the limitations contained in this Section 9.3 will not of itself limit or otherwise affect any other rights of the Executive other than pursuant to this Agreement. In the event that any payment or benefit intended to be provided under this Agreement or otherwise is required to be reduced pursuant to this Section 9.3, cash severance payable hereunder shall be reduced first, then other cash payments that qualify as Excess Parachute Payments payable to the Executive, then non-cash benefits shall be reduced, as determined by the Company.

9.4 Representations and Warranties by the Executive . The Executive represents and warrants that he is not a party to or subject to any restrictive covenants, legal restrictions or other agreements in favor of any entity or person which would in any way preclude, inhibit, impair or limit the Executive’s ability to perform his obligations under this Agreement, including, but not limited to, non-competition agreements, non-solicitation agreements or confidentiality agreements.

9.5 Waiver and Amendments . This Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, canceled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the Parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the Party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any Party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

9.6 Section 409A . The Company and the Executive intend that the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement either be exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or be provided in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any ambiguity herein shall be interpreted so as to be consistent with the intent of this Section 9.6. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all payments and benefits under Section 5.3 of this Agreement shall be paid or provided only at the time of a termination of the Executive’s employment that constitutes a “separation from service” from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder (determined after applying the presumptions set forth in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h)(1)).

 

10


Further, if at the time of the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company, the Executive is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A of the Code as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, and the deferral of the commencement of any payments or benefits otherwise payable hereunder as a result of such termination of employment is necessary in order to prevent any accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A of the Code, then the Company will defer the commencement of the payment of any such payments or benefits hereunder (without any reduction in payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to the Executive) until the date that is at least six (6) months following the Executive’s termination of employment with the Company (or the earliest date permitted under Section 409A of the Code), whereupon the Company will pay the Executive a lump-sum amount equal to the cumulative amounts that would have otherwise been previously paid to the Executive under this Agreement during the period in which such payments or benefits were deferred. Thereafter, payments will resume in accordance with this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in-kind benefits and reimbursements provided under this Agreement during any calendar year shall not affect in-kind benefits or reimbursements to be provided in any other calendar year, other than an arrangement providing for the reimbursement of medical expenses referred to in Section 105(b) of the Code, and are not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, reimbursement requests must be timely submitted by the Executive and, if timely submitted, reimbursement payments shall be promptly made to the Executive following such submission, but in no event later than December 31st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred. In no event shall the Executive be entitled to any reimbursement payments after December 31st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the expense was incurred. This paragraph shall only apply to in-kind benefits and reimbursements that would result in taxable compensation income to the Executive.

Additionally, in the event that following the date hereof the Company or the Executive reasonably determines that any compensation or benefits payable under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Company and the Executive shall work together to adopt such amendments to this Agreement or adopt other policies or procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other commercially reasonable actions necessary or appropriate to (x) exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and benefits provided with respect to this Agreement or (y) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.

9.7 Governing Law, Dispute Resolution and Venue . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Idaho applicable to agreements made and not to be performed entirely within such state, without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

9.8 Assignability by the Company and the Executive . This Agreement, and the rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by the Company or the Executive without written consent signed by the other Party; provided that the Company may assign this Agreement to any successor that continues the business of the Company.

 

11


9.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

9.10 Headings . The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of terms contained herein.

9.11 Severability . If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement, or any part thereof, is held by a court of competent jurisdiction of any foreign, federal, state, county or local government or any other governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against public policy for any reason, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected or impaired or invalidated. The Executive acknowledges that the restrictive covenants contained in Section 6 are a condition of this Agreement and are reasonable and valid in temporal scope and in all other respects.

9.12 Judicial Modification . If any court determines that any of the covenants in Section 6, or any part of any of them, is invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of such covenants and parts thereof shall not thereby be affected and shall be given full effect, without regard to the invalid portion. If any court determines that any of such covenants, or any part thereof, is invalid or unenforceable because of the geographic or temporal scope of such provision, such court shall reduce such scope to the minimum extent necessary to make such covenants valid and enforceable.

9.13 Tax Withholding . The Company or other payor is authorized to withhold from any benefit provided or payment due hereunder, the amount of withholding taxes due any federal, state or local authority in respect of such benefit or payment and to take such other action as may be necessary in the opinion of the Board to satisfy all obligations for the payment of such withholding taxes.

 

12


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above mentioned.

 

EXECUTIVE

/s/ Wayne A. Denningham

Wayne A. Denningham
AB MANAGEMENT SERVICES CORP.
By:  

/s/ Robert G. Miller

 

13

Exhibit 10.27

EXECUTION VERSION

AMENDMENT NO. 5

AMENDMENT NO. 5, dated as of December 23, 2016 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 3 and Consent, dated as of February 11, 2016, that certain Amendment No. 4, dated as of June 22, 2016 and as the same may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”) among ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ H oldings ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Parent Borrower ”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other Co-Borrowers party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the other Guarantors party thereto, the parties thereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of the Term Loan Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, “ Agent ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Term Loan Agreement, the Lenders agreed to make, and have made, certain loans and other extensions of credit to the Borrowers;

WHEREAS, immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Parent Borrower has, together with any accrued and unpaid interest thereon, (i) $3,271,800,000 in aggregate principal amount of 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans outstanding, (ii) $1,142,137,500 in aggregate principal amount of 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans outstanding and (iii) $1,600,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Term B-6 Loans outstanding;

WHEREAS, Section 12.3 of the Term Loan Agreement provides that Borrowers may, with consent of the Required Lenders, amend or waive certain provisions of the Term Loan Agreement or any other Financing Agreements, including the amendments and waivers provided for herein;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.9 of the Term Loan Agreement, the Parent Borrower may obtain Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness by, among other things, entering into a Refinancing Amendment pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement with each person agreeing to provide such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

WHEREAS, each 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender that executes and delivers a consent to this Amendment substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (a “ Consent ”) and checks “2016-1 Term B-4 Cashless Settlement Option” on such Consent will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment, (ii) shall be deemed, upon effectiveness of this Amendment, to have exchanged all (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Agent) of its 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans for 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans, and such Lender shall thereafter become a 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender and (iii) agree to the terms of the 2016-2 Term B-4 Cashless Roll Letter dated as of the date hereof among the Borrowers, the Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lenders and the Agent (the “ 2016-2 Term B-4 Cashless Roll Letter ”), and shall be deemed a party to the 2016-2 Term B-4 Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has requested a borrowing of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (such loans, the “ Replacement 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans ” and the lenders thereto, the “ Replacement 2016-2 Term B-4 Lenders ”) to finance the repayment in full of the amounts outstanding under the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date (as defined below);

 

1


WHEREAS, each lender that executes and delivers a Joinder to this Amendment as an Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender will make Replacement 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans in the amount set forth on the signature page of such lender’s Joinder on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date to the Borrowers, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrowers to repay in full the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans (as defined in Exhibit C) and to repay in full the amounts outstanding under the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date;

WHEREAS, each 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender that shall have executed and delivered a Consent and checks the “2016-1 Term B-5 Cashless Settlement Option” on such Consent will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment, (ii) shall be deemed, upon effectiveness of this Amendment, to have exchanged all of its 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Agent) for Replacement 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans and shall be deemed a Replacement 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender under the Credit Agreement and (iii) agrees to the terms of the 2016-2 Term B-5 Cashless Roll Letter dated as of the date hereof among the Borrowers, the Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lenders and the Agent (the “ 2016-2 Term B-5 Cashless Roll Letter ”) and shall be deemed a party to the 2016-2 Term B-5 Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has requested a borrowing of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (such loans, the “ Replacement 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans ” and the lenders thereto, the “ Replacement 2016-2 Term B-5 Lenders ”) to finance the repayment in full of the amounts outstanding under the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date;

WHEREAS, each lender that executes and delivers a Joinder to this Amendment as an Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender will make Replacement 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans in the amount set forth on the signature page of such lender’s Joinder on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date to the Borrowers, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrowers to repay in full the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans (as defined in Exhibit C) and to repay in full the amounts outstanding under the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date;

WHEREAS, each Term B-6 Lender that shall have executed and delivered a Consent and checks the “Term B-6 Cashless Settlement Option” on such Consent will thereby (i) agree to the terms of this Amendment, (ii) shall be deemed, upon effectiveness of this Amendment, to have exchanged all of its Term B-6 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Agent) of its Term B-6 Loans for Replacement 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans and shall be deemed a Replacement 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender under the Credit Agreement and (iii) agree to the terms of the 2016-1 Term B-6 Cashless Roll Letter dated as of the date hereof among the Borrowers, the Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lenders and the Agent (the “ 2016-1 Term B-6 Cashless Roll Letter ”), and shall be deemed a party to the 2016-1 Term B-6 Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof;

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower has requested a borrowing of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (such loans, the “ Replacement 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans ” and the lenders thereto, the “ Replacement 2016-1 Term B-6 Lenders ” and, respectively, together with the Replacement 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans and Replacement 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans, the “ Term Loans ” and together with the Replacement 2016-2 Term B-4 Lenders and Replacement 2016-2 Term B-5 Lenders, the “ Term Lenders ”) to finance the repayment in full of the amounts outstanding under the Term B-6 Loans as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date;

 

2


WHEREAS, each lender that executes and delivers a Joinder to this Amendment as an Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender will make Replacement 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans in the amount set forth on the signature page of such lender’s Joinder on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date to the Borrowers, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrowers to repay in full the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-6 Loans (as defined in Exhibit C) and to repay in full the amounts outstanding under the Term B-6 Loans as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date;

WHEREAS, solely for purposes of this Amendment and the transactions contemplated herein, the parties hereto agree (i) that the prepayment notice requirements in Section 2.3(a) of the Term Loan Agreement are hereby satisfied and (ii) that the Borrowers shall not be obligated to pay any “breakage” fees pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Term Loan Agreement in connection with this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby;

WHEREAS, on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date after giving effect to the transactions contemplated herein, the outstanding aggregate principal amount of (i) 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) shall be $3,271,800,000, (ii) 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) shall be $1,142,137,500 and (iii) 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans (as defined in the Term Loan Agreement) shall be $1,600,000,000.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Term Loan Agreement, as amended by this Amendment.

SECTION 2. Amendment . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 3 below, the Term Loan Agreement is hereby amended to delete the stricken text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: stricken text ) and to add the double-underlined text (indicated textually in the same manner as the following example: double-underlined text ) as set forth in the pages of the Term Loan Agreement attached as Exhibit C hereto.

SECTION 3. Conditions to Effectiveness of Amendment . This Amendment shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 5 Effective Date ”) that the following conditions have been satisfied:

(a) the Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Amendment, executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party;

(b) the Agent shall have received (x) a counterpart of this Amendment, executed and delivered by the (i) 2016-2 Additional Term B-4 Lender, (ii) 2016-2 Additional Term B-5 Lender and (iii) 2016-1 Additional Term B-6 Lender and (y) Consents from Lenders constituting the Required Lenders, provided that the 2016-2 Additional Term B-4 Lender, the 2016-2 Additional Term B-5 Lender and the 2016-1 Additional Term B-6 Lender shall be deemed to have consented to this Amendment;

(c) the Agent shall have received an executed Joinder entered into by the 2016-1 Additional Term B-6 Lender, Holdings and the Borrowers, and acknowledged by the Agent;

(d) the Agent shall have received an executed Joinder entered into by the 2016-2 Additional Term B-5 Lender, Holdings and the Borrowers, and acknowledged by the Agent;

 

3


(e) the Agent shall have received an executed Joinder entered into by the 2016-2 Additional Term B-4 Lender, Holdings and the Borrowers, and acknowledged by the Agent;

(f) the Agent shall have received a customary legal opinion (including no conflicts with all indentures and other material debt documents of the Parent Borrower and its subsidiaries) (A) from Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties and (B) from Greenberg Traurig LLP, California, Illinois, Massachusetts, and Texas counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case addressed to the Agent and the Term Lenders;

(g) the Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing (where relevant) of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority and (ii) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of each Loan Party dated the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date and certifying (A) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date or, if applicable, that no modifications have been made to such documents since, with respect to (aa) the subsidiaries of Albertsons Companies, LLC that are Subsidiary Guarantors and Safeway Inc. and the subsidiaries of Safeway Inc. that are Subsidiary Guarantors, January 30, 2015, (bb) Albertsons Companies, LLC, December 21, 2015, (cc) New Albertson’s, Inc. and its subsidiaries that are Subsidiary Guarantors (other than ASP Realty, LLC, Giant of Salisbury, Inc. and Collington Services LLC), December 21, 2015, (dd) ASP Realty, LLC, January 28, 2016 and (ee) Giant of Salisbury, Inc. and Collington Services LLC, November 16, 2016 (B) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Amendment and, in the case of the Borrowers, the borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, and (C) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing this Amendment on behalf of such Loan Party and countersigned by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of a duly authorized officer executing the certificate pursuant to clause (ii) above;

(h) the Agent shall have received a certificate of an authorized officer of the Parent Borrower dated the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date certifying that (i) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Financing Agreements shall be, after giving effect to this Amendment, true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier time, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier time; provided that to the extent any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality or material adverse effect, such representation or warranty is true and correct in all respects; provided , further that each reference to the Term Loan Agreement therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement after giving effect to this Amendment; (ii) after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (iii) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may be reasonably to be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(i) The Parent Borrower shall have paid (or have caused to be paid), (a) to the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Arrangers (as defined herein) in immediately available funds, all fees owing to the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Arrangers in connection with arranging Term Loans as separately agreed to in writing by Holdings and the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Arrangers and (b) to the extent invoiced, all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Arrangers and the Agent in connection with this Amendment and the transaction contemplated hereby (but limited, in the case of legal fees and expenses, to the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP );

 

4


(j)(i) Subject to subsection (h)  above, the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.2 of the Term Loan Agreement shall have been satisfied both before and after giving effect to the Borrowing;

(k) the Agent shall have received a solvency certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of Holdings substantially in the form attached as Exhibit O to the Term Loan Agreement;

(l) the Agent shall have received results of searches or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, except for Permitted Liens and Liens for which termination statements and releases, satisfactions and releases or subordination agreements satisfactory to the Agent are being tendered concurrently with the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date or other arrangements satisfactory to the Agent for the delivery of such termination statements and releases, satisfactions and discharges have been made;

(m) the Agent shall have received a Committed Loan Notice for the Term Loans;

(n) the Agent shall have received, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, all documentation and other information required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations including, without limitation, the PATRIOT Act, that has been reasonably requested by the Lenders at least 10 days prior to the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date; and

(o) a completed “life of loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property, and to the extent any Mortgaged Property is located in a special flood hazard area, (i) a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Parent Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto, and (ii) evidence of flood insurance as required by Section 9.4 of the Term Loan Agreement and the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents.

SECTION 4. [Reserved].

SECTION 5. Post-Closing Obligations . The Parent Borrower and Holdings shall or shall cause to be delivered to the Agent within 180 days after the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date (or such later date as the Agent in its reasonable discretion may agree) each of the items listed on Schedule I attached hereto.

SECTION 6. Representations and Warranties . The Borrowers hereby represent and warrant (before and after giving effect to the Borrowing) that (a) each of the representations and warranties made by any Loan Party in or pursuant to the Financing Agreements shall be, after giving effect to this Amendment, true and correct in all material respects as if made on and as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier time, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier time; provided that to the extent any such representation or warranty is already qualified by materiality or material adverse effect, such representation or warranty is true and correct in all respects; provided , further that each reference to the Term Loan Agreement therein shall be deemed to be a reference to the Term Loan Agreement after giving effect to this Amendment; (b) after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and (c) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

5


SECTION 7. Extension of Loan . Subject to Section 3 above, the Term Lenders shall make the Term Loans available to the Parent Borrower on the date specified therefor in the related Committed Loan Notice in accordance with instructions provided by the Parent Borrower to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Agent.

SECTION 8. Effects on Financing Agreements . Except as specifically amended herein, all Financing Agreements shall continue to be in full force and effect and are hereby in all respects ratified and confirmed. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of any right, power or remedy of any Lender or the Agent under any of the Financing Agreements, nor constitute a waiver of any provision of the Financing Agreements.

SECTION 9. GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . THIS AMENDMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY AGREES AS SET FORTH FURTHER IN SECTION 12.1 OF THE TERM LOAN AGREEMENT AS IF SUCH SECTION WAS SET FORTH IN FULL HEREIN.

SECTION 10.  Financing Agreement . This Amendment shall constitute a “Financing Agreement” for all purposes of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

SECTION 11. Amendments; Execution in Counterparts; Notice . This Amendment shall not constitute an amendment of any other provision of the Term Loan Agreement not referred to herein and shall not be construed as a waiver or consent to any further or future action on the part of the Loan Parties that would require a waiver or consent of the Required Lenders or the Agent. Except as expressly amended hereby, the provisions of the Term Loan Agreement are and shall remain in full force and effect. This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties hereto on separate counterparts, including by means of facsimile or electronic transmission, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 12. Roles . It is agreed that each of Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Barclays Bank PLC will act as joint lead arrangers and joint lead bookrunners for the Term Loans (collectively, the “ Joint Lead Arrangers ”). It is further agreed that each of MUFG Union Bank, N.A., RBC Capital Markets 1 , Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. will act as co-managers for the Term Loans (collectively and together with the Joint Lead Arrangers, the “ Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Arrangers ”). Parties hereto agree that Section 12.5 (Indemnification) of the Term Loan Agreement is incorporated herein mutatis mutandis as if set forth herein in full.

 

1   RBC Capital Markets is a marketing name for the capital markets businesses of Royal Bank of Canada and its affiliates.

 

6


SECTION 13. Acknowledgement and Reaffirmation . Holdings, each Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby (i) expressly acknowledges the terms of the Term Loan Agreement as amended hereby, (ii) to the extent party thereto or covered thereunder, ratifies and affirms after giving effect to this Amendment its obligations under the Financing Agreements (including guarantees, security agreements, mortgages and deeds of trusts) executed by Holdings, the Borrowers and/or such Subsidiary Guarantor and (iii) to the extent applicable, after giving effect to this Amendment, acknowledges, renews and extends its continued liability under all such Financing Agreements and agrees such Financing Agreements remain in full force and effect.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed and delivered by their respective proper and duly authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Robert A. Gordon

  Name:   Robert A. Gordon
  Title:   Executive Vice President, General Counsel & Secretary

 

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer

 

SAFEWAY INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Group Vice President, Corporate Law & Assistant Secretary

 

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   President

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


 

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Robert Dimond

  Name:   Robert Dimond
  Title:   Executive Vice President & Chief Financial Officer


ABS FINANCE CO., INC.
ACME MARKETS, INC.
AMERICAN DRUG STORES LLC
AMERICAN PARTNERS, L.P.
AMERICAN PROCUREMENT AND LOGISTICS COMPANY LLC
AMERICAN STORES COMPANY, LLC
APLC PROCUREMENT, INC.
ASC MEDIA SERVICES, INC.
ASP REALTY, LLC
CLIFFORD W. PERHAM, INC.
JETCO PROPERTIES, INC.
JEWEL COMPANIES, INC.
JEWEL FOOD STORES, INC.
LUCKY STORES LLC
OAKBROOK BEVERAGE CENTERS, INC.
SHAW’S REALTY CO.
SHAW’S SUPERMARKETS, INC.
SSM HOLDINGS COMPANY
STAR MARKETS COMPANY, INC.
STAR MARKETS HOLDINGS, INC.
WILDCAT MARKETS OPCO LLC
NAI SATURN EASTERN LLC
GIANT OF SALISBURY, INC.

COLLINGTON SERVICES LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Vice President, Treasurer & Assistant Secretary

 

SHAW’S REALTY TRUST

 

By:  

/s/ Gary Morton

  Name:   Gary Morton
  Title:   Trustee

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


FRESH HOLDINGS LLC
AMERICAN FOOD AND DRUG LLC
EXTREME LLC
NEWCO INVESTMENTS, LLC
NHI INVESTMENT PARTNERS, LP
AMERICAN STORES PROPERTIES LLC
JEWEL OSCO SOUTHWEST LLC
SUNRICH MERCANTILE LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE INVESTOR HOLDINGS LLC
ABS REAL ESTATE CORP.
ABS REAL ESTATE OWNER HOLDINGS LLC
ABS MEZZANINE I LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX INVESTOR LP
ABS SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM INVESTOR LLC
ABS DFW INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR GP LLC
ABS FLA LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS TX LEASE INVESTOR LP
ABS SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS RM LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASP SW LEASE INVESTOR LLC
AFDI NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR GP LLC
ASR TX INVESTOR LP
ABS REALTY INVESTOR LLC

ASR LEASE INVESTOR LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law & Assistant Secretary

 

GOOD SPIRITS LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


ABS REALTY LEASE INVESTOR LLC
ABS MEZZANINE II LLC
ABS TX OWNER GP LLC
ABS FLA OWNER LLC
ABS TX OWNER LP
ABS TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ABS TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS SW OWNER LLC
ABS SW LEASE OWNER LLC
LUCKY (DEL) LEASE OWNER LLC
SHORTCO OWNER LLC
ABS NOCAL LEASE OWNER LLC
LSP LEASE LLC
ABS RM OWNER LLC
ABS RM LEASE OWNER LLC
ABS DFW OWNER LLC
ASP SW OWNER LLC
ASP SW LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER GP LLC
EXT OWNER LLC
NHI TX OWNER LP
SUNRICH OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR OWNER LLC
EXT LEASE OWNER LLC
NHI TX LEASE OWNER LP
ASR TX LEASE OWNER GP LLC
ASR TX LEASE OWNER LP
ABS MEZZANINE III LLC
ABS CA-O LLC
ABS CA-GL LLC
ABS ID-O LLC
ABS ID-GL LLC
ABS MT-O LLC
ABS MT-GL LLC
ABS NV-O LLC

ABS NV-GL LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law, and Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


ABS OR-O LLC
ABS OR-GL LLC
ABS UT-O LLC
ABS UT-GL LLC
ABS WA-O LLC
ABS WA-GL LLC
ABS WY-O LLC
ABS WY-GL LLC
ABS CA-O DC1 LLC
ABS CA-O DC2 LLC
ABS ID-O DC LLC
ABS OR-O DC LLC
ABS UT-O DC LLC

ABS DFW LEASE OWNER LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Group Vice President, Real Estate & Business Law & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


USM MANUFACTURING L.L.C.

LLANO LOGISTICS, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Bradley R. Beckstrom

  Name:   Bradley R. Beckstrom
  Title:   Vice President, Legal

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


SAFEWAY NEW CANADA, INC.
SAFEWAY CORPORATE, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 67, INC.
SAFEWAY DALLAS, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 78, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 79, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 80, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 85, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 86, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 87, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 88, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 89, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 90, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 91, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 92, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 96, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 97, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 98, INC.
SAFEWAY DENVER, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 44, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 45, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 46, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 47, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 48, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 49, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 58, INC.
SAFEWAY SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 28, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 42, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 99, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 71, INC.
SAFEWAY STORES 72, INC.
SSI – AK HOLDINGS, INC.
DOMINICK’S SUPERMARKETS, LLC
DOMINICK’S FINER FOODS, LLC
RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC.
SAFEWAY GIFT CARDS, LLC
SAFEWAY HOLDINGS I, LLC

GROCERYWORKS.COM, LLC

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


GROCERYWORKS.COM OPERATING COMPANY, LLC
THE VONS COMPANIES, INC.
STRATEGIC GLOBAL SOURCING, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS LLC
RANDALL’S HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY AUSTRALIA HOLDINGS, INC.
SAFEWAY CANADA HOLDINGS, INC.
AVIA PARTNERS, INC.
SAFEWAY PHILTECH HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED PROCUREMENT SERVICES, INC.
CARR-GOTTSTEIN FOODS CO.
SAFEWAY HEALTH INC.
LUCERNE FOODS, INC.
EATING RIGHT LLC
LUCERNE DAIRY PRODUCTS LLC
LUCERNE NORTH AMERICA LLC
O ORGANICS LLC
DIVARIO VENTURES LLC
CAYAM ENERGY, LLC
GFM HOLDINGS I, INC.
RANDALL’S MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

RANDALL’S BEVERAGE COMPANY, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


GENUARDI’S FAMILY MARKETS LP

 

By: GFM HOLDINGS LLC, its general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


RANDALL’S FOOD & DRUGS LP

 

By: RANDALL’S FOOD MARKETS, INC., its general partner

 

By:  

/s/ Laura A. Donald

  Name:   Laura A. Donald
  Title:   Vice President & Assistant Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


RANDALL’S INVESTMENTS, INC.

 

By:  

/s/ Elizabeth A. Harris

  Name:   Elizabeth A. Harris
  Title:   Vice President & Secretary

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , as Agent

 

By:  

/s/ William O’Daly

  Name:   William O’Daly
  Title:   Authorized Signatory
By:  

/s/ D. Andrew Maletta

  Name:   D. Andrew Maletta
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Amendment No. 5


EXHIBIT A

JOINDER AGREEMENT

JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of [            ], 2016 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among [ADDITIONAL 2016-[1][2] TERM [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] LENDER] (each, an “ Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Parent Borrowe r”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other co-borrowers party thereto (together with the Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ Holdings ”), and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH (the “ Administrative Agent ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 3 and Consent, dated as of February 11, 2016, that certain Amendment No. 4, dated as of June 22, 2016 and that certain Amendment No. 5, to be dated as of the date hereof (“ Amendment No. 5 ”) and as the same may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), among Holdings, the Borrowers, the other Guarantors from time to time party thereto, each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, as Administrative Agent and the other Agents named therein (capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Term Loan Agreement as amended by Amendment No. 5);

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement, the Borrowers desire to establish Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness that it shall designate as 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Loans with existing [2016-2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders and/or Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of Amendment No. 5, each Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender has consented to Amendment No. 5; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Term Loan Agreement, Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders shall become Lenders pursuant to one or more Joinders;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Each Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender hereby agrees to provide the Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitment set forth on its signature page hereto pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.1(b) of the Term Loan Agreement. The Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitments provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to all of the terms in the Term Loan Agreement and to the conditions set forth in the Term Loan Agreement, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the Guarantees and security interests created by the Collateral Documents.


Each Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent acknowledge and agree that the Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitments provided pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitments for all purposes of the Term Loan Agreement and the other applicable Financing Agreements. Each Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender hereby agrees to make a Replacement 2016-[1][2] [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Loan to the Borrowers in an amount equal to its Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitment on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date in accordance with Section 2.1(b) of the Term Loan Agreement.

Each Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Amendment No. 5 Arrangers or any other Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender or any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Term Loan Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Term Loan Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

Upon (i) the execution of a counterpart of this Agreement by each Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender, the Administrative Agent, Holdings and the Borrowers and (ii) the delivery to the Administrative Agent of a fully executed counterpart (including by way of telecopy or other electronic transmission) hereof, each of the undersigned Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lenders shall become Lenders under the Term Loan Agreement and shall have the respective Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitment set forth on its signature page hereto, effective as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date.

For each Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender, delivered herewith to the Administrative Agent are such forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as such Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Lender may be required to deliver to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.1 of the Term Loan Agreement.

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

This Agreement, the Term Loan Agreement and the other Financing Agreements constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.


This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and deliver this Joinder Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL 2016-[1][2] TERM [B-6]

    [B-5] [B-4] LENDER]

 

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:]  

 

Additional 2016-[1][2] Term [B-6] [B-5] [B-4] Commitments:

 

$  

 

Signature Page to Joinder to Amendment No. 5


ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

ALBERTSON’S LLC

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

SAFEWAY INC.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C.

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Joinder to Amendment No. 5


Accepted:

 

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH,

as Administrative Agent

 

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Joinder to Amendment No. 5


EXHIBIT B

CONSENT TO AMENDMENT NO. 5

CONSENT TO AMENDMENT NO. 5 (this “ Consent ”) to Amendment No. 5 (the “ Amendment ”) to that certain Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended by that certain Amendment No. 1, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 2, dated as of December 21, 2015, that certain Amendment No. 3 and Consent, dated as of February 11, 2016 and that certain Amendment No. 4, dated as of June 22, 2016 and as the same may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Term Loan Agreement ”), among ALBERTSON’S COMPANIES, LLC (“ H oldings ”), ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent Borrower ”), SAFEWAY INC. (“ Safeway ”), the other Co-Borrowers party thereto (together with Parent Borrower and Safeway, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), the other Guarantors party thereto, the parties thereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of the Term Loan Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacities, “ Agent ” as further defined in the Term Loan Agreement) and the other agents parties thereto. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Term Loan Agreement.

2016-1 Term B-4 Lenders

The undersigned 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and consents as follows:

2016-1 Term B-4 Cashless Settlement Option

 

  to convert 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan(s) held by such Lender (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent) into a 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan in a like principal amount. By selecting this option the undersigned Term Lender agrees to the terms of the Cashless Roll Letter among the Borrower, the Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender and the Agent, and shall be deemed a party to such Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof.

2016-1 Term B-4 Assignment Settlement Option

 

  to have 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan(s) held by such Lender repaid on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date and to purchase by assignment a like principal amount of 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans committed to separately by the undersigned (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent).

2016-1 Term B-5 Lenders

The undersigned 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and consents as follows:


2016-1 Term B-5 Cashless Settlement Option

 

  to convert 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan(s) held by such Lender (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent) into a 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan in a like principal amount. By selecting this option the undersigned Term Lender agrees to the terms of the Cashless Roll Letter among the Borrower, the Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender and the Agent, and shall be deemed a party to such Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof.

2016-1 Term B-5 Assignment Settlement Option

 

  to have 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan(s) held by such Lender repaid on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date and to purchase by assignment a like principal amount of 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans committed to separately by the undersigned (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent).

Term B-6 Lenders

The undersigned Term B-6 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and agrees as follows:

Term B-6 Cashless Settlement Option

 

  to convert 100% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term B-6 Loan(s) held by such Lender (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent) into a 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan in a like principal amount. By selecting this option the undersigned Term Lender agrees to the terms of the 2016-1 Term B-6 Cashless Roll Letter among the Borrower, the Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender and the Agent, and shall be deemed a party to such Cashless Roll Letter and be bound thereby for all purposes hereof and thereof.

Term B-6 Assignment Settlement Option

 

  to have 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B-6 Loan(s) held by such Lender repaid on the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date and to purchase by assignment a like principal amount of 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans committed to separately by the undersigned (or such lesser amount as notified to such Lender in writing by the Agent).


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Consent to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer.

 

 

  ,

(Name of Institution)

 

 
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[If a second signature is necessary:

 

 
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:]  

[ACL – Consent to Amendment No. 5]


EXHIBIT C

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED

TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

by and among

ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC,

as Holdings,

ALBERTSON’S LLC,

as Parent Borrower,

SAFEWAY INC., NEW ALBERTSON’S, INC., UNITED SUPERMARKETS, L.L.C. and SPIRIT ACQUISITION HOLDINGS LLC

as Co-Borrowers,

THE OTHER CO-BORROWERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

THE LENDERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTY HERETO

CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH

as Agent

and

CREDIT SUISSE SECURITIES (USA) LLC

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

MORGAN STANLEY SENIOR FUNDING, INC.

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

and

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

and

PNC CAPITAL MARKETS LLC

and

SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY, INC.

as Co-Documentation Agents

Dated: August 25, 2014

Effective: January 30, 2015

As Amended on December 21, 2015

As Amended on February 11, 2016

As Amended on June 22, 2016

As Amended on December 23, 2016

 


Deal CUSIP # 01310TAA7

Term B-2 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAC3

Term B-3 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAG4

Term B-4 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAH2

Term B-5 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAK5

2016-1 Term B-4 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAN9

2016-1 Term B-5 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAM1

Term B-6 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAL3

2016-2 Term B-4 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAP4

2016-2 Term B-5 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAQ2

2016-1 Term B-6 Loan CUSIP # 01310TAR0

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

     2   

SECTION 2. CREDIT FACILITIES

     62 66   

2.1

  Loans      62 66   

2.2

  Repayment of Loans      66 72   

2.3

  Prepayments      67 73   

2.4

  Termination or Reduction of Commitments      72 79   

2.5

  Evidence of Indebtedness      72 79   

2.6

  Payments Generally      73 79   

2.7

  Sharing of Payments      74 81   

2.8

  Incremental Credit Extensions      75 81   

2.9

  Refinancing Amendments      76 83   

2.10

  Extension of Term Loans      77 84   

SECTION 3. INTEREST AND FEES

     79 86   

3.1

  Interest      79 86   

3.2

  Fees      80 86   

3.3

  Changes in Laws and Increased Costs of Loans      80 86   

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

     82 88   

4.1

  [Reserved]      82 88   

4.2

  Conditions Precedent to All Loans      82 88   

4.3

  Conditions to the Escrow Release Date      82 89   

SECTION 5. [RESERVED]

     85 91   

SECTION 6. TAXES

     85 91   

6.1

  Taxes      85 91   

6.2

  Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances      88 94   

SECTION 7. [RESERVED]

     88 95   

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

     88 95   

8.1

  Existence, Qualification and Power      88 95   

8.2

  Authorization; No Contravention      89 95   

8.3

  Financial Statements      89 95   

8.4

  Ownership of Property; Liens      90 96   

8.5

  Taxes      90 97   

8.6

  Litigation      90 97   

8.7

  Compliance with Laws      91 97   

8.8

  Environmental Compliance      91 97   

8.9

  ERISA Compliance      91 98   

8.10

  Governmental Authorization; Other Consents      92 98   

8.11

  Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.      92 98   

8.12

  Subsidiaries; Equity Interests      92 99   

8.13

  Labor Matters      93 99   

8.14

  Anti-Money Laundering      93 100   

8.15

  Material Contracts        93 100   

 

-i-


         Page  

8.16

  Solvency      94 100   

8.17

  Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations      94 100   

8.18

  Disclosure      94 100   

8.19

  FCPA      94 101   

8.20

  Office of Foreign Assets Control      94 101   

8.21

  USA PATRIOT Act Notice      95 101   

8.22

  Use of Proceeds      95 101   

8.23

  Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements      95 101   

8.24

  Binding Effect      95 101   

8.25

  No Material Adverse Effect      95 102   

8.26

  No Default      95 102   

8.27

  Collateral Documents      96 102   

8.28

  Pharmaceutical Laws      96 103   

8.29

  HIPAA Compliance      97 103   

8.30

  Compliance With Health Care Laws      97 103   

8.31

  Notices from Farm Products Sellers, etc.      98 104   

SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

     98 105   

9.1

  Preservation of Existence      99 105   

9.2

  Compliance with Laws      99 105   

9.3

  Payment of Obligations      99 105   

9.4

  Insurance      99 105   

9.5

  Financial Statements      100 106   

9.6

  Certificates; Other Information      101 108   

9.7

  Notices      103 109   

9.8

  Further Assurances      104 110   

9.9

  Additional Loan Parties      104 110   

9.10

  Maintenance of Ratings      105 111   

9.11

  Use of Proceeds      105 111   

9.12

  Maintenance of Properties      105 111   

9.13

  Environmental Laws and Insurance      105 111   

9.14

  Books and Records; Accountants      106 112   

9.15

  Inspection Rights      106 112   

9.16

  Information Regarding the Collateral      106 112   

9.17

  [Reserved]      106 112   

9.18

  ERISA      106 112   

9.19

  Quarterly Lender Meetings      107 113   

9.20

  [Reserved]      107 113   

9.21

  Post-Closing Requirements      107 113   

SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

     107 113   

10.1

  Liens      107 113   

10.2

  Investments      111 118   

10.3

  Indebtedness; Disqualified Stock      115 121   

10.4

  Fundamental Changes      118 124   

10.5

  Dispositions      119 126   

10.6

  Restricted Payments      123 129   

10.7

  Change in Nature of Business      126 132   

10.8

  Transactions with Affiliates      126 132   

10.9

  Burdensome Agreements        130 136   

 

-ii-


         Page  

10.10

  Accounting Changes      131 137   

10.11

  Prepayments Etc., of Indebtedness      131 137   

10.12

  Permitted Activities      132 138   

10.13

  Amendments of Organization Documents      132 138   

10.14

  Designation of Subsidiaries      132 138   

SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

     133 139   

11.1

  Events of Default      133 139   

11.2

  Remedies      134 140   

11.3

  Application of Proceeds      135 141   

SECTION 12. JURY TRIAL WAIVER; OTHER WAIVERS AND CONSENTS; GOVERNING LAW

     136 142   

12.1

  Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver      136 142   

12.2

  Waiver of Notices      137 143   

12.3

  Amendments and Waivers      137 143   

12.4

  Waiver of Counterclaims      140 146   

12.5

  Indemnification      140 146   

12.6

  Costs and Expenses      141 147   

SECTION 13. THE AGENT

     142 148   

13.1

  Appointment and Authority      142 148   

13.2

  Rights as a Lender      142 148   

13.3

  Exculpatory Provisions      142 148   

13.4

  Reliance by Agent      143 149   

13.5

  Delegation of Duties      143 149   

13.6

  Resignation of Agent      144 150   

13.7

  Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders      144 150   

13.8

  No Other Duties, Etc.      144 150   

13.9

  Agent May File Proofs of Claim      144 150   

13.10

  Collateral and Guaranty Matters      145 151   

13.11

  Withholding Tax Indemnity      146 152   

SECTION 14. TERM OF AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

     147 153   

14.1

  Term      147 153   

14.2

  Interpretative Provisions      147 153   

14.3

  Notices      148 154   

14.4

  Partial Invalidity      150 156   

14.5

  Confidentiality      150 156   

14.6

  Successors      152 157   

14.7

  Assignments; Participations      152 158   

14.8

  Entire Agreement      157 163   

14.9

  USA PATRIOT Act      157 163   

14.10

  Counterparts, Etc.      158 163   

14.11

  Payments Set Aside      158 164   

14.12

  Guarantee      158 164   

14.13

  Pro Forma Calculations      164 170   

14.14

  Setoff      165 171   

14.15

  No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies      166 172   

14.16

  Interest Rate Limitation        166 172   

 

-iii-


         Page  

14.17

  Survival of Representations and Warranties      167 172   

14.18

  No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility      167 172   

14.19

  Binding Effect      167 173   

14.20

  Amendment and Restatement      167 173   

14.21

  Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions      168 174   

 

-iv-


INDEX

TO

EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit A    Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit B    Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit C    Form of Committed Loan Notice
Exhibit D    Form of Term Note
Exhibit E    Form of Security Agreement
Exhibit F    [Reserved]
Exhibit G    [Reserved]
Exhibit H-1    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Lenders That Are Not Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit H-2    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Lenders That Are Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit H-3    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Participants That Are Not Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit H-4    Form of United States Tax Compliance Certificate For Foreign Participants That Are Treated As Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes
Exhibit I    Form of Discounted Prepayment Option Notice
Exhibit J    Form of Lender Participation Notice
Exhibit K    Form of Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice
Exhibit L    Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit M    [Reserved]
Exhibit N-1    Form of ABL Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit N-2    Form of Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement
Exhibit O    Form of Solvency Certificate
Exhibit P    Form of Escrow Agreement
Schedule I    Subsidiary Guarantors
Schedule 1.01    Commitments
Schedule 1.02    Accounting Period
Schedule 1.03    Real Estate Subsidiaries
Schedule 1.04    Unrestricted Subsidiaries
Schedule 1.05    Debt Refinancing
Schedule 8.1    Loan Parties
Schedule 8.4(b)(1)    Owned Real Estate
Schedule 8.4(b)(2)    Leased Real Estate
Schedule 8.6    Litigation
Schedule 8.8    Environmental Matters
Schedule 8.11    Intellectual Property
Schedule 8.12    Subsidiaries; Other Equity Investments
Schedule 8.13    Labor Matters
Schedule 8.15    Material Contracts
Schedule 8.23(a)    Deposit Accounts
Schedule 8.23(b)    Credit Card Agreements
Schedule 8.26    Defaults
Schedule 8.30    Participation Agreements
Schedule 9.6    Financial Reporting
Schedule 9.21    Post-Closing Matters
Schedule 10.1    Existing Liens    

 

-v-


Schedule 10.2    Existing Investments
Schedule 10.3    Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 10.8    Transactions with Affiliates
Schedule 10.9    Certain Contractual Obligations
Schedule 10.14    Designation of Unrestricted Subsidiaries

 

-vi-


SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

This Second Amended and Restated Term Loan Agreement dated as of August 25, 2014 and effective as of January 30, 2015 (as amended, amended and restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) is entered into by and among ALBERTSON’S LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Parent Borrower ”), ALBERTSONS COMPANIES, LLC (“ Holdings ”), the parties hereto from time to time as Co-Borrowers, the other Guarantors party hereto, the parties hereto from time to time as lenders, whether by execution of this Agreement or an Assignment and Acceptance (each individually, a “ Lender ” and collectively, “ Lenders ” as hereinafter further defined) and CREDIT SUISSE AG, CAYMAN ISLANDS BRANCH , in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent (in such capacity, “ Agent ” as hereinafter further defined).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower, Holdings, certain of the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as agent for such lenders, are parties to the Existing Debt Facility (defined below) pursuant to which certain term loans have been made available to the Parent Borrower and the Parent Borrower has requested to amend and restate the Existing Debt Facility in its entirety;

WHEREAS, Parent Borrower and Guarantors have requested that Agent and Lenders enter into financing arrangements with Parent Borrower pursuant to which Lenders may make loans to Parent Borrower;

WHEREAS, each Lender is willing to agree severally and not jointly to make such loans to Parent Borrower on a pro rata basis according to such Lender’s Commitment as defined below on the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements and Agent is willing to act as agent for Lenders on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

WHEREAS, AB Acquisition, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ AB LLC ”), Parent Borrower, Holdings, Saturn Acquisition Merger Sub, Inc., a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings (“ Merger Sub ”), and Safeway Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Safeway ”) are parties to the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of March 6, 2014 (the “ Safeway Merger Agreement ”) pursuant to which Holdings will, directly or indirectly, acquire Safeway and its Subsidiaries (the “ Safeway Acquisition ”);

WHEREAS, Safeway will enter into the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement contemporaneously with the closing of the Safeway Acquisition, by and between NAI and Safeway (the “ Eastern Division Sale Agreement ”), pursuant to which Safeway will sell the assets, operations and real estate relating to the stores constituting the Eastern Division of Safeway (including the Equity Interests of NAI Saturn Eastern LLC, the Subsidiary of Safeway that owns such assets, the “ Eastern Division Assets ”) to NAI (the “ Eastern Division Sale ”).

WHEREAS, in connection therewith, it is intended that (a) the Sponsor will make the Equity Contribution; (b) the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates will obtain Commitments in an initial aggregate principal amount of $6,000,000,000 pursuant to this Agreement; (c) the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates will obtain an initial aggregate principal amount of $3,000,000,000 of loans pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement (the “ ABL Loans ”); (d) Holdings and Merger Sub (to be merged with and into Safeway) will issue $1,625,000,000 of Senior Secured Notes due 2022 (the “ Senior Secured Notes ”) and (e) the proceeds of (i) the Equity Contribution, (ii) the proceeds of the Borrowings released from the Escrow Account, (iii) the ABL Loans, (iv) the Senior Secured Notes and (v) the Eastern Division Sale will be used to finance the Transactions.

 

1


WHEREAS, the Parent Borrower and the Escrow Agent entered into an Escrow Agreement, pursuant to which the proceeds of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans were deposited in the Escrow Account on the Lender Funding Dates (as defined in Amendment No. 5);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual conditions and agreements set forth herein, and for other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement the following terms shall have the respective meanings given to them below:

2016-1 Term B-4 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, have the same Interest Period made by each of the 2016-1 Term B-4 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

2016-2 Term B-4 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, have the same Interest Period made by each of the 2016-2 Term B-4 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment or Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

2016-1 Term B-4 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments on the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date.

2016-2 Term B-4 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitments on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

2016-1 Term B-4 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment.

2016-2 Term B-4 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment or Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment.

2016-1 Term B-4 Maturity Date ” shall mean August 25, 2021 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

2016-2 Term B-4 Maturity Date ” shall mean August 25, 2021 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

 

2


2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans.

2016-2 Term B-4 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans (in each case in clauses (i) and (ii) other than in connection with a Change of Control, an initial public offering, or any acquisition or investment not otherwise permitted hereby).

2016-1 Term B-5 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, have the same Interest Period made by each of the 2016-1Term B-5 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

2016-2 Term B-5 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, have the same Interest Period made by each of the 2016-2 Term B-5 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment or Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

2016-1 Term B-5 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments on the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date .

2016-2 Term B-5 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitments on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

2016-1 Term B-5 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange 2016-1Term B-5 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment.

 

3


2016-2 Term B-5 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment or Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment.

2016-1 Term B-5 Maturity Date ” shall mean December 21, 2022 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

2016-2 Term B-5 Maturity Date ” shall mean December 21, 2022 or, if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans.

2016-2 Term B-5 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans (in each case in clauses (i) and (ii) other than in connection with a Change of Control, an initial public offering, or any acquisition or investment not otherwise permitted hereby).

2016-1 Term B-6 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, have the same Interest Period made by each of the 2016-1Term B-5 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

2016-1 Term B-6 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitments on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

2016-1 Term B-6 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment or Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment.

2016-1 Term B-6 Maturity Date ” shall mean June 22, 2023, or if such date is not a Business Day, the first Business Day thereafter.

 

4


2016-1 Term B-6 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans (in each case in clauses (i) and (ii) other than in connection with a Change of Control, an initial public offering, or any acquisition or investment not otherwise permitted hereby).

AB LLC ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

ABL Agent ” shall mean Bank of America, N.A., in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent under the ABL Facility Documentation, or any successor agent or under the ABL Facility Documentation.

ABL Credit Agreement ” shall mean the Credit Agreement, dated as of Original Closing Date, among the Parent Borrower, the other borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as agent and the lenders and issuing banks from time to time party thereto, as such agreement may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

ABL Facility ” shall mean that credit facility made available to the Parent Borrower and certain of its Affiliates pursuant to the ABL Credit Agreement.

ABL Facility Documentation ” shall mean the ABL Credit Agreement and all security agreements, guarantees, pledge agreements and other agreements or instruments executed in connection therewith, as the same may be amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

ABL Facility Indebtedness ” shall mean (i) Indebtedness of Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary outstanding under the ABL Facility Documentation, (ii) any Swap Contract permitted pursuant to Article 10 hereof that is entered into by and between the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement or an Affiliate of a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement at the time such Swap Contract is entered into and (iii) any agreement with respect to Cash Management Obligations permitted under Article 10 that is entered into by and between the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Person that is a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement or an Affiliate of a lender under the ABL Credit Agreement at the time such agreement is entered into.

ABL Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the intercreditor agreement dated the Original Closing Date, among the Agent, the ABL Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Guarantors, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit N-1 , as amended as of the Escrow Release Date in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and as the same may be further amended, amended and restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

ABL Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

 

5


Acceptable Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Acceptance Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Account ” shall mean “accounts” as defined in the UCC, and also shall mean a right to payment of a monetary obligation, whether or not constituting “accounts” as defined in the UCC, whether or not earned by performance, (a) for property that, has been or is to be sold, leased, licensed, assigned, or otherwise disposed of, (b) for services rendered or to be rendered, or (c) arising out of the use of a credit or charge card or information contained on or for use with the card. The term “Account” includes Health-Care-Insurance Receivables (as defined in the UCC).

Accounting Period ” shall mean, subject to Section 10.10, Holdings’ four (4) week accounting periods as set forth on Schedule 1.02 hereto.

ACH ” shall mean automated clearing house transfers.

Acquisition ” shall mean, with respect to any Person (a) a purchase of a Controlling interest in, the Equity Interests of any other Person, (b) a purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or properties of, another Person or of any business unit of another Person, (c) any merger or consolidation of such Person with any other Person or other transaction or series of transactions resulting in the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets, or a Controlling interest in the Equity Interests, of any Person, or (d) any acquisition of any Store locations or other operating assets of any Person (other than Stores received in an exchange or acquired with the proceeds of a Disposition described in Section 10.5 (q)), in each case, for which the aggregate consideration payable in connection with such acquisition or group of transactions which are part of a common plan is $75,000,000 or more.

Additional Refinancing Lender ” shall mean, at any time, any bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor (other than any such bank, financial institution or other institutional lender or investor that is a Lender at such time) that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Term Loans pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment in accordance with Section 2.9, provided that each Additional Refinancing Lender shall be subject to the approval of (i) the Agent, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed, to the extent that such Additional Refinancing Lender is not then an Affiliate of a then existing Lender or an Approved Fund and (ii) the Parent Borrower.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender, the obligation of such Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender to make an Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments of all Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lenders on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date shall equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Non-Exchanged Term B-4 Loans.

Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender, the obligation of such Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender to make an Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitments of all Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lenders on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date shall equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender, the obligation of such Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender to make an Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments of all Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lenders on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date shall equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans.

 

6


Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender, the obligation of such Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender to make an Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitments of all Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lenders on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date shall equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender, the obligation of such Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender to make an Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitments of all Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lenders on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date shall equal to the outstanding principal amount of all Non-Exchanged Term B-6 Loans.

Additional Term B-6 Commitment ” means, with respect to each Additional Term B-6 Lender, the obligation of such Additional Term B-6 Lender to make an Additional Term B-6 Loan on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the Additional Term B-6 Lender Joinder Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Additional Term B-6 Commitments of all Additional Term B-6 Lenders on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date shall equal the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loans and (ii) the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loans.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment to make Additional 2016-1Term B-4 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment to make Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Commitment to make Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment to make Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment to make Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

Additional Term B-6 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional Term B-6 Commitment to make Additional Term B-6 Loans to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Lender.

 

7


Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan ” means a 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Additional Term B-4 Loan ” means a 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(b) on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan ” means a 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(c) on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Additional Term B-5 Loan ” means a 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(c) on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan ” means a 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(d) on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Additional Term B-6 Loan ” means a Term B-6 Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.1(d) on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, between the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, between the Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, between the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, between the Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date, between the Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Additional Term B-6 Lender Joinder Agreement ” means the joinder agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, between the Additional Term B-6 Lender, Holdings, the Borrowers and the Agent.

Administrative Questionnaire ” shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Agent.

Affiliate ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, (a) another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified, (b) any director, officer, managing member, partner, trustee, or beneficiary of that Person, and (c) any Person which beneficially owns or holds ten percent (10%) or more of any class of Voting Stock of such Person; provided that it is understood that SVU shall not be deemed an Affiliate of any Loan Party solely due to the transactions contemplated by the Transition Services Agreement or other relationships, facts or circumstances existing on the Escrow Release Date (including, but not limited to, representation on the board of directors of SVU).

 

8


Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(h)(B) hereto.

Agent ” shall mean Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, in its capacity as administrative agent and collateral agent on behalf of Lenders pursuant to the terms hereof and any replacement or successor agent hereunder.

Agent Parties ” shall mean the Agent, the Arrangers and each of their respective Related Parties.

Agent’s Office ” shall mean the Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth in Section 14.3, or such other address or account as the Agent may from time to time notify to the Parent Borrower and the Lenders.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Albertson’s Credit Card ” shall mean any private label credit card issued by any Loan Party to customers or prospective customers.

Albertson’s Group ” shall mean, collectively, Holdings and its Subsidiaries (but excluding, for all purposes other than the financial statements, Unrestricted Subsidiaries).

Albertson’s Private Label Accounts ” shall mean all Accounts (including rights to payment of finance charges, interest or fees) due to any Loan Party pursuant to an Albertson’s Credit Card and any revolving charge accounts maintained by any Loan Party for any of its retail customers.

Amendment No. 1 ” shall mean Amendment No. 1 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of May 9, 2013.

Amendment No. 1 Effective Date ” shall mean the date on which Amendment No. 1 shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.

Amendment No. 1 (B-5) ” shall mean Amendment No. 1 to this Agreement.

Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date ” means the date on which Amendment No. 5 shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.

Amendment No. 4 ” means Amendment No. 4 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of May 5, 2014.

Amendment No. 4 (B-6) ” means Amendment No. 4 to this Agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Arrangers ” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, Guggenheim Securities, LLC, RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date ” means June 22, 2016, the date on which all conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 of Amendment No. 4 (B-6) are satisfied.

 

9


Amendment No. 4 Effective Date ” means the date on which Amendment No. 4 shall have become effective in accordance with its terms.

Amendment No. 5 ” shall mean Amendment No. 5 to the Existing Debt Facility, dated as of the Restatement Effective Date, by and among Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the Guarantors, each of the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A.

Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) ” means Amendment No. 5 to this Agreement, dated as of the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date

Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Arrangers ” means Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, MUFG Union Bank, N.A., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.

Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date ” means December 23, 2016, the date on which all conditions precedent set forth in Section 4 of Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) are satisfied.

Applicable Discount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of receipt of Net Proceeds from any Applicable Disposition, the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans and other Indebtedness that is outstanding and secured by a Lien on the Pari Term Debt Priority Collateral (as defined in the ABL Intercreditor Agreement) (ranking pari passu with the Lien thereon securing the Obligations) on such date to (b) the aggregate amount of the Valuations for each of the Mortgaged Properties that has been completed not earlier than 18 calendar months prior to such date.

Applicable Disposition Percentage ” shall mean, as of the date of receipt of any Net Proceeds from any Applicable Disposition, (a) if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 9.5 is greater than or equal to 3.50:1.00, 100%, or (b) if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.5 is less than 3.50:1.00 and (i) the Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date is greater than 0.40:1.00, 100% or (ii) the Applicable Disposition Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date is less than or equal to 0.40:1.00, 50%.

Applicable Dispositions ” shall mean any Dispositions consummated after the Escrow Release Date, the Net Proceeds of which are required to be applied to prepay any Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii)(1) hereto.

Applicable ECF Percentage ” shall mean, for any Fiscal Year, (a) 75% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is greater than 3.25:1.00, (b) 50% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 3.25:1.00 and greater than 2.75:1:00, (c) 25% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 2:75:1.00 and greater than 2.25:1:00 and (c) 0% if the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable Excess Cash Flow Period is less than or equal to 2.25:1.00.

 

10


Applicable Margin ” shall mean a percentage per annum equal to (A) for Term B-2 Loans which are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.500%, (B) for Term B-3 Loans which are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.125%, (C) for Term B-4 Loans which are Eurodollar Loans, 4.500%, (D) for the Term B-5 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 4.50%, (E) for the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.50%, (F ) for the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.00%, (G ) for the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.75%, ( G H) for the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.25% (I ) for the Term B-6 Loans, 3.75% that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, ( H J) for the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans, 3.25% that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, (K ) for Term B-2 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.500 3.50  %, ( I L ) for Term B-3 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.125%, ( J M ) for Term B-4 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.500 3.50 %, ( K N ) for Term B-5 Loans which are Base Rate Loans, 3.50%, ( L O ) for the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.50%, ( M P) for the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.00%, (Q ) for the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.75% and (N , (R) for the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.25%, (S ) for the Term B-6 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.75% and (T) for the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans that are Base Rate Loans, 2.25% .

Appropriate Lender ” shall mean, at any time, with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class.

Approved Broker ” shall mean any firm nominated by the Parent Borrower and approved by the Agent.

Approved Fund ” shall mean any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages any Fund that is a Lender.

Arrangers ” shall mean, collectively, Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. in their capacities as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers. For purposes of Sections 12.5, 12.6, 13.7, 13.8, 14.18 and 14.22, the reference to “Arrangers” shall include the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Arrangers.

Assignment and Acceptance ” shall mean an Assignment and Acceptance substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (with blanks appropriately completed) delivered to Agent in connection with an assignment of Lender’s interest hereunder in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7 hereof.

Attributable Indebtedness ” shall mean, on any date, in respect of any Capital Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Audited Financial Statements ” shall mean the financial statements of Parent Borrower and Safeway delivered pursuant to Section 4.1(c) of the Existing Debt Facility.

Bail-In Action ” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable EEA Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an EEA Financial Institution.

Bail-In Legislation ” means, with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

 

11


Bank Products ” shall mean any services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by the Agent, any Arranger, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Person that was the Agent, an Arranger, a Lender, or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, at the time it entered into such Bank Products or, with respect to Bank Products entered into prior to the Escrow Release Date, on the Escrow Release Date or in connection with the initial syndication of the Loans), including, without limitation, on account of (a) Swap Contracts and (b) purchase cards, but excluding Cash Management Services.

Base Rate ” shall mean the highest of (i) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 0.50%; provided that in no event shall the Base Rate be less than 1.00% plus the Eurodollar Rate applicable to one month Interest Periods on the date of determination of the Base Rate, (ii) the rate of interest determined by the Agent as its “prime rate,” as established from time to time at its New York office and notified to the Parent Borrower, subject to each increase or decrease in such prime rate, effective as of the day any such change occurs and (iii) the one-month Eurodollar Rate on each day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the preceding Business Day) plus 1.00% (after taking into account the Eurodollar Rate floor).

Base Rate Loans ” shall mean any Loans or portion thereof on which interest is payable based on the Base Rate in accordance with the terms thereof.

Borrower ” shall mean the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower, as the context may require.

Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of Term Loans of the same Type and currency and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Business Day ” shall mean any day other than Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which commercial banks are authorized or required to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Agent’s office is located, except that if determination of Business Day shall relate to any Eurodollar Rate Loans the term Business Day shall also exclude any day on which banks are closed for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market or other applicable Eurodollar Rate market.

Capital Expenditures ” shall mean without duplication and with respect to the Albertson’s Group for any period, all expenditures made (whether made in the form of cash or other property) or costs incurred for the acquisition or improvement of fixed or capital assets of the Albertson’s Group (excluding normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations), in each case that are (or should be) set forth as capital expenditures in a Consolidated statement of cash flows of the Albertson’s Group for such period, in each case prepared in accordance with GAAP; provided that Capital Expenditures shall not include (i) expenditures by the Albertson’s Group in connection with the Safeway Acquisition and Permitted Acquisitions, (ii) any such expenditure made to restore, replace or rebuild property, to the extent such expenditure is made with (x) Net Proceeds from a Disposition or (y) insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or damage recovery proceeds relating to any such damage, loss, destruction or condemnation and (iii) any such expenditure funded or financed with the proceeds of Permitted Indebtedness (other than any revolving indebtedness).

Capital Lease Obligation ” shall mean, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) in accordance with GAAP.

Capital Leases ” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of (or any agreement conveying the right to use) any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by such Person as lessee which in accordance with GAAP, is required to be reflected as liability on the balance sheet of such Person.

 

12


Captive Insurance Subsidiary ” means any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings that is subject to regulation as an insurance company (or any Subsidiary thereof).

Casa Ley ” shall mean Casa Ley, S.A. de C.V.

Cash Equivalents ” shall mean:

(1) U.S. dollars, pounds sterling, euros, the national currency of any participating member state of the European Union or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary that is a Restricted Subsidiary, such local currencies held by it from time to time in the ordinary course of business;

(2) securities issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government of the United States or any country that is a member of the European Union or any agency or instrumentality thereof in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(3) certificates of deposit, time deposits and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of one year or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances, in each case with maturities not exceeding one year, and overnight bank deposits, in each case with any commercial bank having capital and surplus in excess of $500,000,000, or the foreign currency equivalent thereof, and whose long-term debt is rated “A” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency);

(4) repurchase obligations for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

(5) commercial paper issued by a corporation (other than an Affiliate of Holdings) rated at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof by Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) and in each case maturing within one year after the date of acquisition;

(6) readily marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States of America or any political subdivision thereof having one of the two highest rating categories obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P (or reasonably equivalent ratings of another internationally recognized ratings agency) in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition;

(7) Indebtedness issued by Persons (other than the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates) with a rating of “A” or higher from S&P or “A-2” or higher from Moody’s in each case with maturities not exceeding two years from the date of acquisition; and

(8) investment funds investing at least 95% of their assets in securities of the types described in clauses (1) through (7) above.

Cash Management Obligations ” shall mean obligations owed by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and Cash Management Services.

 

13


Cash Management Services ” shall mean any cash management services or facilities provided to any Loan Party by the Agent, any Arranger or any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates (or any Person that was an Agent, an Arranger, a Lender or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger, or a Lender at the time it entered into Cash Management Services), including, without limitation: (a) ACH transactions, (b) controlled disbursement services, or treasury, depository, overdraft, and electronic funds transfer services, (c) foreign exchange facilities, (d) credit card processing services, and (e) credit or debit cards.

Casualty Event ” shall mean any event that gives rise to the receipt by any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace, restore or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

CERCLA ” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq .

CERCLIS ” shall mean the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System maintained by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

CFC ” shall mean a “controlled foreign corporation” within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.

Change of Control ” shall mean an event or series of events by which:

(a) any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than any Permitted Holder, acquires directly or indirectly, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting Equity Interests of Holdings; or

(b) the sale, lease, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination transaction), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole to a Person, other than a Restricted Subsidiary or any Permitted Holder; or

(c) Holdings fails at any time to own, directly or indirectly, of record and beneficially, 100% of the Equity Interests of any Co-Borrower, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens; provided that for purposes of this clause (c) a “Change of Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred if (i) either one or more Co-Borrowers consolidate with and into Holdings or (ii) any such Co-Borrower consolidates with and into another Co-Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor.

Change of Control Purchase Offer ” shall mean any offer to purchase the Existing Safeway Notes upon a “Change of Control Triggering Event” pursuant to the indenture and other documents governing the Existing Safeway Notes.

Class ” (a) when used with respect to any Lender, shall refer to whether such Lender has a Loan or Commitment with respect to a particular Class of Loans or Commitments, (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Term B-3 Commitments, Term B-4 Commitments, Term B-5 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments, Term B-6 Commitments, Term Commitments, Other Term Loan Commitments or Refinancing Term Commitments of a given Refinancing Series and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether

 

14


such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing are Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans, Term B-4 Loans, Term B-5 Loans, 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans, Term B-6 Loans, Incremental Term Loans, Other Term Loans, Refinancing Term Loans of a given Refinancing Series or Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series. Term B-3 Commitments, Term B-4 Commitments, Term B-5 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitments, 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitments, Term B-6 Commitments, Other Term Loan Commitments and Term Commitments (and in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have different terms and conditions (including, without limitation, different maturity dates and/or interest rates) shall be construed to be in different Classes. Commitments (and, in each case, the Loans made pursuant to such Commitments) that have the same terms and conditions shall be construed to be in the same Class.

Co-Borrower ” shall mean (a) New Albertson’s, Inc., Safeway Inc., United Supermarkets, L.L.C. and Spirit Acquisition Holdings LLC and (b) any wholly owned Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings that is a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings and is designated by the Parent Borrower as a “Co-Borrower”; provided that such designation as a “Co-Borrower” is agreed upon in writing between the Parent Borrower and the Agent.

Co-Documentation Agents ” shall mean PNC Capital Markets LLC and SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc. in their capacities as co-documentation agents.

Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Collateral ” shall mean the “Collateral” as defined in the Security Agreement and all the “Collateral” or “Pledged Assets” or similar term as defined in any other Collateral Document and any other assets pledged pursuant to any Collateral Document.

Collateral and Guarantee Requirement ” shall mean, at any time, the requirement that:

(a) the Agent shall have received each Collateral Document required to be delivered (i) on the Escrow Release Date, pursuant to Section 4.3 and (ii) at such time as may be designated therein, pursuant to the Collateral Documents, Section 9.8, Section 9.9 or Section 9.21, in each case, subject to the limitations and exceptions of this Agreement, duly executed by each Loan Party thereto;

(b) all Obligations shall have been unconditionally guaranteed by each Guarantor, including those listed on Schedule I hereto on the Escrow Release Date; provided that, in addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Subsidiary of Holdings that is an obligor under any ABL Facility Indebtedness, any Junior Financing, Incremental Equivalent Debt, Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt or any Permitted Refinancing of any thereof, shall be a Guarantor hereunder for so long as it is an obligor under such Indebtedness;

(c) on the Escrow Release Date (or with respect to Safeway and its Restricted Subsidiaries only, within 90 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion) with respect to Equity Interests where a security interest cannot be perfected by the filing of financing statements, delivery of the applicable certificated Equity Interests or notation on the books of the applicable issuer) the Obligations shall have been secured by a first-priority security interest in (i) all the Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower and each Co-Borrower, (ii) all Equity Interests of each Restricted Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Subsidiary and (iii) 65% of the voting Equity Interests and 100% of the nonvoting Equity Interests of each Restricted Subsidiary that is an Excluded Subsidiary described in clause (c) or (d) of the definition thereof directly owned by Parent Borrower, a Co-Borrower or any Guarantor, in each case, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction);

 

15


(d) on the Escrow Release Date (or with respect to Safeway and its Restricted Subsidiaries only, within 90 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its sole discretion) with respect to assets in which a security interest cannot be perfected by the filing of financing statements under the UCC or appropriate security agreements in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office) the Obligations shall have been secured by a perfected security interest in substantially all tangible and intangible personal property of the Loan Parties (including Equity Interests and intercompany debt, accounts, inventory, machinery and equipment, accounts receivable, chattel paper, insurance proceeds, hedge agreement documents, instruments, indemnification rights, Tax refunds, cash, investment property, contract rights, Intellectual Property in the United States, other general intangibles, and proceeds of the foregoing), in each case with the priority required by the Collateral Documents and in each case, subject to exceptions and limitations otherwise set forth in this Agreement and the Collateral Documents (to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction); and

(e) (1) within 180 days following the Original Closing Date (or such longer period as the Agent may have agreed in its sole discretion) the Agent shall have received, with respect to each Existing Mortgaged Property, to the extent customary and appropriate (as determined by the Agent in its reasonable discretion) in the applicable jurisdiction, each of the following with respect to each property noted as a mortgaged property on Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate dated as of the Original Closing Date, and (2) within 180 days after the Escrow Release Date (or such longer period as the Agent may have agreed in its sole discretion), the Agent shall have received each of the following with respect to each property noted as a mortgaged property on Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate dated as of the Escrow Release Date, as such Perfection Certificate may be supplemented in accordance with Section 9.21 and (3) otherwise in accordance with Section 9.8(c), the Agent shall receive with respect to each Material Real Property each of the following in each of the cases set forth in clauses (1), (2) and (3) of this clause (e), subject to the limitations and exceptions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents: (i) counterparts of a Mortgage with respect to such Mortgaged Property duly executed and delivered by the record owner or leasehold holder of such property in form suitable for filing or recording in all filing or recording offices that the Agent may reasonably deem necessary in order to create a valid and subsisting perfected first-priority Lien (subject only to Permitted Liens and other exceptions reasonably acceptable to the Agent) on the Mortgaged Property and/or rights described therein in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties and otherwise approved by the applicable local counsel for filing in the appropriate jurisdiction (which approval may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgment in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent), and evidence that all filing and recording taxes and fees have been paid or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (it being understood that if a mortgage tax will be owed on the entire amount of the indebtedness evidenced hereby, then the amount secured by the Mortgage shall be limited to the Fair Market Value of the property at the time the Mortgage is entered into if such limitation results in such mortgage tax being calculated based upon such Fair Market Value), (ii) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States or to the extent customary in the jurisdiction of where such Mortgaged Property is located, fully paid policies of title insurance (or marked-up title insurance commitments having the effect of policies of title insurance) on the Mortgaged Property naming the Agent as the insured for its benefit and that of the Secured Parties and respective successors and assigns (the “ Mortgage Policies ”) issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company selected by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent (it

 

16


being agreed that Fidelity National Title Company and First American Title Insurance Company are acceptable to the Agent) in form and substance and in an amount reasonably acceptable to the Agent (not to exceed the Fair Market Value of the real properties covered thereby), insuring the Mortgages to be valid subsisting first-priority Liens on the property described therein, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens and other Liens reasonably acceptable to the Agent, each of which shall (A) contain a “tie-in” or “cluster” endorsement, if available under applicable law ( i.e ., policies which insure against losses regardless of location or allocated value of the insured property up to a stated maximum coverage amount) and at commercially reasonable rates and (B) have been supplemented by such endorsements as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent if available in the jurisdiction in which the Mortgaged Property is located and if available on commercially reasonable terms; provided , however , the applicable Loan Party shall not be obligated to obtain a “creditor’s rights” or zoning endorsement; it being understood, however, that a “use verification” from the Planning & Zoning Resource Corporation will be provided in lieu thereof with respect to each Mortgaged Property in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent), (iii) customary, favorable opinions of counsel to the Loan Parties with respect to the valid existence, corporate power and authority of such Loan Parties with respect to the granting of the Mortgages, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (consistent with those required by Section 4.3(a)(xi)), (iv) (A) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States having a Fair Market Value less than $15,000,000, either (i) such documentation required by the title insurance company or (ii) a survey or express map (or an existing survey or express map together with an “affidavit of no change”) of each Mortgaged Property, each sufficient in form to delete the standard survey exception in the title insurance policy insuring the Mortgage and provide the Agent with a “location” endorsement to such policy as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent to the extent customary in the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located and available at commercially reasonable rates and (B) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States having a Fair Market Value equal to or in excess of $15,000,000, a survey or express map (or an existing survey or express map together with an “affidavit of no change”) of each Mortgaged Property, each sufficient in form to delete the standard survey exception in the title insurance policy and provide the Agent with endorsements to such policy as shall be reasonably requested by the Agent to the extent customary in the jurisdiction where the Mortgaged Property is located and available at commercially reasonable rates, (v) a completed “life of loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Parent Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto), duly executed and acknowledged by the appropriate Loan Parties, and (vi) in the case of any such Mortgaged Property located in the United States or to the extent customary in the jurisdiction of where such Mortgaged Property is located, a copy of a certificate as to coverage under the insurance policies required by Section 9.4, including, without limitation, flood insurance policies and the applicable provisions of the Collateral Documents, each of which shall be endorsed or otherwise amended to include a “Standard” or “New York” lender’s loss payable or mortgage endorsement (as applicable) and shall name the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured, and such other evidence of insurance related thereto, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; and (vii) with respect to any ground leased properties, to the extent they are required by the applicable lease and can be obtained with commercially reasonable efforts, estoppel and consent agreements executed by each of the lessors of the ground leased Material Real Properties along with (1) a memorandum of lease in recordable form with respect to such leasehold interest, executed and acknowledged by the owner of the affected real property, as lessor, or (2) reasonable evidence that the applicable lease with respect to such leasehold interest or a memorandum thereof has been recorded in all places necessary or desirable, in the Agent’s reasonable judgment, to give constructive notice to third party purchasers of such leasehold interest, or (3) if such leasehold interest was acquired or subleased from the holder of a recorded leasehold interest, the applicable assignment or sublease document, executed and acknowledged by such holder, in each case in form sufficient to give such constructive notice upon recordation and otherwise in form satisfactory to the Agent;

 

17


provided , however , that the foregoing definition shall not require, and the Financing Agreements shall not contain, any requirements as to the creation or perfection of pledges of, security interests in, Mortgages on, or the obtaining of title insurance, surveys, abstracts or appraisals or taking other actions with respect to any Excluded Property and any real property that does not constitute Material Real Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition or anything in this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement to the contrary, the foregoing provisions of this definition shall not require the creation or perfection of pledges of or security interests in, or the delivery of Mortgages, obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to, particular assets of the Loan Parties, or the provision of Guarantees by any Restricted Subsidiary, if, and for so long as the Agent and the Parent Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of creating or perfecting such pledges or security interests in such assets, or delivery of Mortgages, obtaining such title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, or providing such Guarantees (taking into account any adverse tax consequences to Holdings and its Affiliates (including the imposition of withholding or other material taxes)), shall be excessive or commercially unreasonable in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.

The Agent may grant extensions of time for the perfection of security interests in, or the delivery of the Mortgages and the obtaining of title insurance and surveys with respect to, particular assets and the delivery of assets (including extensions beyond the Escrow Release Date for the perfection of security interests in the assets of the Loan Parties on such date) where it reasonably determines, in consultation with the Parent Borrower, that perfection cannot be accomplished without undue effort or expense by the time or times at which it would otherwise be required by this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

No actions in any non-U.S. jurisdiction or required by the Laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction shall be required in order to create any security interests in assets located, titled, registered or filed outside of the U.S. or to perfect such security interests (it being understood that there shall be no security agreements or pledge agreements governed under the Laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction).

Collateral Documents ” shall mean, collectively, the Escrow Agreement, the Security Agreement, each of the Mortgages, the Intercreditor Agreements, collateral assignments, security agreements, pledge agreements, intellectual property security agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Agent pursuant to Section 4.3, Section 9.8, Section 9.9 or Section 9.21, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or purports to create a Lien in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties.

Committed Loan Notice ” shall mean a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.1(a), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto.

Commitment ” shall mean an Incremental Term Loan Commitment, Term B-3 Commitment, Term B-4 Commitment, Term B-5 Commitment, 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment, 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment, 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment, 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment, Term B-6 Commitment, 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment, Term Commitment, Other Term Loan Commitment, Refinancing Term Commitment of a given Refinancing Series or Extended Term Loan of a given Term Loan Extension Series, as the context may require.

 

18


Company Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (with each capitalized term other than “Safeway Merger Agreement” in this definition being defined pursuant to its definition in the Safeway Merger Agreement) any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter that, individually or in the aggregate, (i) has materially and adversely affected the assets, properties, business, financial condition or results of operation of the Company and Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (ii) would reasonably be expected to prevent or materially impair or delay the performance by the Company prior to the Effective Time of its obligations to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Safeway Merger Agreement; provided, however, that any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter resulting from or relating to any of the following shall not be considered, or taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect: (a) except as it relates to clause (ii) above, the pendency, negotiation, consummation or public announcement of the Merger, including the impact thereof on relationships, contractual or otherwise, with customers, suppliers, distributors, Governmental Entities or employees; (b) global or national economic, monetary or financial conditions, including changes or developments in credit markets (including changes in prevailing interest or exchange rates), financial or securities markets (including the disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or market index), or economic, business or regulatory conditions anywhere in the world; (c) national or international political or social conditions; (d) the commencement, continuation or escalation of a war, armed hostilities or other international or national emergency, calamity or act of terrorism or any weather-related or other force majeure event or natural disaster or act of God or other comparable events or the worsening thereof; (e) any change in applicable Laws, GAAP, applicable stock exchange listing requirements, accounting principles or in the interpretation or enforcement thereof, in each case, after the date of the Safeway Merger Agreement; (f) the industries in which the Company and the Company Subsidiaries operate; (g) any failure to meet any internal or external projections, forecasts, guidance, estimates, milestones, budgets or internal or published financial or operating predictions of revenue, earnings, cash flow or cash position (except that the underlying cause of any such failure may be considered and taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect); (h) any action taken or not taken by the Company or the Company Subsidiaries pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement (except as it relates to clause (ii) above) or at Ultimate Parent’s written request; (i) the identity of, or any facts or circumstances relating to, the Parent Entities or their respective Subsidiaries or (j) any change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter arising out of or relating to any action taken in compliance with Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement; provided, that the incremental extent of any disproportionate change, event, occurrence, development, effect, condition, circumstance or matter described in clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) or (f) with respect to the Company and the Company Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, relative to other similarly situated Persons in the food and drug retail business may be considered and taken into account in determining whether there has been a Company Material Adverse Effect.

Compensation Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6(c)(ii) hereto.

Compliance Certificate ” shall mean a compliance certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto.

Consolidated ” shall mean, when used to modify a financial term, test, statement, or report of a Person, the application or preparation of such term, test, statement or report (as applicable) based upon the consolidation, in accordance with GAAP, of the financial condition or operating results of such Person and its Subsidiaries.

Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Albertson’s Group but excluding any such Indebtedness (other than obligations under the ABL Facility) in which the applicable Liens are expressly subordinated or junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

 

19


Consolidated Interest Expense ” shall mean, for any Test Period, the sum of (a) all interest, premium payments, debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money (including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets, in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, including, without limitation, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and bankers’ acceptance financing and net costs under Swap Contracts, but excluding any non-cash or deferred interest or Swap Contract costs and (b) the portion of rent expense with respect to such period under Capital Lease Obligations that is treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, in each case of or by the Albertson’s Group for the most recently completed Test Period, all as determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Net Income ” shall mean for any Test Period, the aggregate of the Net Income of the Albertson’s Group for such period, determined on a Consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that:

(1) any net after-tax extraordinary, nonrecurring or unusual gains or losses shall be excluded;

(2) the Net Income for such period shall not include the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles during such period;

(3) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to business dispositions or asset dispositions other than in the ordinary course of business (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) shall be excluded;

(4) any net after-tax gains or losses (less all fees and expenses or charges relating thereto) attributable to the early extinguishment of indebtedness shall be excluded;

(5) the Net Income for such period of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of such Person, or is an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or that is accounted for by the equity method of accounting, shall be included only to the extent of the amount of dividends or distributions or other payments paid in cash (or to the extent converted into cash) to the referent Person or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof in respect of such period;

(6) an amount equal to the maximum amount of tax distributions permitted to be made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any parent company of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 10.6(i) shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person for such period;

(7) (a) the non-cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense shall be excluded and (b) the cash portion of “straight-line” rent expense which exceeds the amount expensed in respect of such rent expense shall be included;

(8) unrealized gains and losses relating to hedging transactions and mark-to-market of Indebtedness denominated in foreign currencies resulting from the application of ASC 830 shall be excluded;

 

20


(9) the income (or loss) of any non-consolidated entity during such Test Period in which any other Person has a joint interest shall be excluded, except to the extent of the amount of cash dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash to any of Albertson’s Group during such period; and

(10) the income (or loss) of a Subsidiary during such Test Period and accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of any of Albertson’s Group or is merged into or consolidated with any of Albertson’s Group or that Person’s assets are acquired by any of Albertson’s Group shall be excluded.

Consolidated Non-cash Charges ” shall mean, with respect to Albertson’s Group for any period, the aggregate depreciation, amortization, impairment, compensation, rent and other non-cash expenses of such Person and its Subsidiaries reducing Consolidated Net Income of such Person for such period on a consolidated basis and otherwise determined in accordance with GAAP (including non-cash charges resulting from purchase accounting in connection with the Original Closing Transactions, the Transactions or with any Acquisition or Disposition that is consummated after the Original Closing Date), but excluding (i) any such charge which consists of or requires an accrual of, or cash reserve for, anticipated cash charges for any future period and (ii) the non-cash impact of recording the change in fair value of any embedded derivatives under ASC 815 and related interpretations as a result of the terms of any agreement or instrument to which such Consolidated Non-cash Charges relate.

Consolidated Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis for any period, provision for taxes based on income, profits or capital, including, without limitation, state franchise and similar taxes and including, without duplication, an amount equal to the amount of tax distributions actually made to the holders of Equity Interests of such Person or any direct or indirect parent of such Person in respect of such period in accordance with Section 10.6(i), which shall be included as though such amounts had been paid as income taxes directly by such Person.

Consolidated Total Debt ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, (x) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness, including, without limitation, Capital Lease Obligations, of the Albertson’s Group outstanding on such date (with respect to the ABL Facility, the principal amount of Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group outstanding on such date shall be based upon the amount drawn thereunder as of the applicable date of determination) minus (y) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Albertson’s Group of up to $500,000,000 in aggregate principal amount (including cash restricted in favor of the Lenders and/or the lenders under the ABL Facility); provided that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of letters of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder.

Consolidated Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date that is then secured by Liens on property or assets of the Albertson’s Group as of any date of determination to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Consolidated Working Capital ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, Current Assets at such date of determination minus Current Liabilities at such date of determination; provided that, increases or decreases in Consolidated Working Capital shall be calculated without regard to any changes in Current Assets or Current Liabilities as a result of (a) any reclassification in accordance with GAAP of assets or liabilities, as applicable, between current and noncurrent or (b) the effects of purchase accounting.

 

21


Contractual Obligation ” shall mean, as to any Person, any provision of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Contribution Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount not greater than the aggregate amount of cash contributions made to the capital of the Borrowers or the Guarantors, provided that:

(1) such Contribution Indebtedness shall be Indebtedness with a stated maturity later than the stated maturity of the Term Loans at such time, and

(2) such Contribution Indebtedness (a) is incurred within 210 days after the making of such cash contributions and (b) is so designated as Contribution Indebtedness.

Control ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness ” shall mean (a) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt or (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace, repurchase, retire or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans, or any then-existing Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (“ Refinanced Debt ”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness has a maturity no earlier, and a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater, than 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (ii) such Indebtedness shall not have a greater principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) than the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Refinanced Debt plus accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated with the refinancing, (iii) the terms and conditions of such Indebtedness (except as otherwise provided in clause (ii) above and with respect to pricing, rate floors, discounts, premiums and optional prepayment or redemption terms) are substantially identical to, or (taken as a whole) are no more favorable to the lenders or holders providing such Indebtedness, than those applicable to the Refinanced Debt being refinanced (except for covenants or other provisions applicable only to periods after the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such Indebtedness) ( provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Agent at least five (5) Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the requirement of this clause (iii) shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy such requirement unless the Agent notifies the Parent Borrower within such five (5) Business Day period that it disagrees with such determination (including a description of the basis upon which it disagrees)), and (iv) such Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, repurchased, retired, defeased or satisfied and discharged, and all accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained.

Credit Card Issuer ” shall mean any Person (other than a Loan Party) who issues or whose members issue credit cards or debit cards, including, without limitation, MasterCard or VISA bank credit or debit cards or other bank credit or debit cards issued through MasterCard International, Inc., Visa, U.S.A., Inc. or Visa International and American Express, Discover, Diners Club, Carte Blanche and other non-bank credit or debit cards, including, without limitation, credit or debit cards issued by or through American Express Travel Related Services Company, Inc. or Discover Financial Services, Inc.

 

22


Credit Card Processor ” shall mean any servicing or processing agent or any factor or financial intermediary who facilitates, services, processes or manages the credit authorization, billing transfer and/or payment procedures with respect to any Loan Party’s sales transactions involving credit card or debit card purchases by customers using credit cards or debit cards issued by any Credit Card Issuer.

Credit Suisse ” shall mean Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch.

Cumulative Credit ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to, without duplication:

(a) 50% of Consolidated Net Income for the period (treated as one accounting period) beginning the first day of the fiscal quarter after May 31, 2016 to the end of the most recent Test Period; plus

(b) the cumulative amount of cash and Cash Equivalent proceeds from (i) the sale of Qualified Capital Stock of Holdings or of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date and on or prior to such time (including upon exercise of warrants or options) which proceeds have been contributed as common equity to the capital of Holdings and (ii) the Qualified Capital Stock of a Borrower (or of Holdings or of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) issued upon conversion of Indebtedness incurred after the Escrow Release Date of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary owed to a Person other than Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary, in the case of each of subclause (i) and subclause (ii), not previously applied for a purpose other than use in the Cumulative Credit; plus

(c) 100% of the aggregate amount of contributions to the common capital of Holdings (other than from a Restricted Subsidiary) received in cash and Cash Equivalents after the Escrow Closing Date;

(d) the Net Proceeds of the sale or other Disposition of any Unrestricted Subsidiary received by Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary; plus;

(e) Investments of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary in any Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been re-designated as a Restricted Subsidiary or that has been merged or consolidated with or into Holdings or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries (up to the greater of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Investments of Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary at the time of such re-designation or merger or consolidation and (ii) the Fair Market Value of the original Investment by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Unrestricted Subsidiary); plus;

(f) to the extent not included in Consolidated Net Income, dividends or other distributions or returns on capital received from Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary from an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(g) returns, profits, distributions and similar amounts received in cash or Permitted Investments by Holdings and the Restricted Subsidiaries made using the Cumulative Credit;

(h) minus any amount of the Cumulative Credit used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 10.6(f) after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such time.

provided that the use of the Cumulative Credit shall be subject to compliance with a minimum Interest Coverage Ratio of at least 2.00 to 1.00, calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to (a) the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Disposition Amounts with respect to all Applicable Dispositions after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date minus (b) any amount of the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount used to make Restricted Payments pursuant to Section 10.6(c) after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date.

 

23


Cumulative Retained Excess Cash Flow Amount ” shall mean, at any date, an amount, not less than zero in the aggregate, determined on a cumulative basis equal to the aggregate cumulative sum of the Retained Percentage of Excess Cash Flow for all Excess Cash Flow Periods ending after the Escrow Release Date and prior to such date.

Current Assets ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all assets (other than cash and Cash Equivalents) that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as current assets at such date of determination, other than amounts related to current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits (but excluding assets held for sale, loans (permitted) to third parties, Pension Plan assets, deferred bank fees and derivative financial instruments).

Current Liabilities ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis at any date of determination, all liabilities that would, in accordance with GAAP, be classified on a consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as current liabilities at such date of determination, other than (a) the current portion of any Indebtedness, (b) the current portion of interest, (c) accruals for current or deferred Taxes based on income or profits, (d) accruals of any costs or expenses related to restructuring reserves and (e) deferred revenue.

DDA ” shall mean each checking, savings or other demand deposit account maintained by any of the Loan Parties. All funds in each DDA shall be conclusively presumed to be Collateral and proceeds of Collateral and the Agent and the Lenders shall have no duty to inquire as to the source of the amounts on deposit in any DDA.

Debt Fund Affiliate ” shall mean any Affiliate of any Sponsor that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit or securities in the ordinary course.

Debt Refinancing ” means all obligations under any Indebtedness of Safeway and its Subsidiaries other than Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 1.05 hereto shall have been repaid on the Escrow Release Date, and all Liens securing such indebtedness shall have been released.

Debtor Relief Laws ” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” shall mean an act condition or event which with notice or passage of time or both would constitute an Event of Default.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the Fair Market Value of non-cash consideration received by a Borrower or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a Disposition that is so designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to an officer’s certificate, setting forth the basis of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent payment, redemption, retirement, sale or other disposition of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration. A particular item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration will no longer be considered to be outstanding when and to the extent it has been paid, redeemed or otherwise retired or sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with Section 10.5.

 

24


Discount Range ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(i) hereto.

Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(v) hereto.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” shall mean the sale, transfer, assignment, exclusive license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) of any property by any Person, including (i) any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith and (ii) any sale, transfer, assignment, or other disposition of any Equity Interests of another Person, but, for the avoidance of doubt, not the issuance by such Person of its Equity Interests).

Disqualified Stock ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Equity Interests that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable, in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event:

(1) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests that do not constitute Disqualified Stock), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise,

(2) is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock at the option of the holder thereof, or

(3) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

in each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date; provided , however , that only the portion of Equity Interests which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option of the holder thereof prior to such date shall be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided , further , however , that if such Equity Interests is issued to any employee or to any plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Stock solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations or as a result of such employee’s termination, resignation, death or disability; provided , further , that any class of Equity Interests of such Person that by its terms authorizes such Person to satisfy its obligations thereunder by delivery of Equity Interests that is not Disqualified Stock shall not be deemed to be Disqualified Stock. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Equity Interest that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require Holdings or its Subsidiaries to repurchase such Equity Interest upon the occurrence of a change of control or an asset sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock.

Divested Properties ” shall mean the stores required to be divested, transferred or otherwise sold by the Albertson’s Group in connection with the Safeway Acquisition pursuant to an agreement with or order issued by the Department of Justice, the Federal Trade Commission or similar regulatory authority.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” shall mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of a Borrower that is organized under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

 

25


Earn-Out Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Acquisition, all obligations of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof to make any cash earn-out payment, performance payment or similar obligation that is payable only in the event certain future performance goals are achieved with respect to the assets or business acquired pursuant to the documentation relating to such Acquisition, but excluding any working capital adjustments, indemnity obligations or payments for services or licenses provided by such sellers in such Acquisition.

Eastern Division Assets ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

Eastern Division Sale ” shall mean the sale of the Eastern Division Assets to NAI pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement.

Eastern Division Sale Agreement ” shall have the meaning given to such term in the recitals to this Agreement.

EBITDA ” shall mean at any date of determination, an amount equal to the Consolidated Net Income of Albertson’s Group for the most recently completed Test Period plus, without duplication, to the extent the same was deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

(1) Consolidated Taxes; plus

(2) Consolidated Interest Expense; plus

(3) Consolidated Non-cash Charges; plus

(4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees and related expenses paid to the Sponsor (or any accruals relating to such fees and related expenses) during such period to the extent otherwise permitted under Section 10.8; plus

(5) the Original Closing Date Transaction Payments and the Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments; plus

(6) any expenses or charges (other than Consolidated Non-cash Charges) related to any issuance of Equity Interests, Investment, Acquisition, Disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence or repayment or amendment of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred hereunder (including a refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful or meeting the dollar amount thresholds specified herein), including (i) such fees, expenses or charges related to the issuance of the Term Loans or ABL Facility Indebtedness, (ii) any amendment or other modification of this Agreement or other Indebtedness, and (iii) commissions, discounts, yield or other fees and charges (including any interest expense) related to any Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(7) the amount of loss on sale of receivables and related assets to a Receivables Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing; plus

(8) any costs or expense incurred pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or other management or employee benefit plan or agreement or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, to the extent that such costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Parent Borrower or Safeway or the net cash proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (other than Disqualified Stock); plus

 

26


(9) the amount of any minority interest expense consisting of income of a Subsidiary attributable to minority equity interests of third parties in any non-wholly owned Subsidiary deducted in such period in calculating Consolidated Net Income, net of any cash distributions made to such third parties in such period; plus

(10) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of actions taken or expected to be taken during, or expected to be taken within 18 months of the end of, such period (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that (1) such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies are reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, (2) no cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-saving synergies may be added pursuant to this clause (10) to the extent duplicative of any expenses or charges relating thereto that are either excluded in computing Consolidated Net Income or included (i.e., added back) in computing EBITDA for such period, (3) such adjustments may be incremental to (but not duplicative of) pro forma adjustments made pursuant to Section 14.13 and (4) the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost saving synergies added pursuant to this clause (10) shall not exceed (A) 25.0% of EBITDA for such four-quarter period plus (B) the amount of any such cost savings, operating expense reductions, restructuring charges and expenses and cost-savings synergies that would be permitted to be included in financial statements prepared in accordance with Regulation S-X under the Securities Act during such four-quarter period; plus

(11) Public Company Costs; plus

(12) any unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges;

less , without duplication, (i) non-cash income or gain increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period, excluding any such items to the extent they represent (1) the reversal in such period of an accrual of, or reserve for, potential cash expense in a prior period, (2) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually received in a prior period to the extent such cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in a prior period or (3) items representing ordinary course accruals of cash to be received in future periods; plus (ii) any net gain from discontinued operations or net gains from the disposal of discontinued operations to the extent increasing Consolidated Net Income.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of Albertson’s Group, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, EBITDA shall include the amount of net cash proceeds received by Albertson’s Group from business interruption insurance.

EEA Financial Institution ” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

EEA Member Country ” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

 

27


EEA Resolution Authority ” means any public administrative authority or any person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

Effective Yield ” shall mean, as to any Loans of any Class, the effective yield on such Loans, taking into account the applicable interest rate margins, any interest rate floors or similar devices and all fees, including upfront or similar fees or original issue discount (amortized over the shorter of (x) the original stated life of such Loans and (y) the four years following the date of incurrence thereof) payable generally to Lenders making such Loans, but excluding any arrangement, structuring or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not generally shared ratably with all relevant Lenders and consent fees paid generally to consenting Lenders.

Eligible Transferee ” shall mean (a) a Person that is a Lender, a U.S. based Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund; (b) any other Person with the prior written consent of (i) the Agent (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld) and (ii) unless an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii), 11.1(g) or 11.1(h) exists, the Parent Borrower (such approval by the Parent Borrower, when required, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and to be deemed given by the Parent Borrower if no objection is received by the assigning Lender and Agent from the Parent Borrower within the earlier to occur of (x) three (3) Business Days after notice of such proposed assignment has been provided by the assigning Lender as set forth in Section 14.7 of this Agreement and acknowledged by the Parent Borrower or (y) five (5) Business Days after such notice has been provided to the Parent Borrower); provided that no consent of the Parent Borrower shall be required prior to the completion of primary syndication settlement of the Term B Loans; provided , further that no Person shall be an Eligible Transferee pursuant to this clause (b) if such Person is a direct competitor of any Loan Party identified in writing to the Agent by the Borrower prior to the effective time of the applicable assignment (unless at the time of assignment there is in process a liquidation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Parent Borrower, whether conducted by the Parent Borrower, Agent, a trustee for the Parent Borrower or a representative of creditors of the Parent Borrower), or is a Person identified as an ineligible transferee on a written list of such Persons that is delivered by the Parent Borrower to Agent prior to the Restatement Effective Date and (c) Sponsor, as provided in Section 14.7(h). Except as set forth in Section 2.3(c) and Section 14.7(h), no Loan Party shall be an Eligible Transferee. No natural person shall be an Eligible Transferee.

Environmental Laws ” shall mean any and all applicable Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution, the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to Hazardous Materials, air emissions and waste water discharges.

Environmental Liability ” shall mean any liability, obligation, damage, loss, claim, action, suit, judgment, order, fine, penalty, fee, expense, or cost, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, natural resource damages, costs of environmental remediation, regulatory oversight fees, fines, penalties or indemnities), of any Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Equipment ” shall have the meaning set forth in the UCC.

 

28


Equity Contribution ” shall mean the new cash contributions (directly or indirectly) by the Sponsor to AB LLC, in an amount equal to $1,250,000,000 which will be contributed to Holdings as common and/or preferred equity of Holdings ( provided that any such preferred equity shall be reasonably acceptable to the Arrangers).

Equity Interests ” shall mean with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other ownership interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting.

ERISA ” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with Holdings within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event ” shall mean (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by Holdings or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is insolvent or in reorganization (within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA); (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) with respect to a Pension Plan, a failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard under Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, a failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Code with respect to a Pension Plan or a failure to make a required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (g) a determination that a Pension Plan is, or is expected to be, in “at-risk” status (as defined in Section 430(i)(4) of the Code or Section 303(i)(4) of ERISA); or (h) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Escrow Account ” shall mean the escrow account established with the Escrow Agent pursuant to the Escrow Agreement.

Escrow Account Funds ” shall mean all cash, securities and other property held in or credited to the Escrow Account.

Escrow Agent ” shall mean Wilmington Trust, National Association.

Escrow Agreement ” shall mean the Escrow Agreement dated as of the Restatement Effective Date among the Parent Borrower, the Agent and the Escrow Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit P.

Escrow Collateral ” shall mean “Collateral” as defined in the Escrow Agreement.

 

29


Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments ” shall mean transaction closing fees in an aggregate amount of $35,000,000 payable contemporaneously with the Escrow Release Date to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) and to management of the Loan Parties.

Escrow Release Conditions ” shall mean, collectively, the conditions set forth in Section 4.3.

Escrow Release Date ” shall mean the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 4.3 are satisfied and the proceeds of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans are released from the Escrow Account to the Parent Borrower.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule ” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

Eurodollar Rate ” (a) for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to (i) the ICE Benchmark Administration LIBOR Rate (“ ICE LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of ICE LIBOR as may be designated by the Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Credit Suisse and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Credit Suisse’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period; and (b) for any interest calculation with respect to a Base Rate Loan on any date, the rate per annum equal to (i) ICE LIBOR, at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time determined on such date for Dollar deposits being delivered in the London interbank market for a term of one month commencing that day or (ii) if such published rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the date of determination in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Base Rate Loan being made or maintained and with a term equal to one month would be offered by Credit Suisse’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at the date and time of determination; provided , in each case, that Eurodollar Rate shall not be less than 1.00 0.75 % per annum.

Eurodollar Rate Loans ” shall mean any Loans or portion thereof on which interest is payable based on the Eurodollar Rate in accordance with the terms hereof.

Event of Default ” shall mean the occurrence and continuation or existence of any event or condition described in Section 11.1 hereof after giving effect to the giving of any notice or any passage of time or both specified in such section with respect to such event or condition.

Excess Cash Flow ” shall mean, for any period, an amount equal to:

(a) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) Consolidated Net Income for such period,

(ii) an amount equal to the amount of all Consolidated Non-cash Charges to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

 

30


(iii) decreases in Consolidated Working Capital of the Albertson’s Group for such period (other than any such decreases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Albertson’s Group completed during such period including, without limitation, as a result of the Transactions), and

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period (other than sales in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income minus

(b) the sum, without duplication, of

(i) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and cash charges excluded pursuant to clauses (1) through (10) of the definition of “Consolidated Net Income,”

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior Fiscal Years, the amount of Capital Expenditures accrued or made in cash during such period, to the extent that such Capital Expenditures or acquisitions were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(iii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments of Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group (including (A) the principal component of payments in respect of Capital Leases and (B) the amount of any scheduled repayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.2 and any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii) to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase, but excluding (X) all other voluntary and mandatory prepayments of Loans and (Y) all payments in respect of the ABL Credit Agreement or any other revolving credit facility made during such period (except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder), to the extent financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash gain on Dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income,

(v) increases in Consolidated Working Capital of the Albertson’s Group for such period (other than any such increases arising from acquisitions or dispositions by the Albertson’s Group during such period including, without limitation, as a result of the Transactions),

(vi) scheduled cash payments by the Albertson’s Group during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Albertson’s Group other than Indebtedness,

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (xi) below in prior Fiscal Years, the amount of Investments and acquisitions made during such period by the Albertson’s Group pursuant to Section 10.2, and any expense for deferred compensation and bonuses, deferred purchase price or earn-out obligations paid in cash in connection with any such Investments or acquisitions, to the extent that such Investments and acquisitions were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

 

31


(viii) the amount of Restricted Payments paid during such period pursuant to Sections 10.6(e), 10.6(f)(x), 10.6(g) and 10.6(h) to the extent such Restricted Payments were financed with Internally Generated Cash,

(ix) the aggregate amount of expenditures actually made by the Albertson’s Group with Internally Generated Cash during such period (including expenditures for the payment of financing fees) to the extent that such expenditures are not expensed during such period,

(x) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Albertson’s Group during such period that are required to be made in connection with any prepayment of Indebtedness,

(xi) without duplication of amounts deducted from Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration including related fees and expenses required to be paid in cash by the Albertson’s Group pursuant to binding contracts or executed letters of intent (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to acquisitions and Investments permitted pursuant to Section 10.2, Permitted Acquisitions or Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property to be consummated or made to the extent not expensed, plus any restructuring cash expenses, pension payments or tax contingency payments that have been added to Excess Cash Flow pursuant to clause (a)(ii) above required to be made, in each case during the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdings following the end of such period; provided that to the extent the aggregate amount of Internally Generated Cash actually utilized to finance such acquisitions, Investments, Permitted Acquisitions, Capital Expenditures or acquisitions of Intellectual Property during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(xii) the amount of cash taxes paid in such period to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period and any cash taxes to be paid within six months after the close of such Excess Cash Flow Period, (xiii) cash expenditures in respect of Swap Contracts during such Fiscal Year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income and

(xiii) any payment of cash to be amortized or expensed over a future period and recorded as a long-term asset.

Notwithstanding anything in the definition of any term used in the definition of “Excess Cash Flow” to the contrary, all components of Excess Cash Flow shall be computed for the Albertson’s Group on a consolidated basis.

Excess Cash Flow Period ” shall mean each Fiscal Year of Holdings commencing with and including the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015 (but in the case of the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015, the period starting on the first day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period commencing after the Escrow Release Date and ending February 26, 2015).

Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment ” means, with respect to a 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender, the agreement of such 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

 

32


Exchange Term B-4 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-4 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-4 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-4 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment ” means, with respect to a 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender, the agreement of such 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-5 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-5 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-5 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-5 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-6 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-6 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-6 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-6 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-2 Lender or a Term B-3 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-2 Lender or Term B-3 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-2 Loans and/or or Term B-3 Loans (or, in each case, such lesser amount allocated to it by the Administrative Agent) for an equal principal amount of Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-2 Lender ” means a Term B-2 Lender with an Exchange Term B-2 Commitment to exchange its Term B-2 Loans into Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-3 Lender ” means a Term B-3 Lender with an Exchange Term B-3 Commitment to exchange Term B-3 Loans into Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-4 Lender ” means a Term B-4 Lender with an Exchange Term B-4 Commitment to exchange Term B-4 Loans into Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender ” means a 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender with an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment to exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans into Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-5 Lender ” means a Term B-5 Lender with an Exchange Term B-5 Commitment to exchange Term B-5 Loans into Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date , .

 

33


Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender ” means a 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender with an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment to exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans into Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Exchange Term B-6 Lender ” means a Term B-6 Lender with an Exchange Term B-6 Commitment to exchange Term B-6 Loans into Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan ” means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(c).

Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan ” means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(c).

Exchange Term B-6 Loan ” means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(d).

Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan ” means a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.1(d).

Exchanged Term B-2 Loan ” means each Term B-2 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan.

Exchanged Term B-3 Loan ” means each Term B-3 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange Term B-6 Loan.

Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan ” means each 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan.

Exchanged Term B-4 Loan ” means each Term B-4 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan.

Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan ” means each Term B-5 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan.

Exchanged Term B-5 Loan ” means each Term B-5 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchanged Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan.

 

34


Exchanged Term B-6 Loan ” means each Term B-6 Loan as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan and the Administrative Agent has allocated into an Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan.

Excluded Contributions ” means the net cash proceeds, property or assets received by Holdings or its Restricted Subsidiaries from:

(1) contributions to its common equity capital, and

(2) the issuance or sale (other than to a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings or to Holdings or Restricted Subsidiary management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement) of Equity Interests of Holdings.

Excluded Property ” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Subsidiary ” shall mean (a) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary acquired following the Original Closing Date that is prohibited from guaranteeing the Obligations by applicable Law or Contractual Obligations that are in existence at the time of acquisition and not entered into in contemplation thereof or if guaranteeing the Obligation would require governmental (including regulatory) consent, approval, license or authorization (unless such consent, approval license or authorization has been obtained), (c) any Foreign Subsidiary, (d) any Domestic Subsidiary that is treated as a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that has no material assets other than the stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs, (e) any Domestic Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary, (f) any non-for-profit Subsidiaries, (g) any Unrestricted Subsidiaries, (h) any special purpose securitization vehicle (or similar entity), including any Receivables Subsidiary, (i) any Real Estate Financing Loan Party, (j) at Parent Borrower’s election, any Domestic Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary of Holdings, (k) any Captive Insurance Subsidiary, and (l) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, the burden or cost (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing the guarantee shall outweigh the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom; provided that no Subsidiary that guarantees the ABL Credit Agreement, Permitted Ratio Debt, Incremental Equivalent Debt, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or any other Junior Financing shall be deemed to be an Excluded Subsidiary at any time any such guarantee is in effect; provided further that in no event shall any Co-Borrower be an Excluded Subsidiary.

Excluded Swap Obligation ” shall mean, with respect to any Guarantor, any Swap Obligation if, and to the extent that, all or a portion of the guarantee of such Guarantor of, or the grant by such Guarantor of a security interest to secure, such Swap Obligation (or any guarantee thereof) is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof) by virtue of such Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (determined after giving any “keepwell, support or other agreement” for the benefit of such Guarantor and any and all guarantees of such Guarantor’s Swap Obligations by other Loan Parties) at the time such guarantee or grant of a security interest by such Guarantor becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation. If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, such exclusion shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such guarantee or security interest is or becomes excluded in accordance with the first sentence of this definition.

Excluded Taxes ” shall mean, with respect to any Agent, any Lender, or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by such recipient’s net income (however

 

35


denominated), franchise taxes and branch profits taxes, in each case imposed by a jurisdiction as a result of such recipient being organized or having its principal office located in or, in the case of any Lender, having its applicable Lending Office located in, such jurisdiction or as a result of any other present or former connection between such recipient and such jurisdiction (other than a connection arising from such recipient having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, and/or enforced, any Financing Agreements, or sold or assigned any interest in any Loan or Financing Agreement), (b) in the case of a Lender (other than any Lender becoming a party hereto pursuant to a request by any Loan Party under Section 6.2), any U.S. federal withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Lender pursuant to a law in effect at the time such Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office), except to the extent that such Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the designation of a new Lending Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from the Loan Parties with respect to such withholding tax pursuant to Section 6.1, (c) any taxes attributable to a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 6.1(d), and (d) any U.S. federal withholding taxes imposed under FATCA.

Executive Order ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20.

Existing Debt Facility ” shall mean the Term Loan Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2013, by and among the Parent Borrower, Holdings, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as agent, as amended, restated, amended and restated or otherwise modified before the Escrow Release Date.

Existing Mortgaged Property ” shall mean each Mortgaged Property encumbered by a Mortgage as of the date hereof.

Existing Safeway Debentures ” shall mean, to the extent not otherwise retired, repaid, redeemed, discharged or defeased, Safeway’s 7.45% Debentures due 2027 and 7.25% Debentures due 2031.

Existing Safeway Notes ” shall mean, to the extent not otherwise retired, repaid, redeemed, discharged or defeased, Safeway’s 5.00% Senior Notes due 2019, 3.95% Notes due 2020, 4.75% Senior Notes due 2021 and not more than $80,000,000 in principal amount of Safeway’s 3.40% Senior Notes due 2016 and not more than $100,000,000 in principal amount of Safeway’s 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017.

Existing Term Loan Tranche ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Existing Term Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Extended Term Loan ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Extending Term Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b) hereto.

Extension Amendment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(c) hereto.

Extension Election ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(b) hereto.

Facility ” shall mean the Term B-2 Loans, the Term B-3 Loans, the Term B-4 Loans, the Term B-5 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans, the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans, the Term B-6 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans, a given Refinancing Series of Refinancing Term Loans, a given Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans or a given Class of Incremental Term Loans, as the context may require.

 

36


Fair Market Value ” shall mean, with respect to any asset or property, the price which could be negotiated in an arm’s-length, free market transaction, for cash, between a willing seller and a willing and able buyer, neither of whom is under undue pressure or compulsion to complete the transaction as determined by the Parent Borrower in its good faith discretion. Fair Market Value may be (but need not be) conclusively established by means of an officer’s certificate or resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Parent Borrower setting out such Fair Market Value as determined by such Officer or such Board of Directors in good faith.

Farm Products ” shall mean crops, livestock, supplies used or produced in a farming operation and products of crops or livestock and including farm products as such term is defined in the Food Security Act and the UCC.

FATCA ” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code as in effect on the Original Closing Date (and as amended or successor version thereof that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future United States Treasury Department regulations or other official administrative interpretations thereof, any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the current Code (or any amended or successor version described above) and any intergovernmental agreements (and any related laws or official administrative guidance) implementing the foregoing.

Federal Funds Effective Rate ” shall mean on any day, the rate per annum (rounded upward, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100th of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that (i) if the day for which such rate is to be determined is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next succeeding Business Day, and (ii) if such rate is not so published for any day, the Federal Funds Effective Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to Credit Suisse on such day on such transactions, as determined in good faith by Credit Suisse.

Fee Letter ” shall mean the second amended and restated Fee Letter agreement, dated April 3, 2014, as amended on April 24, 2014, by and among Holdings, the Arrangers, the Co-Documentation Agents, Bank of America, N.A., Credit Suisse, Deutsche Bank AG Cayman Islands Branch, Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch, PNC Bank National Association, U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association and SunTrust Bank.

Financing Agreements ” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Collateral Documents, and all notes, guarantees, security agreements, deposit account control agreements, investment property control agreements, other intercreditor agreements and all other agreements, documents and instruments now or at any time hereafter executed and/or delivered by any Loan Party in connection with this Agreement.

Fiscal Intermediary ” shall mean any qualified insurance company or other Person that has entered into an ongoing relationship with any Governmental Authority to make payments to payees under Medicare, Medicaid or any other federal, state or local public health care or medical assistance program pursuant to any of the Health Care Laws.

Fiscal Month ” shall mean any four (4) week Accounting Period of Holdings.

Fiscal Year ” shall mean, subject to Section 10.10, any period of 13 consecutive Accounting Periods ending on or about the Thursday closest to the last day of February of each calendar year.

Fixtures ” shall have the meaning set forth in the UCC.

 

37


Flood Insurance Laws ” means, collectively, (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994, (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004, (v) the Biggert-Waters Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2012 and (vi) the Homeowner Flood Insurance Affordability Act of 2014, as now or hereafter in effect, or, in each case, any successor statute thereto.

Food Security Act ” shall mean the Food Security Act of 1985, 7 U.S.C. Section 1631 et . seq ., as the same now exists or may hereafter from time to time be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules and regulations thereunder.

Foreign Assets Control Regulations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20 hereto.

Foreign Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is not a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Foreign Subsidiary ” shall mean any Subsidiary of a Borrower which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FRB ” shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund ” shall mean any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

Funding Bank ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3(a) hereof.

GAAP ” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state, county, provincial, municipal, local or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, and any agency, authority or instrumentality (including any bilateral or multilateral agency authority or instrumentality formed by treaty) exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory, administrative, military, peacekeeping or police powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Granting Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(k) hereto.

Guaranteed Obligations ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(a) hereto.

Guarantor Allocable Percentage ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(c)(ii) hereof.

Guarantors ” shall mean Holdings and the Subsidiaries of Holdings (other than any (i) Restricted Subsidiary that has been designated as a Co-Borrower and (ii) Excluded Subsidiary) and any other Subsidiary that issues a Guarantee of the Obligations after the Escrow Release Date.

 

38


Guaranty ” shall mean, collectively, the guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations by the Guarantors pursuant to Section 14.12 of this Agreement.

Hazardous Materials ” shall mean all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature which in each case are regulated pursuant to, or which could not reasonably be expected to result in liability under, any Environmental Law.

Health Care Laws ” shall mean all federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations, interpretations, guidelines, ordinances and decrees primarily relating to patient healthcare, any health care provider, medical assistance and cost reimbursement program, as now or at any time hereafter in effect, including, but not limited to, the Social Security Act, the Social Security Amendments of 1972, the Medicare-Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse Amendments of 1977, the Medicare and Medicaid Patient and Program Protection Act of 1987, HIPAA, the Federal False Claim Act, the Federal Anti-Kickback Statute, and the Patient Protection and Afford Care Act, as amended.

Hedging Obligations ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under (1) currency exchange, interest rate or commodity swap agreements, currency exchange, interest rate or commodity cap agreements and currency exchange, interest rate or commodity collar agreements and (2) other agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in currency exchange, interest rates or commodity prices.

HIPAA ” shall mean the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information, Technology, Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009 (HITECH), as the same now exists or may hereafter from time to time be amended, modified, recodified or supplemented, together with all rules and regulations thereunder.

HIPAA Compliance Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

HIPAA Compliance Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

HIPAA Compliant ” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.29 hereto.

Holdings ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph herein.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means each Restricted Subsidiary designated in writing by the Parent Borrower to the Agent at any time or from time to time as an Immaterial Subsidiary, that, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year of Holdings most recently ended, or, if organized or acquired after the end of such Fiscal Year, at the date of designation, had revenues or total assets for such year in an amount that is less than 2.0% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such year (which, for any Immaterial Subsidiary or proposed Immaterial Subsidiary organized or acquired since such date, shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if such Subsidiary were in existence or acquired on such date); provided that all such Immaterial Subsidiaries, taken together, as of the last day of the Fiscal Year of Holdings most recently ended, shall not have revenues or total assets for such year in an amount that is equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such year (which, for any Immaterial Subsidiary or proposed Immaterial Subsidiary organized or acquired since such date, shall be determined on a pro forma basis as if such Subsidiary were in existence on such date). Any Restricted Subsidiary that executes a Guarantee of the Obligations shall not be deemed an Immaterial Subsidiary and shall be excluded from the calculations above.

 

39


Increased Amount Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.8(a) hereto.

Incremental Amendment ” shall mean an Incremental Amendment among the applicable Borrower, the Agent and one or more Incremental Term Lenders entered into pursuant to Section 2.8.

Incremental Amount ” shall mean the sum of (x) (i) $750,000,000 plus voluntary prepayments of the Loans (other than prepayments funded with the proceeds of long-term Indebtedness (other than the prepayment of the Term B-2 Loans and Term B-3 Loans prior to the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date)) pursuant to Section 2.3(a) or (c) made on or prior to the date of determination (plus accrued interest, fees, premiums (if any) and penalties thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated with such voluntary prepayments), plus (y) an unlimited amount as long as, at the time of the incurrence and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.75:1.00 (assuming that all Incremental Term Loans are secured on a first-priority basis whether or not so secured and shall be deemed to constitute Consolidated Total Debt and excluding the cash proceeds of any such Incremental Term Loans for the purposes of netting) with the Parent Borrower being permitted to determine whether the Incremental Term Loan Commitments are obtained under clause (x) or (y) of this definition; minus (z) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Incremental Equivalent Debt; provided that at the time of incurrence in no event shall the aggregate principal amount of Incremental Term Loans together with the principal amount of Incremental Equivalent Debt exceed such Incremental Amount.

Incremental Equivalent Debt ” shall mean secured or unsecured Indebtedness of the Albertsons Group in the form of senior secured first lien term loans or notes or junior lien term loans or notes, subordinated term loans or notes or senior unsecured term loans or notes, or any bridge facility; provided that: (a) the terms of such debt securities do not provide for any scheduled repayment, mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations prior to the Latest Maturity Date at the time of incurrence of such debt securities (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and customary acceleration rights after an event of default), (b) other than with respect to a customary bridge facility, the covenants, events of default, guarantees, collateral and other terms of which (other than interest rate and redemption premiums), taken as a whole, are not more restrictive to the Parent Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries than those in this Agreement unless (i) the Term Lenders holding the Term B Loans also receive the benefit of such restrictive terms, (ii) such terms are not effective until the Latest Maturity Date of the then existing Term B Loans or (iii) such other terms are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower delivered to the Agent at least three Business Days (or such shorter period as the Agent may reasonably agree) prior to the incurrence of such Incremental Equivalent Debt, stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement, (c) no Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Parent Borrower, a Co-Borrower or Guarantor) shall be an obligor, (d) no Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be secured by any collateral other than the Collateral, (e) such Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount as of the date of incurrence and (f) such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be subject to the requirements set forth in the second proviso of Section 2.8(b) to the extent such Indebtedness is in the form of term loans (other than a customary bridge facility) that are secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans.

Incremental Term Lender ” shall mean a Lender with an Incremental Term Loan Commitment or an outstanding Incremental Term Loan.

Incremental Term Loan Commitment ” shall mean the commitment of any Lender, established pursuant to Section 2.8, to make Incremental Term Loans to a Borrower.

 

40


Incremental Term Loans ” shall mean Terms Loans made by one or more Lenders to a Borrower pursuant to Section 2.8. Incremental Term Loans may be made in the form of additional Term Loans or, to the extent permitted by Section 2.8 and provided for in the relevant Incremental Amendment, Other Term Loans.

Incur ” shall mean issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Equity Interests of a Person existing at the time such person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Person at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.

Indebtedness ” shall mean, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount of all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(c) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade payables and similar obligations) which purchase price is due more than one year after the later of the date of placing the property in service or taking delivery and title thereto;

(d) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse; provided, however, that the amount of such Indebtedness will be the lesser of the Fair Market Value of such asset at such date of determination, and the amount of such Indebtedness of such other Person;

(e) all Attributable Indebtedness of such Person;

(f) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Stock; and

(g) to the extent not otherwise included, any obligation of such Person to be liable for, or to pay, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, on the Indebtedness of another Person of the type described in clauses (a) through (f) (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business);

; provided , that obligations under or in respect of Receivables Financings or Hedging Obligations shall be deemed not to constitute Indebtedness. The amount of any Indebtedness that has been defeased or for which funds have been irrevocably deposited with the applicable trustee for redemption shall be deemed to be $0. Accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization or accretion of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Indebtedness with the same terms, the accretion of liquidation preference and increases in the amount of Indebtedness outstanding solely as a result of fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies will not be deemed to be Indebtedness. Guarantees of, or obligations in respect of letters of credit bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments relating to, or Liens securing, Indebtedness which is otherwise included in the determination of a particular amount of Indebtedness shall not be included in the determination of such amount of Indebtedness, provided that the Incurrence of the Indebtedness represented by such guarantee or letter of credit, as the case may be, was in compliance with this covenant. Indebtedness that is cash collateralized shall not be deemed to be Indebtedness hereunder to the extent of such cash collateralization.

 

41


Indemnified Taxes ” shall mean all Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.5 hereof.

Independent Financial Advisor ” shall mean an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of nationally recognized standing.

Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.5(a) hereto.

Intellectual Property ” shall mean United States and non-United States: (a) patents and patent applications; (b) trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress, business names, designs, logos, indicia of origin, and other source and/or business identifiers; (c) Internet domain names and associated websites; (d) copyrights, including copyrights in computer software; (e) industrial designs, databases, data, trade secrets, know-how, technology, unpatented inventions and other confidential or proprietary information; (f) all registrations or applications for registrations which have heretofore been or may hereafter be issued thereon throughout the world; (g) all tangible and intangible property embodying the copyrights and unpatented inventions (whether or not patentable); (h) license agreements related to any of the foregoing and income therefrom; (i) books, records, writings, computer tapes or disks, flow diagrams, specification sheets, computer software, source codes, object codes, executable code, data, databases and other physical manifestations, embodiments or incorporations of any of the foregoing; (j) all other intellectual property; and (k) all common law and other rights throughout the world in and to all of the foregoing.

“Intercreditor Agreements ” shall mean the ABL Intercreditor Agreement together with the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) EBITDA to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense, in each case, of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Interest Period ” shall mean, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one week or one, two, three or six months thereafter or, to the extent agreed by each Lender of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, twelve months, as selected by the applicable Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any Interest Period may end on a date that is less than one week from the commencement of such period if mutually agreed upon by the Parent Borrower and Agent; provided further .

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

 

42


(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Interest Rate shall mean,

(a) Subject to clause (b) of this definition below:

(i) as to Base Rate Loans, a rate equal to the then Applicable Margin for Base Rate Loans under the applicable Facility on a per annum basis plus the Base Rate, and

(ii) as to Eurodollar Rate Loans, a rate equal to the then Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Rate Loans under the applicable Facility on a per annum basis plus the Eurodollar Rate.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Agent may, at its option, and Agent shall, at the direction of the Required Lenders, increase the Applicable Margin otherwise used to calculate the Interest Rate for Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Rate Loans, by two percent (2%) per annum, with respect to any portion of the Loans and other Obligations outstanding that is not paid on the due date thereof (whether due at stated maturity, on demand, upon acceleration or otherwise) until such amount due is paid in full.

Internally Generated Cash ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, cash funds of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries not constituting (x) proceeds of the issuance of (or contributions in respect of) Equity Interests of such Person and (y) proceeds of the incurrence of Indebtedness (other than extensions of credit under the ABL Facility or any other revolving credit or similar facility) by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Inventory ” has the meaning given that term in the UCC, and shall also include, without limitation, all: (a) goods which (i) are leased by a Person as lessor, (ii) are held by a Person for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, (iii) are furnished by a Person under a contract of service, or (iv) consist of raw materials, work in process, or materials used or consumed in a business; (b) goods of said description in transit; (c) goods of said description which are returned, repossessed or rejected; and (d) packaging, advertising, and shipping materials related to any of the foregoing.

Investment ” shall mean, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person in another Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or interest in, another Person, (c) any Acquisition, or (d) any other investment of money or capital in another Person in order to obtain a profitable return. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any outstanding Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, net of any repayments thereof.

IPO Reorganization ” shall mean the transactions taken in connection with and reasonably related to the consummation of an initial public offering of the common Equity Interests of Holdings or any parent of Holdings so long as that after giving effect to all such transactions the security interests of the Lenders in the Collateral and Guarantees of the Secured Obligations, taken as whole, would not be materially impaired.

Junior Financing ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.11(a) hereto.

 

43


Latest Maturity Date ” shall mean, at any date of determination, the latest Maturity Date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity date of any Refinancing Term Loan, any Refinancing Term Commitment, any Extended Term Loan or any Incremental Term Loans, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

Laws ” shall mean, collectively, all international, foreign, federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority.

Lease ” shall mean any written agreement, pursuant to which a Loan Party is entitled to the use or occupancy of any real property for any period of time.

Lender Participation Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Lenders ” shall mean the financial institutions who are signatories hereto as Lenders, other persons made a party to this Agreement as a Lender in accordance with Section 14.7 hereof and any other persons made a party to this Agreement as a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and their respective successors and assigns.

Lending Office ” shall mean, with respect to any Lender, the office of such Lender maintaining such Lender’s Loan.

Lien ” shall mean any interest in property securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, a Person other than the owner of the property, whether such interest is based on common law, statute or contract. The term “Lien” shall also include reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting property. For the purpose of this Agreement, each Person shall be deemed to be the owner of any property that it has acquired or holds subject to a conditional sale agreement or other arrangement pursuant to which title to the property has been retained by or vested in some other Person for security purposes. In no event shall the term “Lien” be deemed to include any license of Intellectual Property unless such license contains a grant of a security interest in such Intellectual Property.

Liquidity Condition ” shall mean, at any time, the sum of (x) unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Albertson’s Group (including cash restricted in favor of the Lenders and/or the lenders under the ABL Facility) and (y) undrawn and then available amounts under the ABL Facility, to the extent such sum equals or exceeds $450,000,000.

Loan ” shall mean an extension of credit under Section 2 by a Lender to a Borrower in the form of a Term Loan.

Loan Component ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Loan-to-Value Ratio.

Loan-to-Value Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date, the ratio of (a)(x) in the case of Indebtedness to be secured by a Lien ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations, the total amount of Consolidated Total Debt included in clause (a) of the definition of “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” and (y) in the case of Indebtedness to be secured by a Lien ranking junior to the Liens securing the Obligations, the total amount of Consolidated Total Debt secured by any Liens on assets of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries (in each case, as applicable, the “ Loan Component ”) to (b) the aggregate amount

 

44


of the Valuations for each of the Mortgaged Properties that has been completed in the 18 calendar month period immediately prior to such date (the “ Value Component ”). On the Escrow Release Date, the Value Component shall be an amount to be provided by the Parent Borrower to the Agent pursuant to an officer’s certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent setting forth the Value Component and the basis of such valuation and, which shall be calculated using the same methodology used to calculate the Value Component under the Existing Debt Facility.

Loan Parties ” shall mean collectively the Borrowers and each Guarantor (other than Holdings).

LTIP Agreements ” shall mean the AB Acquisition LLC Long Term Incentive Plan, as amended and the AB Acquisition LLC Senior Executive Retention Plan, as amended.

Management Services Agreement ” shall mean the Management Services Agreement by and between AB Management Services Corp. and the Parent Borrower, dated as of the Original Closing Date, as the same may be hereafter amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated, or replaced, in each case so long as not materially adverse to the Lenders.

Margin Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Regulation U.

Material Adverse Effect ” shall mean (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, assets, properties, liabilities, or financial condition of the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the rights and remedies of the Agent or any Lender under the Financing Agreements, or of the ability of the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under the Financing Agreements; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against the Loan Parties, taken as a whole, of this Agreement or the Collateral Documents.

Material Contract ” shall mean with respect to any Person, each contract (other than the Financing Agreements) to which such Person is a party as to which the breach, nonperformance, or cancellation by any party thereto would have a Material Adverse Effect.

Material Indebtedness ” shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Obligations) of the Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $150,000,000. For purposes of determining the amount of Material Indebtedness at any time, (a) undrawn committed or available amounts shall be excluded and (b) all amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement shall be included.

Material Real Property ” shall mean (i) any fee owned or ground leased real property, as the case may be, of any Loan Party with a Fair Market Value of $500,000 or greater (at the Original Closing Date or, with respect to real property acquired after the Original Closing Date, at the time of acquisition, in each case, as determined by the most recent appraisal undertaken by an independent appraiser engaged by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent) or, (ii) solely in the case of real property acquired following the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, any fee owned or ground leased real property, as the case may be, of any Loan Party with a Fair Market Value of $3,000,000 or greater (determined at the time of acquisition, as determined by the most recent appraisal undertaken by an independent appraiser engaged by the Parent Borrower and reasonably acceptable to the Agent); provided , however , no “surplus property” as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower or Excluded Property shall constitute Material Real Property.

Maturity Date ” shall mean the Term B-2 Maturity Date, Term B-3 Maturity Date, the Term B-4 Maturity Date, the Term B-5 Maturity date, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Maturity Date, the 2016- 2 Term B-4 Maturity Date, the 2016- 1 Term B-5 Maturity Date, the 2016-2 Term B-5 Maturity Date, the Term B-6 Maturity Date , the 2016-1 Term B-6 Maturity Date or the stated maturity date of any other Facility, as the case may be.

 

45


Maximum Rate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.16 hereto.

Medicaid ” shall mean the health care program jointly financed and administered by the federal and state governments under Title XIX of the Social Security Act.

Medicare ” shall mean the health care program under Title XVIII of the Social Security Act.

Merger Sub ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

MoneyGram ” shall mean MoneyGram Payment Systems, Inc., together with its successors and assigns.

MoneyGram Agreement ” shall mean that certain Master Trust Agreement, from time to time in effect, by and between the Parent Borrower and MoneyGram.

Moody’s ” shall mean Moody’s Investors Services, Inc. and any successor thereto.

Mortgage ” shall mean a deed of trust, trust deed, deed to secure debt, mortgage, leasehold mortgage or leasehold deed of trust, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel and covering a Mortgaged Property (together with the fixture filings and Assignments of Leases and Rents referred to therein), duly executed by the appropriate Loan Party.

Mortgaged Property ” shall mean (a) the fee owned and ground leased real property identified on Schedule 8.4(b)(1) and Schedule 8.4(b)(2) hereto and Schedule 7(a)(ii) to the Perfection Certificate, as amended and restated as of the Escrow Release Date and as further supplemented pursuant to Section 9.21 hereto, and (b) each Material Real Property, if any, which shall be subject to a Mortgage delivered after the Escrow Release Date pursuant to Section 9.8 and Section 9.9.

Multiemployer Plan ” shall mean any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which Holdings or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

NAI ” shall mean New Albertson’s, Inc., an Ohio corporation.

NAI Purchase Agreement ” shall mean the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of January 10, 2013 by and among SVU, AB LLC, and NAI.

NAI Services Agreement ” shall mean the Services Agreement by and between NAI and Parent Borrower dated as of the Original Closing Date, as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced, in each case so long as not materially adverse to the Lenders.

Net Income ” shall mean, with respect to the Albertson’s Group, the net income (loss) of such Person, determined in accordance with GAAP and before any reduction in respect of Preferred Stock dividends.

 

46


“Net Proceeds” shall mean:

(a) 100% of the cash proceeds actually received by a Borrower or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries (including any cash payments received by way of deferred payment of principal pursuant to a note or installment receivable or purchase price adjustment receivable or otherwise and including casualty insurance settlements and condemnation awards, but in each case only as and when received) from any Disposition or Casualty Event, net of (i) attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees actually incurred in connection therewith, (ii) any amount required to repay (x) Indebtedness (other than pursuant to the Financing Agreements or under any Bank Products or Cash Management Services) that is secured by a Lien on the assets disposed of and which ranks prior to the Lien securing the Obligations or (y) Indebtedness or other obligations of any Restricted Subsidiary that is disposed of in such transaction, (iii) in the case of any Disposition or Casualty Event by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary, the pro rata portion of the Net Proceeds thereof (calculated without regard to this clause (iii)) attributable to non-controlling interests or not available for distribution to or for the account of a Borrower or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary as a result thereof, (iv) taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof, and (v) the amount of any reasonable reserve established in accordance with GAAP against any adjustment to the sale price or any liabilities (other than any taxes deducted pursuant to clause (i) above) (x) related to any of the applicable assets and (y) retained by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries including, without limitation, Pension Plan and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations (however, the amount of any subsequent reduction of such reserve (other than in connection with a payment in respect of any such liability) shall be deemed to be Net Proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event occurring on the date of such reduction); provided that, if no Specified Default exists at the time of the proposed reinvestment (or such proposed reinvestment is made pursuant to a binding commitment entered into at a time when no Specified Default was continuing), the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries may reinvest any portion of such proceeds (other than proceeds from any disposition of Divested Properties) in assets (other than current assets) useful for its business within 12 months of such receipt, and such portion of such proceeds shall not constitute Net Proceeds except to the extent such proceeds are not so used or contractually committed to be so used within 12 months of such receipt (it being understood that if any portion of such proceeds are not so used within such 12 month period but within such 12-month period are contractually committed to be used, then upon the termination of such contract or if such Net Proceeds are not so used within 18 months of initial receipt, such remaining portion shall constitute Net Proceeds as of the date of such termination or expiry without giving effect to this proviso; provided , however , that such reinvested amount shall not exceed $750,000,000 in any Fiscal Year); provided , further , that no proceeds realized in a single transaction or series of related transactions shall constitute Net Proceeds unless (x) such proceeds net of the amounts described in clauses (i) through (v) above shall exceed $7,500,000 or (y) the aggregate amount of such net proceeds from dispositions resulting in net proceeds in excess of the threshold set forth in the foregoing clause (x) exceeds $150,000,000 in any Fiscal Year (and thereafter only net cash proceeds in excess of the amount specified in clause (y) of this proviso shall constitute Net Proceeds under this clause (a)), and

(b) 100% of the cash proceeds from the incurrence, issuance or sale by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness, net of all taxes paid or reasonably estimated to be payable as a result thereof and fees (including investment banking fees and discounts), commissions, costs and other expenses, in each case incurred in connection with such incurrence, issuance or sale.

 

47


For purposes of calculating the amount of Net Proceeds, fees, commissions and other costs and expenses payable to a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary shall be disregarded.

Non-Consenting Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(c).

Non-Debt Fund Affiliate ” shall mean an Affiliate of Holdings that is not a Debt Fund Affiliate or a Purchasing Borrower Party.

Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loan ” means each Term B-2 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-2 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loan ” means each Term B-3 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-3 Loan.

Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan ” means each 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan other than an Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-4 Loan ” means each Term B-4 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-4 Loan.

Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan ” means each 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan other than an Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loan ” means each Term B-5 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-5 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-6 Loan ” means each Term B-6 Loan other than an Exchanged Term B-6 Loan.

NPL ” shall mean the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

Obligations ” shall mean (i) any and all Term Loans and all other obligations, liabilities and indebtedness of every kind, nature and description owing by any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender, including principal, interest, charges, fees, costs and expenses, however evidenced, whether as principal, surety, endorser, guarantor or otherwise, arising under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements whether now existing or hereafter arising, whether arising before, during or after the initial or any renewal term of this Agreement or after the commencement of any case with respect to such Loan Party under the United States Bankruptcy Code or any similar statute (including the payment of interest and other amounts which would accrue and become due but for the commencement of such case, whether or not such amounts are allowed or allowable in whole or in part in such case), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, joint or several, due or not due, primary or secondary, liquidated or unliquidated, or secured or unsecured and (ii) the Other Liabilities.

Offered Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iii) hereto.

Organization Documents ” shall mean (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its

 

48


formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity; and (d) in each case, all shareholder or other equity holder agreements, voting trusts and similar arrangements to which such Person is a party or which is applicable to its Equity Interests and all other arrangements relating to the Control or management of such Person.

Original Closing Date ” shall mean March 21, 2013.

Original Closing Date Transaction Payments ” shall mean transaction closing fees in aggregate amount of $20,000,000 payable contemporaneously with the Original Closing Date to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) and to management of the Parent Borrower.

Original Closing Date Transactions ” shall mean “Transactions” as defined in the Existing Debt Facility.

Other Applicable Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(b)(ii) hereto.

Other Liabilities ” means any obligation on account of (a) any Cash Management Services furnished to any of the Loan Parties and/or (b) any Bank Product furnished to any of the Loan Parties, as each may be amended from time to time, but in each case only if and to the extent that the provider of such Bank Product or Cash Management Service has furnished the Agent with notice thereof as required under Section 13.12 hereof.

Other Taxes ” shall mean all present or future stamp or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes, charges or similar levies, arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, excluding, however, any such amounts imposed as a result of an assignment (“ Assignment Taxes ”), but only to the extent such Assignment Taxes (i) do not relate to an assignment made at the request of the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 6.2 and (ii) are imposed as a result of a present or former connection between the assignor or assignee and the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (other than a connection arising from such assignor or assignee having executed, delivered, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, engaged in any other transaction pursuant to or enforced, any Financing Agreement, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan or Financing Agreement.

Other Term Loan Commitments ” shall mean one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Term Loans ” shall mean one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Outstanding Amount ” shall mean, on a particular date, the outstanding principal amount of Term Loans after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Term Loans occurring on such date.

Overnight Rate ” shall mean, for any day, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and an overnight rate determined by the Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

PACA ” shall mean the Perishable Agriculture Commodities Act, 1930 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

 

49


Parent Borrower ” shall have the meaning set forth in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Parent Borrower Materials ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6(c) hereto.

Participant ” shall mean any financial institution that acquires and holds participation in the interest of any Lender in any of the Loans in conformity with the provisions of Section 14.7 of this Agreement governing participations.

Participant Register ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(e) hereto.

PASA ” shall mean the Packers and Stockyard Act, 1921 and all regulations promulgated thereunder, as amended from time to time.

PATRIOT Act ” shall mean the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Public Law 107-56).

Paying Guarantor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.12(c).

PBGC ” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

PCAOB ” shall mean the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board or any successor organization thereto.

PDC ” shall mean the subsidiaries of Safeway comprised of (i) Property Development Centers LLC, (ii) PDC I, Inc., (iii) Association of Unit Owners Safeway Beretania, (iv) Eureka Land Management, LLC and (v) Paradise Development, LLC, and each of their respective Subsidiaries.

PEL Policy ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.13(b) hereto.

Pension Plan ” shall mean any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

Perfection Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Agreement.

Perishable Inventory ” shall mean Inventory included in the following categories as reported by the Loan Parties consistent with then-current industry practices: bakeries, produce, floral, dairy, fresh seafood, meat and deli.

Permitted Acquisition ” shall mean an Acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person in which all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(a) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom (other than in respect of any Permitted Acquisition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists or would result therefrom);

(b) Any acquired or newly formed Subsidiary shall not be liable for any Indebtedness except for Permitted Indebtedness;

 

50


(c) Such Acquisition shall have been approved by the board of directors of the Person (or similar governing body if such Person is not a corporation) which is the subject of such Acquisition and such Person shall not have announced that it will oppose such Acquisition or shall not have commenced any action which alleges that such Acquisition shall violate applicable Law; and

(d) If the Person which is the subject of such Acquisition will be maintained as a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party, or if the assets acquired in an Acquisition will be transferred to a Restricted Subsidiary which is not then a Loan Party, such Restricted Subsidiary shall have been joined as a “Borrower” hereunder or as a Guarantor, as the Parent Borrower and the Agent shall agree, and the Agent shall have received a first priority (subject, in each case, to Permitted Liens having priority over the Lien of the Agent by operation of applicable Law) security and/or mortgage interest in such Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests and property of such Restricted Subsidiary and of the same nature as constitutes Collateral under the Collateral Documents.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Safeway Acquisition shall be deemed to be a “Permitted Acquisition”.

Permitted Disposition ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.5 hereto.

Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt ” shall mean any secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower and, if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors, (iii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization or payments of principal (other than customary offers to repurchase upon a change of control, asset sale or event of loss and a customary acceleration right after an event of default) prior to the date that is 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date of any Loan outstanding at the time such Indebtedness is incurred or issued, (iv) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) and (v) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements. Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Holders ” means (i) the Sponsors and any other Funds or managed accounts advised or managed by any Sponsor or any of a Sponsor’s Affiliates, (ii) any person that has no material assets other than the Equity Interests of Holdings, a parent of Holdings or Equity Interests of a Person engaged in a Similar Business and, directly or indirectly, holds or acquires 100% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings, and of which no other Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), other than any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above, holds more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock thereof, and (iii) any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) the members of which include any Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above and that, directly or indirectly, hold or acquire beneficial ownership of the Voting Stock of Holdings (a “ Permitted Holder Group ”), so long as (1) each member of the Permitted Holder Group has voting rights proportional to the percentage of ownership interests held or acquired by such member and (2) no Person or other “group” (other than a Permitted Holder specified in clause (i) above) beneficially owns more than 50% on a fully diluted basis of the Voting Stock held by the Permitted Holder Group.

 

51


Permitted Indebtedness ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.3 hereto.

Permitted Investment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.2 hereto.

Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt ” shall mean secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower, and if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of junior priority secured notes or junior priority secured loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and is not secured by any property or assets of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness may be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness,” (iii) a Senior Representative acting on behalf of the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to or otherwise subject to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements, (iv) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions that provide for the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations), in each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (v) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors and (vi) the security agreements relating to such Indebtedness are substantially the same as or more favorable to the Loan Parties than the Collateral Documents (with such differences as are reasonably satisfactory to the Agent). Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt will include any Registered Equivalent Notes issued in exchange therefor.

Permitted Liens ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1 hereto.

Permitted Ratio Debt ” shall mean Indebtedness of the Albertson’s Group, provided that immediately after giving pro forma effect thereto and to the use of the proceeds thereof, (i) no Event of Default shall be continuing or result therefrom, (ii) the Total Leverage Ratio on a Pro Forma Basis is no greater than 5.00:1.00, (iii) if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens ranking pari passu with the Term Loans, the Loan-to-Value Ratio is no greater than 0.65:1.00, (iv) if such Indebtedness is secured by Liens ranking junior to the Liens securing the Term Loans, the Loan-to-Value Ratio is no greater than 0.75:1.00, (v) such Indebtedness does not mature prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (vi) such Indebtedness shall not have any financial maintenance covenants, (vii) if such Indebtedness is incurred or guaranteed on a secured basis by a Loan Party, the Liens securing such Indebtedness are subject to the Intercreditor Agreements or another intercreditor agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (viii) if such Indebtedness is subordinated in right of payment with the Term Loans, such Indebtedness shall contain subordination provisions reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ix) the aggregate amount of any such Indebtedness incurred or guaranteed by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party does not exceed the greater of $500,000,000 and 2.25% of Total Assets at such time.

Permitted Refinancing ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium (including any customary tender premiums) thereon plus other amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with

 

52


such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder, (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended, (c) at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (d) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended; provided that a certificate of a Responsible Officer delivered to the Agent stating that the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement shall be conclusive evidence that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement and (e) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement or extension is incurred by the Person who is the obligor or guarantor of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced or extended (except in the case of the Existing Safeway Notes and the Existing Safeway Debentures).

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt ” shall mean unsecured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Parent Borrower and, if applicable, any Co-Borrower, in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (ii) such Indebtedness does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligations (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions that provide for the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations), in each case prior to 91 days after the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred and (iii) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Co-Borrowers or Guarantors.

Person ” or “ person ” shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, limited partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Pharmaceutical Laws ” shall mean federal, state and local laws, rules or regulations, codes, orders, decrees, judgments or injunctions issued, promulgated, approved or entered, relating to dispensing, storing or distributing prescription medicines or products, including laws, rules or regulations relating to the qualifications of Persons employed to do the same.

Plan ” shall mean an “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established or maintained by a Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Platform ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereto.

Preferred Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interest with preferential right of payment of dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up.

Pro Forma Basis ” shall mean, with respect to compliance with any test or covenant or the calculation of any ratio hereunder, the determination of such test, covenant or ratio (including in connection with Specified Transactions) in accordance with Section 14.13.

 

53


Pro Rata Share ” shall mean, with respect to each Lender, at any time a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans of such Lender under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments under the applicable Facility or Facilities and, if applicable and without duplication, Term Loans under the applicable Facility or Facilities at such time.

Property ” shall mean any interest of any kind in any property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible.

Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(ii) hereto.

Public Company Costs” shall mean (a) costs, expenses and disbursements associated with, related to or incurred in anticipation of, or preparation for compliance with (x) the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, (y) the provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, as applicable to companies with equity or debt securities held by the public, and (z) the rules of national securities exchange companies with listed equity or debt securities, (b) costs and expenses associated with investor relations, shareholder meetings and reports to shareholders or debtholders and listing fees, and (c) directors’ compensation, fees, indemnification, expense reimbursement (including legal and other professional fees, expenses and disbursements), and directors’ and officers’ insurance.

Public Lender ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.6 hereto.

Purchasing Borrower Party ” shall mean Holdings, a Borrower or any other Subsidiary of the Borrowers that (x) makes a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or (y) becomes an Eligible Transferee or Participant pursuant to Section 14.7(h).

Qualified Capital Stock ” shall mean any Equity Interests that is not Disqualified Stock.

Qualified ECP Guarantor ” shall mean, at any time, each Loan Party with total assets exceeding $10,000,000 or that qualifies at such time as an “eligible contract participant” under the Commodity Exchange Act and can cause another person to qualify as an “eligible contract participant” at such time under §1a(18)(A)(v)(II) of the Commodity Exchange Act.

Qualified IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings of its common Equity Interests (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement (other than a Form S-8) filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with the Securities Act or (ii) after which the common Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings are listed on an internationally recognized securities exchange or dealer quotation system.

Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility ” shall mean (i) any credit facility made available to a Real Estate Subsidiary that is non-recourse to a Borrower or any of its other Subsidiaries (other than Real Estate Subsidiaries party to such credit facility) and secured by the Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries (or secured by the Equity Interests of a Real Estate Subsidiary) and (ii) any sale and leaseback of Real Property of Real Estate Subsidiaries, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time or refunded, refinanced, restructured, replaced, renewed, repaid, increased or extended from time to time.

 

54


Qualified Receivables Financing ” shall mean any Receivables Financing of a Receivables Subsidiary that meets the following conditions:

(1) the board of directors of the Parent Borrower shall have determined in good faith that such Qualified Receivables Financing (including financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions) is in the aggregate economically fair and reasonable to the Parent Borrower and the Receivables Subsidiary,

(2) all sales of accounts receivable and related assets to and by the Receivables Subsidiary are made at Fair Market Value, and

(3) the financing terms, covenants, termination events and other provisions thereof shall be market terms (as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower) and may include Standard Securitization Undertakings.

The grant of a security interest in any accounts receivable of Albertson’s Group (other than a Receivables Subsidiary) to secure the ABL Credit Agreement shall not be deemed a Qualified Receivables Financing.

Qualifying Lenders ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iv) hereto.

Qualifying Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3(c)(iv) hereto.

Quarterly Accounting Period ” shall mean any period of three (3) or four (4) consecutive Accounting Periods designated as a “Quarterly Accounting Period” on Schedule 1.02 hereto.

Ratably Secured Notes ” shall mean the Existing Safeway Notes and the Existing Safeway Debentures.

Real Estate Financing Loan Parties ” shall mean any Real Estate Subsidiaries that are borrowers or guarantors under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility.

Real Estate Subsidiary ” shall mean any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings (i) that does not engage in any business other than owning or leasing real property or (ii) owning directly or indirectly the Equity Interests of its Restricted Subsidiaries described in clause (i) or a holding company of any such Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Persons listed on Schedule 1.03 constitute all of the Real Estate Subsidiaries.

Real Property ” shall mean all now owned and hereafter acquired real property of each Loan Party, including leasehold interests, together with all buildings, structures, and other improvements located thereon and all licenses, easements and appurtenances relating thereto, wherever located.

Receivables Financing ” shall mean any transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which Albertson’s Group may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (a) a Receivables Subsidiary (in the case of a transfer by Albertson’s Group), and (b) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by a Receivables Subsidiary), or may grant a security interest in, any accounts receivable (whether now existing or arising in the future) of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all collateral securing such accounts receivable, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable, proceeds of such accounts receivable and other assets which are customarily transferred or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with asset securitization transactions involving accounts receivable and any Hedging Obligations pursuant to a Swap Contract entered into by such Borrower or any such Subsidiary in connection with such accounts receivable.

 

55


Receivables Repurchase Obligation ” shall mean any obligation of a seller of receivables in a Qualified Receivables Financing to repurchase receivables arising as a result of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming subject to any asserted defense, dispute, off-set or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

Receivables Subsidiary ” shall mean a wholly owned Subsidiary of a Borrower (or other Person formed for the purposes of engaging in a Qualified Receivables Financing with a Borrower or its Subsidiaries in which a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries makes an Investment and to which a Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries transfers accounts receivable and related assets) which engages in no activities other than in connection with the Receivables Financing, all proceeds thereof and all rights (contractual or other), collateral and other assets relating thereto, and any business or activities incidental or related to such business and which is designated by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (as provided below) as a Receivables Subsidiary and:

(a) no portion of the Indebtedness or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which (i) is guaranteed by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest on, Indebtedness) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings), (ii) is recourse to or obligates a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than such Receivables Subsidiary) in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, or (iii) subjects any property or asset of a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings,

(b) with which neither a Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding other than on terms which such Borrower reasonably believes to be no less favorable to such Borrower or such Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates of such Borrower or such Subsidiary, and

(c) to which neither a Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results.

Any such designation by the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person shall be evidenced to the Agent by delivery to the Agent of a certified copy of the resolution of the board of directors of the Parent Borrower or such other Person giving effect to such designation and a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer certifying that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

Refinanced Term Loans ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.3(i) hereto.

Refinancing Amendment ” shall mean an amendment to this Agreement executed by each of (a) the Borrowers, (b) the Agent, (c) each Additional Refinancing Lender and (d) each Lender that agrees to provide any portion of Refinancing Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.9.

Refinancing Series ” shall mean all Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments that are established pursuant to the same Refinancing Amendment (or any subsequent Refinancing Amendment to the extent such Refinancing Amendment expressly provides that the Refinancing Term Loans or Refinancing Term Commitments provided for therein are intended to be a part of any previously established Refinancing Series) and that provide for the same Effective Yield and amortization schedule.

 

56


Refinancing Term Commitments ” shall mean one or more term loan commitments hereunder that fund Refinancing Term Loans of the applicable Refinancing Series hereunder pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

Refinancing Term Loans ” shall mean one or more term loans hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Register ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(b) hereto.

Registered Equivalent Notes ” shall mean, with respect to any notes originally issued in an offering pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act, substantially identical notes (having the same guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Registered Public Accounting Firm ” has the meaning specified by the Securities Laws and shall be independent of the Albertson’s Group as prescribed by the Securities Laws.

Related Parties ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Reportable Event ” shall mean any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

Repricing Transaction ” shall mean (1) the incurrence by the Parent Borrower or Safeway or any of their respective Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any new or additional term loans under this Agreement, whether incurred directly or by way of the conversion of Term B Loans into a new tranche of Replacement Term Loans under this Agreement) that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in financings similar to the facilities provided for in this Agreement (i) having an Effective Yield for the respective Type of such Indebtedness that is less than the Effective Yield for Term B Loans of the respective Type (with the comparative determinations to be made in the reasonable judgment of the Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practices, and without taking into account any fluctuations in ICE LIBOR or comparable rate), but excluding Indebtedness incurred in connection with a Change of Control , and (ii) the proceeds of which are used to prepay (or, in the case of a conversion, deemed to prepay or replace), in whole or in part, outstanding principal of Term B Loans, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility or any Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility or (2) any effective reduction in the Applicable Margin for Term Loans (e.g., by way of amendment, waiver or otherwise) (with such determination to be made in the reasonable judgment of the Agent, consistent with generally accepted financial practices). Any such determination by the Agent as contemplated by preceding clauses (1) and (2) shall be conclusive and binding on all Lenders holding Term B Loans absent manifest error.

Required Lenders ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the Total Outstandings.

Responsible Officer ” shall mean the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, vice president, treasurer or assistant treasurer of a Loan Party (or any individual performing substantially similar functions regardless of his or her title) or any of the other individuals designated in writing to the

 

57


Agent by an existing Responsible Officer of a Loan Party as an authorized signatory of any certificate or other document to be delivered hereunder. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restatement Effective Date ” shall mean August 25, 2014.

Restricted Payment ” shall mean the declaration or payment of any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) on account of any Equity Interests of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation, termination of, or other acquisition for value of, any such Equity Interests.

Restricted Subsidiary ” shall mean, at any time, any direct or indirect Subsidiary of Holdings that is not then an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided that upon an Unrestricted Subsidiary ceasing to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall be included in the definition of “Restricted Subsidiary”.

Retained Disposition Amount ” shall mean, with respect to any Applicable Disposition, (a) 100% of the Net Proceeds of such Applicable Disposition minus (b) the amount of such Net Proceeds applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(ii).

Retained Percentage ” shall mean, with respect to any Excess Cash Flow Period, (a) 100% minus (b) the Applicable ECF Percentage with respect to such Excess Cash Flow Period.

S&P ” shall mean Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

Safeway ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Acquisition ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Merger Agreement ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Safeway Notes Repurchases ” means any purchase, redemption, defeasance, discharge, or retirement of the Existing Safeway Notes pursuant to the Change of Control Purchase Offers or otherwise.

Safeway Services Agreement ” shall mean one or more services agreement between Safeway and NAI to be entered into contemporaneously with or subsequent to the Safeway Acquisition.

Same Day Funds ” shall mean immediately available funds.

Sarbanes-Oxley ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

SEC ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority which may be substituted therefor.

Secured Party ” or “ Secured Parties ” shall mean (a) individually, (i) each Lender, (ii) the Agent, any Arranger, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates which has provided Bank Products or Cash Management Services to the Loan Parties (or any Person that was the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, or an Affiliate of the Agent, an Arranger or a Lender, at the time it entered into such Bank Products or Cash

 

58


Management Services or, with respect to Bank Products or Cash Management Services entered into prior to the Escrow Release Date, on the Escrow Release Date or in connection with the initial syndication of the Loans), (iii) the Agent, (iv) each Arranger, (v) each beneficiary of each indemnification obligation undertaken by any Loan Party under any Financing Agreement, Bank Product or Cash Management Service, (vi) any other Person to whom Obligations under this Agreement and other Financing Agreement are owing, and (vii) the successors and assigns of each of the foregoing, and (b) collectively, all of the foregoing.

Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, together with all rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder or related thereto.

Securities Laws ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley, and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the PCAOB.

Security Agreement ” shall mean the Second Amended and Restated Security Agreement, dated as of Escrow Release Date, among the Parent Borrower, the other grantors party thereto and the Agent in the form of Exhibit E hereto.

Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt ” means any Indebtedness of the Loan Parties in the form of senior secured notes, senior secured credit facilities, or any combination thereof to be issued in connection with the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition in an aggregate principal amount of up to (x) $1,145,000,000 minus (y) the positive difference, if any, between (i) $645,000,000, and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of the Existing Safeway Notes purchased on (or within 90 days after) the date the Safeway Acquisition is consummated.

Senior Representative ” shall mean, with respect to any series of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, the trustee, Agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under the indenture or agreement pursuant to which such Indebtedness is issued, incurred or otherwise obtained, as the case may be, and each of their successors in such capacities.

Senior Secured Notes ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Preamble hereto.

Senior Secured Agent ” shall mean Wilmington Trust, National Association, as notes collateral agent under the indenture for the Senior Secured Notes.

Shareholders’ Equity ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Albertson’s Group as of that date determined in accordance with GAAP.

Similar Business ” means any business conducted or proposed to be conducted by Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date or any business that is similar, reasonably related, incidental, ancillary or complementary thereto, or is a reasonable extension, development or expansion thereof.

Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” shall mean, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that on such date (a) at fair valuation, all of the properties and assets of such Person are greater than the sum of the debts, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair saleable value of the properties and assets of such Person will be greater than the amount that would be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts and other liabilities, subordinated, contingent or otherwise, as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person is able to realize upon its properties and assets and pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of

 

59


business, (d) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts mature, and (e) such Person is not engaged in a business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or transaction, for which such Person’s properties and assets would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practices in the industry in which such Person is engaged. The amount of all guarantees at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at the time, can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

Solvency Certificate ” shall mean a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit O executed by the chief financial officer of Holdings.

SPC ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 14.7(k) hereto.

Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations ” shall mean (i) with respect to the Safeway Acquisition, the representations and warranties covered by the condition in Section 6.2(a) of the Safeway Merger Agreement (but only with respect to the representations and warranties that are material to the interest of the Lenders, and only to the extent that AB LLC (or its applicable Affiliate) has the right to terminate its obligations under the Safeway Merger Agreement or decline to consummate the Safeway Acquisition as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties and (ii) with respect to any Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder to be financed in any part by the proceeds of Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the representations and warranties set forth in the definitive agreement therefor that are material to the interest of the Incremental Term Lenders, and only to the extent that the applicable Loan Party has the right to terminate its obligations under such agreement or decline to consummate the Permitted Acquisition or Investment as a result of a breach of such representations and warranties.

Specified Default ” shall mean an Event of Default under Section 11.1(a), (g) or (h).

Specified Representations ” shall mean the representations set forth in Sections 8.1(a), 8.1(b)(ii), 8.2(a), 8.2(d), 8.16, 8.17, 8.19, 8.20, 8.21, 8.22, 8.24 and 8.27 (subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement).

Specified Transaction ” shall mean any incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (other than for working capital purposes) or Investment or capital contribution that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary, any acquisition or any disposition that results in a Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Subsidiary of a Borrower, any Investment constituting an acquisition of assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person, or any Disposition of a business unit, line of business or division of a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case whether by merger, consolidation, amalgamation or otherwise.

Sponsor ” shall mean, individually and collectively, (a) Cerberus Capital Management L.P., (b) Lubert-Adler Real Estate Fund V, L.P., (c) Klaff Realty, L.P., (d) Schottenstein Stores Corporation, and (e) Kimco Realty Corporation.

Standard Securitization Undertakings ” shall mean representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and guarantees of performance entered into by Albertson’s Group which the Parent Borrower has determined in good faith to be customary in a Receivables Financing including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing of the assets of a Receivables Subsidiary, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard Securitization Undertaking.

 

60


Store ” shall mean any retail store (which may include any real property, fixtures, equipment, inventory and other property related thereto) operated, or to be operated, by any Loan Party.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness which is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the prior payment in full of the Obligations pursuant to subordination provisions in form and on terms reasonably approved in writing by the Agent.

Subsidiary ” or “ subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or other limited or general partnership, trust, association or other business entity of which an aggregate of at least a majority of the outstanding Equity Interests or other interests entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, Equity Interests of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency), managers, trustees or other controlling persons, or an equivalent controlling interest therein, of such Person is, at the time, directly or indirectly, owned by such Person and/or one or more subsidiaries of such Person.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” shall mean each Subsidiary of a Borrower that is a Guarantor hereunder.

Successor Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.4(d) hereto.

SVU ” shall have the meaning set forth in the Existing Debt Facility.

Swap Contract ” shall mean (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Obligation ” means any obligation under a Swap Contract.

Swap Termination Value ” shall mean, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Synthetic Lease Obligation ” shall mean the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property (including sale and leaseback transactions), in each case, creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the application of any Debtor Relief Laws to such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

 

61


Target ” shall mean any other Person or business unit or asset group of any other Person acquired or proposed to be acquired in a Permitted Acquisition or a Permitted Investment.

Tax Indemnitee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(e) hereto.

Taxes ” shall mean all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

Term B Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term B-2 Loans, the Term B-3 Loans, the Term B-4 Loans, the Term B-5 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans and , the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans, the Term B-6 Loans and the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans .

Term B-2 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-2 Loans on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-2 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, (i) the term loans made by the Lenders and reclassified and continued on the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1 in respect of the amount set forth under the caption “Term B-2 Commitment” in such Lender’s Lender Addendum (as defined in Amendment No. 1) to Amendment No. 1 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8) or as allocated by the Agent and (ii) the term loans made by the Lenders and reclassified and continued on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date pursuant to Section 2.1 in respect of the amount set forth under the caption “Term B-2 Commitment” in such Lender’s Lender Addendum (as defined in Amendment No. 4) to Amendment No. 4 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8) or as allocated by the Agent. The aggregate amount of the Term B-2 Loans on the Restatement Effective Date is $1,437,032,166.71.

Term B-2 Maturity Date ” shall mean March 21, 2019.

Term B-3 Commitments ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-3 Loans to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1.01 (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) under the caption “Term B-3 Commitment” or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-3 Commitments is $950,000,000.

Term B-3 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-3 Commitments on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-3 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Loans made by the Term B-3 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Term B-3 Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is five (5) years from the Restatement Effective Date.

 

62


Term B-4 Commitments ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-4 Loans to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Schedule 1.01 (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) under the caption “Term B-4 Commitment” or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.8). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-4 Commitments is $3,609,000,000.

Term B-4 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-4 Commitments on the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-4 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Loans made by the Term B-4 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1.

Term B-4 Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is seven (7) years from the Restatement Effective Date.

Term B-5 Commitments ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term B-5 Loan to the Parent Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a). The initial aggregate amount of the Term B-5 Commitments is $1,145,000,000.

Term B-5 Lenders ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Lenders with Term B-5 Commitments on the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date.

Term B-5 Loans ” shall mean, collectively, the Term Loans made by the Term B-5 Lenders pursuant to Section 2.1(a).

Term B-5 Maturity Date ” shall mean December 21, 2022.

Term B-5 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of Term B-5 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such Term B-5 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the Term Loan Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the Term B-5 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the Term B-5 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility, and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the Term B-5 Loans.

Term B-6 Borrowing ” shall mean a borrowing consisting of Term B-6 Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, an Interest Period as determined by the Parent Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent, pursuant to Section 2.1(b).

Term B-6 Commitment ” shall means any Exchange Term B-6 Commitment or Additional Term B-6 Commitment, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.4 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment or (iii) an Extension Election.

Term B-6 Loan ” shall mean any Exchange Term B-6 Commitment or Additional Term B-6 Commitment.

 

63


Term B-6 Maturity Date ” shall mean the date that is seven years from the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

Term B-6 Repricing Event ” shall mean (i) any prepayment or repayment of Term B-6 Loans with the proceeds of, or any conversion of such Term B-6 Loans into, any new or replacement tranche of any new or additional term loans under the this Agreement that is broadly marketed or syndicated to banks and other institutional investors in similar financings (excluding indebtedness incurred in connection with a change of control or acquisition (or similar investment) not otherwise permitted under this Agreement) and bearing interest at an effective interest rate less than the effective “yield” applicable to the Term B-6 Loans then in effect, and excluding for the avoidance of doubt, any prepayment or repayment of the Term B-6 Loans made with cash on hand or the proceeds of any revolving loans under the ABL Facility and (ii) any amendment to this Agreement that reduces the effective applicable margin for the Term B-6 Loans.

Term Commitment ” shall mean, as to each Lender, its obligation to make a Term Loan to the Parent Borrower hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum principal amount of the Term Loan to be made by such Lender under this Agreement, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.3 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to (i) assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance, (ii) an Incremental Amendment, (iii) a Refinancing Amendment or (iv) an Extension Amendment. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth in Schedule 1.01 under the caption “Term B-3 Commitment”, “Term B-4 Commitment” or, otherwise, in the Assignment and Acceptance, Incremental Amendment or Refinancing Amendment pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as the case may be.

Term Lender ” shall mean any Lender that had a Term Commitment or any Lender that has purchased a Term Loan pursuant to one or more Assignment and Acceptance in accordance with the terms hereof.

Term Loan ” shall mean any Term B Loan, Incremental Term Loan, Other Term Loan or Extended Term Loan, as the context may require.

Term Loan Extension Request ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Term Loan Extension Series ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.10(a) hereto.

Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement ” shall mean the intercreditor agreement to be dated the date of the Escrow Release Date among the Agent, the Senior Secured Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Guarantors, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit N-2 hereto, as the same may be amended, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

Term Note ” shall mean a note evidencing Loans in the form of Exhibit D .

Test Period ” shall mean, for any date of determination under this Agreement, the latest four consecutive Quarterly Accounting Periods of Holdings for which financial statements have been delivered to the Agent on or prior to the Escrow Release Date and/or for which financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.5, as applicable.

Third Party Payors ” shall mean any private health insurance company that is obligated to reimburse or otherwise make payments to pharmacies which sell prescription drugs to eligible patients under Medicare, Medicaid or any insurance contract with such private health insurer.

 

64


Total Assets ” shall mean the total consolidated assets of the Albertson’s Group, as shown on the most recent financial statements of Holdings that Agent has received in accordance with Section 9.5 hereof (or of the Parent Borrower and Safeway and shown on the Audited Financial Statements delivered pursuant to Section 4.1 of the Existing Debt Facility, as applicable).

Total Leverage Ratio ” shall mean, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of such date to (b) EBITDA of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently ended Test Period on or prior to such date.

Total Outstandings ” shall mean the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans.

Trading with the Enemy Act ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.20.

Transactions ” shall mean, collectively, (a) the Equity Contribution, (b) the Debt Refinancing and the Safeway Notes Repurchases, (c) the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by the Safeway Merger Agreement, (d) the incurrence of the initial Term Loans hereunder (including the entering into of the Escrow Agreement, the funding of the Escrow Account and the release of the funds therefrom), the ABL Facility Indebtedness and Secured Safeway Acquisition Debt incurred on or prior to the Escrow Release Date, (e) the securing of the Ratably Secured Notes on a second lien basis and (f) the payment of the fees and expenses (including OID and upfront fees) incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

Transition Services Agreement ” shall mean the Transition Services Agreement, dated of the Original Closing Date, by and between the Parent Borrower and SVU, as the same may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.

Trust Funds ” shall have the same meaning assigned to it in the MoneyGram Agreement (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date).

Type ” shall mean, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York, and any successor statute, as in effect from time to time (except that terms used herein which are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York on the Escrow Release Date shall continue to have the same meaning notwithstanding any replacement or amendment of such statute except as Agent may otherwise determine); provided , however , that at any time, if by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfections or priority of Agent’s security interest in any item or portion of the Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdictions and any successor statute, as in effect from time to time, for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or priority or for purposes of definitions relating to such provisions.

United States Tax Compliance Certificate ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(d)(2)(C) hereto.

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” shall mean (i) as of the Escrow Release Date, each Subsidiary of Holdings listed on Schedule 1.04 , (ii) any Subsidiary of Holdings (other than the Parent Borrower or Safeway) designated by the Board of Directors of Holdings as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.14 subsequent to the Escrow Release Date, (iii) each Receivables Subsidiary and (iv) any Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

65


U.S. Lender ” shall mean any Lender that is a “United States person” as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

Valuation ” shall mean, in relation to any Mortgaged Property, a valuation of such Mortgaged Property made at any relevant time by an Approved Broker, on the basis of a sale for prompt delivery for cash at arms’ length on customary commercial terms as between a willing seller and a willing buyer. If any Approved Broker shall deliver a Valuation indicating a range of values for a Mortgaged Property, the Valuation for such Mortgaged Property shall be the arithmetic mean of the two endpoints of such range.

         Value Component ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Loan-to-Value Ratio.

Voting Stock ” shall mean with respect to any Person, (a) one (1) or more classes of Equity Interests of such Person having general voting powers to elect at least a majority of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Person, irrespective of whether at the time Equity Interests of any other class or classes have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency, and (b) any Equity Interests of such Person convertible or exchangeable without restriction at the option of the holder thereof into Equity Interests of such Person described in clause (a) of this definition.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” shall mean, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the sum of the products of the number of years from the date of determination to the date of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness multiplied by the amount of such payment, by (ii) the sum of all such payments.

Wellness Center Assets ” means the personal property assets comprising the wellness centers of Holdings and its Subsidiaries.

Write-Down and Conversion Powers ” means, with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule.

SECTION 2. CREDIT FACILITIES

2.1 Loans .

(a) Prior to (i) the Restatement Effective Date, the Lenders made Term B-2 Loans and (ii) the Escrow Release Date, the Lenders made Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans to the Parent Borrower. Upon the Escrow Release Date, such existing Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans shall be deemed to have been made under this Agreement. On the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date, the Lenders made the Term B-5 Loans. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.1(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans as further provided herein.

(b) The 2016-1 Term B-4 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Exchange 2016-1Term B-4 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-4 Loans for a like principal amount of Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date by Lenders of

 

66


Exchanged Term B-4 Loans will initially have the same Type of Loan and Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-4 Loans (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-4 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional 2016-1Term B-4 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-4 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(b)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each Term B-4 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of Amendment No. 4 (B-6), all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-4 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date.

(c) The 2016-1 Term B-5 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-5 Loans for a like principal amount of Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged Term B-5 Loans will initially have the same Type of Loan and Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-5 Loans (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional 2016-1Term B-5 Commitment on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(c)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional Term B-5 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Non-Exchanged Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each Term B-5 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of Amendment No. 4 (B-6), all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-5 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 4 Effective Date.

 

67


(d) The Term B-6 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Exchange Term B-2 Lender and Exchange Term B-3 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Exchanged Term B-3 Loans, as applicable, for a like principal amount of Exchange Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. Exchange Term B-6 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange Term B-6 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange Term B-6 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Exchanged Term B-3 Loans, as applicable, will initially be a Type and have an Interest Period as determined by the Parent Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to the Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Exchanged Term B-3 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 4 (B-6), each Additional Term B-6 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional Term B-6 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional Term B-6 Commitment on the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loans and Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional Term B-6 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(d)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional Term B-6 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional Term B-6 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to the Non-Exchanged Term B-2 Loans or Non-Exchanged Term B-3 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each Term B-2 Lender and Term B-3 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectives of Amendment No. 4 (B-6), all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-2 Loans or Term B-3 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 4 Effective Date.

(e) The 2016-2 Term B-4 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), each Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-4 Loans for a like principal amount of Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date. Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans will initially have the same Type of Loan and Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), each Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date in the principal amount

 

68


equal to its Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Commitment on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(e)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), all accrued and unpaid interest on its 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

(f) The 2016-2 Term B-5 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), each Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans for a like principal amount of Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date. Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans will initially have the same Type of Loan and Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), each Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Commitment on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(f)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to such Non-Exchanged 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectiveness of Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), all accrued and unpaid interest on its 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans, as applicable, to, but not including, the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

 

 

69


(g) The 2016-1 Term B-6 Borrowings

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), each Exchange Term B-6 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-6 Loans for a like principal amount of Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Exchange 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Exchange Term B-6 Loans exchanged on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date by Lenders of Exchanged Term B-6 Loans will initially be a Type and have an Interest Period as determined by the Parent Borrower in consultation with the Administrative Agent (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to the Exchanged Term B-6 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and set forth in Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), each Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Loan to the Borrowers on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Commitment on the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date. The Borrowers shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-6 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(g)(ii) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein. All Additional 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans will have the Type of Loan and Interest Period specified in the Committed Loan Notice delivered in connection therewith (which may be an Interest Period ending on the same date as the Interest Period applicable to the Non-Exchanged Term B-6 Loans being refinanced, notwithstanding the required periods set forth in the definition of Interest Period).

(iii) The Borrowers shall pay to each Term B-6 Lender, substantially concurrently with the effectives of Amendment No. 5 (2016-2), all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-6 Loans to, but not including, the Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date on such Amendment No. 5 (2016-2) Effective Date.

(h) (e)  Each Borrowing, each conversion of Term Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the applicable Borrower’s irrevocable written notice, to the Agent. Each such notice must be received by the Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (New York, New York time) (1) three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans, and (2) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Except as provided in Section 2.8, each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000, or a whole multiple of $100,000, in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.8, each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof. Each Committed Loan Notice shall specify (i) whether the applicable Borrower is requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Term Loans from one Type to the other or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Term Loans are to be converted, (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (vi) wire instructions of the account(s) to which funds are to be disbursed (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that the amount to be disbursed to any particular account may be less than the minimum or multiple limitations set forth above so long as the aggregate amount to be disbursed to all such accounts pursuant to such Borrowing meets such minimums and multiples); provided that in the case of the Borrowings on the Restatement Effective Date such accounts were the Escrow Account. If the applicable Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fail to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Term Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the applicable Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month.

 

 

70


(i) (f)  Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the applicable Borrower, the Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation described in Section 2.1(b). In the case of each Borrowing, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Agent in Same Day Funds at the Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. The Agent shall make all funds so received available to the applicable Borrower in like funds as received by the Agent either by (i) crediting the account(s) of the applicable Borrower on the books of the Agent with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided by the applicable Borrower to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Agent.

(j) (g)  Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan unless the applicable Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.3 in connection therewith. During the occurrence and continuation of an Event of Default, the Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(k) (h)  The Agent shall promptly notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by the Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Agent shall notify the Borrowers and the Lenders of any change in Credit Suisse’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

(l) (i)  After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans from one Type to the other and all continuations of Term Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than six (6) Interest Periods in effect; provided that after the establishment of any new Class of Loans pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment or Extension Amendment, the number of Interest Periods otherwise permitted by this Section 2.1( f l ) shall increase by three (3) Interest Periods for each applicable Class so established.

(m) (j)  The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

(n) (k)  Unless the Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Agent such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement of such Borrowing, the Agent may assume that such Lender has made such Pro Rata Share or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement available to the Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with paragraph (b) above, and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If the Agent shall have so made funds available, then, to the extent that such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Agent, each of such Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to repay to the Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the applicable Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Agent at (i) in the case of a Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time to the Loans

 

71


comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, the Overnight Rate plus any administrative, processing, or similar fees customarily charged by the Agent in accordance with the foregoing. A certificate of the Agent submitted to any Lender with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.1( h n ) shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. If the applicable Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to the Agent for the same or an overlapping period, the Agent shall promptly remit to such Borrower the amount of such interest paid by such Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable Borrowing to the Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Any payment by a Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim such Borrower may have against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to the Agent.

2.2 Repayment of Loans . The Borrowers jointly and severally agree to repay to the Agent for the ratable account of the Lenders (i) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-2 Loans outstanding on the Amendment No. 4 Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), (ii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, the respective percentage of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-3 Loans outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)):

 

Date

   Percentage  

1 st -4 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective Date

     1.250

5 th -8 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     1.875

9 th -12 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     3.125

13 th -19 th Quarterly Accounting Periods after Restatement Effective

     3.750

(iii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period of Holdings after the Escrow Release Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-4 Loans outstanding on the Restatement Effective Date (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), (iv) on the Term B-2 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-2 Loans outstanding on such date, (v) on the Term B-3 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-3 Loans outstanding on such date, (vi) on the Term B-4 Maturity Date, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-4 Loans outstanding on such date, (vii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on March 31, 2016, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-5 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), (viii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)); (ix) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), and (x) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on the last day of the first full Quarterly Accounting Period after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, an aggregate

 

72


amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Term B-6 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)) , (xi) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on March 31, 2017, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)), (xii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on March 31, 2017, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)) and (xiii) on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing on March 31, 2017, an aggregate amount equal to 0.25% of the aggregate principal amount of all 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans (which payments shall be reduced as a result of the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.3(b)) . To the extent not previously paid, each Class of Term B Loans shall be due and payable on the applicable Term Maturity Date, together with accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount to the date of payment.

2.3 Prepayments .

(a) Optional .

(i) The Borrowers may, upon notice to the Agent, at any time or from time to time thereafter, without premium or penalty except as provided in clause (d) below, voluntarily prepay the Loans in whole or in part; provided that (1) such notice must be received by the Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York City time) (A) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (2) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000, or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; and (3) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof; or, in the case of clause (2) or (3) of this proviso, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and whether such Loan is Eurodollar Rate Loan or a Base Rate Loan and the order of Loan(s) to be prepaid. The Agent will promptly notify each Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share or, if such prepayment is being made pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h), such Lender’s share, of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrowers, the Borrowers shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.3. In the case of each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.3(a), the Borrowers may in their sole discretion select the Loan or Loans (and the order of maturity of principal payments) to be repaid, and such payment shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares (other than if pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h)).

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrowers may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.3(a)(i) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the Facilities or other transaction, which refinancing or other transaction shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed. Each prepayment of Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(a) shall be applied in an order of priority to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.2 as directed by the Parent Borrower and, absent such direction, shall be applied in direct order of maturity to repayments thereof required pursuant to Section 2.2.

 

73


(b) Mandatory .

(i) Within five (5) Business Days after financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(a) and the related Compliance Certificate has been delivered, the Parent Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate amount of Loans in an amount equal to (A) the Applicable ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the Excess Cash Flow Period covered by such financial statements (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending February 26, 2015) minus (B) the sum of (1) all voluntary prepayments of Loans during such Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 2.3(a), (2) the amount expended by any Purchasing Borrower Party to prepay any Loans pursuant to Section 2.3(c) or Section 14.7(h), and (3) all voluntary prepayments of loans under the ABL Facility during such Fiscal Year to the extent the commitments under the ABL Facility are permanently reduced by the amount of such payments and, in the case of each of the immediately preceding clauses (1), (2) and (3), to the extent such prepayments are funded with Internally Generated Cash.

(ii) If (1) a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Section 10.5(a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), (i) (to the extent the Disposition is to a Restricted Subsidiary and the property or assets continue to secure the Obligations with the same priority as prior to such Disposition), (k), (l), (o), (q), (r) or (t)-(v), (x)-(aa)), or (2) any Casualty Event occurs, which results in the realization or receipt by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of Net Proceeds, the Parent Borrower shall, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, cause to be prepaid on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt by a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds an aggregate principal amount of Loans in an amount equal to (x) in the case of Dispositions described in clause (1) above, an amount equal to the Applicable Disposition Percentage of all Net Proceeds received from such Disposition (excluding the proceeds from the disposition of the Equity Interests in or assets of Casa Ley and (y) in the case of Casualty Events described in clause (2) above, an amount equal to 100% of such Net Proceeds received in connection with such Casualty Events; provided that (x) if any Incremental Equivalent Debt have been issued in compliance with Sections 10.1 and 10.3 with Liens ranking pari passu with the Liens securing the Obligations pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreements, then the Parent Borrower may cause Loans to be prepaid and, to the extent required pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Incremental Equivalent Debt, cause such Incremental Equivalent Debt to be purchased (at a purchase price no greater than par plus accrued and unpaid interest) on a pro rata basis in accordance with the respective principal amounts thereof and (y) if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, the Parent Borrower is required to offer to repurchase or to prepay Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations) pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness with the net proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event (such Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt (or Permitted Refinancing thereof) required to be offered to be so repurchased or prepaid, “ Other Applicable Indebtedness ”), then the Parent Borrower may apply such Net Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time; provided that the portion of such Net Proceeds allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of such net proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such net proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof) to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repurchase or prepayment of Other Applicable Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.3(b)(ii) shall be reduced accordingly; provided , further , that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such Other Applicable Indebtedness repurchased or prepaid, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

74


(iii) If a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues any Indebtedness after the Escrow Release Date (x) that is intended to be Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (y) that is not otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 10.3 or (z) notwithstanding clause (y), that is Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.3(v) (other than (A) Indebtedness the proceeds of which are applied to repay Indebtedness previously incurred under Section 10.3(v) , (B) Indebtedness incurred under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility to finance the acquisition of Material Real Property after the Escrow Release Date so long as such Indebtedness is incurred within 180 days of the acquisition of such Material Real Property and (C) Indebtedness the proceeds of which are used by a Real Estate Subsidiary to pay the purchase price to the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary for any Real Property to the extent such proceeds constituted Net Proceeds of a Disposition subject to clause (b) (ii) above), the Parent Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate principal amount of Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Proceeds received therefrom on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after the receipt by such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of such Net Proceeds.

(iv) Except with respect to Loans incurred in connection with any Refinancing Amendment, Term Loan Extension Request or any Incremental Amendment (to the extent set forth in such Refinancing Amendment, Term Loan Extension Request or Incremental Amendment as contemplated below), (A) each prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.3(b) shall be applied to the next eight succeeding scheduled principal installments to each Class of Term Loans and then ratably to the remaining installments of each Class of Term Loans then outstanding ( provided that (i) any prepayment of Term Loans with the Net Proceeds of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall be applied solely to each applicable Class of Refinanced Debt and (ii) any Class of Incremental Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Other Term Loans may specify that one or more other Classes of Loans may be prepaid prior to such Class of Incremental Term Loans, Extended Term Loans or Other Term Loans and (B) each such prepayment shall be paid to the applicable Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares of such prepayment.

(c) (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 2.3(a), 2.6(a) or 2.7 (which provisions shall not be applicable to Section 2.3(c)), any Purchasing Borrower Party shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay Loans to the Lenders at a discount to the par value of such Loans and on a non pro rata basis (each, a “ Discounted Voluntary Prepayment ”) pursuant to the procedures described in Section 2.3(c); provided that (A) any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be offered to all Lenders with Loans of a specified Class on a pro rata basis, (B) such Purchasing Borrower Party shall deliver to the Agent a certificate stating that (1) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (after giving effect to any related waivers or amendments obtained in connection with such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment), (2) each of the conditions to such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment contained in Section 2.3(c) has been satisfied, (3) such Purchasing Borrower Party does not have any material non-public information (“ MNPI ”) with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that (a) has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI with respect to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time and (b) could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material, (i) to a Lender’s decision to participate in any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (ii) to the market price of the Loans.

(ii) To the extent a Purchasing Borrower Party seeks to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment, such Purchasing Borrower Party will provide written notice to the Agent substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto (each, a “ Discounted Prepayment Option Notice ”) that such Purchasing Borrower Party desires to prepay Loans of a specified Class in an aggregate principal amount specified therein by the Purchasing Borrower Party (each, a “ Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount ”), in each case at a discount to the par value of such Loans as specified below. The Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount of Loans shall not be less than $10,000,000. The Discounted Prepayment Option Notice shall further specify with respect to the proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment: (A) the Proposed

 

75


Discounted Prepayment Amount of Loans, (B) a discount range (which may be a single percentage) selected by the Purchasing Borrower Party with respect to such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment (representing the percentage of par of the principal amount of Loans to be prepaid) (the “ Discount Range ”), and (C) the date by which Lenders are required to indicate their election to participate in such proposed Discounted Voluntary Prepayment which shall be at least five Business Days following the date of the Discounted Prepayment Option Notice (the “ Acceptance Date ”).

(iii) Upon receipt of a Discounted Prepayment Option Notice in accordance with Section 2.3(c)(ii), the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the applicable Class thereof. On or prior to the Acceptance Date, each Lender may specify by written notice substantially in the form of Exhibit J hereto (each, a “ Lender Participation Notice ”) to the Agent (A) a minimum price (the “ Acceptable Price ”) within the Discount Range (for example, 80% of the par value of the Loans to be prepaid) and (B) a maximum principal amount (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Agent) of Loans with respect to which such Lender is willing to permit a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment at the Acceptable Price (“ Offered Loans ”). Based on the Acceptable Prices and principal amounts of Loans of the applicable Class specified by the Lenders in the applicable Lender Participation Notice, the Agent, in consultation with the Purchasing Borrower Party, shall determine the applicable discount for Loans (the “ Applicable Discount ”), which Applicable Discount shall be (A) the percentage specified by the Purchasing Borrower Party if the Purchasing Borrower Party has selected a single percentage pursuant to Section 2.3(c)(ii) for the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment or (B) otherwise, the lowest Acceptable Price at which the Purchasing Borrower Party can pay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount in full (determined by adding the principal amounts of Offered Loans commencing with the Offered Loans with the lowest Acceptable Price); provided , however , that in the event that such Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount cannot be repaid in full at any Acceptable Price, the Applicable Discount shall be the highest Acceptable Price specified by the Lenders that is within the Discount Range. The Applicable Discount shall be applicable for all Lenders who have offered to participate in the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and have Qualifying Loans (as defined below). Any Lender with outstanding Loans of the applicable Class whose Lender Participation Notice is not received by the Agent by the Acceptance Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment of any of its Loans at any discount to their par value within the Applicable Discount.

(iv) The Purchasing Borrower Party shall make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment by prepaying those Loans of the applicable Class (or the respective portions thereof) offered by the Lenders (“ Qualifying Lenders ”) that specify an Acceptable Price that is equal to or lower than the Applicable Discount (“ Qualifying Loans ”) at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would exceed the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Purchasing Borrower Party shall prepay such Qualifying Loans ratably among the Qualifying Lenders based on their respective principal amounts of such Qualifying Loans (subject to rounding requirements specified by the Agent). If the aggregate proceeds required to prepay all Qualifying Loans (disregarding any interest payable at such time) would be less than the amount of aggregate proceeds required to prepay the Proposed Discounted Prepayment Amount, such amounts in each case calculated by applying the Applicable Discount, the Purchasing Borrower Party shall prepay all Qualifying Loans.

(v) Each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be made within five Business Days after the Acceptance Date (or such other date as the Agent shall reasonably agree, given the time required to calculate the Applicable Discount and determine the amount and holders of Qualifying Loans), without premium or penalty (but subject to Section 3.3), upon irrevocable notice substantially in the form of Exhibit K hereto (each a “ Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice ”), delivered to the Agent no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time), two Business Days prior to the date of such Discounted Voluntary Prepayment,

 

76


which notice shall specify the date and amount of the Discounted Voluntary Prepayment and the Applicable Discount determined by the Agent. Upon receipt of any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice the Agent shall promptly notify each relevant Lender thereof. If any Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice is given, the amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable to the applicable Lenders, subject to the Applicable Discount on the applicable Loans, on the date specified therein together with accrued interest (on the par principal amount) to but not including such date on the amount prepaid.

(vi) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Voluntary Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to reasonable procedures (including as to timing, rounding and calculation of Applicable Discount in accordance with Section 2.3(c)(iii) above) established by the Agent in consultation with the Parent Borrower.

(vii) Prior to the delivery of a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment Notice, upon written notice to the Agent, the Purchasing Borrower Party may withdraw its offer to make a Discounted Voluntary Prepayment pursuant to any Discounted Prepayment Option Notice.

(d) Prepayment Premium .

(i) At the time of the effectiveness of any Repricing Transaction that is consummated prior to the date that is one year and 31 days following the Start Dates (as defined in Amendment No. 5), the Borrowers agree to pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Lender with outstanding Term B-2 Loans, Term B-3 Loans and/or Term B-4 Loans, as applicable, which are repaid or prepaid pursuant to such Repricing Transaction (including each Lender that withholds its consent to such Repricing Transaction and is replaced as a Non-Consenting Lender under Section 12.3(c)), a fee in an amount equal to 1.0% of (x) in the case of a Repricing Transaction of the type described in clause (1) of the definition thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans prepaid (or converted) in connection with such Repricing Transaction and (y) in the case of a Repricing Transaction described in clause (2) of the definition thereof, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans outstanding on such date that are subject to an effective reduction of the Applicable Margin applicable to the Term B Loans pursuant to such Repricing Transaction. Such fees shall be due and payable upon the date of the effectiveness of such Repricing Transaction.

(ii) If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 1 (B-5) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of the Term Loan Agreement that results in a Term B-5 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Term B-5 Lender with outstanding Term B-5 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such Term B-5 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected Term B-5 Loans of such Term B-5 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such Term B-5 Repricing Event.

(iii) If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a 2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender with outstanding 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such 2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans of such 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such 2016-1 Term B-4 Repricing Event.

 

77


(iv) If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a 2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender with outstanding 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such 2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans of such 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such 2016-1 Term B-5 Repricing Event.

(v) If, on or prior to the date that is six months after the Amendment No. 4 (B-6) Effective Date, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a Term B-6 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each Term B-6 Lender with outstanding Term B-6 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such Term B-6 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected Term B-6 Loans of such Term B-6 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such Term B-6 Repricing Event.

(vi) If, on or prior to June 23, 2017, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a 2016-2 Term B-4 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender with outstanding 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such 2016-2 Term B-4 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans of such 2016-2 Term B-4 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such 2016-2 Term B-4 Repricing Event.

(vii) If, on or prior to June 23, 2017, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a 2016-2 Term B-5 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender with outstanding 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such 2016-2 Term B-5 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans of such 2016-2 Term B-5 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such 2016-2 Term B-5 Repricing Event.

(viii) If, on or prior to June 23, 2017, the Borrowers effect an amendment of this Agreement that results in a 2016-1 Term B-6 Repricing Event, the Borrowers shall pay to the Agent, for the ratable account of each 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender with outstanding 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans that are repaid, prepaid or amended pursuant to such 2016-1 Term B-6 Repricing Event, a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate principal amount of the affected 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans of such 2016-1 Term B-6 Lender outstanding immediately prior to the date of effectiveness of such 2016-1 Term B-6 Repricing Event.

(e) Funding Losses, Etc. All prepayments under Section 2.3 shall be made together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.3. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of Section 2.3(b), so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans is required to be made under Section 2.3(b) prior to the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Parent Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder into a cash collateral account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with Section 2.3(b). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with Section 2.3(b).

 

78


2.4 Termination or Reduction of Commitments . (i) The Term B-3 Commitment of each Term B-3 Lender was reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B-3 Loans made by it pursuant to Amendment No. 5, (ii) the Term B-4 Commitment of each Term B-4 Lender was reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B-4 Loans made by it pursuant to Amendment No. 5, (iii) the Term B-5 Commitment of each Term B-5 Lender was reduced to $0 upon the funding of Term B-5 Loans made by it pursuant to Section 2.01(a), (iv) the 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment of each 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender shall be reduced to $0 upon the making of 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans made by it pursuant to Section 2.01(b), (v) the 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment of each 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender shall be reduced to $0 upon the making of 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans made by it pursuant to Section 2.01(c) and , (vi) the Term B-6 Commitment of each Term B-6 Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the making of Term B-6 Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(d) , (vii) the 2016-1 Term B-4 Commitment of each 2016-1 Term B-4 Lender shall be reduced to $0 upon the making of 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans made by it pursuant to Section 2.01(b), (viii) the 2016-1 Term B-5 Commitment of each 2016-1 Term B-5 Lender shall be reduced to $0 upon the making of 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans made by it pursuant to Section 2.01(c) and (ix) the Term B-6 Commitment of each Term B-6 Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 upon the making of 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans pursuant to Section 2.1(d) .

2.5 Evidence of Indebtedness .

(a) The Loans made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Agent, acting solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as non-fiduciary agent for the Borrowers. The accounts or records maintained by the Agent shall be conclusive evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender pursuant to Section 2.5(b) and the accounts and records of the Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records of the Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Agent, the applicable Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Agent) a Term Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Term Note and endorse thereon the date, Class, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.

(b) Entries made in good faith by the Agent in the Register pursuant to Section 2.5(a), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to this Section 2.5(b), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrowers to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

2.6 Payments Generally .

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrowers shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrowers hereunder shall be made to the Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the applicable Agent’s Office in Dollars and in Same Day Funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Agent will promptly distribute to each Appropriate Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share provided for under this Agreement) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s applicable Lending Office. All payments received by the Agent after 2:00 p.m., shall in each case, at the option of the Agent, be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

 

79


(b) If any payment to be made by a Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) Unless the Parent Borrower or any Lender has notified the Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Agent hereunder, that the applicable Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Agent may assume that the applicable Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Agent in Same Day Funds, then:

(i) if the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Agent in Same Day Funds at the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Agent the amount thereof in Same Day Funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Agent to the applicable Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Agent (the “ Compensation Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Overnight Rate from time to time in effect. When such Lender makes payment to the Agent (together with all accrued interest thereon), then such payment amount (excluding the amount of any interest which may have accrued and been paid in respect of such late payment) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount within one Business Day upon the Agent’s demand therefor, the Agent may make a demand therefor upon the applicable Borrower, and the applicable Borrower shall pay such amount to the Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Agent or the Borrowers may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

A notice of the Agent to any Lender or the applicable Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.6(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Section 2, and such funds are not made available to the applicable Borrower by the Agent because the conditions to the applicable Loan set forth in Section 4 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

 

80


(f) Whenever any payment received by the Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Agent and applied by the Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 11.3. If the Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Financing Agreements under circumstances for which the Financing Agreements do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Agent may (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law), but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

2.7 Sharing of Payments . If, other than as expressly provided elsewhere herein, any Lender shall obtain payment in respect of any principal or interest on account of the Loans made by it any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of any principal or interest on such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 14.11 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. For avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to (A) any payment made by the Parent Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement as in effect from time to time or (B) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant permitted hereunder. The Parent Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 14.14) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Parent Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Agent will keep records (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.7 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that purchases a participation pursuant to this Section 2.7 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

2.8 Incremental Credit Extensions .

(a) One or more Borrowers (which shall include all existing Borrowers with respect to an existing Class of Term B Loans for which Incremental Term Commitments are requested) may, by written notice to the Agent (whereupon the Agent shall promptly deliver a copy to each of the Lenders) from time to time after the Escrow Release Date, request Incremental Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Incremental Amount from one or more Incremental Term Lenders (which, in each case, may include any existing Lender) willing to provide such Incremental Term Loans, as the case may be, in their own discretion. Such notice shall set forth (i) the amount of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments being requested (which shall be in minimum increments of $1,000,000 and a minimum

 

81


amount of $25,000,000 or equal to the remaining Incremental Amount), (ii) the date on which such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are requested to become effective (the “ Increased Amount Date ”), and (iii) whether such Incremental Term Loan Commitments are to be Term Commitments or commitments to make term loans with interests rates and/or amortization and/or maturity and/or other terms different from the Term B Loans (“ Incremental Term Loans ”). The proceeds of any Incremental Term Loans shall not be used to make Restricted Payments or prepayments of Subordinated Indebtedness pursuant to Section 10.6, Section 10.11 or otherwise.

(b) The applicable Borrowers and each Incremental Term Lender shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Incremental Amendment and such other documentation as the Agent shall reasonably specify to evidence the Incremental Term Loan Commitment of such Incremental Term Lender. Each Incremental Amendment shall specify the terms of the applicable Incremental Term Loans; provided that (i) except as to pricing, amortization and final maturity date (which shall, subject to clause (ii) and (iii) of this proviso, be determined by the applicable Borrowers and the Incremental Term Lenders in their sole discretion), the Incremental Term Loans shall have no more restrictive terms, when taken as a whole, than the Term Loans except (x) if the Term Lenders holding the Term Loans also receive the benefit of such restrictive terms, (y) such terms are not effective until the Latest Maturity Date of the then existing Term Loans or (z) such other terms as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (ii) the final maturity date of any Incremental Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Incremental Term Loans are established, and, (iii) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Incremental Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans; provided further that, with respect to any Incremental Term Loans, if the Effective Yield in respect of any such Incremental Term Loan exceeds the Applicable Margin of any Term B Loans by more than 25 basis points, such Applicable Margin shall be increased so that the Effective Yield in respect of such Incremental Term Loan is no more than 25 basis points higher than the Effective Yield for such Term B Loans and if the lowest permissible Eurodollar Rate is greater than 1.00% or the lowest permissible Base Rate is greater than 2.00% for such Incremental Term Loan, the difference between such “floor” and 1.00% in the case of Eurodollar Rate Incremental Term Loans (or 2.00% in the case of Base Rate Incremental Term Loans, shall be equated to interest rate margin for purposes of this proviso. The Incremental Term Loans shall have the same guarantees as and rank pari passu in right of payment and security with the Term B Loans.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to the last paragraph of Section 4.2 and Section 14.13(e), no Incremental Term Loan Commitment shall become effective under this Section 2.8 unless (i) both at the time of any such request and upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment, no Event of Default shall exist and at the time that any such Incremental Term Loan is made (and after giving effect thereto) no Event of Default shall be continuing; (ii) after giving effect to such Incremental Term Loan Commitments, the conditions of Section 4.2(a) shall be satisfied (it being understood that all references to “the date of the making of such Loan” or similar language in such Section 4.2(a) shall be deemed to refer to the effective date of such Incremental Amendment) (except, to the extent the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans are to be used to finance an Acquisition, such representations shall be limited to the Specified Representations and Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations) and (iii) the Agent shall have received customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Incremental Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Incremental Amendment, this Agreement shall be amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Incremental Term Loan Commitments evidenced thereby. Any such deemed amendment may be memorialized in writing by the Agent with the applicable Borrower’s consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and furnished to the other parties hereto.

 

82


(d) The Incremental Amendment may, without the consent of Parent Borrower, or any other Loan Party, Agent or Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.8. The applicable Borrowers will use the proceeds of the Incremental Term Loans for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement. Incremental Term Loans may be made by any existing Lender (but each existing Lender will not have an obligation to make a portion of any Incremental Term Loan) or by any other bank or other financial institution; provided that any such bank or financial institution shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Parent Borrower. No Lender shall be obligated to provide any Incremental Term Loans unless it so agrees.

This Section 2.8 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.7 or 12.3 to the contrary.

2.9 Refinancing Amendments .

(a) On one or more occasions after the Escrow Release Date, the Borrowers may obtain, from any Lender or any Additional Refinancing Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans then outstanding under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (a) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans) in the form of Other Term Loans or Other Term Loan Commitments pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment.

(b) The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Agent, receipt by the Agent of (i) customary legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Agent in order to ensure that such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is provided with the benefit of the applicable Financing Agreements.

(c) Each issuance of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness under Section 2.9(a) shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) not less than $25,000,000 and (y) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

(d) Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements may be amended pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements consistent with the provisions and intent of Section 12.3(g) (without the consent of the Required Lenders called for therein) and (iii) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.9, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to enter into any such Refinancing Amendment.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans and , 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans, 2016-1 B-5 Loans , 2016-2 B-5 Loans and 2016-1 B-6 Loans shall be permitted under this Agreement.

 

83


2.10 Extension of Term Loans .

(a) Extension of Term Loans . The applicable Borrowers may at any time and from time to time request that all or a portion of the Term Loans of a given Class (each, an “ Existing Term Loan Tranche ”) be amended to extend the scheduled maturity date(s) with respect to all or a portion of any principal amount of such Term Loans (any such Term Loans which have been so amended, “ Extended Term Loans ”) and to provide for other terms consistent with this Section 2.10. In order to establish any Extended Term Loans, the Parent Borrower shall provide a notice to the Agent (who shall provide a copy of such notice to each of the Lenders under the applicable Existing Term Loan Tranche) (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Request ”) setting forth the proposed terms of the Extended Term Loans to be established, which shall (x) be identical as offered to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche (including as to the proposed interest rates and fees payable) and offered pro rata to each Lender under such Existing Term Loan Tranche and (y) be identical to the Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which such Extended Term Loans are to be amended, except that: (i) all or any of the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Extended Term Loans may be delayed to later dates than the scheduled amortization payments of principal of the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (ii) the Effective Yield with respect to the Extended Term Loans (whether in the form of interest rate margin, upfront fees, original issue discount or otherwise) may be different than the Effective Yield for the Term Loans of such Existing Term Loan Tranche, in each case, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment; (iii) the Extension Amendment may provide for other covenants and terms that apply solely to any period after the Latest Maturity Date that is in effect on the effective date of the Extension Amendment (immediately prior to the establishment of such Extended Term Loans); and (iv) Extended Term Loans may have call protection as may be agreed by the Parent Borrower and the Lenders thereof; provided that no Extended Term Loans may be optionally prepaid prior to the date on which all Term Loans with an earlier final stated maturity (including Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche from which they were amended) are repaid in full, unless such optional prepayment is accompanied by a pro rata optional prepayment of such other Term Loans; provided , however , that (A) no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time a Term Loan Extension Request is delivered to Lenders, (B) in no event shall the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof be earlier than the then Latest Maturity Date of any other Term Loans hereunder, (C) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Extended Term Loans of a given Term Loan Extension Series at the time of establishment thereof shall be no shorter (other than by virtue of amortization or prepayment of such Indebtedness prior to the time of incurrence of such Extended Term Loans) than the remaining Weighted Average Life to Maturity of any Existing Term Loan Tranche, (D) any such Extended Term Loans (and the Liens securing the same) shall be permitted by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements, (E) all documentation in respect of such Extension Amendment shall be consistent with the foregoing and (F) any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or less than a pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Term Loan Extension Request. Any Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request shall be designated a series (each, a “ Term Loan Extension Series ”) of Extended Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement; provided that any Extended Term Loans amended from an Existing Term Loan Tranche may, to the extent provided in the applicable Extension Amendment, be designated as an increase in any previously established Term Loan Extension Series with respect to such Existing Term Loan Tranche. Each Term Loan Extension Series of Extended Term Loans incurred under this Section 2.10 shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $25,000,000.

(b) Extension Request . The Parent Borrower shall provide the applicable Term Loan Extension Request at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date on which Lenders under the Existing Term Loan Tranche are requested to respond, and shall agree to such procedures, if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section 2.10. No Lender shall have any obligation to agree to have any of its Term Loans of any Existing Term Loan Tranche amended into Extended Term Loans pursuant to any Term Loan Extension Request. Any Lender holding a Loan under an Existing Term Loan Tranche (each, an “ Extending Term Lender ”) wishing to have all or a portion of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche subject

 

84


to such Term Loan Extension Request amended into Extended Term Loans shall notify the Agent (each, an “ Extension Election ”) on or prior to the date specified in such Term Loan Extension Request of the amount of its Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche which it has elected to request be amended into Extended Term Loans (subject to any minimum denomination requirements imposed by the Agent). In the event that the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans under the Existing Term Loan Tranche in respect of which applicable Term Lenders shall have accepted the relevant Term Loan Extension Request exceeds the amount of Extended Term Loans requested to be extended pursuant to the Term Loan Extension Request, Term Loans subject to Extension Elections shall be amended to Extended Term Loans on a pro rata basis (subject to rounding by the Agent, which shall be conclusive) based on the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans included in each such Extension Election.

(c) Extension Amendment . Extended Term Loans shall be established pursuant to an amendment (each, a “ Extension Amendment ”) to this Agreement among Holdings, the Loan Parties, the Agent and each Extending Term Lender providing an Extended Term Loan thereunder, which shall be consistent with the provisions set forth in Section 2.10(a) above, respectively (but which shall not require the consent of any other Lender). The effectiveness of any Extension Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 and, to the extent reasonably requested by the Agent, receipt by the Agent of (i) legal opinions, board resolutions and officers’ certificates consistent with those delivered on the Original Closing Date other than changes to such legal opinion resulting from a change in law, change in fact or change to counsel’s form of opinion reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and (ii) reaffirmation agreements and/or such amendments to the Collateral Documents as may be reasonably requested by the Agent in order to ensure that the Extended Term Loans are provided with the benefit of the applicable Financing Agreements. The Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Extension Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements may be amended pursuant to an Extension Amendment, without the consent of any other Lenders, to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to (i) reflect the existence and terms of the Extended Term Loans incurred pursuant thereto, (ii) modify the scheduled repayments set forth in Section 2.2 with respect to any Existing Term Loan Tranche subject to an Extension Election to reflect a reduction in the principal amount of the Term Loans thereunder in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Extended Term Loans amended pursuant to the applicable Extension Amendment (with such amount to be applied ratably to reduce scheduled repayments of such Term Loans required pursuant to Section 2.2), (iii) modify the prepayments set forth in Section 2.3 to reflect the existence of the Extended Term Loans and the application of prepayments with respect thereto, (iv) make such other changes to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements consistent with the provisions and intent of Section 12.3(g) (without the consent of the Required Lenders called for therein) and (v) effect such other amendments to this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Agent and the Parent Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section 2.10, and the Required Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to enter into any such Extension Amendment.

(d) No conversion of Loans pursuant to any Extension Amendment in accordance with this Section 2.10 shall constitute a voluntary or mandatory payment or prepayment for purposes of this Agreement.

 

85


SECTION 3. INTEREST AND FEES

3.1 Interest .

(a) The Borrowers shall pay to Agent, for the benefit of Lenders, interest on the outstanding principal amount of the Loans at the Interest Rate. All interest accruing hereunder shall be payable on demand: (i) on and after the date of any Event of Default, following the Agent’s election to increase the Interest Rate pursuant to clause (b) of the definition thereof and from time to time thereafter, and (ii) on and after the date of termination hereof.

(b) Interest shall be payable by the Borrowers to Agent, for the account of Lenders, with respect to Base Rate Loans on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Latest Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made, which shall be calculated on the basis of three hundred sixty-five (365) or three hundred sixty-six (366) day year, as applicable, and actual days elapsed. Interest shall be payable by the Borrowers to Agent, for the account of Lenders, with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loans on the last day of each applicable Interest Period with respect to such Loans, or, in the case of Interest Periods longer than three months, on the date that is three months after the commencement of such Interest Period, which shall be calculated on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed. The interest rate on non-contingent Obligations (other than Eurodollar Rate Loans) shall increase or decrease by an amount equal to each increase or decrease in the Base Rate effective on the date any change in such Base Rate is effective. In no event shall charges constituting interest payable by the Borrowers to Agent and Lenders exceed the maximum amount or the rate permitted under any applicable law or regulation, and if any such part or provision of this Agreement is in contravention of any such law or regulation, such part or provision shall be deemed amended to conform thereto.

3.2 Fees . The Parent Borrower shall pay to Agent and Credit Suisse the other fees and amounts set forth in the Fee Letter in the amounts and at the times specified therein or as has otherwise been agreed by or on behalf of Parent Borrower. To the extent payment in full of the applicable fee is received by Agent from Parent Borrower on or about the Escrow Release Date, Agent shall pay to each Lender its share of such fees in accordance with the terms of the arrangements of Agent with such Lender.

3.3 Changes in Laws and Increased Costs of Loans .

(a) If after the Escrow Release Date, either (i) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, any change in, or in the interpretation of, any Law is introduced, including, without limitation, with respect to reserve requirements, applicable to any Lender or any banking or financial institution from whom any Lender borrows funds or obtains credit (a “ Funding Bank ”), or (ii) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, a Funding Bank or any Lender complies with any future guideline or request from any central bank or other Governmental Authority or (iii) a Funding Bank or any Lender determines that the adoption of any applicable law, rule or regulation regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof has or would have the effect described below, or a Funding Bank or any Lender complies with any request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, and in the case of any event set forth in this clause (iii), such adoption, change or compliance has or would have the direct or indirect effect of reducing the rate of return on any Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder to a level below that which such Lender could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration the Funding Bank’s or Lender’s policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender to be material, or (iv) a Funding Bank or any Lender determines that any change in, or in the interpretation of, any law or regulation shall subject such Funding

 

86


Bank or such Lender to any Tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement or any Loan made by it, or change the basis in Taxation of payments to such Funding Bank or such Lender in respect thereof (except for any Excluded Taxes, or Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes indemnifiable under Section 6.1); and the result of any of the foregoing events described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) is an increase in the cost to any Lender of funding or maintaining the Loans, then Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall from time to time upon demand by Agent pay to Agent additional amounts sufficient to indemnify such Lender, as the case may be, against such increased cost on an after-Tax basis (after taking into account applicable deductions and credits in respect of the amount indemnified). A certificate as to the amount of such increased cost shall be submitted to the Parent Borrower by Agent or the applicable Lender and shall be conclusive, absent manifest error. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for all purposes under this Agreement (including Section 3.3(a)), (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a change in Law after the Escrow Release Date, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

(b) If prior to the first day of any Interest Period, (i) Agent shall have determined in good faith (which determination shall be conclusive and binding upon Parent Borrower and Guarantors) that, by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period, or (ii) Agent has received notice from the Required Lenders that the Eurodollar Rate determined or to be determined for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to Lenders of making or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans during such Interest Period, Agent shall give telecopy or telephonic notice thereof to the Parent Borrower as soon as practicable thereafter, and will also give prompt written notice to the Parent Borrower when such conditions no longer exist. If such notice is given (A) any Eurodollar Rate Loans requested to be made on the first day of such Interest Period shall be made as Base Rate Loans, (B) any Loans that were to have been converted on the first day of such Interest Period to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be converted to or continued as Base Rate Loans and (C) each outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be converted, on the last day of the then-current Interest Period thereof, to Base Rate Loans. Until such notice has been withdrawn by Agent, no further Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made or continued as such, nor shall the Parent Borrower have the right to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(c) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if the adoption of or any change in any law, treaty, rule or regulation or final, non-appealable determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority or in the interpretation or application thereof occurring after the Escrow Release Date shall make it unlawful for Agent or any Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans as contemplated by this Agreement (i) Agent or such Lender shall promptly give written notice of such circumstances to the Parent Borrower (which notice shall be withdrawn whenever such circumstances no longer exist), (ii) the commitment of such Lender hereunder to make Eurodollar Rate Loans, continue Eurodollar Rate Loans as such and convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall forthwith be canceled and, until such time as it shall no longer be unlawful for such Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans, such Lender shall then have a commitment only to make a Base Rate Loan when a Eurodollar Rate Loan is requested and (iii) such Lender’s Loans then outstanding as Eurodollar Rate Loans, if any, shall be converted automatically to Base Rate Loans on the respective last days of the then current Interest Periods with respect to such Loans or within such earlier period as required by law. If any such conversion of a Eurodollar Rate Loan occurs on a day which is not the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto, Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall pay to such Lender such amounts, if any, as may be required pursuant to Section 3.3(d) below.

 

87


(d) Parent Borrower and Guarantors shall indemnify Agent and each Lender and hold Agent and each Lender harmless from any loss or expense which Agent or such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (i) default by the Parent Borrower in making a borrowing of, conversion into or extension of Eurodollar Rate Loans after Parent Borrower has given a notice requesting the same in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) default by the Parent Borrower in making any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan after Parent Borrower has given a notice thereof in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and (iii) the making of a prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans on a day which is not the last day of an Interest Period with respect thereto. With respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, such indemnification may include an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, converted or extended, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, convert or extend to the last day of the applicable Interest Period (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or extend, the Interest Period that would have commenced on the date of such failure) in each case at the applicable rate of interest for such Eurodollar Rate Loans provided for herein (excluding the Applicable Margin) over (B) the amount of interest (as determined by such Agent or such Lender) which would have accrued to Agent or such Lender on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank Eurodollar market. This covenant shall survive the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations.

(e) Any Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Section 3 shall deliver a certificate to the Parent Borrower setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(f) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c), the Parent Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Parent Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such claim is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

(g) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c), then such Lender will, if requested by the Parent Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan affected by such event; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided , further , that nothing in this Section 3.3(g) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of the Parent Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.3(a), (b) or (c).

SECTION 4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

4.1 [ Reserved ].

4.2 Conditions Precedent to All Loans . The obligation of Lenders to make Loans (other than the initial Term B Loans, the Term B-3 Loans, the Term B-4 Loans, the Term B-5 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-1 Term B-5 Loans and , the Term B-6 Loans , the 2016-2 Term B-4 Loans, the 2016-2 Term B-5 Loans and the 2016-1 Term B-6 Loans ) is subject to the further satisfaction of, or waiver of, immediately prior to or concurrently with the making of each such Loan of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) all representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Financing Agreements shall be true and correct in all material respects (except where qualified by materiality,

 

88


in which case such representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all respects) with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of the date of the making of each such Loan and after giving effect thereto, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate solely to an earlier date (in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and accurate on and as of such earlier date);

(b) no event shall have occurred and no condition shall exist that has or may be reasonably be likely to have a Material Adverse Effect; and

(c) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing on and as of the date of the making of such Loan and after giving effect thereto.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.2 and in Section 2.8 to the contrary, to the extent that the proceeds of Incremental Term Loans are to be used to finance a Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder, the only conditions precedent to the funding of such Incremental Term Loan shall be (i) the conditions precedent set forth in the related Incremental Amendment, (ii) that the Specified Representations and the Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations with respect to the Target of such Permitted Acquisition or Investment permitted hereunder shall be true and correct and (iii) no Event of Default under Section 11.1(a)(i), (a)(ii), (g) or (h) shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom.

4.3 Conditions to the Escrow Release Date . The Parent Borrower agrees that it shall not direct the Escrow Agent to release the Escrow Account Funds, and the Escrow Release Date shall not occur, until satisfaction of, or waiver of, each of the following conditions precedent on or prior to the earliest of:

(a) The Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals, telecopies or other electronic image scan transmission (e.g., “pdf” or “tif” via e-mail) (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party or the Lenders, as applicable, each dated the Escrow Release Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Escrow Release Date) and each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent:

(i) executed counterparts of Amendment No. 5;

(ii) a Note executed by the Parent Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note;

(iii) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Agent may require evidencing (A) the authority of each Loan Party to enter into this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Loan Party is a party or is to become a party and (B) the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Loan Party is a party or is to become a party;

(iv) copies of each Loan Party’s Organization Documents (or a certification that such Organization Documents have not been amended since the date such Organization Documents were previously delivered to the Agent under the Existing Debt Facility) and such other documents and certifications as the Agent may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is

 

89


validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to so qualify in such jurisdiction could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(v) evidence that, on the Escrow Release Date (or within 120 days after the Escrow Release Date) pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, all principal and accrued interest and fees have been paid in full so that (x) no more than $80,000,000 of principal amount remains outstanding thereafter with respect to Safeway’s 3.40% Senior Notes due 2016 and (y) no more than $100,000,000 of principal amount remains outstanding thereafter with respect to Safeway’s 6.35% Senior Notes due 2017;

(vi) a solvency certificate signed by the Chief Financial Officer of the Parent Borrower substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit O ;

(vii) the Security Agreement and certificates evidencing any stock being pledged thereunder, together with undated stock powers executed in blank, each duly executed by the applicable Loan Parties (provided, that with respect to Security Agreement to be executed by Safeway and its Subsidiaries, such Security Agreement may be executed and delivered after the release of the Term B-3 Loans and the Term B-4 Loans from the Escrow Account but not later than 5:00 p.m. New York City time on the Escrow Release Date);

(viii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Safeway certifying that Safeway has assumed, or concurrently with the Escrow Release Date shall assume, all the obligations of Merger Sub under the Financing Agreements;

(ix) results of searches or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent (in each case dated as of a date reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) indicating the absence of Liens on the assets of the Loan Parties, except for Permitted Liens and Liens for which termination statements and releases, satisfactions and releases or subordination agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent are being tendered concurrently with the Escrow Release Date or other arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent for the delivery of such termination statements and releases, satisfactions and discharges have been made;

(x) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements required by Law or reasonably requested by the Agent to be filed, registered or recorded to create or perfect the first priority Liens intended to be created under the Financing Agreements and all such documents and instruments shall have been (or have been authorized by the Loan Parties to be) so filed, registered or recorded to the satisfaction of the Agent;

(xi) a customary legal opinion (including no conflicts with all indentures and other material debt documents of the Parent Borrower) (A) from Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP, counsel to the Loan Parties, (B) from Greenberg Traurig LLP, California, Illinois and Texas counsel to the Loan Parties and (C) from Bodman PLC, Michigan counsel to the Loan Parties, in each case addressed to the Agent and each Lender;

(xii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower substantially in form and substance of Exhibit A to the Escrow Agreement, certifying as to the conditions set forth therein;

 

90


(xiii) a completed “Life-of-Loan” Federal Emergency Management Agency Standard Flood Hazard Determination with respect to each Existing Mortgaged Property (together with a notice about special flood hazard area status and flood disaster assistance duly executed by the Parent Borrower and each Loan Party relating thereto) and evidence of flood insurance as set forth in Section 9.4 hereof;

(xviii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower certifying as to the conditions set forth in clauses (h) and (i) of this Section 4.3; and

(xiv) the amended and restated Perfection Certificate, dated as of the Escrow Release Date, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

(b) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the release of funds from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date, Holdings shall have received the Equity Contribution.

(c) The Safeway Acquisition shall have been or, substantially concurrently with the initial borrowing under this Agreement, shall be consummated in accordance with the terms of the Safeway Merger Agreement.

(d) All fees required to be paid on the Escrow Release Date pursuant to the Fee Letter and this Agreement and reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses required to be paid on the Escrow Release Date pursuant to this Agreement, in each case to the extent invoiced at least two Business Days prior to the Escrow Release Date, shall have been paid (which amounts may be offset against the proceeds of the Loans).

(e) The Specified Acquisition Agreement Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects.

(f) The ABL Facility Documentation shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, and shall be in full force and effect.

(g) The ABL Intercreditor Agreement and the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement shall have been duly executed and delivered by each party thereto and shall be in full force and effect.

(h) Since December 28, 2013, there shall not have occurred any Company Material Adverse Effect.

(i) The Specified Representations shall be true and correct in all material respects.

SECTION 5. [RESERVED]

SECTION 6. TAXES

6.1 Taxes .

Any and all payments by or on account of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement shall (except to the extent required by applicable Laws) be made free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding on account of, any Taxes.

 

91


(a) If any Loan Party, the Agent or any other applicable withholding agent shall be required by applicable law to deduct or withhold any Tax from or in respect of any sum paid or payable by any Loan Party under any of the Financing Agreements, then (i) the applicable Loan Party or other applicable withholding agent shall make such deduction or withholding and pay to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws any such Tax before the date on which penalties attach thereto, (ii) if the Tax in question is an Indemnified Tax or Other Tax, the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions or withholdings have been made (including deductions or withholdings applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 6.1), each Lender (or, in the case of a payment made to an Agent for its own account, such Agent) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions or withholdings been made, and (iii) within thirty days after paying any sum from which it is required by applicable Laws to make any deduction or withholding, if a Loan Party is the applicable withholding agent, the Parent Borrower shall deliver to the Agent evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent of such deduction or withholding and of the timely remittance thereof to the relevant Governmental Authority.

(b) Without limiting the provisions of Sections 6.1(a) and (b), the Parent Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Laws.

(c) Each Lender shall, at such times as are reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent, provide the Parent Borrower and the Agent with any documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent certifying as to any entitlement of such Lender to an exemption from, or reduction in, any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments to be made to such Lender under any Financing Agreement. Each such Lender shall, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders any such documentation (including any specific documentation required below in this Section 6.1(d)) obsolete, expired or inaccurate in any respect, deliver promptly to the Parent Borrower and the Agent updated or other appropriate documentation (including any new documentation reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent) or promptly notify the Parent Borrower and the Agent in writing of its legal ineligibility to do so.

Without limiting the foregoing:

(1) Each U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. federal backup withholding.

(2) Each Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms) claiming eligibility for the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

(B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8ECI (or any successor forms),

(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 871(h) or Section 881(c) of the Code, (A) two properly completed and duly signed certificates substantially in the form of Exhibit H-1 , Exhibit H-2 , Exhibit H-3 or Exhibit H-4 (any such certificate, a “ United States Tax Compliance Certificate ”) and (B) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (or any successor forms),

 

92


(D) to the extent a Foreign Lender is not the beneficial owner (for example, where the Foreign Lender is a partnership or a participating Lender), IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor forms) of the Foreign Lender, accompanied by a Form W-8ECI, W-8BEN, W-8BEN-E, United States Tax Compliance Certificate, Form W-9, Form W-8IMY or any other required information (or any successor forms) from each beneficial owner that would be required under this Section 6.1(d) if such beneficial owner were a Lender, as applicable ( provided that if the Foreign Lender is a partnership (and not a participating Lender) and one or more direct or indirect partners are claiming the portfolio interest exemption, the United States Tax Compliance Certificate may be provided by such Foreign Lender on behalf of such direct or indirect partner(s)), or

(E) two properly completed and duly signed original copies of any other form prescribed by applicable U.S. federal income tax laws (including the Treasury Regulations) as a basis for claiming a complete exemption from, or a reduction in, United States federal withholding Tax on any payments to such Lender under the Financing Agreements.

(3) If a payment made to a Lender under any Financing Agreement would be subject to U.S. federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Sections 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent such documentation prescribed by applicable Laws (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower or the Agent as may be necessary for the Parent Borrower and the Agent to comply with their FATCA obligations, to determine whether such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s FATCA obligations and, if necessary, to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(d)(3), “FATCA” includes any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1(d), a Lender shall not be required to deliver any documentation that such Lender is not legally eligible to deliver.

(d) The Loan Parties shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, jointly and severally, indemnify the Agent and each Lender (each a “ Tax Indemnitee ”) for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes (including any Indemnified Taxes and Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section 6.1) paid or payable by such Tax Indemnitee, and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability prepared in good faith and delivered by a Tax Indemnitee (or by Agent on behalf of a Tax Indemnitee), shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(e) If and to the extent that a Tax Indemnitee determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has received a refund of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 6.1, then such Tax Indemnitee shall pay to the relevant Loan Party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, under this Section 6.1 with respect to the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such

 

93


refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of the Tax Indemnitee and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund); provided that the applicable Loan Party, upon the request of the Tax Indemnitee, agrees to promptly repay the amount paid over pursuant to this Section 6.1(f) ( plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to such Tax Indemnitee in the event that such Tax Indemnitee is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This Section 6.1(f) shall not be construed to require any Tax Indemnitee to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to any Loan Party or any other Person.

(f) Without prejudice to the survival of any other agreements of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, the agreements and obligations of Loan Parties contained in this Section 6.1 shall survive the termination of this Agreement, the payment in full of the Obligations, resignation of the Agent and any assignment of rights by, or replacement of, any Lender.

(g) Upon the written request of Parent Borrower, any Lender or Agent claiming any additional amounts or indemnification payments payable pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall use its reasonable efforts to mitigate or reduce the additional amounts payable, which reasonable efforts may include a change in the jurisdiction of its Lending Office (or any other measures reasonably requested by the Parent Borrower) if such a change or other measures would reduce any such additional amounts (or any similar amount that may thereafter accrue) and would not, in the sole determination of such Lender, result in any unreimbursed cost or expense or be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender.

6.2 Replacement of Lenders under Certain Circumstances .

(a) If at any time a Borrower becomes obligated to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments described in Section 6.1 or 3.3 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make any Eurocurrency Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.3, then the Parent Borrower may, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, (x) replace such Lender by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 14.7(a) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Parent Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (in respect of any applicable Facility) to one or more Eligible Transferees; provided that neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Parent Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person; and provided , further , that in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 3.3 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 6.1, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments; or (y) terminate the Commitment of such Lender and repay or cause to be repaid all Obligations of the Borrowers owing to such Lender relating to the Loans and participations held by such Lender as of such termination date.

(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 6.2(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such Lender’s applicable Commitment and outstanding Loans in respect thereof, and (ii) deliver any Term Notes evidencing such Loans to the Parent Borrower or Agent. Pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, (A) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans, (B) all obligations of the Borrowers owing to the assigning Lender relating to the Loans, Commitments and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such assigning Lender concurrently with such Assignment and Acceptance and (C) upon such payment and, if so requested by the assignee Lender, delivery to the assignee Lender of the appropriate Term Note or Term Notes executed by the applicable Borrowers, the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to constitute a Lender hereunder with respect to such assigned Loans, Commitments and participations, except with respect to indemnification provisions under this Agreement, which shall survive as to such assigning

 

94


Lender. In connection with any such replacement, if any such Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Agent a duly executed Assignment and Assumption reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance without any action on the part of the Non-Consenting Lender.

SECTION 7. [RESERVED]

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

To induce the Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Agreement and to make Loans, each Loan Party represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders that:

8.1 Existence, Qualification and Power . Each Loan Party and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof (a) is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or limited partnership, duly incorporated, organized or formed, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation, organization or formation, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Financing Agreements to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Schedule 8.1 annexed hereto sets forth, as of the Escrow Release Date, each Loan Party’s name as it appears in official filings in its state of incorporation or organization, its state of incorporation or organization, organization type, organization number, if any, issued by its state of incorporation or organization, and its federal employer identification number.

8.2 Authorization; No Contravention . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Financing Agreement to which such Person is or is to be a party, has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and does not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach, termination, or contravention of, or constitute a default under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Material Contract or any Material Indebtedness to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; (c) result in or require the creation of any Lien upon any asset of any Loan Party (other than Liens in favor of the Agent under the Collateral Documents); or (d) violate any Law.

8.3 Financial Statements .

(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) to the extent required by GAAP, show all Material Indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries, respectively, as of the dates thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

 

95


(b) The unaudited Consolidated balance sheet of Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries, dated as of November 27, 2014 and Safeway and its Subsidiaries, dated as of November 27, 2014, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for the Quarterly Accounting Period ended on those dates (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Parent Borrower and its Subsidiaries and Safeway and its Subsidiaries as of the dates thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.

(c) The Consolidated forecasted balance sheets and statements of income and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(e) were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were reasonable in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, the Loan Parties’ good faith estimate of its future financial performance (it being understood that such forecasted financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, that no assurance is given that any particular forecasts will be realized, that actual results may differ and that such differences may be material).

8.4 Ownership of Property; Liens .

(a) Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary thereof has good record and valid title in fee simple to or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for Permitted Liens and such defects in title or failure to have such title or other interest as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary has good and valid title to, valid leasehold interests in, or valid licenses or other rights to use all personal property and assets material to the ordinary conduct of its business, except for Permitted Liens or as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, Schedule 8.4(b)(1) sets forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date. Each Loan Party has good and valid fee simple title to the real property owned by such Loan Party, free and clear of all Liens, other than Permitted Liens and such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Loan Parties, Schedule 8.4(b)(2) sets forth the address of all Leases of Material Real Property of the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, together with the name of each lessor with respect to each such Lease as of the Escrow Release Date. Each of such Leases is in full force and effect and, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, the Loan Parties are not in default of the terms thereof, except, in each case, as could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) The property of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Permitted Liens and such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Schedule 10.2 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Investments of the type under Section 10.2(b) held by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary of a Loan Party on the Escrow Release Date, showing as of the Escrow Release Date the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity, if any, thereof.

 

96


(e) Schedule 10.3 sets forth a complete and accurate list of all Material Indebtedness of the type under Section 10.3(a) of each Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party on the Escrow Release Date, showing as of the Escrow Release Date the amount, obligor or issuer and maturity thereof.

8.5 Taxes . Except for failures that could not reasonably be expected, either individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries have filed all Tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Taxes levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets or otherwise due and payable (including in the capacity of withholding agent), except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings being diligently conducted, for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP, as to which Taxes no Liens (other than Permitted Liens on account thereof) have been filed and which contest effectively suspends the collection of the contested obligation and the enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation. There is no current, pending or proposed Tax audit, deficiency, assessment or other claim or proceeding with respect to any Loan Party or any of their Subsidiaries that, individually, or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

8.6 Litigation . There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Loan Parties after commercially reasonable investigation, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of its properties or revenues that (a) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) except as disclosed on Schedule 8.6 on the Escrow Release Date, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.7 Compliance with Laws . Each of the Loan Parties and each Restricted Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.8 Environmental Compliance .

(a) Except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof: (i) is in violation of any Environmental Law or has failed to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law at any Material Property, (ii) is subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) is in receipt of any pending written notice of claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) is presently aware of any basis for any Environmental Liability;

(b) Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 8.8 on the Escrow Release Date and to the knowledge of the Loan Parties: (i) none of the Material Real Properties is listed or proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list or is adjacent to any such property; (ii) except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there are no and never have been any underground or above-ground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been treated, stored or disposed on any of the Material Real Properties; and (iii) except for any matters that could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Hazardous Materials have been released, discharged or disposed of on any of the Material Real Properties or to the knowledge of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, on any property formerly owned or operated by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof; and

 

97


(c) Except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 8.8 on the Escrow Release Date, no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof is undertaking, and no Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof has completed, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or remedial or response action relating to any actual or threatened release, discharge or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law, which investigation, assessment, remedial or response action could not individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.9 ERISA Compliance .

(a) Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws, except where non-compliance could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Lien imposed under the Code or ERISA exists or is likely to arise on account of any Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA) that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (iii) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and to the best knowledge of the Parent Borrower, no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iv) neither any Loan Party nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.10 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Financing Agreements to which such Person is a party, except for (a) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the first priority nature thereof) or (b) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect.

8.11 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc . Except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the Intellectual Property that is reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses as currently conducted. Except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, the operation of their respective businesses by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary does not violate, dilute, or misappropriate

 

98


and has not, in the past three (3), years infringed, any Intellectual Property rights held by any other Person, and except as disclosed in Schedule 8.11 on the Escrow Release Date, no claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of the Parent Borrower, threatened in writing against any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.12 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests . As of the Escrow Release Date: (a) the Loan Parties have no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 8.12 , which Schedule sets forth, as of the Escrow Release Date, the legal name, jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and outstanding Equity Interests of each such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Restricted Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and are owned by a Loan Party (or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party) in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 8.12 free and clear of all Liens except for Liens in favor of the Agent under the Financing Agreements and Permitted Liens which do not have priority over the Liens of the Agent. Except as set forth in Schedule 8.12 , as of the Escrow Release Date, there are no outstanding rights to purchase any Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Loan Parties have no equity investments in any other Person other than those specifically disclosed in Schedule 10.2 . The copies of the Organization Documents of each Loan Party and each amendment thereto provided pursuant to Section 4.3 are true and correct copies of each such document, each of which is valid and in full force and effect as of the Escrow Release Date.

8.13 Labor Matters . There are no strikes, lockouts, slowdowns or other labor disputes against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The hours worked by and payments made to employees of the Loan Parties comply with the Fair Labor Standards Act and any other applicable federal, state, local or foreign Law dealing with such matters except to the extent that any such violation could not individually or in the aggregate reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has incurred any liability or obligation under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or similar state Law that has not been satisfied that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, all payments due from any Loan Party and its Restricted Subsidiaries, or for which any claim may be made against any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, on account of wages and employee health and welfare insurance and other benefits, have been paid or properly accrued in accordance with GAAP as a liability on the books of such Loan Party. There are no representation proceedings pending or, to any Loan Party’s knowledge, threatened to be filed with the National Labor Relations Board, and no labor organization or group of employees of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary has made a pending demand for recognition that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no complaints, unfair labor practice charges, grievances, arbitrations, unfair employment practices charges or any other claims or complaints against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary pending or, to the knowledge of any Loan Party, threatened to be filed with any Governmental Authority or arbitrator based on, arising out of, in connection with, or otherwise relating to the employment or termination of employment of any employee of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries which individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Financing Agreements will not give rise to any right of termination or right of renegotiation on the part of any union under any collective bargaining agreement to which any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is bound that individually or in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

99


8.14 Anti-Money Laundering . Neither Holdings, any Loan Party, any of their Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of senior management of each Loan Party, any of their Affiliates and or any of the respective officers, directors, brokers or agents of such Loan Party, such Subsidiary or Affiliate (i) has violated or is in violation of any applicable anti-money laundering law or (ii) has engaged or engages in any transaction, investment, undertaking or activity that conceals the identity, source or destination of the proceeds from any category of offenses designated in any applicable law, regulation or other binding measure implementing the “Forty Recommendations” and “Nine Special Recommendations” published by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Financial Action Task Force on Money Laundering.

8.15 Material Contracts . Schedule 8.15 sets forth all Material Contracts to which any Loan Party is a party as of the Escrow Release Date. The Loan Parties have delivered true, correct and complete copies of such Material Contracts to the Agent on or before the Escrow Release Date, subject to confidentiality restrictions contained therein. The Loan Parties are not in breach or in default of or under any Material Contract which would reasonably likely result in a Material Adverse Effect and have not received any written notice of the intention of any other party thereto to terminate any Material Contract prior to the end of its current term.

8.16 Solvency . Immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and before and after giving effect to each Borrowing, the Loan Parties, on a Consolidated basis, are Solvent. No transfer of property has been or will be made by any Loan Party and no obligation has been or will be incurred by any Loan Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of any Loan Party.

8.17 Investment Company Act; Margin Regulations .

(a) No Loan Party is engaged or will be engaged, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. None of the proceeds of the Borrowings shall be used directly or indirectly for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock, for the purpose of reducing or retiring any Indebtedness that was originally incurred to purchase or carry any margin stock or for any other purpose that might cause any of the Credit Extensions to be considered a “purpose credit” within the meaning of Regulations T, U, or X issued by the FRB.

(b) None of the Loan Parties, any Person Controlling any Loan Party, or any Subsidiary is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

8.18 Disclosure . Each Loan Party has disclosed to the Agent and the Lenders all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, on the Escrow Release Date, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No report, financial statement, certificate or other factual written information furnished in writing by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement (excluding projected financial information, forward-looking statements and general industry or general economic data) (in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) and taken as a whole, contains (to the knowledge of the Loan Parties, in the case of any document or information provided to the Loan Parties pursuant to the NAI Purchase Agreement or the Safeway Acquisition Agreement) any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial

 

100


information, the Loan Parties represent only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time (it being understood that such projected financial information is subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Loan Parties, that no assurance is given that any particular projections will be realized, that actual results may differ and that such differences may be material).

8.19 FCPA . No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

8.20 Office of Foreign Assets Control . Neither the advance of the Loans nor the use of the proceeds of the Loans will violate the Trading With the Enemy Act (50 U.S.C. § 1 et seq ., as amended) (the “ Trading with the Enemy Act ”) or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations of the United States Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“ OFAC ”) (31 C.F.R., Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) (the “ Foreign Assets Control Regulations ”) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto that is administered by OFAC (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include but shall not be limited to Executive Order 13224 of September 21, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the “ Executive Order ”). None of the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries and Unrestricted Subsidiaries (a) is a Specially Designated National as described in the Executive Order, the Trading With the Enemy Act or the Foreign Assets Control Regulations or (b) engages in any dealings or transactions with any Specially Designated Nationals in violation of the Executive Order.

8.21 USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Loan Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with the PATRIOT Act, to the extent each Loan Party is legally required to comply with the PATRIOT Act.

8.22 Use of Proceeds . On the Escrow Release Date, the proceeds from the Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans will be used to finance a portion of the Transactions (it being understood that the proceeds of the initial Term B-3 Loans and Term B-4 Loans were deposited into the Escrow Account on the Restatement Effective Date and will be released from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date). After the Escrow Release Date, the proceeds from the Term Loans will be used for any purpose, including, to pay costs and expenses related to the Transactions and for general corporate purposes and working capital needs.

8.23 Deposit Accounts; Credit Card Arrangements .

(a) Annexed hereto as Schedule 8.23 (a)  is a list of all DDAs maintained by the Loan Parties as of the Escrow Release Date, which Schedule includes, with respect to each DDA (i) the name and address of the depository; (ii) the account number(s) maintained with such depository; (iii) a contact person at such depository, and (iv) the identification of each Blocked Account Bank (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement).

(b) Annexed hereto as Schedule 8.23(b) is a list describing all arrangements as of the Escrow Release Date to which any Loan Party is a party with respect to the processing and/or payment to such Loan Party of the proceeds of any credit card charges and debit card charges for sales made by such Loan Party.

8.24 Binding Effect . This Agreement has been, and each other Financing Agreement, when delivered, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Financing Agreement when so delivered will constitute, a legal,

 

101


valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

8.25 No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) Since the Escrow Release Date, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.26 No Default . No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement.

8.27 Collateral Documents .

(a) The Security Agreement creates in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein, a legal, valid, and enforceable security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement), the enforceability of which is subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. Upon the filing of UCC financing statements in proper form, and delivery to the Agent of all possessory collateral required to be delivered by the Security Agreement and/or the obtaining of “control” (as defined in the UCC) by the Agent (or, so long as the ABL Intercreditor Agreement is in effect and the ABL Agent is acting as agent for the Agent pursuant thereto for purposes of obtaining possession of or establishing control over certain Collateral, to or by the ABL Agent), the Agent will have a perfected Lien on, and security interest in, to and under all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in all Collateral (other than those DDAs for which the Agents have not required a Blocked Account Agreement) that may be perfected under the UCC (in effect on the date this representation is made) by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or by obtaining control or possession, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law.

(b) When the Security Agreement (or a short form thereof) in proper form is filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office and when financing statements, releases and other filings in appropriate form are filed in the offices specified on Schedule II of the Security Agreement, the Agent shall have a fully perfected Lien on, and security interest in, all right, title and interest of the applicable Loan Parties in the Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a security agreement, financing statement or analogous document in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law (it being understood that subsequent recordings in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office may be necessary to perfect a Lien on registered trademarks, trademark applications and copyrights acquired by the Loan Parties after the Escrow Release Date).

(c) The Mortgages when granted shall create in favor of the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties referred to therein, a legal, valid, continuing and enforceable first priority Lien in the Mortgaged Property (as defined in the Mortgages), the enforceability of which is subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law. Upon the filing or recording of the Mortgages in proper form with the appropriate Governmental

 

102


Authorities and the payment of any mortgage recording taxes of fees, the Agent will have a perfected first priority Lien on, and security interest in, to and under all right, title and interest of the grantors thereunder in all Mortgaged Property that may be perfected by such filing or recording (including without limitation the proceeds of such Mortgaged Property), in each case prior and superior in right to any other Person to the extent required by the Financing Agreements, subject to Permitted Liens having priority under applicable Law.

8.28 Pharmaceutical Laws .

(a) The Loan Parties have obtained all permits, licenses and other authorizations which are required with respect to the ownership and operations of their businesses under any Pharmaceutical Law, except where the failure to obtain such permits, licenses or other authorizations would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) The Loan Parties are in compliance with all terms and conditions of all such permits, licenses, orders and authorizations, and are also in compliance with all Pharmaceutical Laws, including all other limitations, restrictions, conditions, standards, prohibitions, requirements, obligations, schedules and timetables contained in the Pharmaceutical Laws, except where the failure to comply with such terms, conditions or laws would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) None of the Loan Parties has any liabilities, claims against it or presently outstanding notices imposed or based upon any provision of any Pharmaceutical Law, except for such liabilities, claims, citations or notices which individually or in the aggregate would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.29 HIPAA Compliance . To the extent that and for so long as a Loan Party is a “covered entity” within the meaning of HIPAA, such Loan Party (i) has undertaken or will promptly undertake all applicable surveys, audits, inventories, reviews, analyses and/or assessments (including any required risk assessments) of all areas of its business and operations required by HIPAA; (ii) has developed or will promptly develop a detailed plan and time line for becoming HIPAA Compliant (a “ HIPAA Compliance Plan ”); and (iii) has implemented or will implement those provisions of such HIPAA Compliance Plan in all material respects necessary to ensure that such Loan Party is or becomes HIPAA Compliant.

For purposes hereof, “ HIPAA Compliant ” shall mean that a Loan Party to the extent legally required (i) is or will use commercially reasonable efforts to be in compliance in all material respects with each of the applicable requirements of the so-called “Administrative Simplification” provisions of HIPAA on and as of each date that any part thereof, or any final rule or regulation thereunder, becomes effective in accordance with its or their terms, as the case may be (each such date, a “ HIPAA Compliance Date ”) and (ii) is not and could not reasonably be expected to become, as of any date following any such HIPAA Compliance Date, the subject of any civil or criminal penalty, process, claim, action or proceeding, or any administrative or other regulatory review, survey, process or proceeding (other than routine surveys or reviews conducted by any government health plan or other accreditation entity) that could result in any of the foregoing or that has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

8.30 Compliance With Health Care Laws .

(a) Each Loan Party is in compliance with all Health Care Laws, including all Medicare and Medicaid program rules and regulations applicable to it, except where the failure to so comply does not have or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Loan Party has received notice of any violation of any provisions of the Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Fraud and Abuse or Anti-Kickback Amendments of the Social Security Act (presently codified in Section 1128(B)(b) of the Social Security Act) or the Medicare and Medicaid Patient and Program Protection Act of 1987.

 

 

103


(b) Each Loan Party has maintained all records required to be maintained by the Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations, the Food and Drug Administration, Drug Enforcement Agency and State Boards of Pharmacy and the Federal and State Medicare and Medicaid programs as required by the Health Care Laws or other applicable Law or regulation, except where the failure to maintain such records does not have or could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Loan Party has all necessary permits, licenses, franchises, certificates and other approvals or authorizations of Governmental Authority as are required under Health Care Laws and under such HMO or similar licensure laws and such insurance laws and regulations, as are applicable thereto, and with respect to those facilities and other businesses that participate in Medicare and/or Medicaid, to receive reimbursement under Medicare and Medicaid, except where the failure to obtain could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Each Loan Party which is a Certified Medicare Provider or Certified Medicaid Provider has in a timely manner filed all requisite cost reports, claims and other reports required to be filed in connection with all Medicare and Medicaid programs due on or before the Escrow Release Date, all of which are complete and correct in all material respects. There are no claims to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, actions or appeals pending (and no Loan Party has filed any claims or reports which should result in any such claims, actions or appeals) before any Third Party Payor or Governmental Authority, including without limitation, any Fiscal Intermediary, the Provider Reimbursement Review Board or the Administrator of HCFA, with respect to any Medicare or Medicaid cost reports or claims filed by any Loan Party on or before the Escrow Release Date. No validation review or program integrity review related to a Loan Party which could reasonably likely have a Material Adverse Effect has been conducted by any Third Party Payor or Governmental Authority in connection with Medicare or Medicare programs, and to the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, no such reviews are scheduled, pending or threatened against or affecting any Loan Party, or any of its assets, or, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. To the best of each Loan Party’s knowledge, there currently exist no restrictions, deficiencies, required plans of correction actions or other such remedial measures with respect to Federal and State Medicare and Medicaid certifications or licensure against such parties.

(d) Schedule 8.30 hereto sets forth an accurate, complete and current list, as of the Escrow Release Date, of all participation agreements of the Loan Parties with health maintenance organizations, insurance programs, preferred provider organizations and other Third Party Payors and all such agreements are in full force and effect and no material default exists thereunder.

8.31 Notices from Farm Products Sellers, etc .

(a) Parent Borrower has not, within the one (1) year period prior to the Escrow Release Date, received any written notice pursuant to the applicable provisions of the PASA, PACA, the Food Security Act, the UCC or any other applicable local laws from (i) any supplier or seller of Farm Products or (ii) any lender to any such supplier or seller or any other Person with a security interest in the assets of any such supplier or seller, or (iii) the Secretary of State (or equivalent official) or other Governmental Authority of any state, commonwealth or political subdivision thereof in which any Farm Products purchased by such Loan Party are produced, in any case advising or notifying Parent Borrower of the intention of such supplier or seller or other Person to preserve the benefits of any trust applicable to any assets of Parent Borrower established in favor of such supplier, seller or other Person under the provisions of any law or claiming a Lien with respect to any perishable agricultural commodity or any other Farm Products which may be or have been purchased by Parent Borrower or any related or other assets of Parent Borrower.

 

104


(b) Parent Borrower is not a “live poultry dealer” (as such term is defined in the PASA) or otherwise purchases or deals in live poultry of any type whatsoever. The Loan Parties do not purchase livestock pursuant to cash sales as such term is defined in the PASA. Parent Borrower is not engaged in, and shall not engage in, raising, cultivating, propagating, fattening, grazing or any other farming, livestock or agricultural operations.

SECTION 9. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a claim has not been asserted), the Loan Parties shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 9.5, 9.6 and 9.7) cause each Subsidiary to:

9.1 Preservation of Existence . (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence (and, except to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, good standing) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization or formation except in a transaction permitted by Section 10.4 or 10.5; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its Intellectual Property, except to the extent such Intellectual Property is no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Loan Parties or that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.2 Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such instances in which (a) (i) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate reserves have been set aside and maintained by the Loan Parties in accordance with GAAP; and (ii) such contest effectively suspends enforcement of the contested Laws; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.3 Payment of Obligations . Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities, including (x) all Tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets (including in its capacity as a withholding agent); (y) all lawful claims (including, without limitation, claims of landlords, warehousemen, customs brokers, carriers and suppliers, sellers, or agents of Perishable Inventory and Farm Products) which, if unpaid, would by Law become a Lien upon its property; and (z) all Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness, except, in each case, where (a)(i) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, (ii) such Loan Party has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP, (iii) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation, and (iv) no Lien has been filed with respect thereto (other than Permitted Liens) or (b) the failure to make payment pending such contest could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

9.4 Insurance .

(a) Maintain insurance substantially consistent with past practices and as disclosed to the Agent prior to the Escrow Release Date (including a program of self-insurance) and as is customarily carried under similar circumstances by other Persons in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations, and as is reasonably acceptable to the Agent. Fire and extended coverage or

 

105


“all-risk” policies maintained with respect to any Collateral shall be endorsed to include (i) a non-contributing mortgage clause (regarding improvements to Real Property) and a lenders’ loss payable clause (regarding personal property), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, which endorsements shall provide that none of the Parent Borrower, the Agent or any other party shall be a coinsurer and such other provisions as the Agent may reasonably require from time to time to protect the interests of the Lenders and all first party property insurance covering the properties shall name the Agent as additional insured or loss payee, as applicable.

(b) If at any time the area in which any Material Real Property is located is designated (i) a “special flood hazard area” in any Flood Insurance Rate Map published by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency), obtain flood insurance (with a financially sound and reputable insurer) in such total amount as is reasonable and customary for companies engaged in the business of operating supermarkets and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to the Flood Insurance Laws, and otherwise comply with the National Flood Insurance Program as set forth in the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, as amended from time to time and deliver to the Agent, evidence of such compliance in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, including, without limitation, annual reviews of such insurance, or (ii) a “Zone 1” area, obtain earthquake insurance in such total amount as is reasonable and customary for companies engaged in a similar business.

9.5 Financial Statements . Deliver to the Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to the Agent:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, (x) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Fiscal Year, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such Consolidated statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and unqualified opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Agent, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit and (y) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to the financial statements of such Fiscal Year, all of which shall be in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each of the first three Quarterly Accounting Periods of each Fiscal Year of Holdings, (x) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Quarterly Accounting Period, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows for such Quarterly Accounting Period and for the portion of Holdings’ Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (A) the corresponding Accounting Period of the previous Fiscal Year and (B) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, Shareholders’ Equity and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group as of the end of such Quarterly Accounting Period in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of purchase accounting adjustments resulting from the consummation of the Transactions and the absence of footnotes and that prior Fiscal Year results are not required to be restated for changes in discontinued operations and (y) a copy of management’s discussion and analysis with respect to the financial statements of such Quarterly Accounting Period, all of which shall be in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

 

106


(c) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the Accounting Periods of each Fiscal Year of Holdings beginning with the Accounting Period ending February 28, 2015 (other than (x) in the case of an Accounting Period that coincides with the end of a Quarterly Accounting Period (other than the last Quarterly Accounting Period of any Fiscal Year), in which case the financial statements required by this clause (c) shall be due 60 days after the end of such Accounting Period or (y) an Accounting Period that coincides with the end of a Fiscal Year), a Consolidated balance sheet of the Albertson’s Group as at the end of such Accounting Period, and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations and cash flows for such Accounting Period, and for the portion of Holdings’ Fiscal Year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (A) the corresponding Accounting Period of the previous Fiscal Year and (B) the corresponding portion of the previous Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, such Consolidated statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of Holdings as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group as of the end of such Accounting Period in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes and that prior Fiscal Year results are not required to be restated for changes in discontinued operations; provided that prior to the Accounting Period ending February 28, 2015, the Loan Parties shall deliver (I) a Consolidated balance sheet of the Parent Borrower as at the end of January 22, 2015 and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations for such period and (II) a Consolidated balance sheet of Safeway as at the end of January 31, 2015 and the related Consolidated statements of income or operations for such period, in each case accompanied by the comparative financial information for such period required pursuant to the immediately preceding subclauses (A) and (B). [reserved];

(d) [reserved];

(e) as soon as available, but in any event no more than 60 days after the end of each Fiscal Year of Holdings (or, in the case of the first Fiscal Year of Holdings ended after the Escrow Release Date, 120 days), detailed consolidated budget and forecasts prepared by management of Holdings, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, of the Consolidated balance sheets and statements of income or operations and cash flows of the Albertson’s Group on a quarterly basis for the immediately following Fiscal Year (including the Fiscal Year in which the Latest Maturity Date occurs); it being understood and agreed that (i) any forecasts furnished hereunder are subject to significant uncertainties and contingencies, which may be beyond the control of the Loan Parties, (ii) no assurance is given by the Loan Parties that the results or forecast in any such projections will be realized and (iii) the actual results may differ from the forecasted results set forth in such projections and such differences may be material;

(f) concurrently with the execution of any agreement to dispose of any Divested Property, an officer’s certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent setting forth the Fair Market Value of such Divested Property and the basis of such valuation;

(g) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 9.5(a) and (b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Holdings; and

(h) together with the delivery of each annual Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 9.5(g), a list of each Subsidiary of Holdings that identifies each Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as of the date of delivery of such Compliance Certificate (to the extent that there have been any changes in the identity of such Subsidiaries since the Escrow Release Date or the most recent list provided).

 

 

107


9.6 Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Agent, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 9.5, a certificate of its Registered Public Accounting Firm certifying such financial statements;

(a) promptly upon receipt, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of any Loan Party by its Registered Public Accounting Firm in connection with the accounts or books of the Loan Parties or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;

(b) without duplication of any other reports required hereunder, the financial and collateral reports described on Schedule 9.6 of the Existing Debt Facility, at the times set forth in such Schedule;

(c) promptly, such additional information regarding the business affairs, financial condition or operations of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Financing Agreements, as the Agent (or any Lender acting through the Agent) may from time to time reasonably request; and

(d) evidence of insurance renewals as required under Section 9.4 hereunder in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 9.5(a), (b), (c), (g) or (h) or Section 9.6(c) may (but shall not be required to) be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Parent Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Parent Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed in Section 14.3; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Parent Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Agent has access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Agent); provided that: (i) the Parent Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Agent if the Agent requests the Parent Borrower to deliver such paper copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Agent or such Lender and (ii) the Parent Borrower shall notify the Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Agent by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e ., soft copies) of such documents. The Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above. The Loan Parties hereby acknowledge that (a) the Agent and/or the Arranger will make available to the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Loan Parties hereunder (collectively, “ Parent Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Parent Borrower Materials on Intralinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “ Public Lender ”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Loan Parties or their Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Loan Parties hereby agree that they will use commercially reasonable efforts to identify that portion of the Parent Borrower Materials that may be distributed to the Public Lenders and that (w) all such Parent Borrower Materials shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC,” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Parent Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Loan Parties shall be deemed to have authorized the Agent, the Arrangers, and the Lenders to treat such Parent Borrower Materials as only containing either publicly available information, or information concerning the Parent Borrower, its subsidiaries, or its or their respective securities that (in the reasonable judgment of the Company) would be publicly available if the Company or any of its subsidiaries were

 

108


required to be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or is not material information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Company or its securities for purposes of United States federal and state securities laws; provided that to the extent such Parent Borrower Materials constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 14.5; (y) all Parent Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information”; and (z) the Agent and each Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Parent Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Parent Borrower shall not be under any obligation to mark any Parent Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (I) the obligations in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 9.5 may be satisfied with respect to financial information of the Albertson’s Group by furnishing (A) the applicable consolidated financial statements of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that, directly or indirectly, holds all of the Equity Interests of Holdings or (B) Holding’s (or any direct or indirect parent thereof, as applicable) Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B) (i) such information is accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Holdings (or a parent of Holdings, if such information relates to such a parent), on the one hand, and the information relating to Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand and (ii), to the extent such information is in lieu of information required to be provided under this Section 9.5, such materials are accompanied by a report and opinion an independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP and consistent with the requirements of Section 9.5 and (II) in connection with the foregoing clause (I), the consolidated budget and forecasts required under paragraph (e) of this Section 9.5 may be prepared by management of any direct or indirect parent of Holdings that, directly or indirectly, holds all the Equity Interests of Holdings.

9.7 Notices . Promptly after any Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower obtains knowledge thereof, notify the Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) [reserved];

(d) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) the receipt of any written notice from a supplier, seller, or agent pursuant to the Food Security Act, PACA or PASA of the intention of such Person to preserve the benefits of any trust applicable to any assets of any Loan Party under the provisions of the PASA, PACA or any other statute and such Loan Party shall promptly provide the Agent with a true, correct and complete copy of such notice and other information delivered to or on behalf of such Loan Party pursuant to the Food Security Act; or

(f) of the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in each case that has resulted or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

109


Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Parent Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

9.8 Further Assurances .

(a) Execute any and all further documents, financing statements, agreements and instruments, and take all such further actions (including the filing and recording of financing statements and other documents), that may be required under any Law, or, subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in this Agreement (including, without limitation, the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement), to which the Agent may reasonably request, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by the Financing Agreements or to grant, preserve, protect or perfect the Liens created or intended to be created by the Collateral Documents or the validity or priority of any such Lien, all at the expense of the Loan Parties, provided that no such document, financing statement, agreement, instrument or action taken shall, in the Loan Parties’ good faith determination, materially increase the obligations or liabilities of the Loan Parties hereunder or have any Material Adverse Effect on the Loan Parties.

(b) If any material assets of the type constituting Collateral (other than Material Real Properties) are acquired by any Loan Party after the Escrow Release Date (other than assets constituting Collateral under the Collateral Documents that become subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents upon acquisition thereof), notify the Agent thereof, and the Loan Parties will, within sixty (60) days after such acquisition cause, such assets to be subjected to a Lien securing the Obligations and will take such actions as shall be reasonably necessary to perfect such Liens, including actions described in paragraph (a) of this Section 9.8, all at the expense of the Loan Parties. In no event shall compliance with this Section 9.8(b) waive or be deemed a waiver or consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 9.8(b) if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute.

(c) If, on or after the Escrow Release Date, subject to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement, any Loan Party acquires or ground leases any Material Real Property (including, without limitation, (i) any Material Real Property acquired in connection with the Safeway Acquisition and (ii) any Divested Property that has not been disposed of pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement within 90 days of the Escrow Release Date) or any Restricted Subsidiary that was not a Loan Party and that owns Material Real Property shall become a Guarantor or Co-Borrower, the applicable Loan Party shall provide the Agent with respect to such Material Real Property within one hundred and eighty (180) days (or such longer period as the Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion) of the acquisition or lease of such Material Real Property with:

(i) the documents listed in clause (e) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”; and

(ii) an officer’s certificate in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent certifying that (i) the attached updated Schedule 8.4(b)(1) sets forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and (ii) the attached updated Schedule 8.4(b)(2) sets for the address of all Leases of Material Real Property of the Loan Parties in effect as of the date thereof, together with the name of each lessor with respect to each such Lease as of such date.

9.9 Additional Loan Parties . (a) Notify the Agent promptly after any Person becomes a Subsidiary (other than any Excluded Subsidiary but including any Unrestricted Subsidiary being reclassified as a Restricted Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days) if requested by the Agent, (i) cause any such Person to become a Co-Borrower or Guarantor, as applicable, by executing and delivering to the Agent a joinder agreement to this Agreement or

 

110


a counterpart of the Guaranty or such other document as the Agent shall deem reasonably appropriate for such purpose, (ii) grant a perfected Lien to the Agent on such Person’s assets on the same types of assets which constitute Collateral under the Collateral Documents to secure the Obligations, and (iii) deliver to the Agent documents of the types referred to in clauses (ii) and (iii) of Section 4.3(a) and if requested by the Agent, favorable opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in clause (a)), and (b) if any Equity Interests or Indebtedness of such Person are owned by or on behalf of any Loan Party, to pledge such Equity Interests and promissory notes evidencing such Indebtedness, in each case in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. In no event shall compliance with this Section 9.9 waive or be deemed a waiver or consent to any transaction giving rise to the need to comply with this Section 9.9 if such transaction was not otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement or constitute or be deemed to constitute, with respect to any Subsidiary, an approval of such Person as a Borrower or Guarantor.

9.10 Maintenance of Ratings . Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain (i) a public corporate credit rating (but not any specific rating) from S&P and Moody’s in respect of Holdings and (ii) a public rating (but not any specific rating) in respect of the Term Loans from S&P and Moody’s.

9.11 Use of Proceeds . The proceeds of the Borrowings will be used, directly or indirectly (a) on the Escrow Release Date, in a manner consistent with the uses set forth in the preliminary statements to this Agreement and (b) after the Escrow Release Date, for any purpose not prohibited by this Agreement, including, to pay costs and expenses related to the Transactions and for general corporate purposes and working capital needs (including Permitted Acquisitions).

9.12 Maintenance of Properties . (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear and casualty or condemnation events excepted; and (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except, in each case of clauses (a) and (b), where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

9.13 Environmental Laws and Insurance .

(a) Except, in each case, where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect (i) conduct its operations and keep and maintain its Material Real Properties in compliance with all Environmental Laws; (ii) obtain and renew all environmental permits necessary for its operations and Material Real Properties; and (iii) implement any and all investigation, remediation, removal and response actions that are necessary to comply with Environmental Laws pertaining to the presence, generation, treatment, storage, use, disposal, transportation or release of any Hazardous Materials on, at, in, under, above, to, from or about any of its Material Real Properties; provided , however , that neither a Loan Party nor any of its Subsidiaries shall be required to undertake any such cleanup, removal, remedial or other action to the extent that its obligation to do so is being contested in good faith and by proper proceedings and adequate reserves have been set aside and are being maintained by the Loan Parties with respect to such circumstances in accordance with GAAP.

(b) Maintain and renew as necessary until the Latest Maturity Date (unless this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof or thereof, as applicable) the Premises Environmental Liability insurance policy for the benefit of Safeway and its applicable subsidiaries as the first named insured and as underwritten by Great American E & S Insurance Company, Policy Number PEL 1849464 01 (policy period—July 1, 2013 to July 1, 2016) (the “ PEL Policy ”) covering all of Safeway’s U.S. locations per the “Safeway Property Schedule Report” referenced in the PEL Policy, or a renewal or replacement thereof with the same or another qualified insurer with the same material coverage, terms and conditions as the PEL Policy.

 

 

111


(c) Arrange to name the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as additional insured on the PEL Policy, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

9.14 Books and Records; Accountants .

(a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in all material respects in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Albertson’s Group; and (ii) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Albertson’s Group.

(b) At all times retain a Registered Public Accounting Firm which is reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and shall instruct such Registered Public Accounting Firm to cooperate with, and be available to, the Agent or its representatives to discuss the Loan Parties’ financial performance, financial condition, operating results, controls, and such other matters, within the scope of the retention of such Registered Public Accounting Firm, as may be raised by the Agent; provided that an officer of the Parent Borrower shall be entitled to participate in any such discussions.

9.15 Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Agent to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and Registered Public Accounting Firm, all at the expense of the Loan Parties and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Parent Borrower; provided , however , that when an Event of Default exists the Agent (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Loan Parties at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

9.16 Information Regarding the Collateral . Furnish to the Agent at least fifteen (15) days (or such shorter period as the Agent may agree) prior written notice of any change in: (i) any Loan Party’s legal name; (ii) the location of any Loan Party’s chief executive office, its principal place of business, any office in which it maintains books or records relating to Collateral owned by it or any office or facility at which Collateral owned by it is located (including the establishment of any such new office or facility, but excluding in-transit Collateral); (iii) any Loan Party’s organizational structure or jurisdiction of incorporation or formation; or (iv) any Loan Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or organizational identification number assigned to it by its state of organization. The Loan Parties shall not effect or permit any change referred to in the preceding sentence unless the Loan Parties have undertaken all such action, if any, reasonably requested by the Agent under the UCC or otherwise that is required in order for the Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected first priority security interest in all the Collateral for its own benefit and the benefit of the other Secured Parties.

9.17 [ Reserved ].

9.18 ERISA . The Parent Borrower will furnish to the Agent promptly following receipt thereof, copies of any documents described in Sections 101(k) or 101(l) of ERISA that a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate may request with respect to any Multiemployer Plan; provided that if a Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has not requested such documents or notices from the administrator or sponsor of the applicable Multiemployer Plan, then, upon reasonable request of the Agent, a Borrower and/or the ERISA Affiliate shall promptly make a request for such documents or notices from such administrator or sponsor and shall provide copies of such documents and notices to the Agent promptly after receipt thereof.

 

112


9.19 Quarterly Lender Meetings . Quarterly, at a time mutually agreed with the Agent that is promptly after delivery of the information referred to in Section 9.5(a) or 9.5(b), as applicable, participate in a conference call for Lenders to discuss the financial condition and results of operations of the Albertson’s Group for the most recently-ended period for which financial statements have been delivered.

9.20 [ Reserved ].

9.21 Post-Closing Requirements . The Parent Borrower agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered such documents and instruments, and take or cause to be taken such other actions as may be reasonably necessary to provide the perfected security interests and to satisfy such other conditions within the applicable time periods following the Escrow Release set forth on Schedule 9.21 , as such time periods may be extended by the Agent, in its sole discretion.

SECTION 10. NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification claims for which a claim has not been asserted), no Loan Party shall, nor shall it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, and with respect to Section 10.12 only, Holdings will not, directly or indirectly:

10.1 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired; sign or suffer to exist any security agreement authorizing any Person thereunder to file a financing statement; sell any of its property or assets subject to an understanding or agreement (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase such property or assets with recourse to it or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or assign as security or otherwise transfer as security any accounts or other rights to receive income, other than, as to all of the above, (each, a “ Permitted Lien ”):

(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in compliance with Section 9.3 (other than clause (a)(iv) of such section);

(b) Carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s and other like Liens imposed by applicable Laws, arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days or are being contested in compliance with Section 9.3 (other than clause (a)(iv) of such section);

(c) Pledges and deposits made in the ordinary course of business in compliance with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws or regulations, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA; provided , however , that Permitted Liens shall not include any pledges or deposits to secure California workers’ compensation self-insurance liabilities of, or originally incurred by, SVU, NAI or any of their current or former Subsidiaries attributable to periods prior to the Original Closing Date.

(d) Pledges and deposits to secure or relating to the performance of bids, trade contracts, government contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

113


(e) (i) Liens in respect of judgments that would not constitute an Event of Default hereunder, and (ii) notices of lis pendens and associated rights related to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings that have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property or assets subject to such notices and rights and for which adequate reserves have been made to the extent required by GAAP;

(f) (i) Easements, covenants, conditions, restrictions, building code laws, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real property that do not secure any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected property or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Loan Parties taken as a whole and such other minor title defects or survey matters that are disclosed by current surveys that, in each case, do not materially interfere with the current use of the real property; (ii) mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any government, statutory or regulatory authority, developer, landlord or other third party (in each case, other than Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary) on property over which Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings has easement rights or on any leased property with respect to which Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary is the tenant and subordination or similar arrangements relating thereto and (iii) any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings affecting any real property;

(g) Liens existing on the Escrow Release Date and listed on Schedule 10.1 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased (other than as permitted as “Permitted Indebtedness”), (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is otherwise permitted hereunder) (provided that clauses (i) and (iii) shall not apply to Indebtedness incurred to refinance, refund, extend, renew or replace the Existing Safeway Notes);

(h) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired by any Loan Party securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3(c) so long as such Liens shall not extend to any other property or assets of the Loan Parties, other than replacements thereof and additional and accessions to such property and the products and proceeds thereof;

(i) Liens pursuant to any Financing Agreements;

(j) Landlords’ and lessors’ Liens in respect of rent not in default for more than any applicable grace period, not to exceed thirty (30) days;

(k) Possessory Liens in favor of brokers and dealers arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Investments owned as of the Escrow Release Date and Permitted Investments, provided that such liens (a) attach only to such Investments and (b) secure only obligations arising in connection with the acquisition or disposition of such Investments and not any obligation in connection with margin financing;

(l) Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s liens, liens in favor of securities intermediaries, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or securities accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions and securities intermediaries and other Liens securing cash management services and “bank products” in the ordinary course of business;

 

114


(m) Liens arising from precautionary UCC filings regarding “true” operating leases or, to the extent permitted under the Financing Agreement, the consignment of goods to a Loan Party or Liens on equipment of the Borrowers and their Subsidiaries granted in the ordinary course of business to a client or supplier at which such equipment is located;

(n) Voluntary Liens on property in existence at the time such property is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment or on such property of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party in existence at the time such Restricted Subsidiary is acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment (or otherwise acquisition not prohibited hereunder) or is otherwise merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary; provided , that such Liens are not incurred in connection with or in anticipation of such Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment and do not attach to any other assets of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(o) Liens in favor of customs and revenues authorities imposed by applicable Laws arising in the ordinary course of business in connection with the importation of goods and securing obligations (i) that are not overdue by more than thirty (30) days, or (ii)(A) that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (B) the applicable Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP and (C) such contest effectively suspends collection of the contested obligation and enforcement of any Lien securing such obligation;

(p) Liens consisting of claims under PACA or PASA;

(q) Liens on cash collateral deposited into any escrow account issued in connection with any Acquisition pursuant to customary escrow arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Agent to the extent such cash collateral represents the proceeds of such financing and additional amounts to pay accrued interest and/or the redemption price of such securities;

(r) Liens securing Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(s) Liens or rights of setoff against credit balances of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries with Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors or amounts owing by such Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors to such Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business, but not Liens on or rights of setoff against any other property or assets of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries to secure the obligations of Loan Parties or Restricted Subsidiaries to the Credit Card Issuers or Credit Card Processors as a result of fees and chargebacks;

(t) Security interests in investments in purchasing cooperatives permitted by Section 10.2, which are granted to the applicable cooperative to secure obligations of a Loan Party to such cooperative arising in connection with purchases from such cooperative or other customary transactions between such Loan Party and such cooperative;

(u) The security or other interests of MoneyGram in the Trust Funds, which are granted to MoneyGram to secure the obligations of the Loan Parties arising under the MoneyGram Agreement; provided that such security interest of MoneyGram in the Trust Funds is subordinate to that of the Agent and does not extend to any of the property of the Loan Parties other than the Trust Funds;

 

115


(v) Liens described in Schedule B of the Mortgage Policies insuring Mortgages (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include Liens on Real Property described in Schedule 10.1 );

(w) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder or consisting of an agreement to sell any property (including liens on assets deemed to arise as a result thereof);

(x) Liens on accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” arising in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(y) Liens on Collateral securing ABL Facility Indebtedness permitted by Section 10.3(t) which Liens shall at all times be subject to the ABL Intercreditor Agreement;

(z) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(aa) Deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure liability to insurance carriers and Liens arising by operation of law or contract on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof to secure premiums thereunder, and Liens, pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing liability for premiums or reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefits of) insurance carriers;

(bb) any interest or title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses (including software and other technology licenses) entered into by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(cc) Liens on the assets of, and Equity Interests in, Real Estate Financing Loan Parties pursuant to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility;

(dd) Liens in favor of any Loan Party;

(ee) Liens incurred by a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing any Permitted Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party

(ff) Liens on the Collateral securing Incremental Equivalent Debt issued pursuant to Section 10.3(u) so long as such Liens are subject to (i) customary intercreditor agreements as Liens securing “Additional Senior Debt” if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Liens securing the Obligations, or (ii) a customary intercreditor agreement as Liens securing “Additional Junior Debt” or equivalent term if such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a junior priority basis to the Liens securing the Obligations;

(gg) Liens on the Collateral securing obligations in respect of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt and any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing; provided that (x) any such Liens securing any Permitted Refinancing in respect of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt are subject to the Intercreditor Agreements as Liens securing “Additional Senior Debt” and (y) any such Liens securing any Permitted Refinancing in respect of Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt are subject to a customary intercreditor agreement as Liens securing “Additional Junior Debt” or equivalent term;

 

 

116


(hh) Liens not otherwise permitted by any one more of the foregoing clauses; provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of obligations secured thereby does not exceed $500,000,000 at any time and (ii) if any such Lien is granted over any of the Collateral, such Lien must be subject to the Intercreditor Agreements and junior in all respects to the Liens in favor of the Obligations under this Agreement;

(ii) Liens securing Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt incurred pursuant to clause (x) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” and Permitted Refinancings thereof so long as such Liens are subject to the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement;

(jj) Liens securing Existing Safeway Notes and Existing Safeway Debentures permitted under clause (y) of the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness,” and Permitted Refinancings thereof so long as such Liens are subject to the Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement;

(kk) Liens on cash deposits, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other discharge of any notes issued by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(ll) Liens on the assets of, or Equity Interests in, PDC and Casa Ley;

(mm) Liens securing the 2037 ASC Debentures (as defined in the Security Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $143,000;

(nn) any encumbrance or restriction (including put and call arrangements) with respect to capital stock of any joint venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

(oo) Liens on Excluded Property;

(pp) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(d), (e), (l), (m), (n) (to the extent the related Permitted Indebtedness is permitted to be secured), (o) and (p); and

(qq) Liens to secure any refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement (or successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements) as a whole, or in part, of any Indebtedness secured by any Lien referred to in the foregoing clauses; provided , however , that (x) such new Lien shall be limited to all or part of the same property that was encumbered by the original Lien (plus improvements on such property) or could have been encumbered by the original Lien ( provided , that this clause (x) shall not apply to Indebtedness incurred to refinance, refund, extend, renew or replace the Existing Safeway Notes (or any successive refinancings, refundings, extensions, renewals or replacements thereof), and (y) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien at such time is not increased to any amount greater than the sum of (A) the outstanding principal amount or, if greater, committed amount of the Indebtedness described under such clause at the time the original Lien became a Permitted Lien, plus accretion of original issue discount, and (B) an amount necessary to pay any fees and expenses, including premiums, related to such refinancing, refunding, extension, renewal or replacement; provided that nothing contained herein shall prevent a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from pledging any asset to secure any Indebtedness (including refinancing Indebtedness) of Safeway and its Subsidiaries.

 

117


10.2 Investments . Make or hold any Investments, except (each, a “ Permitted Investment ”):

(a) Investments by a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in Cash Equivalents (including subsequent monetizations thereof);

(b) Investments (x) existing on the Escrow Release Date, and set forth on Schedule 10.2 , (y) made pursuant to binding commitments (whether or not subject to conditions) in effect on the Escrow Release Date or (z) that replace, refinance, refund, renew or extend any Investment described under either of the immediately preceding clauses (x) or (y) but not any increase in the amount thereof unless required by the terms of the Investment or otherwise permitted hereunder;

(c) (i) Investments in a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (or Persons that become Loan Parties); provided that the aggregate outstanding amount of all Investments made pursuant to this clause (i) in Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties shall not exceed $500,000,000; and (ii) Investments by Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in other Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties;

(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

(e) Guarantees constituting Permitted Indebtedness;

(f) Investments by any Loan Party in Swap Contracts permitted hereunder;

(g) Investments received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of, or settlement of delinquent accounts and disputes with, customers and suppliers, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

(h) loans or advances to officers, directors and employees of any Loan Party (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any of its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings, AB LLC or any direct or indirect parent thereof (provided that the proceeds of the purchases made with such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Parent Borrower in cash as common equity) and (iii) for any other purposes not described in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii); provided that the aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time under clause (iii) above shall not exceed $50,000,000;

(i) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business and Investments made pursuant to employment and severance arrangements of officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business;

(j) (i) Investments constituting Permitted Acquisitions and (ii) the acquisition of any property locations from any Person for which the aggregate consideration payable in connection with such acquisition is less than $250,000,000;

(k) Investments consisting of deposits, prepayments and other credits to customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

 

118


(l) Obligations of retail account debtors to any Borrower or Guarantor arising from Albertson’s Private Label Accounts;

(m) the endorsement of instruments for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business;

(n) intercompany loans and advances by any Loan Party to the Real Estate Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $56,250,000, resulting from payments made by such Loan Party on account of expenses and liabilities (other than Indebtedness) of the Real Estate Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of maintenance and repairs of Real Property), so long as each such loan or advance is repaid upon the earlier to occur of (i) ninety (90) days after the date such Loan Party pays such expense or liability or (ii) the date such Real Estate Subsidiary is no longer a Subsidiary of any Loan Party;

(o) Investments arising from the contribution of Real Property of a Loan Party to the Real Estate Subsidiaries in connection with a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility on or after the Escrow Release Date; provided that any transfer of Real Estate constituting Collateral pursuant to this clause (o) shall only be permitted to the extent that (i) such Real Estate Subsidiary shall be a Loan Party or (ii) the Parent Borrower has determined that such transfer is reasonably required to obtain any applicable Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility and immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

(p) Investments in the Equity Interests of, or in obligations of, a purchasing or distribution cooperative of which a Loan Party is a member in the ordinary course of its business;

(q) Investments consisting of non-cash consideration received in connection with the Permitted Dispositions;

(r) any Investment in a Receivables Subsidiary or any Investment by a Receivables Subsidiary in any other Person in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing, including Investments of funds held in accounts permitted or required by the arrangements governing such Qualified Receivables Financing or any related Indebtedness;

(s) Investments the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Stock) or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower;

(t) Investments of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Original Closing Date or of an entity merged into or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 10.4 after the Original Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(u) any Investment consisting of intercompany current liabilities in connection with the cash management, tax and accounting operations of the Albertson’s Group or any transaction permitted under Section 10.8;

(v) Investments in joint ventures (other than Investments in an Unrestricted Subsidiary made after its designation pursuant to Section 10.14) made after the Escrow Release Date in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the greater of $1,000,000,000 and 4.00% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment;

 

 

119


(w) additional Investments; provided that, as of the date of such Investment and after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related transactions, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.50:1.00;

(x) so long as of the date of such Investment and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, other Investments not specifically described herein (other than the purchase or other acquisition of property and assets or businesses of any Person or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of such Person or Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be a Restricted Subsidiary (including as a result of a merger or consolidation)) in an aggregate amount outstanding pursuant to this clause (w) at any time not to exceed the greater of $1,000,000,000 and 4.00% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment plus the Cumulative Credit;

(y) Investments required pursuant to Section 5.4(c) of the Safeway Merger Agreement (including the transfer of the real property listed in Disclosure Schedule 8.3(i) from Safeway to PDC pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement upon the consummation of the Safeway Acquisition);

(z) Investments consisting of (i) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of any notes issued by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (ii) cash, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts created in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase, satisfaction or discharge of any such notes or any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof;

(aa) Investments in a Similar Business (other than an Investment in an Unrestricted Subsidiary) having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (aa) that are at the time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $1,500,000,000 and 6.0% of Total Assets, at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value); provided, however, that if any Investment pursuant to this clause (aa) is made in any Person that is not a Loan Party at the date of the making of such Investment and such Person becomes a Loan Party after such date, such Investment shall thereafter be deemed to have been made pursuant to clause (c) above and shall cease to have been made pursuant to this clause (aa) for so long as such Person continues to be a Restricted Subsidiary;

(bb) any Investment made with (a) Wellness Center Assets having a Fair Market Value not in excess of $300,000,000 or (b) Excluded Property, including, in each case, any such Investment made in an Unrestricted Subsidiary or joint venture (or similar entity);

(cc) Investments consisting of the licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons;

(dd) Investments in connection with an IPO Reorganization;

(ee) Investments consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, materials and equipment or purchases of contract rights or licenses or leases of intellectual property, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

120


(ff) Investments made in connection with the Transactions;

(gg) Investments by an Unrestricted Subsidiary entered into prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary;

(hh) Investments in receivables owing to Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary created or acquired in the ordinary course of business;

(ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, Permitted Liens or Permitted Indebtedness;

(jj) Investments consisting of earnest money deposits required in connection with a purchase agreement, or letter of intent, or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise prohibited hereunder;

(kk) contributions to a “rabbi” trust for the benefit of employees or other grantor trust subject to claims of creditors in the case of a bankruptcy of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; and

(ll) Investments in Unrestricted Subsidiaries having an aggregate Fair Market Value, taken together with all other Investments made pursuant to this clause (ll) that are at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of $1,000,000,000 and 4.00% of Total Assets at the time of such Investment (with the Fair Market Value of each Investment being measured at the time made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value).

10.3 Indebtedness; Disqualified Stock . (a) Issue Disqualified Stock or (b) create, incur, assume, guarantee, suffer to exist or otherwise become or remain liable with respect to, any Indebtedness, except (each, “ Permitted Indebtedness ”);

(a) Indebtedness outstanding on the Escrow Release Date and listed on Schedule 10.3 and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(b) Indebtedness among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries;

(c) Without duplication of Indebtedness described in clause (g) of this Section, purchase money Indebtedness of any Loan Party incurred after the Escrow Release Date to finance the acquisition, lease, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets, including Attributable Indebtedness under Capital Lease Obligations and Synthetic Lease Obligations, and any Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of any such assets or secured by a Lien on any such assets prior to the acquisition thereof, and Permitted Refinancings thereof, provided , however , that (i) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness permitted by this clause (c) shall not exceed the greater of $1,250,000,000 and 5.00% of Total Assets at the time of incurrence, (ii) such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after such acquisition, lease, construction or improvement (other than Permitted Refinancing thereof), and (iii) such Indebtedness does not exceed the cost of acquisition, lease, construction or improvement of such fixed or capital assets;

(d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary thereof existing or arising under any Swap Contract, provided that such obligations are (or were) entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates or foreign exchange rates, and not for purposes of speculation or taking a “market view”;

 

 

121


(e) obligations in respect of self-insurance and obligations (including reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit and bank guarantees) in respect of performance, bid, appeal and surety bonds and similar instruments and performance and completion guarantees and similar obligations, in each case, incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(f) Permitted Ratio Debt and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(g) Indebtedness with respect to the deferred purchase price for any Permitted Acquisition or other Permitted Investment, provided that such Indebtedness (other than Earn-Out Obligations) does not require the payment in cash of principal (other than in respect of working capital adjustments) prior to the Latest Maturity Date, has a final maturity which extends beyond the Latest Maturity Date, and is subordinated to the Obligations on terms reasonably acceptable to the Agents; provided , further , that any such Indebtedness constituting Earn-Out Obligations is paid within 30 days after such amount becomes due;

(h) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party in a Permitted Acquisition, Permitted Investment (or other acquisition not prohibited hereunder) , which Indebtedness is existing at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party (other than Indebtedness incurred solely in contemplation of such Person’s becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party) and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(i) the Obligations;

(j) Indebtedness arising from indemnification obligations in favor of SVU pursuant to the NAI Purchase Agreement;

(k) [reserved];

(l) Indebtedness arising pursuant to appeal bonds or similar instruments required in connection with judgments that do not result in a Default or Event of Default;

(m) obligations in respect of letters of credit existing as of the Escrow Release Date to secure obligations of the type described in Sections 10.1(c) and 10.1(d);

(n) Guarantees of Indebtedness described in Section 10.3;

(o) Indebtedness incurred by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing that is not recourse (except for Standard Securitization Undertakings) to a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(p) Indebtedness with respect to all obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of letters of credit, acceptances and similar facilities incurred in the ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, letters of credit in respect of workers’ compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits (whether current or former) or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance, or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers’ compensation claims;

 

122


(q) Indebtedness to current or former officers, managers, consultants, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of the Parent Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower permitted by Section 10.6;

(r) Indebtedness consisting of (i) the financing of insurance premiums or (ii) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(s) (A) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, automatic clearinghouse arrangements or (B) Indebtedness arising from the honoring of a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within ten Business Days of its incurrence;

(t) ABL Facility Indebtedness; provided that the outstanding amount thereof (excluding in respect of Swap Contracts and Cash Management Obligations constituting ABL Facility Indebtedness) shall not exceed the greater of (x) $3,750,000,000 and (y) the Borrowing Base (measured at the time of incurrence thereof) (as defined in the ABL Credit Agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date);

(u) Incremental Equivalent Debt in an aggregate principal amount, when aggregated with the amount of Incremental Term Loans incurred pursuant to Section 2.8, not to exceed the Incremental Amount and any Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided that (A) subject to Section 14.13(e), both at the time of any such incurrence (and after giving effect thereto), no Event of Default shall exist and (B) in the case of any Incremental Equivalent Debt that is unsecured or that is secured on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the Liens securing the Obligations, for purposes of determining the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, such Incremental Equivalent Debt shall be deemed to be secured on a pari passu basis to the Liens securing the Obligations both at the time of incurrence and at all times such Incremental Equivalent Debt remain outstanding;

(v) Indebtedness of Real Estate Financing Loan Parties under a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that, immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

(w) Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness;

(x) Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt and Permitted Refinancings thereof;

(y) Indebtedness in respect of Existing Safeway Notes and Existing Safeway Debentures and Permitted Refinancings thereof; provided that if such Indebtedness is secured by a Lien, such Lien shall rank junior to the Liens securing the Obligations;

(z) Indebtedness owing by Casa Ley and/or PDC (whether or not owing to any Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and Permitted Refinancings thereof);

(aa) Indebtedness secured by cash deposits, securities or other property in deposit or securities accounts in connection with the redemption, defeasance, repurchase or other discharge of any notes;

 

123


(bb) [reserved];

(cc) Indebtedness of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurred in the ordinary course of business under guarantees of Indebtedness of suppliers, licensees, franchisees or customers in an aggregate amount not to exceed $150,000,000 at any one time outstanding;

(dd) Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries of a Borrower in an amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $750,000,000 or (y) 3.00% of Total Assets of all Foreign Subsidiaries at the time of such Incurrence and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(ee) Indebtedness not specifically described herein in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (x) $1,000,000,000 or (y) 4.00% of Total Assets at any time outstanding and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(ff) to the extent constituting Indebtedness, obligations in respect of (i) customer deposits and advance payments received in the ordinary course of business; (ii) letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, guarantees or other similar instruments or obligations issued or relating to liabilities or obligations Incurred in the ordinary course of business and (iii) any customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements or automatic clearinghouse arrangements in the ordinary course of business; and

(gg) Contribution Indebtedness and any Permitted Refinancing thereof.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 10.3, in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of Indebtedness described in clauses (a) through (gg) above, the Parent Borrower shall, in its sole discretion, classify and reclassify or later divide, classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness (or any portion thereof) and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one or more of the above clauses; provided that (i) all Indebtedness outstanding under the Financing Agreements will at all times be deemed to be outstanding in reliance only on the exception in clause (i) of Section 10.3, and (ii) all Indebtedness under the ABL Facility will be deemed to be outstanding in reliance only on the exception in clause (s) of Section 10.3.

10.4 Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that:

(a) (i) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with a Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize a Borrower into a new jurisdiction in the United States); provided that such Borrower (as a newly recognized entity) shall be the continuing or surviving Person and (ii) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries); provided that when any Person that is a Loan Party is merging with a Restricted Subsidiary, a Loan Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b) (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge, amalgamate or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Subsidiary may liquidate or dissolve or Holdings, the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any Subsidiary may change its legal form if the Parent Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interest of Albertson’s Group and if not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders (it being understood that in the case of any change in legal form, (x) any Borrower shall remain a Borrower and (y) a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor will remain a Guarantor unless such Guarantor is otherwise permitted to cease being a Guarantor hereunder);

 

 

124


(c) any Restricted Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to Holdings or to another Restricted Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor in such a transaction is a Guarantor, then (i) the transferee must be a Guarantor (other than Holdings) or a Borrower or (ii) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a Permitted Investment in or Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party in accordance with Sections 10.2 (other than Section 10.2(e)) and 10.3, respectively;

(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a Borrower may merge with any other Person; provided that (i) such Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not a Borrower (any such Person, the “ Successor Company ”), (A) the Successor Company shall be an entity organized or existing under the Laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof, (B) the Successor Company shall expressly assume all the obligations of such Borrower under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements to which such Borrower is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, (C) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have confirmed that its obligations under the Loan Documents, including the Guarantee, shall continue to apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Financing Agreements, (D) each Loan Party, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by a supplement to the Security Agreement and other applicable Collateral Documents confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Financing Agreements, (E) if requested by the Agent, each mortgagor of a Mortgaged Property, unless it is the other party to such merger or consolidation, shall have by an amendment to or restatement of the applicable Mortgage (or other instrument reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) confirmed that its obligations thereunder shall apply to the Successor Company’s obligations under the Financing Agreements, and (F) the Parent Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent an officer’s certificate and an opinion of counsel, each stating that such merger or consolidation and such supplement to this Agreement or any Collateral Document comply with this Agreement; provided further that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Company will succeed to, and be substituted for, such Borrower under this Agreement;

(e) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom (in the case of a merger involving a Loan Party), any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 10.2; provided that the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary or a Borrower, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 9.9 to the extent required pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Requirement;

(f) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 10.5; and

(g) any merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or Disposition in connection with the Transactions or in connection with an IPO Reorganization, in each case, shall be permitted.

 

125


10.5 Dispositions . Make any Disposition, except (each, a “ Permitted Disposition ”):

(a) Dispositions of (i) inventory in the ordinary course of business, (ii) goods held for sale in the ordinary course of business and (iii) other assets (including allowing any registrations or any applications for registration of any immaterial Intellectual Property to lapse or become abandoned but excluding any Real Property) having Fair Market Value not exceeding (x) $150,000,000 per Fiscal Year for any such Disposition and (y) $250,000,000 in the aggregate for all such Dispositions, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(b) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property of a Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, provided that such licenses shall not interfere with the ability of the Agent to exercise any of its rights and remedies with respect to any of the Collateral or have a material adverse effect on the value of the Intellectual Property;

(c) licenses for the conduct of licensed departments within the Loan Parties’ Stores and leases or other occupancy agreements for banks and for other uses customarily located in the Loan Parties’ Stores, in each case in the ordinary course of business, but only to the extent that such licenses, leases and occupancy agreements do not have a Material Adverse Effect on the operations of such Stores;

(d) Dispositions of Equipment (including abandonment of or other failures to maintain and preserve) so long as after giving effect to such Disposition, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing;

(e) Dispositions among the Loan Parties or by any Restricted Subsidiary to a Loan Party;

(f) Dispositions by any Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party to another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(g) contributions of real property by a Loan Party to a Real Estate Subsidiary; provided that any transfer of Real Estate constituting Collateral pursuant to this clause (g) shall only be permitted to the extent that such Real Estate Subsidiary shall be a Loan Party or the Parent Borrower has determined that such transfer is reasonably required to obtain any applicable Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that, immediately before and after giving effect thereto, the Loan-to-Value Ratio as of such date (calculated on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such transaction, including the use of proceeds thereof) is less than or equal to 0.70:1.00;

(h) any Disposition which constitutes a Permitted Investment, Restricted Payment hereunder or Permitted Lien (or an enforcement thereof) or a transaction permitted by Section 10.4;

(i) Dispositions by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary of its right, title and interest in and to any Real Property and related Fixtures, including, without limitation, Dispositions to any other Restricted Subsidiary or in connection with sale-leaseback transactions;

(j) Dispositions of the Equity Interests of any Real Estate Financing Loan Party or Unrestricted Subsidiary;

(k) (i) Dispositions consisting of the compromise, settlement or collection of accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, (ii) sales of assets received by a Borrower or any Subsidiary upon foreclosure of a Permitted Lien, and (iii) the sale or

 

126


discount (with or without recourse, and on customary or commercially reasonable terms and for credit management purposes) of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising in the ordinary course of business, or the conversion or exchange of accounts receivable for notes receivable;

(l) Dispositions consisting of (i) leases, assignments or subleases in the ordinary course of business, including leases of closed Stores, and (ii) the grant of any license or sublicense of patents, trademarks, know-how and any other intellectual property or other general intangibles;

(m) Dispositions in connection with an IPO Reorganization;

(n) Dispositions of other assets outside of the ordinary course of business;

(o) (i) a sale of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” to a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing or in factoring or similar transactions, and (ii) a transfer of accounts receivable and related assets of the type specified in the definition of “Receivables Financing” (or a fractional undivided interest therein) by a Receivables Subsidiary in a Qualified Receivables Financing;

(p) Dispositions of obsolete, surplus or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions in the ordinary course of business of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(q) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property (including to the extent allowable under Section 1031 of the Code, any exchange of like property (excluding any boot thereon) for use in a Similar Business;

(r) any exchange of assets for assets or services (other than current assets) related to a similar business of comparable or greater market value or usefulness to the business of Albertson’s Group as a whole, as determined in good faith by the Parent Borrower;

(s) Dispositions of Investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements; and

(t) any disposition of Excluded Property (or the Equity Interests of Persons substantially all of the assets of which constitute Excluded Property);

(u) Dispositions to effectuate Section 5.4 of the Safeway Merger Agreement;

(v) Dispositions of the Eastern Division Assets pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement;

(w) Dispositions of Divested Properties required pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Safeway Merger Agreement;

(x) Dispositions of the assets of, and the Equity Interests in, PDC and Casa Ley;

 

127


(y) any disposition of capital stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other than a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired, or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

(z) any surrender or waiver of contract rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contract, tort or other claims of any kind; and

(aa) the unwinding of any Hedging Obligations or Swap Contracts pursuant to its terms.

provided, that to the extent any Collateral is Disposed of in a Permitted Disposition to any Person other than any Loan Party and the Net Proceeds therefrom are applied in accordance with this Agreement, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of all Liens created by the Financing Agreements; provided further that in connection with any Disposition of Material Real Property permitted under this Agreement, the Parent Borrower shall cause the Loan Parties to deliver promptly to Agent a supplement to Schedule 8.4(b)(1) which shall set forth the address of all Material Real Property that is owned by the Loan Parties and each of their Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date after giving effect to such Disposition; provided further that any Disposition of any property pursuant to Sections 10.5(d), (g), (i), (j) (as it relates to Real Estate Subsidiaries) and (n) having a Fair Market Value in excess of $25,000,000, (i) shall be for no less than Fair Market Value of such property at the time of such Disposition, and (ii) either (x) at least 75% of the consideration (other than (A) the assumption by the transferee of Indebtedness or other liabilities contingent or otherwise of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and the valid release of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, by all applicable creditors in writing, from all liability on such Indebtedness or other liability in connection with such Disposition, (B) securities, notes or other obligations received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from the transferee that are converted by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries into cash or Cash Equivalents within 180 days following the closing of such Disposition, (C) Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary that is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such Disposition, to the extent that the Borrower and each other Restricted Subsidiary are released from any Guarantee of payment of such Indebtedness in connection with such Disposition, (D) consideration consisting of Indebtedness of the Borrower (other than Subordinated Indebtedness) received after the Escrow Release Date from Persons who are not the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary and (E) in connection with an asset swap, all of which shall be deemed “cash”) received is cash or Cash Equivalents or Designated Non-Cash Consideration to the extent that all Designated Non-Cash Consideration at such time does not exceed the greater of $750,000,000 and 2.25% of Total Assets (with the Fair Market Value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) and all of the consideration received is at least equal to the Fair Market Value of the assets sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of, or (y) such Disposition results in a Loan Party or a Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party acquiring (whether by purchase, exchange, merger, consolidation, amalgamation or other business combination) assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of another Person or Equity Interests in any Person that is in the same line of business as the Loan Parties, or a business that is reasonably related, complementary, ancillary or incidental to the business of the Loan Parties in a transaction that is permitted by (1) if the Person acquired will become a Loan Party or the assets acquired will be owned by a Loan Party or otherwise pledged as Collateral, Section 10.2(o), or (2) in all other cases, any clause of Section 10.2 (other than clause (o)).

 

128


10.6 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except that:

(a) each Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party;

(b) each Restricted Subsidiary of a Loan Party which is not a Loan Party may make Restricted Payments to another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party;

(c) Holdings may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount, so long as on the date that Holdings elects to apply this clause (c), such election shall be specified in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of Holdings calculating in reasonable detail the amount of the Cumulative Retained Disposition Amount immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied;

(d) Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments permitted by Section 10.2, Section 10.4 or Section 10.8;

(e) the Loan Parties may repurchase Equity Interests from, or pay dividends and make distributions to Holdings, and Holdings may repurchase Equity Interests from, or pay dividends and make distributions to, AB LLC, to enable AB LLC to repurchase Equity Interests, held by a current or former employee, officer or director upon the termination, retirement or death of any such employee, officer or director, provided , that, as to any such repurchase, each of the following conditions is satisfied: (i) as of the date of the payment for such repurchase and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, (ii) such repurchase shall be paid with funds legally available therefor, and (iii) the aggregate amount of all payments for such repurchases in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed $85,000,000, plus amounts of such repurchases permitted to have been made in prior Fiscal Years but not made, up to a maximum carry forward amount in any Fiscal Year of $60,000,000; plus the Net Proceeds received by a Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower or any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower (to the extent contributed to a Borrower) to members of management, directors or consultants of the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any of their Subsidiaries or any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway that occurs after the Escrow Release Date); plus the Net Proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by the Parent Borrower or Safeway or any other direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway (in each case, to the extent contributed to a Borrower) and their Subsidiaries after the Escrow Release Date; less the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made with the cash proceeds described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 10.6(e); ( provided that cancellation of Indebtedness owing to a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from members of management, directors, employees or consultants of Holdings, or any direct or indirect parent company or Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with a repurchase of Equity Interests pursuant to this clause (e) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent company will not be deemed to constitute a Restricted Payment);

(f) so long as of the date of such Restricted Payment and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing, a Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed the (x) the greater of (A) $1,000,000,000 and (B) 4.0% of Total Assets plus , (y) the Cumulative Credit on the date of such election that the Parent Borrower elects to apply to this clause (f), such election to be specified in a written notice of a Responsible Officer of the Parent Borrower calculating in reasonable detail the amount of Cumulative Credit immediately prior to such election and the amount thereof elected to be so applied, less (z) the aggregate amount of payments made pursuant to Section 10.11(a)(iii) at the time of such Restricted Payment;

 

 

129


(g) Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries may declare and make (i) dividend payments or other Restricted Payments payable solely in Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) on a pro rata basis to their equity holders, and (ii) Restricted Payments payable in Equity Interests or with the proceeds of a sale of Equity Interests of a Borrower or any direct or indirect parent thereof, any capital contribution or the issuance of Subordinated Indebtedness or Disqualified Capital Stock;

(h) Loan Parties and their Restricted Subsidiaries may make repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings (or in any direct or indirect parent thereof) or any Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(i) (1) with respect to any taxable period ending after the Escrow Release Date for which a Borrower is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to a Borrower’s equity owners, as applicable, in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) the taxable income of a Borrower for such taxable period, reduced by any cumulative net taxable loss with respect to all prior taxable periods ending after the Escrow Release Date (determined as if all such taxable periods were one taxable period) to the extent such cumulative net taxable loss would have been deductible by the partners against such taxable income if such loss had been incurred in the taxable period in question (assuming that the partners have no items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit other than through a Borrower) and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income and Medicare tax rate applicable to any equity owner of a Borrower for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitation thereon)), and (2) with respect to any taxable period ending before the Escrow Release Date for which a Borrower was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, distributions to such Borrower’s equity owners, as applicable, in an aggregate amount equal to the product of (A) any additional taxable income for such taxable period resulting from a tax audit adjustment made after the Escrow Release Date and (B) the highest combined marginal U.S. federal, state and local income tax rate applicable to any equity owner of a Borrower, or applicable, for such taxable period (taking into account the character of the additional taxable income in question (long term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) and the deductibility of state and local income taxes for U.S. federal income tax purposes (and any applicable limitations thereon)) plus any penalties, additions to tax or interest that may be imposed as a result of such audit adjustment;

(j) a Borrower may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, (i) to pay amounts equal to the fees and expenses (including franchise and similar Taxes) required to maintain the existence of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding company of such Borrower, the customary salary, bonus and other benefits (including indemnification, insurance and insurance premiums) payable to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, officers and employees of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding company of such Borrower, and the general corporate operating and overhead expenses of Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent or holding company such Borrower, in each case to the extent such fees, expenses, salaries, bonuses, benefits and indemnities are attributable to the ownership or operation of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries; (ii) to pay, if applicable, amounts equal to amounts required for any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, to pay interest and/or principal on Indebtedness the proceeds of which have been permanently contributed to such

 

130


Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; (iii) amounts necessary to pay customary and reasonable costs and expenses of financings, acquisitions or offerings of securities of any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower that are not consummated; (iv) costs (including all professional fees and expenses) incurred by any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower in connection with reporting obligations under or otherwise incurred in connection with compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations of any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory body or stock exchange, the indenture or any other agreement or instrument relating to Indebtedness of such Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; (v) expenses Incurred by any direct or indirect parent of such Borrower in connection with any public offering or other sale of Equity Interests or Indebtedness: (A) where the net proceeds of such offering or sale are intended to be received by or contributed to a Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary, (B) in a pro-rated amount of such expenses in proportion to the amount of such net proceeds intended to be so received or contributed, or (C) otherwise on an interim basis prior to completion of such offering so long as direct or indirect parent of a Borrower shall cause the amount of such expenses to be repaid to a Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary out of the proceeds of such offering promptly if completed; (vi) to permit Holdings to make payments in respect of interest, principal and other amounts in connection with any Indebtedness incurred in connection with the Transactions and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; and (vii) to permit Holdings to pay any amounts required to be paid by it in connection with or related to its ownership of the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries.

(k) Subject to the Liquidity Condition, at any time after the consummation of any Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility, the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount equal to (x) 0.35 times the Value Component then applicable on a Pro Forma Basis (including, but not limited, giving effect to such transactions and the release of Mortgaged Properties in connection therewith) minus (y) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans and other Indebtedness secured on a pari passu basis with the Term Loans outstanding on such date after giving effect to any prepayment of the Term Loans in connection with Qualified Real Estate Financing Facilities minus (z) all Restricted Payments made prior to such date in reliance on this clause (k);

(l) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments to any direct or indirect parent of the Parent Borrower or Safeway, as applicable, to pay amounts equal to the fees and expenses related to the Safeway Acquisition and other payments to be made in connection with the Transactions;

(m) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make Restricted Payments used in connection with the termination of the LTIP Agreements;

(n) the Parent Borrower or Safeway may make payments of all amounts under the contingent value rights to be issued under the Safeway Merger Agreement from the net proceeds of any sale of the Equity Interests in Casa Ley or of the Equity Interests in or assets of PDC;

(o) Restricted Payments made with Excluded Contributions; and

(p) the distribution, as a dividend or otherwise, of shares of Equity Interests of, or Indebtedness owed to Holdings or a Restricted Subsidiary of Holdings by, Unrestricted Subsidiaries or Excluded Property.

(q) purchases of receivables pursuant to a Receivables Repurchase Obligation, the payment or distribution of Receivables Fees, sales, contributions and other transfers of and purchases of assets pursuant to repurchase obligations, in each case in connection with a Qualified Receivables Financing;

 

 

131


(r) distributions required in connection with (x) a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility and (y) an IPO Reorganization; and

(s) the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries may make additional Restricted Payments; provided that, as of the date of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related transactions (including the incurrence of Indebtedness related thereto), (x) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.50:1.00.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, (i) the foregoing limitations shall not apply to any Restricted Payments made by any Person which is not a Loan Party as long as no Loan Party has Guaranteed or may otherwise be liable for any obligations of such Person, and (ii) any Restricted Payment permitted to be made by a Borrower may be made through Holdings (and Holdings shall be permitted to make any such payment).

10.7 Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business other than a Similar Business.

10.8 Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) Purchase, acquire or lease any property from, or sell, transfer or lease any property to, any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of Holdings or Restricted Subsidiary involving aggregate consideration in excess of $50,000,000, except:

(i) on fair and reasonable terms that are not materially less favorable to the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as would be obtainable by the Parent Borrower, Safeway or their Restricted Subsidiaries with a Person other than an Affiliate at the time of such transaction (or, if earlier, at the time such transaction is contractually agreed);

(ii) Real Property leased by the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries from the Real Estate Subsidiaries;

(iii) Real Property leased by the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries from the Sponsor (or its Affiliates) on the Escrow Release Date;

(iv) Permitted Dispositions and Permitted Investments;

(v) transactions between or among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged or consolidated with a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction;

(vi) transactions to effect the Original Closing Date Transactions, the Transactions or an IPO Reorganization;

(vii) transactions for which the board of directors has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the financial terms of such transaction are fair, from a financial standpoint, to Albertson’s Group or not less favorable to Albertson’s Group than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate;

 

 

132


(viii) any agreement (other than with Sponsor) as in effect as of the Escrow Release Date and set forth on Schedule 10.8 or any amendment thereto (so long as any such agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, is not more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date) or any transaction contemplated thereby;

(ix) (i) the issuance of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower to Holdings or to any director, officer, employee or consultant thereof, (ii) the issuance of Equity Interests of Holdings and the granting of registration rights and other customary rights in connection therewith, or (iii) any contribution to the capital of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, as applicable;

(x) (i) transactions with Affiliates that are customers, clients, suppliers or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement, which are fair to Albertson’s Group in the reasonable determination of the board of directors or the senior management of the Parent Borrower or Safeway, and are on terms at least as favorable as might reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party and (ii) transactions with joint ventures and Unrestricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(xi) the existence of, or the performance by Albertson’s Group of its obligations under the terms of any stockholders agreement (including any registration rights agreement or purchase agreement related thereto) to which it is a party as of the Escrow Release Date and any amendment thereto or similar agreements which it may enter into thereafter; provided , however , that the existence of, or the performance by Albertson’s Group of its obligations under any future amendment to any such existing agreement or under any similar agreement entered into after the Escrow Release Date shall only be permitted by this clause (xi) to the extent that the terms of any such existing agreement together with all amendments thereto, taken as a whole, or new agreement are not otherwise more disadvantageous to the Lenders in any material respect than the original agreement as in effect on the Escrow Release Date;

(xii) transactions between Albertson’s Group and any Person that is an Affiliate solely due to the fact that a director of such Person is also a director of the Parent Borrower, Safeway or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower; provided , however , that such director abstains from voting as a director of such Borrower such direct or indirect parent of such Borrower, as the case may be, on any matter involving such other Person;

(xiii) transactions pursuant to the NAI Services Agreement and the Safeway Services Agreement;

(xiv) transactions pursuant to Section 10.3, 10.4 or 10.6; or

(xv) transactions required pursuant to the Safeway Merger Agreement or contingent value rights agreements entered into in connection with the Safeway Merger Agreement; or

(xvi) the Eastern Division Sale and other transactions contemplated by the Eastern Division Sale Agreement;

 

133


(xvii) pledges of Equity Interests of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

(xviii) transactions entered into in good faith which provide for shared employees, services and/or facilities arrangements and which provide cost savings and/or other operational efficiencies;

(xix) (a) sales and purchase arrangements, joint purchasing arrangements and other service agreements in the ordinary course of business between, on the one hand, the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries and, on the other hand, NAI and its Subsidiaries, for the sale and purchase, at cost, of inventory, equipment and supplies, (b) leases between NAI and/or its Subsidiaries and a Borrower and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (c) certain transactions between NAI and/or its Subsidiaries and Holdings and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to self-insurance matters and residual pharmacy transactions, (d) services provided by the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries to NAI and its Subsidiaries in the areas of finance, legal, human resources and public affairs, store development, information technology, marketing, merchandising, asset protection, customer services, supply chain, risk management and insurance, separation and store closings, store operations and strategic procurement, (e) pharmacy operation services provided by NAI and its Subsidiaries to the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries, (f) license agreements between Safeway and NAI, (g) sales of electricity between Safeway and NAI, and (h) arrangements for the use of certain IT and other infrastructure between Safeway and NAI;

(xx) (a) sales and purchase arrangements, joint purchasing arrangements and other service agreements in the ordinary course of business between, on the one hand, the Borrowers and their Restricted Subsidiaries and, on the other hand, SVU and its Subsidiaries, for the sale and purchase, at cost, of inventory, equipment and supplies, and leases between SVU and Holdings or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and (b) one-time payments to be made in connection with the termination and/or transition of certain services under the transition services agreement between such Persons;

(xxi) any purchases by Holdings’ Affiliates of Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of a Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries the majority of which Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock is purchased by Persons who are not Holdings’ Affiliates; provided that such purchases by Holdings’ Affiliates are on the same terms as such purchases by such Persons who are not Holdings’ Affiliates;

(xxii) transactions contractually agreed to between an Unrestricted Subsidiary with an Affiliate prior to the day such Unrestricted Subsidiary is redesignated as a Restricted Subsidiary; and

(xxiii) transactions permitted by clause (b) below.

(b) make any payments (whether by dividend, loan or otherwise) to any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $50,000,000, including, without limitation, on account of management, consulting or other fees for management or similar services, or pay or reimburse expenses incurred by any officer, shareholder, director or other Affiliate of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, except:

(i) reasonable compensation to, and indemnity provided on behalf of, current, former and future officers, employees and directors for services rendered to such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business (including the issuances of securities or

 

134


other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock option and stock ownership plans or similar employee benefit plans approved by the Board of Directors of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower or of a Restricted Subsidiary, as appropriate, in good faith);

(ii) payments by such Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary to Holdings and AB LLC and for actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal and accounting, insurance, marketing, payroll and similar types of services paid for by Holdings and AB LLC on behalf of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, in the ordinary course of their respective businesses as the same may be directly attributable to such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary and actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for the maintenance of the corporate existence of Holdings and AB LLC;

(iii) payments by such Borrower or any such Restricted Subsidiary to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal and accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of such Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary;

(iv) any payments required to be made pursuant to the Eastern Division Sale Agreement or the Safeway Merger Agreement;

(v) amounts payable to SB Capital Group LLC in respect of out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with liquidation services provided to the Borrowers and Guarantors as provided in Section 3.7 of the Operating Agreement for AB LLC (as in effect on the Escrow Release Date);

(vi) amounts payable pursuant to employment and severance arrangements between Albertson’s Group and their respective current, former and future officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements in the ordinary course of business and payments or loans (or cancellation of loans) to employees or consultants in the ordinary course of business which are approved by a majority of the Board of Directors of Holdings in good faith;

(vii) payments by Albertson’s Group to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities, including, without limitation, in connection with acquisitions or divestitures, which payments are approved by a majority of the board of directors of Holdings and/or AB LLC or any other direct or indirect parent of Holdings in good faith;

(viii) amounts payable pursuant to the Management Services Agreement, including any guarantees of compensation to Service Provider Personnel (as defined in the Management Services Agreement) up to the amounts payable thereunder;

(ix) payments of all fees and expenses related to the Original Closing Date Transactions and the Transactions;

(x) payments of the Original Closing Date Transaction Payments and the Escrow Release Date Transaction Payments;

 

 

135


(xi) (a) the entering into of any agreement (and any amendment or modification of any such agreement) to pay, and the payment of, annual management, consulting, monitoring and advisory fees to the Sponsor (directly, or indirectly through AB LLC) in an aggregate amount in any Fiscal Year not to exceed $20,000,000 plus all out-of-pocket reasonable expenses incurred by the Sponsor or any of its Affiliates in connection with the performance of management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or other services with respect to Albertson’s Group; and (b) the payment to Sponsor or an Affiliate of Sponsor for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of actual and necessary reasonable out-of-pocket legal, accounting, insurance, marketing, financial and similar types of services paid for by Sponsor or such Affiliate on behalf of Holdings or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(xii) payments resulting from transactions for which the board of directors has received a written opinion from an Independent Financial Advisor to the effect that the financial terms of such transaction are fair, from a financial standpoint, to Albertson’s Group or not less favorable to Albertson’s Group than could reasonably be expected to be obtained at the time in an arm’s-length transaction with a Person who was not an Affiliate;

(xiii) payments permitted pursuant to Section 10.6;

(xiv) amounts payable pursuant to the NAI Services Agreement or the Safeway Services Agreement;

(xv) payments between or among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries;

(xvi) payments pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or transaction described in clause (a), or meeting the requirements specified in clause (a)(i).

10.9 Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement) that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower that is not a Guarantor to make Restricted Payments to any Loan Party or (b) any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Lenders with respect to the Facilities and the Obligations or under the Financing Agreements; provided that the foregoing clauses (a) and (b) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations which (i) (x) exist on the Escrow Release Date and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 10.9) are listed on Schedule 10.9 hereto and (y) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (x) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such Contractual Obligation, (ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into solely in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower; provided further that this clause (ii) shall not apply to Contractual Obligations that are binding on a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 10.14, (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of a Borrower which is not a Loan Party which is permitted by Section 10.3 to the extent applying only to such Restricted Subsidiary, (iv) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 10.4 or 10.5 and relate solely to the assets or Person subject to such Disposition, (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 10.2 and applicable solely to such joint venture, (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 10.3 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by such Indebtedness, (vii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset or stock sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions relate to the assets or Subsidiary subject thereto, (viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(c), (f) or (t) and to the extent that such restrictions apply

 

136


only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness or to the Restricted Subsidiaries incurring or guaranteeing such Indebtedness, (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest of a Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, (x) are customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xi) are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xii) are customary restrictions contained in the ABL Credit Agreement and, in each case, any Permitted Refinancing thereof or (xiii) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Sections 10.1 and 10.2 and limited to such cash or deposit.

10.10 Accounting Changes . Holdings shall not make any change in (a) accounting policies or reporting practices, except as permitted by GAAP, or (b) fiscal quarter or fiscal year; provided , however , that Holdings may, upon written notice to the Agent, change its Quarterly Accounting Periods and fiscal year to any other quarterly accounting periods or fiscal year, as applicable, reasonably acceptable to the Agent, in which case the Parent Borrower and the Agent will, and are hereby authorized by the Lenders to, make any adjustments to this Agreement that are necessary to reflect such change in fiscal year.

10.11 Prepayments Etc., of Indebtedness .

(a) Directly or indirectly, prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled interest and principal shall be permitted and prepayment of the Senior Secured notes shall be permitted) any subordinated Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 10.3, or any other Indebtedness for borrowed money of a Loan Party that is subordinated to the Obligations expressly by its terms (other than Indebtedness among the Parent Borrower, Safeway and their Restricted Subsidiaries), any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien on the Collateral ranking junior to the Lien securing the Obligations (including any Incremental Equivalent Debt, Permitted Ratio Debt or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt (collectively, “ Junior Financing ”) or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing documentation, except (i) the refinancing thereof with the Net Proceeds of any Indebtedness constituting a Permitted Refinancing; provided that if such Indebtedness was originally incurred under Section 10.3(f), such Permitted Refinancing is permitted pursuant to Section 10.3(f), (ii) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of a Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower or the repayment of Junior Financing with the proceeds of an issuance of Equity Interests of a Borrower, Holdings or any other direct or indirect parent of a Borrower, (iii) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000,000 plus the Cumulative Credit less the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 10.6(f) at the time of such prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or other payment, (iv) the purchase, redemption, acquisition, retirement, defeasance or discharge of the Existing Safeway Notes or any of its subsidiaries within 120 days of the Escrow Release Date and any Permitted Refinancing in respect thereof; (v) redemptions or redemptions of Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted by clause (mm) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” solely from the amounts included in the escrow account, and (vi) prepayments, redemptions, purchases, defeasances and other payments in respect of Junior Financings prior to their scheduled maturity; provided that, as of the date of such payment after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related transactions (including the incurrence of Indebtedness related thereto), (x) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or have occurred and be continuing and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.50:1.00. For the avoidance of doubt, Indebtedness under the ABL Facility shall not constitute Junior Financing.

(b) Amend, modify or waive any document governing any Material Indebtedness (other than on account of any Permitted Refinancing) to the extent that such amendment, modification or waiver would result in a Default or Event of Default under any of the Financing Agreements or would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

137


10.12 Permitted Activities . Holdings shall not engage in any material operating or business activities; provided that the following shall be permitted in any event: (i) its ownership of the Equity Interests of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries and activities incidental thereto, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence (including the ability to incur fees, costs and expenses relating to such maintenance), (iii) the performance of its obligations with respect to the Financing Agreements and any other Indebtedness, (iv) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance or sale of its Equity Interests, (v) financing activities, including the issuance of securities, incurrence of debt, payment of dividends, making contributions to the capital of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries and guaranteeing the obligations of the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries, (vi) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings and the Borrowers and its other Subsidiaries, (vii) holding any cash or property (but not operating any property), (viii) providing indemnification to officers, managers and directors, (ix) the performance of its obligations under and in connection with its Organizational Documents, the ABL Facility Documentation, the NAI Purchase Agreement, the Eastern Division Sale Agreement, the other agreements contemplated by the NAI Purchase Agreement and the Eastern Division Sale Agreement, the Original Closing Date Transactions, the Safeway Merger Agreement, the Transactions, any agreements contemplated by Section 10.8(b)(ii) and any other agreements contemplated hereby and thereby (including any related to its Subsidiaries other than the Borrowers), and (x) any activities related, complementary or incidental to the foregoing. Holdings shall not incur any Liens on Equity Interests of the Borrowers other than those for the benefit of the Obligations, Senior Safeway Acquisition Debt, the obligations under the ABL Facility, Incremental Equivalent Debt, Permitted Ratio Debt, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt.

10.13 Amendments of Organization Documents . No Loan Party shall amend any of its Organization Documents in a manner that would be materially adverse to the Loan Parties.

10.14 Designation of Subsidiaries . The Parent Borrower may at any time after the Escrow Release Date designate any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Co-Borrower) an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) at the time of such designation and after giving pro forma effect thereto, the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio would be less than 3.75:1.00 and (iii) no Restricted Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of the ABL Facility, Permitted Ratio Debt, Incremental Equivalent Debt, any Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness or any Junior Financing, as applicable. The Parent Borrower shall be deemed to have designated the entities comprising PDC and their Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries effective on the Escrow Release Date. Other than with respect to Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, the designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the Escrow Release Date shall constitute an Investment by the Parent Borrower therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of the Parent Borrower’s investment therein. Other than with respect to Subsidiaries designated as Unrestricted Subsidiaries on the Escrow Release Date, the designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute (i) the incurrence at the time of designation of any Investment, Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time and (ii) a return on any Investment by the Parent Borrower in Unrestricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the preceding sentence in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value at the date of such designation of the Parent Borrower’s Investment in such Subsidiary. The amount of the Parent Borrower’s Investment in the entities constituting PDC at the time of designation as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and at the time of any subsequent redesignation as a Restricted Subsidiary shall be zero. Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither a Borrower nor any direct or indirect parent of a Borrower shall be permitted to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary. As of the Escrow Release Date, the Unrestricted Subsidiaries are specified on Schedule 10.14.

 

138


SECTION 11. EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

11.1 Events of Default . The occurrence or existence of anyone or more of the following events are referred to herein individually as an “ Event of Default ,” and collectively as “ Events of Default ”:

(a) (i) any Loan Party fails to pay any principal amount of any Loan when due, (ii) any Loan Party fails to pay within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other Obligation other than a principal payment on a Loan, (iii) any Loan Party fails to perform any of the terms or covenants contained in Sections 9.1(a), 9.4, 9.7, 9.9, 9.15 or Article 10 of this Agreement, or (iv) any Loan Party fails to perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions contained in this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements (other than those described in Sections 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii) or 11.1(a)(iii) above) and such failure continues for 30 days after the earlier of the date such Loan Party obtains knowledge of a breach or any such covenant or agreement or the Parent Borrower’s receipt from the Agent of any such breach;

(b) any representation, warranty or statement of fact made by any Loan Party to Agent in this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements or any other written agreement, schedule, confirmatory assignment or otherwise shall when made or deemed made be false or misleading in any material respect;

(c) [reserved];

(d) any judgment for the payment of money is rendered against any Loan Party in excess of $150,000,000 in the aggregate (to the extent not covered by insurance where the insurer has assumed responsibility in writing for such judgment) and shall remain undischarged or unvacated for a period in excess of thirty (30) consecutive days or execution thereon shall at any time not be effectively stayed, or any judgment other than for the payment of money, or injunction, attachment, garnishment or execution is rendered against any Loan Party that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or against any of the Collateral having a value in excess of $150,000,000 (to the extent not covered by insurance where the insurer has assumed responsibility in writing for such judgment), and any such judgment shall remain undischarged or unvacated for a period in excess of thirty (30) consecutive days or execution thereon shall at any time not be effectively stayed;

(e) except as otherwise expressly permitted hereunder, any Loan Party which is a partnership, limited liability company, limited liability partnership or a corporation, dissolves or there is a cessation of any substantial part of any Loan Party’s business for a period of time which would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) any Loan Party makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, makes or sends notice of a bulk transfer or calls a meeting of its creditors or principal creditors in connection with a moratorium or adjustment of the Indebtedness due to them;

(g) a case or proceeding under the bankruptcy laws of the United States of America now or hereafter in effect or under any insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect (whether at law or in equity) is filed against any Loan Party or all or any part of its properties and such

 

139


petition or application is not dismissed within sixty (60) days after the date of its filing or any Loan Party shall file any answer admitting or not contesting such petition or application or indicates its consent to, acquiescence in or approval of, any such action or proceeding or the relief requested is granted sooner;

(h) a case or proceeding under the bankruptcy laws of the United States of America now or hereafter in effect or under any insolvency, reorganization, receivership, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect (whether at a law or equity) is filed by any Loan Party or for all or any part of its property;

(i) any default in respect of any Indebtedness of any Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor (other than Indebtedness owing to Agent and Lenders hereunder), in an amount in excess of $150,000,000 (including any required mandatory prepayment or “put” of such Indebtedness to such Loan Party), which default continues for more than the applicable cure period, if any, with respect thereto and/or is not waived in writing by the other parties thereto, or any acceleration or demand for payment with respect to any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of $150,000,000; provided that, with respect to a default caused by the breach of the financial covenant within Section 7.16 of the ABL Facility, such default shall only constitute an Event of Default if the lenders under the ABL Facility have accelerated the obligations thereunder;

(j) any material provision hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements shall for any reason cease to be valid, binding and enforceable with respect to any party hereto or thereto (other than Agent) in accordance with its terms, or any such party shall challenge the enforceability hereof or thereof, or shall assert in writing, or take any action or fail to take any action based on the assertion that any provision hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements has ceased to be or is otherwise not valid, binding or enforceable in accordance with its terms, or any security interest provided for herein or in any of the other Financing Agreements shall cease to be a valid and perfected security interest in any of the Collateral (or a valid and perfected security interest in any other Collateral having the priority for such Collateral required hereunder) purported to be subject thereto (except as otherwise permitted herein or therein);

(k) (i) an ERISA Event shall occur with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted in or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of any Loan Party under Title IV of ERISA to a Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) a Loan Party or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

(l) any Change of Control;

(m) [reserved]; or

(n) The termination or attempted termination of any Guaranty except as expressly permitted hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement.

11.2 Remedies .

(a) At any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Agent and Lenders shall have all rights and remedies provided in this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements, the UCC and other applicable law, all of which rights and remedies may be exercised without notice to or

 

140


consent by any Loan Party, except as such notice or consent is expressly provided for hereunder or required by applicable law. All rights, remedies and powers granted to Agent and Lenders hereunder, under any of the other Financing Agreements, the UCC or other applicable law, are cumulative, not exclusive and enforceable, in Agent’s discretion, alternatively, successively, or concurrently on anyone or more occasions. Subject to Section 13 hereof, Agent may, and at the direction of the Required Lenders shall, at any time or times, proceed directly against any Loan Party to collect the Obligations without prior recourse to the Collateral.

(b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, at any time an Event of Default exists or has occurred and is continuing, Agent may, at its option and shall upon the direction of the Required Lenders, upon notice to the Parent Borrower, accelerate the payment of all Obligations and demand immediate payment thereof to Agent for itself and the benefit of Lenders ( provided that, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Sections 11.1(g) and 11.1(h), all Obligations shall automatically become immediately due and payable and any other obligation of the Agent and the Lenders hereunder shall automatically terminate).

11.3 Application of Proceeds . Subject to the Intercreditor Agreements and the Security Agreement, after the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 11.2 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable as set forth in the proviso to Section 11.2(b)), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Agent in the following order (to the fullest extent permitted by mandatory provisions of applicable Law):

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations (excluding the Other Liabilities) constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (other than principal and interest, but including costs and expenses payable under Section 12.6 and amounts payable under Section 3.3 and Section 6) payable to the Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Secured Parties (including costs and expenses payable under Section 12.6 and amounts payable under Section 3.3 and Section 6), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Second payable to them;

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Obligations ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Obligations (and termination payments and other amounts under secured Swap Contracts and ordinary course settlement payments under secured Swap Contracts), ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth held by them;

Fifth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been paid in full, to the Parent Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

 

141


SECTION 12. JURY TRIAL WAIVER; OTHER WAIVERS AND CONSENTS; GOVERNING LAW

12.1 Governing Law; Choice of Forum; Service of Process; Jury Trial Waiver .

(a) The validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements (except as otherwise provided therein) and any dispute arising out of the relationship between the parties hereto, whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of New York but excluding any principles of conflicts of law or other rule of law that would cause the application of the law of any jurisdiction other than the laws of the State of New York.

(b) Holdings, the Parent Borrower, the other Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders irrevocably consent and submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, whichever Agent may elect, and waive any objection based on venue or forum non conveniens with respect to any action instituted therein arising under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or in any way connected with or related or incidental to the dealings of the parties hereto in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the transactions related hereto or thereto, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising, and whether in contract, tort, equity or otherwise, and agree that any dispute with respect to any such matters shall be heard only in the courts described above (except that Agent and Lenders shall have the right to bring any action or proceeding against Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any other Loan Party or its or their property in the courts of any other jurisdiction which Agent deems necessary or appropriate in order to realize on the Collateral or to otherwise enforce its rights against Holdings, the Parent Borrower, any other Loan Party or its or their property).

(c) Holdings, the Parent Borrower and the other Loan Parties hereby waive personal service of any and all process upon it and consents that all such service of process may be made by certified mail (return receipt requested) directed to its address set forth herein and service so made shall be deemed to be completed five (5) days after the same shall have been so deposited in the U.S. mails, or, at Agent’s option, by service upon Holdings, the Parent Borrower and any other Loan Party in any other manner provided under the rules of any such courts.

(d) HOLDINGS, THE PARENT BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND LENDERS EACH HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE OTHER FINANCING AGREEMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED HERETO OR THERETO IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, EQUITY OR OTHERWISE. HOLDINGS, THE PARENT BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND LENDERS EACH HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND THAT HOLDINGS, THE BORROWER, THE OTHER LOAN PARTIES, AGENT AND ANY LENDER MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OF A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

(e) Agent and Secured Parties shall not have any liability to Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party (whether in tort, contract, equity or otherwise) for losses suffered by Holdings, the Parent Borrower or such other Loan Party in connection with, arising out of, or in any way related to the

 

142


transactions or relationships contemplated by this Agreement, or any act, omission or event occurring in connection herewith, unless it is determined by a final and non-appealable judgment or court order of competent jurisdiction binding on Agent, or such Secured Party or Secured Parties, that the losses were the result of acts or omissions constituting gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of its obligations under any Financing Agreement. Holdings, the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party: (i) certifies that neither Agent nor any Lender nor any representative, agent or attorney acting for or on behalf of Agent or any Lender has represented, expressly or otherwise, that Agent or the Lenders would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce any of the waivers provided for in this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements and (ii) acknowledges that in entering into this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, Agent and the Lenders are relying upon, among other things, the waivers and certifications set forth in this Section 12.1 and elsewhere herein and therein.

12.2 Waiver of Notices . Holdings, the Parent Borrower and each other Loan Party hereby expressly waives demand, presentment, protest and notice of protest and notice of dishonor with respect to any and all instruments and chattel paper, included in or evidencing any of the Obligations or the Collateral, and any and all other demands and notices of any kind or nature whatsoever with respect to the Obligations, the Collateral and this Agreement, except such as are expressly provided for herein. No notice to or demand on Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any other Loan Party which Agent or any Lender may elect to give shall entitle Holdings, the Parent Borrower and such other Loan Party to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

12.3 Amendments and Waivers .

(a) Neither this Agreement nor any other Financing Agreement nor any terms hereof or thereof may be amended, waived, discharged or terminated unless such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is in writing signed by (x) the Required Lenders and Agent (acting at the direction of the Required Lenders), or (y) at Agent’s option, by Agent with the authorization or consent of the Required Lenders and by the Parent Borrower and such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall be effective and binding as to all Lenders only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given, except, that, no such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination shall:

(i) reduce the interest rate or any fees or extend the time of scheduled payment of principal, interest or any fees or reduce the principal amount of any Loan, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of (or amendment to the terms of) any mandatory prepayment of the Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest and it further being understood that any change to the definition of “Total Leverage Ratio,” “Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio” or “Consolidated Total Secured Net Leverage Ratio” or, in each case, in the component definitions thereof, shall not constitute a reduction or forgiveness in any rate of interest,

(ii) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect or provided hereunder, in each case without the consent of the Lender directly affected thereby,

(iii) amend, modify or waive any terms of Section 14.9 hereof, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby,

(iv) release all or substantially all of the Collateral (except as expressly required hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements or applicable law and except as permitted under Section 13.10 hereof), without the consent of all Lenders,

 

143


(v) amend the definitions of “Pro Rata Share” or “Required Lenders,” or any provision of this Agreement obligating Agent to take certain actions at the direction of the Required Lenders, or amend or modify the provisions of Section 2.7, in each case without the consent of all Lenders,

(vi) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Loan Party of any of their rights and obligations under this Agreement, or release the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor from liability for any of the Obligations other than as expressly set forth herein, without the consent of the Lenders,

(vii) release all or substantially all of the value of the Guarantees without the consent of the Lenders;

(viii) amend, modify or waive any terms of this Section 12.3, without the consent of all Lenders, or

(ix) amend, modify or waive any terms of Section 3.3 hereof, in each case without the consent of each Lender directly affected thereby.

(b) Agent and any Lender shall not, by any act, delay, omission or otherwise be deemed to have expressly or impliedly waived any of its or their rights, powers and/or remedies unless such waiver shall be in writing and signed as provided herein. Any such waiver shall be enforceable only to the extent specifically set forth therein. A waiver by Agent or any Lender of any right, power and/or remedy on anyone occasion shall not be construed as a bar to or waiver of any such right, power and/or remedy which Agent or any Lender would otherwise have on any future occasion, whether similar in kind or otherwise.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 12.3(a) above, in connection with any amendment, waiver, discharge or termination for which the consent of all Lenders or each Lender directly affected thereby was required, in the event that any Lender shall fail to consent or fail to consent in a timely manner (each such Lender being referred to herein as a “ Non-Consenting Lender ”), but the consent of the Required Lenders to such amendment, waiver, discharge or termination is obtained, then Agent or the Parent Borrower shall have the right, but not the obligation, at any time thereafter, and upon the exercise by Agent or the Parent Borrower of such right to require each such Non-Consenting Lender, and each such Non-Consenting Lender shall have the obligation, to sell, assign and transfer to Agent or such Eligible Transferee as Agent or the Parent Borrower may specify, all of such Non-Consenting Lender’s Commitments and all rights and interests of such Non-Consenting Lender pursuant thereto. Each such purchase and sale shall be pursuant to the terms of an Assignment and Acceptance (whether or not executed by the Non-Consenting Lender), except that on the date of such purchase and sale) Agent, or such Eligible Transferee specified by Agent or the Parent Borrower, shall pay to the Non-Consenting Lender (except as Agent or the Parent Borrower and such Non-Consenting Lender(s) may otherwise agree) the amount equal to: (i) the principal balance of the Loans held by the Non-Consenting Lender outstanding as of the close of business on the business day immediately preceding the effective date of such purchase and sale, plus (ii) amounts accrued and unpaid in respect of interest and fees payable to the Non-Consenting Lender to the effective date of the purchase (including amounts payable under Section 3.3(c) as if the Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Non-Consenting Lender were being prepaid on the purchase date but in no event shall the Non-Consenting Lender be deemed entitled to any early termination fee). In connection with any such replacement, if any such Non-Consenting Lender does not execute and deliver to the Agent a duly executed Assignment and Acceptance reflecting such replacement within five (5) Business Days of the date on which the assignee Lender executes and delivers such Assignment and Acceptance to such Non-Consenting Lender, then such Non-Consenting Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance without any action on the part of the Non-Consenting Lender. Such purchase and sale shall be effective on the date of the payment of such amount to the Non-Consenting Lender and the Commitment of the Non-Consenting Lender shall terminate on such date.

 

 

144


(d) The consent of Agent shall be required for any amendment, waiver or consent affecting the rights or duties of Agent hereunder or under any of the other Financing Agreements, in addition to the consent of the Lenders otherwise required by this Section. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 12.3(a) above, (i) in the event that Agent shall agree that any items otherwise required to be delivered to Agent as a condition of releasing the Loans from the Escrow Account hereunder may be delivered after the Escrow Release Date, Agent may, in its discretion, agree to extend the date for delivery of such items or take such other action as Agent may deem appropriate as a result of the failure to receive such items as Agent may determine or may waive any Event of Default as a result of the failure to receive such items, in each case without the consent of any Lender and (ii) Agent may consent to any change in the type of organization, jurisdiction of organization or other legal structure of any Loan Party and amend the terms hereof or of any of the other Financing Agreements as may be necessary or desirable to reflect any such change, in each case without the approval of any Lender.

(e) [Reserved.]

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Fee Letter may be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, in a writing executed only by the parties thereto.

(g) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Lender consent is required to effect any amendment or supplement to the Intercreditor Agreements or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement that is for the purpose of adding the holders of Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, or Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, as expressly contemplated by the terms of the Intercreditor Agreements or such other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement, as applicable (it being understood that any such amendment or supplement may make such other changes to the applicable intercreditor agreement as, in the good faith determination of the Agent, are required to effectuate the foregoing and provided that such other changes are not adverse, in any material respect, to the interests of the Lenders); provided , further , that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Agent hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement without the prior written consent of the Agent.

(h) Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Agent and the Parent Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements with the Term Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.

(i) In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Agent, the Parent Borrower and the Lenders providing the Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of any Class (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with replacement term loans (“ Replacement Term Loans ”) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Margin for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans unless the maturity of the Replacement Term Loans is at least one year later than the maturity of the Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans, at the time of such refinancing (except by virtue

 

145


of amortization or prepayment of the Refinanced Term Loans prior to the time of such incurrence) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the Latest Maturity Date of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.3, Guarantees, Collateral Documents and related documents executed by Subsidiaries in connection with this Agreement may be in a form reasonably determined by the Agent and may be, together with this Agreement, amended and waived with the consent of the Agent at the request of the Parent Borrower without the need to obtain the consent of any other Lender if such amendment or waiver is delivered in order (i) to comply with local Law or advice of local counsel or (ii) to cause such guarantee, collateral security document or other document to be consistent with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements.

(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.3, the Parent Borrower shall be permitted to appoint one or more Restricted Subsidiaries as “Co-Borrower” hereunder, in each case with the consent of, and pursuant to an amendment reasonably satisfactory to, the Agent.

12.4 Waiver of Counterclaims . Each Loan Party waives all rights to interpose any claims, deductions, setoffs or counterclaims of any nature (other than compulsory counterclaims) in any action or proceeding with respect to this Agreement, the Obligations, the Collateral or any matter arising therefrom or relating hereto or thereto.

12.5 Indemnification . Each Loan Party shall, jointly and severally, indemnify and hold Agent, each Arranger and each Lender, and their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, advisors and counsel and their respective Affiliates, successor and assigns (each such person being an “ Indemnitee ”), harmless from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, costs or expenses (including reasonable and reasonably documented attorneys’ fees and expenses) imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any of them in connection with any litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding commenced or threatened related to the negotiation, preparation, execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements, the use or proposed use of proceeds of any Loan, or any undertaking or proceeding related to any of the transactions contemplated hereby or any act, omission, event or transaction related or attendant thereto, including amounts paid in settlement, court costs, and the reasonable and reasonably documented fees and expenses of counsel, regardless of whether such Indemnitee is a party to such commenced or threatened litigation, investigation, claim or proceeding and regardless of whether such matter is initiated by a third party or by the Parent Borrower or any of its affiliates or equity holders, except that the Loan Parties shall not have any obligation under this Section 12.5 to indemnify an Indemnitee with respect to a matter covered hereby (i) resulting from the gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of the obligations under any Financing Agreement of such Indemnitee as determined pursuant to a final, non-appealable order of a court of competent jurisdiction (but without limiting the obligations of the Loan Parties as to any other Indemnitee) or (ii) resulting from a cause of action brought by an Indemnitee against any other Indemnitee (other than (a) claims against an Indemnitee in its capacity or fulfilling its role as an Agent or an arranger or a similar role and (b) claims arising out of any act or omission of the Sponsor, Holdings, the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Parent Borrower); provided that, the Loan Parties’ obligation with respect to fees and expenses of counsel, shall be limited to the reasonable and reasonably documented fees, disbursements and other charges of out-of-pocket fees and legal expenses of one firm of counsel for all Indemnitees and, if necessary, one firm of local counsel and one firm of special counsel in each appropriate jurisdiction, in each case for all Indemnitees (and, in the case of an actual or perceived conflict of interest where the Indemnitee affected by such conflict informs the Parent Borrower of such conflict and thereafter, retains its own

 

146


counsel, of another firm of counsel for such affected Indemnitee). To the extent that the undertaking to indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section may be unenforceable because it violates any law or public policy, the Loan Parties shall pay the maximum portion which it is permitted to pay under applicable law to Agent and Lenders in satisfaction of indemnified matters under this Section. To the extent permitted by applicable law, no Loan Party, Agent or Lender shall assert, and each Loan Party, Agent and Lender hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, Loan Party, Agent and Lender, on any theory of liability for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any of the other Financing Agreements or any undertaking or transaction contemplated hereby; provided that the foregoing shall not limit any Loan Party’s indemnity obligations to the extent special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages are included in any third party claim in connection with which such Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification hereunder. No Indemnitee referred to above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the transaction contemplated hereby or thereby. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable upon demand. The foregoing indemnity shall survive the resignation of the Agent or the replacement of any Lender, the payment of the Obligations and the termination or non-renewal of this Agreement.

12.6 Costs and Expenses . The Parent Borrower shall pay (a) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agent, the Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, in connection with this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, including without limitation (i) the reasonable and documented fees, charges and disbursements of (A) outside counsel for the Agent and its Affiliates limited to one law firm and any local counsel reasonably deemed necessary by the Agent, (B) outside consultants for the Agent, (C) appraisers, (D) commercial finance examiners, and (E) all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of the Obligations, and (F) environmental site assessments, (ii) in connection with (A) the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, (B) the preparation, negotiation, administration, management, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (C) the enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with this Agreement or the Financing Agreements or efforts to preserve, protect, collect, or enforce the Collateral or in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws, or (D) any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of any Obligations, and (b) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Loan Parties who are not the Agent or any of its Affiliate, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, provided that such Loan Parties shall be entitled to reimbursement for no more than one counsel representing all such Loan Parties (absent a conflict of interest in which case the Loan Parties may engage and be reimbursed for additional counsel).

To the extent that any Loan Party for any reason fails to indefeasibly pay any amount required under Section 12.5 or Section 12.6 to be paid by it to the Agent (or any sub-agent thereof) or any Related Party of any of the foregoing, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount, provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Agent (or any such sub-agent) in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any of the foregoing acting for the Agent (or any such sub-agent) in connection with such capacity.

 

147


SECTION 13. THE AGENT

13.1 Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Credit Suisse to act on its behalf as the Agent hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Agent, the Lenders, and neither the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower nor any Guarantor shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) The Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Financing Agreements, and each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Agent, as “collateral agent” and any co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by the Agent pursuant to Section 13.5 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Section 13 and Section 12 (including the second paragraph of Section 12.5 and 12.6), as though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the “collateral agent” under the Financing Agreements) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Lenders hereby expressly authorize the Agent to execute any and all documents (including releases) with respect to the Collateral and the rights of the Secured Parties with respect thereto, as contemplated by and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents and acknowledge and agree that any such action by any Agent shall bind the Lenders.

(c) The Lenders hereby authorize the Agent to enter into the Intercreditor Agreements or other intercreditor agreement or arrangement permitted under this Agreement and any such intercreditor agreement is binding upon the Lenders.

13.2 Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as the Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Parent Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

13.3 Exculpatory Provisions . The Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Financing Agreements that the Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the

 

148


Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Financing Agreements), provided that the Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Financing Agreements or applicable law;

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Parent Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity;

(d) The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 14.7 and 11.2) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of its obligations under any Financing Agreement. The Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice describing such Default is given to the Agent by the Parent Borrower or a Lender; and

(e) The Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Financing Agreements, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements or any other agreement, instrument or document, or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Collateral Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Section 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Agent.

13.4 Reliance by Agent . The Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, the Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless the Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. The Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Parent Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

13.5 Delegation of Duties . The Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Financing Agreements by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Agent. The Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Section 13 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.

 

149


13.6 Resignation of Agent . The Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders and the Parent Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United States which appointment of a successor agent shall be consented to by the Parent Borrower at all times other than during the existence of an Event of Default under Sections 11.1(a)(i), 11.1(a)(ii), 11.1(g) or 11.1(h) (which consent of the Parent Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Agent may on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the qualifications set forth above; provided that if the Agent shall notify the Parent Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (a) the retiring Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the Financing Agreements, the retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Agent is appointed) and (b) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section 13.6. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Financing Agreements (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section 13.6). The fees payable by the Parent Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Parent Borrower and such successor. After the retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, the provisions of this Section 13 and Sections 12.5 and 12.6 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Agent was acting as Agent.

13.7 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or the Arrangers or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or the Arrangers or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Financing Agreements or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

13.8 No Other Duties, Etc . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Agent, Arrangers, bookrunners or other agents listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Agent or a Lender hereunder.

13.9 Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Agent shall have made any demand on the Parent Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise.

 

150


(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Agent (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Agent under Sections 3.2, 12.5 and 12.6) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to the Agent and, if the Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders, to pay to the Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Agent under Sections 3.2, 12.5 and 12.6.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender to authorize the Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or in any such proceeding.

13.10 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . Each of the Lenders irrevocably authorizes and directs the Agent, and Agent shall,

(a) release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Agent under any Financing Agreement (i) upon payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification obligations), (ii) at the time the property subject to such Lien is disposed or to be disposed, as part of or in connection with any disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement to a Person that is not a Loan Party, (iii) (A) if the Lien encumbers property that secures or will secure a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility or (B) any pledge by a parent holding company of the stock of a Real Estate Subsidiary securing a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such pledge is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility, or (iv) subject to Section 12.3, if the release of such Lien is approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders;

(b) release or subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Agent under any Financing Agreement to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 10.1(j) to the extent required by the holder of, or pursuant to the terms of any agreement governing, the obligations secured by such Liens; and

(c) release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person (i) ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder, including, without limitation, for the avoidance of doubt, as a result of a Disposition of a Subsidiary permitted hereunder or (ii) is the parent holding company of a Real Estate Subsidiary party to a Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility if such guaranty is prohibited by the terms of such Qualified Real Estate Financing Facility; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of the ABL Credit Agreement, any Incremental Equivalent Debt, any Permitted Ratio Debt, any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, any Permitted Junior Priority Refinancing Debt, any Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, any Junior Financing or any Permitted Refinancing of any of the foregoing.

 

151


Upon request by the Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Agent’s authority to release or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 13.10. In each case as specified in this Section 13.10, the Agent will, at the Parent Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the Parent Borrower and applicable Guarantor such documents as the Parent Borrower may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents or to subordinate its interest in such item, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Financing Agreements and this Section 13.10.

13.11 Withholding Tax Indemnity . To the extent required by any applicable Laws (as determined in good faith by the Agent), the Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender under any Financing Agreement an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Without limiting or expanding the provisions of Section 6.1, each Lender shall indemnify and hold harmless the Agent against, and shall make payable in respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Agent by the IRS or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Agent to properly withhold Tax from any amounts paid to or for the account of such Lender for any reason (including because the appropriate form was not delivered or not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement against any amount due the Agent under this Section 13.11. The agreements in this Section 13.11 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all other Obligations.

13.12 Notice to Agent . By signing this Agreement, each Secured Party agrees to notify the Agent promptly upon the furnishing of any Bank Product or Cash Management Service and thereafter at such frequency as the Agent may reasonably request furnish a summary of all Other Liabilities due or to become due to such Secured Party. In connection with any distributions to be made hereunder, the Agent shall be entitled to assume that no amounts are due to any Secured Party on account of Other Liabilities unless the Agent has received written notice thereof from such Secured Party.

13.13 Intercreditor Agreements . The Agent is hereby authorized to enter into any usual and customary Intercreditor Agreement to the extent contemplated by the terms hereof, and the parties hereto acknowledge that such Intercreditor Agreement is binding upon them. Each Lender (a) hereby agrees that it will be bound by and will take no actions contrary to the provisions of the Intercreditor Agreements and (b) hereby authorizes and instructs the Agent to enter into the usual and customary Intercreditor Agreements and to subject the Liens on the Collateral securing the Obligations to the provisions thereof. In addition, but in conformance with the terms hereof, each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to enter into (i) any amendments to any Intercreditor Agreements, and (ii) any other intercreditor arrangements, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the extent required to give effect to the establishment of intercreditor rights and privileges as contemplated and required by of this Agreement. Each Lender waives any conflict of interest, now contemplated or arising hereafter, in connection therewith and agrees not to assert against any Agent or any of its affiliates any claims, causes of action, damages or liabilities of whatever kind or nature relating thereto.

 

152


SECTION 14. TERM OF AGREEMENT; MISCELLANEOUS

14.1 Term .

(a) This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall become effective as of the date set forth on the first page hereof and shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on the Latest Maturity Date, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the terms hereof. In addition, Parent Borrower may terminate this Agreement at any time upon ten (10) days prior written notice to Agent subject to clause (b) below, (which notice shall be irrevocable) and Agent may, at its option, and shall at the direction of required Lenders, terminate this Agreement at any time on or after an Event of Default. Upon the Latest Maturity Date or any other effective date of termination of the Financing Agreements, Parent Borrower shall pay to Agent all outstanding and unpaid Obligations (except for contingent obligations of Loan Parties under provisions of this Agreement that survive terminations of the Commitments).

(b) No termination of the Commitments, this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements shall relieve or discharge any Loan Party of its respective duties, obligations and covenants under this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements until all Obligations (except for contingent obligations of Loan Parties under indemnifications that survive terminations of the Commitments), have been fully and finally paid.

14.2 Interpretative Provisions .

(a) All terms used herein which are defined in Article 1, Article 8 or Article 9 of the UCC shall have the meanings given therein unless otherwise defined in this Agreement.

(b) All references to the plural herein shall also mean the singular and to the singular shall also mean the plural unless the context otherwise requires.

(c) All references to the Parent Borrower, a Co-Borrower, Guarantor, Agent and Lenders pursuant to the definitions set forth in the recitals hereto, or to any other person herein, shall include their respective successors and permitted assigns. All references to statutes and related regulations shall include any amendments of same and any successor statutes and regulations. All references to any of the Financing Agreements shall include any and all amendment or modifications thereto and any and all restatements, extensions or renewals thereof.

(d) The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” “this Agreement” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not any particular provision of this Agreement and as this Agreement now exists or may hereafter be amended, modified, supplemented, extended, renewed, restated or replaced.

(e) The word “including” when used in this Agreement shall mean “including, without limitation” and the word “will” when used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.”

(f) All references to the term “good faith” used herein when applicable to Agent or any Lender shall mean, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the UCC, honesty in fact in the conduct or transaction concerned. The Loan Parties shall have the burden of proving any lack of good faith on the part of Agent or any Lender alleged by any Loan Party at any time.

 

 

153


(g) Any accounting term used in this Agreement shall have, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, the meaning customarily given in accordance with GAAP, and all financial computations hereunder shall be computed, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, in accordance with GAAP as consistently applied and using the same method for inventory valuation as used in the preparation of the financial statements of the Loan Parties most recently received by Agent on or prior to the Escrow Release Date and without including the effect of any changes to lease accounting that requires the assets and liabilities arising under operating leases to be recognized in any statement of financial position. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in GAAP or any interpretations or other pronouncements by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or otherwise, the term “unqualified opinion” as used herein to refer to opinions or reports provided by accountants shall mean an opinion or report that is unqualified as to going concern or the scope of the audit.

(h) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” shall mean “from and including,” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding” and the word “through” shall mean “to and including.”

(i) Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (i) references herein to any agreement, document or instrument shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, modifications, supplements, extensions, renewals, restatements or replacements with respect thereto, but only to the extent the same are not prohibited by the terms hereof or of any other Financing Agreement, and (ii) references to any statute or regulation are to be construed as including all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, recodifying, supplementing or interpreting the statute or regulation.

(j) The captions and headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

(k) This Agreement and other Financing Agreements may use several different limitations, tests or measurements to regulate the same or similar matters. All such limitations, tests and measurements are cumulative and shall each be performed in accordance with their terms.

(l) This Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are the result of negotiations among and have been reviewed by counsel to Agent and the other parties, and are the products of all parties. Accordingly, this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements shall not be construed against Agent or Lenders merely because of Agent’s or any Lender’s involvement in their preparation.

14.3 Notices .

(a) All notices, requests and demands hereunder shall be in writing and deemed to have been given or made: if delivered in person, immediately upon delivery; if by telex, telegram or facsimile transmission, immediately upon sending and upon confirmation of receipt; if by nationally recognized overnight courier service with instructions to deliver the next Business Day, one (1) Business Day after sending; and if by certified mail, return receipt requested, five (5) days after mailing. Notices delivered through electronic communications shall be effective to the extent set forth in Section 14.3(b) below. All notices, requests and demands upon the parties are to be given to the following addresses (or to such other address as any party may designate by notice in accordance with this Section):

 

                If to any Loan Party:    Albertson’s LLC
   250 Parkcenter Blvd.
   PO Box 20
   Boise, Idaho 83706
   Attention: Bob Dimond
                   Brad Fox
   Telephone No.: (208) 395-5463

 

154


   Telecopy No.: (208) 395-4625
           with a copy to:
   Schulte Roth & Zabel LLP
   919 Third Avenue
   New York, NY 10022
   Attention: Ronald Risdon, Esq.
   Telephone: (212) 756-2203
   Facsimile: (212) 593-5955
   E-mail: ronald.risdon@srz.com
                If to Agent:    Agent’s Office
   Credit Suisse AG
   Eleven Madison Avenue, 23 rd Floor
   New York, NY 10010
   Attention: Loan Operations – Agency Manager
   Telephone: (919) 994-6369
   Facsimile: (212) 322-2291
   E-mail: agency.loanops@credit-suisse.com

(b) Notices and other communications to Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by Agent or as otherwise determined by Agent (and shall be considered to be in writing for such purposes), provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to Section 2 hereof if such Lender, as applicable, has notified Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. Unless Agent otherwise requires, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that, if such notice or other communication is not given during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communications is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform . THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE PARENT BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Agent Parties have any liability to the Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Parent Borrower’s or the Agent’s transmission of Parent Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses,

 

155


claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or material breach of the obligations under any Financing Agreement of such Agent Party; provided , however , that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to the Loan Parties, any Lender or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address, Etc . Each of the Parent Borrower and the Agent may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Parent Borrower and the Agent. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Agent from time to time to ensure that the Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Parent Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Parent Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

(e) Reliance by Agent and Lenders . The Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Parent Borrower shall indemnify the Agent, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Parent Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Agent may be recorded by the Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

14.4 Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate this Agreement as a whole, but this Agreement shall be construed as though it did not contain the particular provision held to be invalid or unenforceable and the rights and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced only to such extent as shall be permitted by applicable law.

14.5 Confidentiality .

(a) Agent and each Lender shall keep confidential, in accordance with its customary procedures for handling confidential information and safe and sound lending practices, any non-public information (“ Information ”) supplied to it by any Loan Party pursuant to the Financing Agreements, provided that nothing contained herein shall limit the disclosure of any such information: (i) to its Affiliates and its and its Affiliates’ managers, administrators, directors, officers, employees, trustees, partners, investors, investment advisors and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority or self-regulatory authority having or asserting jurisdiction over such Person (including any Governmental Authority regulating any Lender or its Affiliates), provided that the Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Parent Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority) unless such

 

156


notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation, (iii) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, provided that the Agent or such Lender, as applicable, agrees that it will notify the Parent Borrower as soon as practicable in the event of any such disclosure by such Person (other than at the request of a regulatory authority) unless such notification is prohibited by law, rule or regulation, (iv) to any Lender or Participant (or prospective Lender or Participant consented to by the Parent Borrower to the extent an assignment of a Loan to such Person would require the Parent Borrower’s consent pursuant to Section 14.7 hereof) or to any Affiliate of any Lender so long as such Lender, Participant (or prospective Lender or Participant) or Affiliate shall have been instructed to treat such information as confidential in accordance with this Section 14.5, (v) subject to an agreement containing provisions at least as restrictive as those of this Section 14.5 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Parent Borrower), to any pledgee referred to in Section 14.7(l), direct or indirect contractual counterparty to a Swap Contract, Eligible Transferee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Transferee of or Participant in any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (vi) with the written consent of the Parent Borrower, (vii) to any rating agency when required by it in connection with rating the Loan Parties or their Subsidiaries or any Facility hereunder (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries received by it from such Lender), (viii) [reserved], (ix) to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry and service providers to the Agent in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the Financing Agreements (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential) or (x) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder, under any other Financing Agreement or the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder;

(b) In the event that Agent or any Lender receives a request or demand to disclose any Information pursuant to any subpoena or court order, Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, agrees (i) to the extent permitted by applicable Law or if permitted by applicable Law, to the extent Agent or such Lender determines in good faith that it will not create any risk of liability to Agent or such Lender, Agent or such Lender will promptly notify the Parent Borrower of such request so that the Parent Borrower may seek a protective order or other appropriate relief or remedy and (ii) if disclosure of such information is required, disclose such information and, subject to reimbursement by Parent Borrower of Agent’s or such Lender’s expenses, cooperate with the Parent Borrower in the reasonable efforts to obtain an order or other reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such portion of the disclosed information which the Parent Borrower so designates, to the extent permitted by applicable Law or if permitted by applicable Law, to the extent Agent or such Lender determines in good faith that it will not create any risk of liability to Agent or such Lender. In no event shall this Section 14.5 or any other provision of this Agreement, any of the other Financing Agreements or applicable law be deemed: (i) to apply to or restrict disclosure of information that has been or is made public by any Loan Party or any third party or otherwise becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure in violation hereof, (ii) to apply to or restrict disclosure of information that was or becomes available to Agent or any Lender (or any Affiliate of any Lender) on a non-confidential basis from a person other than a Loan Party, (iii) to require Agent or any Lender to return any materials furnished by a Loan Party to Agent or a Lender or prevent Agent or a Lender from responding to routine informational requests in accordance with applicable industry standards relating to the exchange of credit information. The obligations of Agent and Lenders under this Section 14.5 shall supersede and replace the obligations of Agent and Lenders under any confidentiality letter signed prior to the Escrow Release Date or any other arrangements concerning the confidentiality of information provided by any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender.

14.6 Successors . This Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and any other document referred to herein or therein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Agent, Lenders, Loan Parties and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Parent Borrower or any

 

157


Co-Borrower may not assign its rights under this Agreement, the other Financing Agreements and any other document referred to herein or therein without the prior written consent of Agent and Lenders. Any such purported assignment without such express prior written consent shall be void. No Lender may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent, except as provided in Section 14.7 below. The terms and provisions of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are for the purpose of defining the relative rights and obligations of Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and there shall be no third party beneficiaries of any of the terms and provisions of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements.

14.7 Assignments; Participations .

(a) (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in clause (ii) below, each Lender may assign all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans at the time owing to it) (w) to one or more Eligible Transferees (but not including for this purpose any assignments in the form of a participation), each of which assignees shall become a party to this Agreement as a Lender by execution of an Assignment and Acceptance, (x) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7(e), (y) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section 14.7(f) or (z) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 14.7(k) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void).

(ii) Assignments shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

(A) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment or Loans of any Class, the amount of the Commitment or Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Agent) shall not be less than an amount of $1,000,000, and shall be in increments of an amount of $1,000,000 in excess thereof unless each of the Parent Borrower and the Agent otherwise consents, provided that such amounts shall be aggregated in respect of each Lender and its Affiliates or Approved Funds, if any;

(B) the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Agent or, if previously agreed with the Agent, manually execute and deliver to the Agent, an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500; provided that the Agent, in its sole discretion, may elect to waive such processing and recordation fee;

(C) the Assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Agent an Administrative Questionnaire; and

(D) on or before the date on which it becomes a party to this Agreement, the Assignee shall deliver to the Parent Borrower and the Agent the forms or certifications, as applicable, described in Section 6.1(d), to the extent required thereby.

This paragraph (a) shall not prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis among such Facilities.

(b) Agent, acting solely for these purposes as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, shall maintain a register of the names and addresses of Lenders, their Commitments and the principal amount (and related interest amounts) of their Loans (the “ Register ”). Agent shall also maintain a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it and shall modify the Register to give effect to

 

158


each Assignment and Acceptance. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error, and Loan Parties, Agent and Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Parent Borrower and any Lender at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Agent be obligated to ascertain, monitor or inquire as to whether any Lender is an Affiliated Lender nor shall the Agent be obligated to monitor the aggregate amount of Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans held by Affiliated Lenders. Upon request by the Agent, the Parent Borrower shall (i) promptly (and in any case, not less than 5 Business Days (or shorter period as agreed to by the Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 12.3) provide to the Agent, a complete list of all Affiliated Lenders holding Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans at such time and (ii) not less than 5 Business Days (or shorter period as agreed to by the Agent) prior to the proposed effective date of any amendment, consent or waiver pursuant to Section 12.3, provide to the Agent, a complete list of all Debt Fund Affiliates holding Term Loans or Incremental Term Loans at such time.

(c) Subject to the acceptance and recording thereof by the Agent pursuant to Section 14.7(b), upon such execution, delivery, acceptance and recording, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and to the other Financing Agreements and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender hereunder and thereunder and the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.3, 6, 12.5 and 12.6 (subject to the limitations and requirements of such Sections) with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (c) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 14.7(e).

(d) By execution and delivery of an Assignment and Acceptance, the assignor and assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements or the execution, legality, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements furnished pursuant hereto, (ii) the assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Loan Party or the performance or observance by any Loan Party of any of the Obligations; (iii) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, together with such other documents and information it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (iv) such assignee will, independently and without reliance upon the assigning Lender, Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements, (v) such assignee appoints and authorizes Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements as are delegated to Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, and (vi) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements are required to be performed by it as a Lender. Agent and Lenders may furnish any information concerning any Loan Party in the possession of Agent or any Lender from time to time to assignees (subject to such assignee executing and delivering a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Agent and the Parent Borrower).

 

 

159


(e) Each Lender may sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (other than a natural person, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in or to all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements (including, without limitation, all or a portion of its Commitments and the Loans owing to it, without the consent of Agent or the other Lenders); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, its Commitment hereunder) and the other Financing Agreements shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, and (iii) the Parent Borrower, each Co-Borrower the Guarantors, the other Lenders and Agent shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Financing Agreements and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Financing Agreements; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in Section 12.3(a)(i), (ii) or (iv) that requires the affirmative vote of such Lender. The Parent Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.3 and 6 (subject to the requirements and limitations of such Sections, including Section 6.1(d), and the requirements of Sections 6.2(a) and 6.1(h), and it being understood that the documentation required under Section 6.1(d) shall be delivered solely to the Granting Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 14.7(c). A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 6.1 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent that the Participant’s right to a greater payment results from a change in any Laws after the Participant became a Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation agrees, at the Parent Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Parent Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 6.2(a) with respect to any Participant. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting as a non-fiduciary agent of the Parent Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Parent Borrower and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary; provided that no Lender shall have the obligation to disclose all or a portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of the Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Loans or other obligations under any Financing Agreement) to any Person expect to the extent that such disclosure is necessary in connection with a Tax audit or other proceeding to establish that any loans are in registered form for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Loan Parties and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (by its acquisition of a participation in any Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement) hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, to the extent that any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate would have the right to direct any Participant to vote with respect to any plan of reorganization of any Loan Party (or to directly vote on such plan of reorganization) as a result of any participation taken by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate pursuant to this Section 14.7(e), such Loan Party shall seek (and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall consent) to provide that the vote of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as a Participant) with respect to any plan of reorganization of such Loan Party shall not be counted except that such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s vote (in its capacity as a Participant) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the participation in any Obligations held by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders or Participants

 

160


that are not Affiliates of the Parent Borrower. Each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate and in the name of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (solely in respect of Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate may otherwise have), from time to time in the Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.

(f) Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or prohibit any Lender from pledging its Loans hereunder to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender in support of borrowings made by such Lenders from such Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank; provided that no such pledge shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(g) Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the Parent Borrower and any applicable Co-Borrowers (at their expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender.

(h) Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Loans to any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or Purchasing Borrower Party in accordance with Section 14.7(a); provided that:

(A) no Default or Event of Default has occurred or is continuing or would result therefrom;

(B) the assigning Lender and Non-Debt Fund Affiliate or Purchasing Borrower Party purchasing such Lender’s Loans, as applicable, shall execute and deliver to the Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit L hereto (an “ Affiliated Lender Assignment and Acceptance ”) in lieu of an Assignment and Acceptance;

(C) any Loans assigned to any Purchasing Borrower Party shall be automatically and permanently cancelled upon the effectiveness of such assignment and will thereafter no longer be outstanding for any purpose hereunder;

(D) each Purchasing Borrower Party represents and warrants as of the date of any assignment to such Purchasing Borrower Party pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), that neither the Purchasing Borrower Party nor any of its Affiliates has any MNPI with respect to Holdings or the Albertson’s Group that either (a) has not been disclosed to the Lenders (other than Lenders that do not wish to receive MNPI with respect to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates) prior to such time and (b) could reasonably be expected to have a material effect upon, or otherwise be material to (i) a Lender’s decision to participate in any assignment pursuant to this Section 14.7(h) or (ii) the market price of the Loans;

(E) no Loan may be assigned to a Non-Debt Fund Affiliate pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), if after giving effect to such assignment, Non-Debt Fund Affiliates in the aggregate would own in excess of 20% of all Loans then outstanding; and

(F) no Loan may be assigned to a Purchasing Borrower Party pursuant to this Section 14.7(h), if after giving effect to such assignment, the Purchasing Borrower Parties in the aggregate would own or have retired in excess of 15% of all Loans then outstanding (it being understood, for the avoidance of doubt, that such limitation does not apply to prepayments pursuant to Section 2.3(c)).

 

161


(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall have any right to (i) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion thereof) among the Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Parent Borrower are not invited, and (ii) receive any information or material prepared by Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to the Parent Borrower or its representatives (and in any case, other than the right to receive notices of prepayments and other administrative notices in respect of its Loans required to be delivered to Lenders pursuant to Section 2), (iii) make or bring (or participate in, other than as a passive participant in or recipient of its pro rata benefits of) any claim, in its capacity as a Lender, against Agent, the Agent or any other Lender with respect to any duties or obligations or alleged duties or obligations of such Agent or any other such Lender under the Financing Agreements or (iv) advice from counsel to the Lenders or the Agent or a right to challenge any related attorney-client privilege of any Lender or the Agent;

(j) Notwithstanding anything in Section 12.3 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders have (i) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Financing Agreement or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (ii) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Financing Agreement, or (iii) directed or required the Agent, or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Financing Agreement, all Loans held by any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall be deemed to have voted in the same proportion as non-affiliated lenders voting on such matters for all purposes of calculating whether the Required Lenders have taken any actions.

Additionally, the Loan Parties and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby agree that if a case under Title 11 of the United States Code is commenced against any Loan Party, such Loan Party shall seek (and each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate shall consent) to provide that the vote of any Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (in its capacity as a Lender) with respect to any plan of reorganization of the such Loan Party shall not be counted except that such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s vote (in its capacity as a Lender) may be counted to the extent any such plan of reorganization proposes to treat the Obligations held by such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate in a manner that is less favorable in any material respect to such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate than the proposed treatment of similar Obligations held by Lenders that are not Affiliates of the Parent Borrower. Each Non-Debt Fund Affiliate hereby irrevocably appoints the Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate and in the name of such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate (solely in respect of Loans and participations therein and not in respect of any other claim or status such Non-Debt Fund Affiliate may otherwise have), from time to time in the Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that the Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph.

(k) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Agent and the Parent Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof. Each party hereto hereby agrees that (i) an SPC shall be entitled to the benefit of Sections 3.3 and 6 (subject to the requirements and the limitations of such Sections, including the requirement to provide the forms and certificates pursuant to Section 6.1(d) and the requirements of Sections 6.2(a) and 6.1(h), and it being understood that the documentation required under Section 6.1(d) shall be delivered solely to the Granting Lender), but neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrowers under this Agreement, except to the extent

 

162


such entitlement to a greater amount results from a change in any applicable Laws after the grant to the SPC was made, (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Financing Agreement, remain the lender of record hereunder. Each Granting Lender, at the Parent Borrower’s request and expense, to use reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Parent Borrower to effectuate the provisions of Section 6.2(a) with respect to any SPC. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Parent Borrower and the Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(l) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, without the consent of the Parent Borrower or the Agent, (1) any Lender may in accordance with applicable Law create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Term Note, if any, held by it and (2) any Lender that is a Fund may create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Term Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 14.7, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Financing Agreements and (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Financing Agreements even though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise.

14.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement, the other Financing Agreements, any supplements hereto or thereto, and any instruments or documents delivered or to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith represents the entire agreement and understanding concerning the subject matter hereof and thereof between the parties hereto, and supersede all other prior agreements, understandings, negotiations and discussions, representations, warranties, commitments, proposals, offers and contracts concerning the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and any schedule or exhibit hereto, the terms of this Agreement shall govern; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agent or the Lenders in any other Financing Agreement shall not be deemed a conflict with this Agreement. Each Financing Agreement was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

14.9 USA PATRIOT Act . Each Lender subject to the PATRIOT Act hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person or corporation who opens an account and/or enters into a business relationship with it, which information includes the name and address of the Loan Parties and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such person in accordance with the PATRIOT Act and any other applicable law. The Loan Parties are hereby advised that any Loans hereunder are subject to satisfactory results of such verification.

14.10 Counterparts, Etc .This Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement or any of the other Financing Agreements by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall have the same force and effect as the delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement or any of

 

163


such other Financing Agreements. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of any such agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall also deliver an original executed counterpart, but the failure to do so shall not affect the validity, enforceability or binding effect of such agreement.

14.11 Payments Set Aside . To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Loan Party is made to the Agent or any Lender, or the Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

14.12 Guarantee .

(a) The Guarantors hereby jointly and severally, and unconditionally and absolutely, guarantee to Secured Parties the due and punctual payment, performance and discharge (whether upon stated maturity, demand, acceleration or otherwise in accordance with the terms thereof) of all of the Obligations whether created directly to, or acquired by assignment or otherwise by, any Secured Party, and whether the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrower may be liable individually or jointly with others, regardless of whether recovery upon any of such Obligations becomes barred by any statute of limitations, is void or voidable under any law, is or becomes invalid or unenforceable for any other reason (collectively as to each Guarantor, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”); provided , with respect to any Guarantor at any time, the definition of “Guaranteed Obligations” shall exclude Excluded Swap Obligations with respect to such Guarantor at such time including all such Guaranteed Obligations which shall become due but for the operation of any Debtor Relief Law. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Guaranteed Obligations” as used herein shall include interest, fees or other charges constituting Obligations accrued in any such bankruptcy, whether or not any such interest, fees or other charges are recoverable from the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrower or its estate under 11 U.S.C. § 506. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee is a primary, immediate and original obligation of such Guarantor and is an absolute, unconditional, continuing and irrevocable guarantee of payment and not of collectability only, and is not contingent upon the exercise or enforcement by Agent or any Lender of any rights or remedies against the Parent Borrower or others, or the enforcement of any Lien or realization upon any Collateral or other security.

(b) Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee shall continue in full force and effect until the Guaranteed Obligations have been fully paid and discharged and all Commitments have been terminated. Each Guarantor acknowledges that there may be future advances by Agent or any Lender to the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower hereunder (although Secured Parties may be under no obligation to make such advances) and that the number and amount of the Guaranteed Obligations are unlimited and may fluctuate from time to time hereafter, and its guarantee shall remain in force at an times hereafter, whether there are any Guaranteed Obligations outstanding from time to time or not. Guarantors’ obligations under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect without regard to future changes in conditions, including any change of law or any invalidity or unenforceability of any Guaranteed Obligations or agreements evidencing same. Each Guarantor agrees that its guarantee shall be in addition to any other present or future guaranty or other security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, shall not be prejudiced or unenforceable by the invalidity of any such other guaranty or security, and is not conditioned upon or subject to the execution by any other Person of any other guaranty or suretyship agreement.

 

164


(c) (i) If a Guarantor shall make a payment under a guarantee (a “ Paying Guarantor ”), then such Paying Guarantor shall have the right to obtain contribution, in an amount determined as set forth below, from each of the other Guarantors that have not made payments under their respective guaranties at least proportionately equal (on the basis of their respective Guarantor Allocable Percentages, as such term is hereinafter defined) in amount to the payments made by the Paying Guarantor seeking contribution. The liability of Guarantors hereunder to make contribution to any Paying Guarantor as aforesaid shall be absolute and shall not be affected or impaired by (A) any defense, counterclaim or setoff that the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor may have or assert against any Secured Party, (B) any failure, neglect or omission on the part of any Secured Party to realize upon any Collateral or to enforce payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations from any Person, (C) the release or discharge of any Collateral, (D) the release or discharge of the applicable Borrower from its obligations, or (E) the release or discharge of any Guarantor from its obligations under its guarantee (whether, in any such event, such release is agreed to by any Secured Party or occurs by operation of applicable law). Any proceeds received by any Secured Party from any enforcement action with respect to any assets of a Guarantor securing payment of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be deemed to be a payment by such Guarantor for purposes hereof.

(ii) Any Paying Guarantor entitled to contribution hereunder shall be entitled to receive from each of the other Guarantors an amount equal to (A) the product derived by multiplying the sum of all payments made by all Guarantors to Agent or any other Secured Party under the guaranties by the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of the Guarantor from whom contribution is sought, less (B) the amount, if any, actually paid to Agent or any other Secured Party by the Guarantor from whom contribution is sought (said last mentioned amount which is to be subtracted from the aforesaid product shall be decreased by any amount theretofore paid by such Guarantor by way of contribution hereunder, and shall be decreased by any amounts theretofore received by such Guarantor by way of contribution); provided , however , that a Paying Guarantor’s recovery of contribution from the other Guarantors hereunder shall be limited, exclusive of interest, to that amount paid by the Paying Guarantor in excess of the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Paying Guarantor of all payments made by all Guarantors to Agent or any other Secured Party under the guaranties. Amounts due by way of contribution hereunder shall bear interest, until paid, at a variable rate of interest equal to the Base Rate in effect from time to time. As used herein, the term “ Guarantor Allocable Percentage ” shall mean, on any date of determination thereof, a fraction, the denominator of which shall be equal to the number of Guarantors who are parties to this Agreement on such date and the numerator of which shall be one; provided further , however , that such percentages shall be modified in the event that contribution from a Guarantor is not possible by reason of any insolvency proceeding involving such Guarantor or otherwise by reducing the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Guarantor to zero and by increasing the Guarantor Allocable Percentages of all remaining Guarantors proportionately so that the Guarantor Allocable Percentages of all remaining Guarantors at all times equals 100%. Each Guarantor liable to a Paying Guarantor for contribution, whether pursuant to the provisions of this guarantee or under applicable law, hereby assigns in favor of each Paying Guarantor any claim that such Guarantor liable to make contribution has or hereafter may have against the applicable Borrower, and authorizes any payments that may be due on any such claim to be made to the Paying Guarantor that is entitled to receive contribution for application to the satisfaction of amounts due by way of contribution.

(iii) Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, absolutely and unconditionally, that each shall at all times indemnify each of the other Guarantors and hold and save each of them harmless from and against any and all actions and causes of actions, claims, demands, liabilities, losses, damages or expenses of whatever kind and nature, including attorneys’ fees, which any Guarantor may at any time sustain or incur in any action, suit or other proceeding instituted to enforce the obligations of such Guarantor under its guarantee in excess of the amount equal to the Guarantor Allocable Percentage of such Guarantor of personal liability under the terms hereof.

 

165


(iv) Each Guarantor acknowledges that the right to contribution and indemnification hereunder shall each constitute an asset in favor of the Guarantor to which such contribution or indemnification is at any time owing.

(d) (i) If for any reason the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower has no legal existence or is under no legal obligation to discharge any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or if any of the Guaranteed Obligations become unrecoverable from the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower by reason of such Borrower’s insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization or by other operation of law or for any other reason, each Guarantor shall nevertheless be bound to the same extent as if such Guarantor had at all times been the principal obligor on all such Guaranteed Obligations. If acceleration of the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is stayed upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution or reorganization of debt or for any other reason, all such amounts otherwise subject to acceleration under the terms of any Financing Agreements or other instrument or agreement evidencing or securing the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations shall nevertheless be immediately due and payable by each Guarantor.

(ii) If a Guarantor should dissolve or become insolvent (within the meaning of UCC), or if a petition for an order for relief with respect to a Guarantor should be filed by or against such Guarantor under any chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code, or if a receiver, trustee, conservator or other custodian should be appointed for a Guarantor or any property of a Guarantor, or if any Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, then, in any such event and whether or not any of the Guaranteed Obligations are then due and payable or the maturity thereof has been accelerated or demand for payment thereof has been made, Agent, on behalf of Secured Parties, may, without notice to any Guarantor, make the Guaranteed Obligations immediately due and payable hereunder as to any Guarantor and Agent and Lenders shall be entitled to enforce the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder as if the Guaranteed Obligations were then due and payable in full. If any of the Guaranteed Obligations are collected by or through an attorney at law, Guarantors agree to jointly and severally pay Secured Parties’ reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs. Guarantors shall be obligated to make multiple payments under their guarantees to the extent necessary to cause full payment of the Guaranteed Obligations.

(iii) If and to the extent Agent or any Lender receives any payment on account of any of the Guaranteed Obligations (whether from the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower, Guarantor or a third party obligor or from the sale or other disposition of any Collateral) and such payment or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other Person under any state, federal or foreign bankruptcy or other insolvency law, common law or equitable cause, then the part of the Guaranteed Obligations intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if said payment had not been made. The foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall survive payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(iv) Agent and Lenders shall have the right to seek recourse against each Guarantor to the full extent provided for herein and against the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers to the full extent provided for herein or in any of the Financing Agreements. No election to proceed in one form of action or proceeding, or against any Person, or on any obligation, shall constitute a waiver of Agent’s or any Lender’s right to proceed in any other form of action or proceeding or against any other Person. Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no action or proceeding by Agent or any Lender against the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrower under the Financing Agreements or any other instrument or agreement evidencing or securing Guaranteed Obligations shall serve to diminish the liability of any Guarantor for the balance of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

166


(v) Each Guarantor acknowledges that Agent is authorized and empowered to enforce such Guarantor’s guarantee for the benefit of Secured Parties and to collect from such Guarantor the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations from time to time, in Agent’s own name and without the necessity of joining any other Secured Party in any action, suit or other proceeding to enforce its guarantee.

(e) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives and renounces (for itself and its successors):

(i) notice of each Secured Party’s acceptance hereof and reliance hereon; notice of the extension of credit from time to time by Secured Parties to the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers and the creation, existence or acquisition of any Guaranteed Obligations; notice of the amount of Guaranteed Obligations of the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers to Secured Parties from time to time (subject, however, to Guarantor’s right to make inquiry of Agent to ascertain the amount of Guaranteed Obligations at any reasonable time); notice of any adverse change in the Borrower’s financial condition or of any other fact that might increase such Guarantor’s risk; notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice thereof as to any instrument; notice of default or acceleration; all other notices and demands to which such Guarantor might otherwise be entitled; any right such Guarantor may have, by statute or otherwise, to require Secured Parties to institute suit against the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower after notice or demand from such Guarantor or to seek recourse first against the Parent Borrower or a Co-Borrower or otherwise, or to realize upon any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, as a condition to enforcing such Guarantor’s liability and obligations hereunder; any defense that the Parent Borrower or applicable Co-Borrower may at any time have or assert based upon the statute of limitations, the statute of frauds, failure of consideration, fraud, bankruptcy, lack of legal capacity, usury, or accord and satisfaction; any defense that other indemnity, guaranty, or security was to be obtained; any defense or claim that any Person purporting to bind the Parent Borrower applicable Co-Borrower to the payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations did not have actual or apparent authority to do so; any right to contest the commercial reasonableness of the disposition of any Collateral; any defense or claim that any other act or failure to act by any Secured party had the effect of increasing such Guarantor’s risk of payment; and any other legal or equitable defense to payment under this guarantee;

(ii) any and all rights or defenses arising by reason of any one action or “anti-deficiency” law which would otherwise prevent Secured Parties from bringing any action, including any claim for a deficiency; or exercising any other right or remedy (including any right of setoff) against such Guarantor before or after any Secured Party’s commencement or completion of any foreclosure action, whether by judicial action, by exercise of power of sale or otherwise, or any other law which in any other manner would otherwise require any election of remedies by any Secured Party; and any right that such Guarantor may have to claim or recover in any litigation arising out of this guarantee or any of the other Financing Agreements) any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages; and

(iii) any right that such Guarantor may have to terminate or revoke its guarantee hereunder. If, notwithstanding the foregoing waiver, any Guarantor shall nevertheless have any right under applicable law to terminate or revoke its guarantee hereunder, which right cannot be waived by such Guarantor, such termination or revocation shall not be effective until a written notice of such termination or revocation, specifically referring to this guarantee and signed by such Guarantor, is actually received by an officer of Agent who is familiar with Parent Borrower’s account and this guarantee; but any such termination or revocation shall not affect the obligation of such Guarantor or such Guarantor’s successors or assigns with respect to any of the Guaranteed

 

167


Obligations and existing at the time of the receipt by Agent of such revocation or to arise out of or in connection with any transactions theretofore entered into by Secured Parties with or for the account of Parent Borrower. If Agent or any Lender grants loans or other extensions of credit to or for the benefit of a Borrower or takes other action after the termination or revocation by any Guarantor but prior to Agent’s receipt of such written notice of termination or revocation, then the rights of such Secured Party hereunder with respect thereto shall be the same as if such termination or revocation had not occurred.

(f) (i) Each Guarantor consents and agrees that, without notice to or by such Guarantor and without reducing, releasing, diminishing, impairing or otherwise affecting the liability or obligations of such Guarantor under its guarantee, Secured Parties may (with or without consideration) compromise or settle any of the Guaranteed Obligations; accelerate the time for payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations; extend the period of duration or the time for the payment, discharge or performance of any of the Guaranteed Obligations; increase the amount of the Guaranteed Obligations; refuse to enforce, or release all or any Persons liable for the payment of, any of the Guaranteed Obligations; increase, decrease or otherwise alter the rate of interest payable with respect to the principal amount of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or grant other indulgences to the Parent Borrower and Co-Borrowers in respect thereof; amend, modify, terminate, release, or waive any Financing Agreements or any other documents or agreements evidencing, securing or otherwise relating to the Guaranteed Obligations (other than this Agreement); release, surrender, exchange, modify or impair, or consent to the sale, transfer or other disposition of, any Collateral or other property at any time securing (directly or indirectly) any of the Guaranteed Obligations or on which Secured Parties may at any time have a Lien; fail or refuse to perfect (or to continue the perfection of) any Lien granted or conveyed to any Secured Party with respect to any Collateral, or to preserve rights to any Collateral, or to exercise care with respect to any Collateral in any Secured Party’s possession; extend the time of payment of any Collateral consisting of accounts, notes, chattel paper, payment intangibles or other rights to the payment of money; refuse to enforce or forbear from enforcing its rights or remedies with respect to any Collateral or any Person liable for any of the Guaranteed Obligations or make any compromise or settlement or agreement therefor in respect of any Collateral or with any party to the Guaranteed Obligations; release or substitute anyone or more of the endorsers or guarantors of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether parties to this Agreement or not; subordinate payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations to the payment of any other liability of the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers; or apply any payments or proceeds of Collateral received to the liabilities of the Parent Borrower and any Co-Borrowers to any Secured Party regardless of whether such liabilities consist of Guaranteed Obligations and regardless of the manner order or of any such application.

(ii) Each Guarantor is fully aware of the financial condition of the Parent Borrower. Each Guarantor delivers the guarantee set forth in this Agreement based solely upon Guarantor’s own independent investigation and in no part upon any representation or statement of any Secured Party with respect thereto. Each Guarantor is in a position to and hereby assumes fun responsibility for obtaining any additional information concerning the Parent Borrower’s financial condition as such Guarantor may deem material to such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder and such Guarantor is not relying upon, nor expecting any Secured Party to furnish such Guarantor, any information in any Secured Party’s possession concerning the Parent Borrower’s financial condition. If any Secured Party, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any information to any Guarantor regarding Parent Borrower, any of the Collateral or any transaction or occurrence in respect of any of the Financing Agreements, such Secured Party shall be under no obligation to update any such information or to provide any such information to any Guarantor on any subsequent occasion. Each Guarantor hereby knowingly accepts the full range of risks encompassed within a contract of “guaranty” which risks include, without limitation, the possibility that Parent Borrower will contract additional Guaranteed Obligations for which such Guarantor may be liable hereunder after Parent Borrower’s financial condition or ability to pay their lawful debts when they fall due has deteriorated.

 

168


(g) (i) Notwithstanding any provision of this guarantee to the contrary, (a) all rights of each Guarantor under clause (c) of this guarantee and all other rights of indemnity, contribution, subrogation or exoneration with respect to the Obligations shall be fully subordinated to the full payment of the Obligations and (b) no such right shall be exercised until full payment of the Guaranteed Obligations. If any amount shall be paid to any Paying Guarantor on account of any such indemnity, contribution, exoneration or subrogation rights at any time that fun payment of the Guaranteed Obligation has not occurred, such amount shall be held in trust for the benefit of Secured Parties and shall be forthwith paid to Agent to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations (whether matured or unmatured). No failure on the part of the Parent Borrower, any Co-Borrower or any Guarantor to make payments required pursuant to clause (c) (or any other payments required under applicable law) shall in any respect limit or otherwise affect the obligations or liabilities of any Guarantor under this guarantee, and each Guarantor shall remain fully liable to Secured Parties for all of the obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

(ii) The provisions of this Agreement shall be supplemental to and not in derogation of any rights and remedies of any Secured Party or any affiliate of any Secured Party under any separate subordination agreement that such Secured Party or such affiliate may at any time or from time to time enter into with any Guarantor.

(h) The execution and delivery to any Secured Party and such Secured Party’s acceptance of any guaranty in addition to each Guarantor’s guarantee hereunder shall not be deemed in lieu of or to supersede, terminate or diminish any guarantee hereunder, but shall be construed as an additional or supplementary guaranty unless otherwise expressly provided in such additional or supplementary guaranty; and if, prior to the Escrow Release Date, any Guarantor or any other Person has given to any Secured Party a previous guaranty or guaranties, each Guarantor’s guarantee hereunder shall be construed to be an additional or supplementary guaranty and not to be in lieu thereof or to supersede, terminate or diminish such previous guaranty or guaranties.

(i) Unless otherwise required by applicable law or a specific agreement to the contrary, all payments received by Secured Parties from the Parent Borrower or any Co-Borrowers, Guarantors or any other Person with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or from proceeds of the Collateral may be applied (or reversed and reapplied) by Secured Parties to the Guaranteed Obligations in accordance with this Agreement, without affecting in any manner any Guarantor’s liability hereunder.

(j) To the extent any performance of this guarantee would violate any applicable usury statute or other applicable law, the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the limit legally permitted, so that this guarantee shall not require any performance in excess of the limit legally permitted, but such obligations shall be fulfilled to the limit of legal validity. Nothing in this guarantee shall be construed to authorize Secured Parties to collect from Guarantors any interest that has not yet accrued, is unearned or subject to rebate or is otherwise not entitled to be collected by Secured Parties under applicable law. The provisions of this paragraph shall control every other provision of this guarantee.

(k) Each Loan Party that is a Qualified ECP Guarantor at the time the Guaranteed Obligations or the grant of the security interest under the Financing Agreements, in each case, by any Specified Loan Party, becomes effective with respect to any Swap Contract, hereby jointly and severally, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably undertakes to provide such funds or other support to each Specified Loan Party with respect to such Swap Contract as may be needed by such Specified Loan Party from time to time to honor all of its obligations under its Guaranty and the other Financing Agreements in respect of such Swap Contract (but, in each case, only up to the maximum amount of such liability that can be hereby incurred without rendering such Qualified ECP Guarantor’s obligations and undertakings under this clause (k) voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer, and not for any greater amount). The obligations and undertakings of each Qualified ECP Guarantor under this clause (k)

 

169


shall remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid and performed in full. Each Qualified ECP Guarantor intends this clause (k) to constitute, and this Section shall be deemed to constitute, a guarantee of the obligations of, and a “keepwell, support, or other agreement” for the benefit of, each Specified Loan Party for all purposes of the Commodity Exchange Act.

14.13 Pro Forma Calculations .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 14.13; provided that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in clauses (b), (c) or (d) of this Section 14.13, when calculating the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio for purposes of the Applicable ECF Percentage of Excess Cash Flow, the events described in this Section 14.13 that occurred subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect.

(b) For purposes of calculating the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, Specified Transactions (and the incurrence or repayment of any Indebtedness in connection therewith) that have been made (i) during the applicable Test Period and (ii) subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and any increase or decrease in EBITDA and the component financial definitions used therein attributable to any Specified Transaction) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period. If since the beginning of any applicable Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Parent Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 14.13, then the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated to give pro forma effect thereto in accordance with this Section 14.13.

(c) Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Borrower to the extent consistent with Regulation S-X or are otherwise reasonably identifiable and factually supportable, including the amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies that have been realized or are expected to be realized within 12 months after the closing date of such Specified Transaction (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period as if such cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies were realized during the entirety of such period) relating to such Specified Transaction, net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that the aggregate amount of cost savings, operating expense reductions and synergies included in such calculations for the Safeway Acquisition shall not exceed $285,000,000 for the 12 month period following the Escrow Release Date.

(d) In the event that the Parent Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs (including by assumption or guarantees) or repays (including by redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment) any Indebtedness included in the calculations of the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio, as the case may be (in each case, other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility in the ordinary course of business for working capital purposes), (i) during the applicable Test Period and (ii) subsequent to the end of the applicable Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which the calculation of any such ratio is made, then the Total Leverage Ratio and the Consolidated First Lien Net Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness, to the extent required, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period. Interest on a Capital Lease shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate

 

170


reasonably determined by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Parent Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capital Lease in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a London interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Parent Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary may designate.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for purposes of (i) determining compliance with this Agreement which requires the calculation of any ratio (including the EBITDA component of any such ratio), (ii) determining compliance with representations, warranties, Defaults or Events of Default or (iii) testing availability under the baskets set forth in this Agreement (including baskets measured as a percentage of Total Assets), in each case, in connection with an Acquisition (or similar Investment) of incurrence of any Indebtedness (including Incremental Term Loans and Incremental Equivalent Debt) by one or more of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any assets, business or person permitted to be acquired by this Agreement, in each case whose consummation is not conditioned on the availability of, or on obtaining third party financing (any such acquisition, a “ Limited Condition Acquisition ”), at the option of the Parent Borrower (the Parent Borrower’s election to exercise such option in connection with any Limited Condition Acquisition, an “ LCA Election ”), the date of determination of whether any such action is permitted hereunder, shall be deemed to be the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into (the “ LCA Test Date ”), and if after giving pro forma effect to the Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection therewith as if they had occurred at the beginning of the most recent Test Period ending prior to the LCA Test Date, Holdings could have taken such action on the relevant LCA Test Date in compliance with such ratio or basket, such ratio or basket shall be deemed to have been complied with. If Holdings has made an LCA Election, then in connection with any subsequent calculation of any ratio or basket on or following the relevant LCA Test Date and prior to the earlier of (i) the date on which such Limited Condition Acquisition is consummated and (ii) the date the definitive agreement for such Limited Condition Acquisition expires without consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition, any such ratio or basket shall be calculated on Pro Forma Basis assuming such Limited Condition Acquisition and other transactions in connection therewith (including any incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) have been consummated until such time as the applicable Limited Condition Acquisition has actually closed or the definitive agreement with respect thereto has been terminated.

14.14 Setoff . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender and its Affiliates (and the Agent, in respect of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses payable hereunder) is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Parent Borrower, any such notice being waived by the Parent Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each Loan Party and each of its Subsidiaries) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender and its Affiliates or the Agent to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties and their Subsidiaries against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender and its Affiliates or the Agent hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender or Affiliate shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Parent Borrower and the Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Agent and each Lender under this Section 14.14 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Agent and such Lender may have at Law.

 

171


14.15 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Lender or the Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Financing Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Financing Agreement, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Financing Agreement, the authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements against the Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained, subject to the Intercreditor Agreements, exclusively by, the Agent in accordance with Section 13.2 for the benefit of all the Lenders; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) the Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Agent) hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, (b) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with Section 14.14 (subject to the terms of Section 2.7), or (c) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and provided , further , that if at any time there is no Person acting as Agent hereunder and under the other Financing Agreements, then (i) the Required Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to the Agent pursuant to Section 11.2 and (ii) in addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b) and (c) of the preceding proviso and subject to Section 2.7, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.

14.16 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Financing Agreement, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Financing Agreements shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ) . If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Parent Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

14.17 Survival of Representations and Warranties . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Financing Agreement or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that the Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any funding of Loans, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied shall remain outstanding.

14.18 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Financing Agreement), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees, and acknowledges its Affiliates’ understanding, that: (i) (A) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Agent and the other Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Agent, the other

 

172


Arrangers and the Lenders, on the other hand, (B) each Loan Party has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (C) each Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Financing Agreements; (ii) (A) the Agent, each other Arranger and each Lenders each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for each Loan Party or any of their respective Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) neither the Agent, any other Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Financing Agreements; and (iii) the Agent, the other Arrangers, the Lenders and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and neither the Agent nor any other Arranger nor any Lender has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Loan Parties or any of their respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Agent, the other Arrangers and the Lenders with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

14.19 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Loan Parties and the Agent shall have been notified by each Lender that each such Lender has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Loan Parties, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, in each case in accordance with Section 14.7 (if applicable) and except that no Loan Party shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 10.4.

14.20 Amendment and Restatement .

(a) The Loan Parties, the Agent, and the Lenders hereby agree that upon the effectiveness of this Agreement, the terms and provisions of the Existing Debt Facility shall be and hereby are amended and restated in their entirety by the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and provisions of the Existing Debt Facility, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (including, without limitation, clause (b) of this Section 14.20), shall be superseded by this Agreement and all commitments of the Lenders thereunder shall terminate and be replaced by the Commitments hereunder.

(b) Notwithstanding the amendment and restatement of the Existing Debt Facility by this Agreement, the Loan Parties shall continue to be liable to each Indemnitee with respect to agreements on their part under the Existing Debt Facility to indemnify and hold harmless such Indemnitee from and against all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses to which the Agent and the Lenders may be subject arising in connection with the Existing Debt Facility. This Agreement is given as a substitution of, and not as a payment of, the obligations of the Loan Parties under the Existing Debt Facility and is not intended to constitute a novation of the Existing Debt Facility.

(c) By execution of this Agreement all parties hereto agree that (i) each of the Collateral Documents and the other Financing Agreements is hereby amended such that all references to the Existing Debt Facility and the Loans and Commitments thereunder shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement and the Loans and Commitments hereunder, (ii) all obligations under the Collateral Documents are reaffirmed and remain in full force and effect on a continuous basis after giving effect to this Agreement and (iii) all security interests and liens granted under the Collateral Documents are reaffirmed and shall continue and secure the Obligations hereunder and the obligations of the Guarantors under this Agreement after giving effect to this Agreement.

 

173


14.21 Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of EEA Financial Institutions . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Financing Agreement or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any EEA Financial Institution arising under any Financing Agreement, to the extent such liability is unsecured, may be subject to the write-down and conversion powers of an EEA Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

(a) the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by an EEA Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an EEA Financial Institution; and

(b) the effects of any Bail-in Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

(i) a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

(ii) a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such EEA Financial Institution, its parent undertaking, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Financing Agreement; or

(iii) the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the write-down and conversion powers of any EEA Resolution Authority.

[Signatures begin on next page]

 

174


Schedule I

Action to be taken within 180 2 days of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date

unless otherwise noted

(unless waived or extended in the Agent’s reasonable discretion)

 

  1) With respect to each existing Mortgaged Property, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, as shall confirm the enforceability, validity and perfection of the lien in favor of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation:

either:

such documentation with respect to each Mortgaged Property, in each case in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, as shall confirm the enforceability, validity and perfection of the lien in favor of the Secured Parties, including, without limitation:

i) an amendment to each existing Mortgage (the “ Mortgage Amendment ”) duly executed and acknowledged by the applicable Loan Party, and in form for recording in the recording office where such Mortgage was recorded, together with such certificates, affidavits, questionnaires or returns as shall be required in connection with the recording or filing thereof under applicable law, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

ii) a favorable opinion, addressed to the Agent and the Secured Parties covering, among other things, the due authorization, execution and delivery of the applicable Mortgage Amendment and written confirmation (which confirmation may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) by local counsel in the applicable jurisdiction in which the applicable Mortgaged Property is located as to the adequacy and effectiveness under local law of the applicable Mortgage and lien granted thereunder as amended by the Mortgage Amendment and the lien granted thereunder, in each case;

iii) reasonable evidence of payment by the Borrowers of all search and examination charges escrow charges and related charges, mortgage recording taxes, fees, charges, costs and expenses required for the recording of the Mortgage Amendment referred to above;

iv) a date down endorsement (or other title product, including, without limitation, a new title policy, where such date down endorsement is not available) to each existing title insurance policy (each, a “ Mortgage Policy ”) insuring the lien of such existing Mortgaged Property, which shall reasonably assure the Agent as of the date of such endorsement that the Mortgaged Property subject to the lien of the applicable Mortgage is free and clear of all defects and encumbrances except those Liens permitted under such Mortgage; and

v) such affidavits, certificates, information and instruments of indemnification as shall be required to induce the title insurance company to issue the endorsement (or other title product) to each Mortgage Policy contemplated in this Schedule I and reasonable evidence of payment of all applicable title insurance premiums, search and examination charges, mortgage recording taxes and related charges required for the issuance of the endorsement to such Mortgage Policy (or the issuance of the other title product where such date down endorsement is not available) contemplated in this Schedule I; and

 

2   For the avoidance of doubt, the 180 day deadline for such deliverables shall supersede the deadline for such deliverables that is set forth in Amendment No. 4 dated as of June 22, 2016.


or:

confirmation (which confirmation may be provided in the form of an electronic mail acknowledgement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent) from local counsel in each jurisdiction in which any Mortgaged Property is located substantially to the effect that:

i) the recording of the existing Mortgage is the only filing or recording necessary to give constructive notice to third parties of the lien created by such Mortgage as security for the Obligations, including the Obligations evidenced by the Term Loan Agreement, as amended pursuant to this Amendment, and the other documents executed in connection therewith, for the benefit of the Secured Parties; and

ii) no other documents, instruments, filings, recordings, re-recordings, re-filings or other actions, including, without limitation, the payment of any mortgage recording taxes or similar taxes, are necessary or appropriate under applicable law in order to maintain the continued enforceability, validity or priority of the lien created by such Mortgage as security for the Obligations, including the Obligations evidenced by the Term Loan Agreement, as amended pursuant to this Amendment, and the other documents executed in connection therewith, for the benefit of the Secured Parties

 

  2) With respect to each Material Real Property that is not an existing Mortgaged Property as of the Amendment No. 5 Effective Date, the Parent Borrower must deliver or cause to be delivered to the Agent the documents listed in clause (e) of the definition of “Collateral and Guarantee Requirement”.

Notwithstanding anything in this Schedule I to the contrary, the foregoing provisions shall not require the delivery of Mortgages, Mortgage Amendments, obtaining of title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables with respect to particular assets of the Loans Parties, if, and for so long as, the Agent and the Parent Borrower reasonably agree in writing that the cost of delivery of Mortgages, Mortgage Amendments, obtaining such title insurance, legal opinions or other deliverables in respect of such assets, shall be excessive or commercially unreasonable in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom.

EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 9 to Registration Statement No. 333-205546 of our report dated March 3, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Safeway Inc. appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

San Francisco, California

January 18, 2017

EXHIBIT 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 9 to Registration Statement No. 333-205546 of our report dated May 10, 2016 relating to the consolidated financial statements of AB Acquisition LLC appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho

January 18, 2017

EXHIBIT 23.4

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 9 to Registration Statement No. 333-205546 of our report dated May 10, 2016 relating to the balance sheet of Albertsons Companies, Inc. appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boise, Idaho

January 18, 2017

EXHIBIT 23.5

Consent of Independent Auditor

We consent to the use in this Amendment No. 9 to the Registration Statement (No. 333-205546) on Form S-1 of Albertsons Companies, Inc. of our report dated April 4, 2014, relating to our audit of the consolidated financial statements of United Supermarkets, L.L.C. as of December 28, 2013 and January 26, 2013, and for the eleven-month period ended December 28, 2013 and the year ended January 26, 2013, appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement.

We also consent to the reference of our firm under the caption “Experts” in such Prospectus.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Dallas, Texas

January 18, 2017

EXHIBIT 23.6

CONSENT OF CUSHMAN & WAKEFIELD, INC.

We hereby consent to the use of our name in this Amendment No. 9 to the Registration Statement of Albertsons Companies, Inc. (Registration No. 333-205546) on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”), and to the references to information contained in Cushman & Wakefield, Inc. appraisals wherever appearing in the Registration Statement.

 

/s/ George J. Rago

Name: George J. Rago
Title: Executive Managing Director

Cushman & Wakefield, Inc.

New York, New York 10104

January 17, 2017